Actions

Work Header

All The Twitter Things

Summary:

This will be all the things I've posted on twitter. Some will be smutty and others will be fluffy.

Chapter 1: Chatting With Sun angst maybe

Summary:

You chat with sun. I was sad and needed to write this.

Chapter Text

"Listen" Sun began awkwardly. "We both know I'm not real. But you and all those other wonderful people made me real!" He puts a hand on your shoulder "Even now it's you telling them what I'm doing." He smiles gazing out at the play structures "You all create so many wonderful things about Moon and I." He pulls you into his lap "I know things are tough for you. You'll pull through it! I know you will because you are strong."

Sun wraps himself around you "Even though I can't be with you... know I am right here." He points a long finger to your heart."And I will always be right here." He takes your hand and puts your hand on his chest "And you. All of you wonderful beautiful people will be right here. You are all special to Moon and I."

The daycare fades away into a vast expanse of stars and galaxies.The daycare theme slowly fades into nothing. The two of you sit an watch the universe shift and change with time. It feels peaceful and you feel content. More so than you have in a while.

Chapter 2: Fisting Sun and Moon smut

Summary:

You fist sun and moon. You are a woman in this.

Chapter Text

Sun stood in front of the standing mirror in his tower room. His optics roamed over his body.

First his hands touched his chest "No nipples..."

He pulled up an image of a standard male in his headspace.

Moon made a sound of displeasure "Our waist is ... small."

Sun put a hand around his upper arm "No muscles either."

Moon sighed "Our face is flat as a pancake."

Sun touched his face gently "Our smile doesn't even move."

"No tongue." Moon huffed out.

Sun touched his eye "We can't even close our eyes. And they are so creepy!" Sun dropped their pants and grimaced. His eyes drifted down to their legs "Sticks."

"No toes either." Moon sighed out.

Sun drew his attention higher "We look... strange."

Moon hummed in agreement "A tentacle."

Sun shuddered "And that other thing."

Moon looked down to their pussy "She won't even want that!"

Sun began to spiral "Do you think we can rip it off? I don't want it! She won't want it! It's ugly!"

Moon was practically screaming "I hate it! She hates it!"

Sun let out a sorrowful wail "We can't let her see it! she"ll hate us forever!!"

Neither of them herd the door to their room open. Nor did they hear your quiet approach. In fact they didn't notice you until you were standing behind them in the mirror. Sun spots you behind him and shrieks.

Sun jumps into the nearest corner and covered himself "Don't look! I-I-I'm naked!"

You frown as Sun gently trembles. Carefully you reach out "May I touch you?"

Sun makes no effort to move and only lets out a soft whine.

You give a soft smile "I need a yes or no Sunny."

Nothing happens for a few quiet minutes. You sit down on the floor and wait. Sun's rays twitch as he converses with Moon.

Sun sighs deeply. His shoulders sag and his rays practically disappear "You'll hate us. We... we aren't normal."

You fold your hands in your lap to help keep yourself from touching him without permission. Every nerve in your body screams at you to wrap your arms around them.Sun finally looks at you. Despite his permanent smile and unblinking eyes you can tell how distraught he is.

He sits up a bit and rests his head on his knees "Why do you like us? We aren't like you. You should be with someone better. Someone who can be what you need."

You lean into his warmth without touching him "And what if you are what I need? What if I love that you aren't like me? I am so enamored with you. There is no one better than you and Moon. No one else makes my heart flutter."

Sun pulls his legs in tighter "Oh yeah? You like that our head is flat? how our face can't move? Eyes don't blink? How about our body? We are tall and lanky! No muscle! We aren't buff like Monty or Freddy!" Sun stands up. His pants hit the ground. Sun takes a step backwards closer to the bed "Our legs are sticks! Our waist grotesquely thin!" Sun takes a few more steps back "We have no nipple or toes! And our genitals! We have a tentacle and that other thing."

Sun tries to take another step backwards while turning away from you. His pants bunch around his ankles and he falls backwards. He hits the makeshift bed hard. Legs flailing in the air. Your head is spinning at Sun's rant. He really felt like that? Did moon feel the same? Sun growls in frustration and rips the pants off. You finally take notice of the other thing he was talking about. Nestled between his curvaceous thighs is a pussy. It's puffy and yellow. You can see his cock acts like his clit. You almost don't hear sun cry out. Almost.

He tries to reach for his pants but they are too far away "Don't look! Oh! We knew you would hate it!" He looks down at his pussy "You hate it! We don't want it! It's ugly! Men don't have this! They don't! They don't!"

You scoot forwards "It's not ugly!"

Sun flinches "What?"

You scoot a little closer trying not to startle him "I think it's wonderful."

Sun studies you for a moment "You do? But... boys don't have this?"

You shake your head "Of course I love it. It's a part of you and Moon and I love you both to bits." You scoot closer now sitting about three feet from the bed "You can be a boy and still have a pussy."

Sun's rays pop back out slightly "You-You can?"

You give a nod "Yes. Some people even have both parts. You can even have women with cocks."

Sun tilts his head "You can? Do you have one?"

You giggle "No I have a pussy."

Sun looks back down "And you like it?"

You nod and scoot closer another foot.

Sun looks away from you. His rays twitch again "And... and you aren't bothered by us? You." He pauses before turning back to you "You want to be with us?"

You nod moving on to all fours "Would you let me show you both how much I crave you? Let me shower you with love."

Sun talks to Moon again before nodding slowly "Alright, we trust you Sunshine."

You run your hand up and down Sun's calf "I'll start slow. I don't want to overwhelm you. We will use the traffic light system. Now listen closely."

Sun nods leaning his leg into your hand.

You give him a chaste kiss to his shin "Good boy. Red light means stop. I will stop on the spot and give you whatever you need. Even if you want me to leave."

Sun nods flushing brightly "Red means stop."

You tenderly massage his lower leg "Right, so yellow means slow down. If something feels off or needs to be adjusted use yellow. It doesn't mean you want to stop by the way."

Sun touches your hand "Yellow means slow down I need something but don't want to stop."

You interlace your fingers with his "Yep and green means everything is fine. You are good to go. I'll ask for your color and you tell me. Although you can use your colors whenever you need."

Sun's rays twitch "Moon says to tell you green. I agree."

You giggle "Alright. Alright. Tell me if I go too fast for you."

You take Sun's face in your hands and rub his cheeks "Moon gets a turn too. Just wanted to make that clear. I'm not going to leave him out." You lean in and kiss Sun's teeth.

Sun lets out a needy whine "Sunshine! You are far too wonderful for us! We don't deserve you."

You slowly scoot forward climbing into his lap. Sun helps you get more comfortable holding his hands on your hips.

You stop Sun before he can spiral again "No! No Sun. You deserve far more than I can give you. BOTH of you." You wrap your arms around the bot leaning down to his neck. You lick his neck in one languid stroke "Let me show you how special you are."

You nibble on his shoulder chewing the silicone near his neck. Sun lets out a soft moan. His hands rub circles into your hips. You give his other shoulder the same treatment. Licking the harsh mark you made. Sun gently tugs your shirt up. You sit up and pull the garment off.

Sun's eyes roam your chest "No bra? Naughty girl."

You giggle "No, no bra. I hate them." You run your hands up his chest "You can touch them."

Sun hesitates briefly before reaching a hand out. He brushes his fingertips down your sternum pausing at your heart.

Slowly he leans in to your chest tilting to hear "Like the sweetest song we have ever herd." Your face flushes and you plant a kiss to one of his rays. Sun turns his head and plants his face into your boobs. He nuzzles your soft flesh "Oooo! Moon you were right! This is perfect!"

With a laugh you smush his face further into your chest "Listen you can cuddle into my chest all you two want when I finish with you. Right now I want to please you. Is that ok?"

Sun pushes your titties together and nods. You guide him to lean back into the 'bed'.

You plant a kiss where his pectorals would be "Color?"

Sun pets your head "Green sunshine."

With a grin you plant more sloppy kisses down his chest. When you get to his mid belly his artificial breath hitches. You lick a heart into his stomach .Sun breaks into a fit of giggles covering his eyes with his hands.

As you settle between his legs you remove the rest of your clothes "Still good Sunny?"

Sun pauses for a moment before nodding "Yes. Green."

You plant a long nibbling kiss to his inner thigh "Good boy." Sun lets out a wine and you grin "Do you like being my good boy Sun? Such a good boy letting me please you."

Sun's hips twitch toward you. His bright orange cock writhes above his yellow pussy.

You hum in delight and lick your lips. Sun shyly looks away from you "Are you just going to stare?"

You shake your head "I'm just admiring you love. You are absolutely beautiful."

Sun lets out a groan and you scoot closer.

You lock eyes with Sun "Eyes on me sweetheart." You lean forward and lick a long stripe from his hole all the way up to the tip of his cock.

Sun's hand shoots to your head with a loud moan "More!"

You grin wickedly "Oh dearhaert! We are just getting started."

You grab his thighs and put them over your shoulder "Color?"

Sun shudders "Gr-green"

You nod and give another long lick "You taste so good Sun." you put your thumbs on his lower lips "Open up for me love."

Sun shifts "Are- are you sure you want that?"

You look up at him with his pussy open to you "Want what Sun? Tell me what it is?"

Sun turns away from you "That thing!"

You drop his legs from your shoulders "No that's not what it is. Tell me Sun."

Sun groans out "My." He lets out a whine "My pussy."

You lean back towards his waiting crotch "Good boy. You are being so good for me! You deserve a reward."

You take the tip of his cock in your mouth with a hum. It writhes in your mouth and tries to push in further. His cock is very warm you note. It tastes like silicone but you aren't bothered. You hollow your cheeks and take more of him into your mouth. Taking Sun's cock deeper with each bob of your head.

Sun thrusts into your mouth "Sorry sunshine! I can't help it! So good! It's do good!"

You move your hand to rub his lower lips. The tips of your fingers catch on his hole and he grabs your head. His pussy drips with amber slick.

You gather it on your hand and hold it out to him pulling off of his cock "Look at how wet you are for me!" You lick your fingers clean.

You moan out "Oh sunshine you taste divine!" You look up at him "I'm going to play with your pussy. Is that alright?"

Sun nervously plays with his hands "Um... alright."

You take his hands in yours "Remember we can stop at any time just say the word."

You open his pussy with one hand "Gorgeous pretty boy." You gather more slick on your index finger. Slowly you trace the rim of his hole.

Sun shudders again "It feels weird. But... keep going."

You nod and insert your finger all the way "So soft and warm."

You thrust your finger "Think you can take another?"

Sun nods eagerly and you add another. He writhes beneath you fisting the blankets beneath yourselves.

His cock waves blindly in the air "Oh sunshine! Don't! Ohhh! Don't stop! I need it! I need it!"

You scissor your fingers to stretch him out more "You are doing such a good job for me. You have no idea what seeing you like this does to me."

You moan out as you slip another finger inside Sun. His cock leaks more precum onto your hand.

Sun's pussy clenches around your fingers and he rocks his hips into your gentle thrusting.

Sun pants heavily "Oh! Mmm! Sunshine -ah- gonna! Gonna cum! I'm gonna cum. I'mgonnacum!" You grin and let go of his cock. Sun lets out a distressed shriek "What?! Why would you do that?"

You plant a kiss to his inner thigh "I want you to cum on my fingers. I want to feel your walls squeeze the life from my fingers."

Sun whines, his pussy flutters around your hand "But- oh! But it's not enough! I-I-I need more!"

"More?" You grin up at Sun "I can give you more. Let's see... You can take four of my fingers. Can you take my whole hand?"

Sun nods eagerly "I can take it! I can be a good boy! Ooohh Give it to me"

With a nod you pull your fingers out. He lets out a distressed whine.

A deep kiss is planted to his lower lips "Hey now. No worries. I'm not done yet."

You bring your hand to your face and lick your fingers with a sultry moan.

Sun covers his eyes with his hands and whines out "Sunshine!"

You chuckle "are you ready for my whole hand or do you need more time?"

Sun huffs lightly "I'm ready."

With a nod you slowly insert your hand into his cum. Starting with one finger and adding more. As you slide your thumb in next to your fingers the lights flicker.

You look up at the ceiling "What?"

The lights shut off abruptly as the power around the plex shuts off. Your head whips down to a now flush moon. His red eyes dart between your face and your hand buried to the wrist in his cunt.

You gasp and try to pull your hand out "I'm so sorry Moon. I wan-"

Moon grabs your arm "No!" He thrusts a little further onto your hand "Keep going starlight. Green. Green!"

You nod "Alright alright. I am here to please you. Though I am sorry you woke up like this. I wanted to take my time with you."

Moon hakes his head and pants out "So good. Don't worry."

You lean down and kiss his thighs. Moon moans out as you bite down hard.

You push more of your hand inside his cunt "How much do you think will fit?"

Moon pushes down a few more inches "Why -ah- Don't we -mmmm- find out." With a laugh you thrust your arm in a slow steady pace. Moon rises to meet your thrusts "Is- is that all you've got?"

You pick up the speed "I thought you didn't like your body?"

Moon turns away from you "It's -mng- growing on me."

Your thrusting speeds up getting covered in blue shiny slick "Look at how wet you are! Your pussy is so pretty." Moon tugs his hat over his eyes with a groan. You reach up and pull his hat completely off "Na-ah! I want to see your face."

Moon turns back to you "Even if I have no hair?"

You pause your movements "So what? Sun has no hair either. Beside you look sexy bald."

Moon's cunt clenches down "Sexy?"

You nod "Sexy. And handsome. I am so attracted to you Moonglow."

Moon leans forward and presses his smile to your forehead. His hand tangles into your hair "Fuck my pussy starlight."

You moan, pussy clenching on nothing. Your arm moves so fast you are punching his cunt. Arm buried almost to your elbow. You add a twisting motion to each thrust. Moon throws his head back. His voicebox glitches with each moan. Static filling each sound. Slick pours out of his cunt and cock. His hand reaches out to you. You smile warmly and lace your fingers with his.

"Getting close." he forces out through the static.

You kiss his hand "Be a good boy and cum for me. cum on my hand."

Moon cries out loudly. It hurts your ears but you endure it for him. His cunt sucks your arm in further. His cock curls in on itself before going ramrod straight and shooting cum onto his chest. You help work him through his orgasm. When he finally stills you pull your arm out. Moon tilts his head to you as you reach down for your shirt.

He sits up slightly "Your leaving?"

You frown at his distressed tone "No. I just want to wipe my arm and your chest off. I would never leave without cuddling."

Once your arm is clean you lay down in his arms. He pulls you close to his body "What about you starlight?"

You shake your head "I had my fun love. I don't need anything else. Aside from cuddling." You pull a blanket over the two of you "We should rest. I'll be here when you wake up."

Moon lets out a hum and snuggles into you "Love you." You kiss his cheeks "Love you too."

Chapter 3: Patrol With Moon fluff

Summary:

You go on patrol with Moon.

Chapter Text

Today was long and the night shift would be even longer It was about 104' outside today. You are pretty sure the heat cooked your brain. But you had shit to do today and it wasn't like anyone else was going to do it. Lazy bastards. The sun had set by the time you meandered into the plex. Your first and only stop being the Daycare. It was about half an hour before the place went on it's nightly lock down. Your job was simple. You were a mechanic.

The higher ups had figured out the animatronics would let you do just about anything to them. It was decided you would be a live-in mechanic. Offered a free place to live. Your only worry food, clothing, and necessities. Higher pay too. Your new apartment was being constructed near the glamrocks. Not ideal but you took it. Ideal would have been in the daycare itself. Part of this was transitioning to sleeping in the plex. Technically you were working while you slept. Getting up for any and all repairs.

As you reached the Daycare your exhausted mind registered it was dark. You spotted the fun slide and trudged toward it. Before you could make it three steps Moon plucked you into his arms.

He nuzzled his faceplate into your hair "Starlight." You leaned into him with a sleepy hum. Moon flew off toward his bedroom "I can't stay with you while you rest. I need to go on patrol. I'm actually late for it but we wanted to make sure the room was clean."

You grumble in annoyance holding him tighter. Moon lands on the balcony with out a word. His head tilts slightly up and to the left. A clear sign he is talking to Sun.

After a few minutes he nods "Starlight." You look up at him from your place in his arms. Moon shifts from one foot to the other "We have an idea."

You rubbed your eyes "An Idea?"

Moon nodded "Yes but we need a few things first. Stay put."

You nodded as he disappeared behind the curtain. After several minutes of shuffling noises he returned. He looked quite the sight. A blanket was in his arms with another around his chest.

He held his arms out "May I pick you up?"

You nodded and he immediately swaddled you in the blanket. With the skills of a parent he affixed you to his frame. You were snugly attached to his chest with a length of rope and fabric. He jumped up and down and crawled around on both the floor and ceiling.

Once he was satisfied you would not fall at all he called the wire to him "We will go on patrol together. If you like this that is."

You felt safe in the wrappings of fabric. And even safer to be this close to Moon "I think this is the most comfortable I have been in a while." You yawned and snuggled your head closer to him.

Moon smiled "Good. Let me know if you need me to free you." He paused "Sun is jealous. He wants to carry you like this too."

You yawn out mmm-hmmm. Moon chuckles as he crawls into a nearby vent. You end up staying like that all night. Moon takes you on every single patrol. Freddy catches the two of you and gushes quietly about how cute you look. He takes several pictures and sends copies to Moon.

Chapter 4: Flirting With Moon and Sun fluff

Summary:

flirting... Moon dies

Chapter Text

MOON:

"Moon!" You blurt out abruptly, hands on your hips.

He whips around in shock "What?!"

You growl "When the hell were you going to tell me?!"

He spins his faceplate upside down "Tell you what?"

You huff "what you're made of?"

His faceplate spins back around "What wires and metal?"

You take his hand and make direct eye contact. You drop your tone an octave "No! 100% grade A boyfriend material."

He pauses before pulling his hat over his optics and whines out "Stop! You're going to make me overheat!"

 

SUN:

Sun stared at you. He had been doing it for the past five minutes.

You turn to him "Something you need?"

He shuffles in place "Don't you have one for me?"

You tilt your head "One what Sunny?"

He looks down briefly "Well you said that nice thing to Moon."

"Ah." You nod thoughtfully "Of course! How could I forget! I did have something super important to tell you."

He perks up and leans forward slightly "Important? What is it?"

You nod with a since of finality "Did you know you are like a box of cheerios?"

He tilts his head "Cheerios? But sunshine! I'm a robot! You can't eat me! I'd taste bad."

You giggle "No silly! It's because you are both heart healthy. And my heart could stand to be healthier."

He squeaks and hides his face in his hands. His rays spin wildly "Sunshine!"

Chapter 5: Maintenance Day fluff

Summary:

'I Want to Be Your Boyfriend' by Hot Freaks

Chapter Text

Maintenance day was always a nice day for you. No customers to deal with. Just you, your boys, and the hundreds of tiny Music men. You called them the Spiderlings. Today you found yourself giving the spiderlings a checkup. Sun was upstairs trying to beat Moon's score in one of the games. You could hear his frustrated growls as he failed. You were laying on your stomach. A tool kit with parts nest to you. Moon sat on you holding up his weight.

Currently he was brushing out your hair "What style do you want starling?"

You hummed "Something to keep my hair out of my face."

The spiderling you were looking at gave a happy dance at the new foot you gave it. DJ was happily playing playing whatever music he wanted. Some of it down right filthy, others saintly. He gave his best rendition of a chuckle as one of his spiderlings excitedly presented you with a large dead rat.

Once the higher ups figured out how many Tiny Music Men there actually were it was decided they would be repurposed into pest control. Often the little scrimblos would bring you the things they killed. Kind of like a cat going "Mommy! Look what I did for you!" It was almost like a game for them to bring you stuff. You had even been brought a live pigeon once.

Sun gave a cry of victory "Finally! Well Moonie. I doubt you can do better than that! I told you I was better at this game."

Moon shifted as he played with your hair adding some kind of sweet smelling product to it "We'll see about that. Just don't be a sore looser when I prove you wrong."

The heavy footfalls of someone entering the arcade made moon pause briefly. The sound of chatter echoing off the walls.

A gruff male voice firmly spoke "This is the west arcade."

The head of daytime security came into view. Beside him someone you didn't want to see. Your ex stood next to him taking the room in with a dull look on their face.

As their eyes landed on you they grinned "Well! Didn't think I'd see you again. What a pleasant surprise."

Your ex was someone who made your soul go 'Oh god not you!' with a little Sideshow Bob shudder added in. You had told Sun and Moon about them. Moon regarded them with disdain. The head of daytime security began to walk them around the arcade explaining things.

Moon abruptly stood up taking you with him "Break time Love."

Sun giggled from above "Yeah! Break time! If you work all the time you might burn out sunshine."

You watched as Sun jumped from the second floor of the arcade and land in a perfect handstand. The music playing shifted and got louder. 'I Want to Be Your Boyfriend' by Hot Freaks blared from the speakers around the arcade. Moon pulled you into a faux waltz twirling you to the first verse of the song. Now Sun and Moon are 9ft tall. Your feet could not reach the ground.

By the second verse Sun took you from him and began to dance as well. Verse by verse you were passed between the men. They left you a giggly mess. As the song came to an end Ex and the guard came back down. The guard gestured to each person in the room introducing you all.

When he got to you Ex grinned "I know them already. We were an item. I hope to be an item again. More long term though."

Moon maneuvered you into a piggy back ride "This was a thing but we have to go."

Sun nodded frantically "Yes yes! Much to do! We still need our checkup."

Your ex frowned "Should you really be letting them carry you like that? It's dangerous. It could drop you or crush you! You should stay with me. Much safer."

Sun stood up as tall as he could "We ARE safe. Very safe."

Moon nodded "We would never hurt them. Unless they asked."

You let out a gasp "Moonpie!"

Sun inched his way closer to Moon.

The guard let out a loud sigh "I don't have time for this weird ass shit. Your shift starts tomorrow Ex. Take today and get used to the building. I'm leaving."

Moon giggled followed by an indignant shriek. Sun pulled you from the back of Moon and bolted off with you in a princess carry.

Moon growled playfully "Sun! Give them back you rapscallion!"

He took off after you and sun. Ex watched annoyed as Moon took you from sun proclaiming victory. This continued all the way back to the daycare. Both men darting around the plex trying to keep you away from the other. Dodging staff, planters, and even Glamrocks on their way to the daycare. The three of you lost in raucous laughter.

Chapter 6: Something Blue? fluff

Summary:

You get married.

Chapter Text

It's your wedding day. You are getting married to Sun and Moon in the west arcade. You had just reached the alter in front of Music Man. Music Man is holding a book in his large hands with notes on what to say as officiant. Sun and moon look stunning. Moon has on a black tux with long coat tails. His accent color is yellow. Sun has on a similar black tux with blue as his color. Your wedding attire looks stunning on you. As you reach your boys you burst into tears.

Freddy pats your hand gently "Are you alright superstar?"

You nod as best as you can. Sun reaches out a takes you closer to himself.

Moon leans down to you "everything ok?" You look up into his eyes and cry harder.

Sun fidgets "Do." He pauses "Do you not want to marry us?"

You take a deep breath and wail out "YOU AREN'T GOING TO BE SUN AND MOON ANYMORE!"

They both lean back at your outburst "What?" Sun looks to Moon and Moon shrugs.

You hiccup loudly "You aren't! You're gonna be Sun (your last name) And Moon (your last name). And I am so happy!"

Sun shakes his head with a lighthearted chuckle "That's what has you so upset?"

Moon brushes tears from your face "It really makes you that happy we get your last name?"

You nod with a cry "You get to have a loving family now! And-and you get to be happy."

You wipe your eyes "I-I'm sorry! I'm... I can't put it into words!"

Sun leans down and kisses you deeply "Hey. Hey now. None of that. It's alright. We understand."

Moon nods and also kisses you "You are doing fine."

Music Man clears his throat "Um. You kissed the spouse."

He gestures to the spiderlings "Please present the rings. And uh... Have a happy marriage." He nods satisfied with his speech.

Chapter 7: This One IS Dumb smut?

Summary:

stupid shit

Chapter Text

Just had a thought. In basic training male trainees will sometimes do this dumb thing called gargoyling. It's where you get naked and hide in a locker or on top of the locker at night. When another trainee on night-watch duity walks by you open the door and shine a flashlight on your junk to spook them. No idea why they started doing this. But it got me thinking.

Imagine Moon deciding he wants to fuck you. He just sits somewhere after closing in the darkness he knows where you will see him. Pants down enough to show off his tentacle and pussy writhing and dripping. The slick shining in the red glow of his LEDs. No words just showing you how much he needs you. Drawing you in slowly like a moth to a flame.

If you try to ignore him he begins to touch himself. One minute you are completing a task like repairing a broken arcade machinen and the next Moon is perched on top with his fingers in his pussy. Eyes shining brightly to give you the best view in an open invitation to come and play.

Chapter 8: Red Light, Green Light, Yellow Cum smut

Summary:

Mega smut. Cock plug reader is a woman sorry.

Chapter Text

Moon double-checks the velvet-covered chains around Sun's arms. Tight but not damaging.

He gives a light hum of approval "Color Sunny?"

Without pause sun chirps "Green!"

Moon gives him a chaste kiss "Good boy. Starlight?"

You look up from your bag. A silver oblong box in your hands "Yes dear?"

Moon moves to Sun's legs next "Did you remember the new toy?"

You stand up and approach the bed "Yep! It's right here."

Sun tilts his head in confusion "New toy?"

Moon nods as he spreads Sun's legs "Starlight wanted to try something new." He ties Sun's legs to the bedposts "You are always welcome to say no."

You nod "I won't force you into anything." You set the box down on the right nightstand "Let me show you what I have in mind love."

Sun watches as you open the box. "Color?" Moon asks giving Sun's legs a wiggle.

His head turns briefly "Green Moonie."

Sun's attention is drawn back to you as you pull the new toy out of the box.

With a soft smile you hold it in front of his face "I had to get this custom made. It's a urethral plug!" You point to each part "This bit goes into your cock. It's designed to give pleasure and keep you from cumming. And this ring holds it in place."

He regards the item carefully "So this is why you were measuring my dick."

You nod as Moon takes the sound from you. It's silver. The rod that goes into the urethra is thick enough to plug it well. The top has a sun etched into it.

Moon hands it back to you "I like it. Color Sun?" He looks a little wary "Green. I am a little nervous though."

You pull a few more items out of the box. Two vibrators, one large bottle of lube, and a large bottle of water. You begin to strip your clothes off making a show of jiggling your ass and tits.

Moon growls from the opposite side of the bed "Don't tease unless YOU want to be next."

You shake your head and Sun laughs "I liked the show. I can't wait to get my face in those mommy milkers."

You giggle as you climb on the bed next to Sun "All in due time love."

You reach a hand down and grab his cock giving it slow and gentle pumps. It wraps around your fingers.

Sun gives a soft moan "Faster sunshine."

Moon tuts as he joins you on the bed on the other side of Sun "Sunny. While it's good you asked for what you want that is not the game we are playing tonight. Tonight you take everything we give you."

Without prompting Sun nods "Green."

You grab the lube and apply some to your hand on Sun's cock. With a giggle, you make kissy noises.

Moon tilts his head "What are you doing?" Sun moans out as you apply more pressure.

You grin "I'm fishing for kisses." You make another loud kiss noise.

Moon laughs and leans forward "Hm. Seems to be working. What do you think Sun? Do I take the bait?"

Sun groans out as you run your thumb over the head of his tentacock "Oooh! Please please please, Moon! Kiss her!"

You give Sun a sly grin "My my! Aren't you getting needy? We have barely just started."

Moon grabs your face in both hands tenderly. He leans forward and kisses you with a moan. You moan out as Moon runs his tongue along your bottom lip. Moon takes up your entire mouth filling you with himself. The light herbal taste relaxes you just a bit. You get distracted by the kiss and stop pumping. Sun whines at the lewd display and thrusts his hips into your hand. Moon's tentacle wiggles in the air. His pussy dripped slightly. Moon pulls back and you chase after his lips.

He smiles a soft fond smile before tapping Sun's legs "Alright Sunny. You prep our pretty starling and I'll prep you."

Sun opens his mouth wide "Come here sunshine!" His voice dropped and took on a sultry tone "Let me taste you."

You throw a leg over Sun's body poising with your ass up to give Moon a look before crawling up Sun.

Moon hums in approval "Oh Sunny. She is so wet. It's like a waterfall."

Sun sighs dreamily "Waterfall? Let me have it sunshine!"

You grin "Oh? Let you have it?" You slow your crawl "Hm... I don't know. That wasn't very convincing."

Moon languidly thrusts into his hand. Each time he reaches the base he swipes a finger over his hole.

Sun stills for a moment "Please sunshine come let me drink you in! I need it! I need your sweetness! Please I've been a good boy! Please?" You shimmy the rest of the way up Sun. He gasps in joy "Yes! Yes! sit on my face!" He loudly says "ah" as you lower yourself onto him. You hear the chains rattle lightly as Sun tries to pull you to him.

Moon laughs "Good to know the chains work."

Without warning Moon lays prone. His tongue pushes all the way into Sun. Sun moans out loudly arching up as much as he can while laying spread eagle. With fervor, he sucks in the soft lips of your pussy. He gives them gentle sucks and bites. Your hands rest on the headboard in front of you for balance.

Head tilted to the side in pleasure "Good boy Sunny."

You glance behind you to watch Moon's tongue disappear into Sun's sopping cunt. A loud moan escapes you as Sun licks a long stripe between your folds.

Moon begins to rut slowly into the bed "Good boy Sunny. Make her cum on your face. Starlight I want you to sit up a bit. I want to watch Sun tongue fuck you."

You nod and lift off of Sun a few inches. Sun's tongue slithers its way into your hole slowly. Pausing every inch or so to allow you to adjust. Moon moans into Sun's cunt causing Sun to cry out at the vibration. You let out a yelp as Moon raises an arm and smacks your ass with enough force to leave a bright red mark.

His cool hand soothes the area before he pulls out of Sun "I think he's ready for the toy. Go ahead and fuck yourself on his tongue."

You nod "It has instructions with it if you need them. But you probably won't."

Sun thrusts into you "Go ahead and use me. Go as hard as you need."

You do as you are told starting slow and picking up your pace.

Moon takes Sun's cock in his hand "Good girl. Go ahead and cum while I put this on Sunny." He pushes the lubed-up two-inch rod slowly into Sun's shaft "Color Sunny?"

Sun lets out a groan "Green! Very very green!"

Moon rubs Sun's thigh as you continue to chase your high "Good boy. He's ready starlight. Do you need anything to help you get off?"

"Fingers! I need your fingers on my clit! Please?" You huff out with a breathy moan.

Moon climbs over Sun maneuvering behind you "I've got you love." He reaches in front of you "Slow or rough?"

You grab two of Sun's rays rubbing them "Rough!"

Sun groans at the request and your ministrations on his sensitive rays "I could stay like this forever. You could take off my arms and legs. As long as I could stay buried like this with you and Moonie I would be happy."

Moon begins to harshly rub at your clit "But Sunny if you had no arms or legs how would you pin our starlight down and breed her?"

That's what did it. The combination of Moons fingers and both of their words sends you over the edge and snaps the coil in your belly. You cum hard as Moon harshly pushes you down onto Sun's faceplate. Sun's hips shake as he drinks you in. Cock writhing in the air. As you come down from your high Moon lifts you off of Sun. Sun's optics are blown wide. A blissful expression on his face. His cock twitches against his stomach not a drop of pre-cum oozes out.

Moon glances around the room "Color."

Both you and Sun hum out a "Green."

You lean over and give Sun a long and deep kiss "Alright Dearheart into position."

You and moon scooch down to Sun's cock. Both sitting up you position yourselves so Sun's cock sits between you. You hook a leg over each other in a scissoring position trapping Sun's plugged cock trapped between your pussies.

Moon glances over to Sun "Color?"

Sun struggles for a moment and whiny growls out green. You grab Moon's hips and pull you closer together. Moon lets out a surprised sound followed by a gasp as Sun's cock wiggles between you.

You shoot a tender smile to Sun "Are you ready pretty boy?" Sun nods eagerly.

Moon slaps his cock "Words Sunny!"

Sun moans sharply "Ye-Yes! I'm ready!"

You hold your hand out and Moon takes it. Slowly you and moon rub your pussies against Sun's cock.

Sun moans out "S' good! So good."

Considering how large Sun and Moon are it's no surprise to you when Moon leans over and captures you in a kiss.

His mouth easily molds against yours. Sun thrusts as far up and as fast as he can. Moon stops both of you from moving.

His hand snaps out and tightly squeezes Sun's cock "Take what we give you. We WILL take good care of you but ONLY if you behave!"

Sun screws his eyes shut "Yes yes! Sorry, Moonie! I'll-I'll be a good boy! Your pretty boy. Just don't stop. PLEASE!"

Moon releases his cock satisfied with his apology and resumes his thrusting with you. He lets his pretty blue cock fuck against Sun's. Sun is reduced to a panting moaning mess. His tongue practically licks his chest with how low it hangs.

Finally! Finally, you get to hear the most beautiful sound in the world. Both Sun and Moon moan loudly. To you it is magical. You LOVE the sound of them moaning. Blissed you add to the melody in the room. Some would call the cacophony pornographic. You would call it a concerto.

Moon blushed brightly "A concerto?"

You also flush "Shit! Di-didn't mean to OH! Say that out lOOud!"

Moon flicks the tip of his cock against your clit "More! More music!"

Sun moans and pulls at the restraints "A whole concert! Oh~! Monnie~! Gonna! Gonna cum!"

Moon doubles his efforts. Thrusting faster and moaning louder. His cock picks up speed and he lets out a strangled laugh "G-good luck with that!"

You grin as you look down at the plug. Reaching behind you you pick up one of the vibrators. This one comes with a remote. You slip the addition into Sun's pussy and turn it on. Sun lets out a glitchy moan. His hips involuntarily thrust sloppily. A loud shriek rips from his voicebox and quickly turns into frantic babbles. Your eyes are glued to the plug. His cock swells but the plug does not move.

He looks down at his cock "Wha- What?"

Moon plants sloppy kisses along his chest "Color Sunny?"

Sun takes a moment to think "Gr-green."

You rub Sun and Moon's cocks together "Great because we aren't done yet."

Both men give a loud guttural moan. Moon reaches a hand out and fondles one of your breasts. Causing a guttural moan of your own. Moon roars out as he cums thick hot ropes of cum all over the three of you.

He grabs the cock sound and gently pulls it out "Go on Sunny!"

Sun also covers the three of you with cum. This sends you over the edge. You cum with a high-pitched wail. Eyes crossing together. You fall backward onto the bed. Moon maneuvers you to cuddle Sun. You wrap around him smearing cum around you both. Sun chuckles as Moon frees his arms.

Sun offers you the water from the nightstand and pulls out cleaning wipes from the top drawer "ya know Moonie? I think this might be my favorite part."

With the tenderness of a mother he begins to clean you. Moon hums affirmatively while helping you three get clean. With that task done you cuddle in for the night. Sandwiched protectively between Sun and Moon.

Chapter 9: The Crisis hurt comfort

Summary:

Might expand on this at some point

Chapter Text

MOON:
Moon didn't understand what had come over him. One minute everything was fine and the next he need to hold you. He needed to feel your warmth against his frame. He just needed you. He did not stop until he found you. His mind spiraled in panic. He didn't know why or what caused it. But he needed you. And that was how you found yourself in the arms of the lunar animatronic. Rubbing the back of the Plex's most terrifying nighttime security.

 

SUN:
Sun let out a shuddering whimper. The shadows grew taller. Hallways elongated. Even the play structures stretched and twisted. The world became darker. More evil. Or maybe it was the demons in his mind taunting him. He curled in on himself. When had he gotten onto the floor? It too seemed harder and colder. The mats on the floor looked less friendly. He tried to block out the creeping darkness. He let out a scream. At least he thought he did.

The next thing he felt was warmth. His optics were so unfocused. The warm feeling edged the darkness away. A soft sound joined the warmth. Like little birds or fairies. Something touched his face. His optics honed in on it.It was a person but who? they were singing "As the pain seeps through, makes no sense for you, every thrill is gone, wasn't too much fun at all, but I'll be there for you... there you are Sunny. Take your time." Of course it was his sunshine. He hummed and held you close.

Chapter 10: Stick Drawing AU

Summary:

A Sun and Moon Au I made. It might be shit... oh well.

Chapter Text

You were sitting on your couch late one afternoon. A crime show played on your TV in the background. You were writing out notes for a work project. As you scribbled away on your notebook you noticed a flash of yellow dart across the page. You blinked and rubbed your eyes thinking you must be seeing things. You continued to write pausing to think every so often. Again the yellow flashed across the page. This time however you saw what it was doing. The yellow blur fixed your grammar and spelling.

You tilted your head "The hell? What the fuck was that?"

You watched in alarm as the word 'language!' appeared on the side of the page. You dropped the notebook down onto your lap. A little yellow stick man tumbled onto the left side of the page. It had red pants. Or maybe they were shorts? It appeared to have orange hair spikes. The little thing brushed off it's pants as it stood up.

You set your pencil down next to you "Woah. What are you?"

The little stick man jumped slightly. It stood up straight. It's mouth moved as words appeared above it 'I'm Sunny Shine! I'm sorry if I bothered you. I saw you were working hard and decided to help you! I'm really good at spelling. Moony Beams is better at grammar than I am.'

You nod slowly "Ok Sunny Shine. And who is Moony Beams?"

Sunny puts a hand to his face 'He's my friend! He's like me but blue! And he has a hat. He doesn't like the light though.'

You hum lightly "And how long have you been here?"

He shuffles and wrings his hands 'A long long time. We live in the book under the floor in the attic.'

You look up at the ceiling "The attic? Huh." You look back down at the page "If you live in a book how did you get here?"

Sunny sits down leaning back on his hands 'We can move to any paper in this house. We used to be imaginary. A sweet little boy made us! He got sick. We wanted to be there for him. For real you know. We wished so so hard! One day we became like this. But it was to late. Oh! Sorry Moony too not to.'

This feels like a lot. It feels like you should be running out of the door but the sweet way Sunny spoke? It did something to you.

"Welp." You bring the page closer to you "Looks like I'm going to need way more paper."

Chapter 11: The Great Musical Upgrade

Summary:

Don't question copyright laws. It's fiction and I can do what I want. You'll understand after you read this.

Chapter Text

The hallways are dark and quiet. You had finished another nighttime task. One of the gaters at Monty's Gater Golf had broken down. It was stuck part way out of the water and endlessly growling. It almost gave you a headache. As long as nothing else happened you were free to get some rest.

You didn't really have an official place to call your own in the plex yet. They were building you one down in the lower tunnels. Not ideal but better than spending the night away from your two favorite jesters. How anyone could abuse the pair was baffling to you.

You passed by the newest nighttime security guard. A young lad named Braxly. He hated his name so most people called him Axle. You two swapped a wave on your way to the daycare.

You had heard the boys got a new upgrade but not what it was. It wasn't cosmetic, that much you did know. It was something involving their code. That terrifies you. Who knows what they changed! You pass the fountain to the daycare. A few coins sit inside. Briefly you consider taking a few but decide better of it.

As soon as you open the doors to the daycare you hear a very loud "Sunshine!"

From down below you watch Sun call his wire. He practically rockets up to where you are. You can hear a strange sound as he gets closer. It seems he can hear it too. It takes you a second to recognize the song. It's 'My Girl' by The Temptations.

Sun slaps a hand over his chest. His rays shrink into his head and he takes off to his room. You tilt your head for a second. What the hell is happening. You run as fast as you can to the theater. Whatever is going on you will help Sun through it. Why was his chest playing that song in particular?

You catch your breath at the door to Sun and Moon's room. You can hear sun inside arguing with Moon about something. You open the door without knocking as you have done so many times before.

Sun turns to you. His chest blares out "Well I guess you'd say, What can make me feel this way, My girl, my girl, my girl, Talkin' 'bout my girl, my girl, talkin' 'bout my girl!" Sun buries his face in his hand and groans.

You snicker "Sunny. What is happening?"

Sun sighs dramatically "We got a new upgrade to our mu-"

The lights turn off. You hadn't been keeping track of the time. Sun shifts to Moon. As his eyes fall on you the song also shifts. Van Halen's 'Why Can't This Be Love' blares from his chest "Whoa here it comes, That funny feeling again, Winding me up inside, Every time we touch."

Moon immediately books it to the balcony and dives into the ball pit. You run to the edge and watch him run to one of the play structures. You run once again back down to the daycare. When you reach the play structure Moon is hiding in you can still hear the music. You have an hour before Sun comes back.

It takes you longer than you'd like to get to Moon. Along the way you can hear Moon trying to stop the music. You can also hear the song loop. Finally you reach the lunar animatronic. His chest blares "It's got what it takes, So tell me why can't this be love, You want it straight from the heart, Oh tell me why can't this be love!"

It clicks in your head. Both songs played are love songs. Do they really love you? Moon pulls his hat over his head and curls in on himself. You place a gentle hand on his knee. Moon shuffles away from you.

You crawl further into the tiny room "what's going on? Sun said you got an upgrade?"

Moon peeks at you before hiding again "We got an upgrade to our music box. It can now play any song we want. At first it was fine but now? Every time we think about you it plays these songs! We can't stop it!"

You scoot closer to him "Do... do you have feelings for me? I have them for you."

Moon's eyes shoot to yours. 'Dream Weaver" By Gary Wright cuts off Van Halen. Moon blushes brightly "You do?"

You lean forward and kiss his teeth "Yes. I do."

Moon leans into your touch and pulls you close to his frame "Sun is screaming in our head. He says to tell you we are not letting you go tonight."

You laugh "What if I have to pee?"

Moon does not skip a beat "Then you pee yourself."

Chapter 12: Angsty personal nightmare

Summary:

I might do a fic of this later. It's a nightmare I had last night.

Chapter Text

Just woke up. Had a nightmare. I'm ok now though.

So it went like this. I was Sun and in love with Moon. The higher ups found out. They didn't want to promote homosexual relationships to young children. They gave Sun, me, a major upgrade without telling Moon. I knew 100% I was a boy. Not a girl. They gave me, Sun, female upgrades. They even changed my, his, voice. the whole time Sun was awake and screaming. He didn't want to be a girl. He didn't want to be changed. At one point I was told I was property and had no autonomy of any kind. Told my opinion never mattered. I was dropped back into the daycare wearing a dress in the middle of a panic attack. I was a boy. Why would they do this? Would Moon still want me? I'm Mr.Sun Not Mrs.Sun! I woke up before I saw Moon. Fucking awful.

Chapter 13: Mafia Moon

Chapter Text

Had a really nice sexy dream last night. So Sun was a Mafia Don and Moon was his right hand and best friend. I was in a nice bar with some friends. A bartender brought me a drink. He said it was from the guy in VIP. I looked up and Moon tipped his hat.

My friends told me he was dangerous. They wanted us to leave before something bad happened. I looked back to VIP and Moon was still staring at me. I pointed to myself then VIP.

He made a come hither motion. I held a hand up in a 'one moment please' gesture. I went to the bar and ordered two of whatever he had. It was a whisky sour. I brought the drinks to a dark corner of the bar.

This is where it gets dirty. I stuck a finger in my cunt and rimmed one glass with my pussy juice. The other I left alone. I made my way up to VIP. Don Sun was sitting on a couch with two pretty girls. He gave me a funny look. Moon walked to him and whispered something.

Don Sun nodded and I was let into VIP. Moon walked up to me "Oh? Did you bring me a drink pretty thing?"

I gave him a coy look "Depends."

Moon tilted his head, a sultry smile on his face "On what gorgeous?"

I licked my lip involuntarily "On why I'm up here."

Moon brushed his hand down my cheek "Hopefully to spend the night with me. Although I'd hope for more than that."

I followed Moon over to a table for two. I slid the glass rimmed heavily with pussy juice to him.

I held on to it for a moment "Well then. I'll stay IF you can tell me what I did to this drink... Oh shit! Don't want you thinking it's poison or something!" I took a large sip of the drink a swallowed. The whiskey sour mixed with pussy juice.

If you knew what pussy tasted like you'd know what I did.

Moon chuckled "Do I get a clue?"

I shook my head "Not until you at least try to guess."

Moon eyed the glass like it would tell him what you did. He took a sip and held it in his mouth. He made a confused face.

I leaned back sipping my drink "Well?"

Moon took another sip "The glass is rimmed with.." His eyes went wide before a low growl escaped him "Is this what I think it is?"

I grinned "Depends. What do you think it is?"

Moon set the drink down. His hands shot across the table.

He eyed them before bringing my hands to his faceplate. He took a deep breath "Naughty thing. You rimmed that glass with your sweet nectar."

I laughed "Why don't you tell me what it really is. No flowery words."

Moon licked my fingers "Your pussy juice."

I excitedly grinned "Good boy!"

I woke up here. Shame too...

Chapter 14: A Very Spicy Sun And Moon Oneshot

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Sun and Moon had finally done it. They had finally procured their prize. They giggled as they scurried through the halls. Prize tucked safely away in Moon's chestplate.

The Daycare never seemed further away than it did in that moment. They avoided cleaning bots, security bots, and security guards. Anyone they felt would take their prize. They worked so hard to get it. So many favors done.

They were excited to try it out on their new sensors. Roxy said she likes to take it all at once. Chica liked it inch by inch. Monty preferred to enjoy it slowly. And Freddy said he likes the smaller ones.

They tore the doors to the Daycare open sprinting to their cables. Giggling as the wires brought them to their tower. Inside they sat down across from one another. Moon pulled their prize from his chest.

It was long and peach in color. Monty said he liked it best. They held it between the two of them.

Moon spoke first "How do we want to do this?"

Sun leans back on his hands "How about we do it together? It's big enough. You can take one end and I can take the other."

Moon nods and puts one end into his mouth. He leans forwards and gestures at Sun to take the other end. Sun leans forward winking at Moon as he takes the other end. It feels nice in their mouths.

Sun bites down and leans back chewing. Moon does the same. It's quiet for a moment. Moon's optics go wide and he leaps to his feet. Sun watches as he dives into the ball pit. It is in that moment that Sun understands their folly.

A fiery heat of 150,000 Scovilles fills his mouth. His eyes begin to water as he too dives into the pit. He sprints to the bathroom where he finds Moon washing his mouth out. The two vow never to try anything from Monty again.

Notes:

Just so you know they ate a peach habanero.

Chapter 15: Period comfort fic. It mentions poop. Not in a sexy way.

Summary:

This is a self indulgent fic. Just started my period and feel like crap today. I'm going to be talking about pooping. No detail though. Comfort with a splash of smut. If someone wants a male version of this I can do it. It'd be a sick fic then.

Chapter Text

It felt like you were in the bathroom for hours. In reality it had been ten minutes. Ten terrible minutes of endless pooping. Your period had started two hours ago. The full effect only hitting you now. Left miserable and feeling selfishly needy.

You could feel another bout coming. The familiar gurgle promising nausea. You let out a soft miserable cry as bowels emptied themselves more. Was it over? Who knew. You curled into yourself. Stomach contents threatening to spill in an explosive manor.

A sound so familiar echoes throughout the bathroom. You turn your head up as you shart loudly. You quickly slap a hand over your mouth. A large hand rubs your back. Sun knows what your periods are like. The sound of your bathtub filling draws your attention to Moon.

He offers a smile, checking the temperature for you.
Sun snakes his other hand down to ease your pain "Have you taken anything for the pain?"

You nod "Five minutes ago. It hasn't taken yet."

Sun nods and adds pressure to your abdomen. His other hand continues to rub circles.

Sun plants a kiss to the top of your head "I'm going to leave you with Moon. I'll be in the kitchen working on dinner."

You let out a soft whine as his hands leave you. Moon takes his place. His hand rubs your cheek and you lean into it. He slowly undresses you.

Moon sets you down into the tub. He quickly undresses himself before joining you. He settles himself behind you pulling you to him. Moon rubs every muscle free from pain. He makes sure to pay special attention to your back. It's heavenly to be treated this way.

Long dexterous fingers working you over. You shudder as Moon's long fingers work shampoo into your hair. His claws are out and scratching your scalp perfectly. He knows just how to touch you to ease the torment of your period.

Moon leans his cheek into yours "Would you like an orgasm?"

You tilt your head "What?"

Moon chuckles lightly "An orgasm. It will help with the pain starlight."

You nod, legs spreading for him.

He kisses your cheek "Good girl. Letting me help you."

Moon's long fingers trail down the front of your body. He makes quick work of finding your clit.

Sun re-enters the bathroom. He takes one look at your position "Oh good! I was hoping you would agree to Moon pleasing you. I know sometimes it makes you feel gross."

Sun gives both you and Moon a quick kiss "Just wanted to let you know dinner will be ready soon." He quickly leaves the bathroom. Hips swaying seductively on his way out.

Moon wordlessly begins to rub slow languid circles into your clit. Gradually he picks up speed.

Rolling your precious bud in circles and zigzags. He's drinking in every sound. Every last moan you make. His tongue trails up and down your neck. That familiar warmth of orgasm creeps into your belly. Moon can tell you are close. His hands pick up speed again.

Orgasm finally hits you. You can feel your walls fluttering. Slick mixed with period blood floods the tub turning the water a faint pink. Moon continues to work you through your orgasm. He kisses your neck "Such a good girl you are. Let's get you dressed."

Moon pulls you from the tub wrapping you in a fresh warm towel. Thank you Sun. Moon fetches you comfortable clothing and one of your reusable pads. When the both of you are dressed he takes you to the couch. He puts your favorite show on.

Sun sits down on the couch and Moon passes you into his lap. Sun holds a plate of your favorite food "Would you like me to feed you?"

You nod. Sun chuckles and prepares the dish to feed you. As the three of you watch your show Sun feeds you. Moon gives you a foot rub idly.

The affection from the two of them is making you emotional. Tears drip down your face. Sun and Moon make no comment on it.

Moon simply reaches a long arm out and dries your face with a tissue "I love you starlight. I love you Sun."

Sun blushes "I love you too Moonie! And I love you sunshine."

You hiccup "I-I love you both so god damn fucking much!"

Sun chuckles as you hide in his chest and cry. His large warm hand rubs circles into your back and his other hand presses perfectly into your abdomen.

Chapter 16: #SUNWEEK

Summary:

This is my entry for #SUNWEEK over on twitter. There was a poll to see who the best fnaf character was. Sun and Moon were included. Wen the Sun and Moon fans found out we voted. We wound up getting attacked. We were called freaks and they made fun of Sun. It got pretty bad. Sun made it to the final four. Sun lost to springtrap. We made SUNWEEK because we love Sun. It's really great. So for the pleasure of your eyeballs... please enjoy.

Chapter Text

Sun shuffled nervously into your study where you were working. You looked up from your computer at the creek of the door. the look on Sun's face was... downcast to say the least. His shoulders were slumped. Toes pointed inwards. He looked like he just murdered a cat.

It tugs at your heartstrings. Your soul feels heavy and wrong. You start to get up when Sun speaks.

"I...I didn't win... an-and e-e-everyone made fun of me!" He curls in on himself "They... they said I was ugly. I-" He tears his gaze from yours "I'm sorry I can't be better!"

He tugs at one of his rays "I'm not handsome! I don't look like the others! They all get to be cool animals and I'm... me." He sighs loudly "People hate me and you should to!"

You eye Sun carefully. Your lips purse as you chose your actions carefully.

You move around your desk and take Sun by the hand. You pull the large animatronic into a dip. One hand in his and an arm around his midsection.

Nose to nose you smile down at him "But Sunny. I like that you aren't like the others." You give him an exaggerated kiss between his eyes "I think you look stunning. I don't care what others think. I care what you think. Besides you lost to a nasty, crusty, dirty, old corpse man who kills kids. I really don't think you should take their opinion to heart. I certainly don't care what necrophiliacs think."

Sun tilts his head "Necrophiliacs?"

You nod "Yeah, most of the people who voted for springtrap want to diddle a corpse man."

You scoup Sun up into your arms and carry his perfect self to the living room. Sun yelps wrapping his arms around your neck. You set him down on the couch.

Sun fiddles with the bells ties neatly around his wrist "Are you bothered I can't open my mouth.... or change my expression? Or... kiss you." He asks in a small voice.

You take his face in your hands "Nope." You lean forward and kiss him deeply "Hum..." You kiss him again "Hum?"

You kiss Sun one more time "Hum hum hum... You're kissable to me. Besides it doesn't matter you can't move your mouth. You express yourself through your body language."

Sun blushes covering his face "Sunshine! Oh gosh!"

You gently touch the elastic of his pants "Will you let me show you how much you mean to me? I want you Sunny. But only if you are up for it."

Sun watches you carefully "If I want?"

You nod "Yes. I won't force you into anything."

Sun takes your cheek in his hand "I-I want you too."

You nod and slowly begin to pull his pants down.

Sun reaches out and takes your wrist "Wait!"

You stop on the spot. Going as far as pulling his jester pants back up "What?"

Sun fidgets "I don't... I... I'm a Ken Doll down there... I have no...."

He leans forwards and whispers "I have no penis."

He leans back like he just told you the most important secret in the world.

You bite your cheek not to laugh "Can you feel pleasure?"

Sun nods "Oh yes! Moon and I hump pillows all the time-"

Sun throws a hand over his mouth "Iwasntsupposetosaythat!" He tugs two of his rays "Oh no! Oh no oh no oh no!!" He groans.

You grab his wrists "Hey! Hey. It's ok. I do the same thing."

He peeks at you "You do?"

You nod "I do. I have an idea."

Sun lets his rays go "An idea?"

You nod "An idea. A good one. A way we can both get pleasure. Would you like to try?"

Sun's rays retract slightly in suspicion "How?"

You smile "Well... It's the same way lesbians do it. We get naked and rub our... crotches together."

Sun giggles "Like in the porn Moon watches."

You startle slightly "Yeah! Like that. If it's the porn I'm thinking of."

Sun picks you up "The couch is a terrible place to do that. We should go upstairs to the bedroom."

The two of you stand up. Sun moves to pick you up but you beat him to it.

He flushes brightly covering his faceplate "Oh stars! Aren't I too heavy for you?"

You chuckle "Never!"

He peeks at you between his fingers as you hold him in a princess carry "How?"

You grin and wink at him "It's a secret."

Sun peeks at you even more spreading his fingers further apart "A secret? I can keep secrets!"

You glance around from the middle of the stairs "Well, I can carry you because..." You lean in and loudly whisper "I have a super power."

Sun deadpans "Super power? Really?"

You nod "The more handsome someone is. The easier it is to carry them, and I find you light as a feather."

Sun's rays wiggle and spin as he giggles "Well then! You must weigh a negative number because you're lighter than helium!"

You almost drop Sun on the landing, face flushing brightly.

As you carry Sun across the threshold into your room Sun blurts out "Is this how you plan to carry me if we get married?"

You swear your heart stops for a moment. Words die in your mouth. Sun gives you a shit eating look but says nothing. You toss the animatronic unceremoniously onto your bed.

He squawks indignantly "Well that's no way to get someone to sleep with you!"

You raise a brow "Neither is making my heart stop."

Sun flushes "I make your heart stop?"

You nod "In a good way. I am so enamored with you, sometimes I think my head might explode."

Sun's rays retract slightly "Please don't do that. I'd permanently shut myself down if you did."

You casually take your clothes off "But what if I became a ghost?"

Sun watches your every move with interest "Well, can I see you as a ghost?"

You slip your underwear off "Yes."

Sun begins to strip himself "Then I'd beg you to haunt a pillow whenever I was... horny so I could... be naughty with you."

You put your hands on your hips "Wow, is that all I am to you?"

He shakes his head "No. To me you are the most perfect thing my optics have ever seen and I could shut down happily if you were the last thing I see."

You stumble on your way to the bed "Holy! Sun! Tryna kill me."

Sun does an evil laugh while slipping his pants off "Good! My evil plan is working! Bwahaha!"

You open your mouth to say something, but Sun throws his pants at you. It hits you in the face and you giggle. Sun moves to take his bells off.

You hold a hand up "Wait! Leave those on."

Sun shakes his wrist slipping into a pose "Let me ask you a question, and be honest. Do I make you horny? Randy? Do I make you horny, baby? Yeah!"

You flop onto the bed "I should never have shown you that movie. I regret life."

Sun chuckles pulling you close with one long arm. He stares at you with half lidded eyes while running his hand along your arm "If I had been told a long time ago that this is what I would see in the future I never would have believed it."

You take his face in your hands and pull him down to you. You gleefully plant kiss after kiss on his face. Kisses to his cheeks, forehead, and even a kiss to every single tooth.

The entire time Sun giggles weakly pushing you away. You trail the kisses down his long segmented neck.

Sun lets out a sharp gasp as your lips find his clavicle. Well noted then. You kiss each button, scuff, and scratch.

You finally make it to your prize. His crotch plate. Smooth and shining on the light. You lick your lips "I hope your ready. You still want this right?"

Sun nods "Yes. But only with you."

You plant a soft kiss to the center of his smooth crotch. Sun's right leg twitches slightly. Just like with his face you plant multiple tiny kisses to his groin. Even going as far as to kiss the shape of panties. You can't help but imagine Sun in a frilly or lacy pair of pink manties.

Sun pants softly "More."

You look up at him "What was that? I didn't hear you."

Sun props himself up on his elbows "More! Please! I need more!"

You nod and kiss his stomach. He pets your hair tenderly. You lean back down and plant an open mouth kiss to his crotch. You lap at his groin with your tongue gently scraping with your teeth.

Sun moans loudly grinding into your mouth "I-i-i'm sorry Sunshine! I can't help it! I-it's soo good! Mmmmf ha ha! ha! Oh! Don't sto-"
He fights with himself to stop "Stop STOP!"

You jump up falling off of the bed. You land on the floor on your back. Your head thuds loudly on the floor.

"OH MY GOSH! SUNSHINE!" Sun's faceplate appears over the side of the bed "A-a-are you ok? I-I-I didn't mean! Oh I'm sorry!"

You wave a hand dismissively "No. It's fine. You did the right thing telling me to stop. You just startled me is all." You sit up slowly and rub the back of your head "I didn't mean to make you uncomfortable."

Sun helps you back up to the bed "I wasn't uncomfortable..." He looks at you sheepishly.

You tilt your head "Then, if I may ask, why did you want me to stop?"

Sun checks your head for wounds "You said you wanted us both to get... pleasure... I-I wanted you to feel good too. I want to... with you. Not without you."

A blush takes over your neck and face "Oh."

Sun pulls you to him rubbing your cheek with his hand "Let's do it... together."

He lifts one of his long legs into the air. Pulling you to him he slots you between them and into his groin with yours. Carefully he lowers his leg adjusting it for you to lean on it.

Sun takes your hand in his with a tender look in his eyes "Are you ready Y/n?"

You nod and let out a breathy "Yes."

Sun thrusts his hips slowly into yours. It feels divine. You match his pace thrusting and grinding back into him. Sun picks up the pace panting heavily. The bed begins to slide around the floor. Rhythmically the headboard taps the wall.

Drool dribbles down your chin and you struggle for words "So-so good! Oh god!"

Sun chuckles squeezing your hand "I'm not... not god- oh! I -ooo- I'm Sun!"

He gives a harsh grind swirling his hips in circles. Sun's groin is moist with your slick. It easily glides across yours. Sun takes hour hips in his hands.

You roll as he stands up "What? Sun?"

He lifts your lower half into the air leaving your upper half on the bed "Don't worry! I've got you."

Sun begins to thrust down into your groin. He starts off easy letting you get used to the new angle. You balance yourself with your arms. Sun picks up the speed. The bed rocks even more. You can hear it creaking.

Sun is rutting into you like a wild animal. The pace he sets is brutal. It's just the right side of painful. Any harder and you would end this. Sun knows this too. fighting with his inner desires to break you.

He stills his thrusting and instead grinds his groin into yours.The building pleasure finally breaks leaving you a babbling cuming mess. It spills from you in waves coating both you and Sun.

Sun holds you close to him finding his own release "Yeyesyesyesyes! SO GO%#^&*($!"

His voicebox glitches out. The bead gives one final creak before falling to the ground in a broken heap. You squeak loudly as you and Sun tumble to the ground with the bed.

Sun looks around at the shattered frame "Oops."

You slap his arm in jest "You are so damn lucky I have other beds in this house."

Chapter 17: Over Worked Under Paid

Summary:

Enjoy this dumpster fire. Not super happy with this but whatever.

Chapter Text

You are the live in mechanic. You do everything from repairing arcade cabinets to midnight maintenance on any and all animatronics. Being the live in means you are working 24/7. If someone needs you they call and you have to answer. You are saving a lot of money.

Not to mention your room in the daycare. Sun and Moon were elated to learn you would be roomies! Their room was improved and a new room added. You got access to the plex kitchens and bathrooms. Laundry was done with the daycare laundry. Another task dumped on you.

Today was a long day. You got a call at 4:45am. A cleaning bot had been crushed in Mazercize. It was cleaning the maze and one of the walls malfunctioned. You got the funderfull task of fixing the maze and the bot. At 7:15am several lights in the west arcade had gone out.

11:10am the elevator got stuck. 5pm a race car engine overheated. Followed by several arcade games broke down. At 9pm you thought you would finally get sleep. Bleary eyed you shuffled to your bed. You let yourself flop down onto your bed... Your phone goes off

Your heart breaks. You are so damn tired. Even Sun and Moon can see how tired you are. You are needed in the West Arcade again. DJ is having issues with his table. Also several of the Mimi Music Men are damaged. A rabid racoon got into the vents and the Minis had to deal with it.

You practically fall into the arcade. Kids are running around everywhere. Parents laze about. You shuffle up to the DJ booth. DJ leans down and stares at you. He makes a disapproving sound at the state of you. You ignore the spider and get to work on the booth.

One of the Minis scuttles to you climbing on top of the booth "You look like crud."

You huff "I feel like crud. How many of you are damaged?"

The Mini does a little spin "Ten."

You rub your eyes "Ok. Get them ready behind DJ. It's safer for me to work on you guys there."

The Mini scurries off. You continue your work.

A man slams a hand down on the booth "Are you almost done? I did not pay to not hear music!"

You sigh inwardly "I'm almost done."

The man growls out "Well hurry up! People these days are so damn lazy!"

You close the booth and hurry to the space behind DJ. On the way DJ takes you in one of his back hands and gives you a gentle squeeze. When he lets you go you offer a hug of his wrist in return. You sit down with the ten damaged Minis.

Most of their injuries are cosmetic. Two have a missing limb and one is missing two limbs. You let out a loud yawn as you begin to work. What feels like hours later you finally finish.

Back at the Daycare Sun and Moon gets a message from DJ. It's apparently an emergency. Attached to the message is a picture of you passed out in the darkened tunnel behind DJ. Tiny spider bots cover your body. A stolen party room pillow is propped up under your head.

Sun saves the image for later. It's far too cute not to keep. Moon gives him tips on the fastest rout through the vents to the arcade. Sun crawls out of a third floor vent. A Mini DJ greets him with a clack of it's cymbals. Sun dances around excited children.

Most of them pay him no attention. A few out right avoid him. Only two greet the attendant. They remember him from their younger years. Every time someone stops him he can feel his anxiety ratchet up higher. His concern for you floods his systems.

DJ's message stated you had a fever. Weather it was from the poor sleep or overworking yourself he didn't know. What he did know was he and Moon had to get you to the daycare and tucked into bed. Hot soup was in order and management needed to be told of your condition.

As he approached the dance floor dread filled him. The higher ups would not be happy you are sick. They might even make you continue working. DJ greeted him with a wave, far to busy chatting with kids to properly greet him.

At the end of the tunnel Sun could see your sleeping form. God, you must be in worse shape than he thought. The echo of music is practically deafening.

The Mini Music Men make a path for Sun to get to you. Sun crouches down to your level. Sweat coats your body. You look pale. Cheeks flush with fever. How long had you been like this? Moon was fuming in their shared headspace.

The numerous colorful words caused Sun to temporarily block Moon. Language warnings were flooding his systems and blocking his vision. Sun takes you into his arms. On his way out of the arcade he fist bumps DJ. The large spider understanding Sun's need to flee to the Daycare.

Sun does not like the maintenance tunnels. They are dark, noisy, and full of endos. Luckily it's dark enough for Moon to take over.

Once the swap is complete Moon scans you. Sun had already done this but he feels the need. It helps calm his circuits.

Your temperature is 103. High but manageable. Nothing the celestial attendants couldn't handle. Sun is not entirely happy with the way Moon gets to the daycare. Sun thinks he's taking too many risks. Jumping up and down stairs with you in his arms.

Every carefully calculated landing sets his circuits on edge. What if he drops you? What if he lands in the middle of a group of endos? They would kill you on sight! What if-

"Sun... Sun... SUN!" Moon shouts.

Sun startles and shouts back into the headspace 'What?!'

Moon rolls his eyes "We are here. Get ready to take over."

Stepping into the light the transformation between Sun and Moon goes quickly. Since the pair stopped fighting for control the transformation is less painful. Sun jumps into the air as the wire latches onto his back.

Up in the tower Sun makes quick work of putting you into softer clothes. It scares him a little how hot your limp form feels. The lights in the daycare flip off for the hour. Moon shakes slightly before tucking you into bed.

After gathering supplies for when you wake he curls into bed next to you. Pulling you tight against his frame. Your phone goes off again. Glamrock Freddy is having issues with his hat. Moon growls. He takes your phone. Briefly he considers breaking your phone.

Instead he shoots off several messages to several people telling them you are sick and under Sun and Moon's care. Then he throws your phone off of the balcony and in to the ball pit. That's a problem for future Sun, not Moon.

Chapter 18: #SUNWEEK New Parts PT1

Summary:

This one has horror elements. It has depictions of violence gore and blood. A limb gets removed. If you are sensitive to any of these please do not read this. It will get better I promise!

Chapter Text

It was just after lunchtime. You and a new security guard were tasked with going down into the tunnels to look for the old Glamrock Bonnie animatronic. You were to find all his parts and rebuild him. He would be returned to the bowling alley.

You had a pushcart to carry parts and the security guard had a flashlight and shock stick. The cart has a wonky wheel and squeaks terribly. It would do though. The security guard, whose name you never learned, was nervous.

He anxiously followed behind you "How are you so calm? It's so dark and creepy."

You pause "I'm the live in. I do shit like this all the time. I know the area we are going to. It's safe."

Finally you reach your destination. Piles of garbage litter the area. It looks like an arena of sorts. Like a boss fight area. Open and dirty. You pull a flashlight of your own out and begin your search. The guard stayed with the cart.

You let out a huff "This will go faster if you help me look."

The guard begins to search "What are we even looking for?"

You turn around "If it looks like Bonnie the purple bunny or like it came from the bowling alley tell me. We will likely find him around that area."

Your daycare themed fazwatch beeps loudly. A message from Moon ~Just checking in on you. Sun won't shut up. He's worried about you. the guard you left with looked skiddish.~

You send a message back ~hecka skiddish. Haven't found Bonnie yet. <3 <3~

The guard shouts "Found something!"

You jog over almost tripping on a soda can. He points his flashlight at one of Bonnie's ears.

You clap excitedly "Great job! Let's get this to the cart and continue searching!"

You put the ear on the cart and continue looking. In the trash heap you find a leg and his guitar. After twenty minutes of looking you find nothing else.

You cross your arms "Crap! Gotta look somewhere else."

The guard huffs and begins looking elsewhere. Far down a darkened tunnel the clang of metal catches your attention. You turn your flashlight down the tunnel. Slight movement catches your eye.

Your flashlight reflects off of something "We aren't alone. Something is down there."

The guard also shines his light down the tunnel "Shit! What is that?"

You frown "I have no idea. Probably something bad."

The guard shuffles backwards "Should we le-"

A loud scraping followed by thunderous bangs come from the tunnel. Further down you can spot a large creature. It's the rest of Bonnie mixed with several endos and staff bots. The monster stands at twelve feet tall. It appears to be dragging it's lower half behind it.

It sounds like it's trying to say something but it's glitched. The only word you catch is "replaced". Your blood runs cold. The creature stumbles and crashes into the walls as it careens down the hallway.

You and the guard bolt for the exit. You can hear the monster getting closer and closer. You two are almost at the door leading out. The guard glances back at you. You do not like the look on his face.

Once he is through the doorway he closes it behind himself "I'm sorry! These things happen all the time! I have life to live! No one will miss you anyway!"

You bolt from the door. The Bonnie creature gives chase. It tears through piles and piles of trash. Mixed rubbish gets thrown in front of you. You throw an arm up and press CALL on your watch.

It calls the last person you spoke to, Moon "Starlight.... What's going on?"

You shriek out as you tear a nearby door open "Danger! Bonnie! Something's wrong!"

The grating sound of the creature stuffing itself into the tunnel with you is frighting.

Moon is in a panic "Do you know where you are? Where is the guard?!"

You hold your arm up again "I don't know! The guard left. Oh god Moon! He locked the door on me!"

You can hear Sun laughing with kids "Stay calm. I'll come for you!"

You turn a corner and dive into the nearest room. The floor has collapsed into the floor below. You almost slide down the rubble but catch yourself. You can hear the creature.

It's words are still glitched save for replaced and a new terrifying word. Your blood runs cold at "Parts". Parts? Parts for what? The door explodes open and you scurry down the hole. It's your best option.

The creature floods the room above you and down into the hole. You made a big mistake. It's a dead end. And to you, it's probably your grave. Bonnie snatches you by the leg hoisting you into the air. You dangle in front of it at eye level.

It looks at your leg "@#%$& parts."

You try to kick your leg free. Your fazwatch is still on. The signal is weak. Moon is cutting in and out. You can't understand a thing from him. Bonnie shifts his grip to around your torso. With one of his four arms he grips your right leg around your femur. Your heart pounds.

Bonnie twists your leg painfully "@#$%^ parts. $ #1* replaced!"

You take a breath "Bonnie? Don't do this. I can repair you!"

Bonnie pauses "!#%#@ parts."

You look him in the eyes "Please let me help you! I can fix you! Make you whole again! It's why I'm here! To bring you back!"

Bonnie begins to pull your leg "&%@!$ parts."

You scream into the empty hallways. You can feel your hip dislocate. The ball slipping out of the joint with a loud pop. Your skin is stretched thin as Bonnie continues to pull. You beg and beg but Bonnie does not stop. Your denim jeans tear apart at the seams. Flesh and fat tear at the hip. You can see your muscles pulling appart.

A fleshy, squishing, wet noise fills the room followed by the snap of muscle breaking. You scream as white hot fire fills your lower half. Blood pools below you. You can hear the drip. At least you think you can. You vomit from the absolute pain. It's worse than anything you had felt before.

Bonnie looks you over "#@ @#$% Parts." He crawls out of the hole to fuck knows where. You can't stay here. You know that. You look down at what's left of your leg. You need to stop the bleeding. You take off your belt and shirt. The shirt covers your wound and the belt is a tourniquet.

Your fazwatch is static and flashing 'ERROR NO SIGNAL'. You look at the top of the hole. Time to try to climb. If you can make it to signal your chances of being found are higher. The climb out of the hole is impossible to you. You make if half way before you begin to slide back down.

You hear voices "This is where their signal was last! It's gone! What do we do!?"

You scream "HELP! PLEASE HELP! HEY HELP"

The second voice shouts "Where are you! Keep screaming!"

You cry loudly "I DON'T WANT TO DIE!"

You hear the first voice more clearly "DIE!? Don't worry Sunshine! We'll find you!"

The door to the room above you slams open. Sun darts in and stumbles into the hole. Moon grabs Sun before he falls in.

Sun screams loudly at your state "Y/N!"

Moon lays down on his belly "SUN! Take my legs! We need to reach Y/n. I can't climb down. It's not safe. The entire room could collapse!"

Sun holds Moon's legs and lowers him to you. Moon takes your hands and the two of them pull you out of the hole. Sun's eyes light up as he scans you in Moon's arms. The two animatronics run as fast as they can.

Sun opens doors "I'm calling an ambulance! They'll meet us at the employee entrance!"

Moon nods "Good job! Starlight? Starlight?!"

You jolt more awake, loos of blood is making you sleepy "Hm? What?"

Moon sighs shakily "Tell me what happened."

You pause and Moon taps your face "Oh... Bonnie..... He's big now. He took mu leggie. He needed it more I guess."

Sun stares at you as he breaks a door to the loading bay open "Bonnie took your leg?!"

The loading bay is full of people. Security guards, staff, and EMTs. They charge the three of you and take you from Moon. You are carted away. Sun and Moon try to follow but security stops them. Moon relents his attempts at the promise of updates. Sun is shut down temporarily.

Chapter 19: #SUNWEEK New Parts PT2

Summary:

The Sun and Moon side of things. Moon has a mental breakdown. Sun makes a plan. Chapter three soon. Like I said. It gets better.

Chapter Text

Moon carries Sun back to the daycare through the tunnels. Parent's have already taken their kids home. Who knows what they were told. It'll likely be blamed on them. Moon grouses at the thought.

The pair aren't bothered by anyone as they move through the upper tunnels. Not that anyone really talks to them anyway. Moon almost feels powerful as people jump to the side to let him pass. Almost.

The daycare is a mess. Of course those lazy assholes would leave everything for them to clean. Moon calls the cable down to take them to the tower. Moon sets Sun down on the bed.

He feels numb. There was so much blood. He doesn't know exactly how much blood humans have but he hopes it's more than that. Speaking of blood, Sun has blood on his side.

Moon turns and grabs the wipes you use for cleaning them. As he looks down he sees it. His torso is covered in blood. The wipes drop to the floor.

His hands shake uncontrollably. Flashes of the things the virus made him do flash in his mind. Moon tumbles to the floor. His optics flash with error messages and warnings. He calls out for you... but you don't come.

Sun comes back online. The temporary shut down over. As his systems turn back on he looks around for you. He registers he's in the daycare. You are nowhere in sight.

A frantic muttering catches his attention. He looks over the side of the bed. Moon is on the floor muttering to himself. He's frantically scrubbing at his frame with a torn wipe.

Sun jumps into action leaping off the bed. He takes Moon's wrists in his hands gently.

Sun spots the blood "Moon?" He asks slowly "Can I clean you up?"

Moon's eyes are hazy and unfocused. His hands shake. Sun can finally hear what Moon is saying "It won't come off. I- I didn't... She... They..."

Sun puts a hand on his slowly "Let me take care of you. I'm scared for them too." He takes a wipe and begins to clean Moon "Hey, how about we get cleaned up and try to charge some hm? I bet Y/n would love it if we were at full charge for them. They are going to need us when they get back."

Moon nods slowly. He just sits there and lets Sun manhandle him. Moon tries to focus on the gentle care from Sun. He watches each swipe Sun gives the mess. It's paint, he tells himself, just coppery paint.

A message pings through both of their systems.

It's from Freddy ~Y/n is in stable condition. Surgery went well and they got several blood transfusions.~

That's it. No words of comfort. Just the facts. Sun scowls at the lack of kindness. That however, is an issue for another time.

Sun resumes cleaning Moon. Moon's shoulders shake and he reaches out for Sun.

Sun reluctantly pushes Moon's arms down "I'm almost done. Just one more wipe. Can you wait for me?"

Moon nods and allows Sun to finish cleaning. Sun quickly wipes himself as well. He takes off his stripped pants along with Moon's starry ones. He dresses the both of them in fresh pants.

Moon reaches for Sun again and this time Sun agrees. He turns the lights off and plugs in Moon's cable. After plugging himself in he pulls Moon close.

Moon clings to him quietly whimpering. Sun does his best to soothe his lover but it's hard without you. He plays the scene over in his head.

Moon had gotten a call from you. Sun could see the panic on Moons faceplate from across the daycare. He barely remembers talking to Moon. The daycare was shut down for the day.

Sun and Moon were sent down into the tunnels. Probably because they were the least important. They had received a message from a security guard on your last known location.

The two followed the signal from your Fazwatch. It led them to a hallway. The signal went dead then. Sun began to panic before he heard your voice.

It sounded so broken and scared. You called out to each other. Sun almost shut down as you cried out about your own death. He was both frightened and relieved. They knew where you were.

Sun tore the door open and almost fell into a hole. Moon caught him before he fell. You looked dead. Blood pooled around you smeared across the floor like a nightmarish finger painting.

Your skin was pale. Vomit covered your shirt. He could tell you tried to climb out but failed. His eyes caught sight of your missing limb. Again he almost shut down.

Even now laying in bed his systems threaten to shut down. He busies himself in bed making a game plan. Your clothes would need to be altered. Maybe he could make you something new?

No matter what he and Moon will still love you. He knew you would come back for them. He knew it. This time they would keep you safe. This time you would stay whole.

He would take such good care of you when you got back. Just like a... An idea hit him. He would need fabric and he knew just where to get it. He was already making a pattern in his head.

Would Moon want one? He would make one anyway. Maybe Moon would want to be.... He would do it for you. Knowing you, you'd like it. He chuckled at the thought of role play.

Moon clutched him a little tighter in his sleep. Sun rubbed his back. He planted a soft kiss to Moon's forehead just like you would. He closed his eyes and let the artificial sleep of charging take over.

Chapter 20: #SUNWEEK New Parts PT3 The Final Part

Summary:

It's the final part now! Dodododo! Dodo do do do!

Chapter Text

The next time they got news of your condition was two weeks later. Two long agonizing weeks later. You had woken up a week ago and were asking for them.

To say Sun and Moon were pissed would be a gross understatement. They had been told you were awake a full week AFTER you woke up! When would they be told you were released? A year after it happens?

The Daycare reopened the next day. They weren't even given time to fully process what happened. Moon was a jumpy mess and Sun found himself avoiding both the red paint and finger painting all together.

He almost screamed when a kid showed him a picture of a big red dog. It just looked like a red blob. The attendants were chastised for their behavior.

Sun fills his nights with altering some of your clothes and making you, and himself, new ones. Moon has taken to playing Minecraft on your pc. He was making a large hotel.

You had once told him that you found it a nice relaxing distraction from life. Sun worries Moon's not processing his emotions and trauma. He was the one to carry you.

Eventually Sun convinces Moon to talk to an online therapist. They don't have any money so Moon joined a trauma group. It seems to be helping. Sun himself sometimes sits in at Moon's request.

None of the other animatronics check in on them. Except for Chica. She makes sure to come see them twice a week. She keeps the duo more updated on your condition.

You are healing well and looking forward to your return. You have a therapist now and are talking through your trauma. Physical therapy has been scheduled.

Sun and Moon agree that they will help you relearn to walk. The company released a statement on your injury. They said it was a malfunctioning elevator and that the problem was fixed.

The company decided they would make you a new leg. Moon finds this suspicious. Sun thinks it's a cash grab. If they can make you a leg then they can branch into healthcare.

A week later it finally happens. It's maintenance day. Three weeks after your assault by Bonnie. The security guard who was with you has started night shifts. He refuses to talk about what happened.

Sun is sitting at one of the craft tables with Moon. Moon is talking to the support group. A woman is talking about her son loosing an eye. Sun is sewing the finishing touches on a special project.

The sound of talking fills the room "To have you back. I know they'll be so happy! I tried to see them as often as I could. They were really busted up about it ya know."

Then Sun hears the most wonderful sound he as ever heard in his life. You "SUNNY! MOONPIE!"

Both of them scramble to stand up. chairs get knocked over and the table wobbles. Sun and Moon call down their cable and fly off to get to you.

You are sitting in a wheelchair. You can see their approach. Tears flood your vision and you hold your arms out. About two thirds of the way to you they both stop. You can see them dangle in the air.

The momentum making them sway gently. They don't move or say anything. Anxiety floods your body. Your heart feels tight. Tears prick at your eyes. Your smile falters.

You can't help but glance at your missing limb. Your hands fly to the place where your thigh should be as if trying to hide it. You curl in on yourself. Suddenly everything feels cold and wrong.

You hiss as you move your leg the wrong way. Staples and stitches pulling painfully. You look back up. Sun and Moon are gone. Their cable has pulled itself back up to the ceiling.

You turn your head Chica is also missing. You feel alone in that moment. Are you really that disfigured? Do They really not want you anymore.

You let out a long and pitiful wail. It echos throughout the daycare mixing with the jovial music that constantly fills the space. You choke on a breath as fat globs of tears his the red mat you are sitting on.

"Oh poor thing! No worries dear! Nurse Sunny is here to take good care of you!" You look up. Sun has on a blush pink nurses uniform. The little hat is affixed to his top most ray. He has on white stockings with pink bows on them. A pair of white Mary Janes with blush pink bows. The hem of the dress rests a fes inches below his ass. His lips are covered neatly in a bright candy red.

Sun turns to something behind him "Doctor! Doctor! Our most important hansom and beautiful patient is here!"

Moon appears from behind a nearby slide. He has on a long white coat with black slacks. Dark brown loafers with blue paisley socks adorn his feet. His lavender undershirt has little dark lavender moons and suns on it. He has a comically small stethoscope around his neck. You aren't sure why but he has dark purple lipstick on.

He pulls a hanky out of his coat pocket and begins to dry your tears "Don't worry starlight. We will take good care of you."

Something in the way he's talking sounds forced. You can see how he shakes. The way his hands flex. Like he want's to touch you more but can't.

You break his trance by touching his face "Please please hold me! I thought I would never see you again! I wasn't allowed to call you. It was awful!"

He breaks down shaking and crying, although he has no tears. He drips to his knees in front of you. Long arms wrap around your middle. His faceplate presses into your stomach.

You rub his back comforting your boyfriend. You look up at Sun. He has a hand on his mouth. His shoulders also shake and he lets out a whimper. You hold an arm out to him.

He jogs over to you and begins to plant large lipstick kisses to your face "SUNSHINE! I thought we lost you! We should have never let you go with that stupid guard! He should have protected you! At least they put him on night shift."

You go stiff. Your breath catches in your throat. The hand on Moon's back stills "He.... He's still... working here?" Your voice is shaky. Your heart rate jumps up.

Sun puts a hand on your cheek "Yes, what's wrong?"

Moon looks up at you a frown on his face.

You take a breath "He locked the door on me... Told me no one would miss me if I died.... I still see the look on his face as he slammed the door behind him. Sad, but no regret. He left me for dead."

Sun lets you go taking a step back. His voice is full of fire, acid, and knives "He what?"

Moon also lets you go. You realize it's so they don't hurt you in their rage. Steam pours out of the two of them.

Moon huffs loudly as his systems try to cool him "He is banned from the daycare. When I see him again he's going to regret not letting Bonnie kill him."

Sun paces in circles punching the air and waving his arms wildly. Sure you've seen him mad but this is on a new level of rage.

Sun points at you "Do you know what he told everyone!? HE said Bonnie blocked the door and you told him to go on without you. Claimed he tried to open the door but it wouldn't budge."

You growl "That's not what happened! The cameras will show what he did!"

Moon bounces in place "Let's get you up to bed first. We can look over your discharge paperwork. After that we'll look at the camera footage."

Sun picks you up and Moon takes your chair. Sun gently sets you down on the bed handing you your fazwatch. Clean of blood and fully charged.

He sits down next to you, the hem of his dress riding up slightly "Would you like anything to eat? We can go get it for you."

You nod "If it's not a problem, can I have a meatball sub? I'd also like unsweetened iced tea."

Sun nods "I'll put the order in for you and pick it up when it's ready."

You lean on him "Thank you. Hey Moon? I get why Sun is wearing lipstick, but why are you?"

Moon crawls onto the bed with your paperwork "I wanted to feel pretty for you."

You wrap an arm around him "Well it worked. Do you... do you still want me? Like... Like that?"

Sun tilts his head "Like that? If you're asking I we still want to make love to you then yes. Silly silly thing. If you're asking if we want to make love right now? Then no. You just got out of the hospital." Sun stands up from the bed "I'm going to go get your food. Be back soon!" Sun plants a kiss between your eyes with a loud mwah.

Moon flips through the paperwork "We'll help you with therapy to get you walking again. You WILL let Sun and I take care of you. I expect you to tell us when we are being overbearing. We want to love you not smother you."

Moon stands up and fetches the first aid kit. He takes note of all the things they'll need for your care. Sun returns some time later with your meal. You notice a gooey brownie in the bag for you.

You and Moon are playing a video game together. One of your favorite two player ones. You save and switch to a movie to watch while you eat. Sun ,still dressed up, cuddles up to your right side.

He and Moon discuss a plan for your care. It makes you feel fuzzy inside. And the fact that Sun made those costumes as well? Perfection.

You do wonder how he got those Mary Janes though. Your mind wanders to how good he looks in those clothes.

Sunny leans over "It has a matching bra."

You startle "What?"

Sun chuckles "I saw you looking. Do you even know what movie you're watching? You can touch if you want. I don't mind. When Moon and I finish going over your care plan we need to change your bandages. If you are of with it."

Without a though you grab his thigh "Soft."

Sun takes the trash from your meal away "Time for a bandage change! Right doctor?"

Moon picks the first aid kit off the floor "Correct nurse! Now, will you be a good little patient and let us change your bandage?"

You blush and nod slowly "It looks... awful. Sunny? Can you hand me my meds? Please."

Sun nods and fetches your medication. He hands you the correct dose and iced tea. Moon sets out everything they'll need to help you. Slowly he takes your bottoms off and sets them to the side.

Together Sun and Moon remove the old bandages. Sun takes the antibacterial cream and puts some onto his hands. He sits down in front of your stump.

He smiles at you "I'm warming it up." Slowly he rubs it into your injury. He makes sure to massage it in gently "Gorgeous as the day we met." He leans down and kisses your hip right where it meets your leg.

Moon takes Sun's place bandages in hand. Sun holds the gauze pad in place as Moon firmly wraps your stump "Not too tight? Can you still move it fine?"

You can't help the tears that fill your eyes "I... Bonnie ripped the bone out. I only have the socket left. He took the joint. I don't have anything to move what's left of the leg."

Sun crawls up the bed and pulls you to his chest "Oh sunshine. I'm so so sorry this happened to you."

Moon pust the first aid kit back where it belongs "Alright. I'm going to watch the footage of... the incident. Do you want me to send it to you Sun?"

Sun purses his lips and looks at you "Do you want me to see?"

You bite your lip "I'm fine with it as long as you don't show me. I'm not ready yet."

Moon nods "When we find proof of what that coward did we'll send it to HR."

Sun nods "And every computer we have access to."

You put on another movie. It's an old one but it also makes you laugh. Twenty minutes into the movie moon lets out a loud roar and punches a hole in the wall.

You jump and Moon throws a pillow over the balcony "That little piece of shit! I'll tear HIS leg off!"

Sun pets your hair "Oh! I just got the video file! Alright let's see here..... I'LL FILL HIS EYES WITH GLITTER GLUE!"

Again you jump at the outburst. Sun lets out a loud guttural scream. Moon does the same. Now the two of them are screaming loudly in rage. You cover your ears and shut your eyes.

They stop. You can feel one of them petting your head like a cat. You open your eyes to Moon. Sun is standing very still. If it weren't for his eyes you'd think he shut down.

Sun turns to the both of you "It's done."

You tilt your head "Done?"

Sun nods "It's done."

The repercussions of Sun's actions happen quickly. Three days later you are sitting in your wheelchair helping out in the daycare. Your therapist thought it would be good for you to play with the kids.

Sun and Moon were happy to be able to keep a close eye on you. Currently Sun was wheeling you to the bathroom happy to help you.

Both of your heads turned as someone came stomping down the stairs to your right. Sun must have seen them first as he sprinted to the handicap bathroom and locked the door.

Sun wheels you to the toilet "Let's uh let's get you set up hm?"

 

Once situated you cross your arms "What's going on?"

Someone bangs on the door loudly "What the fuck is wrong with you?! Open the god damn door! Do you know what you've done!? I have a family!"

You look at Sun. A determined look on your face "What I've done! What about what you did!! You left me to die! Three steps! I was three steps away! You'll get what you deserve! You! You! COCKJUGGLINGTHUNDERCUNT!"

Sun throws a hand over his mouth "La-snrk-Language hahaha! Where did you learn such foul language?"Sun giggles as he helps you back into your chair.

You chuckle "I used to play a lot of Team Fortress 2. That and a show called South Park."

Sun giggles as he opens the door for you "Maybe we should watch it together."

The guard is waiting for you outside the bathroom "You didn't have to do that! I was scared! I have more than my-"

Sun turns and smiles at the guard "Heeelloooo!"

The guard huffs "I'm not talking to you attendant."

Sun spins his rays "You are banned from the daycare! Leave now or I'll show you what glitter looks like."

The guard growls "Was that a threat?"

Sun laughs with his whole body, almost bending in half "No no no! THAT was a promise! You have ten minutes."

The guard goes to say something but Sun ignores him darting back into the daycare. You don't find out what happened until after the daycare is closed.

The guard was transferred to permanent night shift. He was also reprimanded. Everyone treats him poorly. You wish more happened but what can you do.

Sun takes your hands "Are you ready to excersize?"

You nod "Yeah... I am."

Moon takes your stump and manipulates it in simulated walking "Pretty soon you'll have a new robotic leg."

You nod "I'm a little nervous though. I know it's silly but... what if..."

Sun rubs your shoulder "What if?"

You continue "What if they slowly take more and more of me until I have nothing of myself left."

Moon pauses his movements "Then we will do everything beyond our power to transfer your personality, memories, and all things you into your new body."

You take a deep breath "Y'all gonna make me cry!"

Sun rubs your belly "In a good way I hope."

The days go by much the same. You help Sun and Moon with the kids. In the evenings Chica visits to chat with you. Freddy visited once too but for some reason Sun and Moon were short with the bear.

You decide to ask about it later. What they tell you does not make you happy. Freddy winds up getting a lecture from you. His response tells you everything.

He shuddered out "They always look so happy! I-I thought they were fine."

You try to tap your right foot "Right... It's missing. Do better next time. Just because someone looks happy does not mean they are. They suffered for days alone. And what the fuck kind of person sends only the facts to a grieving spouse! Show some compassion!"

Freddy gasps "Spouse?"

Your eyes go wide. Escaping death, it fills you with determination "Yes! Spouses."

That night you made two bots very happy and one bot very sad. Freddy was determined to do better.

The following day you are carted off by EMT's to prepare for your new robo leg. It's a rough couple of days before you are deposited back into the daycare. Your new leg is black. It works as well as Sun and Moon's. You plan to let the boys paint it.

Sun and Moon are tasked with teaching you how to use your new leg. No complaining! They agree but ask for something in return. The request is granted. Your fist night back they want to try to get you to walk. So, standing in the middle of the daycare Your boys teach you.

Sun stands ten feet away from you arms open for a hug.

Moon holds you under your arms "Alright now starlight, one step at a time. All we want you to do today is practice engaging the mechanisms in your new leg."

You nod "Got it. I can do this!"

Sun shouts "That's the spirit! You've got this Y/n!"

With help from Moon you manage to take a step. It's clumsy, like that of a new born foal. Undeterred, and with the encouragement from Sun and Moon, you manage a few more steps. Within a week you can manage to walk short distances before needing to stop.

It's late at night. Sun and Moon have you waling to them again. You make it twenty feet.

Both Sun and moon hold their arms out to you before dropping to a knee and saying at the same time "Perfect! The exact distance we want to see you walk on our wedding day!" Together they hold a box out "If you'll have us."

You shake as your leg tries to give out on you "Who the hell would say no?"

Moon picks you up before you fall. Sun rolls around on the floor in a fit of squeals. You open the box. It's empty.

Moon frowns "I'm sorry... We don't have the ring yet. Shipping delay."

You chuckle "It's fine. I don't mind."

Sun lets steam out of his joints "I might need to go to P&S. I think a fan broke."

Moon shakes his head "Hold on. Let me look."

You feel content. You are getting married to Sun and Moon and you have a new leg. You can't think of anything to make this moment better.

Chapter 21: #MOONWEEK The Red String PT1

Summary:

Red string of fate fic for moonweek. I'm still working on my other two fics. They aren't abandoned I'm just having a little fun.

Chapter Text

Every time a child is born they have a red string. One only they can see. And at the end of the thread? Their soulmate, the only other person who can see the thread. When someone finds their soulmate they share a lifespan. Whoever lives the longest determines the lifespan.

When the two soulmates meet the thread transforms into red tattoo bands around their fingers with each others name inside. Everyone can see the mark. Usually a big party happens. If that's what the new couple wants anyway.

You were five when you realized something was wrong. The other kids always talked about how their little strings would wiggle and dance about. All yours ever did was hang limply off of your finger. It never moved. It didn't even lead anywhere when you tried to follow it.

It cut off about five feet in front of you. You tried to tell those around you but they brushed you off. It would move soon. It just meant your soulmate wasn't born yet. Maybe they died? Still birth? Miscarriage? Maybe you just don't have a soulmate. Unlovable.

A word that was thrown around most of your life. Unlovable. It became part of your name throughout your school years, Unlovable Y/n. It stung like a tornado of needles. Every word a scar on your heart. Etched into the flesh.

It didn't matter how many times you tried to heal the wounds they always came back. It hurt your heart and pulled you under. Eventually you resigned yourself to your fate. You thought about cutting the damn finger off. However the string would still remain. That would never work.

One day it happened. You almost missed it. The string wiggled. You burst into tears at work. When you explained what happened to your boss they let you go early. You took your paid time off ,PTO, intent on finding them. Whoever they were.

You hopped they weren't a baby or something. It would be the worst thing in the world to find your soulmate is a damn baby. The thought made you sick to your stomach.

The string led you all the way to an up and coming pizza joint. It seems Fazbear is making a new pizzeria. Why would your thread lead you here? Was it another cruel joke from fate? You knew it was too good to be true. Dejected, you went home.

 

Sun was turned on for the first time. The room he was in was colorful. It felt strange. He had so much information in his head but felt like he knew nothing. There were so many new sensations. People were watching him waiting for something.

'Say something.' A voice in his head spoke. His systems told him it was Moon. But who even was Moon? Sure he knew it was the other AI inside him. The nap time Attendant. But he didn't know anything else about him.

Sun decided to say something "HeeeellooO!"

That was apparently the right thing to do. Sun looked down at himself as the people began talking. He took note of his yellow colors, the bells on his wrists, and.... String? Is that string? Where is it going?

He wanted to ask about it but he couldn't get a word in. The strange people , he layer learned they were parts and service workers, were not nice at all. They yelled at him and hurt him when he did something they didn't like. Soon he was taken to his new p̶r̶i̶s̶o̶n̶ home.

Sun decided to talk to Moon "Hi... Moon?"

Moon responded quickly 'Hello Sun.'

Sun looked down at his... no their hand "Do... do you see that string?"

Moon hummed 'Yes, I do. It's pointing to the left.'

Sun tilted his head "No it's pointing behind us."

Moon was confused. Clearly the string was pointing left 'Are we seeing two different strings? I don't see one pointing behind us.'

Sun flipped his hand over and over "Maybe we are? What do they mean?"

Moon paused searching their shared files "I don't know..."

Chapter 22: #MOONWEEK The Red String PT2

Summary:

I could not decide whose perspective to write so I chose both. I didn't want this to be super long so it's in parts.

Chapter Text

It was hard for you to watch the little thread. It made small movements. You knew from listening to others talk that it was normal for strings to move a lot. People didn't stay in one place. You knew you never did. That being said your string never moved far.

It was like whoever was on the other end never left the Pizza joint. You had visited the building a few times. It always has a 'Coming Soon' sign on the front. You aren't about to break in to the building. You did try to tell a construction worker your soulmate was inside but they would not let you in.

It took several months for construction to finish. Then you had to wait another three months to actually be able to visit. In total it took nine months. NINE GOD DAMN MONTHS! But you made it for the low low price of forty dollars. Fuck.

At least this ticket price covered one large one topping pizza. Hopefully the pizza is good. Your heart pounds as you follow the thread. It leads you right to the daycare. You need a pass to get in. Fuck. More money!

With a few colorful words you buy the pass. Whoever is on the other side of this string better be worth it. If it turns out to be an abuser you are jumping off the roof. The music inside the daycare is... nice. You like the song for the most part. The random animal sounds are kinda weird.

Your finger begins to get hot. Not overly so but it is noticeable. Parents and workers give you funny looks as you enter with no kid.

A woman working check-in approaches you "Mixter? Are you lost?"

You blush "Oh! I uh. My string...."

She gasps "Oh! You are looking for your soulmate!" She looks at your hand "Good luck!"

You nod and continue your trip. The string wants you to go down the slide but the ball pit makes you nervous. Instead you take the stairs down. The closer you get to the play place the more the string moves. Finally you are standing in front of large wooden doors.

Your heart pounds and sweat coats your body. Fear fills you. It's a kid. You just know it. You don't know if you should knock on the door or just walk inside. You spot a worker heading for the door and explain your situation. They allow you inside but tell you to stay close to them.

If you do anything sketchy you are gone. You agree on the spot and tell them you will touch nothing. The two of you stand just inside the door. The room is filled with children. A large Sun themed animatronic spins in place in the center of the room. He stops in place. His attention is now on you.

You stand a little taller trying to follow the thread with your eyes. The thread gets tighter and tighter. The heat in your finger almost painful. He stops in front of you looking you up and down. You can see the thread lead to his finger but it hovers in the air.

On his finger is a red band with Montgomery Gater scrawled across it.

Your heart drops and you are immediately confused "Wha? Why. I I don't understand. Why? Why does it stop like that?" A few tears slip and you wipe them away with the back of your hand.

 

Sun had found his Soulmate. Monty. They were happy. Moon however was not. After they had learned what the string meant they were excited. Monty and Sun work well together. Sun gives Monty the pampering he needs and Monty helps Sun's confidence.

The first time they kissed was fine. Moon just blocked it out. Things got bad when they switched places mid kiss. Moon was mortified. Monty tried to punch him. Sun convinced Monty not to explaining that they had no control over the change.

Moon talked to Sun about avoiding that again. Sun agreed. Things were good for a while. Up until they decided to start going to the next level a month in. There were at least three times Moon tries to forget where Monty was balls deep inside Sun.

Neither of them were keeping track of the time and Sun and Moon switched. It took Monty a few seconds to figure that fact out. Moon ran away as fast as he could. Sun was upset by this. Monty felt bad. It's not that either of them wanted to do that to Moon. They just wanted to love each other.

Eventually it got to the point where in a fit of rage Sun yelled at Moon to suck it up. He regretted it as soon as it left him. They begged to be separated. It was denied every time. The company just didn't see a point.

It caused a rift between the two attendants. They both said a lot of hurtful things. Sun did not stop seeing Monty. Not that Moon wanted that. He just wanted them to keep better track of time. Be more aware of the transition between the two and keep Moon out of their amorous activities. All of them.

It was a cool day in autumn when things changed. Moon noticed the movements in the thread on his hand moving less and less. Usually that meant whoever was on the other end was getting closer. It excited and frightened him.

He wanted to say something but he knew Sun wouldn't care. The thread went from small movements to very big ones. Nap time would be in an hour. Sun made a point to avoid looking at his hand. Moon caught on to this fact quickly. He huffed in annoyance.

About fifteen minutes later the door to the Daycare proper opened. Sun turned hoping for Monty. Instead is was a maintenance worker and someone he had never seen before. He frowned slightly as he heard Moon say "My Soulmate".

Moon finding his soulmate meant less time with Monty. This was not good. Maybe he should try to chase them off? He began to approach them undecided about how to treat them. Looking them over he decided they were rather plain looking.

He watched as they became distraught. He should be happy but it stung. You didn't do anything wrong and didn't deserve his ire over the spat between he and Moon.

He smiled softly at you "Hey, hey! Calm down. I'm not your soulmate." You began to cry a little harder "Now now. None of that. Your soulmate is Moon. He's the other AI in this body. You can't meet him until after closing."

He watched you deflate and let out a small "OK."

The worker huffed "You can't stay after hours! It's against the rules."

Sun shrugged "Well! Then I guess you'll never meet Moon then! I'm sorry. You can purchase a plushy of him in the Superstar gift shop!"

The worker shakes their head "I can let you meet Moon. The daycare closes before the rest of the Plex. You come back here at seven and I'll get you your soulmate. I might have a plan for something else too."

You hug the worker and thank them. Sun is not happy. He does not want you to meet Moon. He doesn't want his lips on anyone but Monty. HIS body belongs to Monty. Moon however is elated. The moment he saw you he thought you were perfect.

While he didn't like to see you cry he loved to see you happy. He spent the rest of the day planing what to say to you. Would he frighten you? He scared everyone else. What if you didn't like the way his voice sounded. Low gravely... like he ate a red hot brillo pad.

He supposed he would find out what you thought at seven. He just hopped Sun didn't do anything to ruin the moment later.

Chapter 23: #MOONWEEK The Red String PT3

Summary:

No idea how long this will be.

Chapter Text

The plex was nice enough. You could see why it was quickly becoming popular. Wasting time was easy to do. You even ate that large pizza. It was so good! Seven pm found you at the daycare again. Nerves running wild. Thought spiraling.

The thought at the forefront was 'why did Sun tell you you'd never meet Moon'. You wondered what Moon was like. Ten minutes later the worker, who you learned was named Pat, let you into the daycare.

Pat hands you a flashlight "There is no way to lower the lights. If you want a look at Moon you'll need this. I know it's crazy. He's an animatronic. But it's ok. Mine is DJ Music Man. Oh! Moon can only come out in dark or dim lighting."

You nod slowly "Ok. I'm ready!"

The daycare is bright as you enter. Neither of you see Sun. It's quiet save for the music. You and the worker walk to the security desk.

Pat moves to a light switch by the desk "If Sun is here then Moon should come right to you when the lights are off. I'm sure he knows you are soulmates."

He flips the lights off. The two of you wait in the dim light of the advertising sign. Nothing happens and you begin to panic. You nervously shift from one foot to the other.

"Moon! NO! What are you doing! You can't!" Something falls into the ball pit.

You jump at the loud noise. You and Pat wait in the silence. From the darkness comes two red eyes. The thread on your finger tells you it's your soulmate.

 

The closer time got to seven the more anxious Moon got "Please Sun. Just let me meet them."

Sun huffed and paced about their pitiful room "I want to go see Monty."

Moon whimpered "Sun! Please! Their my soulmate!"

Sun crossed his arms "No! If you meet them then you'll fall in love. I'll have less time with Monty and we don't get enough time together as it is!"

Moon growls "It's not all about you! This is my body too!" He begins to fight Sun for control. The lights in the daycare turn off. He knows you are down there waiting for him.

Sun realizes what Moon's doing "What?! Moon! NO! What are you doing!" He gasps in alarm as his lower half drags him to the balcony "You can't!"

Moon gains control once they are out of their room. The sudden lack of fighting from Sun causes him to loose balance and fall into the ball pit. He curses himself. What must you think of him for that display? Pitiful.

Thoroughly embarrassed and ashamed Moon shuffles up to you. Sun is screaming in his head calling him selfish and other names. Moon blocks Sun out. He deserves this as much as Sun deserves Monty.

Finally he's at the edge of the light. Your silhouette is stunning. A quick glance at himself sends his mind into a tailspin. He looks scary. You look wonderful. He's the beast. A crater face. And then he hears your voice. It sounds like heaven. Not that he knows what heaven sounds like.

 

You take a timid step forward "Moon?" You can see his eyes draw back "Wait! Please don't go! I thought you were a baby!"

Moon recoils "What? Baby?!"

You backtrack "No! Wait! I'm sorry! I don't want to date babies! I shit! Ar ! No Shoot! Sorry! This is a daycare! Stupid! So stupid!"

Moon takes a step towards you "No! Not stupid."

You take a deep breath "When This string led me to the Daycare I thought my soulmate was a child. I was.. am scared."

Moon gasps "Scared? W-why?"

You grip the flashlight tighter and whisper "What if I'm not good enough for you."

Moon takes the final step into the light "But how can you not be if I'm not good enough for you." His head twitches "I can't leave the plex. I share my body with Sun. He's in a relationship by the way. Why would you want someone as ugly as me?"

Your legs wobble "Good god! Why are you so hot! Fuck me running!"

Moon recoils again "What? Me hot?? Are... Are you mentally ok?"

You shrug and open your arms "I'm not sure we are seeing the same thing. Can I hug you? I-.... I'm super touche starved."

Moon shuffles in place awkwardly "I... I've never hugged and adult before..."

You don't falter and move closer to Moon "Can I be the first then? You can say no if you aren't ready."

Pat is watching this like a soap opera. His attention is clinging to every word.

Moon clasps his hands in front of himself "Alright..."

You take his hand. Your finger burns but you continue anyway. Awkwardly you pull Moon into your arms. Moon has no idea what to do with his arms. The kids told them grownups hug different. One even said his mommy sounded like it hurt, she kept crying to god.

You however are not making those noises. You look happy to have him in your arms.

Moon clears his throat "What... what am I supposed to be doing? You aren't... this doesn't hurt?"

You take his wrists and wrap his arms around you "You smell nice. Wait! That was creepy! Fuck! Wait!!! Daycare! Frick!"

Moon chuckles and rubs your back "Are you always like this?"

You huff "No... I'm just super nervous."

Moon nervously leans his head on yours "God. Me too. You'll have to go soon won't you?"

You nod "Yeah..."

Pat chirps "About that!"

You jump "What?! Sorry... forgot you were there."

They wave you off "It's fine. Look, Sun and Moon need a handler. A handler makes sure their charge does not get overwhelmed. They keep them safe and happy. They also clean them and perform basic maintenance. If you want to keep seeing Moon then apply for the job."

You gasp and wave your hands excitedly "Where can I apply!? When can I apply?"

Pat holds a hand up "Woah, I'll take you to apply for the job. We can leave when you are ready. Being Moon's soulmate? You are almost guaranteed the job."

You turn to Moon "What do you think?"

Moon grins "I think th-"

The light's flick back on "SORRY SUN! I DON'T KNOW HOW THAT HAPPENED. TURNED EM ON FOR YA!"

Pat huffs "Sally."

You turn to Moon- No he's Sun now. Sun pushes you to the floor "Why couldn't you stay away?! Now I have to be with you!"

You look up at him "What? Why?"

Sun wails "Tommy and Tammy said only mommies and daddies can be together! It's the law!"

You stand up slowly "What? That's not true! Anyone can marry anyone."

Sun takes a step back "I can only have one! I don't want you!"

You are so confused "I don't follow..."

Sun sniffles moving further away "Moon is so selfish! All he had to do was let me have Monty! I don't want to kiss you!"

You hold your hands up "I don't want to kiss you either. You can have Monty. All I want is Moon!"

Sun growls and stomps up to you "We share a body! I don't want my body to touch yours!"

You cross your arms "And what about Moon? Does he want Monty to touch his body?"

Sun flips his faceplate upside down "It's not just his body. He can just deal with it!"

You stomp up to him "Why?"

Sun makes an indignant sound "What?"

You frown "Why does he have to deal with it but you don't?"

Sun sputters "Because! Because!"

You huff "Because why?"

Sun growls getting in your face "Because I'm more important!"

As soon as the words leave him he deflates. His rays retract into his head. He pushes you to the floor again and runs away.

You sit on the ground "What the shit fuck avenue! Yeah I need to set his scraggly ass straight! IS he getting advice from children? Hell no! Let's get me this job so I can give that Betty spaghetti looking hoe a verbal beat down!"

Chapter 24: #MOONWEEK The Red String PT4

Chapter Text

You tilt your head to Pat "Who the hell taught them manners?"

Pat shrugs "The kids probably. Sun and Moon were built with an adaptive AI. The company wanted them to learn things from their environment. They were supposed to have a handler from the start to teach them relationships ant whatnot but everyone thought they were creepy and annoying." Pat sighs "They likely learned everything from the kids. It's part of why I want you to apply for the job. I think you could really help the two."

You huff brushing yourself off "Yeah well I'm going to teach him how to behave even if I have to strong arm him into it."

Pat grins and nods toward the door "Let's get your application started hm?"

It takes two weeks for everything to go through and your work with your old employer to finish. The company was excited to hear you are Moon's soulmate. Two days after your first meeting with Moon you noticed it

A red band imprinted onto your finger with "Moon" in fancy cursive. You feel bad for Moon. He's stuck with your shitty chicken scratch. You weren't able to visit Moon. You did write him a letter. You hope Sun didn't do anything to it. His emotional level is that of a five year old.

It's early morning on maintenance day. You learn on these days the plex is not open to the public. Pat meets you at the entrance with your new uniform. Long pants with a half yellow and red striped, and half starry pattern. The top is the same with a space for your nametag.

You take the uniform and follow them to the daycare "Do I need to change into this?"

Pat shakes their head "No, but you'll need to wear it Monday. You are more than welcome to come visit over the weekend. Since you are soulmates with Moon you can even stay the night! You just can't do it every night."

You nod as you pass the fountain "So like three days a week or something?"

Pat nods "Exactly! It's what I do. Now... I haven't told Sun and Moon you are their new handler but they do know they are getting one."

You nod again now standing in front of the doors to the daycare proper. The light's are on inside and you can hear two voices. Pat allows you a moment to steel your nerves before opening the door.

Inside Sun is on his hands and knees. Monty is balls deep in his ass railing him from behind. Sun shoots you a shit eating grin. You decide not to take this lying down.

You walk right up to the pair "Did you really think this would make me leave?" It is taking every ounce of your willpower not to turn and run out.

Sun fake gasps loudly "Oh! It's you! I didn't think you would be by today? Are YOU our new handler? This is a private moment! Leave!"

You smile twitches "Why yes I am! I AM Moon's soulmate."

Monty scrambles up from the ground covering himself "Ah am so sorry! Sun told me they rescheduled. uhm... It's nice to meet you... sorry you saw my dick."

You chuckle "It's fine. Such is life. One day you find your soulmate and the next you see a gaters golf balls and putter."

Monty laughs loudly "Wow! Took that better than I thought!"

Sun crosses his arms from the floor "What is it going to take to get rid of you!"

"Sun! That's Moon's soulmate! You can't just get rid of them!" Monty barks.

Sun mutters "Yes, daddy." With a blush.

The lights shut off for the hour. You look up at the ceiling "How often do they do that?"

Pat, who is facing away from all of you, states "On maintenance day they shut off every other hour for an hour to give Moon time to roam."

You look back down to Moon and blush turning away "Oh! Sorry... I uh. I didn't see anything."

Moon growls and throws his pants back on "Sun! How many times do I have to tell you to keep better track of time! I warned you the lights were shutting off soon! You can't keep doing this! I don't want to... do that... with Monty!" Moon's shoulders shake as he cries, although he has no tears "I can't take it anymore!"

You reach out and hold Moon.

He flinches and pushes you "Don't touch me! I.. i don't want to be touched. Sorry..." He rubs his arms "I'm sorry for pushing you."

You shake your head "It's alright. I'm here whenever you need me."

Monty makes a sad sound "Sorry Moon. I just love Sun so much I loose track of time."

Moon hisses "That's not an excuse!" A wire comes from the ceiling and takes him up to a balcony.

You watch him leave "This is going to take a lot of work."

Monty sheepishly looks at you "What do you plan to do? We already tried to ask for them to be separated."

You glare at Monty "That is a shitty solution. What I need to do is teach them how to handle being in the same body. They NEED to learn how to respect each other AND how to handle adult relationships. I don't know a thing about psychology. This is going to suck donkyballs."

Monty raises a hand "Sun hates cussing."

You pout slightly "Well when Sun treats me with respect I'll do the same. Until then I'll use all the foul language I want."

You sigh "How do I get up there?"

Pat wave you over "I'll take you up. Monty, it;s best you leave."

Monty holds a hand out "Wait! Your finger! Can I see it?"

You give him your hand and he flips it around "Cursive. Sun's looks like shit. I'll do whatever it takes to fix this. Just tell me what you need." With that Monty leaves the daycare.

Pat takes you to the Foxy poster in the theater "This is a secret door." He hands you a keycard "This will let you in. It also gives you access to a few other areas. There is a list in an e-mail I sent you. Go ahead and try it out."

You nod and wave the card in front of the poster. It makes a clicking noise before opening. Behind the poster is a staircase with a door at the top. you walk up the stairs to the door glancing behind you.

Pat gives you a thumbs up "I have other work. I'll leave you to it. If you need anything you have my number."

You nod and turn back to the door, You don't hear anything and you can't see any light from under the door.

You take a deep breath and pump yourself up before knocking on the door "Moon? It's Y/n. May I come in? Take your time."

You wait for ten minutes before the door opens. Moon is hunched over in the darkness. He moves aside to let you into the room. You can't see very well inside the room. Moon takes your hand reluctantly and leads you to a set of stairs to sit down.

He quietly sits down next to you. Long legs splayed out in front of himself. His hands are folded together between his legs. He looks so defeated. Your fingers twitch with the need to touch Moon in comfort. The two of you sit quietly for a good twenty minutes. Half an hour before the lights switch.

Moon finally says something and it breaks your heart "I'm dirty. I should be pure for you. Sally said you should only be with your soulmate. I'm dirty."

You fight back tears "These are different circumstances. You aren't one soul in one body. You are two souls in one body. It's not going to be easy but I want to help you both. I can't ask for separate bodies for you two until you can agree and work together in this one."

Moon sighs "I was afraid of that. I doubt Sun will listen.... I promise to try whatever you think will help..."

You smile "Thank you. It's all I ask."

Moon looks at your lap "Can I see it?"

You tilt your head "See what?"

Moon looks you in the eyes "Your finger. Our mark. Can I see it?"

You hold your hand out to him "You know... I thought I would never have a soulmate. From birth my string didn't lead anywhere. It never moved at all." You chuckle pitifully "I used to get called unlovable all the time. I about fainted when it wiggled."

Moon flips your hand around inspecting the mark. He feels an almost possessive pride at his name forever imprinted into your flesh. He holds his own hand out to you to see.

He chuckles as you make a face "Your handwriting is terrible. I still love it though. I uh... I'm glad to have found you. I'm sorry things were so hard. At least I'm a seven foot tall robot and not a baby."

You giggle and nod "Yeah. Luck you I have a size kink." You nudge Moon with your elbow.

Moon blushes and covers his face with one hand letting out a whinny "Y/n! You're going to make me overheat!"

You gasp playfully "Oh no! Don't want that!" You look at your phone and stand up "The lights are about to turn back on. This is going to be as fun as a nosebleed."

Moon jumps up and pulls you into a hug "Thank you.... starlight."

He lets you go and walks about five feet away from you. The lights flicker back on. Moon shifts back into Sun. Sun gives you a hard look. In return you match his energy giving him an equally hard look.

He spits out "Y/n."

You calmly state "Sun."

Chapter 25: #MOONWEEK The Red String PT5

Chapter Text

You hold your hand out to shake.

Sun stares at it in disgust "What is that?"

You glance down "That's a hand."

He frowns at you "I can see that. But why?"

You wiggle your fingers "A piece offering. I want to help you and Moon get along in this body so it works out for everyone."

Sun slaps your hand away "We are doing fine!"

You growl "Like hell you are!"

Sun crosses his arms "What do you know!?"

You hiss "I know you aren't being very nice to Moon."

Sun raises a brow "Moon? The kids hate Moon. He scares them. They love me! I let them play! I give them candy. They adore me! All Moon does is put them to sleep. He stops their fun I create!"

You put your hands on your hips "Really. You think you are that important? Kids need naps to help their growing bodies. Moon is just as important as you are."

Sun rolls his faceplate upside down "You don't even know Moon."

You tilt your head as far as it will go "Did you know Monty when you first learned he was your soulmate?"

Sun flips his faceplate the right way "Well no but that's different."

You do the same "Why? How is it different?"

Sun huffs "We met first."

You huff "And? What if Moon and I had met first? Would you be expected to just sit back and ignore your soulmate? Suffer through the lights turning back on to you balls deep in me?"

Sun gasps "Language! Besides I wouldn't want to be that way with you. It would feel wrong."

You gasp "And it doesn't feel wrong to Moon?"

Sun eyes you suspiciously "What are you doing?"

You eye him suspiciously "Talking to you."

Sun leans forward "No that. Are you copying me?"

You lean back "What would give you that idea? I just want to talk."

Sun stands at his full height "Alright. I'm watching you."

You nod "As expected. Now, how do you think Moon feels when he is forced-"

Sun sighs "He's not forced!"

You huff "What would you call it then?"

Sun stares at you.

You cross your arms "Well? It's not like he can do anything about it until after the switch. By then it's too late. He's got your soulmate inside him when he doesn't want it."

Sun growls "Why does he have to interrupt my time with Monty!"

Your hand twitches with desire to slap Sun "He doesn't! You interrupt his time to be out!" You rub your nose "Look! You have time out right?"

Sun nod "I do!"

You also nod "And Moon gets time out right?"

Sun nods again "Yeah!"

You nod slowly "So when your time goes OVER his time what is it called?"

Sun frowns "I don't like-"

The lights cut off for the hour.

You grumble "He better be thinking about what I said."

Moon stares at you for a moment "Sun is really mad.... He doesn't like that you are making him feel bad."

You cross your arms "Well he can go tell Monty in an hour."

Moon shifts awkwardly "What do we do now?"

You smile at him "What do you want to do?"

Moon points at himself "You are asking me? Can we play a game?"

You nod "What game do you want to play?"

Moon perks up "Checkers! We can get to know each other better! I like talking to you."

You nod "Alright. I like that game."

Moon fetches the board. He sets it on the ground between the two of you "You go first."

You make your move "Do you have any questions for me?"

Moon moves a piece "What's your favorite color?"

The two of you spend the rest of the hour asking each other questions and getting to know each other. At the hourly shift Sun ignores you. He leaps from the tower and into the ball pit.

You opt to let him leave deciding to trust Monty won't just bang Sun again.

Chapter 26: #MOONWEEK The Red String PT6

Summary:

Another short one. The next one will have a small time skip.

Chapter Text

It's twenty minutes to the hourly shift. Sun returns with Monty. Sun is a pouty mess. Clearly not happy. He avoids eye contact. Monty points into the daycare. Sun walks right off the balcony shooting you a hurt look as he falls.

Monty walks up to you and sits down beside you "You really upset him you know."

You eye him carefully "If you want an apology you can go pound sand."

Monty shakes his head "No. I just want your side of the story. Sun tried to tell me all you did was talk about how you were never going to let us see each other again and made him feel bad."

You snicker "No! That's not what I did. HAhaha. Actually I thought it was a nice talk. I explained about how Moon is not interrupting y'alls time. It's you two whose interrupting his time." You scratch your hip "I explained about how just like he doesn't want to be intimate with me Moon does not want to be intimate with you and it's not fair to him. I tried to explain how important Moon is to the kids. I don't think he gets it. He thinks the kids would be better off without Moon. Brat."

Monty sighs "I thought so. You seem like a nice person. Any ideas on time management?"

You nod "A kitchen timer. We set a kitchen timer for fifty minutes. When the time is up all sex stops. The two of you can prepare for the shift. It's what I've been doing with Moon. I have a timer on my phone. Vibrates before my time with Moon is over."

Monty nods "Good idea. So have you two done anything yet?"

You shake your head "Even if I wanted to I wouldn't try anything. The most we have done is hug."

Monty gives you a serious look "It's Sun isn't it."

You raise a brow "What?"

Monty turns to you more "Sun. The reason you won't try anything with Moon."

You shake your head "No. Not entirely. I am shy. I just get so nervous around him. He's the same way. I want to take the time to get to know him. He's basically a stranger. I'm going to be honest. When I thought I didn't have a soulmate I read romance stories." You put a hand on your cheek "I likes the alternate universes where soulmates don't exist. It made me feel better about not having a soulmate. At least a little bit."

Monty nods "Must have been hard. Right well, I guess I'll try to get Sun to understand your point. Sun just knows how to push all my buttons to get what he wants."

You feel the buzz in your pocket "Five minute to the shift. I'll bring a timer tomorrow. Please avoid sex with Sun tonight. I don't want Moon to be forced to have sex with you."

Monty scoffs "We don't have sex."

You go still "What? Explain."

Monty crosses his arms "We don't. It's just sometimes Sun and I are getting it on and he turns into Moon. I pull out. Not sex."

You frown deeply "Monty! That is sex! Just because you aren't moving does not mean it's not sex! Did you really not realize what you were doing this whole time?"

Monty goes slack jaw "I- wait... No! No. Lie! Ah..." Monty scrambles to his feet "I need to talk to Krissy!" He runs out of the room.

You hear a growl. Sun stands at the balcony entrance. Fury in his posture "What did you do to Monty! You are ruining everything! Everything! Everything!"

He stomps right up to you stopping two feet away. The lights shift again and you lean on the wall.

You let out a heavy sigh "Good lord things are worse than I thought!"

Moon pulls you into a hug "I'm sorry you have to go through this."

You lean into Moon "This will not be fixed in a day. Hell! It won't be fixed in a week!"

Moon rubs your back "How did the talk with Monty go?"

You growl "I don't know who he's been getting advice from, but he didn't even realize he was being intimate with you. I hate this place."

Moon shifts nervously "Do... Do you hate me?"

You take his head in your hands "No! Never! We might not know each other very well yet, but I don't hate you." You pull him down to rest your forhead on his "I'll fight for you. Forever."

Moon lets out a tiny gasp "Can I.. I want to try... May I please kiss you?"

You nod. A deep scarlet blush blooming on your face. Moon takes your chin in his left hand. He tips your face up to meet his. His thumb brushes softly across your lips. He leans forward and timidly presses his lips to yours. You press a little deeper into the kiss.

Moon pulls back rather quickly "Wow. Did I do good?"

You lean into his chest "Perfectly. Absolutely perfectly."

Chapter 27: #MOONWEEK The Red String PT7

Chapter Text

It was one long week later. You and Moon had gotten closer. You openly hugged each other now. Though you still only kissed the one time. It royally pissed Sun off. He ranted in circles that he didn't want his body touching yours.

All your talks with Sun about his behavior went the same. And after each talk he would storm off to whine to Monty. For his part Monty stuck to the routine of using the timer. At first it annoyed both of them, but Monty soon found that he enjoyed spending time with Sun doing other things.

You learned most of their time spent together was .... cardio heavy. You explained that there is more to a relationship than just sex. Sun refuses to allow you to clean him. Lucky for you Moon loves it. He loves the pampering and attention you give him.

The way you look at him like the most amazing artwork warms his insides. He loves the sound of your laughter whenever his fans cock on during nightly cleaning. The kids had taken to you well enough. Helping in the daycare was a chore but it was worth it.

At one point you got tired of Sun's BS about nap time being stupid. You, Sun, and Moon decided to stop nap time on wensday. It went just as you expected. As soon as nap time came you flipped the lights back on. Sun declared nap time was gone for the day.

At first the kids were happy. You moved behind the security desk when you saw the first tantrum start. Sun calmed the child with candy. One by one the kids got more irritable. Sun was quickly overwhelmed with tired irate kids. He turned to you for help but you said he got what he wanted.

At the end of the day you explained the science behind why kids need naps. Sun apologized to Moon about saying nap time was stupid. He stopped complaining about nap time after that.

Friday was a birthday party. Sun got covered in cake and soda. He demanded you clean him. You told him that he told you you weren't allowed to clean him. You left him a sticky mess for three hours. Moon happily sat messy after you told him he would earn a kiss.

Sun again was not happy to be called out on his BS. After he was clean thanks to you cleaning Moon he stormed off to Monty. Thirty minutes later he came back and apologized to you.

While you did feel bad for treating Sun the way you had been. You also felt it was the best way to get him to understand. You had even began to hug Moon right before the light's turned on. Forcing Sun to endure your hugs. It was driving the bot mad.

How dare you force hugs on him! It wasn't fair! He whined to Monty. Monty by that point was tired of Sun's garbage. He sat his Soulmate down and they had the first serious talk of their relationship. Sun came back five minutes before the shift looking like a kicked puppy.

He didn't say anything. He just stood there with hunched shoulders. His bright orange rays poking half way out. His mouth opened but the light's shut off before he could say anything. You asked Moon what he wanted to say but Sun had shut him out. Over all you felt it was a good week.

Chapter 28: #MOONWEEK The Red String PT8

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Monty was mortified to learn what he had been doing to Moon. The word made is joints freeze up. That wasn't him! He didn't do those things! He wasn't a! It took a week and a half for Monty to finally talk to Moon. The conversation was awkward.

Moon held your hand tightly as Monty explained all the things he learned about sex and consent. How it mortified the gater to learn he was ... doing that awful R word to Moon. He promised on his hands and knees to do better. Moon accepted his apology. He wanted things to work between the four of you as much as you did.

At the hourly shift Sun returned. He avoided eye contact at first.

It was a long moment before he looked at you "Was... Did I really. Did Moon... I didn't want..."

You inch forward "Take your time."

Sun takes a deep breath "I didn't know I was unintentionally letting Moon get-" He tugs at a ray "That! I should have listened to you sooner!" He drops to his knees "I have been so awful to him! And you! You only wanted to help!"

You are taken aback "What? Where did this come from?"

Sun leans his elbow on his left leg "Monty and I talked to Krissy. She's Monty's handler. She made us watch an educational video on" He pauses "sexual assault...." Sun sighs hugging his knees ti his chest "The way you treated me last week. I was so upset! I still am." Sun stares up at you with a hard look "I think it was exactly what I needed. I know we have a lot of work ahead of us. I-" He paused for a long moment "I'm sorry. I want to be better... Do better..."

You crouch down to his level and hold your arms out wiggling your fingers. Sun stares at you before taking one of your hands.

He shakes it gently "Consider this a piece offering. A promise to get along better with Moon. And you... It was wrong of me to try to keep you two apart."

The lights shut off. A swift tug of your hand pulls you to him. Moon smiles warmly at you and gently sways the two of you. His music box plays a soft melody. The marks on your fingers generate a pleasant warmth when they touch and glow a soft red. In that moment you feel more connected to Moon than ever.

Things don't instantly get better. Things like this never do. You do however notice Sun is making an effort. A good one too. Slowly however they do, Soon the day you have been waiting for comes. A year after you started working at the plex the proper paperwork goes through.

Together you and Monty escort Sun and Moon down to P&S. Anyone who tells you to leave is met with a large stubborn gater. Your soul is filled with worry, Will your mark stay with Sun or would it go to Moon's new body.

You feel uncomfortable as Moon's AI is moved to the new body, Your finger goes cold then gets so hot it hurts. You hiss and hold your hand to your chest. Sun wakes up as they install Moon into the new frame. Sun gives you a hug and asks if you want them to stay.

You tell him it's alright if he goes with Monty. Sun does bring you a can of soda from Monty's green room before running off again. Soon everyone else leaves until it's you, Moon, and Pat. It's quiet. Pat fills out paperwork while you hold Moon's hand.

Moon's finger twitches. In a split second decision you climb on top of him. You lean forward until your sure you will be the only thing he sees. You can hear his inner workings coming to life. You watch with a soft smile as his eyes blink open.

His hand snakes to your waist "Are you god? Because there is no way you are an angel. You are far too good looking."

You let out a squeak and cover your face with your hands. Moon chuckles and takes your hands. He pulls your arms apart forcing you down to his face. Your finger gets warm as it touches his. Your lips meet and he uses his right arm to hold you close.

He pulls back with a cheeky grin "You know... Sun told me he and Monty are staying in Monty's green room." He rolls his eyes slowly "If you are up for it starlight, we could take our relationship to the next level. You know... with plenty of cardio."

You blush as Moon waits for your answer.

Notes:

Well? Amorous activities?

Chapter 29: #MOONWEEK The Red String PT9

Summary:

Get your cardio in! It's good for you.

Chapter Text

You nod eagerly. Brain attempting to find words but only going "kfjhdsa urfhy sfiu h fuiyg". You opt not to say that.

"Hold on tight!" Moon blurts out.

Pat having been long forgotten, Not that they minded. It's what they preferred in fact. Having amorous plans of their own with a certain groovy spider. Not that you knew about that.

Moon takes you in his arms and takes off down the tunnels. With the expertise of a years worth of practice he avoids anything that can hold a conversation. His mind is flooded with a strong desire and the need to breed you.

Fill you with him and make you pregnant. And even though he can't do that the thought still spurs him on. He wonders briefly where his cum comes from. They never had to get it filled. He knows he has no... what did Chica call them? Oh yeah! Swimmers! He has no swimmers!

If he doesn't have cum for reproduction then why does his body make it? And how does- His mind blanks as you shift against him. Brushing your groin against his. He practically breaks the door to the daycare down.

His cable hooks onto his back and he takes you to his room "Stay here! I'll be right back!"

You chuckle and do as you are told. Moon books it out of the room. He flies into the ball pit. When re returns he has baby wipes, a towel, two bottles of water, lube, and a pizza.

You flush brightly "Wow. Prepared? Sexy."

Moon sets the items down carefully "I'm your soulmate! It's my pleasure to take care of you. I love you." Moon sits you down on the stairs and darts about the room. He sets up a comfortable bed... nest? Whatever it is it looks comfortable. He arranges the towel to catch any mess.

The more Moon fusses the more nervous you get. You and Moon had decided to wait for separate bodies to do anything. Sure you two had make out sessions, But the two of you had never seen each other naked.

The closest you came to naked was short shorts and a wife-beater. You, however, being their handler had seen them naked. Cock, balls, and all. It was part of cleaning. A part of cleaning Sun had left for Moon. Once in a while Sun need you to clean that part of him but those moments were few and far between.

Your heart hammered in your chest as Moon held a hand out to you. He paused as he studied your face "Are you ok? Do you not want this? We don-"

"No!" You blurted out quickly "I-I want this. I'm just nervous... I've never been naked in front of you before..."

Moon pulled you to his chest "We'll go slow. If you get uncomfortable I'll stop. Just say the word."

You nod as Moon plants a kiss in between your eyes "Let me take your shirt off precious thing."

You raise your arms as Moon lifts your shirt up exposing your bare chest. Your arms twitch as you fight not to cover yourself. Moon takes you in. Looking over every mark and blemish. The light in his eyes shift pink briefly changing to a heart.

Moon make direct eye contact with you while raising his hands "May I touch you?"

You nod, enamored by the careful treatment. Moon touches your chest. His hands roam over your sternum and up to your clavicle. He trails them down to your belly button dancing a finger around it.

Moon takes you by the shoulders and spins you around. Again his hands roam your body. Memorizing every curve and crevice of your back, You had done the same thing to him during cleaning. You even made a point of not hiding the fact. Openly complementing him and, as you put it, ogling his sexy frame.

Ad so that's what he did to you. He complimented every blemish and mark. Making sure you know how perfect you are. He pulls you into his chest telling you how much he loves the feeling of your bare chest against his. The feeling of your soft warm body is perfection.

Moon lays you down on the soft blankets. He again makes eye contact wile planting kisses down your chest. Delicate lips kiss over each nipple. Your back arches into him and you let out a soft sound,

His hands rub circles into your hips "Can I take your bottoms off?"

You take a breath steeling your nerves. Moon waits patiently. No rushing, no pressure. You lift your hips. Moon's eyes shine a little brighter. Slowly he takes your bottoms off. He gives you ample time to stop him.

He sits back and looks at you. You shift under his gaze. Moon stands up and slips his pants off. His bright blue tentacle cock waves in the air. Like it literally wave at you like a hand. You chuckle and wave back.

Moon crawls on top of you and smiles warmly whispering "I have no idea what I'm doing."

You giggle "Me neither! I've read smutty smutty porn porn but I don't know how much that helps."

Moon purses his lips "So what do we do? Do I just put it in?"

You shake your head "No. I need prep work or it will hurt more than it should."

Moon sits up "Alright. Tell me what to do."

You blush brightly "O-o-oh u-um..." You slowly spread your legs to give him a better view of what you're packing "U-u-m..." Awkwardly you explain about your genitals. Where you are sensitive and how best to please you.

Moon lays down between your legs. He grins up at you and licks a long stripe along your groin before laping at you like a mad man. It feels strange. He's not good at it.

"Wait. I'm sorry you aren't doing very good. Let me show you with my hand? That might help." You offer.

Moon nods watching you carefully "Should I show you how I like to be touched?"

You nod "Good idea!"

The two of you pleasure yourselves. Staring at each other. Watching Moon stroke himself and grope his balls is arousing. Feeling bold you lean down to your hands and knees. you take Moon's ballsack in your mouth and suckle on it.

Moon gasps letting out a loud moan. He grips the top of your head with his hand. Artificial breath coming out in ragged little puffs.

You look up at Moon "Wanna see a magic trick?"

Moon tilts his head "Ok...."

You suck both testicles into your mouth and do jazz hands. Moon lets out a cross between a moan and a laugh. You roll his balls around on your tongue moaning lowly.

Moon gently pushes you off of him "I-I don't want to cum yet." He pets your cheek "Besides, it's your turn."

Moon lays you back down and crawls between your legs "Let's try this again." He licks another long stripe along your groin before taking all of you that he can into his mouth. He licks, sucks, and nibbles everywhere he can reach. His long tongue snakes out and teases your hole.

Your breath hitches as he slowly inches his tongue inside you. He laps at every inch of your walls. He's staring at you intently. As soon as the sounds you are making get louder he pounds into that spot. His tongue rubs that spot abusing the sensitive flesh.

He pulls his tongue out of you moist and dripping with you "I think you're ready starlight." He stands up and fetches the lube shaking it in your direction "Would you like to put it on me?"

You stare at it for a moment before taking the bottle from him "How much do I use?" You flip the bottle over and read the instructions.

Moon rubs the back of his head "I don't know. Monty didn't tell me."

You lean forward and squeeze the proper amount into the palm of your hand to warm it. You reach down and rub the lube over his cock. The excess you rub on your hole. Moon lines himself up giving you a reassuring look.

Slowly he pushes inside of you. Inch by glorious inch. You hiss in pain the deeper he goes. Moon stops so you can adjust. He takes your left hand in his. Your ring fingers touch glowing softly. Both of your eyes go wide.

Every feeling is intensified. You can feel every little movement he makes. And Moon can feel the very heartbeat with his cock. Each movement feels ten fold. Moon bottoms out in you. Your mind is swirling. It's... It's too much.

Moon gives an experimental thrust. You both gasp and moan loudly. You realize then what is happening. You are feeling both you AND Moon's pleasure. You aren't just feeling him inside you. You were feeling yourself wrapped around Moon.

Moon realizes this too "Is- shit- Is this what I feel like? Are... are you feeling this?"

You nod "Keep- fuck me -keep going!"

Moon nods and begins thrusting. It's unlike anything you had ever felt. Better than your toys and your hands. Moon pushes your legs up to your chest. His thrusting gets faster. The drag if his cock. The clenching of your hole. You both feel it all.

He's moaning loudly "Not! Fuckfuckfuck! Not gonna last! CumCumCUmCUM! CUMFOR ME!"

You feel so overwhelmed with pleasure. On instinct you lean up and bite down on his neck. One final thrust sends him into a tailspin. His voice glitches and bottoms out for the last time. You can feel yourself cuming. You feel his cock throbbing. The rush of cum leaving his cock.

You can feel your walls milking him dry. The feeling of Moon's cum filling you to the brim. It's so good. You can't tell weather you are you or if you are Moon. You feel Moon's lips on yours. Eyes unfocused you kiss him back.

Moon rubs his cheek against yours affectionately. He slowly pulls out groaning at all the sensations. You can feel Moon's cum seeping out of you.

He watches enraptured "Mine. Yours. Mine."

Moon fetches the wipes and water. You sip slowly as he cleans the both of you up.

You let out a giggle "I don't think I'm going to be able to stand for a while. You, lord sexy buns, are going to have to take me to the bathroom when I need to go."

Moon laughs as he fetches the pizza "Lord sexy buns?"

You nod "Something that will never leave the bedroom. That is only for you."

Moon hums "Well then you are my Sovereign of Sexy."

You giggle and hide your face "Good god! Shut up and feed me pizza!"

The End

Chapter 30: #MOONWEEK Nightmare- Put Your Head On My Shoulder

Summary:

The nightmare is one I have actually had as a kid.

Chapter Text

You are standing at the edge of a river. The water runs red. Grass dirt and trees appear to be made out of sticky drying meats. It quivers under your bare feet. Your arms itch. You look down and move to scratch them. Small marble sized holes open up along your arms.

Tiny kidneys fall out of your arms. The hole rapidly open and close expelling more and more kidneys. You open your mouth to scream and your teeth fall out like a river. You begin to choke on teeth as the fill your mouth. It's agony. Your arms burn and itch and your mouth is a fountain of pain.

Your eyes opened slowly. Exhausted you looked around the room. It's dark and quiet. Sun and Moon lay on either side of you. Your legs feel stiff with the need to move. Your nerves are rattled. You have to get up. You have to!

You wiggle out of bed. Sun and Moon are used to you getting up in the night to pee. Neither bot moves when you leave the room and go into the theater. You plop down on one of the beanbag chairs. The dream unsettled you. Your arms itch and you swear your mouth hurts.

You take a breath to calm your nerves. Someone sits down next to you making you jump. It's Moon in all his glory. Sporting nothing but a pair of boxers.

He smiles warmly "I got worried when you didn't come back. Are you alright?"

You sigh "Nightmare."

Moon wraps an arm around you "Put your head on my shoulder." He pulls him into you while standing up with you "Hold me in your arms, baby
Squeeze me oh so tight." He begins to slow dance with you "Show me that you love me too."

You recognize the song. It's 'Put Your Head on My Shoulder' by Paul Anka.

Moon leans forward brushing his lips on yours "Put your lips next to mine, dear. Won't you kiss me once, baby?" He presses his lips to yours softly "Just a kiss goodnight, maybe. You and I will fall in love."

You blush "Moon, you really know how to sweep someone off their feet don't you."

Moon chuckles and twirls you before wrapping you in his arms again "People say that love's a game. A game you just can't win," He holds you a little tighter "If there's a way, I'll find it someday. And then this fool will rush in." His fans kick on and he leans his audio receptor to your lips "Put your head on my shoulder! Whisper in my ear, baby! Words I want to hear."

His voice is gravel and faint static. It never bothered you. You love his voice. You notice something. He's not wearing his hat. He usually has it on because people make fun of him for being bald. It makes you feel special.

Moon searches your face and locks eyes with you "Tell me, tell me that you love me, too." He twirls the two of you together "Put your head on my shoulder.Whisper in my ear, baby. Words I want to hear, baby. Put your head on my shoulder."

You pull him into a kiss. Your tongue dances around in his mouth. Hot metal meets you followed by his tongue. He's not overheating but he's getting there. Moon picks you up and carries you back to bed.

Sun is still asleep. Moon lays down in bed with you on top of him. He grips your ass and wraps his tongue around yours.

Sun stirs "We all have work in the morning. Go to bed. We can make love tomorrow night." Sun grabs your arm and pulls you onto the bed. He wraps himself around you like an octopus "Sleep!"

You chuckle "But I had a nightmare."

Sun growls "Nightmare?" He kisses your head "Gone now."

You giggle and yawn. Moon pulls the covers over the three of you and you all go back to sleep.

Chapter 31: #MOONWEEK I'm feeling affectionate again so I'm going to write it out with Moon.

Chapter Text

You were feeling affectionate and needing cuddles. You glances out into the daycare. It's dark. Moon is out. You sprint to the stairs leading to the theater. Once in the daycare you spot Moon. You walk up to him and wrap your arms around him.

Moon goes stiff. You rub his back tenderly with a pleased hum. Your hands trail over his sides to his front. You run your hands up and down his chest. Running your hands over every inch.

Moon doesn't speak, afraid to break whatever spell you are under. You step back and hold out your hand. Moon looks at it before taking it wondering what you have planned.

You take Moon to the new nap time corner and lay him down. You throw a leg over his hips. Your hands trail up and down his chest. Moon's eyes go wide and his fans kick on.

You trail your hand up to his neck and pause asking silent permission. Moon nods and you rub his neck tenderly. Moon doesn't know what's going on with you but he likes it.

You rub up his neck to his face. A blush finds it's way to his face. You rub from his left cheek, over his nose, and all the way to his right cheek. Moon watches you carefully as you run your hands all over his face.

You climb off of him and nudge him to turn over. Moon complies and rolls to his stomach. You again climb onto his hips. Affection is high in you as you rub over his entire back.

Moon is melting into your touch. You hum in delight and lay down on Moon. you wrap your arms around him. Your hums practically purrs. Moon rolls over in your arms and holds you tight.

You pepper his face in kisses. Moon's fans are working overdrive as you shower him in love. Moon wraps his legs around you. Happy as any bot can be.

You rub your cheek on his. A bright smile on your face. Moon revels in the special attention. He finds it even better when you fall asleep on him. Like what? You are asleep on him. He should take you back to the tower.

He knows he should. However, the selfish part of him won't let you go. For now you are as much his as he is yours. And he will take care of you until the day he shuts down forever.

Chapter 32: #MOONWEEK New Parts- The Wedding

Chapter Text

You sat with Chica and Roxy in Chica's green room. The three of you were planning a bachelorett party. Monty had offered to strip for you but you declined. Strippers were not something you wanted for your party. You threatened to jump out a window and run away.

The plan was to sneak in some very not company approved movies and watch them in the theater. The boys were going to go Bowling and talk about cats. At least that's the message you got from Sun. You doubt they are going to talk about cats.

In the time you took to plan the wedding Bonnie had been repaired. Foxy was in the works but he wasn't done yet. Tomorrow Sun and Moon would go with the boys and you the girls and Bonnie. He wanted to spend time with you feeling bad for what he did to you.

It took time and bringing your therapist to to do some sessions with both you and Bonnie together. Things are better. The nightmares happen less. You still get phantom pain but you were told that might never go away.

Sun and Moon had used the same paint used on them to paint your leg. It has stars, flowers, Suns, Moons, their names, and little pictures of them. It was beautiful. It would be covered up for the wedding. You didn't want your leg to be the center of attention.

Sun was not happy to be away from you. He was better about it since the accident almost a year ago but it still made him a little nervous. You had to promise six ways to seven that you would call if anything happened. He peppered your face with kisses.

Moon pulled you to him and dipped you. Kissing you breathless and wanting. You couldn't help the desire pooling in your belly. He let you go watching you carefully. Your thighs squeezed together. He gave you a smug smirk. You pursed your lips. Game on bitch.

Bonnie led you and Chica to the theater while Roxy got you a large amount of sushi. The movies were set up and ready to go when Roxy returned. You had purchased a portable projector and bluray player. The first movie on the list was '50 First Dates'. A bottle of your favorite liqueur sat next to you along with mixer.

Chica smiled while you ate "Are you excited about the wedding? I'm so happy for you! Thanks for having it here by the way."

You lean on her for a moment and swallow your bite "Hey! I could never get married without all of you! The company would not let me take you out of here. I tried." You take a sip of your beverage "I'm nervous about getting married. I know how I am and I WILL cry like a big baby."

Bonnie laughs "No eye makeup then?"

You nod "Yep. No makeup at all."

Roxy grins "You are going to look so rad. If anyone makes fun of you for crying I'll take care of them!"

You reach over and pat her knee "You are too good to me."

Roxy scoffs "Says the one who does basically all repairs around this shithole!"

"So, are you worried about Sun and Moon outliving you?" Bonnie asks.

Chica slaps his arm "Bonnie! Don't ask things like that!"

You slowly turn to him "Actually.... We had discussed that..." You shift nervously "Moon want's to put my mind in a robot body. I'm not sure how to feel about that. Sun said when I die he want's to permanently shut down so he won't have to spend a day without me in his life."

Roxy looks you up and down "You would make a kick ass animatronic."

Bonnie swoons "How romantic! Permanent shutdown on your death! What a keeper!"

You take a bite of food followed a large swig from the liquor bottle and a swig of water "I need more drink in me for this. I'm not sure which option to pick. I talked to my saint of a therapist. We are working through it. I am kinda considering" You mumble something.

Roxy leans forward "Considering..." In a 'go on' manner.

You take another large swig "Becomingananimatronic!"

Chica gasps "OMG! Really!?"

You hide in your shirt "I don't want Sun and Moon to die so soon! It's not fair to them!"

A blush begins to bloom on your face. The next movie starts. It's 'Gone With the Wind'.

Roxy stretches "Do you have any idea what you want to look like? Also what about the company?"

You shrug "Moon said he was working on a body. I don't know how he plans to get my mind into the new body." Another swig followed by water.

Bonnie rubs the back of his head "I actually know how."

You recoil "Really?! Tell me."

Bonnie looks away from you "Well you know all that crap with Afton? The plex burning down?"

You nod leaning forwards while you finish eating.

Bonnie lowers his voice "A book was found in the rubble. It was unburned despite all the ashes around it."

You lean back "The fuck?"

Roxy eyes him up and down "What was in the book?"

Bonnie glances around "One page is in the book. The rest are missing. Torn out. It says it's a spell to transfer one's consciousness into another body."

You cross your arms "I don't believe you."

Bonnie gives you a smug look "Ask Moon then."

You lift your arm and begin to type on your watch. Another swig of liquor and water. Your watch pings you look down at it. The message reads 'yes'.

Well that answers that "Wow. It's true."

Chica leans back on her elbows "Are ya going to do it? Now that you know his plan?"

The fuzz of tipsy has you wrapped up "Actually... If we can test it then yes."

Bonnie giggles "We swapped a bee with a frog already. Also a mouse and a fly."

Roxy raises a brow "Where did you get a frog and a bee?"

Bonnie wiggles his fingers "Magic!"

The next movie begins. It's one Bonnie wanted to see. 'Magic Mike'. It's no surprise the movie gets you hot and bothered. Liquid courage doesn't help the situation. You pull your watch out and send Sun a message 'Hey hot stuff! I wana suck your dickb. Swallow tha ting whole. tasty tasty.'

Bonnie giggles looking over your shoulder "Oh this is going to be fun!"

Roxy perks up "What is?"

Bonnie points to your watch "Our little drunk-"

You sit up "Not drunk! Tipsy. Spelling is hard on this thing. The letters are so tiny!"

Bonnie holds his hands up "Ok! Tipsy. Anyway TIPSY messaging Sun dirty stuff."

Chica giggles "Sexy messages to Sun? Do you think he can tak-" PING!

You all look down at your watch. Sun sent a massage back 'Hey mamacita I got what you need. One large serving of Sunny's D'

You make a face "That was not Sun."

Roxy laughs "That sounds like Monty."

Chica pats your arm "Try sending something else."

You nod taking a swig of water and a smaller sip of booze and type 'Can I put your balls in my jaw? Balls in my jaw? Can I? Can I? Can I? Can I?'

You all giggle as you wait for Sun to respond. PING! A message back 'They are fat and heavy for you baby' You squeal and cover your face.

Bonnie takes your arm and reads the message "Whoever is helping him write these is good. Send something to Moon!"

You nod and type out 'I want to eay your ass out like a fat kid with a puddi cup and no spoom.'

Roxy roars out "Damn! Kinky bitch!"

Ping! It's Moon 'How can you eat my ass out with Sun's balls in your mouth.' Ping! 'Unless you want my tongue in YOUR ass. That can be arranged.'

You squeal with your arm out in front of you again.

Chica reads Moon's message out loud "Oh! Wow. What a flirt."

You nod and your watch pings again. It's Sun 'Your butt better be in the tower in the next twenty minutes. DON'T make us look for you.'

Bonnie helps you up "Go get your men! We'll clean this up."

He pats your butt to get you moving, You scurry off to the tower.

Chapter 33: #MOONWEEK New Parts- The Wedding 2

Chapter Text

You fly into the tower room so fast you trip on the last step. You land on your hands and knees with a hiss. You stand up and brush yourself off. Luckily you didn't scrape anything. You might bruise later.

In a moment of bravery you strip down to nothing. You try to do a sexy pose on the bed. You lay on your back with your legs spread wide. Knees up to your chest with your hands on your thighs. The longer you lay there the wetter you get.

You can hear a door in the daycare fly open followed by the sound of running. You can't help the grin that spreads across your face.

Your heart flutters as you hear Sun shout "You better be in there!"

He sounds a little unsure of himself not used to being so aggressive. You can hear Moon give Sun a soft 'Good job.' You wiggle slightly and adjust your pose. The curtain flies open. Sun and Moon step into the room. Their optics fall on you. You shift slightly under their gaze.

Sun walks around to the bed with Moon behind him. He runs his hand along the underside of your thigh "Well, aren't you a good little thing. Such a sweet pose." He slowly turns to face you. A serious expression on his face "There is just one problem." He takes your knees in his hands leaning closer to you "I never told you to get naked. Don't move."

Sun delivers a harsh swat to your ass. You cry out with a hiss. Sun undresses himself watching you carefully. You can see his mask of dominance slip for a second. That same unsure air flitting in for a second.

He purses his lips before opening his mouth "The safe word is glitter glue. Give a slap if you need something." His expression turns serious "Now open wide."

You comply and open your mouth. Moon remains silent but he is participating. A glance in his direction tells you he's naked. He pulls you to the edge of the bed with your ass hanging slightly over the edge.

Sun crawls onto the bed. He swings his leg over you positioning his balls over your mouth "You wanted to suck em right? Eat up Sunshine. Papa needs his baby to please him." Carefully he lowers his balls into your mouth. He brushes a hand on your cheek.

As Sun lowers them you lean forward and sniff them with a pleased shudder. Moon drops to his knees slowly. You feel his tongue prod at your ass hole. He gives a breathy chuckle as he slowly thrusts more and more of his tongue into your ass. Hands spreading your cheeks.

You moan around Suns balls. Your tongue swirls around them in your mouth. Sucking them as deep as you can into your mouth. Sun thrusts them into your mouth like a cock. This was not something you have done before. You try your best not to hurt him as he uses you.

Moon bottoms out in your ass with his tongue. His nose presses into your cheeks. He pulls his tongue out and replaces it with his cock. He thrusts into you in time with Sun. Your head feels fuzzy.

Sun takes his cock in his hand and begins fisting it. You moan wildly. The heady stench of man radiating off of sun clouds your thoughts. Your arms fly to Sun's thighs. Moon catches yours as you let go.

You pull Sun into your face more wanting all of his musk. Sun huffs and moans holding himself up using the headboard. Sun pulls out of your mouth pointing his cock at hour face and chest. He cums with a loud roar and you shut your eyes.

Moon thrusts a few more times and pulls out to cum on your stomach.

Sun catches his artificial breath "Did. Did you cum?"

You shake your head no. Sun huffs and swaps places with Moon. He lines himself up with your ass ad thrusts violently. You finally cum long and hard. Your hole clenching down on Sun. Slick pools put of you. Pleasure flooding your nerves as you cry out to your lovers.

Sun pulls out of you collecting his cum in his hands. He and Moon work together to rub their cum into your skin like lotion. It feels nice. But you are curious...

You look at Sun "What are you two doing?"

Moon smiles at you rubbing your face "Freddy said he heard cum is good for skin."

Sun nods "We want you to look radiant on our wedding day so you look as good as your soul is."

You blush. You want to cover your face but you don't have the energy. Sun and Moon kiss your cheeks and prepare to clean you.

Sun nuzzles your neck "We are only going to leave you covered for a short while. Feel free to sleep. Would you like anything?"

You yawn "Water."

Moon gets you the water. He helps you take a sip of water. You blush as your eyes droop more and more. The last thing you see is Sun cleaning your legs and Moon cleaning your chest.

Chapter 34: #MOONWEEK New Parts- The Wedding 3

Chapter Text

It was very early in the morning a few days later. Your sleep addled mind registered being moved. You started to wake up but a low gravely voice lulled back to sleep. You woke up some time later in Roxy Raceway as someone places you in a chair.

The smell of coffee and bacon fills your senses. Somewhere in the back of your mind you are sad it's not the heady smell of Moon or Sun's balls. You give a shudder.

Someone rubs your arms "Cold?"

You wake up more and yawn "No... Just thinking an wakin up."

Chica, who stands behind you, grins "Thinking about last night? You know the security guard, you know the one, was so uncomfortable ALL NIGHT!" She cackles loudly.

Roxy joins her laughter "Yeah the little shit tried to tell me to go make you stop. I told him to get used to it and avoid the daycare."

You laugh and sip your coffee. You look down at the food "Is... is this nothing but bacon?"

Bonnie hums "Why yes it is. Oh! Pat from parts and service got everything set up to stream the wedding for your family and friends."

Roxy shoves the rabbit "You idiot! That was a surprise!"

You choke on your coffee "My what?"

Chica sighs "Well cats out of the bag. Sun and Moon felt bad your family couldn't see you get married. With help from Pat they got in touch with your family. Pat set up everything so they could watch it live!"

You set the coffee down and let out a loud cry "WHY ARE THEY SO PERFECT!"

The three animatronics recoil.

Bonnie speaks first "Are you going to be ok? Do we need to get your boys?"

Chica gasps "They aren't supposed to see each other before the wedding!"

Roxy rolls her eyes and holds out your Fazwatch "Just call them on your watch!"

You take the watch and after a brief struggle you get a hold of Moon.

He answers "Starlight? Are you crying?! Where are you! I- Sun!"

You wail out "I LOVE YOU! WHY ARE YOU SO PERFECT?!"

Sun talks next "Sunshine? Are you alright? Is someone with you who can tell us what's going on?"

You can hear Moon in the background "What if they are hurt again?! We need to go now!"

Roxy takes the watch from you "They are fine! Calm down. Bonnie let your surprise slip and now they are crying. We thought talking to you might make them stop."

Moon talks again "Bonnie! That was a surprise!"

Sun shushes Moon "Sunshine? Of course we wanted your family and friends to watch you get married. You are special to us. We love you."

You sniffle loudly "You didn't answer my question."

Moon chuckles "We are perfect because you help us be perfect."

Roxy blurts out "Ok! Gotta get em ready for you. You better look good for them! They might even look as good as I do and I don't want my friend standing next to trash." She hangs up the watch.

The three of your friends do your hair and help you get dressed while you eat a pile of bacon. Soon you are making your way through the maintenance tunnels.

Bonnie nudges you "You are shaking like a leaf! Calm down. You've got this!"

You bounce in place and shake your arms "I'm just nervous."

You enter the West arcade only to be greeted by your most special person.

They hold an arm out to you with a soft tender smile "Are you ready."

You begin to tear up "What?"

They chuckle "You didn't think we would miss this did you?"

You tilt your head "We?"

They nod "Everyone is here for you. Well, almost everyone. A few people couldn't make it but they are watching the live stream!"

You almost fall to your knees. Your person holds you up and you begin to walk together on shaky legs. As you round the corner into the dance floor you see them. Sitting in chairs on your side of the isle are almost all of your friends and family.

Canon in D (Pachelbel's Canon) begins to play. It's too much. It's all too much. One look at Sun and Moon breaks the dam and you begin to sob loudly. The duo are wearing tuxedos with your wedding color as accents. At first Moon looks worried. Your special person shoots them a thumbs up.

Sun shakes his head with a smile. Foxy the Pirate is your officiant. As your most special person passes you to Sun and Moon one of your friends runs up and hands Moon a tissue. He lets out a quiet thank you as he begins to dry your eyes.

You sniffle "I-I told you! I told you I would cry like a baby at our wedding!"

Some peoples in the crowd chuckle and someone blurts out "Always knew you would do this! I have a whole box of those!"

You laugh and foxy begins the ceremony "Dearly belov'd. We are gathered here today to watch these two fine lads take the hand of their most special person in holy matrimony. Tis' a fine sight indeed. Despite all the odds against them they made it here together. Though I may not have known them long I did know them. I saw the adoration they held for each other. I couldn' think o' a finer pair to wed. If anyone has any objections speak now or take your grievance to the grave."

You shift waiting for something bad to happen. Nothing does. You hear Sun let out a sigh in relief. Moon wipes your face again.

Foxy continues "Then by the power invested in me by my right as a captain and themonastery.org. I now pronounce ye man and man and them! You may kiss each other!"

Sun tugs you and Moon to him. He and Moon lean close together and the three of you share an awkward three way kiss. It looks every bit as strange as you think it does. Everyone cheers. You start bawling again.

Sun picks you up and passes you to Moon "You had to hold them at their worst time. It's only fair you hold them at their best."

Moon takes you with reverence. The three of you leave the arcade. Moon hold you close to him and you three wait for the room to be set up for the reception.

Chapter 35: #MOONWEEK New Parts- The Wedding 4

Chapter Text

You cried at least one more time as you waited for the room to be set up. This time Moon cried with you overjoyed to have you in his arms for something that won't result in your death. He nuzzles his faceplate into your hair. Sun coats your hand in kisses.

Footsteps echo down the hallway. The three of you turn to the sound. It's the same guard who left you for dead. You refuse to acknowledge his name. To you he is guard.

He stomps right up to you "You happy? My wife left me for being a coward. I have a kid I've never met." He reaches into his pocket.

Sun pulls you and Moon into the arcade afraid of what was going on. DJMM announces the three of you. Everyone claps and cheers for you. The guard enters the arcade with something in his hand. You can't see what he's holding.

Moon takes a step back. Sun jumps in front of the two of you. He goes to throw something but speed master Foxy tackles him. A bottle of ink hits the floor. You look between the guard and the ink.

The guard laughs "I may not have ruined your clothes but I did ruin your wedding!"

You laugh. Loud and hearty you laugh "I had my leg torn off! Do you really think a little ink would ruin this? Wow you are dumb!"

Freddy and Foxy take the guard away telling you they'll be right back. A cleaning bot comes to clean the ink. Moon puts you down on the floor and the three of you walk hand in hand onto the dance floor. You chose the song for the first dance with each of them. The boys have no idea what you picked.

The music starts as you stand between the two of them "I listened to this song every morning before becoming the live in. It sums up how I felt each time I drove to you. Because you know." Radar Love by Golden Earring kicks in with the vocals and you sing along "I've been driving all night, my hands wet on the wheel!"

The three of you dance together with Sun and Moon passing you between them. The three of you are laughing loudly. You pull Moon to Sun so they can dance together. The love in their eyes is intoxicating. Many pictures are taken.

The three of you mingle with family and friends. You introduce Sun and Moon to all the important people in your life.

Your most special person approaches the three of you "So, where are you going on your honeymoon?"

You rub your arm a little dejected. Sun and Moon look disappointed too.

You sigh "We.. actually aren't going anywhere... Also we don't actually get time off for it either. It's fine though. We got our wedding. It's also why all the food is pizza and the cake is shit."

Your person grins "Have you seen the cake?"

Sun nods "We saw it yesterday."

Giggles from your person "That was yesterday! I'm talking about today!"

They lead the three of you over to the table with cake. What you expected was a sheet cake with 'Happy Wedding' scrawled on it. What you got was a three tier cake covered in flowers. You tear up again and fly into Sun's arms. Sun wraps his arms around you and rubs your back.

Your person pets your hair like a child "There's more."

Moon tilts his head ninety degrees to the left "More?"

One of your friends walks up to the three of you with an envelope "Everyone pitched in for this gift. Sorry it's the only one you are getting. Come with me. Everyone wanted to see the three of you open it."

The three of you are dragged onto the stage with DJMM. While your friend gets everyone's attention DJMM pulls the three of you into a big hug. The music stops for a moment.

"Everyone! They are opening the gift! Gather round! Gather round!" Your friend states into the microphone.

You feel a little nervous. Sun and Moon put a hand on your back. Sun's hand slides down to grope your rear. You blush and suck in a quick breath. Moon gives Sun's hand a smack in warning. This in turn gives your ass a smack and your blush gets a little deeper. You open the envelope and fight not to cry.

A strangled garbled sound escapes you.

Moon reads the letter out loud "Dearest Y/n, Sun, and Moon, I know how hard you work. The things you have gone through. It would be a crime if you didn't get a great cake and honeymoon. All of your family and friends pitched in and got you a cake and this great gift. You've been found sleeping in so many places from the long hours and every time Sun or Moon came and got you. I have watched them carry you through the plex to bed. You have spent a lot of long nights fixing my friends and I. We never treated Sun and Moon with the respect they deserved. I hope this is a step in the right direction. With love, Freddy."

Inside the envelope with the letter is a key and an ad for a nearby cabin in the woods. One bedroom, one bathroom, and a kitchen/ living room combo. You feel a little light headed. You sway in between Sun and Moon. you loose your footing as Moon catches you. He lays you down on the stage.

Sun scans your vitals "Can we get some water!"

Roxy runs water up to you. Sun makes you take small sips while Moon elevates your legs higher than your head.

Sun turns to the crowed "She's fine! Just a little light headed."

You wave a hand "I'm fine! I'm fine. I just need a moment and some food. I hope you don't mind if we eat dinner. Breakfast was a pile of bacon and I need something more substantial."

Chapter 36: #MOONWEEK New Parts- The Wedding 5

Chapter Text

The three of you were led to a table set up for the three of you. Sun sat on your right and Moon on your left. Moon set a glass of water in front of you. Yo took small sips as a staff bot brought you your meal. It was not the pizza you ordered for the party. No this was better. Much better.

A plate of your favorite food was put in front of you. You looked out at the crowed getting your own food. A family friend gives you a thumbs up and mouths 'potluck'. Tears fill your eyes again and you sniffle.

Sun chuckles and wipes your tears "If you aren't careful sunshine you are going to turn into a raisin."

You open your mouth when a little wet floor bot wheels up to your table with a cardboard box from Etsy.

Moon takes the box and gasps "Sun! It's here!"

Sun tilts his head "It's here? What's here? ... wait,,, IT'S HERE?! FINALLY!"

Everyone turns their head at Sun's loud outburst. Moon shreds the box to reveal a small black velvet bag. He dumps three rings out onto his finger. They are made of silicone swirled with blue, yellow, and your favorite color. Tears fall more freely now. Your husbands look at each other.

Sun puts one ring on Moon. Moon puts a ring on you. And you put a ring on Sun. The room erupts in a fit of cheers. People walk up to you to see the rings in groups. Moon walks you through breathing exercises to help you fight tears.

As you finish eating Pat with a cam corder walks up to your table "Here they are! The happy couple! Any words?"

You sip your water "First off Thank you for coming Pat. I have never cried more in my damn life! This is the best day ever and I get to spend it with to of the best people in the world! I don't know where I'd be without them. I would have found different work that's for sure. You two are my world. And every day it's expanding and changing for the better!" You pull Moon into a rough kiss. Lips tangling together. Moon makes a surprised sound. You spin in your chair and Sun pulls you into a heated kiss before you can.

Pat laughs "Hey! Save it for the honeymoon Damn!"

Moon looks right into the camera "I am so happy everything worked out today. Everyone made this so special for our spouse Y/n. I can't wait to see what the rest of our lives bring us." Moon chuckles "I remember when we first met they were so disappointed. They shouted 'I was lied to! You aren't spooky looking at all! I was promised scary! Liars.' Sun and I were so confused."

You laugh "I was lied to! I'm still lied to! You aren't spooky at all."

Sun waves Pat over "I am so lucky to have two strong partners. Y/n was so so brave when the accident happened. When I saw them covered in... red stuff... I broke. I was so panicked I had to be temporarily shut down. Moon had to carry me back to the tower. He was so strong to get the help he needed." He sighs dreamily "Every day that goes by I fall more and more in love with the two of them. I-... I don't know what I would do without them. I thought I lost both of them once. Never again! Ever."

You face plant into Sun's arm and whine loudly "Sunny!"

Moon pulls Sun into a deep kiss trapping you between them. When he pulls away Pat leaves to go talk to more people.

Moon whispers above you "I am going to fuck the souls out of your bodies. Your insides are going to look like a Picasso by the time I'm done with the two of you."

You chuckle "Not if I rail you from behind first."

Sun huffs "Naughty people! Not now! Besides, we all know Moon and I are going to destroy you together. Sorry sunshine but you can't overpower us. It's impossible."

You chuckle darkly a wicked plan in your head. Sun and Moon chuckle along with you unaware. Soon it was time to cut the cake. The three of you stared at the cake unsure.

You pick the slicer up "How do we do this?"

Sun smiles "Well first you insert the slicer into the cake and move it downwards to make the first cut."

Moon pushes Sun "Dick. We cut it together and Sun and I feed you a bite together. Sun and I don't eat anyway."

Sun hums in the affirmative "Besides, we get our meal later. And I like my meals served nice, fresh, and wanting."

You gasp and flick a bit of frosting at Sun. In turn Sun cuts a slice. The same one you swiped from and flicks frosting back at you. He misses and hits Moon instead. Moon makes an indignant noise. Moon moves around you and tackles Sun to the floor. You keep the table steady and save the cake.

The whole room is staring at the three of you. Pat is recording everything. Bonnie and Roxy are laughing. Chica and Freddy trying to figure out if she should step in. Foxy is shaking his head with a grin. Your husbands are play fighting on the floor. And you are eating cake.

You point to the cake "This is super good!" You take another bite with a moan and point your fork at the crowd "You should get a piece."

You walk over to your boys who are laughing as they play. You sit down on them and they pause. You can see the moment they remember where they are and what they should be doing. The camera does too. You enjoy your piece of cake atop your hunky perch.

Moon turns his head around "Are you going to get up?"

You shake your head "Not done with cake yet."

Sun sighs "Well guess I'll rust here then." He goes limp and pretends to be dead with his tongue hanging out of his mouth.

You stand up "Your tongue is touching the floor."

Sun looks down. Sure enough his tongue is laying on the dance floor. Sun shrieks loudly. He throws Moon off and runs to the nearest bathroom.

Moon picks himself off the floor "Do we really have to spend the rest of our life with him? He doesn't seem very smart."

You slap Moon on the arm "Moonpie! We love our sweet little Himbo!"

The rest of your night is filled with the three of you greeting people and dancing. Sun seems to enjoy dancing with younger people of your family and friends. Moon enjoys your elders. You know they are telling him terrible stories about you.

The Mini Music Men pile together into a humanoid shape and you do a sort of shuffle with them. Even DJMM has you dancing with his hand. It was a perfect night. And now? It's about to get even better up in the daycare tower.

Chapter 37: #MOONWEEK New Parts- The Wedding 6

Chapter Text

The three of you stand just outside the threshold of the daycare. Moon frowns deeply. He hates that this is the place he and Sun get to carry you into. He doesn't want this to be the first place he and Sun get to make love to you!

Moon turns to the three of you distraught "I don't want this!"

Sun looks mortified "What? What are you saying?"

You take a step back "Moonie?"

Moon shakes his head "I don't want this to be the first place we make love as married spouses! I don't want this to be the place we carry you over the threshold! I don't want that for you or for us! It's not fair!"

You take his head in your hands and rub his cheeks tenderly "Hey. It's ok! We don't have to do that tonight. How about we go to bed in a big cuddle puddle tonight. We can do that other stuff at the cabin tomorrow. Would that make you feel better?"

Moon sighs in relief and touched your foreheads together "Thank you starlight."

Sun huffs playfully "Well! I guess my opinion doesn't matter! Fine! Go off and be happy together!"

You roll your eyes "Alright. Sunny are you good with that plan?"

Sun turns away from you with a giggle "No no. It's too late."

"What if I suck your dick?" You offer.

Sun crosses his arms "No."

Moon wiggles his eyebrows "What if I suck your dick?"

Sun perks up "Alright!"

So scoff "What?! Does he suck dick better than me?"

Sun pats your head "Nope. You both do great! I just want you to watch while I get sucked off. I think it would be hot. You could even make love to Moon from behind."

Moon flushes brightly and picks you up to hide in your chest. He puts you down. Walks across the threshold. Pulls you by the collar across the threshold. Picks you back up. And hides in your chest again storming off to the tower with a loud 'horndog!'

You chuckle and let Moon carry you around by the waist. You wrap your arms around his head and pet his seams where his faceplate meets his back panel. Moon holds you a little tighter as he calls his wire down. As soon as his feet touch ground again he rushes to the bed with you and lays down with his head in your lap.

Sun walks into the room with a fond smile. You rub down the vast expanse of Moon's back and Smile back at Sun.

Sun plants a kiss to your cheek "As much as I would love to sleep right now, we have to get cleaned up and dressed for bed. C'mon you."

Sun picks you up as Moon runs off ahead to prepare a bath. The bathroom was one of the only editions, along with a bedroom, the company allowed you as the live in mechanic for the plex. You also have access to any kitchen in the building. Once in the bathroom the three of you undress each other.

Moon picks you up again shoving his faceplate into your chest again with a happy hum. He steps into the warm water and situates you into his lap. Sun sits down across from you.

Sun grins at Moon "Moon? Are you ok there? I need you to let them go so we can get clean."

Moon looks over at Sun "But Sun, we're married now."

Sun tilts his head "What does that have to do with this?"

Moon's eyes glow a little brighter "Sun! Sun. You don't get it! We are married now!"

Sun furrows his brow "I don't follow."

Moon holds you out to Sun who takes you "We are married now."

Sun holds you trying to understand. He holds you for a moment before it clicks "We are married now!"

You look between your husbands "I don't follow. Mind explaining?"

Moon looks at you with saucer plate eyes "We didn't think we'd make it to this point."

You nod in understanding. You let out a loud yawn. Moon hones in on your yawn, His systems flash at him to put you to bed. Sun wets your hair for the shampoo. Moon squirts shampoo into your hair letting Sun rub it in.

If Moon had a tail it would be wagging. There was so much warmth, love, and excitement in his body. He had you and he had Sun. As long as that stayed a constant in his life he would be complete.

He decided in that moment as you fell asleep in Sun's arms that we would be the best husband ever. He would make each day special for the two of you. He would shower you two with love and affection. He would prove he was worthy of the two of you.

Sun looked up at Moon and chuckled. Moon looked like a cat on catnip. Eyes as wide as saucers and a deep blush on his face. He looked every bit as enamored as the first time the three of you went on a date. Sun picked you up softly telling Moon to stay put.

He quickly dried you off and layed you down on the bed. He came back and picked up a very clingy lovesick Moon. He put Moon next to you in the middle. Once the lights were off he cuddled up next to Moon. You also cuddled up to Moon in your sleep. Moon fell asleep loved and elated.

Chapter 38: #MOONWEEK New Parts- The Wedding 7

Summary:

I know #MOONWEEK is over but I am going to continue to label this as MOONWEEK for consistency. Also it's spookyween so enjoy some shitty magic.

Chapter Text

The next morning the three of you woke up with excitement bubbling in your chests. Sun helped you pack for your three day honeymoon and Moon fixed breakfast. A fruit salad with yogurt. Yummy. A knock on the door to the theater draws your attention.

You call out "Come in!"

An HR representative walks into the room. He looks friendly. You are both immensely surprised and suspicious at the same time.

He smiles warmly at you "Hello Y/n. I'm here to talk about your honeymoon! We know it must be an exciting time for you!"

You nod "I'm actually surprised the company is letting Sun and Moon out of the Plex."

He nods "Well here's the thing. You aren't actually leaving." You frown deeply and he hold a hand up "Now hear me out! We are going to be opening a camp ground behind the plex. Your job is to test it out and make any suggestions. We want the three of you to spend any free time not working outside. Eventually we will offer outdoor attractions." He puts his hands on his hips "Several new animatronics are being created to take care of our guests."

You nod slowly "So will any animatronic be allowed outside?"

He nods "Yes! For things like parties or special events! Sun and Moon will even be allowed to take children outside for activities!"

You squint "This feels too good to be true."

He grins "Your job will be to acclimate Sun and Moon to the outside. Failure to do so will result in your termination. Now, we don't expect this on your honeymoon. Consider that a gift. Have fun out there! A staff bot will take you to your accommodations! OH and Moon? We know about your special project."

With out letting you speak he leaves. You turn to Moon. His mouth hangs open slightly. He looks shook.

You put a gentle hand on his shoulder "Are you ok?"

Moon mutters "How. How did they know. I hid it! I hid it so well! HOW?"

You purse your lips "Should I be worried?"

Moon finally looks at you "I...." He glances behind you to Sun "Come with me."

Moon takes you out of the daycare and into the maintenance tunnels. Down stairs and twisting winding hallways. Finally you are led to the most cobweb infested bug stricken tunnel you have ever seen in your life. Moon holds a rusted door so crap it looks like it could turn to dust at any moment.

Inside the room is a body. Your body. At least it looks like your body if it were an animatronic person. You slowly walk up to the table it lays on. It's wearing your clothes right down to your shoes. You slowly turn to Moon wanting an explanation you already know some of the answer to thanks to Bonnie.

Moon looks melancholy "We... I didn't want to live without you. I found a book-"

You raise a hand "I know about the book. What I want to know about is that." You point to the body.

Moon sighs "I have been working on it while you sleep. It functions like we do but one soul. It's empty right now. All we have to do is cast the magic and put your soul into the new body. We won't force you to choose this option."

You look down at the robo version of you "What will you do with this fleshy form?"

Moon gives you a serious look "Take it down to the deepest part of this place and bury it. A place deeper than this room."

You lean on the table "And the other option?"

Sun steps forward "We shut ourselves down when you die."

You lean back "The hell?! Are you sure about that? Shutting down because I'm-"

Sun takes you by the arms with a serious look "More sure than I have ever been in my life."

You take a breath "Ok."

Moon turns to you "Ok?"

You nod slowly "Ok."

Sun pulls you into a hug "We can be together for ever!"

Moon picks a large, or at least what used to be large, book with one page remaining "Are you ready?"

You recoil "Wait now?! Oh... I didn't think you would want it to be so soon...."

Sun helps you lay down on the table as Moon starts the spell.

Moon puts his hand on your chest "Ada Due Damballa, Leveu Mercier DePou Shiou, Sacouse Entiene LeDevou DeMobocheu, Adaleu Bwaseu Damballa."

You feel funny. A bright flash of light blinds your vision and everything goes dark.

Chapter 39: #MOONWEEK New Parts- The Wedding 8

Chapter Text

"WILLIAM AFTON!" A loud booming voice shouts into the darkness "Have you brought me the souls I require?" It asks.

You look around the darkness "What?"

The voice sounds confused "You are not William Afton? Who are you?"

You mange to squeak out "I-I'm Y/n L/n."

There is a pause. You can feel thousands of eyes on you but at the same time none at all. You aren't sure how long you exist in the darkness.

Finally the voice speaks "Your soul be weighed!"

You let out a what as scales appear underneath you. Something hits the other side but you can't see what it is. The scales tip slightly so you are slightly lower than the object.

"Hm.." Again the eyes are on you and the voice speaks again "This is acceptable! Your debt Y/n L/n is nothing. Now ask of me nothing else! BE GONE!"

Your eyes open? Turn on? Both? Both. You would expect to know nothing about how to use your new body but the information is present. Like it had been there all along. But at the same time you know nothing about what your body is doing. It's strange.

You sit up and look around the room. Sun and Moon are staring at you.

Sun takes your hand in his "Well?"

You open your mouth and a strange scratchy sound leaves you. Moon gasps and tips your head up. You can feel him open a panel in your throat. His nimble fingers unplug wires and plug them back in. You let out a breathy moan.

Moon chuckles at you "Sorry. Should have warned you." He gives you a wink "Wires are sensitive."

You frown "Bastard."

Sun lets out an exaggerated sigh "Whew! Good to know that works now!"

You apprehensively mutter "How long was I out for?"

Your voice sounds like you. It looks like you too right down to your pubic hair. Soft silicone covers your body. You flex your fingers and joints.

Sun smiles "Two hours. Moonie took care of your old body."

Moon nods "No one will find it."

You nod slowly "Well, lets get going on our honeymoon."

Your husbands nod as they help you off the table. They teach you how to run a system check and access security cameras as you walk back... home. It's your home now.

Chapter 40: #MOONWEEK New Parts- The Wedding 9

Summary:

I googled a website to make a name for a fazbear campsite. and it's gems are special. The top one is good but what are those other ones? I like #2.
1) Freddy's Family Campground
2) disfunctional Freddy
3) cambear
4) Camp Pizza
5) the best campground in america

Chapter Text

You ask Moon how he was able to build the body to so closely resemble yours. All he tells you is he salvaged the parts. Outright telling you at one point that one day he will tell you but today is not that day. You accept the answer with a kiss.

With your bags in hand the three of you sand at the employee entrance waiting for your ride. A six passenger street legal cart rolls up. You can see it through the little window on the door. You weren't sure what you were expecting but a shitty little six seater golf cart painted to resemble Freddy was not on your list.

The driver is a modified staff bot with a bright olive green shirt and poop yellow hat. It assaults your eyeballs. The three of you take a seat. Sun and Moon sit next to each other and you sit behind them with the luggage. They each have an arm behind their seats so you can hold their hands.

Their eyes are full of wonder as they look around at the world around them. It reminds you of kids visiting Disneyworld for the first time. It warms your.. circuits? You don't really have a heart anymore. Not a real flesh and blood one anyway.

The drive takes you behind the plex along a grey gravel driveway. It's three miles to the campground. Sun and Moon ask many questions about nature and the forest. You answer every question you can. The air is cool leaning towards cold. It being Autumn in the more northern region of the world.

A warm cup of tea would be lovely. Too bad you can't drink tea anymore. You spend some time lamenting all the things you can't eat or drink anymore. However as you gaze up at Sun, who is looking at you in concern, you know you made the right choice. Sun nudges Moon pointing at you.

Moon looks at you carefully as you enter the gate to Freddy's Family Campground "Are you ok? Is... IS something wrong? You aren't regretting-"

You cut him off "NO! ... No. I uh I was just thinking about all the things I can't eat and drink anymore. I don't regret this. I'm just mourning a loss. I'm good now."

Moon climbs into the back of the cart with you. He pulls you into his chest "I'm sorry I couldn't find a way for you to eat."

The cat stops in front of a large log cabin with a sign that reads "Welcome! Office check-in inside!"

It has an image of Bonnie waving while wearing a ranger hat and a sky blue Hawaiian shirt with pine trees and camp fires on it. It looks cute. The three of you climb out of the glorified golf cart.

Sun rolls the gravel under his foot "Ooo! I like that sound!"

Moon helps you out of the cart and Sun take the luggage.

The driver bot holds out a map "TAKE A MAP!" It screams very loudly.

You make a mental note to put this on your list of things to change/fix. The map has a cabin circled on it. It has the same number as the key in your pocket. The cart drives away leaving the three of you alone. You walk up to the main office and try the door. Locked.

You look back down at the map "Let's go find our cabin. After that we can explore the area."

Moon slides a hand around your waist "Or, we can finally take you as your husbands. Show you why you made the right choice. In the bath, in the kitchen, outside."

Sun takes the map from you "It's not far. Lets go!"

The walk yo Cabin #21, as stated on the key, takes fifteen minutes. You hope the cart will take people to their cabin. Not that the walk is hard but customer satisfaction. Another thing for the list.

The cabin looks like it came out of a Yogi Bear cartoon. Around the back is a hot tub and fire pit. You wonder if you can use the tub.

As you walk up to the door Moon stops you. "Wait! We need to carry you across the threshold!"

You are about to say something when Sun and Moon pick you up together. They carry you sideways into the cabin. Inside looks like someone took a Cabellas, threw it into a blender, and dumped it into the house.

It has leather couch with buffalo plaid pillows, faux fur rug, and a TV over a fire place. The kitchen is big enough to fit two people. It has a bar for eating. The bathroom has a big shower with a seat but no tub. The bed is a California king. Big enough for the boys. Good.

Moon stalks up behind you and pins you to the bed "You are ours now starlight. Inside or outside?"

Sun pouts "I want to cum inside not out!"

You nod "Cum inside."

Moon chuckles "Not what I was asking."

You wiggle your hips into his groin "Inside then. I wanna fuck you outside tonight."

Sun giggles "Two times? Really sunshine?"

You nod "It's a start!"

Chapter 41: #MOONWEEK New Parts- The Wedding 10

Chapter Text

Sun and Moon stare at each other in quiet conversation. Moon still has you pinned to the bed. You are so used to this you just lay there waiting. Something the two are talking about must be good because Moon ruts into your ass. His hardening length trying to slot itself between your cheeks.

Moon nods and Sun grins. They must have agreed on something. Moon pucks you up and sets you down on the bed. From Moon's chest the song 'I Touch Myself' by the Divinyls plays. Sun and Moon seductively sway their hips.

You chuckle "What are you doing?"

Sun chuckles back "Strip tease for you."

Moon waltzes over to you and straddles your hips. He sways his crotch over yours in a lap dance. You can't help the giggles. Sun takes off his neck ruffles and throws them at your face. You squeak at the surprise assault from the garment.

Moon climbs off of you and turns around. He rubs his ass against your crotch and takes his neck ruffles off. Sun takes his hip ruffles off and swings them into the air. He thrusts his hips at you in time with the music.

Moon slides his pants off throwing them to the side with a flourish. Sun takes Moon's place in giving you a lap dance.

He hooks his arms around your neck "Do I make you randy baby? Do I?"

You openly laugh and wrap your arms around Sun to ground yourself. He nuzzles your face before climbing off of you. He and Moon take the rest of their clothes off. Moon helps you stand up. Together he and Sun undress you. They treat you like it's the first time they are seeing you naked.

Sun picks you up and spins you around in a circle "Married! You belong to us now! We're yours! Oh Sunshine! I'm so happy happy happy!" He plops down onto his butt "Hold on tight. Grab my rays if you need to."

You tilt your head "What?"

He takes you by the hips "The ceilings are too high for this but I really wanted to do this."

He swings your legs over his shoulders. One hand on your waist and the other on your lower back. He pushes your groin into his face as hard as he can without hurting you. He laps and bites at you. Tongue swirling over every inch of you he can reach.

You let out a loud moan. Sun was right, you did need to grab his rays for balance.

He moans into you "Harder." You tighten your grip on him and he groans out "Good spouse."

You glance around for Moon. He walks out of the bathroom and smiles at you. He walks up to you and pets your head. You are level with his cock.

His fingers run through your hair "Enjoying your time with Sunny?"

You take his hand tenderly and moan out "YES! So Good!"

You yank on his arm. Your new strength from your new body throws him into you. He cries out in alarm steadying himself on your shoulders. He's bent leaning over you. His sound of alarm turns into a cry of ecstasy. You suck his cock into your mouth like you are trying to drink his soul out.

He lets out a strangled "Starlight!" and begins to fuck your face. You swirl your tongue around his tentacle. Sun slowly slides his tongue into your hole. Moon pushes Sun's face closer to you as he thrusts his hips.

Sun ruts his hips into the floor. Moon pulls out of your mouth with great force. You try to keep him in your mouth but he's stronger. He pulls you off of Sun and hoists you up so he's holding you by the thighs. Sun stands up to join his lovers.

He and Moon stare at each other before nodding. Sun hooks his arms under your knees. His cock wiggles against your hole. He winks at you with a sexy little smile on his face. He pushes his entire length into you in one go. You let out a breathy moan.

Moon slides his tentacock in next to Sun's. Together they hold you in place as they use you as their personal cock sleeve. As Moon pulls out Sun pushes in. This only lasts for a few minutes. You realize they must have had another plan for you.

Below you the two of them intertwine their cocks into one super cock. Together they push in. They writhe their cocks inside you. You are getting close. Your hole fluttering more and more. Your vocorder glitches into static. Words are no longer declarable.

They pull you down as they thrust up. Finally they pull you down one last time. You can feel their cocks throbbing and filling you with their love and adoration. As you cum yourself a new sensation hit you. Your systems work overdrive before an error message flashes across your vision. You reboot for the first time.

When you come to you are cleaned and in bed. Your husbands are making love next to you. Sun is riding Moon. They stop but don't pull out.

Sun brushes a hand across your cheek "Are you alright? Do a system check just like we taught you."

You do as you are told. Low battery flashes "Um.. low battery..."

Moon pulls a cord out and plugs you in "Rest. We'll be here when you wake up."

You nod "Can I have a kiss goodnight?"

Sun and Moon lean over and give you a passionate kiss each.

You smile sleepily "Thank you. Have fun you two. I love you."

Chapter 42: Sun Gets A Massage

Summary:

feeling affectionate again time for some Sun lovin. I have no one to hold so this will have to do,

Chapter Text

Sun was exhausted. The daycare had about twice the normal amount of kids thanks to a coupon. Their body is sore. Some of the new kids were not friendly. Pulling, tugging, and hitting him with things.

All he wanted was to be in your arms. But you weren't there. Later, he thought, later. After what felt like forever the daycare closed. He lay on the floor of the daycare in agony. His body screamed at him not to move.

Where were you? He needed you. Finally, after what felt like forever you came. You came and you told him everything would be ok. That you would take good care of him. Everything would be ok.

He registered an orange extension cord. What was it for? Something turned on and he felt immensely better. You had a polisher. You were polishing, massaging, him. It felt like heaven. All the sore spots were gone.

Just like the good boy he knows he is he rolls over for you. You run that perfect device over his stomach and chest. He knows he tells you you are getting something special later but he can't focus on it.

All he feels, all he knows is relief. And you bring it to him. Like a heaven sent angel you take away his pains. Somewhere deep inside him, he registers you covering him with a blanket.

You cuddle up to him and hold him close. If he doesn't say it. He knows he loves you. As the lights shift he makes sure Moon knows how wonderful you have been. Moon decides to do whatever you ask of him. You more than deserve it. And he is eager to deliver.

Chapter 43: #SMinktober Prompt: ENERGY

Chapter Text

You wiggled your arms. They barely moved. Tightly tied behind your back. Your head snapped up at the sound of freshly polished boots clacking against the floor. A single hanging light lit the room. The walls and floor were grey. A single white door sat across from you. In between you and the door id a metal table.

The handle of the door jiggles and opens. Captain Moon entered the room. His crisp black uniform covered him deliciously. Leather boots freshly polished. White pristine gloves covered his hands. His captains hat perfectly affixed to his head. In his hands a black leather riding crop.

He slapped the crop against his hand "Do you know what you've done?"

Your mouth felt dry "I uh I-"

Moon slammed a hand down on the table denting it. In a mock voice "I uh I." He screamed in your face "I need an answer not whatever that was! Try again!"

You recoil "I spilled coffee!"

He leaned in, cold steely eyes bore into yours "You didn't just spill coffee did you lowlife?"

You blushed "I spilled coffee on your computer..."

Moon leaned back "On. My. Computer!" Both hands slam on the table "Do you have any idea how much data I lost because of you!?" He moves around the table and grips your chair tightly "I should have you court-martialed and dishonorably discharged!"

You gasp lightly "No please! I need this!"

Moon leans down to look you in the eye "You need this? You. Need. This."

He shakes your chair as he walks back around the table. He raises the riding crop high into the air "I NEEDED THOSE DOCUMENTS!"

He brings the crop down onto your chest. You let out a soft moan.

Moon glares at you and studies your face. Slowly a wicked grin creeps onto his features "Maybe we can come to an arrangement of sorts."

You look up at him. The sting from the crop sending your mind into fuzzy warm places "Arrangement? What kind of arrangement?"

Moon smirks eyes glowing a bit brighter "I think you know the answer to that. All I need from you is a yes."

You flush brightly "Y...Yes."

He flips the table over and knocks your chair down. His boot stomps down in front of your head "Clean it."

You look up at him from the floor "How?"

He rolls his eyes "You have a tongue don't you?"

You lean forwards as best as you can. Your tongue slips out and you run it along his boot. The shiny polished leather feels cool against your tongue. You let a moan out. The ENERGY exuding from Moon is intoxicating. You run your tongue over every inch you can reach.

Moon grins down at you "Good pup. Now, clean the other one."

He puts his other boot in your face. You lick the shiny leather clean. Heat pooling in your belly. Your undergarments getting wet with arousal. You tried to rub your thighs together. Moon stopped you with a boot between your legs.

He pulled your chair back up "How disgusting. Getting off on cleaning my boots. If you really want attention to your thighs that badly I can do it for you." He chuckled darkly at you "Spread your legs!"

You do as you are told. He raises his arm again. Gloved hand gripping the crop tightly. He brings the leather down onto your thigh. You let out a pleased cry. Moon gives you another swat to your other thigh. A moan escapes you. Moon flips the table back over.

He unties your arms and hisses "Don't move! I'll do it for you."

He picks you up and bends you over it. He stretches your arms out and ties them to the legs of the table. He leaves your clothes on. The crop comes down on your left butt cheek. You moan out at the sting as it sends a wave of pleasure straight to your core.

Moon giggles "Count them pup."

You nod "One."

He brings the crop down again and again. You count out each one. He delivers twelve swats to your ass with the crop.

His hand brushes your lower back "One more to go. Isn't that nice?"

With the final swat to your ass you cum. You cum hard and loud. It gushes out of you and soaks you. A wet patch forming quickly. You feel exhausted. No ENERGY left for anything.

Moon rubs your ass tenderly "You did really well pup. Let me take care of you." He unties you and picks you up "Did you have fun?"

You nod and snuggle into Moon. He carries you off to his quarters and tucks you in bed after changing your clothes. He likes this game the two of you play. His perfect little spouse taking everything he gives so well. He strips down to his boxers and protectively wraps himself around you.

Chapter 44: #SMinktober Prompt: NIGHTMARE

Chapter Text

Sun ran down twisting winding hallways and corridors. Ran through impossibly large rooms filled with mountains of trash that stretched so high he could not see the top. Puddles of blood paint dotted the landscape.

 

Every now and then he would catch a purple blur out of the corner of his eyes. He was lost and alone. He didn't know what he was looking for. Only that he had to find it as quickly as possible.

 

He heard it then. IT was faint but every bit as mournful as he remembered. You were crying out to him from somewhere in the darkness. At the same time the purple blur came into view. It was Bonnie. He laughed loudly at Sun.

 

Bonnie taunted him "You can't save her! She's mine now!" He ran ahead of sun.

 

Sun picked up his pace. For a few minutes he kept pace with Bonnie. However, soon Bonnie outpaced sun and disappeared. The sound of your voice got louder and louder as he tried to catch up to Bonnie.

The piles of trash began to be less trash and more mangled body parts. The smell of rot made him want to turn back but you needed him. A loud crunch echoed around the space. It was quickly followed by the most gut wrenching sound. Your blood curdling screams.

 

Bonnie reappeared in front of Sun. His once purple fur was stained red. He laughed as he tossed something to Sun. He caught it in his hands as Bonnie faded away. He looked down and nearly dropped it.

 

Your head was in his hands. A horrified expression frozen on your face. A gurgling sound bubbled up from your mouth. Blood Paint spilled from your mouth. He dropped to his knees and let out a scream.

 

Blood fell from the inky blackness above him. The room filled to the brim. He began to drown.

 

A gasp escaped him as he sat up in bed. He looked around the room he was in. His bedroom. His systems were working overdrive. He need you. Now! But you weren't here. You were in a coma in the hospital.

 

He felt like trash. He promised himself he would be strong for you and Moon! Moon was in no state to be useful right now. The accident really effected him. Sun had been looking for some form of therapy for Moon but hadn't found anything yet.

 

Sun shook as he cried for you. This was not the first time he had the NIGHTMARE. He feared it wouldn't be the last. He had to be strong though and push those feelings aside. Right now he needed to focus on Moon. Moon needed him more.

Chapter 45: Nightime: A New Affection!

Chapter Text

You hated it. With every fiber of your being you hated it. It was like an affront to everything you loved about Sun and Moon. You had to wait though. A surprise is not a surprise if everyone knows.

Your chance arrived sooner than you thought. Months of planning and prepping were about to come to fruition. Sun and Moon had a major upgrade. Stars aligned! You got to know about it a month in advance!

Sun and Moon were upset when you told them you couldn't go with them today. You had said you had too much paperwork to do. The understood really they did. That didn't mean they had to like it. They felt you were overworked.

Calling the custom furniture store to have the bed, mattress, and other furnishings delivered was easy. So was calling the moving company. Once management learned you paid for everything they let the workers in with no fuss.

Cleaning the shit hole glorified storage closet was easy. You made the tunnel between rooms bigger. One room was painted to look like the painting starry night. Moon really liked that one.

The other was painted to look like Venice - Grand Canal by Leonid Afremov. A painting Sun liked. He said he wanted to visit someday. This will have to do for now.

As each set of workers arrived you helped out where you could. It was 6pm when the last of the workers left. It was up to you to arrange everything sans the rug and bed.

The first room you enter from the daycare is set up as a game room with a TV and consoles. The second room was the bedroom. You had to pay extra for them to set the bed up in the other room. Worth it though.

You were so tired when you were done. A short nap wouldn't hurt. You laid down on the bed to rest a little bit. Just a little bit. Too bad a little bit really meant two hours.

Sun and Moon returned to the daycare. You were not at the security desk. Curious. They couldn't hear anything either. You must be up in the tower. They called their wires down and took off to the tower.

They entered the first room and gasped. It was clean! There are two bookshelves filled with their things and space for more. A plush black rug sat on the floor. A blue couch on top.

The walls are painted like Sun's favorite painting. A TV hangs on the wall. A blueray player, consoles, and games sit beneath it in an entertainment center.

Sun was confused "What? Why? Who?"

Moon Laughed weakly "Do you really have to ask? Y/n."

Sun and Moon explored the room taking everything in. Clearly you had worked hard.

Moon spotted the tunnel first "Is... Is that larger?"

Sun nodded "Yeah... it is."

They comfortably crawled through the tunnel. The first thing that caught their attention was the clean floor. All the pillows, blankets, and stuffies were in neat little piles. The walls were painted like Moon's favorite painting.

Several bags of glow in the dark stars and planets are neatly arranged on a desk in a corner of the room. A comfortable chair sits at the desk. Three beanbag chairs dots the room. The arcade cabinet has a stool in front of it.

A strip of RBG lights light the room up in a soft red glow. A large bed big enough to fit them sat against the far wall. The bed sheets are black with a red plush Sherpa blanket. Soft and warm.

In the center of the bed was you. A single packing peanut stuck to your hair. Sun pulled it off with a soft laugh. Moon quietly crawled onto the bed behind you. He motioned for Sun to join him. They spent the night cuddling you close to them.

Chapter 46: #SMinktober Prompt: STRAP

Summary:

Urban dictionary says a strap is a gun.

Chapter Text

It was another busy day. You were scurrying around the plex completing various tasks. You were a little tired and hungry. It was nap time in the Daycare. You knew your boys were missing you if the constant pings on your fazwatch were any indication. You quietly slipped into the daycare at Moon's request.

He felt it was break time. You agreed. As you reached the large wooden doors a woman stopped you.

She eyed you up and down "You work here?"

You nod "Yeah but not in the daycare-"

She nods "Give me my son."

You shake your head "I'm not authorized to do that. But if you give me a name I can ask about it."

She nods "Yeah... Yeah you do that. Go!"

You pause "The name of your son?"

She tilts her head "I already said it's tony!"

You eye her up and down "Are you ok?"

She growls "Why is it taking do long! TONY! GET OUT HERE!"

You hold your hands up Ma'am! There is no need to yell. The children are sleeping."

She walks in a circle muttering to herself. Something is not right with this woman. Her eyes are bloodshot. You hear a light tap on the window behind you. From the pattern you can tell it's Sun. You shoot him a thumbs down behind your back.

The woman snaps her head to you "What did you just do?!"

You hold your hands up again "I scratched my butt. It was itchy."

She pulls something out of her coat and points it at you "GET ME TONY! NOW! HE"S MY SON AND I HAVE EVERY RIGHT TO TAKE HIM!"

Your blood runs cold at the pistol pointed at your chest. Sun must see it too because he lets a shriek out. The woman cocks the hammer back. She charges at you and takes you in her arms. The gun planted firmly against your head. You can see all the tiny pinpricks littering her skin.

She drags you to the daycare door and kicks it open "TONY!"

You can see Sun at the far end of the Daycare ushering the children to hide in the play structure. You don't see Moon but knowing him he must have a plan of some sort.

The woman harshly taps the gun against your head almost hitting the trigger with her finger "Listen up you stupid robot! Give me my son or I shoot them with my STRAP!"

You blurt out "DON"T DO IT SUNNY!"

She hits you hard with the gun. You can hear the sounds of footsteps outside the daycare.

She does too "MARK! This is my son too! You can't keep him from me! BASTARD!"

She forces you toward one of the play towers near the ball pit. A sound from above the two of you causes her to fire the gun into the air.

She lets out a growl "I AM NOT PLAYING AROUND!" She cocks the gun again loading another bullet into the chamber "LAST CHANCE!"

The gun is suddenly ripped from her hand. It goes off grazing your cheek.

A dark cackle erupts from above you "Naughty girl. Naughty girl. You must be punished!"

He takes her by the arm and into the air. Her grip on you is tight and you go along for the ride. Moon notices a second too late that he has both of you. He holds onto her and you hold onto her as well. She let you go on the way up but by then you were so high a fall would have broken something.

Moon put the STRAP into his chest cavity. He flies over to the play structure "Let go! It's alright! Sun will catch you I promise!"

You nod and let go. The drop is sickening. However Sun swings in like Tarzan and catches you right out of the air. The doors to the daycare open and the lights are turned on. Police, EMTs, and security rush in. Moon passes the woman off to the authorities. Sun hands you to the EMTs.

Security calls parents. Moon hands the gun off to police asking why she called it a STRAP. They comment it's slang for a gun. You all give a statement. Parents pick up their children without a word to you, Sun. or Moon.

Once the daycare is empty Moon frowns "I need a STRAP in case that ever happens again."

Sun frowns and wipes your tears "Oh no you do not mister! It was bad enough watching that vile woman point one at our Star! I will not have you pointing one at others!"

Moon looks at you "No ore work today. Ours now. To the tower!"

He and sun take off with you held tightly in Sun's arms. You spend the rest of the day watching My Little Pony: Friendship is Magic. Sun thought it would be best. It has no guns and you all like it.

Chapter 47: #SMinktober Prompt: BLUE PT1 Warnings for abuse emotional and physical

Summary:

First off this is a soulmate AU piece. This one is you can only see the eye color of your true love. When you meet the rest of the color is revealed. All other colors are shades of grey. Also this is a self indulgent piece. I am a chunky 220lb 5"1 tall woman. So this is written from that perspective. This will be a two parter.

Chapter Text

Sun woke up from recharge. His soulmate wrapped around him. He looked down at her. When she had announced she saw color when she saw him everyone was so happy. Moon talked about how great life would be for him now.

Everyone went on and on about the butterflies, or warm fuzzy feeling, or whatever they used to describe true love. However, Sun felt none of those things when he looked at this woman. He didn't even see new colors. She told him maybe he wasn't programmed to see more color.

That confused him though. Moonie saw more color. He tried to explain it to her but she had a breakdown. She screamed about how heartless he was. She told him she would kill herself if he left her. She said maybe color would come in time.

She scared him. More than that. He found her terrifying. More than once he woke up to her sleeping with her hands inside his chest. Cavity open, fingers brushing his wires. He told her it made him uncomfortable but she never listened.

One time while looking out at the sea of singular color and grey he told her how he was hurting and wanted this to stop. She gently pet one of his rays. He thought maybe she would agree. She pushed him off the tower with his ray in her hand. It broke off. The pain he felt was both emotional and physical.

She had convinced everyone it was a child. He shuddered as she held him tighter. As he gazed at the two tone room he wondered where his real soulmate was. There was no way soulmates should treat each other like this.

He had been told that tomorrow the daycare was getting a new security guard. He wanted to be excited. Really he did. But lately he had felt depressed. Tasks were hard and he wanted to tear his own core out of his chest. The only thing that kept him from doing that was you.

He didn't want to cause you to suffer. So he pulled Brittany's hand out of his chest and gently woke her. She sat up with hair going in all directions.

She shot him a glare "Morning already?" She let out a huff "Damn fine! Go get me breakfast Squishylove."

She planted a kiss to one of his rays. It made him sick but he smiled "Sure thing Butterlove."

He climbed out of bed and brushed his clothes off. He took the long way out of the tower wanting to take as long as possible to get back to her. Along the way he readjusted the wires in his chest. Brittany had moved them in her sleep. As per usual she had disconnected the wire to his, as she put it, boring ken doll crotch.

Along the way he passed by Freddy who waved him over "Sun! It is so good to see you. How are you doing today? Bonded life treating you well?"

Sun fought the urge to grimace and instead smiled "It's good! I'm just getting my Butterlove breakfast."

Freddy pulled Sun into a quiet corner "Are you sure you are alright? You know you can tell me anything right?"

Sun wanted to say something. Tell Freddy everything. However he was afraid of what Brittany might do to him or herself. Sun nodded at the bear and promised to tell him if something were wrong.

With food in hand he returned to his room. Moon had a room in the Fazdorms with his soulmate. As soon as he opened the door at the top of the stairs a chair was thrown at him.

Brittany was fuming "Where have you been!? You should have been here five minutes ago!"

Sun shrunk back "I-I-I'm S-Sorry!' He wailed.

Brittany walked up to him and began to pet one of his rays "Hey now. It's ok. You made a mistake. You know I don't want to hurt you." She gripped his ray painfully tight and tugged him down "But you make it so hard not to when you can't do things right. You know that! Go get ready! The kids will be here soon and I need to get ready for my janitorial work."

Sun nodded and scurried off to the daycare. He knew he would be safe during working hours. She couldn't hurt him around the kids. As he got ready for the day with metaphorical tears in his eyes the doors to the daycare opened.

The plex was nice you thought. Apparently it was very colorful. Too bad everything was grey and BLUE. The man leading you to the daycare was named Leo. He was the former security guard for the daycare. He was retiring. His last week working was to be spent training you in your new job.

The door to the daycare looked like castle doors. It amused you. The daycare itself was huge! It was a little overwhelming!

"Sun! Come meet Mrs. Y/N! They are here a day early to start training!" Leo called into the large room.

He led you to the security desk so you could put your stuff down.

"Ah. There you are! Come here! I think you'll really like them! They are very nice. Well qualified too. CPR trained too!" Leo spoke jovially as he sang more of your praises.

You blushed slightly as you turned to greet your new animatronic coworker Mr.Sun.

As your eyes met his you got an immediate headache "Arg! IT! OH SUGAR! IT HURTS!"

Sun's optics shut down and rebooted. He was immediately overwhelmed by all the new bright colors flooding his vision. It made his head spin. He watched as you got sick on the floor and passed out. His caretaker programing took over and he flipped you onto your side so you wouldn't drown.

He checked your vitals. You just fainted. No fever thank goodness. It was in that moment his brain caught up with him. You were his soulmate. And if you were his soulmate, who was the woman posing as his soulmate.

Chapter 48: #SMinktober Prompt: BLUE PT2 Warnings for abuse emotional and physical

Chapter Text

Moon entered the daycare to help his best friend start the prep work for the day. He was immensely confused when he entered. There was a strange woman passed out on the floor. Sun was staring at her unmoving. Leo was talking to someone on the phone.

Moon decided to talk to Sun "What is going on?"

Sun blinked as if freed from a spell "She's my soulmate."

Moon spun his head upside down "But you already have a soulmate? You can't have another one??"

Sun turned to him "Moon I don't know what to do! I'm scared!" He whispered out "Brittany isn't really-"

"Alright boys! Management wants one of you to clean her and the other one to continue to get ready. She can rest in the nap time area. We can settle this when she wakes up." Leo stated.

Moon nodded "I'll take her. You finish setting up."

Reluctantly Sun agreed. He watched for a moment as Moon picked you up. He caught sight of your face. It made his internal fans kick on to cool down his rapidly warming circuits. He understood what everyone was telling him now. He finally had that warm feeling.

He daydreamed about you as he set up the craft supplies. What kind of things did you like? Did you like music? Movies? Dancing? What did your laugh sound like? How would you treat him? Would you be like Brittany? NO! He shook his head. You would be nothing like her.

You are not her, he reminded himself. Soon Moon returned with you tucked in his arms. His handler and soulmate Rati, head of janitorial staff, at his side. She is a lovely person. At least to him. She goes by they and her. They can go toe to toe with any entitled person. He can see why Moon likes her so much.

Together the two of them walked into the nap time room. Sun took a step towards the room but the first child arrived. He had to get into place.

You stayed asleep for hours! Sun wanted to go check on you. Really he did! But the children needed him! Moon pulled Sun to the side for a quiet chat as Rati put a movie on for the kids.

He puts a hand on Sun's shoulder "What are we going to do about the soulmate thing? You seemed pretty upset about it this morning."

Sun rubs his arm, folding in on himself "It's about Brittany..."

Moon leans forward "Sun is there something you aren't telling me? Talk to me."

Sun opens his mouth to say something but the two are interrupted.

Brittany throws her arms around Sun tightly. Very tightly "Squishylove!"

Sun forces a smile "Butterlove. How are you?"

Brittany nips his side a little too roughly "Who is that strange" She holds him tighter "woman in the nap time corner?"

He panics on the inside. Does she know? She must know! Please don't let her know!

He stutters out "O-Oh! T-that's Y/n. Th-the new daycare guard."

Brittany hums "Oh! Its a woman! We'll she's not doing a good job if she's asleep! She'll get fired soon though!" Her faz watch goes off and she sighs "I guess I gotta go... Unless you need me?"

She pinches Sun's ass. No, Sun does not want that. He doesn't enjoy it. To him it's a chore. Something he has to do not wants to do.

It's hard for Moon to ignore the dread on Sun's face "Well. Better get to work then! Sun, I still need your help setting up lunch for the kids."

Brittany glares at Moon. Something she hadn't done before unless it was playing. Moon didn't know what was going on between her and Sun but it felt like he was beginning to understand at least a little. He needed to talk to Rati about this... they might know something about this.

You woke up in a beanbag chair. Your clothes had been changed. Weird. As you stepped out of the dark room your eyeballs were assaulted with colors. You stumbled back into the dark room. Slowly you peeked into the daycare.

"Finally awake I see. How are ya feeling? I know some people don't handle the sudden color explosion very well." Leo barked out with a laugh.

You sat at the entrance to the nap time corner "It's.... wow. Far too much. Sorry for the mess. I'll be ok soon."

Leo holds out a can of ginger fizzy faz "Here. Drink this. It'll help with your stomach."

You open the can and take a large gulp "Thank you." You bite your lip "Is... is Sun ok?"

Leo lets out a gruff noise "Yeah. You should know he already has a soulmate. Don't care for her much but Sun seems to like her."

You look down dejected "Oh...."

Chapter 49: #SMinktober Prompt: BLUE PT3 Warnings for abuse emotional and physical

Chapter Text

Sun entered they daycare with Moon to work on lunch. A task Sun knew Moon enjoyed doing with Rati. Sun could see you from their vantage point above the Daycare. You were peeking out of the nap time corner. Leo gave you a can of Fizzy Faz.

They couldn't hear what you two were saying. But after spotting the look on your face, Sun knew. Leo had told you about Brittany. He knew it would happen. Sun just hoped it would take more time.

Sun and Moon made their way to the daycare kitchen in silence. Moon didn't know how to start the uncomfortable conversation with Sun. They were friends! It should be easy! But it isn't. It's the hardest thing Moon has ever had to do so far.

"You know you can talk to me about anything right?" Moon began.

Sun went stiff and quietly whispered "I do."

Moon wanted to yell at Sun for keeping things from him. Instead he said "Then please, what was that in the theater? You don't have to tell me... But... I want to help you."

Sun's rays shrunk into his head "Brittany is..."

Moon waited patiently as the two made sandwiches.

Sun spoke again "I don't think she's" Footsteps outside the room made him freeze before he continued "She's treated well enough!"

Moon frowned. He peeked out into the corridor. Brittany was turning the corner quickly. Moon closed the door and narrowed his eyes.

He returned to the sandwiches "Why don't you come spend the evening with Rati and I. We haven't spent alone time together in a while. Just you and I. We can even make it a guys night if you want. The girls can spend girl time together."

Sun's shoulders hunch "I... I don't know.... I. Can it be just you and I.... maybe Freddy too." Sun sniffles, his shoulders shake "I. I don't know how"

Moon pulls sun into him. Gently he rocks Sun back and forth " I don't know what is happening. I'm here for you. Whenever you need me. No matter what time! Look, I'll take on the brunt of the work today. You take it easy ok?"

Sun nods and quietly mutters "I hurt."

Sandwiches done the two return to the daycare. Outside the door Sun shakes himself. A broad smile forces his way onto his face. Moon wonder horrified how many of the smiles he had seen so far were forced. What had that stupid cunt done to Sun?

It must be really bad for this reaction from Sun. Moon sends Freddy a mental message that Sun is in crisis and to meet them after closing at Moon and Rati's place. Freddy agrees to come.

Inside the daycare you are talking with Leo about your responsibilities around the daycare. You laugh at something Leo says. Moon watches as you turn to the two of them.

You stand up "Do you two need a hand? The movie will be over soon."

Moon glanced at Sun before saying "Not today. Thank you though. Maybe we can play a game with the kids later. Today you should observe what a normal day in the daycare looks like."

You nod "Alright! Let me know if you need anything!" As your eyes land on Sun you shrivel on the inside. He's your soulmate and he's taken.

While the kids enjoy lunch Leo teaches you how to check out kids from the desk. You also learn how to make an incident report. By the end of the day you have what feels like a bazillion notes on how to work in the daycare.

Leo comments you did well and says he has a good feeling about you. Sun is nowhere to be seen. Moon waves bye to you as you leave for the day. He too has a good feeling about you.

Chapter 50: #SMinktober Prompt: BLUE PT4 Warnings for abuse emotional and physical

Chapter Text

Sun and Moon took a little longer than usual to clean the daycare after closing. Not that Moon was complaining. Moon could see Brittany standing on the tower balcony. She was watching them clean. He used to think it was cute. Now he wonders if she has other motives.

He watches as she disappears behind the curtain. Minutes later she appears in the daycare proper. Moon feels his systems heating up with rage. He pushes the feeling down.

Pretending not to see her Moon shouts "SUN! We're finishes cleaning! Do you want to grab anything before we go?"

Brittany smiles a sweet smile. Moon wonders how fake it is.

She clasps her hands in front of herself "Go? Go where?"

Moon turns to her with a smile. One he's learned over the years "We are going to have a sleepover tonight." This irks her and pleases him "We haven't hung out in a long time. So that's what we are doing." He states firmly.

Even she can tell that was a demand not a request. She smiled a little more forcefully "Really now? What if I had plans with him?"

Moon shrugged "Sun didn't mention any plans. Besides even Freddy is looking forward to spending time with Sun. Can't cancel our plans. Sorry."

Brittany was fuming. He could see it.

It made his circuits thrum in glee "Maybe you could have a girls night? I bet the others would like that."

She got a little red in the face but kept a smile on "Sounds fun! I'll go ask the girls!"

Once she was gone from the daycare Sun crawled out of a red slide and shuffled up to Moon "She's angry."

Moon took Sun's hand "You're safe tonight. Let's go before she decides to come back." Moon takes Sun to a near by vent and removes the cover "We'll take the vents. Easier to sneak around. Especially when you are trying to avoid someone."

Sun throws himself into the vent. Moon follows after closing the vent behind him. Moon takes the crawl through the vent to confirm his plan with Rati. He talks to Sun with Freddy. And Rati is to distract Brittany.

Rati had a great plan. She was going to get Brittany drunk and try to get information from her. They had to be tactful though. Brittany couldn't get too drunk. She might get suspicious. Moon however knew his Rati was a clever bitch.

Once they were in employee housing, used for soulmates, they met up with Freddy inside the glorified apartment.

He stood up to greet them "Ah! Good you're here. Rati let me in. I do hope that's alright with you."

Moon nodded "If she let you in then it's fine. Thank you for coming on such short notice."

Freddy nodded "I care about you and Sun. Of course I came. I take it you have noticed it too? With Brittany."

Moon nods "Why don't we all get comfortable and then we can talk."

Moon locks the door behind him and joins Sun and Freddy in the living room. Sun looks so small sitting on the couch. Frigidity and nervous.

Freddy puts a friendly hand on Sun's knee "You can relax. You are safe here. We are here for you."

Sun rolls his shoulders "I-I know."

Moon smiles softly "Take your time Sun. There is no rush or judgement. You can tell us what's going on."

Sun rubs his thighs "Brittany is..." He pauses listening for something.

Moon smiles "Brittany is with Rati tonight. They are hanging with Chica in her green room."

Sun sighs in relief "Brittany is not my soulmate."

Freddy nods "I suspected as much."

Sun hold himself "I never saw anymore colors! She said she did! I tried to explain to her but she-" He cuts himself off.

Moon moves to sit next to him and pulls Sun into his chest "Oh Sun. What did she do to you?"

Sun grips Moon tightly "I don't like her. She... Moon she threatened to kill herself if I left. She" He takes a shaky artificial breath "She threw a chair at me this morning because I took too long getting her food..." Sun gently brought a hand to one of his rays "Remember two months ago when a kid broke my ray off?"

Moon stills "Yes."

Freddy frowns "You were in so much pain. I remember hearing about it."

Sun nods "She ripped the ray off and pushed me off the tower. Every morning I wake up to her asleep with her hands in my chest cavity. She keeps disconnecting my... crotch. I don't know what to do! I can't keep living like this! I don't want to pleasure her anymore! It's not supposed to be like this!"

Moon growls "We need to do something about her. Make her quit and leave forever. Wait... so Y/n really IS your soulmate then?"

Sun give a dreamy sigh "Yeah... I get it now. What you meant when you talked about butterflies. I can see all the colors now. She's so beautiful! I'm scared Brittany will hurt her if she found out."

Freddy stands up and pats Sun on the head "We'll help keep you and her safe. As long as she doesn't stay on the Pizzaplex grounds she's already safer. Do not worry Sun. We will think of something together. Than kyou for telling Moon and I. I know it must have been hard. We are here for you friend."

Chapter 51: #SMinktober Prompt: BLUE PT5 Warnings for abuse emotional and physical

Chapter Text

You came into work the next morning feeling less than stellar. Or as you like to put it 'not up to par'. Learning Sun already has a soulmate was and still is a devastating blow.

Leo greets you at the daycare desk "Hey. How are ya holding up? Did ya at least get some sleep last night?"

You laugh weakly "My house is an ugly color. It's avocado. looks more like baby poop. I did sleep some though... five hours I think." You round the desk and sit down in your chair. Something stabs into your left butt cheek. You shriek loudly "WHAT THE?! SUGAR! IT HURTS! Oh Lord!" You reach down and pull a long black thumbtack out of your butt "Who put this in my chair?! I need a band aid!"

Leo takes the tack from you "Let me check the security footage. SUN! WE COULD USE- Oh your already here."

You look over with your hand on your ass. Sun is holding a first aid kit.

He smiles warmly "Let me help you. We can go into the storage closet."

You nod and follow behind him. Without thinking about it you slide your pants down enough to show the wound. Sun cleans it and applies antibacterial cream to it followed by a band aid.

You turn as you slip your pants back up "Thank you... That must have been awkward for you... I uh I know yo already have a soulmate."

There are so many things Sun wants to say in that moment. He wants to tell you the truth. That you are his real soulmate. How much he wants to hold you close. Kiss your soft lips. Run his hands over every inch of your perfect plump body. Hear your wanton noises. Begging for him. Only him.

Instead he offers a smile "Yeah... Can... Can we be friends? Or at least work friends?"

You bite your lip "Um... Can we start as work friends? I'm not sure we can be friends... I mean... I did just find out my soulmate alreadyqw has a soulmate."

Sun nods eagerly. He'll take whatever he can get at this point. The two of you leave the closet together. Sun skips off to set up for the day. You, after looking for more tacks, take your seat and start your day. Leo has you show him how to set up the computer for the day.

Moon comes in a few minutes later. You learn Rati had other things to take care of that day. Apparently the woman is a jack of all trades and does a little of everything around the plex.

Moon was not happy. Apparently his starlight Rati learned Brittany wants to sabotage Y/n so she gets fired. Also she purposefully unplugs Sun's crotch every night so he "remembers who he belongs to". Tonight everyone involved will try to come up with a plan on what to to about Brittany.

As Moon walks up to Sun to ask what he needs help with he can't help but notice the pep in Sun's step "What's got you so happy?"

Sun jumps slightly. He glances around before leaning in and whispering "Y/n and I are work friends now. She sat on a big black tack and I got to put on the band aid."

Moon whispers back "You saw her butt? Did you put the tack in the chair?"

Sun shakes his head "No. I think it was Brittany but I have no proof. Also, yeah I saw part of her butt."

Moon claps him on the shoulder "I'm happy for you. Try to look less happy though. Don't want her to get suspicious. Tonight we will try to come up with a plan. Are you ok staying here with her?"

Sun's face drops and he visibly sags "Ok. I can do that."

Their attention is drawn by you growling out 'that Delta Bravo!'

You were pissed! Brittany had been caught on camera putting a tack in your chair and tampering with your desk drawer. After carefully opening it you discover a glitter bomb. Easy enough to disarm.

The temptation to throw it at her is high "Why would she do this? Was this her stupid idea of a prank?" You take a deep breath and make a 'calm down' motion with your hands "Breath lady breath. We will not stoop to her level." You shake yourself like a bird ruffling feathers "I'm better than that."

You calmly sit back down "What do we do about this?"

Leo scoffs "Nothing. Company won't care about a prank."

You frown "Even if I was injured?"

He nods "Yep."

You huff "Well then! I'm going to pretend nothing happened! Don't want to give her the satisfaction of getting a reaction out of me."

Moon leans on the desk "A tack in your chair? Amateur. A better prank would be loosening the screws in your chair. Less blood."

You nod "Good to know who to blame when that happens."

Moon spins on his heel and scurries off as the first child hit's the ball pit. You spend the day learning what the different security protocols are and how to call them in. During lunch a janitorial woman comes in. She stares at you for a moment. It creeps you out but you offer a friendly wave.

You watch as she walks up to Sun and hangs on him. Your heart twists but you try not to let it show on your face. It's about to be your lunch break anyway. So instead you continue your work. Leo pats you on the shoulder in sympathy.

You glance back up at Sun and Brittany and wish that was you. Your thought are stopped as together they approach you.

You offer a warm smile "Hello. Something I can do for the happy couple?" It stings your heart to say that. Stings Sun's heart too not that you know that.

Brittany smiles "I just wanted to introduce myself! I'm Brittany! I'm Sun's Soulmate. I heard about the tack in your chair. Too bad about that. Kids can be mean."

You tilt your head confused "I don't know what you are talking about? I didn't have a tack in my chair."

She smiles a little wider "But Sun told me about it. Said it was right in your bum."

Sun also tilts his head "No I didn't. Also there was no tack in her chair."

You look concerned "Are you feeling ok? Do you need to sit down? I know I sometimes get low blood sugar. Do you need a piece of candy?"

She frowns before quickly recovering "Sun why don't you and I go eat lunch in the tower together?" She pulls Sun away without waiting.

Poor Moon has to put the kids to bed by himself. You give him a hand though. And together you make quick work of putting the kids to bed.

Chapter 52: #SMinktober Prompt: BLUE PT6 Warnings for abuse emotional and physical

Chapter Text

You opt to stay for nap time. It's part of your duties anyway so you decide to take it on anyway. Your lunch was an orange, a PP&J, a bottle of water, and fruit snacks. You eat at the desk enjoying the silence and Moon's music box. About forty minutes into nap time when a loud thud cuts through the peacefulness.

You Look out into the daycare. Moon offers a shrug when you glance at him. You take a flashlight and your stun gun. Quietly you make your way through the daycare. Nothing is out of place as far as you can tell. A small sound catches your attention.

You follow after it into the play structure furthest from the theater. Deep inside you find Sun. He's hunched over with several wadded up cleaning wipes around him. He's furiously wiping at his right hand.

You lay down in the tube you are in and knock on the vibrant green plastic "Are you ok Sun?"

Sun recoils "I uh." He looks at the hand he was cleaning and hides it between his legs "I'm ok."

You prop yourself up on your elbows "Do you need any help?"

Sun scooches away from you "You aren't... we can't."

You scoot back "Can't what?"

Sun's rays shrink into his head "She won't like it."

You sigh and lay your head on your arms "Alright. I'll go then."

You start to slide away "Oh. Before I go. You should have been told but just in case. Later today Leo is showing me how to get into your room. It's for emergency reasons. Like if something bad happens to you or your lady." You take the trash and continue to leave.

'Your lady'. Sun hates hearing that. He hates making you upset. He hates going to sleep next to that monster. Most of all, he hates himself. He hates that he's stronger than her but can't bring himself to stop her. He can't hurt her. He's not like that. He could never be like that.

He watches you leave back down the green tube. He looks down. You took the used wipes. He hates that you touched them. You have no idea what's on them. He does though. He lets out a sigh. He's cleaned his hand well but it still feels sticky.

He steels himself and leaves the play structure. Sun spots you sitting at the desk with Leo. He's teaching you something and you are taking notes. Sun takes time to clean before the kids wake up. Surprisingly most of it is already cleaned. Was it you or Moon?

Either way he's grateful. He sets everything up for when the kits wake in ten minutes. The lights come back on and Sun greets the kids as they rush to him. He can hear your laugh. It's like he's standing in an aviary. His fans threaten to kick on.

He doesn't see Brittany until the daycare closes. His sweet friend Rati had been giving her tasks far away from him. He needs to make them something as a thank you. Maybe he'll do an oil painting. Once the daycare is cleaned Leo approaches with you in tow.

Leo nods to Sun "Alrigh, I gotta show em how to get into your tower. We won't go in the room but they gotta know how to get in there."

Sun nods "Alright. I'll be down here! Gotta do some prep-work for tomorrow." He won't tell them but he's avoiding going up there. It's painful. Instead He and Moon are going to discuss how to handle Brittany.

Leo leads you to the theater. Along the way you spot Moon giving Sun a warm hug. Cute. The two of you stop in front of a foxy poster.

Leo turns to you "Alrigh. This is a secrete door. Sun and Moon have a sensor in their hand that can open this door. Your key card can also open this door. Just wave it right here."

You wave the card and it makes a click sound. You reach out and pull it open. You peek inside. A set of stairs lead to a door.

Leo points to the door "That leads to Sun's room. We won't go up there though. Privacy and all that."

"Excuse me! What do you think you are doing?"

Chapter 53: #SMinktober Prompt: BLUE PT7 Warnings for abuse emotional and physical

Chapter Text

You and Leo turn around. Brittany is standing with her arms crossed.

You give her a small calm smile "Leo is teaching me how to get into the tower room for emergency purposes. Like if one or both of you get hurt. Or there is a fire. You should have been told about this before. Apologies if you weren't informed."

She stares at you "I don't want you up there."

You put your hands behind your back "I had no intention of going up there. This was just to teach me how to open the door. Nothing more. I would hate to invade your privacy. It would be wrong of me."

She pushes past you. You move aside as she tries to shoulder check you. It makes her stumble on the first step. You hold in a laugh. You know you need to play your cards right to get what you want.

You don't like the vibes she gives off. There is just something off about her. If you want to figure her out then you need to be as unassuming and docile as possible. Give the cock-juggling thunder cunt no ammo of any kind to use against you. Show her why you are better than her. And in the end? Take Sun.

You know she is his soulmate. Everyone tells you. Every day someone tells you. You however don't and can't believe it. Time will tell you everything you need to know.

You turn to Leo "If that's all you need from me then I'm going home.

Leo waves you off "Nope that was it. Go ahead and go home. Get some sleep."

You nod and make your way out of the plex. Along the way you spot Freddy Fazbear surrounded by kids. He waves you over and points to a quiet corner. You make your way over and wait curious about what he wants. You only need to wait for twenty minutes.

Freddy walks up to you "Please, come with me. I want to talk to you if you have the time."

You nod "It's fine. I already clocked out. I would love to talk to you. You seem so nice."

Freddy nods as he leads you to his green room "Thank you. It's my break time for charging. I hope you don't mind. We only have a few minutes."

Freddy holds the door open for you as you enter the room. He closes the curtain and tells you to take a seat on the couch. You do as you are told and wait for him to return. About five minutes.

Freddy takes a seat next to you on the couch "I know we haven't been introduced yet. I wanted to meet you for myself. How are you liking it here so far?"

You smile "It's nice! Very colorful."

Freddy chuckles "Yes. I heard you found your soulmate. It must have been overwhelming! Especially in the daycare."

You nod slowly "Yeah I passed out."

Freddy nods. He stares at you for a moment "There is another reason I wanted to talk to you."

You nod "Is it about Sun or Brittany? Or both?"

Freddy chuckles "Both. Sun does not know we are talking. We need to keep it this way. He has told us Brittany is not his soulmate."

You clap "I knew it!"

Freddy recoils "How did you know? If I may ask."

You grin "He's my soulmate. There is something off about her. I just had a gut feeling."

Freddy nods "Good. We will need your help."

You tilt your head "With what?"

Freddy leans forward "We want to get rid of her. She is not a nice person. I won't go into detail. Sun will tell you when he is ready. Moon is his best friend. They used to be in the same body. He will talk to you more about what we are thinking. I am sorry but I must get back to work. I hope to talk to you soon!"

You nod and continue your journey home. As you reach the Freddy statue someone calls your name. You turn as a woman runs up to you. She has brown hair cut in a pixie cut, blue eyes, and white skin. She's wearing a maintenance uniform. You can tell it's Rati as she gets closer.

She catches her breath "Stay. Tonight."

You shift your weight "What?"

Rati takes a deep breath "You'd think all the running around I do would make running easy. Stay with Moon and I tonight. Moon, Freddy, and I are going to be plotting how to get rid of rats."

You tilt your head "Rats? Like the one who put a tack in my chair this morning?"

Rati nods "Yeah! Those! You'll have to sleep on a couch."

You hum "Is it a comfortable couch?"

They nod "Pretty comfy. Plus pizza and drinks."

You take her hands dramatically "You had me at pizza."

Chapter 54: #SMinktober Prompt: BLUE PT8 Warnings for abuse emotional and physical

Summary:

I wanted to write more but allergies are a bitch. Take this though.

Chapter Text

You had never been in the dorms before. Never had a reason to go over to that side of the plex. The Dorms were pretty nice. Each one had a kitchen, a bathroom, a living room, and a bedroom. You weren't even sure why they were called dorms. They were apartments?

Rati was right, the couch is pretty comfortable. Rati had some work to take care of But Moon was on his way to talk. You sat on the couch quietly diddling on your phone. Catching up on some entitled people stories.

Moon arrived about ten minutes after Rati left. You stood up from the couch to greet him. After a little Small talk he asked you to tell him everything you knew about the Brittany situation. You told him what you knew. From the tack in your chair, to her getting pissy about you learning how to get into the tower.

You shrug "Basically my whole plan for now is kill her with kindness. I even told her I never sat on a tack.She dug herself a hole with that one. I have the footage of her placing the tack and glitter bomb."

Moon leans forward "You have footage of that? Good. Maybe we can use it."

You scratch your neck "So what's the plan with her?"

Moon sighs "We aren't sure yet. Freddy is coming tonight so we can make a plan."

You nod "And where is Sun?"

Moon shifts uncomfortably "With Brittany."

You cross your legs "By choice?"

Moon can see the second part of that question but doesn't blame you. You both know whose to blame.

He sighs "That... is hard to answer. I want nothing more than to have him here but we can't have her getting suspicious."

You uncross your legs and lean forward "Why? Sun clearly doesn't like her?"

Moon crosses his arms "Until we have a solid plan the safest option for Sun is to pretend nothing is wrong."

You sigh "Why does it feel like things are worse than I'm being told."

Moon frowns and looks at the floor "Because they are."

You bristle "Then why is he with her right now!"

Moon also bristles "We have to do this tactfully! We can't just run in guns blazing! She could hurt him or herself."

Your eyes go wide and you stand up "She could hurt him? Has she hurt him before?"

Moon moves in front of you "You need to calm down! You aren't thinking rationally!"

You whisper pitifully "I just found out I have a soulmate. My soulmate is being abused by some tramp pretending to be his soulmate. And you expect me to sit here and let him spend another second with that cow!"

Moon pulls you into his chest both to comfort you and keep you from running to Sun "I know it's hard, but it's for the best."

You frown angrily "You are asking too much of me."

Moon rubs your back "You've waited this long you can wait a little longer."

Chapter 55: #SMinktober Prompt: BLUE PT9 Warnings for abuse emotional and physical

Chapter Text

You form a plan of your own in your head. You'll wait for the next person to enter the room and book it out the door. Moon's plan, to you at least, is gobshite. Why leave Sun with his abuser? Stupid. Your chance comes sooner than you thought. Rati opens the door with a hot pizza in her hands.

She sets it down on the dinette table "It's cheese. I didn't know what you like."

You smile and walk over to her with Moon "Cheese is more than fine." Soon you are at the table "Um, where is your bathroom?"

Rati smiles "Oh it's right over there!"

She points in the direction of what you assume is the bedroom. You make your way over there. At the last second you book it to the front toor. You tear the door open and dart down the hall.

Moon shouts after you "Hey! Where are you goi- STOP! YOU CAN'T GO GET HIM!"

You can hear Moon running after you. You spot an elevator up ahead and press the call button. Instead of waiting you take the stairs and run up them. Moon bursts into the stairwell seconds later. You quietly lay down on the stairs. Moon goes down them after you.

When you hear the stairwell door open you crawl up the stairs all the way to the roof. A quick glance around and you find the fire escape. You make your way down as quickly as possible. Half way down you catch your breath. Down at the bottom you hear talking.

Your heart pounds as you look over the railing. Rati is at the bottom waiving you down. You weigh your options. You might be able to convince her to join you. Or she'll side with her soulmate and give you to Moon. Fine! Down you go.

At the bottom Rati has her arms crossed "Explain."

You tell her between gasps "Sun is.... being abused by Brittany. Wooh! Moon wants to leave him with her for now! *huf* Feck! I plan to go to him and rescue him from the evil dragon! I cant! !-"

She growls "Moon you idiot! I know a faster way. Let's go get your man!"

You pull her into a quick hug "Thank you!"

The two of you take off into the night back to the plex. The maintenance tunnels are creepy. Lots of exposed pipes and catwalks.

She looks down at her Fazwatch "Ok, Moon is inside the plex. It looks like he's at pirates cove. We'll enter the theater."

You nod and the two of you make your way there. The endos in the tunnels are creepy but not enough to stop you. You remember Leo telling you flashing lights cause the animatronics to temporarily go blind. You set up your cellphone flashlight to flash like a rave.

Rati stops just outside the theater door. Moon is standing there towering over her.

He taps his foot "We need to stick to the plan."

Rati takes a step forwards "What plan? what is it!"

Moon uncrosses his arms ready to snatch the two of you "We leave Sun with her while Freddy and the rest of us form a plan on how to get rid of her."

You press the button and rapidly flash Moon with light. He covers his optics and stumbles backwards. He tries to catch you as you dart past him. Rati gives you a thumbs up as she begins to chastise Moon of being dumb.

you swipe your key card and pull the door open. Quietly you make your way up the stairs. You set your phone to record, thank you reddit.

You can hear Sun whimper out loudly "Please! Please stop! I don't want to tonight!"

You hear her say "Don't you love me? If you loved me you'd pleasure me! Do you want me to kill myself? Selfish!"

You slowly try the handle. Unlocked good. You take a deep breath and tear the door open.

Chapter 56: #SMinktober Prompt: BLUE PT10 Warnings for abuse emotional and physical

Chapter Text

Sun is curled up on the floor with broken chair parts everywhere. Brittany is standing by the bed in booty shorts and a tank top with a bra. Her hands are on her hips, legs spread. The room goes quiet.

Brittany turns around fuming "What the hell are you doing here?!"

You steel your nerves "I'm here to get my soulmate."

Sun doesn't move at first "What? I." His shoulders shake and he rubs his eyes.

Brittany growls at you "You need to leave! He's not your soulmate he's mine!"

You take a step forward "I can't be friends with you Sun! We are meant to be together forever! Come with me. We can be happy!"

Brittany takes two steps toward you "You just can't take the hint. I saw it you know. The moment you two saw each other."

You glance at Sun. One of his rays is bent backwards. His right eye flickers off and on. He has a scratch in the silicone on his left arm.

You bristle "What did you do to him!"

Brittany glances behind her "Oh, that? Don't worry about that. He fell on the chair."

You spit out "Like hell he did! I'm taking him with me weather you like it or not!"

Brittany jumps on you. Her hands slap at your face and she tries to claw your eyes out. You throw her off of you and move toward Sun. She takes your leg and pulls you down.

You hit the floor hard "I don't want to fight you!"

She laughs "Fight you? I'm going to kill you!"

That was what you needed. You take your phone out of your pocket and slide it to Sun "1910!"

Brittany looks confused before she slaps you hard across the face with the back of her hand. You chuckle and punch her as hard as you can. She falls off of you and rubs her cheek. You both stand up breathing hard.

Brittany charges you again. You meet her half way. You lock arms and try to push each other over. She manages to overpower you and slowly starts to move the two of you towards the balcony.

You shout over your shoulder "Sun! Go to Rati! She's in the theater!"

Sun slowly moves to his feet and shuffles out of the room. Brittany takes the opportunity to shove you toward the balcony stairs. You make a split decision to stop pushing and limp noodle. Not expecting this Brittany trips over you and face plants into the stairs chipping a tooth.

She lets out a loud shriek in frustration. You can only hope the others left for Rati's as Brittany stands back up. She launches at you as you move for the door. Wrapping herself around you like an octopus.

She tries to bite your neck but you flail too much. You slam your head back on hers. She throws her hand up to try to pry your head to better bite you. You take your chance and bite down on her arm. Blood pools in your mouth but you don't relent.

Brittany manages to take a piece of broken chair and hits your head. You see stars as they say. Brittany drags your dazed form up the stairs to the balcony. You shake the feeling off as she drags you. The two of you find yourself in another struggle for control.

Brittany gets the upper hand and launches you over the right side of the balcony. You manage to take her hand and pull her down with you. You land in the sea of balls. Brittany clips the play structure along the wall. You hear a scream and snapping sound followed by silence.

You sit up holding your arm to your chest. You don't think it's broken, but something is wrong with it if the pain is any indication. As you look around you don't see Brittany.

You struggle to your feet "Brittany!? You there?!"

Nothing. You can hear people talking outside the slide into fun. You wade through the balls as best as you can.

You sift through the balls "BRITTANY!?"

You don't care if she's hurt. You just don't want her dead. She does need to pay for her crimes. The sound of several people coming down the slide does not pull you away from your task. A tug on your shoulder does not pull you from your task.

Only the sickening sight of Brittany's neck twisted the wrong direction pulls you away. You faint into the sea of balls.

Chapter 57: #SMinktober Prompt: BLUE PT11 Warnings for abuse emotional and physical

Chapter Text

You woke up in the hospital. Rati sat in a chair next to you. Your arm had a white cast with Rati scribbled on it. The woman in question put her phone down and smiled at you.

"How's Sun?" You ask.

Rati hums "He had to go to P&S but he's fine. He was worried about you."

A tear falls down your cheek "Am I going to prison?"

Rati wipes the tear away "So far? No. There are several cameras inside the daycare. I don't know what they caught. I need to tell nurses you are awake. Po;ice wanted to talk to you."

You suck in a breath "Police.... balls."

Rati leaves for a few minutes. When she returns she has a nurse with her.

Your nurse smiles at you "Hello Mrs. Y/N! It's good to see you awake. I'm your nurse James. Your doctor will be by to see you later. You have been asleep for two days! You were in quite the fight weren't you?" He looks at the chart in his hands "Let's see... You have a fractured humorous."

You snicker "Must not have done well at the comedy club if it's fractured."

James chuckles "You have a concussion as well as several scratches. The fall into the " he makes a face "Ball pit? caused busing around your ribs."

James discusses drugs and the rest of your treatment plan. By the time he's done two detectives arrive.

The female, Holly, speaks first "Hello. I know you just woke up but we wanted to wrap this up quickly."

You tilt your head "Quickly?"

The male detective, Shane, nods "Yes ma'am. We already watched the footage from the daycare security cameras and The daycare attendant Sun. The last thing we need is your statement."

You nod "Alright..."

You drink some water while you tell the detectives everything. From the first day you walked into the daycare to the fall into the ball pit.

Detective Holly nods "That's what the video footage showed."

You take a deep breath "Am I going to prison?"

Detective Shane laughs "No. The fall was her fault. The footage shows her throwing you off the balcony and you taking her hand. It's obvious you were trying not to fall. No excessive force was used. She had a chipped tooth, a bite from you, and a bruised cheek." He checks his notes "If you had been the aggressor she would have more damage. So no. You aren't going to jail."

You let out a sight of relief "Praise raptor Jesus!"

Detective Holly smiles "We'll be in touch if we have anymore questions. I'm sorry you went through this."

The two detectives leave you and Rati alone. You lean further into the pillows. No prison. Heavens above! You and Rati spend the next couple of hours talking. The doctor comes in to talk to you about discharge. She hands you your paperwork and sends you on your way. Rati leads you out to her car.

You lean your head on the window "My apartment isn't too far from the plex."

Rati grins "Good! We'll need to pick your stuff up."

You look over at her tired "Pick up? What?"

Rati snickers "Sun demanded I bring you back with me. The company was informed of your soulmate status with Sun. We had the video evidence."

You give Rati directions "Don't tell me we gotta stay in that tower."

Rati shakes their head "No. You'll get a dorm. HR feels that if you have a dorm you are less likely to damage Sun. Someone will hear you know."

You nod "Good. I don't want to sleep anywhere that cock-juggling thunder cunt did."

The ride to your apartment makes you sleepy. The two of you pack two weeks worth of clothes, your favorite pillows, toiletries, and some food. By the time you get back to the plex you are nodding off so hard. Stuck halfway between the waking world and the sleeping world.

The car door opens and someone whispers "The morphine is making her sleepy. Be gentle she has a lot of busing."

Something large and warm picks you up. You murmur something incoherent. The big thing gently rocks you back and forth. You figure out it's Sun as he softly hums to you. His large hand rubs your arm tenderly. The song he's humming is La Vie en rose. It lulls you to sleep.

Chapter 58: #SMinktober Prompt: BLUE PT12 Warnings for abuse emotional and physical

Chapter Text

Sun gently laid you down on the bed in your new apartment. As he took your shoes off he wondered if you would want him to stay with you. He wanted to stay with you. Rati had assured him you wanted that. Why else would you fight so hard for him.

It bothered him that he never got to know why Br- that woman lied to him in the first place. Did she just lik- Sun cut himself off. He didn't want to think about her. He had you now. He pulled your socks off before picking you up again and pulling the covers down.

He lays you back down in the mess of pillows. He takes his shoes off and climbs into bed next to you. He lays down on his back stiff as a board. You roll over in your sleep and cuddle up to him. Your arm draped over his slender frame. One leg hiked up and intertwined with his.

His fans kick in in panic as your hand roams his frame. Please please please! Don't open his chest! PLEASE! Your hand finds his arm. What are you doing? His artificial breathing comes out in short raged breaths. What are you doing?! You tug sleepily at his arm. WHAT ARE YOU DOING?

You pull his arm over your waist and let out a small contented sound. You.... Sun is confused. You want him to hold you? Sun decides to try something. He reaches over to the charging cable hanging on the wall. He gently moves you so he can roll into his side. He plugs the cable in to finally be at full charge for once.

Slowly he pulls you to him. You make a displeased sound. Sun stills in slight panic. You wrap your arms around him. Your leg slips in between his. Your other leg laying straight. Sun felt like inchworms were crawling around inside him. It was like a tickly happy feeling.

He was scared to shut down completely for sleep. So instead he spent all night watching you sleep. It made him feel a little better. By morning you had not opened his chest and messed with his wires. Although you did roll around a lot in your sleep.

Every time you move away from him you immediately sought him out. You seemed to like touching him in your sleep. Even if it was something as small as the plush soft flesh of your butt pressed against him. He noticed you liked it best when you had your head on his chest.

Pressed as close to the solar animatronic as possible. He liked that too. Enough that he wanted more of it. It was intoxicating to have you so close to him. He wanted you to want him and good lord did you want him. A few times he slowly wiggled away from you.

His artificial heart soared as you reached around to find him. After the second time he stopped messing with you. Instead he enjoyed the rest of his night daydreaming of your life together.

Chapter 59: #SMinktober Prompt: BLUE PT13 Warnings for abuse emotional and physical

Chapter Text

Sunrise was normally when Sun would fetch breakfast for Brittany. Slowly he sat up in bed looking out into the room. In your sleep you tried to keep him with you. He took your arm and tried to de-tangle the two of you.

You started to wake up then "Wha are ya doin?"

Sun went stiff and stuttered "I-I'm getting you br-breakfast."

You take his hand in yours and rub his knuckles "Stay. We can fix food later."

Sun stammers out "W-we?"

You shrug "I say we but I mean me and you keep me company."

Sun tilts his head "Company?"

You nod more awake now "I want to get to know you more." You gasp lightly "Oh! You probably have work..."

Sun shakes his head "They daycare is closed until further notice."

You hum "Then can you stay? If you want."

Sun flexes his fingers. This must be a trick. Brittany started off nice. Are you doing the same?

He turns to you "I-I need to go! I'm sorry! I- I need!"

He bolts from the bed and out the door. You watch him leave. Part of you is hurt. As you should be. The other part knows Sun just got out of an abusive relationship. You have to be patient. Let him come to you for the most part. Kinda like a spooked animal.

Might aw well get up and fix some coffee. Lucky you you had some pre-ground coffee. You pull a skillet out and began to fry some bacon. Two eggs to go along with it. You take your meal to the nearby table. As you sit down there is a knock on your door.

You open the door to Rati. She looks apologetic. You let her inside and offer them some coffee. Drink fixed and bacon offered the two of you sit at the dinette table.

Rati smiles at you "How did you sleep?"

You smile back "Good. You?"

She nods "Good. Sun came to our apartment."

You nod "I know. It's fine though. He went through a lot. Far more than I did." You wince as you move wrong.

Rati leans back "Are you ok?"

You nod "Bruised ribs are a bitch. Is Sun alright? I didn't think it would be a good idea to chase after him. Not that I can move very fast."

Rati reaches across the table and puts a hand on yours "He'll come around. We're working on getting him some therapy. He's pretty beat up about leaving." They stand up from the table "I have work so I gotta go. Talk to you later!'

You walk her to the door "Hope you have a good day."

You shuffle back into the apartment and fetch your meds. when you return to your food Sun is sitting at the table. He refrains from eye contact.

You quietly sit down and measure out doses from each bottle "Where are the discharge papers? I get the feeling there is something I geed to do about the stitches."

Sun's eyes trail up from the table. He looks shocked, although you don't comment on it, "You... You aren't mad?"

You chew the egg in your mouth and swallow "Why would I be? You got overwhelmed or something and needed space. If you ever need space I'll give it to you. Unless one of us is hurt and needs the other. Then you are out of luck. I'm helping, then you get space."

Sun's shoulders shake. The speed at which he stands up knocks the chair over. You lean back in your chair as Sun approaches you. He stares at you, hands flexing open and close.

You slowly stand up and put a hand on his arm. Using him as leverage you stand up on the chair. It hurts and you go ow, but you do it anyway. Sun watches you carefully, rays retracting slightly. You slowly lean forward with your hands on his shoulder to steady yourself.

You plant a soft gentle kiss right between his eyes and slowly climb back down. Sun gasps softly and touches between his eyes. He doesn't say anything. He just covers his face and returns to the other side of the table.

His foot touched yours under the table as you eat. You smile softly as you finish.

Chapter 60: #SMinktober Prompt: BLUE PT14 Warnings for abuse emotional and physical

Chapter Text

Sun finds himself both baffled and refreshed by your behavior throughout the day. You never yelled at him. Or asked him to pleasure you. When the two of you sat on the couch to watch movies you sat away from him. You gave him space. It was strange and he didn't know what to make of it.

When lunchtime came around you got up from the couch and headed for the kitchen. Sun worried his hands together before rising himself. Nervously he followed behind you. Sure you had offered for him to join you in the kitchen, but did you really mean it?

He watched as you fetched bread, peanut butter, and some sort of orange jello in a jar. He wanted to stay and help. Really he did! But when you pick that knife up it sets him off. He leaves the kitchen and goes to the bedroom.

You set it down and follow Sun at the speed of ouch. You don't enter the room but knock on the door "Do you need me? Is there anything I can get you?"

Sun found himself shocked. You were concerned for him?

When Sun didn't respond you replied "I'm going to eat lunch. You take all the time you need. I uh... I really care about you."

you finished fixing your pp&j with orange marmalade. As you move back to the couch you decide you want to play a game. The consoles are not set up and you don't even know where they are. You debate with yourself on weather or not you want to deal with the pain. For Minecraft..... yes. Yes you do.

You slowly move off of the couch and over to the small stack of your stuff. It doesn't take you long to find it. You bring it over to the TV and sit down to rest. You did just get out of the hospital. Even you know you need to take it easy.

The door to the bedroom slowly opens "Y/n?"

You call out "I'm in front of the TV. I'm trying to set up the X-box. I want to play Minecraft. It would be nice to play with you if you'd like."

Sun rounds the couch "I... I can help you. I'd like to play with you."

You nod and explain where the cables go. After it's set up he helps you back onto the couch.

You lean your head on his shoulder for a moment "Thank you Sunny. Lets get you a profile se up so I can teach you to play."

Suns internals go haywire. Sunny. You called him Sunny. He feels the urge to call you shine. That way the two of you would be sunshine. He decides not to. It's dumb. He's dumb. Best to keep that to himself.

As you set Sun's profile up you eat your food. He took to the game well. The calm atmosphere and open world creativity allowed him to relax. He was happy to play the game with you. It gave the two of you the chance to get to know each other more.

Sun liked the things he was learning. Even when you got mad about something you didn't take it out on him. And when you did it was playful. He had removed a block in a cave and unleashed a waterfall of lava on you. You let out a mock frustrated gasp and shoved him gently calling him a turd.

It was.... refreshing. Later in the evening Moon sent him a message. They had found him a therapist. His first session was tomorrow at noon. He was nervous but excited. He wanted to be better. Better for you but mostly better for himself.

Chapter 61: #SMinktober Prompt: BLUE PT15 Warnings for abuse emotional and physical

Summary:

This mentions self-harm. no descriptions though. It talks about blood too.

Chapter Text

Sun asked Moon to join him on the first therapy session. It was over Zoom. Sun had never talked to anyone about his problems. There were things even Moon didn't know. He wasn't ready to talk about those yet. Moon helped relax him and he felt more comfortable talking.

The therapist was a nice man. He allowed Moon to stay. Didn't say any mean things about Moon being there. The first issue Sun talked about wanting to address was the knife. He wanted to cook with you and cooking involved knives.

That woman, she who shall not be named, threatened to harm herself a lot. There were a number of times she actually did do it to herself. Sun talked about how much it hurt to see someone who was supposed to be so important to him do those things. She blamed him for her actions.

He tried so hard to get rid of all the sharp objects but she always found something. When you held that knife he was brought back to those moments. He never wanted to see you doing that. Especially now that he could see the color red. Something about it was unnerving.

You didn't ask about his therapy aside from asking how he liked it. You didn't want any details. It's not that you didn't care. No, you respected his privacy. Three therapy sessions in Sun decided to try actually sleeping instead of staying awake to charge.

As the two of you laid down to sleep he repeated a mantra in his head. 'He is safe. You won't hurt him. You are not her.' Over and over. The next morning everything was fine. You were awake. Sitting on him gently petting his face with your hands.

You leaned down and touched your forehead to his "Is this alright? I will move if you need me to."

Sun's fingers twitched before he wrapped his arms around you "Stay."

You grinned at him "Can I kiss you?"

Sun's fans kicked on. This would be your first real kiss. One where he got to kiss you back. He wasn't sure how to respond. He knew he wanted to kiss you. But was he really ready to kiss you? He was afraid he would panic and run away. When you didn't push any further than the initial question he knew.

Sun was afraid to speak so instead he nodded. He would remember this moment forever. You lit up like a glow stick. Were you really that excited to kiss him? You leaned down slowly. Sun felt his fans spin faster to cool him off. Your lips brushed against his teeth unbothered by the lack of kissable lips.

You pressed against him harder and he pressed back against you. God how he wished he could really kiss you as you pulled back. Face flushed with a dopey smile. Sun pulled you into a tight hug. He couldn't help the fit of giggles that escaped him as he hid in your chest.

The moment his faceplate his your soft bosom he was in heaven! They were so soft and warm. He found himself enjoying the weight of them on his face. He found himself pressing a little harder into them.

You chuckled "Glad you like them. Stay as long as you like. We have today off anyway. Maintenance day."

Sun murmured something before speaking up "I have therapy today. Can you sit in today?"

You laugh "Not like this I can't!"

Sun huffs "I know that!"

You gently rub one of his rays "Of course I can."

His breath hitches at your touch. Hips involuntarily thrust up into you. Grinding into your clit.

You let the ray go "Shit! Sorry! I didn't know they're sensitive!"

Sun lets out a puff of steam "It's alright. You didn't know. We should get you something to eat and the last of your meds."

Chapter 62: #SMinktober Prompt: BLUE PT16 Warnings for abuse emotional and physical

Summary:

Talks of sexual abuse

Chapter Text

You sat on the bed next to Sun. A laptop in front of the two of you. You weren't sure why Sun wanted you here. Well, you knew why but not the particulars.

The man on the screen smiled warmly at you "Ah! You must be his soulmate. Y/n right?"

You nod "Yes. That's right."

He nods "I'm Timothy Lawrence. It's a pleasure to meet you. Do you know why you're here?"

You shake your head "Afraid not. Sunny asked me to come so I did. If the lad needs my support then that's what he gets."

Timothy leans back in his chair "Sun? Would you like to start then?"

Sun flexed his fingers, a habit you noticed early on, "Yes. Y/n... I feel you have been kept in the dark about a lot of things. We all know Brittany was not a nice person. Brittany was physically and emotionally abusive."

Sun pauses nervous. You tenderly rub his knuckles. Sun likes how much you like petting him and rubbing him down. It never feels sexual or like you're wanting more from him. Just that you want to touch him.

You smile "Take your time."

Sun nods touching his forehead to the side of your head "I... I was sexually abused."

He waits for you to say something. For you to insult him. Or even leave him forever. Instead when he looks at you he's taken aback. you are staring at him with tears in your eyes.

You open your arms to him "Dearheart! I'm so sorry you had to go through this!"

He takes the invitation and you pull him into your lap "She... she forced me to... yo pleasure her. I didn't want to do it. I didn't. She used my hands, used my face. God the number of times she left me to clean myself up after getting what she wanted!" He turns to face you "I don't have a... well, anything down there really."

He pauses to collect his thoughts. You rub the vast expanse of his back in soothing circles. Sun finds himself relaxing at your touch.

His eyes turn off and on again in his version of a blink "I'm sorry I don't have proper parts for you."

You tilt your head "Do you get pleasure? Like... can I pleasure you?"

Sun covers his face "Oh geeze! Yes you can." He peeks at you between his fingers "My um... my crotch is sensitive if you rub it."

You frown "Then those ARE proper parts for ME. I don't care if you have a wiener or a vag! I care about being able to give you pleasure. I... I don't get pleasure from penetration anyways. At least I never did in the past. Maybe those toys weren't enough. I don't know."

The rest of the talk with the therapist went well. He basically walked you through a plan to help Sun get better about certain triggers and how to recognize problems. The two of you spend the rest of the evening eating pizza and playing Minecraft.

Chapter 63: #SMinktober Prompt: BLUE PT17 Warnings for abuse emotional and physical

Chapter Text

It was a few weeks later you woke up to something amazing. Sun was in the kitchen, knife in hand, making you an omelet. You watched him quietly for a moment. He was following along with a video of some sort.

Slowly you walked into the room "Sunny! Your using a knife!"

He set the knife down and looked up at you "Yeah! I wanted to do something nice for you!"

You walk up to him and wrap your arms around him "I'm so proud of you! Your doing so good!"

Sun heats up at your praise and his rays spin around his head "Proud? Good? ME?"

You shriek "What the fuck was that?!"

Sun looks around "What was what?!"

You point at his head "Your rays! They, like, spun in a circle!"

Sun goes still "Have you really never seen me do that before? Was I really that depressed?"

You tilt your head "I have no idea what's going on right now."

Sun cups your cheeks in his hands "Oh my shine. My rays spin around my head when I'm really happy about something."

You lean into his hands "I'm your shine?"

Sun nods "Yes. I am your Sunny and you are my shine. Together we are sunshine. It's because we make each others life brighter!"

You blush brightly.

Sun pulls you close with a chuckle "As long as we have each other we'll get through anything." He leans forward capturing your lips with his teeth in as passionate a kiss as he can give you. And this boy will give you every last piece of himself.

THE END

Chapter 64: Serenading The Boys

Chapter Text

You were currently sneaking your way through the plex. Chica and Roxy at your side. Freddy was playing lookout. It was two in the morning and you weren't supposed to be there. Not that management really cared.

You were a woman on a mission. And that mission was to express your love to Sun and Moon. You carried a CD player with you. "Can't Help Falling in Love" by Hailey Reinhart cued up. It was an instrumental version. A microphone at the ready.

You had practiced the song over and over. You were still nervous though. What if you sounded bad or they didn't like it? Your palms began to sweat. Chica pulled you into a photo booth. The nighttime security guard walked by.

Flashlight roaming around the room. You could hear them talking to Roxy about staying in her room. This guard was a Debby downer for sure. Chica took this opportunity to sneak you out of the booth and over to the daycare.

The sound of the fountain was calming. You took the quiet moment to steel your nerves. The two of you make your way down the stairs in an army crawl. Chica insisted it was the best way not to be seen by Sun. Or Moon when the lights turned off.

You couldn't hear them inside the large room. A quick glance told you they must be in their tower. You and Chica were hiding behind the security desk.

Chica put a hand on your shoulder and whispered "You are going to do fine. Remember, a thumbs up when you are in place and I cut the music just like you showed me."

You nod and take a deep breath. You make your way to the green play structure. It takes some time to crawl to the bridge between structures. You set everything up and shoot Chica a thumbs up.

The daycare theme cuts off abruptly. You press the buttons and the music starts to play loudly.

You hold the microphone in your hands like a lifeline "Wise man say, only fools rush in." You start nervously. A quick breath and thumbs up from Chica has you singing more confidently "But I can't help falling in love with you!"

The tower curtain moves slightly but nothing more.

You continue in time with the music "Oh, shall I stay? Would it be a sin? Oh, if I can't help falling in love with you?"

The curtain opened and Sun walked out. He stared at you quietly before sitting down on the balcony.

You smile broadly as you sang to them "Like a river flows, Surely to the sea. Darling, so it goes. Some things are meant to be!"

Sun pointed at himself. You nodded. He slipped off the balcony and into the sea of balls.

You watched him jog over to you as you continued "Take my hand, take my whole life too. Oh, for I can't help falling in love with you!"

Sun looked at you. His unmoving face making it hard to read his emotions. He moved to the green play structure and climbed the side to get onto the bridge.

You turned to face him "Oh, like a river flows, surely to the sea. Darling, so it goes! Some things are meant to be!"

The lights flipped off as Sun touched down on the bridge. The swap went smoothly. Moon stopped a few feet in front of you.

You hold your hand out to him "Oh, take my hand, take my whole life too. For I can't help falling in love with you!"

Moon took you in his arms. He was hot to the touch. Fans blaring. The microphone caught the sound and blared it with the music and your singing.

You giggled as you finished the song "Oh, ooh, oh, for I, I can't help falling in love with you!"

Moon pulled his hat over his eyes "Starlight! Did... do... do you mean it?"

You nod "Y-Yes. I do. I'm falling in love with you."

Moon mutters "Falling in lo- ..."

His voice trails off. Puffs of hot air shoot out of his joints. Moon goes still. You can hear his internals stop briefly before turning back on.

There is a pause before Moon shouts out "Stop laughing at me for rebooting Sun! You would have-.... Don't give me that.... What?... Oh!" He looks down at you from under his hat "Hi." He says softly.

You softly respond "Hi."

Moon quickly leans forward and plants a kiss to your cheek. Really it;s just him ramming his face into the side of yours.

He runs off to the tower shouting "I'll shut down again if I stay! ... I'm sure she understands! ... You go say something! Oh right! You can't!"

The lights in their room turn on and Sun shouts "I'm sorry Sunshine! We aren't used to this! We really are overheating!"

You turn the music off but leave the mic on "It's ok. I understand. We'll work on that together."

Sun shouts back "Thank you! Love you! ... Moon! Shut up! ... Not that much! ... No we aren't! ... I think I'd see it if fire was coming out of us!"

You and Chica burst out laughing. You take a breath "I! I'll come back later after you cool down!"

Chapter 65: Moon's Surprise Smut

Chapter Text

You were up in Sun and Moon's room idly playing on your phone. The room was illuminated by the arcade cabinet in the corner and a long RBG strip. It was set to a soft pink color. Sun picked it and hid the remote.

Moon had sent a message to your Fazwatch reading "Special surprise for you. Be in our room tonight or there will be consequences."

You didn't know what 'consequences' were but you didn't want to know. Moon was in quite the mood. Something had him riled up. All throughout nap time he was watching you from his perch atop whatever play structure you were closest to.

You tried to ask Sun what Moon had planned but that only resulted in Sun bending you over his knee and giving you a swift swat to the butt. It was not his surprise to ruin. This was Moon's special time with you not his.

You let out a small huff as you waited for Moon. An obviously loud jingle on the balcony caught your attention. If you didn't know any better you'd swear moon was spastically flailing his arms. You could hear him crawling through the tunnel.

Your head turned as he presented you with a serving of his curry, and two cupcakes with a mountain of blue frosting. the frosting has purple swirls and star shaped sprinkles. You took the food so he could crawl in the rest of the way.

You noted Moon was sitting funny. His posture and pose were very unusual for him. Both legs were out in front of him and he was very hunched over. Almost folded in half.

You went to say something but he shushed you with a finger to your lips. He took the to-go box with the blue curry from you. He mixed everything together with a plastic spoon and held a bite out to you.

You obeyed his silent command. Curious as to what the evening held for you. Especially if he was taking care of you like this. He continued to feed you bites of curry. The cupcake was moved out of your reach.

When the curry was gone Moon laid you down. He rubbed your belly in soothing circles. You were baffled by what his end game was. What was he hiding from you? Why was he rubbing your belly after eating?

And why wasn't he saying anything? Your question was quickly answered by the animatronic himself

Moon eyes you carefully "The only sounds I want to hear out of your pretty little mouth are my name and moans. At least until our fun is done. Tell me the safe word."

You respond "Pact."

Moon pets your cheek "Good girl. Get undressed. I'll be on the other side of the tunnel. Stay here. You can set your clothes in the corner. Tell me when you are ready for me. Do NOT look into the tunnel! I'll know."

You nod and do as you are told. Moon crawls through the tube. The strange sounds from the other room make you want to look through but you fight the urge. Instead you arrange the bedding to be the most comfortable.

"Moon? I'm ready." You call out to the other room.

Moon responds in a sing songy way "Alright. Open your mouth and close your eyes and you will get a big surprise!"

You open your mouth and close your eyes. Luckily you don't have to wait long for the surprise. And what a surprise it is.A dollop of frosting hit your tongue. It's sweet and fluffy.

Moon giggles "Open your eyes."

You open your eyes The first thing you notice is what is obviously a dildo of some sort. It's covered in the cupcake frosting. So much so you can't see what's underneath. The second thing you notice is the black harness straps affixed to his hips.

Ah, so that's the plan. A strap-on.

Moon pets your head "Surprise! Clean it off. Do not touch my cock with your hands. If any frosting hits the floor this ends. Any questions?"

You pause "Can I touch you? You know my balance is sometimes not good."

Moon pats your cheek "You may."

You nod "Thank you."

You brace yourself on him and give the tip of the dildo a kitten lick. It's tapered at the end. You can also tell it's clear with a blue swirl. Moon's breath hitches. You lick a half inch long stripe down the side of the dildo. You can see more of the blue swirl. Now it's joined by flecks of glitter.

Moon lets out a small moan "Are you enjoying your prize pretty thing?" He moans as you lick another stripe of frosting "Good girl. Feels so good. Keep going."

You lick more and more frosting. Soon you can see the entire thing. It's a dragon dildo. Thick at the base and tapered at the top. It has little bumps on all four sides. It's clear with a blue and a white smoky swirl.

Silver and gold flecks of glitter fill the dildo. Blue and purple stars are scattered within the dildo. It faintly glows in the light of the room.

Moon huffs "Your mouth! Take it in your mouth! Want to feel it!"

You mutter pretty before taking the tip in your mouth. As you bob up and down his length you take more and more of him in. You moan around the phallus. The sight of Moon above you with 'his' cock in your mouth is intoxicating.

He hand tangles itself into your hair and pulls. He thrusts into your mouth at a steady pace.

His moans fill the room "Mmm ah! So good! More. More!"

His steady pace becomes wild and uncoordinated. Drool dribbles down your chin and onto your chest. Your breathing is ragged. It's making you light headed. Moon pulls you down on his cock one more time with a loud moan.

He brushes the tears off of your face "Drink it all up starlight."

There is nothing to drink so you pretend to. Moon brings your tear up to his teeth and makes a drinking sound as he rubs his thumb on his teeth.

Moon looks down at you "Good good girl. Lay down. It's my turn."

You lay down and Moon drops to his knees next to you "Do not cum until I tell you to. Bad girls get punished." He slaps your right titty hard and you hiss "Good girls get rewards." He pinches your left nipple and rolls it between his fingers.

You let out a moan. He leans down and presses his teeth to your lips hard with a loud muwah at the end. You kiss him back with fire in your belly. Moon leans down to your neck. He presses his teeth to your throat and gives it a pinch with a soft "chomp."

You moan as Moon straddles your hips. The dildo sits nicely on your belly. Firm and heavy. Moon takes both your breasts in his large hands and massages them. You arch up into his hands.

Moon lets out a snicker "I am going to ruin you for anyone but me. MY cock will be all you crave. When you feel desire in the night my name will be the only one on your lips."

His fingers slowly trail down your body. You squirm as he hits a particularly ticklish spot. He shuffles down to your legs.

Large hands spread your legs "Keep them open."

His fingers trail along the junction between your thigh and your hip. They dance around your pubic mound all the way to the other side of your body. You let out a contented sigh. A dopey smile on your face. Skin flushed bright red.

Moon's fingers ghost over your delicate lips "Need to relax you before I destroy you."

Your heart swells at the attention. You spread your legs a little further apart.

Moon stills you with a hand on your knee "Don't make yourself uncomfortable."

He eyes you carefully before trailing his fingers over to your right thigh. He rubs your thigh tenderly. Thoroughly relaxing the muscle. His attention moves down to your calf before moving on to your other leg. It feels so tender and intimate.

He lays down on top of you "So soft. So small. Perfect. Your perfect."

Moon sits back up and sits between your legs "Let me hear all those pretty little noises you have for me. Tell me how good I make you feel. DO NOT CUM. Understand? Use your words."

You nod "Yes, I understand Moon."

In one swift movement he thrusts his middle finger all the way in "Good girl!" He looks down at your cunt "Look at how well you take my finger. I know you'll take my cock just as well."

You whine in delight at the thought. Your legs twitch but never close. Moon slides another finger in. Slowly he begins to thrust them and spread them. You moan loudly as he hits all those perfect spots in you.

Your walls flutter as you begin to reach your high and he pulls out with a giggle. You whine loudly and Moon slaps your cunt hard. You yelp as he lines himself up.

Moon pinches your side "Take a big breath~."

You do as told and Moon thrusts his cock slowly into you. Inch by burning inch. Soon the bumps along the dildo catch on your entrance as he pushes in. A hand on his chest stills the animatronic.

Moon rubs your stomach "Half way in. I know you can take more."

He pushes more of his cock deep inside you with a moan. You focus on the pleasure as much as you can. You can't deny it hurts. It's so big! A full ten inches and very girthy. Moon knew what he was doing when he picked this one.

When Moon bottoms out he has you pushed into a mating press "Eyes on me starlight. They close I stop. You cum I stop. You hide your moan? You get the idea." His hands slide to your breasts and he pinches your nipples "You feel so good around me. Warm, wet, and tight."

You know he's waiting for your ok to move. If he's giving you this much care things are going to get rough. You take a deep breath and nod. Moon give a thrust of his hips. You gasp at the drag of each nub on your walls.

They hit all the best places. Harshly Moon thrusts back inside you. The dildo pushes against your cervix. You try to tell Moon but words are so hard when he's thrusting faster and faster.

He's moaning in time with each thrust. Moving so fast you swear you are never empty. His hands are tightly gripping your legs. Slick flows like a waterfall down your body. Mouth fills with drool as your tongue hangs out of your mouth.

Moon slips his fingers into your mouth "Ung! Suck! Mmm ah!"

You lap at his fingers. Your thighs starting to burn from the slap of Moon's hips. He pulls his fingers out of your mouth and wipes slick off of you before holding them to your lips again.

He prods your mouth gently "Clean them." As you wrap your lips around them he hums "Good girl. Look at how well you take me. Your pretty little cunt is swallowing me up. Gonna breed you! Make you mine!"

You are getting close. Every time his cock hits into your cervix it's divine. Each drag of the nubs against your walls is liquid fire inside you. Your walls flutter more and more.

You tap Moons arm and he pulls his fingers out of your mouth "I'm close! Please can I cum? You feel so good! Too good!"

Moon considers your request "Tell me who you belong to."

You moan "You! Only OH! Only you! Moon! I'm Moon's cockslut!"

Moon giggles "My cockslut? Well then cockslut! Polish my cock with your cum! Do it!"

You let go as Moon works you through your orgasm. Your walls flutter and pull him in. Cum spills out of your sopping cunt and onto the makeshift bed. Moon gives one last thrust and pushes to the hilt inside you with a loud cry.

He stays deep inside you as he "falls' on top of you. His 'breath' is raged as he snuggles into you.

He hums "Did you like your surprise?"

You rub his back weakly "Yeah. Did it really feel good for you?"

He slowly pulls out "Emotionally? Yes. Physically? Not really."

"Wow, I never would have guessed. You did really good pretending. Where did you get that anyway?" you ask.

Moon poses proudly "I made it! I learned how to do it on the internet and I made it for you, It was all for you."

You blush "For me? Really?"

Moon cleans your pussy with a damp cloth "Wanted you to feel like you were with a real man."

You pull him to you by the shoulder "You are a real man. A really real and good man."

Moon holds you tight and dims the lights "Go to sleep. I will be here with you... Sun want's me to tell you he made a dildo for you too."

You suck a breath in "Oh."

Moon nods as his music box turns on "Twinkle twinkle little star, perfect just the way you are, we will hold you close and tight, keep you safe all day and night, twinkle tinkle perfect star, perfect just the way you are."

He hums in delight at your soft snores. He plugs his charging cable in and enters rest mode.

Chapter 66: A Short Little Thing For The Mafia au

Chapter Text

Your fever was dangerously high. It made the two Dons nervous. 104 was very concerning. However being former caretakers made this decision a no brainer. Important meeting be damned you were not leaving their sight.

And that's how they found themselves. Sitting side by side swapping you around in their laps. Medicine, water, and snacks sitting in front of them. Two hot toddies in front of them and a third in a thermos.

The people around the table made no comment about the person wrapped in a soft looking blanket sitting in Don Moons lap. Don Sun took a sip of his warm drink as someone gave a report on The Starlight Lounge.

As the next person prepared to give their report a man at the far end of the table spoke up "I'm sorry Don Moon. Why are they in your lap?" He pinched the bridge of his nose "This IS an important meeting and you expect me to just sit here and discuss sensitive information with a stranger?"

Don Moon looked down at you "They're sick with a high fever. Don't feel comfortable leaving them alone."

Don Sun glared at the man "That's not an issue is it?"

The man shook his head "No. I suppose not."

The next speaker, a woman, began to discuss the next business owned by the mob. Don Moon passed you over to Don sun as the woman brought over a sample of Rum for him to try.

It was something you had enjoyed doing with Moon. You knew your shit and could pick out various brands by smell. Not that you were an alcoholic. Drinks, you told him, were meant for the weekend.

You woke up long enough for Sun to give you a sip of his hot toddy. The man at the end of the table began to get agitated. Sun was ignoring the meeting in favor of some floozy! His foot tapped under the table.

Another two people spoke. One about drugs and the other about counterfeit goods. The next person put a fun on the table to show new product. Again you woke up. Moon gave you medicine and rocked you back to sleep.

The man at the end pf the table stood from his chair "This is ridiculous! Just leave them with a doctor! It's distracting to have that! That floozy taking your attention! I really don't think we can do business with someone so careless!!"

The two don's looked at each other before Don Sun pulled a pistol out of his coat. He aimed and fired at the man hitting him right in the heart.

He looked around the table pistol in hand "Any other complaints?"

No one else said anything save for one woman.

She smiled warmly "It's sweet how you take care of them. If you haven't already. I would have soup ready for them."

The rest of the meeting went smoothly. When you next woke up you told them about a dream where a goose had a gun and shot a mongoose. Sun snickered and pet your head telling you dreams are strange.

Chapter 67: My Precious Mafia AU smut

Summary:

Depictions of violence, blood, and Sun cums on a random dude.

Chapter Text

With all the confidence of a lion tamer you walked into the office of the Don. Well, one of them at least. The Dons were a pair. Everyone knew this mafia had two Dons and one very skilled body guard.

It was said the body guard could kill a man just by pointing their finger. Can't say you had ever done that but let them talk. Don Sun looked up from his desk. A pleased expression etched into his face. He held his arms open wide.

Your heart thrummed in joy as you took your spot in his massive lap. For as tall as you were Sun was taller. The massive 9ft tall animatronic mob boss dwarfed you. His lunar counterpart was just as tall and just as intimidating.

Well, up until the point his massive tongue was buried deep inside you. Maping out your insides. Sun liked to do the same but his cock was his preference.

You brushed your hands along his arm. Fingers brushing against his cream colored undershirt. A goldenrod vest with gold buttons neatly fastened around his frame. Pressed black slacks hugged his hips like a dream.

Polished black wingtips adorned his feet. Warm black socks underneath. At your request he had on soft black boxer briefs with your name printed on the ass Something he was more than happy to do. Only for you.

Sun leaned into your hair and took a big whiff of your scent "You smell divine precious little thing. How has your day been so far? I see you are dressed in the new clothes Moon and I got you? You had a nice time with him? Hm?"

You blush "He and I went for breakfast. It was nice. He told me to put this on for you. Helped me get ready for you."

Sun grinned into your hair "Ready for me? How ready for me?"

"Well," You started "Why don't you find out?"

Sun raised a brow and trailed his massive hand to your preferred hole. His fingertip met the silicone of a toy. A special one with a ring on the end. Blue and gold. Long and thick enough to prepare you for them but not as long or thick as them.

He gave the toy a slow languid tug before just as slowly pushing it back in "How kind of our man to prepare you for me like this. Did you thank him?"

You nod "I did. Sucked him dry before he left for his trip. Nice and relaxed."

Sun kissed your cheek continuing to slowly thrust the toy "Well aren't you just perfect." He tipped your chin to look at you better "Are you ready for me or do you need more prepwork?"

You hum contentedly "No I'm ready for you. You have today free for this right?"

Sun nodded "Just some paperwork. I told everyone not to bother me today. It has to be something very important for them to be let in."

You nod "Can I cockwarm you today then?"

Sun looked delighted, enough that he thrust the toy a little to hard making you yelp "Sorry. Sorry." He kisses your forehead and rubs your belly "Of course we can do that today. Are you alright if someone does come in?"

You kiss his soft lips "Yes. It's fine." You nip his lower lip chewing on it gently "I like when people know who you belong to."

Sun's rays spin softly "Who I belong to? Well, your name IS on my ass."

Sun slides the dildo out of your hole. He gives it a long sniff before licking it clean. Opening a desk drawer he puts it inside next to a half full cartridge of ammo for his pistol currently affixed to his hip and a bottle of lube.

He picks you up and puts you on the desk. Wile watching you take your bottoms off he frees his hard writing 12inch cock. He give it a few pumps as he looks at you. You slide off of the desk and into his lap.

You slide yourself onto his waiting shaft letting it fill you. A happy hum reverberating throughout you.

Sun rubs your back "You always feel so good around me. Soft and warm. Like home ya know? Could stay here forever."

You lean further into the Don "Could we? How almost perfect that would be."

Sun pets your head, cock wiggling inside you happily "Almost?"

You nod "Moon's not here."

Sun nods "Of course. Wouldn't be a perfect forever without him."

Sun pulls part way out and leisurely thrusts back into your quivering heat. He leans forward capturing your mouth in a slow kiss. His large hands wrap around your waist and he slowly pulls you beck and forth to grind on his cock.

He can't remember the last time he got to have you like this. Being able to take his time with you and show you how special you are to him. How he needs you. Desires you. Craves you with every atom of himself.

Just as he starts falling into a pit of pleasure with you there is a knock on the door.

To say the Don was displeased was an understatement.

A quick nod from you and he shouted "Come in!"

A tall slender man with a missing eye and scar on his lip waled into the room. He has on a crimson turtleneck sweater and coffee colored pants.

Sun, still deep inside you and grinding you languidly on his cock, growls at the man "This had better be good. In case you couldn't tell I am busy showing this minx all they deserve."

The man bows at Sun "I'm sorry Don Sun. Ya know the gun shipment to the Japanese. The one that was ratted on?"

Sun pulled you completely off of his cock and back down onto it "Yes. It's the reason Don Moon had to leave. The reason we lost so much money and men!"

You let out a moan. The man did not comment on it. The last person who did got their arm torn off by Moon.

The man nodded excited "We found the rat who sold us out to the pigs! He's down in the basement just waitin' for ya! Thought you would want to do the honors."

Sun looks down at you "You of with that?"

You nod and do the button on Sun's pants to help hold them up.

Sun kisses the top of your head "Help me out and hold on will you Sunshine?"

You nod and wrap yourself around him. Sun holds you up by your thighs. His cock keeps the same casual pace thrusting in ant out of you as Sun makes his way to the basement room in question.

Despite the scowl on his face the Don was quite happy to have you on his cock. Clinging to him like a lifeline. Sucking him deep into your needy hole.

You couldn't help it. He knew that as much as you did. So it was no surprise when you peppered his clothed chest in slow delicate kisses. People stared as the two of you passed by. Women and men both stared faces full of jealousy of you.

Sun wallowed in the pride it brought him to know you held a place of such want. Even more so with the knowledge Sun was not the one who conducted the torture. No, that was you. His devil in angelic garb.

He had seen the monster behind the mask you wore so well. Sure he was the one giving beatings. But you were the demon injecting hot sauce into muscle. Or covering a man in paper cuts only to rub lemons into the wound.

His cock dove a little deeper into you at the thought. Once the two of you were in the elevator to the basement Sun pounded into you with reckless abandon.

Hips piston up into you as a mantra of I need you's and I love you's fell from his mouth. He whimpers like a small child as he slows down petering off into a soft cry into your hair.

He takes a shuddering breath to calm himself "How did I end up with a perfect creature like you?"

You rub his back "I should be asking you the same thing."

The elevator doors open and a woman greets Sun "Don Sun. Allow me to bring you to the bastard." She pauses before spitting bitterly "Oh. I didn't realize you had a night walker with you."

Sun growls and takes her by the hair "This is my fiance! Show some respect!"

He shoves her into the wall. You bounce on his cock enthralled by the display. Sun gives our thighs a gentle squeeze. He pulls all the way out of you and all the way back in.

You let out a loud moan as you watch the woman glare at you as she tries to fix her hair and makeup. She gives you the finger as she passes by you to open the door for Sun.

You laugh loudly "The fuck is a finger supposed to do? Oh no! She shot me the bird! What ever shall I do! Oh! I know!"

You fuck yourself on Sun's cock while you laugh. Sun swats your ass as he pulls you up and down helping you fuck him. The woman opens the door for him.

"S-sorry Sunshine!" Sun blurts out as he pins you to the wall.

Hot thick ropes of cum fill your hole as he bites down on your neck. You feel his teeth break skin ever so slightly. He refrains from making any sound. Those are for you. His long tongue laps at your minor wound.

Sun enters the room still inside you. Still idly thrusting in that wonderful languid pace. The woman practically slams the door behind her enraged.

The room was well lit. You never liked to torture in the dark. Always concerned about pricking yourself on something in the room. In the center of the room is a man tied to a metal chair by the wrists, ankles, and waist.

The man tied to the chair gasped loudly "The don! Look I-I-I'm sorry! Th-they threatened my lady! You understand don't you! You got a bitch of your own!"

Sun slams a hand on the metal table in front of him "A bitch of my own?" He whips around holding you tightly, his cock jerking angrily inside you "A BITCH OF MY OWN! Did'ja hear that dear? You are a bitch now!"

Sun raises his foot and stomps down on the man's hand. A sicking crunch resounds throughout the room and the man shrieks in pain. Sun returns to the task of perusing your wall of metallic goodies.

The man swallows hard "T-that's your.... You aren't going to kill me right?"

You chuckle darkly leaning over to eye the man "I never kill anyone. Actually I do my best to keep people alive. I can't promise you won't want to die though. Tell me, have you ever wondered what hot sauce in muscle does?"

The man puffs his chest out "You aren't going to scare me!"

Sun whispers in your ear pointing to a row of needles "Tell me about these."

"Well, the numbers on the side are scoville. To give an example the habanero has 100,000 scovilles. The hi1gher the number the hotter the sauce." You whisper back.

Sun nods picking up a sharp looking knife. He turns to the man with a cold glare. You wrap further around him like a koala and grind into his hips. Climax slowly building inside you.

Sun holds the knife to the man's cheek "Do you know how much money, time, and effort you wasted? Had we not taken care of you?"

The man licks his lips "You... you did. But those pigs!"

Sun cuts his cheek. The blade cutting through his cheek straight to the bone with ease. You snicker at the small sound of surprise from Sun.

He quickly shuts you up with a hard thrust "Oh be quiet you! I didn't know it was that sharp. You keep your tools in good shape."

The man tied to the chair is stunned. Two people here to torture him waltz into the room fucking and now they are making jokes with each other? What the hell is going on!

Sun points the knife at the man "Why shouldn't I kill you?"

The man balks "What? I have been so loyal to the family!"

Sun slices the tip of his nose Giving him a glare "Try again! If we really mattered to you that much you wouldn't have ratted us out."

You sigh getting bored with this game "You have to have a reason better than that!"

The man takes a deep breath "I... Oh! I have a lead on a large shipment of gold coming in from Switzerland!"

Sun nods "Alright. You live... for now. If this goes nowhere you die."

You shake your head "I don't think he suffered enough."

Sun eyes you before grinning "I have a plan."

The man shakes slightly "What?!"

Sun turns you so the man can see Sun fucking you. Sun slams you down onto his cock fucking into you with vigor. He bites and licks at your neck. For you he moans loudly. The sound tips you over that edge and you cum on his cock.

Sun fills you a second time. With a wicked grin he walks around the chair behind the man. You give Sun a confused look. He kisses our forehead. Sun pulls you off of his cock legs spread wide.

A shower of both of your cum rains down onto the man below you. You gasp and blush deeply. Sun lets out a wicked laugh.

The man lets out a loud yell "What the hell?!"

Sun slots you back onto his cock rounding the chair to face the man. He watches his yellow cum drip down the mans face. The man spits out yellow spunk and tries to shake it off. Sun roars with laughter.

Sun returns to the door and leaves with you. He tells the woman at the door to leave him as is for an hour. He makes sure to mention the Swiss gold.

Back in Sun's office you once again find yourself in his chair cockwarming the Don. Paperwork sprawled about the desk. Every now and then he breaks out into giggles. Stammering about the jizz covered man in the basement.

You however are happy to have your man deep inside you in the quiet of the late afternoon.

Chapter 68: Coochie In A Can

Chapter Text

As soon as you had entered the Daycare on your day off Sun and Moon had ushered you up to the tower. They had laid you in the softest blankets. They provided you with food and water. As soon as you finish eating and drinking they are on you. Groping you everywhere they can reach and kissing every inch of flesh. You notice something as the day goes on. Both bots seem to be collecting the juices from your cunt.

They bring you to orgasm after orgasm. They appear to be on a mission of some sort. Moon rubs your puffy clit in tight circles with his vibrating fingers. Sun sits between your legs collecting your juice. You want to ask about it but every time you try they share a look.

Sun stuffs your needy cunt with one of his fingers "Let us take care of you sunshine." You smile at him and open your mouth to say something.

Moon huffs and shoves his fingers in your mouth "If you think you can talk we aren't doing a good enough job."

Sun adds two more fingers "Get her clit Moon. Wanna have her squirt."

Moon nods and covers your clit with two fingers. He gives a chuckle as his fingers vibrate violently "Great idea. Be ready to catch it."

Sun nods turning to pick something up. Again you want to ask about it but it's quickly squashed as you squirt cumming hard on Sun's fingers.

Moon excitedly asks "Do we have enough?"

Sun hums "Considering this is... what the ninth time our starling has cum. Not to mention all the slick we have." He hums in thought. "If we add water we should be fine."

Moon drums his fingers on your lower abdomen "Should? Better get at least one more then."

Sun giggles "On boy! This is so much fun! I can't wait for tomorrow!"

"Tomorrow?" You manage out between breaths.

Sun turns his attention to you and offers you a bottle of water "Oh you don't need to worry about that sunshine. That's for Moon and I! You just rest for now. We want to get you to cum one more time."

Moon rubs your cheek "Can you be a good girl and do that for us pretty thing?"

Sun practically slams his fingers into you rocking you up and down on Moon's fingers. The combined effort throws you over the edge one final time and you cum with a roar. Your vision crackles with fireworks before you pass out.

The next day you wake up refreshed. Sometime during the night either Sun or Moon had bathed you. After breakfast you god ready for your shift. Mysteriously you didn't see Sun or Moon all morning. It wasn't until half an hour before the Daycare opened that they appeared.

Everything was normal until lunchtime. You saw Sun sharing a can of something with Moon. Whatever it was they seemed to enjoy it greatly.

You approached them and smiled "What are you drinking?"

Sun glanced at Moon and Moon nodded. Sun beamed at you before glancing around. The kids were distracted with pizza.

Sun leaned in and whispered "Coochie in a can."

You blinked "What?"

Moon nodded "Yep. Coochie in a can."

You squinted at them "And what is that?"

Sun shook his head "It's exactly what it sounds like."

Moon points to you then the can "It's YOUR coochie in a CAN."

You pause as your brain catches up with you "Wait... WHAT?!"

All day yesterday they had collected your juices. They mixed it with water and put it in a can. Now they are just casually drinking a can of your pussy juice in the middle of the daycare like it's ambrosia from the gods. Your face flushes scarlet.

Chapter 69: Burning Ache Mafia Au pt1

Summary:

Time for Moon~

Chapter Text

It was two weeks later when Don Moon returned from his trip. He was supposed to be back three days ago but it took longer than expected to make reparations for the weapons shipment. Your blowjob before he left didn't help.

The entire time he was there all he could think about was you sucking the soul out of him through his dick. Even when they brought him to a strip joint to talk business ventures you were on his mind. It made his cock ache for you. He was offered women to satiate his need but he refused.

The bed was nice. But Moon found it painfully empty and cold. He had gotten a letter that when he returned Sun would have to leave for Russia. Moon would have you to himself. His dreams were filled with your voice telling him how good he felt, how he tasted, how much you loved him.

How you needed and craved him. In his dreams soft kisses peppered his face. His need grew. Erection painfully hard. He had it almost all the time. He hid it well though. The Japanese offered him a bride but he refused. She was no where near your level. He wanted to see you, talk to you, be near you.

He and Sun both loved having you next to them during meetings. He knew of the things that happened in the basement. While he had never seen you work he had seen the aftermath. Hell, one of their most loyal guys had paid you an unfortunate visit. Whatever you had done in that room had changed his tune.

You were no angel. No, to him you were the devil. Beautiful and deadly. Charming everyone with your smile only to stab them in the back when they turned away. The thought made him ache for you more. The night before he returned to you was torture.

All his dreams were filled with your moans. It made him hot. Moon found it difficult to sleep. He burned for you. Stroking himself only made things worse. It wasn't enough and it never would be again.

The car ride to the airport and the flight both were hell to him. A steward on the private jet flirted with him. The young lad made every word drip with desire. Moon had no interest in this man. The closer he got to you the more he ached. All he could see when closed his eyes was you.

Laying in the large bed you, Sun, and Moon shared. Cold, alone, and needing him. Needing him to hold you and chase the nightmares away. Needing him to keep you warm and loved. But most of all needing him to breed you.

What a crime it was that you had to spend even one night alone. A crime he would have to atone for. Soon the don found himself at the front door to your shared home. The sun was far from rising and a chill filled the air. Still, it was not enough to cool the fire in his soul.

He ignored the workers who tried to talk to him. No, he had to get to you. The ache was enough to cause the 9ft tall animatronic to wince in pain. He made quick work of getting to the master bedroom. Soon he was standing outside the door keeping him from you. A hunger in his loins.

Chapter 70: Burning Ache Mafia Au pt2

Chapter Text

Moon opened the door to your shared bedroom. He found you exactly as expected. Curled up in bed sleeping. What he hadn't expected was the lump in bed next to you. He stalked over to the side of the bed. Whomever was in bed next to you was wearing HIS shirt.

His hazy mind screaming at him to destroy the man in bed with HIS fiance. His hand shot out and tore into the throat of whoever it was. He pulled his hand to his face and licked the stuffing on his hand. He was instantly confused. Stuffing? You were cuddled up to a large body pillow with his picture on it.

His need grew. Erection stirring to life. His mind became a flood of emotions. He loves you. He loves you so damn much that he began to cry. Hot tears rolling down his cheeks. He shook as he let out a pathetic whine. He wanted to, needed to, feel your skin. Clothes were thrown behind him.

He climbed into bed with you pulling him into his much larger body. His cock rubbed against your ass and over your groin. you let out a soft moan in your sleep. Moon pressed his faceplate into your hair and took a deep artificial breath. His cock wept precum between your legs.

He pet your cheeks and blubberd out "Angel, comet, sweets! Please I please!"

You stirred slowly waking up "Mmmm wha? MooMoo.... Yu here?"

Moon hiccuped between tears "Yeah baby. I'm here. I missed you."

You took his hand in yours and kissed his palm "Bambino. I missed you so so much! PLease... fuck me! Please? I'll make you feel better. Dry your tears."

Moon kissed your head, too tall to reach anywhere else at the moment "Need me? Comet!" He filled your hole with his cock. Carefully pushing in. When he bottomed out inside you it was the most at home he had felt in days. With a loud sob and even more tears he came inside you.

Holding you almost painfully tight he blubbered out "Good! So Good! Need more!"

He began to thrust inside you at a fast needy pace. He felt hot and heavy inside you. His cum made the perfect lube. If he came that fast he must have been miserable in Japan. Sometimes they would take you on trips like that but Moon didn't think it would have been safe.

Moon's long limbs caged you in and kept you right where he needed you. the fact that you needed him just as much kept the waterfall of tears flowing. Your greedy hole was sucking him in and trying to keep him inside. It was a struggle to pull out so he could push back in.

Moon gave up on long thrusts and instead stuck to quick shallow thrusting. Pistoning inside you like a high speed vibrator. Moving so fast it was like you were sitting on jackhammer and trying to talk. He rubbed your nipples in circles. Despite the fact that he was the more violent of the two Dons.

He didn't like to hurt you. He didn't treat you like glass though. He just didn't like to cause you pain like Sun did. That was a game between you and Sun. He was getting close again. So were you. He could feel it. With another loud cry he filled you more. He didn't slow down however.

Without leaving your heat he rolled the two of you over. His chest pressed heavily onto your back and he began to thrust again. You reached out for his hand as you began to cum yourself. His long fingers locked with yours as he let out a heaving whining breath.

You squeezed the life out of his dick and he gladly let you have it. He kept going as more and more tears hit the bed sheets. More. He needed to fill you more. Needed to feel you come undone around him more. This was far from over. Moon felt he had not done enough to make up for leaving you alone.

As he continued to thrust into you a loud yelling broke the silence of the house "I Don't care if he's not expecting me! He needs me! Every good Don deserves an equally good wife! Now let me see him! It's already ten in the morning!"

Who the fuck was interrupting his time with you? Someone is going to die today,

Chapter 71: Burning Ache pt3

Chapter Text

Moon growled lowly.

You barked out "SON OF A BITCH!"

Reluctantly Moon pulled out of you "Clothes. Now."

You got dressed with Moon. You almost cackled as you saw his outfit. Black slacks, a red button down, and a black vest. The last time he wore this to greet someone he tore their arm off and beat them with it. You wouldn't be surprised if he did it again.

The two of you walk down stairs. Moon has his hand on your lower back. His fingers twitch with need for you. It is taking all his willpower not to bend you over the banister and continue to fill you up. Your escapades in the bedroom barely scratched the surface of his need. This would be a trial.

At the bottom of the stairs you were greeted by a butler "Ah. I was afraid she 'woke you up'. Please allow me to take you to her. She said she knows you. Her name is Magnolia."

Moon sighs loudly "Magnolia. Yes I know her. The daughter of someone in the French Mob. An underboss."

You nod "Oh! Like Franco right?"

Moon nods "Mhm. This will be a pain. We aren't done yet Comet."

The two of you follow the butler into the parlor. Sitting in the room is a woman with a short black bob hairstyle, blue eyes, soft pink lips, a rose pink body con dress, and black pumps. She smiles warmly as the two of you enter.

Her face contorts into confusion "I didn't know you had business today. I'll let you finish and then we can talk."

Moon continues into the room with you. He walks over to his favorite leather chair and takes a seat. He holds his hand out for you and pulls you into his lap. The chair smells like cigars and ceder wood. You snuggle down into his lap and cross your legs in an attempt to keep his seed inside you.

Moon rests his arm around your waist and his other hand on your knee. He tilts his head at her "What brings you here?"

Magnolia smiles softly "Father said we are to be wed. The Caïd... French Don. Wants to join the family. It was decided that I am to be your perfect bride."

Moon hums "I was never told about this."

Magnolia nods "That's why I'm here now. Father couldn't make it until tomorrow."

Moon sits up more "I. Wasn't. Told."

Magnolia nods slowly "I am aware. You are being told now."

You shake slightly in rage. Enough that Moon can feel it but not enough for Magnolia to notice. Moon rubs your back in soothing circles.

He leans his head down and whispers "Easy Honey Badger. Not yet."

He plants a long kiss to the top of your head. Moon takes a deep sniff of your scent and shudders. you can feel his erection stir in his pants.

Magnolia crosses her arms "Je ne sais pas qui est cette prostituée sur tes genoux-"

You cut her off "Prostitute?! I'll have you know I'm his fiance!"

Magnolia shakes her head "No no no this won't do." She pulls a phone out of her purse and calls someone "Papa? He has a fiance... I did tell him that! ... that will take forever. ... Yes. ... No. ... I thought so too! Hehehe! ... Yes they should have.... I love you too." She hangs the phone up "Father says we will talk about this issue tomorrow."

Moon pulls his own phone out of his breast pocket and dials a number of his own "Hello Edouard! It's Moon. ... Do you know Magnolia? ... Yes her. She's at my house right now. ... Made it alright? So you know why she's here? ... What? No! She thinks we are getting married! ... I am! Three months from now. ... She thinks she's hiding a gun from me. Stupid girl." He smirks at her shocked expression "My fiance wants her dead. ... I might... really? And retaliation? ... Her father is on his way... hold on please." He turns to Magnolia "Where do you plan to stay?"

She huffs "Here of course!"

Moon frowns "She wants to stay here. .... PHST! No! I was showing my perfect fiance her worth when this cow showed up. ... What I must. Understood. Will you be coming to the wedding? ... We look forward to seeing you." He hangs the phone up "There is no way in hell you are staying here."

Magnolia scoffs "Where am I supposed to go then?"

Moon shrugs "I don't care. I'll call you a cab."

Magnolia balked "You can't do this to me! My father will hear of this!"

"Were done here! Get out!" Moon points to the front entrance where your Butler waits.

A car had been prepared with her things in the trunk. A room at a three star hotel had been arranged for her and her father. You and Moon watch her leave in silence.

Moon crouches down to your level with an ashamed look on his face "My darling comet. I'm so sorry this has ruined the mood. I wanted to please you."

His shoulders shake as he drops to his hands and knees.

You pull his head up to face you "Bambino, It's alright. It's not your fault this cow showed up. Let's go back inside and call Sun. I think this is enough of an emergency to give him a call. After that how about you and I cozy down and fix something nice for dinner? One of those longs meals you like that take all day."

Moon sighed and pulled you to him picking you up "That sounds nice."

The two of you head inside.

Chapter 72: Burning Ache Mafia Au pt4

Summary:

I know a flight from Russia to the US takes 12 hours but by the bower of fanfiction I don't give a fuck!

Chapter Text

You and Moon go to the kitchen to pick out a meal. The two of you decide to call Sun on speakerphone first. He picks up on the first ring.

"You're calling? Why are you calling? Is something wrong?" Sun blurts out in a tizzy.

Moon sniffles "Magnolia. You remember her?"

Sun hums "She's the daughter of the french under-... Did you just sniffle? Do I need to come home?"

You hum "I don't think so? This bitch shows up and says she's getting married to Moon. Called me a prostitute. Had a gun in her purse. Said the french Don wanted to join the families through marriage.

Sun sputters "Did ya kill her?"

Moon huffs "No. Thought I'd give her a chance only because of Edouard. Sent her to the Mariot in town. Her father is getting here tomorrow. Bitch interrupted my special time with out Y/n."

The sound of a door can be heard in the background and Sun states "Yeah. I'm coming home. Don't want that guttersnipe showing up with droppers. I'll be taking the first flight out. See you soon sweets."

Sun hangs the phone up.

You shake your head "That's just like him. Any excuse to come home early. Probably a good idea though. Guess you and I are cooking for three."

Moon rubs your back "With Sun's help I think the two of us can make leaving you alone up to you. Still have a lot more spunk for your needy hole."

You blush brightly "Both of you? We haven't done that in some time..."

Moon leans into you nuzzling into your hair "Please angel. Let us shower you with love. I bet we could even get Sun to behave. Please baby please?"

You pretend to mull it over and Moon indulges your game "What will it take to get you to say yes?"

You grin "Kiss me!"

Moon picks you up by the waist "Like it's my last!"

He leans forward and nips your bottom lip. You open your mouth and Moon snakes his tongue inside. He lets out a delighted hum as his lips connect with yours. His tongue wraps completely around yours rubbing it up and down. He pulls back slowly with a dopey smile on his face.

You rub your nose against his "What should we fix for dinner lovebug?"

Moon hums "Corsican beef stew?"

You nod "With fresh bread and pasta."

You and Moon gather the ingredients. Sadly the kitchen is Moon sized so you need a stool to do anything in it. Moon cuts the beef into cubes and you cut the salt pork and garlic.

Together you stuff the beef with garlic and pork. Your phone pings "Sun says he'll be here at 8pm. I don't mind eating at 8."

Moon nods "Sounds good to me. Why don't you ho get the wine while I cook the beef?"

Soon your stew reaches the point where you stir it every so often. You and Moon decide to watch Mel Brooks movies while you cuddle. Moon is still a needy needy lad. Touching everywhere he can reach with as much of himself as he can. Content hums and sighs are all you get from Moon.

Soon dinner is ready and Sun is due home any minute.

Chapter 73: Burning Ache Mafia Au pt5

Chapter Text

6pm rolled around and you two got up to make pasta and bread. Three cups of flour and three eggs is all you need for pasta. Moon takes care of the french bread. You make fettuccine noodles. And Moon manages two loaves of bread. As you pull the bread out of the oven the front door opens.

You set the bread down and holler "Aye yo! Were in the kitchen!"

A soft thud followed by Sun rounding the corner "Precious! Moonie!"

He took a knee and opened his arms for you. You put a tea towel on the bread and hopped off the stool. Sun chuckled as you slipped while getting to him falling into his arms. He peppered your face with kisses before nipping the side of your neck harshly. He let out a content hum as you let out a soft moan.

He stood up with you in his arms and made his way to Moon "It smells amazing in here."

Moon hummed as he stirred the noodles "Mhm. It's almost ready. Good to have you home."

Sun kissed his cheek "Good to be home with my two favorite people."

Moon picks the pot up to pour the water out "Why don't you pick a bottle of wine to ho with dinner while I plate the food."

Sun sets you down so you can cut the bread. You bring the cut bread and some soft butter to the table. Moon sets the plates down in the proper spots. Sun returns with wine and glasses. The three of you sit down and enjoy your meal. It is every bit as divine as it smells.

Moon laughs loudly as Sun finishes the story of what happened while Moon was in Japan "Sun! That's gross! You really dumped your jizz on his head?"

Sun slaps a hand on the table with a loud laugh "Yeah! Right out of our precious' hole. Two whole loads! It was great!"

Moon balks "Only two loads? From you?"

Sun nudges him under the table "Oh you're one to talk. It was what... four loads the last time you filled them up?"

You nod "Yeah! I remember that."

Moon stares at you "Do you think they could take seven?"

Sun tilts his head "Seven? why only seven?"

You snicker "Three from you four from Moon."

Sun gives you a flat look "I can give you four!"

Moon puts a hand on Sun's thigh "Sun? I uh.... I'm feeling... needy. Gentle sex? Please?"

Sun stares him down "Needy how? for who? Tell me what you need."

Moon chuckles "I need them to be filled to the brim while we dote on them."

Sun nods "Ah. Affectionate needy. That sounds really nice."

You blush, weather it's from the wine or the conversation is unknown "I wanna be fat with your cum!"

Sun reaches across the table and pet your cheek "And you will be. Let's clean the kitchen first. Then we will stuff you like a twinkie with our special cream filling."

Chapter 74: Burning Ache Mafia Au pt6

Chapter Text

As soon at the kitchen was clean Moon was rubbing himself against you. Not in a sexual way... he was just... rubbing every bit of himself against you muttering soft I love yous. It reminded you of a cat. He took each step on the stairs three at a time. Sun followed his lead with a chuckle.

You giggled as Moon disrobed you. Dropping clothes to the floor as he made his way to the bedroom. Sun also disrobed a visible pep in his step and wiggle in his wang. It curled around itself and even groped at his balls. He hissed and looked down as if to reprimand the phallus.

Sun darted ahead of Moon and held the door open for him flicking the light on. Moon set you down on the bed as he began to undress. Sun glanced around at the array of clothes strewn about the room with a soft smile. He walked up to the bed and gently pushed you down onto your back.

He pushed your legs apart and put his large mouth over your entire groin and hummed low and long. He sucks on you hard. An idea must strike him because he crawls up the bed to the pillows.

He lays down and pats his face "Get up here comet! I need to taste you."

You are positive he and Moon planned something together because as soon as you plop down on Sun, Moon is behind you lapping at your butt cheek. Sun runs his tongue around your hole as Moon nips your hips and thighs. Slowly Sun works his tongue inside you. When he's all the way inside he stills.

Moon slowly works his tongue inside you along side Sun's. It takes a few minutes but they succeed. Sun intertwines his cock with Moon's. The boys rut into each other as they start thrusting into you together. The stretch is nice and you rut against their tongues and Sun's face.

Sun grabs your hips and stills your movements. You let out a whine but Sun swats your ass with a warning growl. It takes all of your willpower not to move. Your hands fly to the headboard and you moan loudly. The slap of Moon's hips on Sun's is intoxicating.

Sun and Moon work in tandem to scissor their tongues deep inside you to stretch you as much as they can. If they want you to take both of their cocks in one hole at the same time you NEED to be ready. Last time they didn't prepare you enough you wound up in the ER with bleeding.

It terrified them. So when you come hard on Sun's face they don't stop lapping at your insides. Overstimulation hits you and you squirm with a pitiful whine. Sun and Moon pull out of you and begin to arrange you the way they want. Sun pulled your back to his chest and spread your legs.

Moon slotted himself between your legs. He reached down, a calm and loving expression on his face, and took Sun's cock in his hand. He lined himself up with you and stuffed your needy hole with both he and Sun. You watch the midnight blue and pumpkin orange dicks disappear inside you.

Sun pulls you flush with himself with a groan. Together he and Moon bottom out inside you. Moon let out a soft sob as he sandwiched your small body between he and Sun.

Sun rubbed the top of his head with a fond smile "Hey, It's ok. We've got you."

You peppered Moon's chest with kisses and licks.

Sun wraps his cock around Moon's in a sort of dick hug. If he tried to hug Moon now he might crush you instead. So dick hug it is. You let out a loud cry as Suns cock move around inside you. As if remembering why he's inside you in the first place Moon begins to thrust.

Sun lets out a light laugh "There ya go!"

Sun unravels his cock from Moon's and joins his thrusting. The duo are so in sync that it's like one gargantuan cock is fucking you. Moon moans as his balls bounce against Sun's. He fucks into you faster chasing his end. No one to be outdone Sun picks up his pace too.

Soon they fall out of sync. One pushing in as the other pulls out. Both only pulling out an inch or two. Cocks writhing against each other. The room is a melody of moans. The soprano of your falsetto, the tenor of Sun's cries, and the baritone of Moon's sobs. A symphony of love.

Moon, as usual, breaks first and shoots his first load deep inside you. Stilling for only a few moments before he recovers enough to resume his menstruations on your insides. This is enough to send you over the edge and cum of your own spills around the three of you.

Sun kisses the back of your head "That's it precious. Get your cum all over us."

Moon is fucking you so deeply and so hard it's like he's trying to crawl inside you. He's using the same shallow grinding thrusts from last night. Sun, who can't god damn help himself, bites down on your neck with a loud groan as he cums inside you.

Moon huffs and rolls his eyes "You can't help yourself can you Sunny?"

Sun chuckles licking the bite mark "It's not my fault they look so tasty. They smell good too."

You moan out "Oh! Oh Bam- BambinooOOo! It, good god, it's fine. Shit!"

Moon pulls Sun into him catching him off guard with a passionate kiss. He keeps an arm on Sun's chest to keep from squashing you. Their tongues wrap around each other. Massaging each other. Their cocks mimic their tongue inside you. Writhing and curling over each other.

For the second time that evening Moon cums again. His cock spasms inside you and he bites Sun's lower lip. You whine with need. Moon pulls away from Sun.

He looks down at you "Oh? Are we leaving you out? Let me fix that for you."

Being an animatronic, and having the neck he has, makes it easy for him to lean his faceplate down to hiss you. It also helps that he's in front of you. Unlike last night where he was behind you. His lips press against yours in a long languid kiss.

Sun peppers the top of your head in kisses and nuzzles. The overload of affection is more than you can handle. Once again your walls spasm and flutter with orgasm. Your groin throbbing and spewing more slick cum on your boys.

You struggle for breath for a few moments before the air is fucked from your lungs by Sun. His mouth right next to your ear as he loudly cums inside you again.

Moon laughs "So Sunny, can you give our comet another load? Or are you all out?"

Sun Heaves hot breaths to cool off his systems "I'll give them another load even if I have to force it out!"

Sun's thrusting becomes more frenzied. He sobs in overstimulation. Sure he wants to give you more cum but he doesn't have anymore cum to give. Still, he's decided he's going to try for you. Besides, he can't deny the thrill in a dry orgasm. The pleasure mixing with the slight pain is a treat. One he only allows once in a while.

Moon chuckles "We'll see about that."

The two animatronic Mafia Dons rub their cocks together with gusto. The four loads already inside you slosh uncomfortably. Sun and Moon are going too fast and moving too much. You cum for the third and final time. Black inky spots fill your vision and you black out.

When you eventually did wake up you were in a warm bath with Sun and Moon. You were leaning against Moon. Sun was sitting across from you.

Sun smiled when he saw you stir "Hey, there you are sleepy head. You gave us quite the spooking when you passed out. How are you feeling precious?"

You stare at him for a moment "Sore... empty... and tired."

Moon rubbed your hips "Just relax and let us take care of you. I'm so sorry we lost control."

Sun nods "Can... can you forgive us?"

You let out a sleepy hum "Fuck me like that again and we have a deal."

Moon chuckles "I think that can be arranged. Another time though. I think it's time for us to go to bed."

Sun climbs out of the tub and takes you from Moon. Moon drains the tub and helps Sun dry you off. You fight to stay awake but it's a loosing battle and you fall asleep again.

Chapter 75: Burning Ache Mafia Au pt7

Chapter Text

You stirred to life the next morning as Moon set you down at the kitchen island. A cup of hot coffee in front of you dressed to the nines just the way you like. You mumble something sleepily. Moon wraps his arms around you from behind.

Sun sets a plate of bacon, eggs, and caramelized onions down in front of you "Sorry to wake you precious. Magnolia and her father are stopping by today."

You glare into your cup of coffee and growl.

Moon brushes your hair with a brush "I know we were rough on you last night. Let us take care of you today. How about we your favorite food for dinner tonight and watch a show or a movie later."

You hum in delight and begin to eat "Can we play a game? Like Mario Kart or borderlands."

Sun leans on the counter "Sounds good to me precious."

You glance down at what you are wearing. They dressed you in black pants with the phases of the moon on the thighs and a button down covered in stylized suns. Of course they would mark you for that hoebag and her guttersnipe father. Your eyes trail up to see what Sun and Moon are wearing.

Sun has on a pansy purple button down with the sleeves rolled up to his elbows and a midnight blue vest. Moon has on black slacks, a grey button down with the sleeves rolled up, and an off white white vest.

You whistle wolfishly at them "Hot damn you look sexy!"

Sun blushes "Well, nowhere near as good as you!"

You sip your coffee "Do we know when those two are getting here? Also what time is it?"

Moon sips a coffee of his own "It's ten in the morning. No clue when those two are getting here. We are staying at the house today. Sun and I will be talking to each other about our trips."

You nod "Oh. Alright cool."

"You can sit with us though. Play a game on your laptop." Sun states.

You clap "I know just the game!"

You hop off the stool and help Sun and Moon clean the mess from breakfast. Sun picks you up and you let out a squeak. Moon kisses your cheek and the three of you head to the study.

Sun and Moon sit across from each other to discuss business. You sit on a nearby couch with your laptop in your lap. Currently you are saving villagers from a raid.

You look up from the screen "Wait so the Yakuza offered you a bride? Wow."

Moon covers his face "They saw my near constant boner. Thanks to you comet! They thought a woman would help 'satiate my needs'."

Sun snickers "Wow. I'm glad the Russians didn't do anything like that."

About an hour later you are working on your Minecraft house, Sun and Moon are still talking shop. You are half paying attention as usual.

Your butler Adam knocked on the door "I do hate to interrupt but Fabien Danton and his daughter Magnolia have arrived. They are waiting in the parlor. Shall I bring something to drink?"

You save your game "Yes. Iced tea. If it's not too much to ask could you bring the meat and cheese tray from the fridge?"

Adam nods "Of course. I'll go get it now."

He leaves as you tuck your laptop away in a bookshelf.

Moon sighs loudly "This is going to be a shit show."

Sun grins "She thinks she's going to marry you right? Sit next to me on the couch."

You let Moon pick you up "You have a plan dearheart?"

Sun pets your head "Always."

As you reach the parlor you can hear quiet murmuring. Sun turns to Moon and adjusts you in his arms. He moves you into a princess carry. Moon's hand gets moved to your upper thigh and his other hand under your armpit with his finger brushing your nipple through your shirt.

Sun stood back and looked the two of you over. With a nod he entered the parlor with Moon in tow.

Magnolia and her father Fabien were sitting on the love seat sipping tea and waiting for Moon. Magnolia's wide smile turned sour as the three of you entered the room. Sun sat down on the couch. Moon sat next to him putting you between the two Bosses. Sun side eyes him and adjusts you again.

One butt cheek on Sun's leg and the other on Moon's. Sun puts his hand in yours and Moon take your other one. With no free hand the Dons just HAVE to feed you themselves.

Sun looks over at Magnolia "Ah, you must be Magnolia. And that would-"

Fabien, grey hair blue eyes, cuts Sun off with a thick accent "Fabien Danton. Underboss of the french Mafia. And yes. This perfect princess is Magnolia."

Sun frowns griping your hand a little tighter "So what's this about Moon and Magnolia getting married? I was not informed of this. In fact, I heard Don Edouard didn't know about it either. Thirsty precious?"

You nod and Sun brings a glass of iced tea to your lips. You drink happily. Moon brings a bite of food to your lips and you eat it from his hand. In that moment Moon decides he needs to feed you like this again. A violate blush sweeps across his face.

Magnolia shakes her head "I thought I told you yesterday this will not do. Why are they still here?"

Sun kisses your cheek "Because we three are getting married."

Fabien nibbles a piece of cheese "No. Don Edouard want's to join the families. You will marry my daughter."

Moon growls "You seem to forget who you are talking to!" Moon stands up, making sure not to throw you to the floor, "I AM DON MOON DROP! TOGETHER WITH DON SUN DROP AND OUR COMET Y/N WE RUN ONE OF THE MOST SUCCESSFUL MAFIAS. LEARN YOUR GOD DAMNED PLACE!" Moon takes Fabien by then arm and pulls until he hears an audible pop "The only reason I didn't tear it clean off is the fact that Sun and I fucked our comet last night and I'm in a good mood. We filled them with our spunk and you know what?"

Magnolia watches horrified as Moon takes you by the waist. Sun looks absolutely giddy. Clapping and waiving his hands. Rays spinning wildly. Moon pulls both your pants down and stuffs your hole with his cock thrusting like he'll die if he stops.

He turns so your moaning mess of a person faces the two french people "DO YOU GET THE PICTURE NOW? GET OUT! UNLESS YOU WANT TO WATCH ME FUCK THEM!"

Magnolia and her father scramble up from the couch. A bright blush on her face and wet panties. Moon, who was trying to cum as fast as possible, fills you with a loud roar. Sun laughs raucously falling off the couch.

Moon hides his face in your hair "I can't believe I just did that."

Sun claps him on the back "You did great! To think back at the daycare you shut down anytime a parent looked at you with bedroom eyes."

You catch your breath "Fucken hell!"

Sun frowns as he moves in front of you "Did you even cum? Hm... Let me fix that!"

He leans forward and take all of your sex he can fit into his mouth. Licking, sucking, and nipping at you. His face pressed flush with your groin. He eats you until you cum with a cry. Satisfied he leans back.

Sun licks his lips "There. Better now."

You tilt your head "What about you?"

Sun shrugs "I came in my pants."

Chapter 76: Sweet Dreams

Summary:

a rum fueled poem

Chapter Text

You are utterly exhausted,
and sun is too,
the only one awake,
is your dear sweet moon,
he picks you both up,
and carries you to bed,
warm blankets for your bodies,
and soft pillows for your head,
the music box inside him,
plays a soft sweet tune,
a special melody,
for sun and for you,
the lights are all turned off,
and the doors are all locked,
it's time for him to sleep,
he's off the clock.

Chapter 77: Sorry

Chapter Text

So I was informed the Mafia au piece had a slur in it. I'm sorry if I offended anyone. I didn't know and was informed the morning of this post. I removed the slur. Please please please! Tell me if I use a slur. I don't want to be that kind of person. I hope you have a nice day.

Chapter 78: Hiatus

Chapter Text

I'm taking a hiatus. I probably wont be finishing the mafia au piece. Sorry.

Chapter 79: Hiatus pt2

Chapter Text

My hiatus over here is done. I'm still gone from twitter. Tried to post something over there but It made my blood run cold. I'm working on a fun Halloween piece. No smut. I won't be posting smut for a bit. I'm not sure I could handle that. I will try to get the Spookyween post done early. I know y'all probably have parties and such to do. Stay safe this Halloween!

Chapter 80: Two Ghosts And A Fleshy

Chapter Text

It was a dark and stormy night. Rain fell from the sky in near vertical sheets. Pelting anyone unfortunate to be caught in the storm in icy cold water. It stung the flesh and shilled the bone. The frosty air lent no hand in that regard. A lone car made it's way through the forest.

The headlights made the forest look far more sinister. Trees stretched high into the sky. Twisting and turning into nightmarish shapes. Long spindly branches reached for the car. As if to capture the lone driver inside. The wind blew harshly. Throwing autumnal leaves and twigs into the windshield.

Being so far from the modern world the radio crackled and fizzed out. Cellphone service was spotty at best and gone at worst. A large mansion peeked through the trees spying on the car. A single red light shone through a high widow before disappearing into the darkness.

The car stopped at a large iron gate with a heavy looking chain. A Brody cast in thick letters at the top. You pulled out a letter and read the content.

"Dear Kim,

I regret to inform you of a loss. Your great Aunt Agatha Brody passed late Friday night 8/13/**. In her last will and testament it was decided that you would inherit the family home. As per her wishes you are to spend one night in the home. Please contact me at your earliest convenience. My number is XXX-XXX-XXXX. The address of the home is 969 Pulter Gos Road. I look forward to hearing from you.

Sincerely,
Howard Mephisto"

Key in hand you approached the large gate. A shiver raking over your frame. Leaves and twigs broke and crunched under foot. The lock is large and imposing. It's larger than your hand. The thick chains around the gate rattle as you move them. They crash to the floor as the lock is removed.

You take the time to drag the chain into the trunk of your car. You might need them later. As you look up at the large two story mansion you can't help but feel overwhelmed at the shear size of the brick building. It's imposing facade is enough to make you feel like you are intruding.

You feel as though you are somewhere you are not supposed to be. You drive your car onto the property. A long driveway leading to a roundabout greets you. At its center is a large decrepit fountain. It's centerpiece a gathering of Cherubim. Worn down by time.

You wonder how long it had been since anyone was in the home. The base of the fountain is filled with murky green water. Algae covers it's surface. If it ever held fish, it doesn't anymore. A hard gust of icy rainy wind spurs you on to get inside. Luggage in hand you make your way to the door.

The wrap round porch has large marble pillars. Vines spiral their way around them and crawl onto the roof. Looking up you can see a large insect nest of some kind. It gives you the shivers. You don't want to see whatever lives inside. The door is just as imposing as the rest of the house.

A large iron knocker in the shape of a fleur de lis sits just above eye level. You are tempted to try it out but decide better of it. The thick oak door creeks loudly as you open it. The sound echos throughout the home. You hope you didn't just tell any murderers to come kill you. You like being alive.

Inside it's dark. The air smells musty and stale. You know it has electricity. Someone had turned it on for you. How kind. You run your hands along the left wall looking for a light switch. You let out a shriek as something touches the back of your hand. You pull your hand back shaking it off.

The lights turn on blinding you. You blink the spots out of your eyes. Your hand has a scratch on the back. It's just deep enough to ruffle your skin, but not enough to make you bleed. You rub your hand as you look around the opulent room. Hard wood floors covered with a plush lapis lazuli colored rug.

At least you think that's what color it is. It's hard to tell under all the dust and cobwebs. A grand staircase with who knows how many spiders sits in front of you. You hope it holds your weight. The room you are in has three exits besides the stairs to the second floor.

You pull the hood of your coat down as you inspect the rest of the room. A painting of your great aunt hangs on the far wall. Several chars dot the room. It looks like this room was just for greeting people. You hang your dripping coat on a nearby coat rack with a pail below it.

Something about this mansion feels off. You swear someone is watching you. you shake that thought off. It very well could be the spiders or some rodent. No need to work yourself up into a tizzy about nothing. For now you need to find a comfortable bed to sleep in for the night.

You can explore tomorrow when things, hopefully, look less spooky. You pull a flashlight out of your luggage and turn it on. You'll need it for the upper floors. You have never been here. Any time you saw Great Aunt Agatha, she visited you. You don't recall ever visiting her here.

You turn the light off in the room you are in and head up the stairs. As you reach the landing the sound of footsteps from down below catches your attention. You shine your light around the bottom floor. A large rat runs across the room. You let out a breath. That had to be what made the noise.

There couldn't be anyone here in the hose with you. No, that was and is not possible. You will however block the door to whatever room you decide to stay in. You shine your light down the left hall and then the right. Something darts across the beam at the end of the hall.

Just.... some dust. You try to rationalize to your self. You aren't doing a very good job of it though. Down the left hall it is. You try the first door. It's a bathroom. White tiles and a copper claw foot tub. A large mirror over an oval sink. Cupboards with toiletries flank a cream colored toilet.

No sleeping here. Unless you use the tub. The door across the hall from the bathroom is a linen closet. Dusty and full of moths. A plastic bag has a warm looking blanket. You take it with you. No chance of moths munching on it. The next door has the dustiest looking bed. You don't know what color it is.

The bed has four tall bedposts and a canopy. Along the wall is a big dresser. It looks heavy enough to block the door. You do like how close it is to the bathroom. This will do for now. Maybe you'll find something better in the morning. You set your things down and head to the bathroom.

You do your business and brush your teeth. This house so far has you on edge. As you look into the mirror after rinsing your mouth out you fall back on your butt. Two red eyes glare at you from the mirror. You only see them for a second, but you still see them. You scramble out of the bathroom.

Back in the safety of your chosen bedroom you push the dresser in front of the door. It might not stop whatever that was in the mirror but it still gives you comfort. The blanked from the closet is bigger than you thought. You can easily fold it in half and climb inside like it pita bread.

You don't undress. Even your shoes stay on. You just don't feel all that safe and you still have the rest of the night and the following night to stay. Someone, you have no idea who, is stopping by to check on you. You curl up in the blanket and try to sleep. The bed is softer than your bed at home.

It's a king size bed with dark lilac blankets. It smells musty but it's better than the floor. The blanket you found is a down comforter with a floral print. You lay one of the pillows down under the blanket unsure of how safe they are. All the pillows on the bed are way too soft but you'll live.

You keep your phone and flashlight wrapped in the blanket with you. It's hard for you to fall asleep. Not only is this a new environment but the whole mansion feels unwelcome. No matter what Room you entered everything felt unwelcome. Like you were a nefarious intruder.

Some time later a bang wakes you up. It's still dark outside. You wait to hear another noise. Nothing. Absolutely nothing. Must have been a mouse or something. You lay back down to go back to sleep. Soft footsteps tread up the stairs. It's only three but three is enough to shake you.

You clutch your flashlight tightly to your chest and wait for more sounds. Again nothing happens. Your mother used to tell you old houses make funny sounds. Must be that. Just an old house making old house noises. Again you cuddle back down into the blanket to sleep.

When you wake up again sunlight shines through the window. You move the dresser away from the door and peek into the hall. It looks... friendlier in the daylight. You turn back into the room and fetch an apple from your luggage. Now is as good a time as any to explore your new mansion.

As you walk down the stairs you notice they don't creek at all. Strange, with how old this place is you'd think more of the floorboards would creak more. They barely make a sound. From the front door you go to the left. You are greeted with a large parlor. In one corner is a fireplace flanked by two chairs and a loveseat.

Another corner houses a card table and the center of the room has a pool table. The room has some bookshelves and paintings. The center of the room has a large red rug to match the red walls. Your blood runs cold as you approach the pool table. The billiard balls have been arranged to spell "Hi".

You would think they had been left like that were it not for how shiny and clean the balls spelling the word look. The rest of the table is dusty with little trails in the dust from whoever moved the balls. You might not be as alone as you thought. As soon as you find the kitchen you are taking a knife with you.

As you get closer to the door to the next room a spider crawls along the wall. You shiver feeling eyes on you as you move through the room.

You hear a whisper from beyond the door "Can't chase them out."

Your blood runs cold and you grip your flashlight like a bludgeon. Should you open the door?

Another whisper "Been so long."

You throw the door open but no one is there. You look around the dining room. It has a long table for twelve people. A dirty white table runner down the center. Pictures of farmland line the walls. A window facing the forest to your right. Three candlesticks with green candles sit perfectly lined down the table.

A small chandelier covered in crystals sits center of the room. The table is set with cloth napkins and mats to put dishes on. The floor has no rug this time. A cart with waiting glasses sits at the ready. It's likely used to bring food to the table. That must mean the kitchen is close by.

You power walk to the door at the other end of the room hoping it will lead to the kitchen. You pause in case the whispers are back. If that is the kitchen they might have knives already. You wait for what feels like a lifetime but hear nothing. Slowly you open the door. You were right it is the kitchen.

It appears no one is inside but you can't be sure. You creep slowly around the kitchen. Your heard drops out your butt as you reach the far end of the large island.

Scrawled in what you can only assume is flower is another message "Sorry."

Sorry? Sorry for what? Who is leaving these messages? Are they for you? You begin to think you might need to leave. You stare in horror as a new message writes itself in the flour.

It reads "Sun."

You make a face "What is that supposed to mean?"

The message changes slowly "Name."

You recoil "Oh my god! This is probably a demon or something! I need to-!"

You run for the door. Twisting the handle does nothing. It has no lock so why won't it open!? You slam your body on the door but it doesn't budge. In a panic you look around the kitchen. The far side of the room has another door. Too bad this one also won't open. You're fucked!

This is the part where the axe murderer comes to shank you. You try to find another way out. Footsteps from behind you. A few tears fall as you turn around. If you are going to die you want to see your murderer. There is nothing behind you. You're sure there was someone behind you.

The air feels cold around you "H-Hello?"

You wait for something to happen.

A faint whisper comes from your left "Didn't... scare..."

You want to cry, a ghost demon thingy is talking to you "What? Not real! No way. No way!"

Another whisper in your ear "Here..."

This is crazy. You don't know what to do. A ghost or whatever has trapped you in a kitchen. Is this why no one else wanted the mansion? You know several family members tried to stay the night but they all had excuses as to why they couldn't take it. Were you really going to let a ghost run you off?

No you were not "Listen here you bully! I am not going anywhere! This house is mine now! So get used to having me around bucko!"

You cross your arms and wait. The response you got was unexpected. A very faint "Yay" comes from your left. Yay? Why yay?

You tilt your head and make a face "What do you mean yay?" The door behind you opens on it's own "Ok... I hope this means good things.... Wait! You said you had a name! Fuck, what was it... Sunny? ... I hope that was it. I'm shit with names." Nothing happens so you assume you're right.

"Hey! You here?! Saw your car! I better not find a body or something!" A man shouts from the front entrance.

"Coming!" You shout as you make your way to him. Every door you reach opens on it's own. You decide it must be your new friend Sunny. A young looking fellow is sitting in a chair by the door.

He stands at your approach "I'm surprised to see you here. Everyone else who tried to stay was gone by now. Welp, you still have one more night. Suppose I'll see you tomorrow morning. Wait here. I got a box of food for you. Agatha's wishes. Got a letter too."

"I don't know why you haven't chased me off... uhm... thank you." You mutter quietly.

The man returns with a box in his arms "Never did give you my name! I'm Paul. Yer great Aunt paid me a pretty penny to do this for her. Nice lady. Well, best of luck to ya. I gotta go."

You watch him leave before picking the box up. Again every door is opened for you as you head for the kitchen. You mutter a surprised "thank you" along the way. You set the box down on the counter and look inside. A box of doughnuts sits on top of everything.

Underneath is a partially thawed stuffed crust cheese pizza, four bottles of water, and a box of Capri Sun. The last thing in the box is a huge stack of letters. One is addressed to you and the rest are to every member of your family. You open yours and read it.

"My dear Kim,

If you are reading this I am gone. I'm sorry we didn't get to spend more time together. I just know you will be the one to stay in my home! In case you hadn't noticed it's haunted. I promise Sun and Moon are very nice! Respect them and they will respect you. I don't know how long the have been in the home for. Nor do I know why they can't move on. I hope you stay. One of those greedy bastards better not have gotten the mansion. I don't think my soul could take it.

Love,
Aggie"

You put the letter back and slowly set it down. Although the two of you didn't know each other super well you still miss her. You miss the weird little strawberry candies she'd bring you every visit. You miss the wooden toys she'd give you. And most of all you miss her hugs and kisses to your cheeks.

Looking around the kitchen you realize you just might stay. The house does come with a large payout. With that kind of money you could easily pay off any taxes. You could hire cleaners and get this house back into shape.

"I..." You start slowly "I want to stay. I want to get this place cleaned. I want you two ta stay as well. I have no idea how to talk to you better.... It's not like I can say a spell and I can suddenly see you." You let out a laugh.

You set the food out on the counter and take a doughnut. A soft low humming fills your ears. It draw you to the left side of the counter covered in flour. Scrawled in the starchy powder is one phrase "Sancto conspectu".

You stare at it for a moment before truing to say the phrase "s-Sancto con-conspectu" Sancto conspectu. The hell does that mean?"

A low gravely voice blurts out "It means "In The Holy Sight". Basically, you can see ghosts now. Ghosts like Sun and I."

You turn around to see a seven foot tall blue and white... man? You aren't sure what he is. His head is flat as a pancake. He looks like a robot. He doesn't have a shirt on? But he has blue pants with stars? And... is that a nightcap?

You furrow your brow "Are... Are you a robot?"

The man chuckles "No. We may have been human once. But that was a long time ago. Sun! Get in here! The fleshy can see us now!"

You take a bite of doughnut "Why are you called Sun and Moon?"

Moon turns to you "Can't remember our real names. Seemed good enough to us."

A yellow man flies through the wall "You can see us?! Golly!"

You recoil with a squeak "Good fucking lord! You tryna kill me?! Feck!"

Sun, your pretty sure that's who it is, somehow makes the ... rays? Around his head go inside his head" I-i'm sorry! I don't want to! Sorry."

You wave your hands in front of you "It's ok! Really! I don't think you are really trying to kill me. You just spooked me. You must be Sun?"

He pouts slightly "Not Sunny? I liked Sunny...."

You smile "I can call you Sunny if you want."

He beams at this "Now you don't have to block the door tonight!"

Moon nods "Your family sucks. They got one foot in the door and started talking about what everything was worth."

Sun crosses his arms "Scummy people. Not you though! That's how we knew we had to give you a chance!"

You nod slowly "So... We'll live together?"

Sun gasps "Like a family! Oh Moon can they stay!?"

Moon nods "Ok. But you have to take care of them. Are you ready for the responsibility?"

You tilt your head "I'm not a pet?"

Sun huffs "Moon! They aren't an animal! Besides I'm more responsible than you!"

You shake your head. You get the feeling things are going to be exciting from now on. Hopefully you'll live happily with your new roommates.

Chapter 81: Two Ghosts And A Fleshy 2: Cry Me A River

Chapter Text

Morning came far too quickly for your liking. You had opted to just sleep in. However, your sunny roommate though better of that as he tore the blinds open. A full 5 years of living together and the bastard still wouldn't let you sleep in. He used to tell you "Sunrise means open eyes!" You were not having it though.

You and Moon had convinced him waking up at eight was perfectly fine. You were not being a "lazy bones" as he called it. You just needed more sleep than most. A solid nine hours was good for you. You slowly sat up and shot Sun a playful glare.

He ignored your look "Today is a special day!"

You huffed "Special enough to let me sleep in?"

Sun stared at you for a moment before laughing loudly "Don't be silly! You are alive! You should be spending time enjoying that life! Not wasting it away sleeping."

You roll your eyes as you get dressed "I need sleep to properly enjoy what life I have."

Sun glared back at you "Get downstairs before I go get Moon to possess you and make you go."

You throw a sock at him. It goes through his body. He gives you a flat look before walking through your body. You shiver as a cold breeze passes through you. With a chuckle you make your way downstairs. The faint smell of coffee draws you to the kitchen.

Moon started the pot for you. They can't interact with the world enough to make you a full blown breakfast. But pushing a button on a coffee pot is simple enough that it doesn't drain them of too much energy. Every interaction with the living takes energy. Spend too much energy and they disappear for a while.

You asked them where they weren't but they said they weren't ready to tell you yet. They did tell you that when they leave they stay in the house. Apparently this house had a lot of secrete passages. You knew where some of them were. The rest Sun and Moon had no idea how to open.

Moon walks through you, they call it a ghost hug, "Happy anniversary Fleshy! Did you sleep well?"

You nod as you put bread in the toaster "I did! Happy Anniversary! What are we doing today? I know y'all had something planned."

Sun nods "Yeah! Something special! We want to show you after breakfast. So eat up Sunflower!"

You nod "I have something for you two as well. Just a second!" You take your phone out and open a picture flipping it to the boys "It's a life size human shaped body pillow!"

Sun squeals "Sunflower!"

Moon grins "Now we can cuddle better!"

You nod and set your phone down on the counter so they can keep looking. Sun and Moon can possess objects. Once in a while they possess a stuffed toy for you to hold at night. It's the only way they can feel you touching them. It's diluted a bit, but better than nothing. Only one of them does it at a time.

It takes a lot of energy for them to do it. Whichever one did it is gone the next day leaving you with the other. They call it a fair trade off. One spends the night with you and the other the day. It works for you because you like sleeping with something in your arms.

Breakfast finished it's time to see your surprise. Usually it's a new hidden passage. Something feels different about this. Though you can't put your finger on why. Maybe it's they way they are acting. Maybe it's the fact that today is special. Whatever it is you follow behind your spectral friends.

They lead you to the fireplace in the parlor. They stand Moon on the left and Sun on the right. They look nervous. Sun fidgets in place wringing his ghostly hands.

Moon gives a weak unsure smile "We... This is.... Our bod-..."

Sun takes a deep breath "We died in this house..." He bites his lip "Our... Oh gosh. Our bones... Our bones are behind the fire place."

Moon nods "We were. Now we don't remember this much. We were trapped behind there. We don't remember why. We tried to get out."

Sun puts a hand you can't feel on your shoulder "This room only opens from the outside. Our bones are in that room. If you don-"

"I want to bury them." You retort.

Sun looks shocked "What?"

You nod "Bury them. Outside. Somewhere nice on the property. You deserve it."

Moon frowns "What if it makes us go away?"

"Go away?" you ask.

Moon nods "Pass on to the other side. Move on. Go away."

You take a deep breath visibly upset "Then.... Then you go away. Not that I want you to leave! It just doesn't feel right leaving you behind the fireplace."

Sun passes through you "Oh sunflower. That's very sweet of you, but we don't want to go."

You shake your head "We'll meet again on the other side. It's ok. Besides, you'll get to see Great Aunt Agatha again."

Moon nods and points to a brick in the back of the fireplace "Push that in. It'll make a handle appear. Pull on it and twist to open the door."

You follow his instructions and a secrete door opens. On the other side of the door is a small 8ft by 8ft room. Two skeletons lay together in a corner. They are dressed like jesters. A few tears fall from your eyes as you walk over to them. You can tell who is who. One is dressed in blue and yellow.

And the other is dressed in red and yellow. It's gross. You know it is. You know if anyone saw you do this they would berate you. You reach your hands out and pet the top of their heads tenderly.

You wipe your eye with the back of your hand "I'm sorry this happened to you. I bet you were the life of the party. Do you know where you want to be buried?"

Sun nods "Yes. We spend a lot of time together in the kitchen. The oak tree in the window."

Moon nods and you set off to dig some holes. It takes you all day but by sunset your task is done. You even made two headstones out of wood. The bodies are neatly wrapped in white bed sheets and placed in the graves.

You stand overlooking them "I'm sorry something so terrible happened to you. I wish I had known you when you were alive. At least that way I could have hugged you. I wish you the best in the afterlife. I'm so happy I met you! Sunny, I promise to keep planting flowers. I'll plant sunflowers on your grave. I'll miss our games together. Moon, I'll be sure to watch your favorite movies at least once a year. I'll miss your pranks. The house will be quiet without the two of you in it. I'll try to keep it full of laughter!"

Sun sniffles "I am going to miss you so much! I'll be waiting at the gates of heaven or whatever for you. When I see you again I'm giving you the biggest hug ever!"

Moon smiles "I know you'll do great things. Get a cat and name it after me."

You nod and begin to fill the graves doing your best to fill them at the same time. When at last they are full Sun and Moon begin to fade away.

Moon looks at his fading form "Wait! No! I have more to say!"

Sun screams "WE LOVE YO-"

And they are gone. You drop to the ground and ugly cry loudly. You cry so much you fall asleep outside. When you wake up the next morning it feels wrong. Like a big piece of you is gone. Because it is. Your best friends are gone forever. You did hear what Sun was saying.

You don't know what to do with that piece of information. You suppose the only thing you can do is take things one day at a time. The house feels empty when you get inside. The warm feelings it once had are gone. You are truly alone in the house right now.

Waking up the next morning feels wrong. Your Sunny is not there to tear the curtains open. Moon is not scaring you in the bathroom. You don't have a warm conversation over coffee. You didn't even realize how attached you had become to the duo. Life would never be the same again.

Three weeks later the large person sized pillow you ordered arrived. You brought it inside but nothing more. You couldn't look at it yet. It was too painful. Late that night you found yourself having a hard time sleeping. Might as well open the box. At least you could pretend they are still around.

Inside the box was a pillow about six feet tall. One side looked like Moon and the other Sun. Seeing the pillow made you cry again. You clutched it to your chest in the front entryway.

Fat hot tears trailing down your cheeks "Why is it so hard! I said goodbye! Why did you have to go?" You clutch the pillow tighter "I love you! I love you!"

That night you fall asleep on the floor clutching the pillow to you. Tears still streaming as you drift off. The next morning you are forced awake by the curtain in the room being pulled open.

A warm and familiar voice tells you gently "Sunrise means open eyes. You are alive. You should be spending time enjoying that life! Not wasting it away sleeping Sunflower."

You start to cry again believing your mind is playing tricks on you "STOP IT! STOP IT! IT'S NOT FAIR!" You let out a loud wail into the empty house.

Two warm arms wrap around you. You don't fight them. Far too tired to do anything but cry. Your arms hang limply at your side. Something soft brushed your cheek and you crack an eye open. Feathers, no not just feathers. Wings. Two white pristine wings.

A large familiar yellow hand brushes against your cheek "It's ok. Let it all out. I have you."

You can't stop the tears so you continue to cry thoroughly confused. You are picked up off of the floor and carried to the kitchen. Inside is a jaw dropping sight. Moon is standing at the stove fixing food. Two white wing and a halo on his head. A new flood of tears.

A white wing from behind you wipes at your face "You are going to shrivel up at this rate."

"What the hell is happening?!" You wail out.

Sun turns you in his arms so he can look at you "We are your guardian angels. Here to protect you from the forces of evil."

You hiccup "I don't understand."

Moon turns around "We got into heaven and fought to be your guardian angels. The big man saw how miserable we were up there and let us down here to keep you safe."

"Safe from what?" You sniffle out.

Sun smiles warmly "We can talk about that some other time. Right now you need food and water."

You nod and take a deep breath to help calm you. Moon sets down a cup of coffee and an omelet onto the island. He takes your chin and tips your face toward him.

He smiles softly and leans down "Can I kiss you?"

You nod unable to do anything else. His eyes light up as he kisses you on the lips.

Moon hums as he pulls back "We can touch you now. I for one intend to touch you all over all the time."

Sun gasps "Moon! Don't make it sound so dirty!" He rolls his eyes giving you a chaste kiss "We want to touch everywhere we couldn't before and make you feel loved."

Moon chuckles "That was dirty Sun."

Sun sets you down "No it was not!"

Moon nods "Yes it was."

You sip your coffee as their argument continues. Things feel more right than they had before. Life will never be the same and you wouldn't change it for the world.

Chapter 82: Two Ghosts And A Fleshy 3: Sick Day

Summary:

I'm sick with a fever. I'm supposed to be taking it easy but I also have stuff to do. My chicken coup needs repairs, my garden needs hay to help to prepare for the cold, and I need to cut wood. It's driving me nuts just sitting here. So have this fic instead.

Chapter Text

You began to stir from your sleep. The bed felt empty. You would have thought you were left alone were it not for the quiet muttering from the end of the bed.

"You get breakfast and I'll get medication." A voice whispered.

"Don't forget the thermometer." Said the second.

You felt the familiar burn of fever. Your mind clouded with sickness. Your entire body felt like it was lagging. Kinda like when you are playing a video game and it lags. You slowly sat up as you flew into a coughing fit. It was so bad it made you nauseous. You jumped up and darted to the bathroom.

A hand firmly planted on your mouth. You heard someone enter the bathroom. White feathers filled your vision for a moment as you were pulled into a lap. Sun smiled down at you brushing hair from your eyes. He held up a thermometer and opened his mouth. You did the same and he tucked it under his tongue.

He smiled sweetly "How about we get you washed up while Moon works on brunch." He takes the thermometer out "Hm... 102. Not good.... Don't worry Sunflower! We'll take good care of you!" Sun leans forward and starts the tub filling "Can you wash yourself? Or do you want me to?"

You spend a few minutes thinking. The slow pace your mind is working at making everything difficult. You are afraid to open your mouth yet. Instead you point to Sun with a nod. He seems to understand as he undresses you slowly. Taking his time and making sure you are comfortable with everything he's doing.

He rolls the sleeves to his robe up. Carefully he sets you down into the soaker tub. The warm water feels good. Heat seeps into your muscles and relaxes them. Sun take a plastic blue cup from the edge of the tub. He leans you forward in the tub and wets your hair. You hum happily letting Sun manhandle you in the tub.

He washes your hair. Gently massaging your scalp. You let out a yawn. Sun chuckles and rinses your hair. Conditioner next. It smells like vanilla. Again Sun massages it into your scalp. You almost fall asleep in the tub when a washcloth touches your back. He scrubs your body free of dirt and grime.

Hair fully rinsed, Sun pulls you from the tub. He wraps you in an oversized fluffy green towel. The two of you return to the bedroom. Moon is setting down your favorite pair of soft warm pants and matching long sleeve shirt. Sun sets you down on the bed and the two dress you.

Sun slips pants and undergarments on as Moon slips the shirt over your head. You smile up at the two before raising your arms. You make grabby hands at moon.

The man chuckles warmly "Aw Fleshy. Do you want me to pick you up? Alright, cmere."

He picks you up bridal style and carries you downstairs for brunch. Waiting in the parlor is a plate of french toast, some scrambled eggs, and two sausage patties. A warm cup of tea sits besides the food on the coffee table. When you put money into fixing the house you didn't change much.

It was mostly updating fixtures and adding a TV to the parlor. You worked with the local Historical Society to make sure the home remained faithful. In the end everything looked great. It may have cost you a pretty penny but it was worth it for you, your ghostly roommates, and Aunt Agatha.

You take a sip of the warm tea. It's your favorite flavor. After another sip of tea you move to take the plate. Sun pulls it out of your reach. Moon turns the TV on and finds something to watch.

Sun cuts the french toast and sausage up "Let us take care of you." He brings a bite up to your mouth. Humming happily when you take the bit "There you go."

You continue to let Sun feed you "So, I have to finish the repairs on the chicken coup today. The gate into the garden also needs some repairs."

Moon tuts "No. You will be here resting."

You give him a flat look "But... the chickens."

Moon crosses his arms "When is it getting cold? Next week? They'll be fine! You are a good bird caretaker. Rest for now."

You huff after swallowing another bite "I don't like being lazy though."

Sun nudges you "It's not lazy if you're sick. Taking care of yourself IS doing something. Once you are healthy you can take care of your birds and the gate. You work hard enough."

Moon nods "The world won't end because you are sick. You take care of everyone else. It's time to take care of yourself."

The two cage you in with their wings.

You fall into another coughing fit "Ok. Ok... I'll rest. You win. But I want soup for dinner! And! I want cuddles."

Moon takes your hand in his "Of! You drive a hard bargain, but we agree."

Sun pulls you into his lap "Ooo! Cuddles!" He nuzzles his fave into your hair. His wings twitch and flutter in joy "MMM I could hold you forever!"

Moon kisses your cheek handing you your tea. If this is how they want you to relax? You might relax more often.

Chapter 83: Two Ghosts and a Fleshy: The Intruder

Summary:

A self-indulgent piece based on an incident last night.

Chapter Text

You and your two guardian angel boyfriends Sun and Moon were spending a warm summer night outside. You were laying on a blanket stargazing. It turns out they know a lot about stars. Their wings were neatly folded behind them. You held both of their hands while they point out constellations and tell you their history.

Soon it's time to go inside for a cup of tea before bed. The three of you head back into the kitchen. As you get a kettle of water warming on the stove the three of you chat about what show to watch. You decide something funny would be good. Once the tea is ready you three head to the parlor. Sun opens doors for you and Moon closes them.

As you pass through the dining room to the dining room to the parlor to watch an episode of a show together. You glance outside at the forest and almost drop your cup. A flashlight shines through the woods. You can tell there are two of them. Who would be on your property at this hour? It's 8:30 at night!

You put your cup down and head for the gun. It's a double-barrel shotgun your Aunt Agatha had for things like this. Sun and Moon follow close behind you not keen on you having to use the gun. You almost tear the front door open and run around the house. You can hear a man and a woman talking but not what they are saying.

To say you were pissed to have strangers wandering around your yard would be an understatement. Your adrenalin is running high as you round the corner. You can see the flashlight light dart into the forest and disappear. Fading into the trees. Who were those people? What did they want? You explore your property looking for anything they might have done.

When you find nothing the three of you head inside. Sun and Moon help you make sure the house is all locked up. You're still on high alert. You try to calm down but it's hard. The strangers on your property have left you feeling unsettled. Even the comedy the three of you are watching doesn't help. Sun and Moon pick up on this right away.

Together they decide that maybe playing a video game will help calm your nerves. The three of you play a relaxing game together. While it does calm you a little you are still unnerved. You aren't sure how to feel exactly. Violated? Angry? Whatever this exact feeling is you don't like it. You decide you are going to get motion sensor alarms to put around the house.

You live so far out of the way for someone to decide to trespass on your land would take some effort. The intruder would have to drive several miles to even get to the lonesome road to your house. You still remember the drive out the first time you came here before it was yours.

The three of you lay down for bed after the game. Your mind tries to convince you that they are going to come back. You try to shut the damn thing off but the only real way to do that is to die and that is not on the table. The night is spent tossing and turning. You do get a little sleep but it's broken up by moments of being awake.

The next morning you are exhausted. Coffee does not help at all. You have a small headache from the lack of sleep. The feelings from last night still linger in the back of your mind. You decide the only thing you can do today is push through it and continue on with your day.

Chapter 84: Two Ghosts and a Fleshy: The kitchen

Summary:

Working through a little frustration through writing.

Chapter Text

As you stared into your kitchen, you died a little on the inside. The sink was piled high with dishes. The island had a smattering of plates and cups. You opened the dishwasher to find it full of clean dishes. On the stove was a pan with something stuck to the inside.

You felt defeated. Sun and Moon were gone on official angel business. Whatever that meant. You had allowed your Cousin, her husband, and their four kids to stay for the week. You adored their kids. Their house was being fumigated because of a roach infestation. You could see why they had an infestation now.

You had been gone all day grocery shopping and picking up something special for Sun and Moon. You had asked for a load of dishes to be done and the counter cleared. Neither had been done and it looked worse than when you left this morning.

Your day had been going so well. To come home to this was crushing. All week you had been scrambling to keep up with the mess. You felt more like a maid than the actual homeowner. Your cousin sauntered into the room, took a bag of chips from the grocery bag in your hand, and left the kitchen. You were done. Your request was not hard! Just a tiny bit of cleaning!

You set the grocery bag down on the floor and left to get the rest. All the doors to your car were open. The bags were pilfered of all snacks. You broke unable to keep it together. You leaned against the hood of your car. A few frustrated tears rolled down your cheeks.

You brought the rest of the groceries inside. Every time you saw the state of your kitchen you felt more and more heartbroken. You began to put stuff away.

"Auntie? We ate all the gummy bears. Can you go get more?" The thirteen-year-old asks.

Right, you bought yourself a small bag of candy. So much for that "No I can't."

Their lip quivers and they run off "MOM!"

You sniffle as you look at the sink. How many loads of dishes are you about to do? More than you'd like. You can hear the footfalls of your cousin stomping toward the kitchen. The door opens and you turn around.

Sun and Moon whisper "You've got this." Faintly in your ear.

You glare at your cousin "Get out! I want you and your family gone!"

She looks like an angry bull "You expect us to leave? This is our house now. YOU GO!"

You take a breath "No! You get out! This house is mine! I'll call the cops!"

You take your phone out of your pocket and dial the number "I have some intruders. I live-"

She backs up "I'm leaving! KIDS PACK YOUR STUFF! You are going to regret this!" Her eyes go wide "WHAT THE FUCK!? YOU DIDN'T TELL ME YOUR HOUSE IS HAUNTED!"

You tilt your head "It's super haunted." A knife is thrown across the room "I'd leave if I was you."

It only takes thirty minutes for them to leave. You sit down on the floor of your entryway. You feel so tired and done with everything.

"What a bitch!" Sun says while locking the door.

Moon wraps you in his fluffy wings "Are you alright?"

You shake your head "The house is trashed. They ate all the snacks. AND they tried to steal my house. I'm not ok."

Sun wipes your face with his wings "We should have been here sooner."

You pull Sun into a hug "Thanks for helping. I should go clean the kitchen."

Moon picks you up and heads for the kitchen "Let us take care of that. You can sit and watch."

Sun holds the doors open for Moon "I'll fix you a nice cup of hot tea just the way you like it."

You hum "Thank you Sun."

Chapter 85: Question

Chapter Text

Plase let me know if y'all would be interested in this. Kinda thinking about doing a Christmas adventure with Sun and Moon. Santa gets kidnapped by ... i don't know, and it's up to Sun and Moon to save him. Maybe Rudolph helps them? Santa asks our ghost boys to make a wish. One of them wishes to be a prince for you. Bam! Holiday magic and our boys are princes now. Jokes on them their still robots. But now their Robot Princes. or something...
if you have any ideas tell me! I'll try to include them!

Chapter 86: the holiday fic

Summary:

This is the work in progress design for the boys. I liked them being the ghost of christmas past and future.

Chapter Text

Sun is the ghost of Christmas past. His rays are little flames. He can make them bigger or smaller at will. Sun can fly but he can't walk through walls. Sun has on a white robe with a green sash around his waist. and green slippers. He has green form fitting sports shorts underneath the robe. Around his head is a crown of holly. He looks like he does in the game but his mouth can move, his rays are fire, and he has no exposed wires.

Moon is the ghost of Christmas future. He can change his size because sometimes he deals with kids. The smallest he can get is three and a half feet tall. He can walk through walls but he can't fly. He has on a black robe with an overlay of dark grey silk gossamer fabric. Around his waist is a thick rope belt. When Moon shrinks his rope belt turns into a rope bow to look slightly more friendly. He has on black slippers and dark form fitting sports shorts. Just like Sun he looks like he does in the game. However, his red eyes are black voids with little red flames, his mouth can move, and he has no exposed wires. He can make the flames in his eyes go out. He can also change their size.

Chapter 87: Tennessee Whiskey PT1 Eclipse

Summary:

The inspiration for this piece is this song https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4zAThXFOy2c&list=LL&index=3
It's Chris Stapleton - Tennessee Whiskey

I am enamored by this song! Had to write this!

Chapter Text

You had just moved to a small rural town in Tennessee. The Veterinary Clinic in town needed a new large animal specialist. The hustle and bustle of the city was exhausting. The rude people and hostile atmosphere had worn you down. Not to mention no one where you lived was romantically interested in you.

You were optimistic that moving was the right choice. Not only for your mental health, but your social life too. At the very least you would make some new friends. Out of all your old friends, only one supported your move. The rest acted like you abandoned them or something.

You had managed to find yourself a nice one bedroom home. The house had a living room dining room combo, a full bathroom, the bedroom, a small attic space, and a garage. It sat on one acre of land and had a tiny flower garden. Just the right size for you and a potential pet.

You were thinking a hermit crab. Or maybe some exotic fish? Heck even regular fish would be cool. Some tetras and goldfish. Maybe little shrimp friends. You wanted to get a little more settled before going for something that would need more care. Like a dog, cat, or ferret.

Moving in was easy enough. You didn't have a lot of things to bring with you. Some furniture, clothes, and kitchen essentials. The home was basically a blank canvas for you to decorate! You were excited about it. It helped everything feel like a fresh start. Far from the apartment you used to live in.

The vet practice you got a job with is nice. They have two veterinarians to work in the building. Most of what your job will be is farm calls. There are several ranches, farms, and stables in the area. You were looking forwards to spending time outside tending to animals.

You had two weeks before work started. You planned for this for your mental health. A nice vacation. It also gave you a chance to get to know the area and it's people. It was strange. On average people were a bit mean but willing to help you. That's not to say everyone was a jerk. No there were a lot of nice people.

It was four days into your vacation that you decided to check out the nightlife the small town had to offer. Aside from the standard nightlife fair. A night market happened twice a month on Friday and Saturday night. You found yourself in a repetitively busy bar called "Springers".

It was a country bar. Definitely a refreshing sight from the nightclubs you were used to. There was only so many flashing lights you could stand. The inside of the bar was glorious. A large rectangular bar with a rainbow of liqueurs. Hardwood floors made a pleasing sound as you walked on them.

Brown leather bar stools dotted the bar. About ten tables sat across from the bar with a dance floor between them. Sitting in a corner by the bathrooms was a jukebox. You could smell burgers and other bar food wafting from the bar area. You decided to sit at the bar for food and drink.

The bartender was an older woman with her silvery hair in a french braid. A caramel tan and brown eyes. Calloused wrinkled hands and a kind face. She looks like she used to do hard labor. Given the area you wouldn't be surprised if she worked on a farm at some point in her life.

You sat down on a stool with an empty space on either side. The smell of burgers was drawing you in. The bartender handed you a menu before tending to another customer. Looking it over you decided on a bacon cheddar burger with fried pickles and a whiskey sour sounds perfect.

The woman returns "Sorry bout' that sugar. I'm Mary. What can I get you?"

You smile "It's fine. I'd like the bacon cheddar burger with a side of fried pickles. I'd also like a whiskey sour."

Mary jots down your order "Pale or smokey on the drink?"

You grin "Ooo smokey please!"

She nods "Alright! I'll be back in a moment with your drink."

You spin around on your stool to look around the room. At one table are a mouse and a dog animatronic. The mouse is grey with a purple dress and the dog is blond with a green dress. Several couples dance together on the dance floor. Another table had five men chatting away.

You spun back around as your drink was set down "You must be new around here. Never seen you before."

You nod "I moved here a few days ago. I like it here."

Mary nods "Your food will be out in a moment. I hope you have a good time here."

You sip your smokey whiskey sour. It's divine! You know you are going to want one more after this one. Maybe even two! But no more than that. You get the feeling someone is watching you. A quick glance around the bar show no one looking. Not that you're paranoid. You just want to know whose interested.

Tammy Wynette's "Stand By Your Man" plays from the jukebox. You can't help humming along. Your burger and pickles are placed in front of you. You happily wiggle in place at the food. A wide grin on your face. You thank Mary and take a big bite of food. It's so good you let out a soft moan. The drink pairs well with it.

A low gravely voice with a light southern accent rumbles out "Well, hello there darlin'. Ah haven't seen you around before."

His voice reminds you of Luke Taylor. You turn to look at whoever is talking to you. It's an animatronic that looks like the sun. He has four five inch rays in eggplant and nine smaller rays in burnt umber. His eyes are a soft moonlight yellow. He has four arms each of which are ombre.

Starting burnt umber and ending in eggplant. Two are on his shoulders and two just above his hips. Eclipse is seven feet five inches tall, if you include his rays. Denim wrangler jeans with a plaid dusty green button down. A black stetson hat on his head and dark brown leather boots finish his look off.

You swallow your mouthful of burger "Oh! Uh. Yes! I'm new here. Just moved a few days ago!" You take a sip of your drink and tell him your name "It's nice to meet you..."

The man shakes his head "Mercy me! I forgot to tell you my name! I'm Eclipse. What's a sweet little thing like you doin' here all by yourself? Your partner at home?"

You shake your head "Naw. Don't have a partner." You want to say a flirty line but you are nervous about it.

Eclipse smiles "Well then. Mind if ah join you?"

You pat the seat next to you "Long as you don't mind me finishing my food. Otherwise you can leave because I'm hungry."

Eclipse lets out a hearty laugh "Oh! We wouldn't want you ta go hungry now! Say, let me buy you another drink."

You snicker and pop a pickle into your mouth "You flirting with me?"

Eclipse leans forward "Well that depends. Is it working?"

You think hard for a moment. IS it working? He is attractive.... but you don't do one night stands. You have to get to know someone first. Fall in love first. You can't just bang every Tom, Dick, and Janey that bats an eye at you.

You smile warily "A few things you should know up front. I don't do one night stands. I have to be in love with you to .... have sex. It's not that I'm a prude or anything. I'm Demisexual." You shrug.

Eclipse leans on the bar resting his head in his hand "We'll ah don't think that's an issue. My father- er! Creator used to tell us growin' up that the best things in life are worth waitin' for. Even if they take some effort." You must have made a face because Eclipse continues "I have two... Well we aren't brothers but we are a family! Moon is the youngest by a few minutes, Sun is the middle, and ah'm the oldest. We run a cattle ranch! Sometimes we board horses."

You sip your drink "Well! I'm the new vet who's going to take care of your animals. Also, your flirting is working. At least a little."

Eclipse smiles "Well! I'll take a little over none! Ah look forward to seein' you on the ranch. Although Ah'd rather see you at my dinner table."

You point to the burger "Too bad I already have this." You shrug again and playfully state "I guess that means I HAVE to come to dinner some time. Alternatively you COULD come to mine. You do eat right?"

Eclipse nods "Yep! The three of us got those bio-mechanical upgrade to eat and drink! Although we don't have to."

You look down at his stomach "That's so cool."

Eclipse chuckles and pats his belly "Ah'll have to show you some time! When we get to know each other better. Ah don't just show this to anyone you know." He waves to the bartender and points to your drink indicating two.

'Lyin' Eyes' by The Eagles starts and you let out a gasp before singing along quietly "City girls just seem to find out early. How to open doors with just a smile. A rich old man, and she won't have to worry." You catch yourself "Sorry! My... my dad loves this band. I love The Eagles too."

Eclipse takes you by the hand "Nothin' wrong with that! 's a good song. So, if ah may ask. What brings you ta Tennessee?"

You eat another pickle, you finished the burger already, "Honestly? City life was exhausting! It took a tole on my mental health. Moved here instead! So far I'm doing heaps better! And who knew I'd meet such a handsome... I'm sorry, what are your pronouns?"

Eclipse takes a sip of his new drink after the bartender sets it down "He, him, they, them. and it. What about you sweetheart?"

You nod "They and them."

Eclipse takes another sip of his drink "You have a great taste in drinks! Wonder what else you have great taste in."

You look at him out of the corner of your eye "Well, I'm talking to you aren't I?"

His eyes go wide for a brief moment "Wait here a moment will ya. Gotta change the song."

Chapter 88: Tennessee Whiskey PT2

Chapter Text

You watch Eclipse curiously as he walks to the jukebox. He puts a few coins into the machine and pushes a few buttons. A guitar and drums begin to play.

Eclipse takes your hand "Dance with me. Please?"

You blush and sheepishly stand up "I'm not too god at it."

He smiles at you "Just follow my lead Darlin'. You'll do fine."

Eclipse walks you to the dance floor and pulls you to him. Leaving a respectable distance between the two of you. One hand on your shoulder, two on your waist, and the last holds your hand tenderly. As he begins to sway the two of you gently you can't help the dopey smiley blush on your face.

He smells like hay, ceder wood, and dirt. It's alluring. You aren't sure if it's the liquor or the man himself, but your head is getting just a touch fuzzy. Eclipse raises your hand letting your body go to spin you slowly. You wonder what those lips of his taste like? What do they feel like?

Eclipse lets out a chuckle leaning down to whisper "Ah see ya lookin' at mah lips darlin'. Kisses are for when the date is over. Ah don't want to go rushin' things now. You can be good for me an' wait can't ya?"

You blush deeper as warmth pools in your belly "Y-yes."

He gives you a hard commanding look "Now ya didn't sound so sure of yourself. Wanna try again?"

You let out a small gasp and gulp "Yes sir."

Eclipse laughs "Sir? You sure about that kitten? Now's the time to change ya mind."

You let him sway you two in small circles. Did you mean it? Sir? ... Yeah. You think you do mean it.

You look up at him "I think so. I'm not really sure. I do like the sound of it."

Eclipse pets your hair "Ah hear ya. Nothin' is set in stone. If this ain't yer thing then alright. For now? Let's just enjoy the good compny. Sides, ah haven' gotten you to fall in love with me yet. Gotta do that first."

Good lord this man is going to kill you. You are actually hoping this night ends in a good night kiss. Pretty sure you'll shrivel up if you don't get one.

Eclipse clears his throat and nervously states "Ah... Ah'm havin' a real good time with you. Ah'm not usually the type to go lookin' for romance. But lookin' at ya sittin' by yourself at the bar? Had ta talk to ya. Glad ah did."

You lean into him, pressing your chest into him "I'm glad too. This has been the most fun I've had in a long time."

Eclipse gives you a lopsided grin "Well shoot! Glad ta hear that darlin'!" He looks up to a clock hanging on the wall "Ah do hate to cut this short... but ah gotta get up early tomorrow. Got some cattle needin' ear tags. Also the barn needs some repairs."

You frown as the song comes to an end "Oh... ok. Can we exchange numbers?"

Eclipse takes a card out of his wallet and hands it to you "Now don't look so down darlin'! This won't be the last time we see each other. If ah have to come to your place a work and ask for a date every day then ah will."

You look the card over before pocketing it "Well good thing I also want another date with you."

Eclipse walks you back to the bar and puts a twenty down. You do the same. He walks you outside. It's cold but that's alright. It wont kill you.

Eclipse turns to you "Did ya drive here?"

You shake your head "Don't have a car yet. It gets here next week. I took a taxi."

Eclipse bites his lip, he's never allowed to do that again, "Ah could give ya a ride? Doesn't have ta be to your house."

You mull it over "Alright."

Eclipse throws a fist into the air "Woo! Alright! Let;s get goin' huh?"

You giggle and follow him to a dark blue pickup truck and opens the door for you "Don't mind the equipment in the back. Ah. Uh. Ah didn't know ah'd have such appealin' compny in mah truck tonight."

You cover your face "It's fine."

Eclipse starts the truck after you give him directions "Aw, you shy little kitten? 'S cute."

You groan "Good lord. You are going to be the death of me."

Eclipse lets out a sigh "Well, looks like we're here."

He pulls into your driveway and hops out of the truck. Before you can open the door he's running around the truck like a mad man. He slips on the dewy grass before gripping the door.

With a bow he opens the door for you "Mixter."

You tilt your head "Mixter?"

Eclipse helps you out of the truck "Yeah! It's like Miss and Mister but for those who aren't men or women. Mixter."

You blush again "Oh! Well, thank you!"

He walks you to your door "So you'll call me later to set up a date?"

You nod "Oh yes! I had a nice time."

Eclipse shuffles nervously "Me too."

He stares at you for a moment. His eyes darting between your eyes, cheeks, and lips. He leans forward slowly. When you make no objections he plants a slow soft kiss to your cheek. Before you can say anything he runs back to his truck. His hat covering his eyes. Steam flows from under his collar.

You wave as he drives off. Chuckling to yourself as his taillights disappear. Feeling light as a feather you head inside your house.

Chapter 89: Tennessee Whiskey PT3

Summary:

This is from the point of view of eclipse.

Chapter Text

Eclipse spent the car ride back to the ranch trying to cool is systems down. He knew the moment he saw you he was down bad. He needed advice. He knew he wanted to take you on a date but no idea where to. He wanted to make a good impression on you. He had a grin on his face when he entered the farmhouse.

The farmhouse has two floors. The first floor has a kitchen, mudroom, living room, bathroom, and dining room. The basement has a laundry room. The rest is storage. The second floor has the master bedroom and three bedrooms. Each bedroom has a bathroom. Nothing fancy but still good.

As Eclipse closed the door behind him Sun shouted from the living room "Welcome back Clipse! How was yer night?"

Eclipse knew he had to play it cool. The relentless teasing from Sun and Moon would be unbearable! As casually as possible he walked into the living room.

He leaned on the back of the couch "It was good. Had a drink or two." Eclipse tried to choose his words carefully "Chatted with Mary."

Sun snickers, turning around in spot on the couch. Sun has on a comfortable white t-shirt and grey sweat pants. A shit eating grin on his face. Eclipse knows Sun must know something. And he does.

Sun looks like the cat that got the mouse "Did you know Moon was at the bar?" Sun says in a sing songy voice "He wanted to join you. Saw you with someone. Talkin'. Flirtin'. Dancin'."

Eclipse shifts nervously "An' .... an' where is he now?"

"Right behind you Clipse." Moon chuckles out.

Eclipse groans "Yes ah me someone! They are really sweet. Ah want to take them out on a date but ah don't know where."

Sun snickers "Oooo! Moonie! Our Clipse found himself a lover!"

"They are not my lover! We are takin' things slow!" Eclipse barks"

Moon laughs appearing on Eclipse's left "Aw! Gettin' defensive of em already. How adorable!"

Sun slaps his hands onto his cheeks "They grow up so fast!" He wipes away fake tears "Why it was just yesterday he was lecturing Moon for stayin' out all night!"

Eclipse huffs "Because you didn't tell anyone where you were! An' ah couldn't get a hole of ya! Ah thought you were dead!"

Moon lets out a girlish giggle purposefully pitching his voice up "Oh Ah'm so sorry DADDY ah didn't mean to spook ya!"

Eclipse sighs "Stop messin' around an' help me!"

Sun throws his hands in the air "All right, all right! What's yer problem?"

Eclipse leans his forehead on his crossed arms "Ah wanna take em out on a date, but ah don't know where! What if ah pick someplace and they hate it?"

"Take em to the night market this weekend." Moon states like it's the most obvious thing. "Ah'm sure they'll like it. It's where ah take my flings."

Sun nods "Me an' mah boyfriend go there sometimes."

Before eclipse could get a word out the phone rings "Hello?"

It's you "Hi. I hope this isn't too forward... I uh..." You clear your throat "Would you like to go on a date with me? To the night market? It looks like fun but... I get nervous in new places... I was hoping you'd come with me?"

Eclipse almost drops the phone "A date? To the night market?"

Sun perks up. Hands clasped tightly to his chest he makes kissy faces at Eclipse. Moon slaps his arm and gestures for him to agree.

Eclipse snaps out of his stupor "Oh OH! Uh. Yes! Ah- Ah'd be delighted to take ya!"

You make a happy sound and Eclipse decides he wants to hear it again "Great! How about six thirty?"

Eclipse nods "That sounds perfect!"

You make the happy sound again, kinda like a squeal mixed with a laugh "Great! I'll see you then! Sleep well handsome!"

Eclipse lets out a puff of steam from his mouth "Night kitten."

Moon laughs as soon as the phone is hung up "Kitten? Didn't think ya had it in ya. We'll best go rest up for yer 'Kitten'."

Sun waves a hand dismissively "We both know his dreams will be full of his kitten."

Moon snickers "You mean his wet dream?"

Eclipse huffs "You two are awful."

He heads up to his room to escape the teasing. Eclipse flops down onto the bed and lets out a scream of joy into a pillow. He rolls onto his back crushing the pillow to his frame. Tonight could not have gone any better. Sparks danced across his circuits. He hummed 'Tennessee Whiskey' as he got ready for bed.

He brushed his fingers across his lips. The memory of the kiss fresh in his mind. You smelled faintly of Old Spice body wash. Maybe he could put some on his body pillow? At least then he could pretend you are sleeping next to him. Would that be creepy? Probably. Would he care? Probably not.

Either way, tonight is a memory he would cherish forever. Friday, he decided, would be better. He'd make sure of that.

Chapter 90: Tennessee Whiskey PT4

Summary:

I wanted to include their date. I think the next part might a time skip to smut.

Chapter Text

Tonight is your date with Eclipse. You were so nervous! It took you twenty minutes to pick something to wear. You kept second guessing yourself. Finally you settled on a long sleeve shirt and jeans. You dried your hair from your shower and got dressed. Hopefully Eclipse would like what you have on.

You decided to fix yourself a cup of lemon beebalm tea to help calm your nerves. A happy sigh escaped you at the first sip. While you did like an alcoholic drink every now and then, nothing could beat a warm cup of tea. You had one almost every night to unwind from the day. It helped you sleep.

About half way through your tea there was a knock at the door "Coming! Just a second!" You set your cup down on a coaster and booked it to the front door "Eclipse! Your a little early? Would you like to come in?"

Eclipse nods bashfully "Ah got you somethin' darlin'."

You close the door behind the two of you "Got me something? Was I supposed to get you something? Shit! I'm sorry! It's been a long time since I've been on a date."

Eclipse pulls you into a hug "Darlin'! It's fine! You don't need ta get me anything. Just you bein' here is enough." He holds up fake forget-me-nots "Ah got you these. Got em plastic so they can't die! There forget-me-nots! It's so you never forget me just like ah'll never forget you."

Don't cry, don't cry, do not cry "Thank you! I know just were to put them!" You neatly lay them on top of your TV "Now I can always look at them!"

Eclipse makes a flustered sound "Oh! Well... Glad ya like em darlin'!"

You grab your stuff "Shall we go handsome?"

Eclipse lets a tiny puff of steam out. You can hear the quiet pft sound. It's a slight boost of confidence knowing you do that to him. He held the front door open for you. You locked it behind you. He even held the truck door open for you. What a charmer!

"So, what kind of stuff do they have at the market?" you ask as Eclipse drives to the Night market.

Eclipse turns the radio down so you two can chat better "Well, they got all kinds of food. Foreign stuff too so we can try a little of everything! Game too. If ya like em. People sell chachkies an' hand made stuff. Might find somethin' nice for your house."

You wave your hands excitedly "Ooo that sounds fun!"

Eclipse chuckles "Glad you're excited!"

The night market was a maze of stalls, lights, music, and smells. The chatter of people filled the air. You could smell the delectable scent of fried treats. A live band played somewhere deep within. The bluegrass pulling you in. If you didn't think this was going to be fun before, you certainly do now.

If Eclipse could sweat, he would be sweating bullets right now as he held his hand out to you "Allow me ta show you around darlin'."

You blushed lightly as you took his hand "Lead the way."

Eclipse leads you past the stalls at the front "The good shops are further in. Are ya hungry?"

You pat your belly "Probably a good idea to eat something. What do you recommend? I don't have any food allergies."

Eclipse hums and puts his hand on his chin "Depends, what kind a food are ya interested in?"

You think for a moment "Something savory and fried."

"Fried huh? Ah know just the thing!" Eclipse pulls you to the right.

The distinct smell of fried chicken and a distinct tang fills your nose "Do I smell... buffalo chicken wings?"

Eclipse pulls you up to a stall where two men are frying chicken at a wok "That you do darlin'. Ya got a good nose on ya!"

You wiggle and make a sound like a squeal miked with a laugh "I love buffalo chicken wings!"

Eclipse beams. Finally her got to see you do that in person and it is every bit as adorable as he thought it would be. An order of ten wings should do the two of you just fine. Plus the thought of sharing food with you gave him sparks along his wires.

He brought both you and the wings over to a table "Ah hope ya don't mind. Ah only got ten wings for the two of us. Ah remember you sayin' ya wanted ta try a little of everything."

You nod "Yes, I did! These smell so good!" You pick a wing up and go to town.

Eclipse smiles fondly for a moment before picking one of his own up "You want any ranch?"

You shake your head and swallow "I don't like ranch. Or any salad dressings really. Same for sour cream."

Eclipse nods "So what got you into vet work?"

You smile sheepishly "I like medicine... People will lie to you, an animal can't."

Eclipse nods "Ah understand. It's why my family an' Ah raise cattle."

You swallow another bit "I like cows. Always wanted a tiny cow. They are like half the size of a regular cow."

Eclipse nods "Sounds cute. Like you."

You smirk "Well, aren't you a charmer! So what's next?"

Eclipse stands up taking the trash to the trashcan "We can go window shopping. Find ya somethin' nice for your house."

You take his hand and let him lead you around. The first stall he takes you to has artwork. Mostly paintings of animals. Nothing really catches your eye. The stall next to it had landscape paintings. You wind up getting two pieces. One for the living room and the other for the bedroom.

As the two of you move from stall to stall Eclipse can't help but wonder what a life with you will be like. What would future children look like? Would you adopt? Would you build one? Do you even want kids? What about last names? Would you take his? OR would he take yours?

Eclipse looks down at you. He must have been lost in thought because you are now holding cotton candy. Happily munching away. Eclipse pulls you a little closer. You lean into him as you two shop at the stalls. Up ahead you can hear children laughing. Carnival games!

Eclipse pulls you to a game designed for animatronics. A precision game of skill. The object of the game is to shoot water as fast as possible into a tiny moving hole. Winner gets a prize. Eclipse sits down with three other animatronics. A racoon, kangaroo, and skink.

You stand beside Eclipse and rest a hand on his back. He goes stiff for a moment before relaxing. A look of determination on his face. The fairy animatronic running the game starts the game. You keep your focus on Eclipse. Watching the small movements in his frame.

Admiring the way his shoulders move when he shifts position. How his tongue sticks out ever so slightly as he concentrates. And the way his brows pull together. You wonder what life with him would be like? So far he seems like a great guy. What kind of future does he see for himself?

Would it match with your vision? Would he want marriage? Kids? No kids? What if you got sick? What if he got damaged? If this relationship goes further should you study up on basic repairs? What kind of below the belt parts is he packing? He identifies as a he, but does he have he parts? Or does he have she parts?

He could even have no parts. Not that it would bother you whatever parts he has. You just don't have a lot of experience with ANY parts, It makes you nervous. No matter what he's packing you will learn how to please him. You let out a squeak as a stuffed snake is shoved into your face.

"Boop! Ah won this for ya! Ah hope ya like snakes." Eclipse averts eye contact nervously.

You take the teal snake "Oh! Thank you! I actually do like snakes! I uh. I was thinking about getting one for my house. I think I want a corn snake."

Eclipse nods "Cute. So ya wanna browse some more or do ya want somthin' ta eat?"

"food. Something.... Asian?" You reply.

Eclipse takes your hand and the two paintings with a nod. He leads you to the back of the market. You can smell soy sauce and chilies. The stall appears to sell Yakisoba. You get two orders of noodles and return to the tables to eat. It smells like magic!

You take a bite and swallow "This has been a wonderful night. I've had a really great time."

Eclipse swallows "Ah'm glad. You are a really nice person. Ah really want this to work with you."

You touch his foot with yours under the table. As the two of you eat you chat about likes and dislikes. Favorite colors, movies, books, and games. Just like your first encounter he drives you back home. Every the gentleman he holds the truck door open for you.

Once again you find yourselves at your front door. Eclipse rubs his arm nervously. He kissed you the first time. You decide to kiss him the second time. He's too tall though. You pull him down by his elbows. Your lips press against his and you hum. It takes a moment for his mind to catch up with itself.

His hand tangles into your hair. One arm around your waist. The other two are gripped by the elbow by you. He lets out a happy hum. His hat falls from his head. Thrown across the yard by his rays wildly spinning fanning you with cool air. You pull him closer with a whine before letting him go.

Eclipse pulls back to see your flushed face. Lips slightly swollen and eyes blown wide with arousal.

You pull him to you one more time capturing into a tight hug "Drive safe! Sleep well. We can talk tomorrow. Have a nice rest of your night."

Eclipse picks you up off of the ground. Tightly wrapping all of his arms around you "Same ta you darlin'. Talk to ya soon. g'night."

You watch as he drives off in his truck. Once the tail lights are gone you go inside for the night. Tonight was the best date you had ever been on.

Chapter 91: Tennessee Whiskey PT5

Summary:

Warning! Smut! Eclipse jerks off and licks a wall clean. Talk about breeding.

Chapter Text

Eclipse once again found himself feeling light as a feather as he entered the farmhouse. His date with you could not have gone any better. You kissed him! On the lips! You did that! He was just going to kiss you on the cheek again but you pulled him into that kiss.

He didn't think you would want to do that yet. You are just full of surprises. Sun and Moon are sitting on the couch playing Left 4 Dead 2. Moon has a black tank top and dark green shorts. Sun has sweat pants and a brown shirt on. The two pause and turn as Eclipse enters.

Moon grins "So how was yer night?"

Eclipse lets out a dreamy sigh "Wonderful. Ah won em a prize!"

Sun nods "Yeah? What else?"

Eclipse leans on the couch "Ate some food together. Browsed some stalls."

Moon slaps a hand over his mouth before stating "An' what else?"

Eclipse looks between the two "Now what are you two gettin' at?"

Sun stifles a laugh "Did-did ja loose somthin'?"

Eclipse tilts "Loose somthin'? Ah don't think so?"

Moon rubs the top of his head "Hm... Ya seem ta be missin' somethin' ta me."

Eclipse slowly raises an arm and touches the top of his head "I don- What!? My hat!"

Sun snickers "So wadya do ta loose yer hat?"

Moon casually looks around the room before his eyes return to Eclipse "Was it.... somethin.... naughty?"

Eclipse lets out a little steam "Naughty?"

Sun nods "Yeah! Ya know!" Sun drops his voice a few octaves "Breedin'. Makin' em yours."

Eclipse swallows "Breedin'? No w-we didn't d-do anythin' like that!"

Moon raises a brow "Then what happened?"

Eclipse reaches up to hide in his hat, but it's not there "They kissed me."

Sun leans back "Kissed you?"

Eclipse nods "They took me by the elbows, pulled me to them, an' kissed me. On the lips." He looks at the ceiling and sighs "My ... My rays spun an' knocked my hat off. It's uh...-" His phone rang "Hello? .... Darlin'! ... The lawn? ... Well thank you darlin'. When can Ah get it... Ah can't? What? ... Yours now? .... Cost? ... Darlin'! .... Alright... g'night."

Moon tilts his head "Well?"

Eclipse huffs crossing his arms in indignation "They found my hat. They're keepin' it! Ah can't get it back unless Ah pay em! Can you believe that!?"

Sun bursts out laughing "Ya do realize they want you ta pay in kisses or somethin'?!"

Eclipse drops his arms to his side as his face goes blank "What?"

Moon joins in Sun's laughter "They want to spend more time with ya dumdum! Ah swear you are dumb as a stump sometimes. They clearly like ya! Ah bet they are puttin' that thing in bed with em ta smell you while they sleep."

Eclipse looks at Moon hopefully "Ya think? They really want kisses? An sleepin' with my hat?"

Sun shrugs "Makes sense ta me. An' who knows... They may want more."

Eclipse lets out a huge puff of steam from under his collar "More?"

Moon nods and replies in a sultry tone "Breedin'."

Eclipse squeaks and rushes upstairs "Y'all are makin' me overheat!"

Laughter from Sun and Moon follows Eclipse up stairs and into his room. He strips himself of all his clothes as he makes his way to the bathroom. Eclipse turns the shower on cold as it will go and hops in. His cock springing to life.

He knows if he doesn't do anything about this problem it won/t let him sleep. He hasn't even touched it yet and it's leaking. He takes the thick heavy eggplant purple cock in two of his hands. The other one grip his balls, and the last hold him up. He fondles his balls in his palm a strangled moan escapes him.

His hands work in tandem to rub up and down his shaft. It twitches and writhes in his hands. What would your mouth feel like? Hot, warm, and wanting. How much of him could you take? His hips thrust into his hands. He grips himself as tightly as he can before loosening his grip. Pulsing his hands.

He holds his balls in an almost crushing grip rolling each ball around in his hands. They tighten in his palms as he reaches his peak.

His thumb rolls over his tip "That's it darlin'! Suck me dry! Take it! Take it! Tak-"

His vocorder glitches out as he cums. Painting the shower wall in front of him in burnt umber cum. He doesn't stop though. Hips slamming into his hands. Overstimulation fading into pleasure again. The hand on his balls trail to his ass and grip it tightly.

His mind tells him it's you doing that. Pulling him closer to you. He can feel his balls getting tight again. Cock twitching wildly in his hands. He cums again on the wall. Forcing down the moan. As he comes down from his high he crouches down.

His tongue slips out and he begins to lick his own cum off of the wall "Darlin' ya taste so good. Mmmm!"

He lets out a whine as he continues to clean the wall. Eclipse stands back up and rinses himself off. A big fluffy black towel to dry himself off. He slips on a pair of boxers. A pillow is pulled close to him. It's lightly scented with Old Spice body wash. Sleep comes quickly. He dreams about you.

Chapter 92: Tennessee Whiskey PT6

Summary:

I might revisit this in the future. I like to do that. This is smut. After this chapter I'll be moving on to my next piece.
Warning! Smut! Cum eating. Eclipse hog ties you.

Chapter Text

You were nervous. Very nervous. You and Eclipse have been together for six months. While he had spent the night at your house, and you at his. The two of you hadn't done the deed yet. Tonight would change that. Tonight you would save a horse and ride your cowboy. So to speak.

You had invited Eclipse to dinner at your place. Burgers and fries were on the menu. Along with yourself. A silky pair of red undergarments underneath your sexiest outfit. You hadn't told Eclipse your plan, but if Sun and Moon were to be believed then he would want this.

Your anxiety told you otherwise. You set the table for a romantic candlelight dinner. You even had a playlist of music picked out. You were in the kitchen fixing two whiskey sours. Just like the first time you met. there was a knock on the door. You let out a small gasp. Nerves flaring with worry.

You made your way to the front door, pausing at a mirror to look yourself over before opening the door "Eclipse! Right on time. Come in love."

Eclipse steps into the house, setting down his overnight bag and looking you over "Wow! You look good darlin'! Is.. is tonight special?"

You bite your lip "Maybe..."

Eclipse pulls you to him "Maybe? Hm... Ah don't think it's an anniversary... Or a birthday.... Can Ah get a clue?"

You pull him into a kiss with a groan. Your tongue laps at his bottom lip and he opens his mouth. His hands pull you up to better piss you. Two arms around your waist and the other two hold your legs up comfortably. You nip at his tongue and pull the appendage into your mouth giving it a hard suck.

You pull back panting "That's your clue. Dinner is ready, Burgers, fries, and a whiskey sour. Take a seat at the table. You can spend a moment thinking about that clue."

Eclipse simply nods taking his seat at the table. His mind is working overtime thinking on that clue. You can't mean.... You are really ready to have sex? His cock twitches at the thought. Is that why you told him to bring an overnight bag? How much sex were you planning on having?

He's not sure his dick could handle that! He could feel his balls shrivel slightly. Worried he won't be good enough for you. He looks up at you as you set dinner down onto the table. A fond smile on your face. As you look him over your face drops. He looks so panicked. You misjudged this. This was a mistake!

You sit down "I'm sorry. We don't have to do that! I should have known it was too soon to suggest that! Fuck!" Your eyes feel hot as tears form. you try to blink them away but a few fall.

Eclipse moves from his seat to crouch next to you "Hey. Darlin. It's ok!" He wipes your tears with his thumb "You didn't make a mistake."

You take a deep breath "Then why do you look so scared? You have never looked at me like that unless we were in danger."

Eclipse averts eye contact and mumbles something "ahcanonlylastonemaybetworounds."

"What?" You ask.

Eclipse shoves his faceplate into your lap, looking up at you pitifully "Ah can only last one round! Maybe two at tha most! Ah'm sorry!"

You take his hat off and rub his face with your hands "I don't quite follow..."

Eclipse whines "Ya asked me ta bring an overnight bag. You must want a lot of sex! Ah can't last that long!"

You slow your petting ".... What? You think that because I want to spend the weekend with you I want lots and lots of sex?" You pull his faceplate up to you and plant a kiss between his eyes "Oh my sweet little himbo! No. I don't want that."

Eclipse leans into your hand "Ah just don't want to disappoint ya. You're probably expectin' some kinda multiple orgasm romp fest, an' Ah just can't deliver that! Ah don't have the stamina built up!"

You push him off of you and slide to the floor, climbing into his lap "Again. I don't want that. All I want is you."

Eclipse pulls you by the hips dragging your groin against his "Ah want you too. Ah just want ta please you."

He pulls you to meet him in a bruising kiss. Again he drags your genitals together. You let out a groan and grind down onto his cock. It's huge. Bigger than any you had been with before, and you aren't sure you could take it. This isn't going to stop you though.

Eclipse has two hands on your hips. His other two trail up your sides slowly. You tug at his shirt and nip at his lip.

He lets out a groan "Darlin! Darlin'. Ya got anythin' on in the kitchen? No fire or anythin?"

You shake your head "No fire. Nothing left on."

He picks you up and arranges you bridal style "Ah can't wait til after dinner. Ah need ya now darlin!"

Eclipse carries you to your bedroom after grabbing his overnight bag. Along the way you unbutton his shirt. Chest now exposed you lap at the animatronic. His chest is half eggplant and half burnt umber.

He sets both you and the bag down on the bed "Now Ah was going ta use this ta teach you how to tie a lasso like ya wanted." He opens the bag and searches around inside "But Ah think Ah have a better use for this." He pulls a rope out of the bag showing it to you "How do you feel bout me tying ya up?"

You blush with a gulp "How?"

Eclipse pets your hair "Hog style."

You tilt your head "And once I'm tied, how will you make me comfortable?"

He arranges the pillows on the bed to make a platform to rest you on "Ah plan on holdin' ya up myself, but if ah need ta set you down this should do."

You hum contemplating for a few minutes "Alright. I trust you." You begin to take your clothes off.

Eclipse looks dumbfounded "Wait really? Ya mean it!?"

You nod "Better take your clothes off cowboy. I'm not doing it for you. At least not tonight anyway."

Eclipse swallows hard before struggling to take his clothes off. His jeans get stuck on his feet and he crashes to the floor.

You giggle softly "You alright?"

He stands up rope in hand. He eyes you carefully before pouncing on you. He straddles your waist flipping you to hour back "Don't struggle! Ah have done this with many an ornery calf, you won't be a problem darlin'!" He pulls your hands together with his upper arms. His lower arms hold your legs down. Gently he wraps the rope around your wrists "Comfortable?"

You wiggle your arms "Yes. I have some lotion in the bathroom and a tube of foil in the medicine chest just in case."

Eclipse nods bringing your ankles to your wrists. Again he wraps the rope around your ankles "And now?"

You wiggle around. You can move a little and the rope is not digging into your flesh "Still good. You uh.... You look good by the way."

Eclipse whines slightly "You too darlin." He picks you up by the waist "We gotta go slow." His other two arms help hold you up as he brings you to his face. His tongue snakes out and licks your hole "Ya taste so darn good darlin!" His tongue snakes around the outside of your hole.

You moan loudly "Gla-glad you like it."

He pauses "Talkin'?" He begins to slide his tongue into your hole "Ah'll fix that." It almost burns in the best of ways. Eclipse swirls his tongue around inside you. Tasting every inch of what you have to offer. His drool dribbles down your back. Slimy and warm. Slowly he begins to fold his tongue inside you.

You can feel is folding in half. The stretch is more than your largest toy. He pauses to allow you to adjust. In the mean time he pinches your nipples between his thumb and pointer finger. He pulls out completely standing from the bed "You have no idea how long Ah have wanted to do this." He lines himself up holding you by the ropes with one hand "Picturin my hands were yours." Slowly he starts to slide in "Or they were your mouth. Wonderin how much ah me you could take."

Eclipse inches his way deeper inside you "How tight and warm you are. Better than Ah could ever imagine."

He bottoms out inside you and stills. You hands twitch. You need to touch him.

Eclipse pulls out of you before thrusting harshly inside you "Yer my fleshlight, ain't ya darlin? Just here for me ta use!" His thrusts are slow and deep. All the way out and all the way in. He whines loudly as he picks up the speed. You just get to sit there all tied up and take it.

His balls slap against your lower back and ass. Eclipse can feel his balls tighten slightly. He's not ready to cum yet. Instead he stills his thrusting. Languidly he walks back to the dinette. He picks up your dinner and sits down in his seat.

Eclipse holds a french fry to your mouth "Eat darlin'."

You open your mouth and let him feed you the fry. A little unsure of his plans.

Eclipse kisses your forehead "You don't mind a little cockwarmin now do ya? Ah just want to enjoy how ya feel." You shake your head as eclipse picks up a burger. He brings it to his lips and takes a bite "Damn darlin! This is good!" He moans in delight. His cock wiggles inside you. "Try a bite." He holds the burger to your lips, his cock slowly moving inside you.

You take a bite of burger with a happy moan "That is good. Oh! The burger is nice too."

Eclipse thrusts up into you "Cheeky rascal." He sets the burger down. Leaning down to your chest he takes your right nipple into his mouth. He rolls it around on his tongue. Giving it a suck every so often "That's it darlin'. Sing for me."

You moan loudly thrusting yourself on his cock. As best as you can all tied up anyway. Eclipse stands from the table. All four hands on your hips. He moves you along his cock as quickly as he can. Thrusting his hips in tandem with his arms. Precum mixed with your slick drips to the floor.

His hips slap painfully into yours. Cock hitting all the right places. Your walls flutter capturing Eclipse in a vice grip he could never hope to replicate. With a loud moan you cover Eclipse and yourself in your cum.

"Sh-shit! Yer gripping me so tight! Sucking me in!" He wraps his arms around you caging you to him.

His balls tighten and his cock twitches wildly with each spurt of cum he dumps into you. You think he's done but he keeps going. You whine as the pleasure starts becoming unbearable. He lets out a pathetic sobbing cry. Too much, it's too much. He's so overwhelmed.

But he keeps pushing through it. Thrusting over and over. Pressing his cock into every spot in your body that makes you cry out loudly. He's muttering under his breath. Getting louder and louder.

"Take it. Take it! TAKE IT! C'mon! Cum with me darlin! Do it!" He moans loudly as you cum again walls squeezing more cum out of him as he reaches his final end. You think he's done again but he's not really "Gotta clean ya darlin'."

Eclipse brings your hole to his mouth. He stuffs his tongue into you and laps at your insides. He licks every drop of cum out of you. Satisfied with his work, he ignores your protests and licks your body clean. Pleased groans at every swipe of his tongue. Eclipse pulls the rope free from you as he walks to your bedroom.

Two arms carry you and the other two rubs your wrists and ankles "Next time we play like this, Ah'll take ya in the barn and hang ya from the rafters." He kisses your forehead "Did ja have fun?"

You hum and weakly reply "Yeah. 's good. Really good. Sleepy time now."

As he passes from room to room he turns lights off and locks doors "Alright. Jus let me lock up." Eclipse lays you down in bed covering you up. He wipes himself off with his shirt before crawling into bed with you. He curls himself around you in the darkness of the room absolutely giddy.

He got to take you! He filled you with his cum and too real good care of you. Eclipse will always take care of you. It was worth the wait to get to make love to you. Better than anything he had done before. You were so willing to let him tie you up. He has so much to show you.

Chapter 93: A Picture Says A Thousand Words

Chapter Text

Sun shuffled nervously in the dim light of the Superstar Daycare Arcade after hours. He stood in front of the photo booth. He and Moon had observed it carefully and were fairly confident in their plan. All they had to do was take some photos for you. Easy right?

Sun took an artificial breath "What pose should I do first? Should I start with my clothes off or on?"

Moon spoke reassuringly in their head "Whatever you are most comfortable with."

Sun nodded and climbed into the booth "Comfortable, got it."

He puts the proper amount of coins into the machine. After flipping through all the photo border options he settles on one. It has some cutesy stars and clouds on it. Not particularly romantic.

"We could draw roses on it." Moon states.

Works for Sun. The machine counts down.

3-2-1 Flash! Sun makes hearts with his hands in the first photo. The machine counts down again. Sun takes his ruffles off quickly. 3-2-1 Flash! This time Sun poses with one hand on his chest and the other is hooked into his pants as if to take it off.

He slides his pants off a little shaky.3-2-1 Flash! The picture is terrible! Pant's half way off, one leg up, and rays squished on the ceiling. Nope! He counts the coins. Just enough for him to take one more set and Moon to take two sets.

Sun takes his pants off. His hands idly brush against his smooth crotch. Now or never. Six coins go in. Sun selects the same background as before. Stars and clouds. 3-2-1 Flash! Sun poses with his ass in the air looking back at the camera.

He flips over onto his back. Legs in the air holding his lower half up by his hips. His smooth crotch on full display. 3-2-1 Flash! one picture left. Sun leans forward and puts a hand on his smile. 3-2-1 Flash! He pretends to blow a kiss to the camera.

As the machine prints the photos Sun gets ready for moon to take over.

"So you are just going to disconnect your eyes?" Sun asks.

"Yes, hopefully it will keep us from swapping." Moon states.

Sun nods leaving the booth. He turns off all the lights and allows Moon to take over.

Moon puts his pants back on. He leaves the ruffles off for his photos. Coins in the machine and background selected he makes his first pose. Arms crossed behind his head leaning back slightly. 3-2-1 Flash! His next pose has his pants off slightly.

He has them pulled down just above where his dick would be if he had one. 3-2-1 Flash! Last pose for this set. His pants come off completely. His arms crossed behind his head. Moon turns his backside to the camera showing off his frame. 3-2-1 Flash!

First set done. Time for the next. Coins in, background picked. Time for the first pose of this set. He sticks one leg in the air and over his shoulder. 3-2-1 Flash!
Not bad.... He'll take it. Next pose. He bends over with his head between his legs. Hands on his ass. 3-2-1 Flash!

Last one! He moves into a pretzel. It failed. He wasn't fast enough. The pictures he took will have to do then. He gets dressed as the photo prints. He takes all four sets of photos with him as he returns to the daycare. The lights are due to turn on on in twenty minutes.

Moon spends his time doodling on his pictures. Little Moons and hearts. A doodle of you surrounded by flowers. The lights turn on and he shifts into Sun. Sun doodles more little hearts, flowers, and pictures of you. He cuts each of the pictures apart tossing the two bad ones.

Red construction paper will work great for their card.

Sun folds it in half "What should we write on the inside?" He glues the pictures to the paper.

Moon hums "Tell them how pretty we think they are! And how much they mean to us. Then invite them to the tower."

Sun nods and scrawls in cursive 'Dearest Love,
Moon and I really like you as you know. We want to invite you up to our tower for....'.

Sun pauses "For what? It's not like we can put "Hey we want to finger you dumb" on this."

Moon hums "For a night of love making. Or for a night of fun in the bedroom."

Sun tilts his head "A night of adult fun?"

"A night of fingering and pizza." Moon suggests.

Sun shrugs "Alright."

He continues the message 'for a night of fingering and pizza. Full of love. Signed, Sun and Moon.'

Sun closes the card. He scrawls 'For our Sunshine' on the front and puts it at your spot on the desk. All they have to do is wait now.

The next morning you come in early for work just like usual. Sun finishes setting up the craft table before he greets you. He watches out of the corner of his eye as you find their gift. Carefully you open the letter. You drop it at first before picking it back up.

He turns his head to face you as your eyes scan the paper. He can tell your reading the note. His rays twitch nervously. You look up at him, eyes wide and face flushed. You look back down to the paper and back up at him. Slowly you nod and mouth 'tonight'.

Chapter 94: A Picture Says A Thousand Words pt2

Chapter Text

You got a call at about noon. It seems there was an issue in the Super Star Daycare Arcade. With a small huff of annoyance you rose from your seat. This had better not be an entitled A-Hole. Or a bratty kid. Nothing wrongs with kids. But when little Timmy or Tammy is violent, then that's where things are bad.

As you make your way up the winding staircase you can hear the sound of yelling. You take a deep breath and put on your best customer service smile. You could see inside part of the arcade from where you were. Two moms were arguing beside the photo booth. Balls!

You steel your resolve and enter the arcade "Ladies! What can I help you with?"

One of the moms turns to you "Finally! I want them banned!"

You open your mouth when the other mom shrieks "Banned! For what?! Taking a picture?"

The first mom growls "Your brat did a gang sign!"

You hold your hands up "Ladies! One at a time! Now," You turn to mom one "What happened?"

She smirks "I was passing by with my son when he said he wanted pictures. We were waiting outside the booth when the pictures printed for those two!" She scowls at the other mother. "Her son was doing a gang sign!"

You nod "Can I see the photo in question?"

Mom two hands you the photos. The first few are normal. The last one has the kid doing the sign for 'I love you' in ASL.

Mom one points to the picture "That one! THAT ONE!!"

You point to it "Ma'am that's sign language for I love you. Not a gang sign."

She glares at you "NO IT"S NOT! It's a gang sign!"

You pull your phone out and google the sign for 'I love you'. You turn your phone to her "Look. Here is proof."

She slaps the phone out of your hand "Stop lying! You are all out to get me!" She takes you by the wrist "We are going to speak to your manager and get you fired!"

You try to tug your arm away "Let me go! SECURITY ALERT! SECURITY ALERT!"

She stares at you confused. A thud is heard outside the door before it opens. Sun is standing on the other side looking less than happy. To you anyway, to anyone else he looks fine. His unmoving face betraying his true emotions.

He casually approaches the woman and peels her hand off of you "Harming staff is a banable offense. Please remove yourself from the daycare or I will have to do it for you. Security is on their way as we speak."

You are mesmerized by how commanding Sun is being right now. Standing at his full height of 8ft. Your heart is hammering in your chest in the best of ways. Good fucking lord this man.

The woman stomps her foot "WE ARE NOT LEAVING! THIS BITCH-"

"LANGUAGE! This is a Daycare!" Sunny growls out.

He picks her up by the armpits and turns to leave the arcade. A young kid, roughly six or seven, follows closely behind him.

You turn to the other woman "Take this. It's for half price tickets next visit and a free two topping pizza." You hand her the vouchers "Sorry for the trouble."

She takes the items "Are you alright? Is your wrist ok?"

You pick your phone up. As you rise you notice that each set of photos comes with three pictures. You think back to the card. It only had ten. It should have had twelve. Something to ask Sun about later.

You pocket your phone "I'm fine. I'll get it looked at though. Have a nice day."

You exit the arcade. Your Faswatch(TM) pings with an automated message to fill out an incident report on your computer. You make your way back downstairs to your work station. Your wrist only feels a little sore. At the most you might get a bruise. This paperwork, however, might kill you.

You understand why it needs to be done, and why it has so many questions. But that doesn't make it any more fun or exciting. Once the report is sent off another set of paperwork hits your inbox. It's a request for a removal of a problematic child from the daycare.

Likely requested by Sun himself. He has the authority to send a request. It's up to, as the company put it, real employees to asses and process the request. You look the request over. As per company policy Sun sent video footage to further validate his request. You watch about an hour of footage on the kid.

It's the child of the mother who grabbed you. He's seen hurting other kids. It didn't matter what Sun or Moon did the kid did whatever he wanted. He was even shown disrespecting human staff. You approve the request. Making sure to include the footage Sun sent you.

You look up from your work. Sun is doing a puppet show for the kids. You aren't sure what it's about. Sun seems to be having fun if his body language is any indication. The little stage he's hiding behind is facing away from you. Gives you a nice view of his backside.

You stretch your arms high over your head. Hopefully the rest of your day would be smoother. Thank whatever is watching over you it is. You hear from other coworkers over lunch that the angry lady tried to get you fired. It went about as well for her as a two year old in a fine china shop and no supervision.

Closing couldn't come any sooner. You were eager to get to the tower. The promise of pizza and fingering was too good to pass up. Above all else, the thought of spending more time with your boys was something you could not pass up. Even something a simple as watching a movie was priceless.

You helped Sun clean before gathering your things. As your hand touched the card they made you you remembered the missing photos. You walked up to him card in hand. His shoulders dropped and his posture relaxed.

You held the card up as you walked to the ball pit "This only has ten pictures. What happened to the other two?"

Sun looks away from you for a second "There were only ten."

You tilt your head "The machine you used prints three per use. Ten photos means four times minus two photos."

Sun puts his hands behind his back rocking back and forth on his heels "I ate them."

You balk "You ate them?"

He nods and rubs his belly "Yep! I ate them!"

You raise a brow "But you can't eat? You can't even open your mouth."

He lets out a very loud gasp and puts his hand on his chest "What?! No one told me I can't eat!"

You are curious about the photos now "So about those pictures..."

Sun jumps slightly startled "I told you I ate them."

You laugh and shake your head "But you can't eat. Did they come out bad?"

Sun holds a hand up "Hold on a moment."

He picks up a red ball and throws it at the light switch. It moves so fast and hard that not only does it turn the light off, but it breaks. You turn to Moon. His arm outstretched and one leg up.

He lowers his arm "Gosh darn it Sun." He covers his face with his hand "We didn't eat the pictures." He lowers his leg "They came out bad. We didn't want you to see them."

You rub his arm "Sun you didn't have to lie. Although I bet they are cute."

Moon stutters "Cute?"

You nod "Absolutely adorable. Just like my good boys."

Moon stares at you for a moment before popping his chest open. He takes out the two missing photos. He practically shoves them into your chest.

You take them from him "Are you sure? Even Sun?" Moon nods eagerly and you look them over "Holy hell I love these!"

Moon lens forward slightly "You do?"

You nod "I'm putting these in my wallet so I can look at them whenever I want!"

Moon pulls his hat over his eyes and whines "Starlight!"

You snicker "Did I fluster you?"

Moon pulls you close "Stuff it."

Chapter 95: Coochie in a Can 2: Electric Coochaloo pt1

Summary:

Here it is! The glorious sequel to Coochie in a can.

Chapter Text

You had spent months planning a revenge of sorts for the coochie in a can stunt Sun and Moon pulled. You needed to be tactful. If you tried to do it right away they might suspect something. Slowly you brought things you thought you would need into their tower room.

Rope to tie them up with. Cuffs in case you change your mind on how to restrain them. A double-sided dildo to stuff them with at the same time. And two cock sleeves to help please them. But what would you catch their spunk in? You never got to see what they used for you. Maybe a bowl? Or some kind of tray?

You already know you are going to put it in your Sun and Moon themed travel mug. You plan to mix it with something so people don't get suspicious. Maybe tea or coffee. A smoothie would work too.

It's three months after what Sun and Moon did that you get your chance. Not only do you have the next two days off but so do Sun and Moon. Sun and Moon had started to suspect you were planning something. Ever eager to see what you have planned.

As soon as you called them to their room the two of them scrambled to get to you. Your intentions were made evident by the supplies you had neatly laid out.

Sun ran a hand over the dildo "What ARE you planning sunshine?" He shot you a coy look "Something you want from us?"

You nodded eagerly "Yes! I want to tie you up."

Sun nodded "Of course, we can tie... Wait what?"

Moon snickers at Sun "She wants to tie us up. I'm fine with it. Are we using red yellow green? Or a safe word?"

You hum "Red yellow green works for me."

Sun crosses his arms "What if I want to tie YOU up."

You shrug "Then I'll just tie Moomoo up and play with just him. You won't be involved. I have something very specific planned and require you to be tied up."

Sun flops onto his butt and pouts "What plan could you have that I need to be tied up?"

You lean down and kiss his forehead "Oh my whiny little bitch." Sun squawks in indignation as you talk "Only good boys who do as they are told get to find out."

Sun growls "But I'm always in charge!"

You cross your arms and frown "Not tonight. I'm in charge. Now do as you are told and let me tie you up! Alternatively, you can go find something else to do. This is about me and my prize."

Sun flops onto his back "FINE."

Moon walks up to you wrapping his arms around your waist "I'd like a kiss before we start your game starlight."

You hum and lean into him "I could never say no to a kiss."

Moon closes the gap with a pleased hum, lips pressed against yours. He leans forward dipping the two of you into a deeper kiss. Sun scoffs at the display. Your eyes shoot over to Sun displeased with his brat-like behavior. You will not stand for this.

You purse your lips as Moon pulls you pack up. Sun raises a brow at you. Challenging you. He wants you to punish him. You can see it in the way he avoids eye contact. How his cock writhes in his pants. A wet spot quickly forming. A distinct redish-orange blush creeping in on his face.

Fine, you'll give him what he wants "Hey Moon? Will you be my good boy tonight?"

Moon perks up "Good boy?" His cock twitches in his pants "Anything for you starlight."

You nod and pick up the rope "Tie him up nice and snug and you'll get to keep your arms and legs free. Color boys."

Sun mumbles "Green."

Moon brings the rope to Sun and begins his work "Green."

Moon carefully ties Sun's arms behind his back. Sun flops onto his stomach with a loud exaggerated sigh. Moon strips Sun of his shoes and pants tenderly. Moon ties Sun's ankles to his thighs and adds more rope to force his legs open.

Moon turned to you "Where would you like him?"

You think for a moment. Hanging his bratty ass from the ceiling would be fun. However, that would make your goal of... Right! They called it Coochie in a Can! Your goal of Coochie in a Can difficult. The makeshift bed will do just fine.

You point to the bed "You can put that little brat there. I'm going to get ready."

Moon nod and moves Sun to the pile of blankets and pillows.

Sun huffs "If I weren't tied up I could have moved myself."

You purse your lips. You didn't even get all of your clothes off before he was being mouthy. So you waltz right up to Sun dressed in jeans and panties and stared him down. He made eye contact and stared you down. You sat down on the floor and yanked him over your lap.

He let out a shocked gasp. The ease at which you moved him made his head spin. You raised your hand into the air and gave his ass a swat. Sun let out a yelp quickly followed by another yelp at another swat. You decide one more swat will do for now.

You flip him out of your lap and continue to undress. Sun's cock writhes and curls in on itself. You shoot Moon a look and he nods. Crouching down he takes Sun's cock with both hands to keep it from moving. Sun whines loudly unable to move.

You finish getting undressed "If you were good, Moon wouldn't have to hold your cock still." You walk back over to Sun with the double-sided dildo. It's silicone pink with purple swirls in it. The dildo is roughly 20 inches long and ribbed for pleasure.

You get down on your knees in front of Sun "Let me take a look here." You get down close to his cunt and hum "Not wet enough."

Sun wiggles slightly "Are you going to eat me out or are you just going to stare?"

You frown "No. Neither of those." You slap his pussy and he yelps "Moon? Would you like to play with Sun?"

Moon nods eagerly "Yes, please! How would you like me to play?"

You rub his cheek and he leans into you "How many rounds do you have in you?"

Moon nuzzles your hand "I have..." He pauses "Mmmm. Probably two rounds."

You grin and point at Sun "Fuck him. Use him as you please. I want to collect his cum though."

Moon blushes brightly, the sub in him coming out big time as he scoots around to line up with Sun's cunt "Can... Can I kiss you? Uh! While I fuck him!"

You blush and lean forward kissing him on the lips "Allways!"

Sun huffs "Don't pretend like I'm not here!"

Moon stuffs Sun to the hilt in one thrust "Mng!"

You pat Sun on the knee "When you stop being a little brat you can talk."

Moon runs a finger up the underside of Sun's cock "What about this?"

You hum "I don't know."

Moon holds his hand out to you "Come here."

You grab the bowl to gather the cum with and set it down beside Sun. You take Moon's hand. He pulls you to him and picks you up with one hand. His other hand takes Sun's cock. He eases you in front of Sun's cock. It covers your cunt.

You look over your shoulder at Sun "Ok Sun, a few rules. Rule one, you are not allowed to cum until I say so. Rule two, you are not allowed to be inside me. And rule three, no talking." You smile warmly at him "You good with this?"

Sun smiles back "If I need to I'll use the safe words."

You frown turning back to Moon "I hate sprinkles. Do a good job Sunny and I'll let you cum." You pull Moon to you "Such a good boy waiting to fuck Sun. Go ahead and take your pleasure from him."

Chapter 96: Coochie in a Can 2: Electric Coochaloo pt2

Chapter Text

Moon pulls entirely out of Sun and thrusts back in harshly. He leans forward planting a kiss to your cheek. Sun's cock writhes against your clit. Slotting itself in your folds. You decide to allow this.

Moon wraps his arms around you with a shuddering cry "Good! So good!"

Moon licks a long stripe up your neck as he thrusts harshly into Sun. Using the solar bot for his own needs. Sun moans loudly fighting with himself not to slot himself into your warm wet cunt. You are focused on getting that cum for your Coochie in a Can.

You take Moon's tongue in your hand. He lets out a garbled moan. Drool dribbling down your hand. The wet shlop of Moon picking up his speed driving your desires. The tip of Sun's cock wraps around your clit squeezing and rubbing. You pull Moon to you by his tongue.

You stare directly into Moon's eyes. Slowly you suck his tongue into your mouth. Moon reaches down and takes Sun's cock. He bends it down and slips the tip into Sun's cunt. He pauses waiting for approval. You take his tongue out of your mouth leaming down to take a look.

"Oh, that's hot." You run your hands up Moon's chest and he shudders under your touch "Do it."

Moon whines "Please? Please kiss my chest?"

You beam at him "So polite! Se Sun," You look back at him. His face is moist with tears and droll dribbles down his faceplate. You chuckle "Never mind. Color Sun?"

Sun moans out "Green."

Moon states the same. You plant a kiss to the center of Moon's chest. He moans softly and slips more of Sun's cock into Sun's cunt along with his own cock. Sun lets out a strangled cry. Moon keeps his hand on the base of Sun's cock to keep him inside himself as he thrusts with renewed vigor.

You kiss and lick Moon's chest leaving no part untouched. You look down and watch Moon pound into sun.

A garbled sound behind you "Sunshine, ple-oah! please! Cunt! I need taste."

You smile at Sun "No. You were a brat. You are getting a punishment. Be a good boy and take what you are given."

Moon pulls you to him again wrapping his long arm around you. He buries his face into your neck taking a deep whiff of your scent as he fills Sun.

"Sun! Cum for me my good boy!" You loudly state.

Sun cries loudly, his voice glitching out. Twitching uncontrollably as he fills himself. You take the bowl and position it to catch their cum. You gently guide Moon to pull out of Sun. Cum dribbles out of Sun's cunt and into the bowl. Something must click for Moon because he begins to furiously jack-off.

You look back at Sun in concern. He's gone quiet. His eyes are dark and his fans are silent. He's rebooted. You sigh in relief. Moon lets out a loud cry as he cums in the bowl, You turn back to him startled by the sound.

He holds the bowl out to you "Did we do good?"

You take the bowl, now heavy with cum "Very good moomoo."

Moon nuzzles your face with his "Do you want to cum too?"

You shake your head "No. That was not the point of this. Though I think you already know that."

Moon snickers "Do you need a can?"

You laugh "No. I have something. All I'll need is coffee. You should charge."

Moon bites his lip "Will you stay?"

You nod "I just need to put this in the mini-fridge."

Moon nods and begins to untie Sun. You put the bowl in the Mini-fridge you got to keep food and drinks in. Moon is plugging Sun in to charge as you walk back to him. He holds his arms up to hold you. His cable in his left hand. You take it from him and plug him in.

Moon gently pulls you down and covers the three of you up with a big fluffy blanket. Moon pulls you into him like a stuffed animal. His large frame curling around you like a safety blanket. You fall into a deep sleep as Moon hums the song "Green Sleeves" by Henry VIII.

The next morning you happily sip your coffee at your desk. The mix of Sun and Moon's lightly fruity cum and coffee is delightful. You let out small happy hums as you drink.

Sun skips up to the desk once he is finished with morning set up "What cha drinking sunshine?"

You hum "Coochie in a can."

Sun sputters alarmed "What?!"

You shoot him a coy look "You heard me." You take a big gulp of your drink "Coochie in a can... well... travel mug but whatever."

Moon leans on the security desk "Enjoying your drink?"

You nod "Yes! Would you like a taste?"

Moon takes the mug from you and takes a sip "Mmmm we taste good mixed with coffee."

Sun balks "Is this revenge for what Moon and I did? ... Gimmie that!" He rips the cup from Moon's hand and takes a swig "Tsch! You really did do this. Good job Sunshine." He hands the cup back "I'll get you back for this."

He calls down his wire and darts off to the tower to wait for the kids. Moon laughs and follows behind him. You sip your drink with a chuckle. You'll definitely have to do this again.

Chapter 97: Exhausted

Chapter Text

You were supposed to be on vacation. Getting some much needed rest and relaxation a few states away. Security practically shoved you out the door. You wanted to take your vacation inside the plex with Sun and Moon. Your boss, however, thought you were spending too much time at the plex.

You are the live in mechanic! Of course you do! Hell, you live in the daycare! The first three nights were restless. Didn't matter what you tried you just couldn't fall asleep. You drank warm milk, counted sheep, listened to soft music, and even tried a warm bath. Nothing worked!

You had three days left in your vacation when you decided to cut it short. Enough was enough! You had your fun and were exhausted! You packed your stuff and left the Motel you were staying in. You booked the first flight home. It was 12pm when you landed in your hometown.

You took an uber to the plex. You felt a small wave of relief washed over you as you power walked to the employee entrance. One swipe of your key card and you were inside. Yours was one of six cards that could open the door at any time. Even when the plex was locked up for the night.

It was dark inside but that didn't bother you much. You were used to it at this point. The sound of security and cleaning bots echoed through the halls. You knew Moon would be out and about. All you needed to do was figure out to find him. You let out a loud yawn as you meandered further into the plex.

Just as you stepped out of the maintenance tunnels a security bot stopped you. The loud siren sound startled you and you almost dropped your bag. Their light hit your face and you hissed. The bot inspected you before nodding. They took your hand and tugged you to sit on the floor.

You weren't sure what was going on exactly, but you did as you were told. Sitting down made you even more exhausted. The bot sticks close to you checking each end of the hallway you are in every few minutes. Something must have excited it because the security bot shook your shoulder.

They pointed to the far end of the hall to the left. Something on the ceiling was crawling toward the two of you. Moon dropped down beside you. He crouched down beside you, looking you over. He tisked and picked you up off of the floor gently. Your arms around his neck and legs on his hips.

He turns to the security bot "Thank you." Moon takes your bag in one hand and holds you up with the other "You are supposed to be on vacation."

You sigh as he heads off to the Daycare "I couldn't sleep. Nothing worked. I rea-" You let out a yawn "Realized I couldn't sleep without you. I need you Moon."

Moon stops walking "Need me?"

You kiss his cheek "Yeah. You and Sun both. I love you so much. Can't sleep without you."

His fans kick on to keep his systems cool. They aren't very loud yet. You don't want to push them any harder. You want to sleep not repair his fans. Likely he wants the same. He continues walking to the daycare. Holding you just a little closer. Humming quietly to you.

The music in the daycare is off. Something they started doing at night after you moved in. As Moon calls down his wire you yawn again. He hooks the wire to his back and flies into his room. Sun is inside making the bed as comfy as possible. He smiles softly as Moon unhooks himself.

Sun takes your bag from Moon as Moon sets you down on the bed. You feel more relaxed and ready for bed than you had at the Motel. Sleepily you watch as Moon takes your shoes and pants off. Sun passes him some night pants and pulls your shirt off.

Moon slips the pants on you as Sun slips a comfortable shirt on you. They make quick work of dressing you and tucking you into bed. Sun turns the lights off as Moon tosses the clothes into a corner of the room. They crawl into bed with you. Smushing you comfortably between the two of them.

You almost cry as you finally begin to drift off to sleep. Clinging to Moon as Sun clings to you. Finally you get the rest and relaxation you craved.

Chapter 98: While You Sleep

Chapter Text

Once again the company had overworked you. It was becoming more common than Sun would like. He and Moon had voiced their opinion but it was met with the threat of decommissioning. At least the plex was coming under new management. Sun hoped that the new owner was more reasonable. 

You had trudged into the Daycare after it had closed for the night. At first, Sun was excited to see you. However, when he got a better look at you he was mortified. It was so bad Moon's protocols to put people to bed began to flood his systems.

You swayed on your feet as you moved. our eyes had large bags under them. You fought so hard to stay awake. Arms reaching out to him pathetically. How much effort did that single action take? Sun skipped up to you. His long legs covered the distance quickly. 

He picked you up as his areal wire came down from the ceiling. He held you in one arm and hooked himself up with the other. It pulled the two of you into the air and towards the tower. He held you firmly in his arms. Following Moon's instructions, he began to hum to you. 

The naptime protocols were pushing so hard to put you to sleep it was agitating Moon. Humming to you satiated the programming. Sun wanted to help Moon alleviate the distress from his programming. He followed Moon's instructions and put you to bed in the room beyond the tube.

While Sun was happy you were getting some much-needed sleep, he was upset he couldn't spend time with you. "You are spending time with them." Moon reminded. Sun nodded "You're right. Just because they aren't awake doesn't mean we aren't together." 

Sun decided to busy himself with an art project. Coloring was always nice, but he does that with the kids all day. He decided now was the perfect time to paint. He gathered his supplies. Sun still wanted to be near you. He set up in the room you were in.

Sun couldn't help watching you sleep. You looked so peaceful. All the stress of the day gone from your form. To him it was angelic. You were his angel sent to him from some far-away place. You showed him so much kindness and love. Agitation crept into the back of his mind.

Yes, yes, you loved Moon too. In fact, you loved them both equally. You took so well to their individual love languages and needs. Moon wanted to be held and touched. He preferred physical affection. Sun, however, preferred words. Tell him he's a good boy and doing a good job. 

He decided he was going to paint you. He would put all of his love for you into his piece. Sun spent the next five hours painting you. Moon agreed Sun could stay out to finish his painting. Sun agreed when the painting was done Moon could come out without interruption. 

Sun painted you sleeping on a cloud in a sunset sky. Stars just starting to dot the sly. Two massive wings folded behind your back. Sun did not include the bags under our eyes. But didn't change anything else about you. He signed his name in the lower right corner.

Sun cleaned his mess and gathered the charcoal art supplies for Moon. He put the painting in the other room for safekeeping. He already knew exactly where he wanted to hang the piece. Sun turned the lights off to allow Moon out.

As they changed they wrapped their arms around themselves to hug each other. Moon let out a pleased hum as he fully became himself. He looked at the painting Sun had done "This looks great! You did a good job Sun." He could feel Sun shy away in their headspace.

With a chuckle, he made his way to you. You were still deep in sleep. Eyes darting back and forth in REM sleep. He sat down beside you and began to sketch his piece for you. He decided to depict you like the queen you are. His queen. His sovereign. 

That which makes his dark realm brighter. Each touch from you is a searing comfort. He would depict you on a throne of roses. Drapes in the softest looking fabrics and glowing brightly. He got to work. Pushing the charcoal around the canvas. This would be perfect for you.

When he was finished he decided it was nowhere near as perfect as you. He was sure you would like it though. The piece was set next to Sun's. Moon returned to you. He laid down beside you and pulled you into his frame. He ran his fingers slowly through your hair as you slept. 

When you woke up Sun was humming and petting your hair. His fans kicked on when you kissed him sleepily. The two of you stayed like that until you woke up more. When you were ready to go hunt for food he presented you with the art he and Moon had done.

Chapter 99: Wood Cutting

Summary:

~~~ I was cutting wood and thought of this.

Chapter Text

You watched from your perch atop a fallen tree log as Sun chopped wood for the weekend. He had been wearing a red plaid button-down with denim jeans. He took it off after insisting it would help keep his systems cool. The lack of an undershirt left his chest bare. 

He knew exactly what he was doing when he bent down, almost in half, to pick up another log to cut. His ass gently swayed and gave a little wiggle. Your eyes trailed over his tall slim frame as he raised the axe over his head. He cut that piece of wood like it was butter. 

Fire pooled in your loins as he moved to a ten-foot log and began cutting it into workable pieces. You watched in awe as he picked it up and snapped it in half. A small smirk on his face as he watches a shudder wrack your frame. He stretches his arms high over his head. 

He bends over backward. Winking as he makes eye contact with you. He walks over to you with a swagger. He leans down taking your chin in his massive hand "All the wood is cut sunshine." His eyes roam your body hungry "How about he do something more... strenuous." 

Chapter 100: Lumberjack + Wood Cutting

Summary:

@VioletMoon1125
helped me come up with this idea. THANK YOU! Lumberjack Sun and Moon.

Also a small fic about Sun cutting wood that started the whole thing.

Chapter Text

First, let us talk about Moon. Moon prefers chainsaws. He typically cuts the trees down and brings them to Sun. His nightcap is a red and black plaid hat. I haven't figured out his shirt yet.

Now for Sun. He has on denim jeans and a buffalo plaid button-down shirt. He prefers an axe. Sun cuts up the trees Moon brings him. He also stacks the wood neatly.

Both of them plant three trees for every tree they cut down. They are very knowledgeable about the forest.

They both like teaching people about forest safety. They can tell you about any type of tree in the woods. They also know about the animals of the woods. They also know about the stars. They teach people *cough*you*cough* about how to find your way home if you get lost.

Their favorite thing to do is teach you how to cut wood. From how to stand properly to how to hold the tool you are using.

They live in a log cabin they built after they escaped the plex. They wanted to get away from the city and ran to the woods.

 

~Wood Cutting~

You watched from your perch atop a fallen tree log as Sun chopped wood for the weekend. He had been wearing a red plaid button-down with denim jeans. He took it off after insisting it would help keep his systems cool. The lack of an undershirt left his chest bare.

Fire pooled in your loins as he moved to a ten-foot log and began cutting it into workable pieces. You watched in awe as he picked it up and snapped it in half. A small smirk on his face as he watches a shudder wrack your frame. He stretches his arms high over his head.

He bends over backward. Winking as he makes eye contact with you. He walks over to you with a swagger.

He leans down taking your chin in his massive hand "All the wood is cut sunshine." His eyes roam your body hungry "How about he do something more... strenuous."

Chapter 101: The Blanket

Summary:

I have a big U shaped maternity pillow I sleep with. I'm a side sleeper and it helps with back pain. Sleepy brain told me it was Moon's legs and this was the result.

Chapter Text

It was naptime in the daycare. Moon sat comfortably in a sea of kids. A large blanket in his lap. A mysterious lump underneath. The guard had been watching him. 

Slight concern on her face. Moon could tell she had a question. She seemed to be debating with herself about whether or not to get up. No doubt she had heard the rumors of the old virus and the things it made him do. The thing in his lap shifted. He pet the blanket with a hum.

Finally, the young lady steeled her resolve and stood up. As quietly as possible she tiptoed over to him. He changed the song playing from his music box to the WII shop music box version. An attempt to seem less spooky. 

The young lady paused in front of him. Moon tilted his head slightly up and to the left. The young lady pursed her lips, heart rate hammering. He made her nervous. This did not surprise him in the slightest. She leaned down to whisper "Moondrop?" 

She got his name wrong. This irked him but he let it pass. It was more important for him to let everyone sleep. Instead, he gave a slight nod in acknowledgment. She pointed to the large blanket in his lap afraid of what she would find "What do you have there?" 

If his mouth could move he would smile brighter in excitement. He put a finger to his lips and made a small shhh sound. Slowly he lifted the blanket. Underneath you slept soundly. Moon brushed a hand across your cheek. You shifted slightly mumbling something about him.

He slowly covered you back up with the blanket and looked back up at the daycare guard. The guard didn't know what to think. She had expected to see a... body. Not some strange person. She had seen you around the plex doing various things. So she knew you worked here. 

She decided to return to her work and let it be for now. Moon seemed to be happy. She could see the way he pet your cheek. The way he held you with such reverence. It was how she wanted someone to hold her. Sun will have some questions to answer later.

Chapter 102: Take a Gamble On Me pt1

Summary:

Eclipse Soulmate Au. Also, Casino Au.

Chapter Text

The first documented incident of someone finding their soulmate was 1496. An Irish man reported seeing glowing blue and purple footprints all over his home town of Killarney. He was recorded stating that following the prints was how he found true love.

No one is positive how it happened. Things weren't always this way. Some people claimed aliens gifted us this ability. Some claim it was by magic. Others claim the government did it. The only thing for certain is it started in Ireland and spread outward from there reaching New Zealand last.

Now it's so common place it's taught in school. At first it wasn't being taught, but some kids were getting scared by the random glowing footprints. It was discovered by an African scholar that it didn't matter if you rode a horse or rolled on the ground. You still left a trail for your soulmate to follow.

Even today your soulmate can leave glowing tire tracks behind them. So far no incident of an adult being paired with a minor had been reported. Nor had anyone been paired with an animal. Studies were done on animals. It could not be confirmed or denied weather or not they had soulmates.

Recently, however, the science community has been flipped upside down. Fazbear Entertainment has created an animatronic with true sentience. The bot has thoughts and feelings of it's own, and was proven to have true intelligence instead of artificial.

Astoundingly the bot, named Glamrock Freddy, reported seeing colorful glowing footprints. No one was sure how this is possible. Many studies were done on both the human male and the animatronic. More questions than answers were raised from the study.

It was determined that Fazbear could no longer own the animatronics they created. Courts ruled they needed wages, benefits, and all the opportunities afforded to humans. Nowadays seeing animatronics walking the streets and working regular jobs is common place.

Human and animatronic relationships is widely accepted. Older models have been updated where possible. The world is a new and interesting place.

You were so tired. You had just finished a tour and were exhausted. You loved singing, and tours were fun, but they still left you tired. So why were you going to Las Vegas for an entire week? Your friend was celebrating her 30th birthday and being cleared from cancer.

Tons to celebrate. You wouldn't miss something like this. You even pitched in some money to help pay for the occasion. It was going to be you, your friend Stacy and her husband Tom, Patty and her wife Linda, Raul and his wife Aja, and lastly Peter.

You didn't bother going home. Instead you flew right to Vegas. You all would be staying at a popular casino and hotel. It's called Clarissima Stella. It's run by an animatronic. You don't know their name off hand. Not that you were awake enough to recall something like that.

You almost fell asleep during the ride to the hotel. You were arriving first wanting ample time to rest before everyone else arrived. Stacy was, and probably always will be, a party girl. Although she has toned down the partying over the years.

The Hotel casino was nice. It was space themed and as opulent as any other high end casino in the area. As soon as you entered the building someone was there to greet you. It was nice but not expected. They took your bags for you as you made your way to the front counter.

The well dressed woman behind the counter looked excited to see you "Oh! Mx. Seren. We've been expecting you!"

You smile attempting to hide how tired and hungry you are "I've been looking forward to staying! I've heard such nice things about this place."

The woman beams in pride as she hands you your room key "Well we hope you enjoy your stay Mx. Seren. I'm a big fan by the way."

You take the key "Do you have something to write on?"

She hands you a sticky more and a pen "Of course! Here you are mixter."

You scrawl a happy message "And your name please."

She looks elated "Danny!"

You add her name and sign the note. You pass it over to her "For you! Have a nice day."

She clutches it to her chest as you walk away satisfied. You like making people happy. Warms your soul. Plus that didn't cost you anything.

As the bell hop leads you to the elevator you spot it. A glowing orange sparkly footprint. You stop dead in your tracks. Your soulmate is near by. You follow after it.

Your heart drops as it starts to fade away. You try to give Chase but a large group of elderly women block your path. It's only a few minutes. However by the time they are out of your way the footprints are gone.

You walk back to the elevator. The bell hop is still waiting for you. They look you over before putting a hand on your shoulder. You press the button for the elevator.

Inside your shoulders slump "I saw the footprints. I was too late to catch them..."

The bell hop squeezes your shoulder "I'm sure you'll find them. You could always put your stuff away and explore the place. I'm Costello by the way."

You sigh and put your hand on his "Thanks Costello. I'll try that."

The two of you exit the elevator on the fifth floor. Your room is 529. It has a single queen bed, a bathroom, and a balcony. Nothing too fancy. Perfect for you.

You tip Costello nicely before he leaves. You don't really have anything to put away so you leave the room making sure to lock up. You take the stairs down.

It's a bit of a wall but you don't mind. It gives you time to daydream about your soulmate. Those were some big prints. And now you know they like the color orange.

Now back on the first floor you begin your search. You find nothing in the hotel section. The casino floor is so crowded. Humans and animatronics run the various tables. Some attempt to entice you to play.

You had planned on it, but right now you had more important things to take care of. You wind your way around slot machines with colorful flashing lights. Still nothing.

You decide a break is in order. Stomach rumbling you head for the nearest restaurant. It's sushi. As you are led to a table by your waiter you wonder if your soulmate spotted you too.

You ready your order. Wondering what kind of job they have. Do they listen to your music? Are they a fan? Do they hate your music? What kind of things do they like?

Are they kind? Or an asshole? What do they look like? So many questions and no answers. You eat your meal in piece. Again you decide to head out into the casino floor.

Not ready to give up for the night. One more pass of the place and then it's off to bed. Nothing. Disappointed you head to your room.

Chapter 103: Take a Gamble On Me pt2

Summary:

Time to make Eclipse feel pain.

Chapter Text

The following day you wake up feeling refreshed and ready for the world. A quick shower later you were back down in the lobby. Breakfast was a must before you look for your soulmate again. You have until two in the afternoon to look avidly. After that, your friends arrive.

Back in your room was a pamphlet about amenities. It mentioned a buffet breakfast. The price is good so you go for it. As you walk to it your eyes scan the floor looking for more footprints. While you are disappointed at the lack of footprints the buffet makes things a little better.

It's like a rainbow of breakfast items. You pay for your food and take a plate. Giddy you stack your plate with a smidge of all your favorite items and your favorite breakfast drink. Finding a table is easy, but eating your meal is hard. As soon as you sit down a group of four girls approach your table.

A short platinum pink-haired girl wearing a birthday girl sash squeals at you "OH EM GEE! You are my favorite FAVORITE singer! Can we get a picture?"

You pause mid-bite, eyes darting around slightly nervous and confused "Um... sure."

You set your bite down and stand up. Immediately you are pulled into a hug and your picture is taken. Another brunette girl pulls you in to take a photo with her. You strike a pose with her when you spot it. Another sparkly orange glowing footprint.

You gasp loudly "Soulmate!"

You grab the easiest to eat thing from your plate and sprint out of the restaurant. The footprints are rather fresh. They still shine bright as you pass, unlike last time. Your heart leaps into your throat as you see the back of your soulmate.

They are an animatronic with a tall slim frame. Four arms, two legs, and one head. Easily dwarfing you with a height of roughly eleven feet. They are flanked by two humans. You look down at their feet as you get closer. Every step they take is a new footprint on the ground. You reach out to touch him.

The person on his left turns around "Is there something I can help you with? We are very busy"

They are androgynous in appearance. A perfectly tailored suit with matching shiny black leather shoes completes their look. They look at you like you are a turd on the floor.

You nod "Yes! That's my soulm-!"

They cut you off "We don't have time for this!" They begin to walk away with your soulmate.

You dart around to be in front of them. Your soulmate is gorgeous! A fine mix of burnt umber and eggplant. Two arms on top and about a foot and a half underneath, two more arms. Their arms are an ombre of burnt umber and eggplant. They have four five-inch rays in eggplant and nine smaller rays in burnt umber. Their eyes are a soft moonlight yellow.

"Soulmate!" Tears dribble down your cheeks and you reach for them.

Your soulmate mumbles "We don't have time for this."

It sounds very robotic and monotone. Something feels very off. You two are meant for each other. Why is he dismissing you? You look to the third person. It's a well-dressed woman. She avoids eye contact, looking anywhere but at you.

You purse your lips "I'm sorry but you are my soulmate. I won't let you ignore me without at least talking. You owe me that much."

The androgynous fellow huffs "I really don-"

You cut them off with a warning look "This doesn't involve you."

Your soulmate blinks slowly "No."

You laugh "That wasn't a request. It was a demand. Where can we talk? ALONE."

Your soulmate... just stands there. They don't say anything. You wait for anything to happen.

The woman finally looks at you "I know a place. Follow me."

You don't move until your soulmate moves. Walking beside them feels right. Like you are marching toward some great fantastical thing. A warrior marching to a battle you know you are going to win. She leads you two to a conference room and opens the door.

You both enter and sit down. Your soulmate is at one end of the table and you are to their left. You cross your arms unsure of how to start. There are so many thoughts running through your head.

Finally, you say something "You just found your soulmate and you want to push me aside? Why?"

Your soulmate stares at the far wall in front of them slowly responding in that same robotic tone "I have no need for a soulmate. All I require is my casino."

You frown fighting back tears "Not good enough. What am I supposed to do? What if I want my soulmate? Don't I matter at all?"

Their face twitches slightly and their fingers flex "Your worth is of no consequence to me."

It stings so bad to hear him say that "You can't mean that can you?" You can't stop the flood of tears as you take his hand "Give me a chance! I've been looking for you for so long."

Their hand flexes around yours and their straight face twitches into a frown for a second "I do not neeEEE- help me- you."

You recoil shocked and confused "What?"

They twitch violently as they turn to you "I. Must. Regue-" The next words come out in a forced whisper "I'm not in control."

You lean forward "How can I help?"

They squeeze your hand tightly as another hand grips your forearm "The red watch."

The androgynous person from before rips the door open "Eclipse sir! There is an emergency! You are needed right now! You two talked now go away!"

You turn to the person. Your eyes go wide as you spot the red watch on their wrist. Eclipse squeezes your wrist whispering red watch. They throw your wrist away and stand up. The woman from before makes eye contact with you before looking away with a remorseful look.

You decide you need to speak to her. She must know something about what is going on with Eclipse. Something is seriously wrong with everything. Guess this vacation party is a rescue mission now.

Chapter 104: Take a Gamble On Me pt3

Chapter Text

As she turns to leave she drops something on the floor. It looks like a card of some sort. You watch in tears as Eclipse walks away from you. You were right. It's a business card she dropped. With her name and number on it.

The best place to call her would be your room. No prying eyes or ears. You take the stairs up hoping to be left alone. In your room, you dial the number and wait. It rings three times before being picked up.

"Mom! Good to hear from you." The well-dressed woman, Lesly, states warmly.

"Is there somewhere we can meet?" You ask.

"I'll be right back." She says to someone in the room. You can hear the background noises get quieter "We can meet in your room if that's alright."

You nod "That's fine with me. Room 529."

She hums "I'll be there tonight at 1am."

You bite your lip "Is there any information you can safely give right now?"

The phone goes quiet before Lesly whispers "The reason Mx.Eclipse started the casino in the first place was to find you. They thought that if they ran a business with a lot of foot traffic it would be easier to find you."

She hangs up the phone. You feel both loved and defeated. You glance at your phone. Four hours until your friends arrive. You need to find something to do with your time until then. Your phone pings with a message from an unknown number.

It's from Lesly so you add her to your contacts. The message has a crude picture of the casino with two slot machines circled. Unsure what it means you make your way to the casino. You ride the elevator down deep in thought.

Would she be there? Would you need to look for something? Could this be a trap? Your heart fluttered. Would Eclipse be there? Your heart dropped. Would... Elipse be there but not himself? What was himself like?

The casino was busy with life. Many people playing many games. Some winning and some losing. This casino has two floors. The second floor is VIP and solo rooms. What you want is in front and slightly to the left of you.

You reach the second row and count to the fifth machine. It's Egyptian themed with Anubis grinning wickedly. Cleopatra talks about winning a Nile's worth of riches and saving her from evil.

Each play costs a nickel to play. At either end of each row is a machine that converts bills into nickels. You put a ten dollar bill in and it dispenses your coins. Next to the machine are a stack of plastic cups.

You return to the machine and put a coin in. As the wheel spins you examine the game. Nothing on top and the cabinets are too close together to see behind them. Winning and losing is the furthest thought from your mind.

When a strange clown sits down beside you and begins to play on the other circled machine you notice. They have bright red hair and a face mask with a smile. Big pink shoes and a red and white striped onesie.

"I couldn't wait until tonight." They say as they put a coin into their machine.

You put one in yours and win five back "These machines are great." you state in an attempt to look inconspicuous.

The clown nods a little exaggeratedly "Mate isn't the only one with no free will. Wifey is being dark posted big time."

You tilt your head "Dark posted?" You whisper "Blackmailed?"

The clown nods "Sent me to scoop you. Little sausage has an inflamed rash. Bad at telling time."

You win ten dollars "What? Sausage?"

The clown goes quiet for a moment "The snooty mctooty. The not lady. MY lady is to the nines and loses things."

You smile "Ah, the bearded lady."

The clown chuckles "Now you get it! Mcnooty likes quilts. Wifey knows the best pattern to help remove the rash. The meetup is still on. More than you think hate the stink. Gotta go entertain some kiddos."

The clown takes their coins and leaves. You play a little longer before cashing your coins in at a machine that turns coins into bills. You have a lot to think about.

Chapter 105: Take a gamble on me pt4

Summary:

Patty- they/her Animatronic
Linda-she/her British

Stacy-she/her African American
Tom-he/him Mexicain

Raul-he/him Hindu
Aja-she/her Hindu

Peter-he/him Native American

Chapter Text

The day goes by at a snail's pace, as it always seems to do when you are waiting for something. 2pm finds you down in the lobby to greet your friends. They had taken a flight together. All of them live in the same city. You smile warmly as they enter with their luggage.

Your friend Stacy opened her arms with a giggle. You took the four-foot, peach fuzz haired, black woman into your arms. Her hair was just starting to grow back.

You swing her gently in a circle, to the best of your ability at least "Happy Birthday! I'm so happy you beat cancer! You look so good!"

She squeals and rubs her cheek against yours "Oooo! I'm so happy you could make it! It's been a million years since we've gotten to hang out!"

You laugh as you put her down "I was only on tour for four months."

Stacy picks her bag back up "Yes, but I missed you!"

Raul and his wife Aja greet you next "Good to see you! How was your trip?." They are an arranged marriage but are super happy together, married for ten years with two kids.

You give them both a hug "It was good! Some dude threw a sealed honey-baked ham onto the stage with a note saying 'Enjoy the ham'. Needless to say, I didn't eat the ham."

Aja laughs as she embraces you "A whole ham? Maa would love to hear about that."

"So, did you find your soulmate yet?" Patty the animatronic Vole asks as she picks you up off the ground in a hug.

You pat their head "I can't talk about that right now."

Patty gives you a pointed look "Then we talk later and you tell us everything you can."

You nod "It's just not safe right now. But it is good to see you!"

Patty nods "We missed you!" She puts you back down on the ground.

Their wife, Linda, gives you a hug and signs 'How are you doing?'

You sign back 'I was tired yesterday. I got a good night's rest though.'

Linda frowns and furiously signs 'You better be taking care of yourself or so help me.'

You hold your hands up "I am! I am! I promise!"

Linda nods and joins her spouse at the front desk. You chuckle.

Peter claps a hand on your shoulder "Sorry I had to leave the tour early."

You pout playfully "I did miss my favorite roadster. But I get it. You had shit to do at home. No sweat!"

He nods "Thanks, man. I gotta go check in. Meet you back down here?"

You nod "For sure!" You point to the shopping section "I'll be shopping, yeah?"

Peter nods picking up his luggage "I'll tell the others."

You walk over to the first shop. It's a fancy clothing shop. While you browse the clothing items you can't help but think about the last few hours. How much pain was Eclipse in? How long was it going to take to free them? Your mind begins to wander to ... other things.

What did he taste like? Feel like? Your hand brushed against a soft fabric. It's a dark, almost black, burnt umber two-piece suit. You decide to try it on thinking Eclipse might like it. The thought of Eclipse liking your outfit warms your body.

A clerk walks up to you "Something I can help you with?"

You jump slightly "Ooo! Uh. Yes. I'd like to try this on."

The clerk makes no comment on spooking you "Follow me." They lead you to the changing rooms before walking away to help someone else.

You change into the suit. It fits pretty well. The pants could be shorter but aside from that it looks good. You even have a pair of black shoes to go with it! Purchase in hand you leave the store. The next store you enter has snacks and candies. You can't resist the call of your favorite treat.

The inside of the store smells sweet and buttery. You make a beeline to your desired treat. Next to the colorful display are various sized bags to get your desired amount. You get half a pound with a happy wiggle excited to have your treat.

Despite your goodies, you are starting to feel anxious about the meeting later. You just want to fast forward time to get there now.

Chapter 106: Take a Gamble On Me pt5

Summary:

Patty- they/her Animatronic- animatronic Vole
Linda-she/her British- mute

Stacy-she/her African American -cancer survivor/birthday girl
Tom-he/him Mexicain

Raul-he/him Hindu
Aja-she/her Hindu arranged marrage

Peter-he/him Native American

Chapter Text

You make your way to the elevator to drop your stuff off at your room. Along the way, you run into Patty and Linda. Silently you gesture for the two to follow you. Your rooms are not that far off. theirs are at one end of the hall and yours at the other. It's not a bother though.

You look down both ends of the hall before opening your door "I found my soulmate."

Patty claps you on the shoulder "Alright! Where are they?"

You look down at your lap "Trapped. It's Eclipse the casino owner. Someone is controlling him. I'm sorry but this vacation party is now a rescue mission." You look back up at them "I don't expect your help at all. I just wanted you to know what's going on. I know you two won't blab all over the place."

Linda slaps the back of your hand with a glare. She begins to furiously sign at you 'How double-dog dare you! Assuming we won't help! What kind of friends would we be if we didn't help?' She huffs 'Just tell us what you need us to do. You helped us when Patty got seriously damaged. We will help you now.'

Patty nods "Do you have a plan?"

You set your treat and suit down on the bed "No. I'm meeting with someone who wants to help tonight... Can you be here? I don't quite trust her yet."

Patty pulls you into a hug "Of course! What are friends for? Do you want to tell the others?"

You move to the door "After tonight. For now, let's head downstairs. We have a lot to celebrate!"

Linda walks up to you and gives you a warm hug. You pull her in tight and breathe a heavy sigh. Things have been rough since getting to the casino. A big hug is just what you need. After a moment of being held by what you like to call your cheerleaders the three of you head downstairs. In the elevator a young lad recognizes you.

The young lad gasps "NO FREAKIN WAY! I'm in the same casino as Seren?!"

You chuckle "Yep." You strike a little pose "Want a picture with me?"

The lad nods "My name is Lisa! I would love a picture with you!"

You pause "Um... What are your pronouns? I don't want to... misgender you..."

Lisa pulls their phone out "I'm a She/It! Thank you for asking! A lot of people assume I'm a boy."

You scooch close to it "If there is one thing I have learned, it's never assume anything! You might end up in a fight you never wanted."

Lisa poses with you and snaps the first photo "Sounds like you have some stories!"

Lisa snaps another photo as you shift poses "I do! Maybe I'll tell them sometime."

The elevator door opens "Op looks like my stop! Thank you for taking pictures with me." Lisa says as it walks away.

Linda taps your arm to get your attention before signing 'I love watching you interact with fans. You are good at matching their energy."

You blush and sign back 'Thank you!'

"There you are!" Peter shouts with a shake of his head.

You shrug as you approach him "I bought snacks and clothes! Hat to put it away. Now, what are we doing?"

Stacy claps her hands "There is a haunted museum here! You have to sign a waiver to get in!"

"A waiver?" You balk.

She nods "Yeah! It's called Zak Bagans' The Haunted Museum!"

You nod "Alright. But if a spooky ghost or demon followed me home I'm blaming you."

Stacy laughs "Alright! We can figure out what to do after that." She nudges your arm "Maybe you'll meet your soulmate and get your happily ever after! HM?"

You laugh a little awkwardly "Yeah. Maybe."

Chapter 107: Take A Gamble On Me pt6

Summary:

Patty- they/her Animatronic- animatronic Vole
Linda-she/her British- mute

Stacy-she/her African American -cancer survivor/birthday girl
Tom-he/him Mexicain

Raul-he/him Hindu
Aja-she/her Hindu arranged marriage

Peter-he/him Native American

Chapter Text

The line outside Zak Bagans' The Haunted Museum is long. The eight of you wait for two hours. While you could diva your way inside using your fame, it's not the person you want to be. Although word does travel up the line that THE SEREN is in line waiting to get in.

A representative from the museum greets your group while in line "Hello! Mr.Bagans wants to personally invite you and your group inside."

You smile at them "Skip line? Afraid not."

They look a little stunned "Mr.Bagans is looking forward to taking you on a personal tour."

You shake your head "Tell him I don't like using my fame like that. I'll wait in like just like everyone else."

A huff comes from behind you "Don't pretend to be so high and mighty! Acting like you don't live in a mansion with sixteen Bugatti cars!"

You turn and face the middle-aged woman "I don't have a mansion. And I own a truck and a Mustang. No Bugatti."

She crosses her arms "It's people like you who make the country look bad. Why don't you take that silver spoon out of your mouth and see how the world really is? It's not all parties and drugs."

You laugh "the last time I took drugs was when I got my appendix removed! And I don't really like parties. Although I do own a silver spoon." You turn back around to talk to the worker but they are gone.

The woman reaches out and spins you around "I'm not done with you yet!"

You frown at her "I'm done with you though. Have a day." You turn back around as the line moves up.

Tom rolls his eyes with a laugh "You are a drama magnate sometimes! I swear."

Aja puts a hand to her mouth "Remember the time that man came up to you and wanted you to sign his chest so he could tattoo it on?"

Peter nods "Oh yeah! And the guy's wife ran up and slapped him for being so stupid?"

You chuckle "Right! I remember that! She didn't want some rando name on her hubby."

Inside the museum is nice. The atmosphere is spooky with spooky music in the background. Mr.Bagans had something to tend to and could not meet you. You aren't particularly bothered.
If you really want to meet the man you'll come back another time. You have far too much on your mind to worry about him.

You don't really pay attention to the tour. Just enough to ooo and ah at everything and make the occasional comment. You want to come up with something to bring to the meeting later. You only have five days here including today. You don't think that slimy little rat would like you staying longer than planned.

You know you do have one option though. You might be very tired from your tour but it might be a great option. You could offer to do a show for the cost of extending your stay. The opportunity for money might be juicy enough for the rat to take the bait. A world-renowned superstar wants to do a show for pennies? Who in their right mind would pass that up?

When the tour of the museum is done it's six. You all decide dinner is in order. After calling around you manage to snag a reservation at a teppanyaki grill for seven pm. Giving you enough time to change into something more appropriate. Bitterly ignoring the glowing footprints slowly fading away.

The teppanyaki grill smells amazing. Just standing outside makes you salivate. The promise of something seared to perfection and a warm cup of green tea calms your nerves. Your troubles leave you at the door and you are able to enjoy your time with friends. Although you do take a photo for the restaurant after they seat you at your table.

"Stacy I'm paying for your meal. It is your birthday! So pick whatever you want." you say as the eight of you look the menu over.

Your chef puts on a good show while cooking your food. It warms your heart to see Stacy having a good time. It was rough when she was going through treatment. Seeing her in such a fragile state wore you down almost as much as her husband. She was there for your first performance ever. She encouraged you to sing in the first place. She was the one who started your friendship in middle school. You would do just about anything for the woman.

Stacy was not one for cake. It just wasn't her cup of tea. So when you handed her the box of sixteen colorful Nerikiri the woman was elated. The walk back to the casino was filled with laughter and tears. Everyone shares stories of Stacy. Some are good and some are not so good. It's a fun night for everyone.

As you head up to your room you can't help the nervous feeling creeping in. Your meeting with Lesly is later tonight. You really hope this situation can be resolved quickly. You decide to take a nap and set a timer for three hours. After your alarm went off you decided to watch a movie quietly.

Considering how late it was the only remotely good thing to watch was The Wizard Of Oz. Not that it's a bad movie! You've just seen the film at least eleven times by now, You used to have a crush on the scarecrow as a kid. Halfway through the film, there's a knock on your door.

Chapter 108: Take A Gamble On Me pt7

Summary:

Patty- they/her Animatronic- animatronic Vole
Linda-she/her British- mute

Stacy-she/her African American -cancer survivor/birthday girl
Tom-he/him Mexicain

Raul-he/him Hindu
Aja-she/her Hindu arranged marriage

Peter-he/him Native American

Chapter Text

It's Linda and Patty with Lesly behind them. The three of them walk into your room. Linda and Patty sit at the little table in your room, you sit on your bed, and Lesly sits at the end of your bed.

Lesly folds her hands in her lap "I don't blame you for bringing along two friends."

You bite your lip "Where... Where is Eclipse right now? Are they alright?"

Lesly frowns "They are here in the casino."

You take a deep breath "Is that rat here too?"

"Antony." Lesly sighs "Its name is Antony."

"It?" You ask.

Lesly nods "Its pronouns. Yeah... Antony is here too." She runs her hand through her hair "I have access to the cameras on my tablet... But I don't think you should see them."

You lean against the headboard with a frown "Why?"

Lesly sets the tablet down next to her "I want to make you fully aware of how dire this situation is before I show you. That way you can make an informed decision." She glances around the room "This information does not leave this room." Lesly picks the tablet up and turns it on "I'm making sure it's safe to talk. Good! Don Eclipse is not in a good place. He- God!" She flips the tablet face down on the bed and turns it off "Let me start by saying I'm being blackmailed. I can't way what with. More like I won't."

You tug at your shirt "What's happening to Eclipse?"

Lesly looks down at the bed sadly "Antony is not kind at all. It uses people for all they are worth. That watch it uses to control Mx.Eclipse forces Eclipse to do whatever It wants. Mx.Eclipse talking to you was the first time I've seen them break free from the control. I know he makes Eclipse charge on a closet. The cameras only show a side view of the closet." Lesly leans back onto her hands "This next part is hard for me to say."

You offer a weary smile "Take your time."

Tears begin to fall down Lesly's cheeks. She turns the tablet on. Her face turns a little green as she looks at the screen. Lesly tosses you the tablet curling in on herself with a quiet sob. You take the tablet but don't look at it. You aren't sure you want to. You glance up at Patty and Linda. They gesture at you to look at it. You turn the screen to look at it and your blood runs cold.

Eclipse is tied down to a table like an animal. The angle you are looking at doesn't give you the best view, but you can tell someone you don't recognize is thrusting into him. You throw the tablet away from you in horrified disgust. Linda eyes you before picking the tablet up. She studies it carefully before turning to Patty. Her hands fly faster than you can keep up. Her fist slams down on the table.

You take a shakey breath "Where is that slimy little assbag?" You sniffle back tears "I want to punch the bones out of that fuckstick!"

Patty nods "This can't go on any longer."

Lesly sniffles "We can't do anything tonight. Antony could just have Eclipse lie. Knowing Antony, it would up security and make it so no one would see Eclipse again."

You throw a pillow across the room "Shit house mouse!"

Lesly wipes her tears "They are in the penthouse suite. It's where Eclipse lives. Only he has access to that room. Even I can't get in. However, tomorrow at one a very rich man will arrive. Mx.Eclipse and Antony will be there to greet him. The two of them will be out on the floor." Linda takes a deep breath "Maybe we can do something then. I need to head home. You have my number. I'll keep you informed once I have a plan."

You nod "Thank you for telling me this. I know it must have been hard. We'll talk tomorrow."

Lesly nods "I might send my husband. The clown you spoke to before?"

You nod "I remember him! He had a fun way of talking."

Lesly laughs dryly "Yeah. He adores spy movies and crime novels."

You walk her to the door "Are you two staying? It is pretty late."

Linda takes you by the hand and shoves you onto the bed. She lays down next to you and curls up.

Patty laughs "Guess we're staying. Just like the good ole days on the road."

She turns the lights off and joins the two of you in bed. You don't dream that night.

Chapter 109: Take A Gamble On Me pt8

Summary:

Patty- they/her Animatronic- animatronic Vole
Linda-she/her British- mute

Stacy-she/her African American -cancer survivor/birthday girl
Tom-he/him Mexicain

Raul-he/him Hindu
Aja-she/her Hindu arranged marriage

Peter-he/him Native American

Chapter Text

You wake up the next morning utterly exhausted. Most of your night was spent either having nightmares or laying awake fighting back tears. You took a breath and slapped your cheeks. You weren't ready to talk to your friends about Eclipse. Sure they would understand but you needed to process the information. Patty was nowhere to be seen. Linda came out of your bathroom.

She took one look at you and shook her head signing 'Didn't sleep?'

You nodded and signed 'Slept like shit. Nightmares.' You shivered slightly 'Where's patty?'

Linda smiled sympathetically 'Getting us clothes from our room. We need to meet everyone downstairs in an hour.'

You sighed 'Alright. If I want to be fresh for the day I should take a cold shower. If I see that fucking weasel I'm going to gut him like a fish.'

Linda laughed soundlessly patting you on the back. She pulled you from the bed and pushed you toward the bathroom. The cold shower woke you up enough to be functional. You stepped out of the bathroom to get something to wear. Patty was setting out clothes for you, just like she'd do on tour. Patty and Linda left the room so you could get dressed. The three of you took the elevator down. You took a deep breath to steel your nerves. You weren't sure if you could handle seeing those glowing footprints without breaking down.

As the elevator doors opened Raul waved you three over "We thought you would never come down!"

Aja laughed "We were about to come and get you ourselves!"

You blush, rubbing the back of your head "Sorry. Rough night sleeping."

"Will you be ok today?" Stacy asked worriedly.

You waved her off "Oh yeah! I'll be good! No worries. Now, "You licked your lips "How about we get food? The buffet is awesome!"

Pater nods "Food sounds great. My tummy is rumbly."

When everyone turns their back to you, you take a deep breath. For a brief moment, a frown crosses your face. You close your eyes and snap them open with a bright smile. You can keep it together. It's 9 am, and you still have four hours to wait for whatever this grand plan is to rescue Eclipse. You fix yourself a strong cup of black coffee and fix a plate of easy-to-eat stuff.

"So," You start as you all eat breakfast "What are the plans for today?"

Stacy grins "Tonight is the magic show. I thought we could go shopping later today for outfits. I also want to do a little gambling. We need to get pampered! Massages, hair, and nails."

Tom kisses her cheek "I want her to look like a princess today. I made a reservation at Ferraro's Ristorante. It's a French restaurant."

You nod "Can do! How about we start with a little gambling? I can call some places and set up some appointments for a little later this afternoon. That way we can shop and get ready after."

Aja nods "Sounds like a good plan to me."

You yawn "Alright. After breakfast, I'll make some calls."

"You can also ask the concierge." Linda signs.

"How much?" A voice asks.

You turn around in your chair "What?"

A woman stares a you "How. Much."

You blink sleep out of your eyes "How much for what?"

She rolls her eyes like you are stupid "You ARE that teenyboper Serina?"

"Seren." You correct.

She sighs "Look, it's my son's twenty-first birthday bash. How much to get you to spend the day and night with him?"

You from "I'm not for sale and I'm on vacation."

She looks behind her "Stars like you are never on vacation. That's just stupid. You can't turn off your fame."

You nod slowly "Riiiight. I'm going to ignore you now." You turn back to your coffee "So what game did you want to play first?"

Stacy follows your lead "Blackjack!"

The woman gasps "Hey! Don't ignore me!"

You stand up "I'm going to go talk to the concierge. I'll meet you at the tables."

The woman storms off with a huff. You shake your head and head to the concierge's desk after figuring out who wants what appointments made for them. An elderly European man in a cream-colored suit works behind the counter. He smiles warmly at your approach.

"Hello! My name is Waylon. How may I help you?" He leans on the counter with a relaxed posture.

You smile back "Hi, I'm Seren. I need to book some appointments for later today."

He nods and pulls out a sheet of paper "Tell me what you need and I'll see what I can do."

You also lean on the counter "Well, I need to book..." You count on your fingers "Eight massages and four appointments for hair and nails."

Waylon nods "Alright! Let me see what I can do." He types away on his computer for a few minutes "I can get you appointments for massages at two and the hair and nails at four."

You nod "Sounds good!"

You make all the arrangements for everything under your real name. Everything is paid for in advance. As you make your way to the Casino floor to rejoin your friends, you spot him. It's the clown from yesterday playing the slots again. He's sitting in the exact same spot as before.

You walked up and sat down next to him putting coins into the machine "I got lucky at this one yesterday. I'm hoping to get lucky again!"

The clown nods jovially "Hey, did you hear? Some fuzzies and dicks are coming today!"

You pause confused "Cool?"

The clown snickers "Ya know! Disco fuzz?"

You are even more confused "Dosco fuzz?"

The clown ignores your confusion "Yeah! They're coming to shaft snooty mctooty. We need you to act a fool at the first when Mr.McDuck arrives." He glances at you "Picking up the cards?"

"Throw a tantrum when the rich guy shows up." You say slowly.

The clown nods before shaking his head "This machine is belly up!" He stands up "Trash em big."

You watch him leave before looking for your friends. When you find them you explain the appointments. Stacy is excited to get pampered later. You feel a little less nervous now that there is a plan ready. Although you have no idea what disco fuzz is, you are ready to make a scene. You need to keep everyone here. With a sigh, you decide to tell everyone what's going on. Lunch rolls around and everyone decides to save money for dinner by eating at the buffet again.

As you all walk over Patty nudges you "Who was the clown?"

You lean toward her "Lesly's husband. We have a plan. At one I make a big scene. Then, and I have no clue what this means, disco fuzz shows up to help."

Patty recoils confused "Disco fluff?"

You pout "The clown talks in riddles. I don't know his name."

You almost squeal in excitement. The lunch buffet has your favorite food. Something you weren't able to have on tour. You and Stacy sat down first.

She frowned as she sat across from you "You're acting weird. What's going on? You can tell me anything! You know that!"

You shove your plate across the table and move to sit next to Stacy "I NEED you to keep quiet. This is a crazy story."

Stacy furrowed her brow "Do we need to go somewhere else?"

You shake your head "I found my soulmate but this prickleberry pie is abusing the shit out of him and using a red watch to control him. I met a lady who works here who is helping me and we have a plan where I need to be in the lobby at one today so I can cause a distraction."

Stacy nods "Why didn't you tell me sooner?"

You frown "I didn't want your celebration to be about me and my dram- HEY!"

Stacy throws a piece of sushi at you "Idiot! This is big news! And bad news! We'll help you! What time is it?"

You check your phone "Um... It's twelve."

Stacy nods "So we take a long lunch. Fine by me, this buffet is the shit."

Chapter 110: Take A Gamble On Me pt9

Summary:

Patty- they/her Animatronic- animatronic
Linda-she/her British- mute

Stacy-she/her African American -cancer survivor/birthday girl
Tom-he/him Mexicain

Raul-he/him Hindu
Aja-she/her Hindu arranged marriage

Peter-he/him Native American

Chapter Text

You try to keep your cool all throughout lunch. Forty minutes in your nerves start to get the better of you. Your hands shake a little and your palms are sweaty. Linda rubs your leg comfortingly under the table.

Raul nudges you with his elbow "Are you alright?"

You nod "Yeah. Just a little worn from the tour."

He nods accepting your answer. You aren't surprised though. The two of you aren't super close. You just don't have much in common.

Raul smiles sympathetically at you "Tours must be rough."

You nod "Lots of practice before each show. Autograph sessions. Meeting fans is fun but tiring. Sometimes you get to meet other stars! Usually, they are nice. Every now and then you meet someone... unsavory. Not going to name names though."

Paul laughs lightly "Like that actor guy we met who would only look at you."

You slap a hand on your face "Oh god yeah! He was a funny duck."

You glance at the clock hanging on the far wall "I gotta use the restroom. Be back soon."

A few people hum in affirmation as you leave the table. You calm your breathing. You try to make the best bitchy diva demeanor and face you can. Strutting your way to the front desk ready to start some shit.

"Well, well, well. Look what came in with the trash. It's the boy or are you a girl? That's right you don't even know what you are! It's no surprise you haven't found your soulmate yet! They're probably embarrassed to have YOU as their partner." A young man in his twenties laughs with a young lady on his arm. He has icy blue hair and lemon eyes, he wears contacts. He looks like a douche chad.

Well, this will be easier than you thought "At least I don't have to auto-tune my voice all the time. Gotta say it's a thing to see you, A5 Clive."

Clive balls his fists "I don't even know how they let YOU in here! This is for elites! Not bottom-of-the-barrel hacks."

You laugh loudly "Bottom of the barrel hack higher on the music charts than you."

The Employee Only door to your left opens. Eclipse, Lesly, and Antony walk out into the hallway. All eyes are on you and Clive. Antony, Eclipse, and Lesly walk up to the two of you.

Antony claps his hands "Hey now! What's going on here?"

Clive scoffs "I didn't know you let garbage in here."

You put your hands on your hips "How can I be garbage when I'm more successful than you?"

Clive takes a step toward you "If I sang shitty songs about finding your soulmate I'd be just as popular as you are. Write a song with some substance!"

You roll your eyes glancing at Antony "I only have three songs about that. Not that I'd expect you to know that. Besides, I at least write some of my own music. I don't rely on Daddy to do it for me."

Clive growls "You leave my father out of your cunt mouth!"

Antony moves between the two of you "Now! Now. Let's calm down!" It points at you "You are already on thin ice!"

You scoff "For what?! Finding my soulmate!? Because I did!" You point at Eclipse "It's Eclipse! I'm going to fight for them! I'll fight until my last breath!" You turn to Eclipse "You and I are meant to be together forever! I can feel it in my soul! I NEED YOU LIKE YOU NEED ME!"

Eclipse twitches "I do no-..."

Antony swings an arm hitting you in the mouth "SHUT THE FUCK UP YOU STUPID MONGREL! YOU ARE RUINING EVERYTHING!"

You stumble back, spitting out a mouth full of blood and a tooth. You stare at it before charging Antony, absolutely done with his shit. Eclipse twitches more. Clive tackles you to the ground, scrambling to punch you. He delivers one blow to your nose before several people tear Clive off of you. You stand up dead set on attacking Antony. Patty picks you up like a ferret.

You kick your legs and swing your arms reaching for Antony "LET ME GO! LET ME GO! IT'S YOUR FAULT! YOUR FAULT ECLIPSE IS LIKE THIS!"

You growl and shout. Blood pours down your face. Patty struggles to hold you without hurting you. The crowd whispered confused about what is going on. Someone calls you a badass.

"There officers!" You hear patty shout.

You let out a frustrated cry "Please Patty! Let me GO!!"

An eggplant purple hand takes you by the face. You struggle hard against them. All your focus is on Antony. Antony is being handcuffed by police officers. An EMT had been trying to help you but your angry thrashing made that impossible.

"HOLD STILL!" Your head is turned forcefully toward Eclipse, your chin in his grasp.

Chapter 111: Take A Gamble On Me pt10

Summary:

Patty- they/her Animatronic- animatronic Vole
Linda-she/her British- mute

Stacy-she/her African American -cancer survivor/birthday girl
Tom-he/him Mexicain

Raul-he/him Hindu
Aja-she/her Hindu arranged marriage

Peter-he/him Native American

Chapter Text

You struggle for a few more seconds still lost in the rage against Antony.

Eclipse kisses the top of your head "I feel your rage but you need to calm down so you can be treated."

You breathe hard trying to catch your breath "Let. Me. Go!"

Patty laughs loudly "You idiot! Your soulmate is right in front of you and you are so angry you don't even realize it!" She rests her snout on your head "I'm not letting you go to jail because you want to kill that slimeball."

"It needs to die." You growl exhausted and a little dizzy.

Patty looks up at Eclipse "Would you like to hold them? I don't think they are going to fight anymore."

Eclipse shuffles nervously feeling rather unsure of himself "I don't think I- Whoah!"

Patty shoves you into Eclipse's arms and leaves to fetch a medic. Your breathing has evened out more but you're still bleeding. Your eyes locked on Antony as he's dragged out of the building by police. Eclipse looks down at you. Your hair is messy and wild, your face and shirt are covered in blood, and you're breathing hard. Eclipse's moonlight yellow eyes turn into little hearts with arrows through them.

He pulls you into his chest smearing your blood on himself "Your gorgeous."

The medic who had been trying to look at you finally looks you over. They tell you your mouth will be fine. Your dentist can fix your tooth. The medic examines your nose next.

The pain brings you back to the moment "OW! Fuck that hurts."

The medic laughs "As it should! You're lucky it's not broken. The bleeding should stop soon." They crack an ice pack "Keep this on the area. It will help with swelling."

You hold the ice to your nose, watching as the medic leaves "I got blood on your suit." You lean into Eclipse "Sorry." Tears prick at the corner of your eyes "I'm so sorry." You sniffle "I couldn't help you sooner. I couldn't save you from all the awful things he made you do!"

Eclipse frowns in disdain at the cop car driving away with Antony "So you know then."

An officer approaches the two of you "Excuse me, Seren, would you like to press charges for assault?"

You nod eagerly "Yes!"

The officer holds out a camera "I need to take some photos."

You nod and allow the officer to take pictures. You're told to come to the station in the morning to give a statement. You glance into the crowd and spot Stacy. She gives you a thumbs up and a shooing motion. You tilt your head confused.

Stacy rolls her eyes hard "GO WITH YOUR SOULMATE IDIOT!"

You balk "HEY! I'M NOT AN IDIOT! AND BESIDES WHAT ABOUT YOU!?"

Stacy walks over to you "I'm alive! You just found your soulmate. We can spend time together tonight!"

You laugh lightly "Eclipse? This is my best friend Stacy. She just beat cancer."

Eclipse nods nervously "Hello."

Stacy smiles "Nice to meet you."

Chapter 112: Take A Gamble On Me pt11

Summary:

Patty- they/her Animatronic- animatronic Vole
Linda-she/her British- mute

Stacy-she/her African American -cancer survivor/birthday girl
Tom-he/him Mexicain

Raul-he/him Hindu
Aja-she/her Hindu arranged marriage

Peter-he/him Native American

Chapter Text

The adrenalin wearing off mixed with your lack of sleep last night has you nodding off.

Eclipse adjusts you to sit more comfortably in his arms. He looks to the employee-only door and shudders "What is your room number?"

You lean into him catching a whiff of his scent if this really is his scent "Room 529."

Eclipse heads for the stairs. The small confined space of the elevator makes him anxious. At least with the stairs, he knows he has two exit options. Three if he jumps all the way down the stairwell. You try to come up with something, anything, to talk about. Given the circumstances it's hard. You don't know exactly what traumas he has and you don't want to set him off. You need to be a safe space for both of you. You didn't lose a tooth just to chase him off.

One benefit of your stardom is you now recognize some of the signs of panic attacks and shock. Not too in-depth though but still useful. After you had a fan almost pass out from a panic attack you decided to learn more about them.

Finally, as the two of you reach the fourth floor a thought comes to you "I became a singer to find you. I thought if I did enough tours and shows I'd find you. I put my everything into my music for you." You chuckle weakly "Who knew all I had to do was take a vacation."

Eclipse says nothing. He just pulls you close, shoulders shaking with quiet sobs. He sits down on the landing of the fifth floor and ugly cries. Loud wailing echoes down the stairwell. You're sitting sideways in his lap with your arms pressed firmly to your side. Trapped in the cage of his arms. The only part of him you can reach is his thigh. You opt not to touch him there and instead rub your cheek on his chest.

You yawn "Take all the time you need. I'm here for you however you need me."

Eclipse collects himself for a second. Rolling his shoulders and putting on a powerful air to mask the pain. The commanding presence he holds as he struts down the hall to your room hides his true feelings well. The two people walking down the hall choose to ignore you. Whether it's out of fear or something else you don't know or care.

You take your room key out of your wallet and unlock the door. Eclipse ducks his head as he enters the room. The doorways don't easily accommodate his eleven-foot stature. Eclipse takes you to the bathroom and sits you down on the counter.

You study his face as he turns the tap on to hot "Handsome."

Eclipse looks down at you as he asks "What?"

You blush "You're handsome."

Eclipse dampens the cloth with a tiny smile. Gently he cleans your face. Leaning in close to get a better look at you. The tender intimate moment has your insides full of moths. Your lips part slightly with the desire to kiss Eclipse. A desire you ignore more for him than yourself. Eclipse makes no comment on your staring. Ultimately relieved you aren't pushing the topic.

When your face is clean Eclipse picks you up. He carries you to the bed and gently sets you down on the covers. You gently pat the spot beside you. Eclipse stares at you for a moment unsure. He shakes his head before sitting down in the chair beside the bed. You look down for a moment before laying down. Eclipse wants to say something. He doesn't know how to tell you what he's feeling. He settles down into the chair, just as you do the same on the bed. The two of you fall into a dreamless sleep.

Chapter 113: Take A Gamble On Me pt12

Summary:

Patty- they/her Animatronic- animatronic Vole
Linda-she/her British- mute

Stacy-she/her African American -cancer survivor/birthday girl
Tom-he/him Mexicain

Raul-he/him Hindu
Aja-she/her Hindu arranged marriage

Peter-he/him Native American

Chapter Text

You wake up early in the morning. It's still dark out so you know it's sometime before five in the morning. The small bedside lamp has been moved to the chair Eclipse was sitting in. Your mind goes on high alert when you don't see him. The sound of running water calms you down but you still feel the need to check on him.

You walk to the bathroom door and knock gently "Are you ok in there? Please just let me know you aren't dead." You wait for three agonizing minutes before the bathroom door clicks open "Do you want me to come in?" The door pushes open slightly "Alright, I'm coming in."

You slowly open the door and peek inside. Eclipse is sitting in the bathtub. It has a thick layer of suds over the top.

You sigh in relief and lean on the doorway "Thank you! When I did see you... I got scared." Your missing tooth feels weird when you talk "I'll go now."

"Wait!" Eclipse holds a soapy arm out.

You put your foot back down "Yes?"

Eclipse looks down at the suds "Stay. I feel safe with you here."

You blush and cover your mouth, letting out a hiss when you hit a wound "I make you feel safe?" You walk to the tub and sit down on the floor leaning against the wall opposite Eclipse "Is this ok?" Eclipse nods and you relax "Can I ask questions about you?"

Eclipse nods "Sure. I have some for you. Where do you live?"

You smile "Little Rock, Arkansas. Why a casino?"

Eclipse dunks his head in the water for a second "High traffic. Plus I like the thrill of the job."

You tilt your head "The thrill?"

Eclipse nods "Yeah. It's fast-paced work. Anything can happen at any time."

You nod slowly "I don't get it... but I'm sure I will in time."

Eclipse scrubs at his body "How do you feel about me being a bot?"

You hum "I think it's neat. You are so tall compared to me! And you look so awesome! I wouldn't change you for the world." You lean your arm on the rim of the tub "I'm here for you. In whatever capacity you need except for leaving you forever. I didn't lose a tooth just to fuck off to the ether."

Eclipse tears up and covers his face with his hands. You reach out and pull him into a hug as he sobs. Your chest and arms getting soaked. You didn't mean to but you slip into the tub with him. You squawk as water spills out of the tub. Eclipse lets out a cry of alarm at your sudden intrusion into the tub. He holds you above the water as you sputter from inhaling water.

"Shit!" You wipe soggy hair out of your face "I didn't mean to do that!"

Eclipse sits up more and helps you into a sitting position "Are you alright?!"

You chuckle "I'm fine. Are you ok? I know... I don't want... You might... Fuck!"

Eclipse brushes your hair back "You're right. I'm not ready for something this intimate. But you also didn't force your way in." Eclipse sighs "I'm not ok. I don't think I'll be ok for a long time."

You give him a serious look "You do plan to get therapy right?"

Eclipse nods "I do."

You nod "Good! I'm going to go change out of these wet clothes." You climb out of the tub and head for the door pausing in the doorway "So, your favorite color is orange?"

"Yes. And you like..." He says stating your favorite color.

You nod "Yeah, it is." You hesitate "Do you want me to come back after I change?"

Eclipse bites his lip although you can't see "Please?"

You nod and head into the bedroom to change into something dry.

Chapter 114: Take A Gamble On Me pt13

Summary:

Patty- they/her Animatronic- animatronic
Linda-she/her British- mute

Stacy-she/her African American -cancer survivor/birthday girl
Tom-he/him Mexica

Raul-he/him Hindu
Aja-she/her Hindu arranged marriage

Peter-he/him Native American

Chapter Text

You lay a towel down on the floor for your wet clothes. Peeling the soggy garments is harder than you expected. It's a fight to get each item off. they stick to you like glue. You wind up tripping at one point and crash onto the bed in your underwear with your pants around your ankles. You must have knocked something over as Eclipse tears the bathroom door open. Stark naked with panic etched into his features. You blush brightly fighting every urge not to look at his dick.

However, when something moves below the belt it draws you in. A burnt umber tentacle and an eggplant purple tentacle writhe where his dick is supposed to be.

Eclipse covers his crotch "I'm sorry! I'm... I'm not normal!"

You tear the extra blanket off the bed and throw it around his shoulders "Ey! I'll have none of that!" You pull Eclipse to sit on the bed and kick your jeans off "From what little I saw of what you have, you look perfect."

Eclipse tugs the blanket around himself "But I have two... and they are weird. Wouldn't you want something more normal?"

You stand up and tug a shirt on "I don't want normal! I want you!" You glance over your shoulders "Are your clothes in the bathroom?"

Eclipse nods "On the sink."

You get his clothes and hand them over "I'm going to clean up the water on the floor."

You enter the bathroom as Eclipse gets dressed. You take the towel from the rack and start to dry the floor. You were never one to leave it for someone else to take care of. You set the damp towels to dry on the rim of the now-empty tub. You yawn still feeling tired. Eclipse is dressed and looks as weary as you do.

You sit down on the opposite side of the bed "It's," you look at the bedside clock "almost two in the morning."

Eclipse stares at the TV, it's not on "I don't know what to do right now."

You look over at him "Well, you're free now. Is there anything you'd like to do that you haven't done in a while?"

Slowly Eclipse reaches out and takes your hand in his "Can... I don't want to leave the room yet. Can we watch TV?"

You take the remote and turn the TV on. It's set to a tabloid trash news station playing something about your fight in the casino earlier. They claim you are not what you seem and must be abusive or something.

You chuckle "Jokes on you Mike! My fans know better than to believe you."

You change the channel. A kids Christian TV puppet show plays. You change it again. It's MTV. They are playing one of your songs. You blush and turn the channel. It's a cooking show.

"This is good," Eclipse mutters. "I've never been good at cooking. But I like watching other people cook."

You smile "Good for you then! My mom made sure I knew how to cook. She always used to say she wasn't teaching me so I could get a man, she was teaching me so I could eat good food!"

Eclipse squeezes your hand "I... I'm sorry if I ruined your career."

You laugh "Naw! Impossible! I've been at this for almost fifteen years. My fans know what to expect from me. I've had fans break into my old house and do background checks on me. Some of them were fans of A5 Clive."

Eclipse raises a brow "Why is he called A5 Clive?"

You laugh "Clive thought A5 was the highest grade of beef and he's the highest grade of man. Idiot."

Eclipse drops your hand and pulls it into his lap. You tilt your head but don't push anything. The two of you sit quietly and watch cooking shows long after the sun comes up. It's nine when Eclipse decides to call a therapist. You let him use your phone. Your head turns when there is a soft knock on your room door. Eclipse, in a fit of panic, pulls you close holding you like a teddy bear.

You look at the door "Who is it?" A pattern is knocked on the door "Oh! One minute! It's Linda. She's mute. She's probably seeing how I'm doing. She's Patty's wife. The, uh, animatronic who held me yesterday. Those two stayed with me the night I found out what was happening to you."

Eclipse's rays hide his face like a flower "You trust her?"

You nod with a smile "With my damn life. however, if you don't want her to be here then I won't let her in. I will, however, step outside to chat for a moment."

Eclipse nods slowly and lets you go "Alright, let her in."

You nod and walk to the door "Comming!" You open the door and gently pull her inside with a hug "Hello."

Linda holds you tight before letting you go to look you over.

You laugh "I'm alright! Just a missing tooth and some bruising."

She furiously signed at you 'Did you get some sleep? How is Eclipse? Is he ok? Did he get some sleep?" Then something garbled.

You take her gently by the wrists "Hey! Slow down! We got some sleep. For the most part, we are fine."

She pulls you to the bed 'There are cops everywhere. They were asking about you and Eclipse. Everyone is getting interviewed. They also took Lesly away.'

Eclipse frowns "Everyone?"

You smile "You know sign language?"

Eclipse nods "Part of my programing."

Linda smiles before frowning 'You two should go give your statements. A5 Clive is spinning a lie and telling everyone you started the fight and wants you arrested.'

You laugh "Good god is he dumb!" You shake your head "We can take some food to go. If Clive is telling lies who knows how many others are lying?" You look at Eclipse "We'll go together."

Chapter 115: Take A Gamble On Me pt14

Chapter Text

At the police station, they separate you and Eclipse. Eclipse looks anxious and alarmed to be away from you. He visibly shakes and screams when you walk down a different hall than him. You turn and run to him. Eclipse wraps his arms around you like a teddy bear.

You rub his back "Hey, you are safe here." You take his head in your hands "Dearheart. I need you to go with the nice officers. You NEED to give a statement."

Eclipse curls around you "Please don't make me do it alone."

The female detective nods "Alright. It gets pretty gruesome. But I won't stop you if it means he'll give his statement."

Eclipse picks you up holding you close "Thank you."

You rub his back as he holds you. The officers lead you into a room tall enough to accommodate Eclipse. You give your statement first. You have a small idea of what happened to Eclipse but not the full picture. Eclipse nuzzles your hair when you talk about Antony. You speak with venom as you recant your tale. When the officers learn you and Eclipse are soulmates things click for them. You get so mad while talking you slam your fist on the table. You apologize right after.

The officers move on to Eclipse next. They have a lot of video footage but still have a few questions. His answers are sickening. Your rage comes back in full force. Eclipse holds you tightly so you don't run off to holding. You spit a few insults before shutting your mouth. Eclipse continues to talk. Antony made him sleep in a closet in the dark. He was kept at 50% power so he was easier to control.

When he's done you feel emotionally drained. It takes hours for the detectives to be finished with you two. Eclipse returns to the casino. Not for himself, but for you. You already know your friends aren't at the casino. You all have plans to do something together tomorrow. Eclipse is invited. You get the feeling that he won't let you go alone. You know therapy will help with his need to be near you. For now, you'll put up with it. It's not too bad right now. Hopefully, it doesn't get any worse.

Eclipse looks around the entrance to his casino "Where are your friends?"

You smile "They are hanging out tonight. It's just you and me, love."

Eclipse looks down at you "What should we do?"

You lean into his arms "What do you want to do?"

Eclipse bites his lip "Um... could we try a game?"

You nod "What game?"

"There is an arcade. We could do that?" Eclipse walks further into the casino.

You nod excitedly "That sounds awesome! If you get overwhelmed or uncomfortable, we'll leave."

Eclipse smiles softly and walks towards the arcade "Do you play games?"

You nod "I do. I've been playing Doom (1993)."

"That's a good one! I love zombie shooters! I also like the game Slime Rancher!" Eclipse says excitedly.

You grin "I have that game! I adore the explody boys."

"The radioactive mixed with tabbies are adorable!" Eclipse gushes.

The arcade is not too crowded. There are people but not too many. Eclipse sticks to games that are bright and colorful. He avoids anywhere that feels boxed in or games that have you climb inside them to play. You two play games for an hour. A few fans come and talk to you and you take some photos. Eclipse seems to enjoy watching you do your thing. You seem so relaxed talking to people. He hopes one day to be able to talk freely like that. He used to be so charismatic and chatty. He'd talk to a rock if it could talk back.

That night the two of you eat cheese-stuffed ravioli and garlic bread and watch TV. Eclipse sits next to you on the bed. His leg touching yours comfortably. Bedtime is when the good mood falls apart. You offer the bed to Eclipse but he refuses. You offer to make the chair more comfortable but he refuses. When you ask what he wants the only two things he will accept are sitting in the chair with you in his arms or barricading the door. You wind up blocking the door and sleeping in the bed together. Eclipse holds you all night.

Chapter 116: Take A Gamble On Me pt15

Chapter Text

That morning you wake up in an elevator. Eclipse is holding you in his arms. You can see your reflection on the wall of the elevator. He's dressed you in a T-shirt and jeans. He's holding you in his arms like a child.

Eclipse smiles down at you "I have therapy at noon today. I was hoping you would come with me. I was seeing him before.... Everything."

You nod "Of course!" You have the feeling 'no' is not an option "If you think me being there for support will help then I will be there." Not that you would ever say no to something like this.

Eclipse nuzzles your abdomen "Thank you! I know my behavior is... but I can't help it. I just get so anxious and scared when I'm alone. I just feel so..."

His voice trails off. His gaze is miles away. You pet his head in comfort. Eclipse purrs quietly. Adorable.

"Wait." You furrow your brow "Why are we going up?"

Eclipse grips you a little tighter "I. Live here. We are going to my place. I can't keep wearing the same clothes over and over. I- You are coming with me."

His tone tells you this is also not up for debate. If he hadn't just gone through major trauma then this would be concerning. The Elevator opens to a long hallway, The floors are light grey marble with four matching pillars. The walls are mossy green and the ceiling is white. Eclipse's shoes make a pleasant sound as he walks toward the large double doors at the end of the hall. His movements are stiff and forced. He begins to shake the closer he gets.

You pat his chest "I can go inside for you. Get you the clothes."

Eclipse takes a step back "I. If I don't... If I don't go in. He wins. I can't let him win." He takes a shakey step forward "It would mean everything you did for me was a waste."

You shake your head "No! He doesn't win if you can't go in right now. He wins if you give up and never go in again. Just because you can't right now is not you giving up."

Eclipse sets you down and gently pushes you to the door. You take a few slow steps. Eclipse scoops you up at the door. Your pretty sure it's from anxiety. He opens the door slowly. He hides from the room by burying his face in your back. In front of you is a large window with a view of the Vegas Strip. The room is a large living space with a wet bar, a TV with couches, a dinette, and a kitchen. On the floor is a box labeled Eclipse.

"There is a box on the floor with your name on it. It says 'CLOTHES 4 U' on the top." You point to the box even though he's not looking at all.

"Can you reach it?" he asks.

You dangle in his arms "Love, you are twelve feet tall. No, I can't reach it." Eclipse crouches down and Duck walks toward it "Ok stop." You take the box getting a glimpse of caution tape out of the corner of your eye "I got it! We can leave!"

Eclipse turns and leaves the room as quickly as possible. He sprints for the elevator and almost smashes the button for your floor.

You look at his reflection "Are you alright?"

Eclipse shakes his head "No."

You smile "I'm proud of you."

Eclipse hums and takes the two of you back to your room. You can see the cracks in his facade. He's hiding a lot of pain. You're sure as Eclipse gets the help he needs things are going to get worse before they get better. No matter what you are going to be here for your soulmate.

Chapter 117: Take A Gamble On Me pt16

Summary:

Patty- they/her Animatronic- animatronic Vole
Linda-she/her British- mute

Stacy-she/her African American -cancer survivor/birthday girl
Tom-he/him Mexicain

Raul-he/him Hindu
Aja-she/her Hindu arranged marriage

Peter-he/him Native American

Chapter Text

You were right. More right than you wanted to be. You moved into the hotel for a while. At least until Eclipse was ok enough for the two of you to discuss living arrangements. You admittedly weren't too keen on living in a hotel-casino. You liked your quiet moments at home. Not to mention the flood of fans who were no doubt going to show up for a chance to see you, It's part of why you live where you do.

The first session went well enough. Eclipse talked about how happy he was you found him. When he saw you for the first time it gave him the will and the strength to fight for control. You were his knight in shining armor. Watching you struggle in Patty's arms for him was a turn-on. The absolute vitriol you spoke with was enthralling.

The second session he spoke about his time before you showed up. His life was the same thing day in and day out. Walking the casino floor looking for footprints. Throwing everything he had into his job to find you. Ignoring all the people who made passes at him. He had little time for social activities or hobbies. Apparently, he liked watching anime.

By the third session, he finally started talking about what happened to him. He spent that week crying in bed. He ate little and refused to let you leave the room unless you were with him. He started to see everyone as a threat. Even Lesly was deemed unsafe by him.

The fourth session he was diagnosed with depression. He finally told the full story of what happened to him. Every last detail. It was horrific. He shook and cried. You held him in your arms.

The fifth session the therapist finally addressed Eclipse's coping issues. He can't use you as a security blanket forever. It was suggested he learn to fight. The two of you decided boxing would be a good thing for him to learn.

The two of you sat late one night talking. Heclipse had a nightmare. He lay wrapped around you while you rubbed his back and kissed wherever you could reach on him. You had finally decided to address the issue of living arrangements. You can't stay away from your home much longer and living in a hotel room is terrible.

You took a deep breath "Clippy? We need to talk about living arrangements."

Eclipse sighed "You can't stay can you?"

You rubbed his side "I can't live in a hotel. So I think it would be a great idea to take a vacation to my house. I live in the mountains of Little Rock Arkansas. Some time away might be just what you need to recover a bit. We can even see if your therapist does video sessions. Right now you are still in the place where it all happened. Besides you could leave Lesly in charge for a while."

Eclipse looked up at you "You want to take me with you?"

You laugh quietly into your hand "Stupid. Of course, I do! I love you. I'm not asking you to move in with me. Just a vacation for your mental health."

Eclipse climbed to sit in your lap "I'll call the therapist tomorrow."

For as big and imposing as he was, Eclipse was such a sub. You hadn't made love yet but the signs were already there. He gave off such bottom bitch energy. Part of you knew this though was wrong but the other part wanted to dom Eclipse and treat him good. You would spend a night taking care of your pillow prince. When he was ready of course.

The next morning the two of you made arrangements for Eclipse's vacation. Everyone was informed and the two of you would be back before the court date. Eclipse decided to take a private jet to your place. By noon the next day, the two of you were off. Home again home again jiggity jig.

Chapter 118: Take A Gamble On Me pt17

Summary:

My allergies are murdering me. Smut tomorrow. Last chapter too. =3 Sorry for the terrible cliffhanger by the way. I know that's an awful place to end things.

Chapter Text

If anyone had told you you'd find your soulmate in a casino you'd laugh hysterically. But here you are with your soulmate casino owner who's a robo-man walking up to your front door. This had to be some kind of movie or something.

Eclipse looked around the outside of your house "Wow. You live here?"

You pause with the keys in the door "Did you forget I'm superstar Seren? One of the top singers around? I do have money. This is one of the few things I splurged on."

Eclipse chuckles and rubs his arm "Actually, I did forget."

You turn around with the door open and pull Eclipse into a kiss by his collar "You're fine."

You turn to head inside. Eclipse leans forward chasing your lips. Kissing you feels right. Everything with you feels right. With you he's safe. You wouldn't hurt him. He shakes his head. Your house is homey and warm. He can see bits of you in every room of the house. A piano sits in the living room beside a TV entertainment center. A dark leather couch with a coffee table in front flanked by two lazy boy recliners. The front door opens into the room. To the left is a kitchen and down a hall to the right he can see a door. Beyond the kitchen is another small hall with a door.

You roll your shoulders and head to the right "Home sweet home. Follow me to my- ... our room."

Eclipse blushed as he followed behind you "Our?"

You nod "You are mine and I am yours. My home is your home making it our home."

Eclipse feels warm. He wants to give you as much as he can. Everything he is and has is yours. Inside your room is a mess. Papers are scattered everywhere. Many notes, pencils, pens, and notebooks litter the floor.

You blush and sheepishly smile "Sorry. I had a bout of inspiration followed by a bout of creative blockage." You start to pick up papers "This is the aftermath."

Eclipse helps you pick papers up "Is it always like this?"

You shake your head "No. I feeling down about not finding my soulmate and didn't have the will to clean this up before I left. Kinda regret that now."

Eclipse set your papers down on the desk in the room and pets your head "Your fine. It happens."

You sit down on the bed "I'm not selling my house. I want to live with you. I think we should get a house in Vegas together."

Eclipse sits down beside you "You don't want to live in the casino?"

You frown at him "Do you?"

Eclipse shakes his head "No. Not anymore. We can get a house."

You beam "Great! We'll go fifty-fifty! To help out I'll do some shows for your casino. My pay can go toward a house."

Eclipse pulls you into his lap "I..." He bites his lip "Please."

You rub his arm "Take your time."

Eclipse takes a breath "I want to know what love is. Show me how lovers do it." He unbuttons the top button of his shirt "Make love to me."

You take his shoulder "Are you absolutely sure? We don't have to do this."

Eclipse nods firmly "Yes. I want you."

You nod "If at any time you are uncomfortable we stop. If I think something is wrong. We stop."

Eclipse pulls you into a desperate kiss.

Chapter 119: Take A Gamble On Me pt18

Summary:

The last chapter. I adore this ending!

Chapter Text

You stare at Eclipse for a moment unsure of how to start. Eclipse looks so hopeful. You aren't sure what he hopes to get out of this moment. You touch Eclipse's cheek and climb out of his lap.

Slowly you start to take your clothes off "We take this slow. One step at a time. This is my first time too you know."

Eclipse nods "Right. Your right. This is about you too."

You take a breath and remove the rest of your clothes. Your body has a few scars. Most of them are small. One, however, is about three inches and ugly.

You cover it with your hand and frown bitterly "It was twenty-twelve. I was starting to get a lot more popularity. I had already finished my first US tour... A-" You take a deep breath "A fan broke into my house. Insisted we were soulmates. We weren't." You uncover your scar "I got stabbed in the altercation. Cave me this ugly thing. It says I was abused. But it also says I survived." You walk up to Eclipse and put his hand on the scar "It took a lot of therapy for me to be ok with what happened. I have faith that your therapy will help you just like mine helped me. It will just take time."

Eclipse runs his thumb over the scar "You look perfect."

Eclipse's hands slowly roam your body. Every crevasse, dip, and mark gets touched by his gentle hands. His thumbs brush against your nipples and you hiss slightly in pleasure. Eclipse's hands roam up to your neck. You let him wrap his hands around your neck. He doesn't squeeze, he just loosely holds you. You lock eyes with him and smile. Eclipse studies you for a moment as if looking for something. His lower hands begin to take his clothes off. He switches to holding you with one of his upper hands by the back of your neck.

You pull him close to you by the back of his neck and touch your forehead to his with a smile. Eclipse stands up to take his bottoms off. You look up at him enchanted by his height. You are almost dick height with him. He's so much taller than you. Eclipse lays down on the bed and gestures for you to join him. You sit down on his stomach with a chuckle. You prop yourself up with your hands on his chest. Your eyes roam his body.

You smile softly at him "Are you alright? How do you feel?"

Eclipse puts his hands on your hips "Can... can we stay like this? I don't think I want to." He pauses to find the right word "I'm not ready to penetrate you."

You lie down on him "Tell me exactly what you want."

Eclipse touches your lower back "Can we just touch each other? Maybe some kissing?"

You sit up again "Naked?"

Eclipse nods "Please?"

You scoot up to kiss him "Of course."

Eclipse wraps his arms around you "Why is your bed so big?"

You pepper his face in kisses "Honestly? I love the wiggle room."

Eclipse rubs your back exploring the vast expanse of flesh with his fingertips. You sigh happily letting your hands run along his neck. You pull him into a kiss with his rays. His mouth absolutely engulfs yours. You sit up and rub his chest with your hands.

Eclipse takes your hips in his hands "You are so small. I can hold your entire waist with just two hands."

You look down "Aye! I'm not small! You are huge!" You look behind you "Your dick is about as big around as my arm! Not that I'm complaining mind you."

Eclipse rubs your belly "We can make them fit. It will just take time and effort."

You throw an arm over your eyes dramatically "OH NO! You mean we'll have to have lots of sex in the future?!" You flop backward "Whatever shall we do!"

Eclipse pulls you back up. His cocks try to wrap around your head. You lay back down on him.

Eclipse rolls you into your back and snuggles into your bed "Thank you."

You look up at him "For what?"

Eclipse rolls to his side and curls around you "Taking your time with me."

You pull one of his arms to rest between your pecks and wrap your arms around it "I understand trauma. Not your specific trauma. But trauma. I will always go slow for you. I love you."

Eclipse pulls the covers over both of you "I love you too."

 

THE END

Chapter 120: The Mistake AOB PT1

Chapter Text

He hadn't meant to do it. Really he hadn't! That piece of code was for a side project! All he wanted was a girlfriend to love him. He just happened to be into... more sordid things. He just happened to have an Alpha Omega Beta kink! He already had his perfect partner ready to go.

His best friend agreed to make him the body as long as he shared his code with her. It wasn't supposed to turn out like this! Now his code was in the Daycare Attendant! Not only that but the Attendant was already gone! It was hard enough to get them to come for regular maintenance!

Getting the Attendant to come just because? Impossible! Guess this will be a trial run... He did hear a rumor the Attendant had a romantic partner... This should be fine. Right?

 

Something felt... off. Sun couldn't put his finger on what it was or why. Moon told him it was probably their new upgrades. They could smell now in case of a gas leak, fire, or smelly kid; as they had been told by the worker. They also got an upgrade on the quality of their silicone.

Their face looks more friendly with a moveable mouth. They look more like their posters now. Sun and Moon were excited to show themselves off to you. You had to leave for a while for Thanksgiving with your family. Today you would return to them. They just had to wait until tonight.

Due to the big upgrade, the Daycare was closed for the day. Sun decided to go into their tower and straighten up for you. Moon agreed this was a good idea. He told Sun they could make you a small gift too. This made Sun excited!

As they touched down in their tower Sun froze. A sweet spicy smell hit his receptors. It made his circuits feel... buzzing. They were buzzing like bees. He prowled around the room looking for the source. He found it. It was a nightshirt of yours. Both Sun and Moon were on the front smiling and posing.

He felt odd. Something in him whispering quietly. Itching at his core to protect you. He didn't understand why. You weren't in any danger. You weren't even here yet! Sun shook his head and began to clean. When he finished the main room the lights turned off.

Moon crawled through the tunnel to the bedroom. Your scent was stronger here. Moon found it hard to focus on cleaning. His optics fell on the makeshift bed. His wires felt itchy as he looked at it. It just needed a little... fluffing. He kneeled down in front of it and began to fluff the "bedding".

Just as he was about to move on Sun blurted out "You should test it out... Make sure it's soft."

Moon nodded "Yes... soft."

Moon lay down on the pile of blankets, pillows, and stuffed animals. Terrible! Not good enough! He tore the bed apart. They would need to start over. The corner would be a good spot to put it. Yes, perfect. He began to arrange the stuffed animals first. That itchy feeling came back.

It wasn't right! Moon took it down again. Pillows first? No still wrong!

"I have an Idea." Sun stated in their shared headspace. Moon could almost feel him smile "Braid the blankets."

Moon shivered in excitement. He took the pile of blankets and began to braid some of them together. The task took up the rest of his time out. Sun was quick to take over the task. They still weren't sure why they were doing this but the need to to so was overwhelming!

Sun began to arrange the blankets in a spiral pattern creating a soft base for the... nest? Why did they want to call this a nest? He tucked some of your clothes and his clothes into the nest. It needed to smell like both of you. It had to!

Next, he layered the pillows and stuffed animals. The light shifted again. Moon set aside the softest and warmest blankets. The rest were laid over the top of the nest. Moon lay down in the nest. It was perfect. It made the itchy feeling go away.

They still had time to wait for you so they decided to charge. Your scent filled their receptors and they entered sleep mode exhausted from their task.

Chapter 121: The Mistake AOB PT2

Chapter Text

They finished their charge cycle sometime later. Moon was in control meaning it must have been nighttime. The nest they made for you was very soft and very warm. It would be perfect for your pups. Wait... pups? Where did that come from?

"Sun? I think something might be wrong!" Moon panicked.

"I'll run diagnostics! You take care of our mate when they get back." Sun stated.

Moon nodded and headed to the balcony. He would need to find something to distract himself with.

"Sunny! Moomoo! I'm back!" He heard your melodic voice shout.

It was the most wonderful thing he had ever heard in his life. The itchy feeling came back. He NEEDED to get to you. He needed his mate.

Sun hummed "System check says nothing is wrong. So we must be ok..."

Moon peered over the side of the balcony. The daycare was dark. You were standing near the security desk looking around. He felt the strong need to stalk you. He called his wire down and hooked himself up. Slowly and quietly he made his way to you.

He followed you from above as you searched the daycare for them. The itching didn't go away. It didn't even lessen. If anything it got a little worse. He landed behind you making a point to shake his bells.

You turned around with a warm fond smile "Moon!"

You opened your arms. He embraced you just like he always had. Your scent hit him harder than it had before. He froze unsure of what to do. A new urge began to surface. He felt his body getting hot. Fan working overdrive to cool him down.

You touched his cheek "Are you alright? You're getting warm!"

He leaned down to your neck and took a deep sniff of you with a shudder "Starshine. You smell..." Another sniff "I-" He couldn't form words properly. He tried! Really he did! The itching buzzing felt like a raging fire inside him. He called his wire. He had to have you.

You grew more concerned "Do we need to go to P&S? Something isn't right."

Moon carried you off to the tower. He needed you. Painfully so. Sun was whining in their head incoherent words. One phrase stood out amits the sea of Sun's rambles "Mark them". Yes, thought Moon. They did need to mark you. The erection in their pants was agony. It hurt so bad.

You would help them tough right? Of course you would! You were their perfect little mate! Their sweet little Omega.

Chapter 122: The Mistake AOB PT3

Chapter Text

This was one of the hardest things Moon has ever had to do. It truly was a fight not to just shove his dick in you without any prep. He was also fighting against Sun. Sun had devolved into growls, grunts, and utterances of "mine" or "Mate". Moon couldn't understand him properly.

Sun was also fighting Moon for control of their cock. He set you down in the safety of the room beyond the balcony.

Moon pointed at the spot where he put you "Stay."

Sun needed to be dealt with. Moon strongarmed Sun into submission. He had to temporarily "tie" Sun up. Making it so all Sun could do was watch. If Moon felt Sun was safe he would get a turn.

You watched Moon's eyes turn off. An action that meant he was doing something in the headspace. You took the opportunity to look him over. He got quite the upgrade. Looking more like his poster now. He also felt a little softer compared to before.

Moon's eyes locked on you "Are you tired?"

"Tired?" you asked.

He twitched slightly "Tired."

You shook your head "No, not yet."

Moon pointed to the tunnel to your bedroom "Go... Please mate."

Mate? That was new. Something was up. Was this a new kinky game? A role play? You could play along. This could be a lot of fun! You set your bac down just outside the tunnel in the bedroom. You stretched your arms over your head and plopped down on the makeshift bed.

At least you were supposed to. Instead, you hit the hardwood floor with a yelp. You rolled onto your stomach and rubbed your tailbone. Moon flew through the tunnel like a bat out of hell. He was on you in an instant. Poking, prodding, and looking you over.

He picked you up in his arms and set you down in the nest. A strange sound rumbled from somewhere deep within him as he gazed at you. Staring up at him curiously from the nest.

Moon felt the itchy buzzing again "Do you like it?"

You tilted your head "Like it? Oh, the... what is this?"

Moon crouched down to stare at you from a different angle "Nest. Our love nest. We made it for you. Do you like it? We can redo it for you."

You looked around at the love nest "Oh!" You wiggled around to test it out "It's very comfortable."

Moon rumbled louder and plopped down in the nest with you. He pulled you into his lap nuzzling his faceplate into your hair. He got another large inhale of your scent. His erection rubbed against your lower back through his pants.

"Aw, does my big handsome Alpha want to breed me?" you coo sweetly.

That was a mistake. One you realize once Moon flips the two of you over. He cages you in with his large body. Hot air and little puffs of steam fanning you. He leans forward and licks a long stripe from your cheek down to your clavicle. He takes your shirt in his mouth and tears it off.

He bites through your sleeves and pauses. He's looking at the torn shirt. He twitches before adding the torn garment to the nest walls. You take your chance to take your pants and underwear off. Moon's head whips over to look at what you are doing.

You are starting to get the feeling this is not a game. However, with the way Moon is looking at you. You have no intention of stopping this. You trust Moon and Sun. They would never hurt you. Moon's eyes roam your body. The buzzing just won't stop!

So many demands flooding his systems. He drops down to the floor and spider crawls up to your waiting hole. He presses his faceplate into your groin breathing in your sweet spicy smell. A shudder wracks his frame. He licks a long stripe. The taste is incredible!

They didn't even realize they could taste now! He dives in pushing his tongue desperately inside you. He pulls you by the waist to get deeper. He needs more. It's not enough!

"You taste incredible Starshine! I need all of you." Moon cries loudly.

His feet scrape along the floor as he tries to push himself closer. You moan loudly as Moon's tongue pushes farther than it ever has before. His tongue thrusts deeply. Never pulling out completely. His hips rut against the floor as he takes your hips. He picks you up into the air turning in a circle.

From your perch atop his shoulders, you have a great view of his hips and ass. He's thrusting into the air at the same pace as his tongue. Moon pins you to the wall and continues to eat you out. He folds his tongue in half inside you. He stills for a moment. You catch your breath. But only for a moment.

Moon vibrates his tongue "I need you to cum! please, please! Be a good little omega and cum for your alpha." Moon makes out with your hole "You want my knot right? Cum for me and I'll give it to you."

Your head feels hazy. You can't even form proper words. It's all a jumbled mess made even worse by Moon. He kisses and sucks at your hole. All while keeping his tongue vibrating inside you. Your hips begin to thrust against his face.

Moon growls "Yes! Ride my face! My good omega!"

Your muscles tighten as your belly gets warmer "Alpha!" You cum hard. Violently shaking and wrapping your thighs around Moon's head. He pulls out of you and drinks up everything you have given him. Happy rumbles roar from within. He lays you back down in the nest.

Head down ass up. His large frame shields you from the rest of the room. His cock wiggles against your ass before slipping inside your needy sopping hole.

He begins to thrust at the same deep pace as before "Gonna breed you! MArk you! Make you mine little omega." His chest presses against your back "Do you like this omega? Feeling me dwarf you? So small." His pace picks up "Need to protect you. Keep you safe!"

You let out a whiney moan and grab Moon's wrist. Moon licks your neck over and over. His thrusting gets sloppy. Sun is breaking free. Gaining more and more control. Moon knows if he doesn't cum, and make you cum, now he won't get to.

Moon bites down on your neck as hot ropes of his cum begin to fill you up. You cry out loudly at the bite. Moon licks the wound as it begins to bleed. A quick scan tells him he only hit capillaries. Nothing that will kill you.

Moon gently lays the two of you on your side. His cock stays inside you "Rest. Sun is fighting for control. I don't know how in control of himself he is right now."

The worry in Moon's voice is thick. You pat his arm "He won't hurt me. No more than you did anyway." You yawn loudly "I trust you two. My big sweet alphas."

Moon rumbles loudly pulling you closer "I'll keep you safe and watch over you while you rest, Sleep mate, sleep."

You yawn again and drift off to sleep.

Chapter 123: The Mistake AOB PT4

Chapter Text

You moaned loudly as you cum hard, jolting you from sleep. A deep guttural moan from Sun followed by the feeling of being filled with cum.

Sun stills "Mate." He begins to move your body into a mating press "Breed."

You look up at him "Sunny?"

His hand flies to your cheek and he leans forward, looking at you curiously "Ok?"

You shake your head "I'm more worried about you! Are you ok?"

Sun nods "Breed you." He begins to thrust keeping his hand on your cheek "Pretty." His hand ghosts over your bite mark and he frowns "Not here." He switches which hand is on your hip and which is on your neck. He trails his hand over to your other shoulder giving it a tap "Here."

His cock hits all those wonderful spots inside you. Your seeing stars with every thrust. Your usually loud Sunny is eerily quiet. He covers your body with his hiding you from the world. He growls loudly baring his teeth at the tunnel. His cock flicks aggressively inside you.

You try to moan but Sun covers your mouth with a shhh. Someone crawls through the tube.

It's the newest nighttime security "Moon?! Where are ya man? Yer late for patrol..." As he makes eye contact with Sun he stops "Sun man ya gotta let Moon out. You know the rules."

Sun growls at him baring his teeth at him. His rays spin before extending out from his head. A function used for maintenance.

The guard looks unsure of himself "You ok there Sun?"

Sun pulls out of you and slowly turns around growling louder.

The guard looks even more unsure and uncomfortable "Don't make me hurt y-"

Sun cuts him off by roaring and rapidly spinning his rays while they are fully extended.

The guard scrambles through the tube and out of the tower. You let out a growl of your own prepared to reprimand the bot. Sun's head does a 180 and he stares at you. He maintains eye contact as he turns his body around to you. His eyes bore into yours. You shift slightly nervous.

Sun takes you by the waist wrapping your legs around his hips "Breed."

He thrusts into you at a fast harsh pace. You should hate this... but you don't. The primal way Sun is behaving has you reaching your end quickly. Your growl must have done something to him. Sun is grunting, growling, and whining as he breeds you. Your walls flutter as your muscles tighten.

Sun leans down biting your shoulder sending you over the edge. It's so intense your seeing spots. You black out as Sun fills you up with his cum. The last thing you hear is Sun growling.

You woke up sometime later covered by a fluffy blanket and wearing a shirt and undergarments. Your neck is bandaged. As you shifted in the nest you noticed Sun was not with you. Slowly you stretched and sat up. Sun crawled through the tunnel as you moved to stand. A low animalistic growl left him.

When you settled back down Sun relaxes. He crawls over to you and sits down cross-legged. Sun opens the water and hands it to you. As you take a sip of the water he rumbles loudly. Sun's rays spin languidly as he holds out the pizza box.

You tilt your head "Sun?" He perks up as you use his name "Are you ok?"

Sun pauses. Is he ok? He thinks he is. Sun is good. Good for you. You eat now. He holds the pizza box out to you poking you with it. Yep, that confirms it for you. Something is very wrong right now. Sun climbs into the nest with you slotting himself beside you.

He opens the pizza box and holds it to you. You aren't sure what's going on with Sun so you take a slice. Sun rumbles again and nuzzles his face into your hair. His hand rubs your stomach idly. Slowly snaking higher and higher. You finish the slice. Sun seems pleased as he sets the box aside.

You are going to have to take him to get looked at. Moon seemed more reasonable. Maybe he'd let you take them to P&S. For now you'll have to wait for the perfect moment to turn the lights off.

Chapter 124: The Mistake AOB PT5

Chapter Text

You had to pee, you also had to get Sun and Moon down to P&S "Sunny? I need to pee. Can I go to the bathroom?"

Sun stares at you before picking you up. He hoists you onto his back and heads toward the tunnel. He crouches down low enough to fit the two of you into the tunnel. The other side of the tunnel is bright. It must be early morning. If you were quick enough you might make it to the maintenance tunnels.

It should be dark enough for Moon to take over. Sun pulls you from his back and holds you tightly to his chest as he jumps from the balcony. He is still quiet. It's both unnerving and concerning. You really hope something isn't broken.

You take your chance as Sun enters the unisex family bathroom with you. Sun sets you down on the ground. You slam your hand down on the light switch. The bathroom goes dark. Sun shrieks not willing or ready to give up control.

Moon watches you as you use the bathroom "Are... Are you ok?"

You glance over at hit "That depends. Will you go to P&S with me?"

Moon nods "Something is wrong with Sun. But you need to stay close to me. I don't trust anyone."

You nod as you wash your hands "I need to turn the lights in the daycare off. That or block your receptors to stop the change."

Moon shifts uncomfortably "What if something happens?"

You smile "I promise I'll be fine. If I'm not back in five minutes you can come find me."

Moon wrings his hands "But, you'll come back right?"

You nod as you exit the bathroom. You can hear Moon inside counting. At least he's more willing to do what you want. No way Sun would be letting you take him to P&S. You run as fast as you can to the light switches flipping each one.

Moon picks you up sniffing your hair "You took too long."

You snuggle into his arms "I'm sorry. Let's head to P&S now."

Moon carries you through the maze of tunnels. The closer you get to P&S the closer he's holding you. By the time you walk into the large room Moon is holding you like a stuffed bear.

One of the male workers walks up to you "I was wondering when you would arrive. Come with me. Moon I'll need you to let me plug you into my computer."

Moon holds you tighter and you let out a squeak "Moon! Too tight!"

The worker waves a hand "Woah! You don't have to put them down! I'm Rico by the way. Follow me."

You dangle as Moon begins to walk "Do you know what's going on with Sun and Moon? Sun was mostly non-verbal."

Moon begins to rumble as he rubs his face over your head. Every single inch. He sits down with you in his lap and lets Rico plug him in.

Rico hums "Yeah I do know." He begins to type away on his computer "I was working on a... side project. It accidentally got installed in their- FUCK!"

You jolt at the sudden outburst "What?!"

Rico types more, his fingers flying across the keyboard "It's too integrated to remove."

You try to peek at the screen but Moon's grip is too strong "What is?"

Rico shakes his head and leans back "You said Sun was mostly non-verbal right? Need to fix that."

You growl "What the hell is going on!"

Moon shivers and nips your neck "Behave!"

Rico looks over at Moon "That worked right."

You kick Rico in the shoulder "WHAT IS GOING ON YOU ASS HAT!"

Moon nips you harder holding on this time "Starshine!"

Rico rubs his shoulder "HEY! Don't be a bitch!"

Moon's head whips over to Rico and he growls lowly.

Rico shrinks back "Ok ok! Look I was working on some code to make a girlfriend. Are you familiar with Alpha, Omega, Beta dynamics in kinks?"

You nod "Yeah..."

Rico nods "I made code for that. It's in Sun and Moon now. It looks like the code is fully integrated into them. It also split. Sun got one half of the code and Moon got the other. I'm going to need to fix this."

You growl again "You did what?! How long is this going to take?"

Moon turns your head to look at him with a glare "Starshine!"

Rico puts a hand to his chin "Hm... I might be able to have it fixed by this afternoon. Let me send a report to the higher-ups and I'll get right on it."

You huff as moon relaxes wrapping his legs around you too "Just don't let Sun out. He tried to attack a guard last night."

Rico shivers "He did? Right. I'll start with Sun's code then."

Chapter 125: The Mistake AOB PT6

Chapter Text

Moon refused to let you go unless it was to go to the bathroom. Even then it took some convincing. As soon as you'd come back he'd pull you back into his arms. It had been four hours since Rico started on Sun's code.

Rico stretches and stands up to walk around a bit "So, I know you won't like this, but I can't remove the AOB code. All I can do is make it more stable and complete by giving Sun and Moon the missing pieces of code and tweaking it."

You recoil "Tell me Sun won't be THAT anymore?!"

Rico nods "For the most part he'll be back to normal Sun. Moon too."

You wiggle in Moon's lap trying to get comfortable "Will they remember everything so far?"

Rico nods again, moving to sit back down "Ok so Sun is done. Moon we are going to have to let Sun out."

Moon growls and stands up "No!"

You pat his arm tenderly "Moon, please. Sun is safe now."

Moon backs up more "No! He could hurt you! You are mine! MINE!"

Rico types something. Moon shrieks and goes stiff. You cry out in pain. Nothing is breaking but you will probably bruise. You watch as Moon slowly turns into Sun.

"Oh god! Starshine!" Sun carefully holds you bridal style "I am so sorry! I'm sorry! I'm sorry."

You pat Sun's cheek "It's ok! You weren't yourself. Although I did have fun. Are you ok?"

Sun looks absolutely distraught "Am I ok? Starshine I growled at you! I almost attacked a guard! Oh god! I could have hurt you!"

Rico pats the table "Take a seat Sun. I need to Fix Moon."

Sun sits down on the floor with you in his lap. He holds on to you and sniffles softly. Utterly distraught with his previous behaviors and actions. Tenderly he massages your sore muscles. Some form of a sorry from him. You sit quietly and let him do as he pleases.

Every time you try to comfort him it doesn't work. A few times Sun openly cries. Holding you like a stuffed toy. You rub his back and remind him it's ok but it only works so much.

Rico glances at the two of you awkwardly "Moon should be fine now. The daycare is closed tomorrow as per usual. If anything is wrong or off just come to me. I'll fix it."

You nod "Thank you. Also, fuck you!"

Rico chuckles "I deserve that."

You growl "You deserve more than that."

Rico shrinks back slightly "Yeah..."

Sun picks you up and leaves P&S without a word to Rico heading back to the comfort of the daycare.

Chapter 126: The Mistake AOB PT7

Chapter Text

Sun power walked to the light switch and set you down. He turned the light off and took a step away. As he turned into Moon he looked away from you unable to maintain eye contact. Moon was quiet. The two of you stood quietly as the cheery music played in the background.

You cleared your throat "We should go up to the tower to talk. Order some food and water along the way."

Moon nodded and headed to the wood daycare doors. You follow behind him on your Fazwatch ordering curry and iced tea. It will be delivered to the daycare in twenty minutes. Moon unlocks the door in the theater and lets you go up first. You make your way to the stairs leading to the balcony and sit down.

Moon sits down across from you leaning against the wall. The dim light of the LED color-changing nightlight is the only light. Bright enough to see, and dim enough to keep Moon out. Moon opens and closes his mouth a few times. Trying to figure out what to say.

You pick at your nails for a moment before looking back up at Moon "I don't blame you. Hell, I barely blame Rico."

Moon frowns, staring at the floor "You should. I almost broke your bones. I stalked you yesterday! I was so paranoid I almost ran to the daycare to keep you here forever."

You scoot down a step, slowly getting closer "Again, not your fault. That rouge piece of code drove you mad. You're better now."

Moon shakes his head and looks at you "But the code is still there! What if we try to hurt you again!"

You scoot a little closer "Rico said the code should be fine now. Besi-"

Moon cuts you off, sanding up and balling his fists "We still have those thoughts! Breeding you! Marking you! Making you ours! Our mate! Our sweet little omega!"

You stand up yourself "I LIKED BEING YOUR MATE! Being called your omega. Yours! It gave me butterflies. I enjoyed the predatory sex. The growling and biting."

Moon takes you by the upper arms "Do you hear yourself?!"

You laugh "DO you hear ME? I WANT this! Want you to call me this. Treat me this way! You are my Alpha!"

Moon growls loudly. Half frustration and half arousal. Your scent is strong and smells the same as it had during sex. Is this what your arousal smells like? HE pulls you into a heated kiss. Teeth scraping against teeth. Sloppy and wet. Tongues dancing together. Tasting and feeling every part of each other.

You tear the ruffle from his neck as he lifts your shirt. Your watch buzzes and a door slams in the Daycare. Moon pulls away with a groan of displeasure. You are panting, lips swollen and hair mussed. A need bubbles up in Moon.

He points to the tunnel to the bedroom "Go to the nest. I'll get your food. We can watch a movie on the projector. Pick one will you?"

You nod and do as you are told while Moon fetches the food. You plan to talk more during the movie, but this is a good start. A very good start.

Chapter 127: The Mistake AOB PT8

Chapter Text

After picking "Earnest Saves Christmas" you snuggle down into the nest and wait for Moon. You know you are going to have to talk to Sun. Hopefully, Moon will relay some information for you. Moon returns with your dinner. Pausing just inside the tube to look at you. His cheeks flush as he looks at you in the nest.

He continues his crawl up to you sitting down to take you in. He holds the food out to you. You take it from him and start setting it out. Moon blushes brighter. Little stars lit up on his cheeks.

He points to the curry "Moon curry?"

You grin "Wanted to see if it tastes like you."

Moon huffs and crawls into the nest with you "Pervert."

You snicker. "How is Sun doing?" You ask as you start the movie.

Moon sighs "He's taking this hard. He thinks you hate him."

You swallow your bite of Curry "I don't hate him. I could never hate him. Even after both of you bit me to bleeding I don't hate you." You sip your tea "Is he willing to talk?"

Moon stares off into space for a moment "Yes. Let me get the lights."

He gets to the switch "Does it?"

You tilt your head "Does what?"

Moon looks back at you "Does it taste like me?"

You shake your head "No."

Moon flips the switch. The transition is easy. Sun takes an artificial breath. He shakes his hands before turning around to face you. You pat the spot beside you with a soft smile. Sun shuffles over, glancing at your food before sitting down. Sun is very stiff and awkward.

You lean into him "Relax. I don't hate you. I love you."

Sun scoffs "You love me. You love me? Are you sure? I could have killed you!"

You swallow your bite "When?"

Sun tilts his head upside down "What? How about when I tried to breed you?"

You sip your tea "Breeding me is not killing me. Growling at that guard is also not killing me. Bringing me food and water, taking me to pee, and treating my wounds are also not killing me."

Sun wipes tears away "I bit you!"

You wipe more of his tears away "Not that hard. Both of you broke capillaries. Maybe a vein or two but nothing life-threatening."

Sun breaks down into a fit of tears managing to eke out "You mean it? You aren't mad?"

You set your food down and pull him into your lap "No I'm not mad. Like I said I love you."

Sun takes your face in his hands. He moves so one leg is on either side of your hips. He plants a hard kiss to your mouth, tears still streaming down his face. You eagerly kiss him back taking off his waist ruffles. Sun pulls you into him. Lapping at your lips. You open your mouth with a pleased groan.

Sun smirks "Good omega. Opening up for your alpha."

Sun gropes at your chest pinching your nipples gently through your shirt. You moan and writhe beneath him.

Sun mumbles into your mouth "Finish your dinner so I can have my dessert."

Chapter 128: The Mistake AOB PT9

Chapter Text

Sun allowed you to finish the movie while you ate your dinner. His hands never leave your chest. Kneading your chest gently while you eat. Just enough pleasure to remind you what he wants, but not enough to make it hard to eat. When you finish your food you set the container down.

Sun looks over at you "I don't want to make our sweet little mate sick." Sun pets your hair as the third act of the film plays "Do you like it? It was my idea to braid the blankets."

You jump slightly "It was very comfortable. Better than the old bed."

Sun leans in smelling you "Are you scared?"

You shake your head "No... nervous. I don't know what to expect."

Sun smiles softly "I can smell your arousal. You don't need to be nervous. Let us take care of you. We want to show you we can be good mates. We know this is strange for all of us but we can make it work."

You bite your lip "That's not it at all... I'm nervous my hole can't take more abuse."

Sun's rays shrink "Abuse?"

You not "Ya know, rough fucking. Besides, I'm pretty sure my thighs are starting to bruise."

Sun purses his lips "I have a plan. Can I try it?"

You open your arms "Hug me first and I'll let you try your plan."

Sun pulls you into his arms holding you tightly "We'll always hold you starshine. You mean the galaxy to us." His legs also wrap around you, low rumbles deep in his chest "I love you. We want to keep you forever."

You blush "Good god Sunny! If I were an animatronic I'd be overheating."

"Stay here in my arms. We can play another movie if you want. Moon will get his turn later. He agrees we don't want to hurt you. Never you." Sun murmurs into your hair as he pulls your pants off "Are you cold? I could leave your shirt on. Or get a blanket."

You nod "Yeah. They always keep it cold at night. Lights? Oh yeah, those shits could stay on forever! Heating? Nah, turn that shit off."

He takes his pants off and pulls the fluffy blanket over the two of you "I can't warm myself up without risking a trip to P&S. Ready?"

You hum in the affirmative. Sun spins you around and starts the next holiday movie "How The Grinch Stole Christmas". Sun settles you in his lap comfortably. His cock writhes over your hole before sliding inside inch by inch.

Sun kisses your cheek "How's this?"

You rub his thigh "Good. So is this the plaAAAH!"

Sun writhes his cock inside you. Thrusting but never pulling out. A steady gentle pace gives you a slow build of pleasure.

Sun hums in delight, the purring rumble ever present "You feel so good Starshine. Ours. All ours. You belong to us. Do we belong to you? Tell me. Please tell me!"

You moan softly "Of course, you belong to me! I'll love you forever. I." You take a deep breath "Can you block Moon? I don't want him to hear this yet. I want to tell him myself."

The rumbles in Sun's chest get louder "Yes!" His rays wiggle in and out slightly "Moon is not happy. I think you'll be fine though." His cock rubs your walls deeply "Now, what do you want to tell your alpha?"

You bite your lip with a small whine "I..."

Sun tips your chin toward him with a finger "Take your time. I'll wait for you."

You pull him down by his rays "MArry me!" You kiss him with all the love and adoration in your tiny body, compared to his anyway.

Sun meets your kiss. Lips dancing together. He opens his mouth and licks your lips. His eyes pop open, tongue covering your lips. His desire to fill your mouth with himself is lost as your words finally register in his mind.

His eyes snap down to yours, the tiny irises locking onto you "What?" His tongue states covering your lips "Marry me? You... want to..." His cock stills inside you as his tongue slowly leaves your mouth.

You pull back, tears pricking the corners of your eyes "Did... did I mess up? Fuck!"

Sun licks the tears from your face "Wait here. I think Moon will put our feelings in the right words."

You groan as Sun pulls his cock out of you gently. He lays you back down in the nest covered by the blanket to keep you warm. With a smile and a wave of his cock he flips the switch. Moon's eyes open in the darkness and he growls at you.

Chapter 129: The Mistake pt10

Chapter Text

Moon prowls up to you, crouching over you in the nest. He leans down trapping you and pulls the blanket from you. He almost looks satisfied as you shiver for a second. His eyes bore into yours as he crawls down your body.

Gently he pulls your legs apart and inspects your hole "You liked the rough growling? I'll give you rough growling!" He flips you over head down and ass up "I'm going to breed you full of my pups! Stuffed to the brim."

He pulls your upper body up so you're propped up on your hands. He leans his large body over yours. A few seconds pass before he growls and pushes off of you. Quickly he pulls you into a mating press. Again he leans over you and pauses. You want to say something but you have no idea exactly what he's doing.

Again he pushes off of you with a loud growl. Moon stands up pacing in circles like a caged animal. He balls his fists with a frustrated sound. Moon reaches down picking you up by the armpits. He slams you against the wall. His eyes go wide before he grins while looking you up and down.

Moon grins "This will do." He locks a stripe up your cheek "Delicious." Moon wraps his cock around your upper thigh "What did you tell Sun that you didn't want to tell me?"

You tilt your head and wrap your legs around his waist "But I do want to tell you. I just wanted to tell YOU. Not you through Sun."

Moon leans forward and sniffs you "Then what was it?" He growls again.

You hem and haw for a moment. You don't care for his attitude right now but you still love him. You take a breath to ready yourself. When you don't answer right away Moon slams his cock into you.

The pace he picks is brutal. Hard and fast. So incredibly fast you barely register him leaving you "Don't want to tell me fine!"

You grab at his arms and feebly attempt to get a word out "Ma ... Mar..."

Moon nips your neck "What? If it's SoOo important you can say it."

Tears stream down your face and you try again "Mar... Marry!"

Moon licks your tears "Mary? Who is Mary?"

The pleasure is too much. You can tell Moon is about to cum more concerned with his end than yours.

Moon slams into you one last time and you shriek out "MARRY ME!"

Moon looks shocked "WHAT?!"

He falls back onto the ground taking you with him. You unwrap your legs so they don't get crushed. You are so close to your own end that you ride his cock.

Hands on his chest you look down at his shocked expression "Marry me! Say yes! Be mine forever. Mine!" You bounce harder on him "My Alpha! MINE!"

Moon lets out a strangled moan. Anything he has to say dies in the static of glitches. Everything is becoming overwhelming for him. When your hole crushes his cock he dry cums hard. It's pleasurable and painful att at once. The myriad of emotions he's feeling causes a forced shutdown and reboot.

As you come down from your high your eyes fall on Moon. His expression looks so conflicted. His eyes flick off. Ah, a reboot. You climb off of his cock and sit down beside him. Unsure how badly you fucked up just now. After half an hour he still doesn't wake up. Your anxiety gets to you and you sob loudly. Afraid you killed them.

Moon opens his eyes to a horrific sight. You are curled in on yourself in tears. Shaking from cold and sorrow. He slowly pulls you into his lap. Your tears double when you see him alive. He smiles at you softly and lets you cry.

When you calm down he brushes your cheeks "Did you mean it?"

"All of it." You croak.

Moon kisses your forehead "Rest. You look exhausted." You open your mouth to protest but Moon stops you "Shhh. Hush now. I want to marry you. Sun too. We will be here when you wake up."

Chapter 130: The Mistake pt11

Chapter Text

You roll over in your sleep cuddling up to whoever is next to you in the nest. Two arms wrapped around you holding you close. You reach up to figure out who you are with right now. Your hand brushes against a ray and a nightcap. Your eyes shoot open and you sit up quickly.

Sitting in front of you is an amalgam of Sun and Moon. It's the same height as them. It has Sun's rays on half its head and Moon's hat on the other. It has one arm from each of them. The blue arm is on the side with Sun's rays and the yellow one is on the side with Moon's hat. Its chest is Moon's and its legs are Suns.

You lean back "What? Who? How?!"

It opens its mouth sounding like Sun and Moon talking simultaneously "Starshine. Our sweet little omega. Call us... Eclipse."

You nod slowly "Ok... Eclipse." You cover your bits still naked from earlier.

Eclipse chuckles "You don't need to do that. We've seen every inch of you already."

You poke at his body "How did this happen?"

Eclipse sighs "We both wanted to talk to you when you woke up."

You cross your arms with a smirk "So you fought each other for control and this happened."

Eclipse looks down ashamed "Yes. We may have broken the lights in the Daycare. When they dimmed this happened. Now we are both in control."

You look Eclipse up and down "Does it hurt?"

They shake their head "No."

You continue your inspection of his body "Can you change back?"

Eclipse nods "We can."

You point at their crotch "And what's going on down here?"

Eclipse grins at you "Do you want to see?"

You lean back slightly "I don't know... I can't handle another round."

Eclipse touches their forehead to yours "We know. We want to be the best mates we can be! Moon even made you scrambled eggs."

You look around and sure enough, there are eggs in a bowl nearby with a cup of your favorite breakfast beverage. Before you can reach for the drink Eclipse hands it to you. It's heavenly.

Eclipse bites their lip "Did you mean it? Wanting to marry us?"

You take their head in your hands "Allways. I want to make you mine."

Eclipse looks down "I don't think the plex owner will like that."

You rub their cheeks "Never you mind that. I have a few tricks up my sleeve that will take care of that issue." You pause "Wait.... you broke the lights? How bad?"

Eclipse looks away from you "They. Uh. They won't turn on anymore."

You lay down on them "That sounds like a problem for not me. So do you both feel everything? Like if I touch Moon parts does Sun feel that?"

Eclipse rubs your back "We both feel everything."

You rub noses with them "My body can't handle it right now, but god do I need to fuck you right now. Pleasing both at once? Yes please!"

Eclipse pats the top of your head "Not now. We saw what you look like down there. You need a rest. At least a few days."

You lay your head on their chest "Balls. Fine. Until then we work on you turning into this. Provided it's not harming you in any way." You give your best puppy dog eyes "Can I still kiss you?"

Eclipse grins "No. No kisses until we can breed you again."

You scoff "What? Can I still hold you?"

Eclipse nods "Yes."

You frown "Bullshit."

Eclipse nips your neck "Behave! Good Omegas listen to their Alphas."

You huff "Not when they are bullshit."

They nip you harder and growl "Starshine."

You growl and nip him back on the junction between his neck and his shoulder.

Eclipse lets out a moan "You're playing a dangerous game. Eat your breakfast and let's talk about our wedding."

Chapter 131: The Mistake pt12

Summary:

The next and final chapter of this will have a part for vagina havers and a part for cock havers.

Chapter Text

True to their word they did not kiss you once that week. However, they had not expected that you withhold physical affection aside from sleep cuddles. You had stated that if you three were going to avoid kisses till your next dalliance, then other affections would also be withheld.

On top of all of that, you had not been spending much time at the plex outside work hours. You told them it had to do with your last conversation and reassured the two you loved them very much. While Sun and Moon did trust you they still worried. You came back smelling of the same group of strangers.

What on earth were you getting into? Asking got them nowhere and spying with the cameras around the plex was no help either. Roughly one week later the two decided they were fed up with your attitude. So fed up they decided Eclipse should deal with you. They knew you were coming to see them tonight. You promised.

You sprinted around the plex on your way to the Daycare. You took the employee entrance to avoid talking to anyone about your surprise. It's not that you didn't want to talk to anyone about it. It's just that you wanted to talk to Sun and Moon first. This is exciting stuff. Things are going to change around the plex starting with the shit pizza.

As you entered the daycare through the tunnels you tripped falling flat on your face "Frick!" You pick yourself up "Sun? Moon? ... Eclipse?"

You hear a loud thud from nearby as the lights dim. Unusual for the pair as they like quieter landings. Your head turns and your face drops slightly. Eclipse looks livid as they stomp up to you. As casually as you can you make your way behind the security desk. They aren't allowed behind it without permission. You aren't afraid of them you just need to mass implement a little message to the whole plex.

Eclipse lays their hands on the desk palms down and leans on it "Where have you been?" They lean forward and sniff you "You have been seeing the same group of people. Who are they?"

You smile softly "I've been working on something special! Years in the making."

Eclipse still looks livid however you can tell that's a front. they're nervous and worried. The rays around Eclipse's head wiggle with nervous energy. Their left leg jiggles up and down. A nervous habit from Moon. You turn the computer on and begin typing.

Eclipse bites their lip "And what is it?"

You glance up "The plex just changed management. It now has a new owner who I hear has some big changes in mind. Starting with the shit food."

Eclipse leans forward, all rage gone from their frame "And who is it?"

You hit send on your massage "Well, remember how I told you I had tricks up my sleeve?" Eclipse nods and you smile brightly "Well I just got promoted to the owner of the entire Mega PizzaPlex."

Eclipse's legs give out under them "You did what?!"

You nod "Yeah! I own it and everything inside it." You move around the desk "Including you two." You run your hands up and down their arms seductively "Why don't you claim me as yours?" You lean up and whisper "Alpha?"

Eclipse shivers "I can smell your arousal omega."

You put your hands on your hips "Well then!" You tug their hat over their eyes "Come and get me Alpha!" You take off into the daycare.

Eclipse laughs and keeps the hat over their eyes relying on their other senses to find you. As you run you take your clothes off. Your message said to avoid the daycare for tonight. You also shut the cameras off. Eclipse seems to be having problems finding you. So far they've found your left sock, your shirt, and your underwear.

In that time you have made it all the way to the slide into fun. All you have to do is crawl up the slide and get to the theater. A finger slides into your hole and you squeak at the intrusion.

Eclipse fucks your hole with their finger gently "Found you." Eclipse hums as they pull you from the slide gently "Your hole is so warm and inviting. Irresistible!" They call their wire down and hook themself up "Let's take this somewhere... with a little more altitude."

You tilt your head with a moan as they pull their finger out and pants down "Altitude?"

Eclipse takes the two of you into the air toward the rafters "Hold on tight my sweet little omega. Let your alphas take care of you."

You look down. You are so high up. A fall from this height has a high chance of killing you. You watch as Eclipse's pants flutter to the ground.

Eclipse kisses your cheek "Don't worry we have you. You are safe with us. We made you something special. Something to keep you safe. It was Moon's idea."

"What was?" you ask.

Eclipse spins the two of you gently. Built into a corner is a damn nest. It's along the wall their tower is on and built into the corner furthest from the slide into fun. It's so god damnded high up. However, the nest feels sturdy and very comfortable. The nest is eight feet by eight feet.

Eclipse beams at you as they hang from their wire "Sun researched how to build a platform! Together the two of them built a sturdy platform and moved the nest!" Eclipse climbs inside the spacious nest with you "After that guard caught us breeding you last time." They growl lowly "We wanted to make sure there can be no more interruptions."

You look out over the daycare "And what about the plex owner?"

Eclipse pulls you into their lap "Considering it's you now we know you'll approve." They lean forward as their cock rubs your groin "You WILL approve, won't you? Be a good mate and say yes."

You grind against his cock "As long as it's structurally sound and we build a way for me to get down. Then yes."

Eclipse grins "Good omega. My perfect mate. You deserve a treat. Look down."

You look down. Eclipse has two cocks intertwined together. This is about to get really fun.

Chapter 132: The Mistake pt13: Penis Edition

Summary:

This will still use they/them but now you are they/them with a penis. After this will be They/Them with a vagina.

Chapter Text

One cock is glittery blue and the other is glittery yellow.

Eclipse grins at you "Hold on."

You lean back slightly "Hold on? What?" They pick you up by the hips and lick their lips as they lay you down in the nest "I need a drink first and we think you have just the thing we need." They stick their tongue out and wrap it around your cock pulling it into his mouth "Delicious."

You moan loudly as Eclopse's tongue keeps your cock in the perfect vice grip. Pumping it slowly. The tip rubs your balls.

Eclipse groans in delight "YES! Let me have you!" They bob their head up and down your cock "You smell divine! We can't get enough. It's intoxicating."

You buck your hips into their mouth.

Eclipse stops your movements "Take what we give you!" They run their tongue over the tip of your cock "We are your Alpha! It's our job to do so."

You moan "Oh fuck! SoOo good!"

Eclipse holds their pointer finger up "Suck it please."

You take the digit into your mouth and suck. Running your tongue over it. Moaning loudly and happy to have something to do. All too soon Eclipse pulls their finger out of your mouth. You whine at the loss and Eclipse spanks your ass lightly in reprimand. They bob their head at a faster pace.

Their finger prods at your asshole "Relax for me starshine."

They rub your hole in gentle yet firm circles. Slowly prodding deeper and deeper into you. You feel your spine start to tingle as orgasm hits you. Wave after wave of pleasure floods you as your balls tighten and you release into Eclipse's eager grin. Eclipse stuffs his finger into your ass all the way in. It rubs at your prostate working you through your orgasm.

Eclipse crawls up your body "Good mate." They sit on your hips "Can you take another little omega?"

You nod as you catch your breath "Fuck alpha! That was so good!"

Eclipse nods "Good. Tell me if it's too much or we need to stop." They lean forward and nuzzle your face "Your comfort matters to us. We would be bad mates if we did something you don't like."

You nuzzle your large animatronic mate back with a happy little chirp. Eclipse settles themself between your legs. Their blue cock pushes its way into your ass while their yellow cock wraps around your cock. They run their hands up and down your chest and pinch your nipples. As they thrust inside you their other cock rub up and down your shaft.

The tip of their yellow tentacle rubs the tip of your cock paying special attention to the underside. You moan and reach out for them. Eclipse takes your hand in theirs running their thumbs over your knuckles. The gentle slap of their hips on your ass becomes a sweet melody enhancing the daycare theme. Your combined moans are the chorus of your love.

The pace Eclipse sets is slow, unrushed "Let us show you how much you mean to us." They bring your hand to their face and pepper kisses over every inch "We love your eyes. The way you light up when you look at us." Kiss kiss kiss "The way your smile seems more relaxed after a long day." Despite how badly they want to fuck you into the dirt they maintain their pace "We love the face you make when you concentrate on something."

You blush madly at their words. You could stay in this moment forever "You're perfect. Both of you. From the way Moon does silly voices for the characters in the stories he reads. To the silly way Sun counts during hide and seek."

Eclipse moans and pulls you close "Not gonna last long!"

"Then let's cum together." You moan out.

Eclipse picks up their pace and leans down to your neck "Mark us! We marked you. We want you to mark us too."

You lean up and lick their shoulder "I might not be very good at this but I will try my best."

Their cock picks up its menstruation on yours. They tilt their head to give you better access. You bite down on them hard. Eclipse pulls his cock from your cock and thrust it into your ass with the other one. Both of them shoot their load deep inside you. Writhing over your prostate and pressing in hard. Again your spine tingles and your balls tighten. Wave after wave followed by a release of cum leaves you.

Gently Eclipse rolls the two of you over so you lay on top of them "Keep us warm while we keep you safe. Get some rest. we will be here when you wake up." Eclipse kisses the top of your head while pulling a blanket over the two of you.

Chapter 133: The Mistake pt13: Vagina Edition

Chapter Text

One cock is glittery blue and the other is glittery yellow.

Eclipse grins at you "Hold on."

You lean back slightly "Hold on? What?" They pick you up by the hips and lick their lips as they lay you down in the nest "I need a drink first and we think you have just the thing we need." They stick their tongue out and lick a long stipe from your vagina to your clit pulling it into his mouth "Delicious."

You moan loudly as Eclopse's tongue rubs over your clit. The tip of their tongue circles your needy hole. Barely slipping inside your cunt.

Eclipse groans in delight "YES! Let me have you!" They sloppily lick, kiss, and nibble your pussy lips "You smell divine! We can't get enough. It's intoxicating."

You buck your hips into their mouth.

Eclipse stops your movements "Take what we give you!" They run their tongue over the tip of your clit flicking it rapidly "We are your Alpha! It's our job to do so."

You moan "Oh fuck! SoOo good!"

Eclipse holds their pointer finger up "Suck it please."

You take the digit into your mouth and suck. Running your tongue over it. Moaning loudly and happy to have something to do. All too soon Eclipse pulls their finger out of your mouth. You whine at the loss and Eclipse spanks your ass lightly in reprimand. They flick your clit faster.

Their finger prods at your asshole as they slide their tongue into your cunt "Relax for me starshine."
Your walls tighten and you release onto Eclipse's tongue. Eclipse stuffs his finger into your ass all the way in. It rubs at your warm walls working you through your orgasm.

Eclipse crawls up your body "Good mate." They sit on your hips "Can you take another little omega?"

You nod as you catch your breath "Fuck alpha! That was so good!"

Eclipse nods "Good. Tell me if it's too much or we need to stop." They lean forward and nuzzle your face "Your comfort matters to us. We would be bad mates if we did something you don't like."

You nuzzle your large animatronic mate back with a happy little chirp. Eclipse settles themself between your legs. Their blue cock pushes its way into your ass while their yellow cock pushes into your cunt. They run their hands up and down your chest and pinch your nipples. As they thrust inside you they grope your breasts.

The tip of their yellow tentacle rubs your cervix paying special attention to your g-spot. that wonderful bundle of nerves. You moan and reach out for them. Eclipse takes your hand in theirs running their thumbs over your knuckles. The gentle slap of their hips on your ass becomes a sweet melody enhancing the daycare theme. Your combined moans are the chorus of your love.

The pace Eclipse sets is slow, unrushed "Let us show you how much you mean to us." They bring your hand to their face and pepper kisses over every inch "We love your eyes. The way you light up when you look at us." Kiss kiss kiss "The way your smile seems more relaxed after a long day." Despite how badly they want to fuck you into the dirt they maintain their pace "We love the face you make when you concentrate on something."

You blush madly at their words. You could stay in this moment forever "You're perfect. Both of you. From the way Moon does silly voices for the characters in the stories he reads. To the silly way Sun counts during hide and seek."

Eclipse moans and pulls you close "Not gonna last long!"

"Then let's cum together." You moan out.

Eclipse picks up their pace and leans down to your neck "Mark us! We marked you. We want you to mark us too."

You lean up and lick their shoulder "I might not be very good at this but I will try my best."

Their cock picks up its menstruations inside. They tilt their head to give you better access. You bite down on them hard. Eclipse pulls his cock from your ass and thrust it into your cunt with the other one. Both of them shoot their load deep inside you. Writhing over your cervix and pressing hard into your g-spot. Again your spine tingles and your walls tighten. Wave after wave followed by a release of cum leaves you.

Gently Eclipse rolls the two of you over so you lay on top of them "Keep us warm while we keep you safe. Get some rest. we will be here when you wake up." Eclipse kisses the top of your head while pulling a blanket over the two of you.

Chapter 134: I'll Be Seeing You pt1

Summary:

Instead of Mom or Dad, You are called Nibi by your robot children. Also, you are a werewolf in this.

Chapter Text

The fluorescent lights buzzed overhead. The chair you were sitting in is cold and uncomfortable. In front of you is a table with a computer. It's showing a live feed of Parts and Service. The steely-eyed woman in front of you frowns at you.

She crosses her arms "Did you really think we would not find out about your relationship with the attendant?"

A young-looking person appears on the screen. They are followed by four men carrying a shutdown Sun and a shutdown Moon. They are each placed on a table.

The woman smirks coldly at you "We will harvest them for parts and destroy them. As of now, you are fired!"

You keep your mouth shut. Beside you is a man with a gun to your head. You already know they will get away with this. Hell, you're still in your pajamas! They only took you from the daycare two hours ago! The guy with the gun was there the whole time. Sun got shot in the eye trying to help you.

The young man on the screen begins removing useable parts. He's leaving their outer shell on. It's agony for you. Tears dribble down your face but you make no sound. They won't get the satisfaction. It takes about two hours. The woman, who won't tell you her name, makes you watch the whole time.

What's left of Sun and Moon is dragged off-screen. The camera follows as they are taken to the trash compactor. You gasp quietly. A strangled cry leaves you. Sun and Moon are dumped into the compactor. The machine crushes them several times. You cry loudly, sobbing into your hands.

The woman laughs "Throw them out! You make me sick."

You are dragged by force from the building and thrown out the nearest door to the outside. You curl up on the ground in tears. After a few minutes, the door reopens.

A guard throws some money at you "Severance pay."

You pick the bills up and drag yourself to your car. The drive to your house is miserable. Your house feels cold and unwelcoming. You aren't allowed to return to Fazzy Fucks ever. You refuse to call the company by its real name.

You spend all day crying. That night you destroy your couch. Pieces of wood and stuffing everywhere. You don't feel any better and now you need a new couch. As you gaze around at the mess you realize you can't stay here. It hurts too much.

You spend the day researching places to live. That night you decide that moving up north is the thing to do. You decide the mountains would be good for you. Being a werewolf you need space to run around. While you like your open fields it's time for a change.

Over the following weeks, you make arrangements to move. A realtor will sell your house for you, and movers will bring your stuff to your new house. You bought 30 acres of mountains with a log cabin home on it. Plenty of room to roam and hunt.

The move goes smoothly. Your old house sells to a nice young lady wanting sheep. All of your things arrive at your new place right on time. you only spend one night sleeping on an air mattress on the floor. Finding a job was tough but you did it.

You work as a forest ranger. It's nice a peaceful. You miss Sun and Moon terribly. Late one night you find yourself looking up the parts to build the duo yourself. You used to be a mechanic at the plex. However not even a third of the way building Sun you break.

You can't replace them. Never! So the project gathers dust in your garage for a full year.

 

Things in the world change as they often do. Someone leaks secrets about Fazbear. All animatronics are released and slowly gain freedom. Midsummer you behind to feel empty again so you return to your project. You can't rebuild Sun. It doesn't feel right.

That doesn't mean you want to scrap it though. You are watching TV one afternoon when an idea hits you. An old employee of the former pizza giant has made an animatronic baby. It comes with upgrades to help age the child up. It's controversial but you take it.

Your rebuilding Sun project is now to build a son. A son based on Sun. And so you work. Any chance you have is spent working on the baby. You contact your old co-worker who sends you supplies for free. They knew what the company did to you and did not agree.

Soon you had a solar-themed son. You named him Aster. He was your world. Your piece of Sun that you could cherish. A way to honor your husband. You then began the arduous task of finding parts from Moon. There is no way you would not make him a kid too.

It took two years to find all the parts but you did. This time you made a daughter. Aster wanted to name her Nebula. He's a fan of guardians of the galaxy. Your children called you Nebi instead of Mom or Dad. You made sure to tell them about their fathers every single day.

You even showed them pictures and videos from your phone. Nebula liked the video where Moon is singing you to sleep best. Aster liked the one where Sun was playing keep away with your hat best. You told them every night that Sun and Moon loved them very much.

"How do you know they love us Nebi?" Aster asked as he did almost every night.

You smiled softly and pet his hair "Because they always said they wanted kids to love and now here you are. They love you so much it's more than the ocean."

Aster gasped "Wow! That's big!"

Aster has blond hair with five rays in a star pattern around his head. He could wiggle them just like Sun. His eyes are bright blue and glow faintly. His skin is the same yellow of Sun's. He, nor his sister, transform into a wolf like you do but you will always love them.

Nebula has white hair with rose pink eyes. She crawls around the walls like Moon. Something you discovered when she learned to crawl. You found her babbling to a spider on the ceiling. Gave you a heart attack! Her skin is the Blue of Moon.

Chapter 135: I'll Be Seeing You pt2

Chapter Text

One night in early December things changed. You were curled up on the couch watching Encanto with your kids. The three of you were singing along with the music. It may have been eight years since you last saw Sun and Moon but it wasn't easier like everyone said it would be.

Your tree was waiting to be decorated. Stockings hung on the fireplace mantle. A picture of Sun and Moon from your phone center on the festive display. You hold your kids close. Nebula is due for an upgrade in a month making her five years old. Aster just had his. He's seven and very protective of you and his sister.

You open your mouth for the next "Bruno no no no" but a sound outside catches your attention. The crunching of snow on gravel. You turn your head to hear it better.

Aster pats your arm "Nebi?"

You look down at him. Something in your face tells him everything he needs to know. He quietly picks up Nebula and runs to the nearest closet. You watch him close it behind him before heading to the front door. You really hope this isn't another werewolf hunter.

As calmly as you can you walk outside "I know you are out there. Might as well come where I can see you."

You can see something moving in the shadows. It's getting closer. Whatever it is it's huge. It's carrying something on its back. It moves into the light. The first thing you spot is denim jeans. Followed by a shirt with a familiar face on it. It's the worker who dismantled Sun and Moon all those years ago.

"Who the hell are you!? Get the fuck out of he-" Your eyes finally look at their face. It's Sun carrying Moon on his back.

Sun puts Moon down on the ground "SUNSHINE!"

You growl as he gets closer "Who the hell do you think you are?! Sun and Moon are dead! And why are you wearing their murderer on your shirt, you bastard!"

The supposed Sun shrinks at your words "Is that why you never came for us?"

You begin to cry "Never came for you? There was nothing left to go back for!"

Sun shakes his head "No! No! Paula! Eh! The person who 'destroyed' us never actually did. They saved our AI chips and built us new bodies. They said you didn't want us anymore. We didn't believe them."

You begin to shake "Liar!"

Sun takes a step forward "It's true! Paula kept us hostage in her basement! Tried to make us love them. We escaped and ran. We've been walking here the entire time! Doing odd jobs for cash to find you!"

You drop to your knees in tears. You can't believe what you are hearing. This has to be a joke. No way this is real.

Aster flies out of the front door "LEAVE MY NEBI ALONE!" He leaps on Sun knocking him onto his back and throws a punch.

You dart after him "ASTER!" You take the angry seven year old by the waist. You lift him off Sun and hold him out.

Aster kicks and screams "NEBI! HE MADE YOU CRY! HE HURT YOU!" The rays around his head spin violently.

You growl "CALM DOWN! You are going to cut me with your rays!"

He stops the spinning. Breath coming out ragged and heavy.

Nebula darts past you next "PAPA!"

Sun was just beginning to sit up rubbing his cheek when nebula tackled him back into the snow. She holds him tightly. Fat little tears rolling down her chubby cheeks.

Her eyes fall on Moon and she shrieks "DADA!" When Moon doesn't move she wails louder and reached for you "NEBI!"

You run to her and set Aster down "Baby! I got you." You pick her up and rock her back and forth, You whip around to Sun "Prove you are Sun!"

Sun looks up at you from the ground with wide eyes "Papa? Dada?? Sunshine? What's going on?"

You kick snow at him "Answer the question!"

"You are a werewolf. Also, last Christmas you gave Moon a little deer figurine. I got a snowman. We got married. Freddy was a witness. He was the only one who would keep the secrete." Sun says as he stands up.

You clutch your daughter tightly "I... I thought I'd never see you again."

Chapter 136: I'll Be Seeing You pt3

Chapter Text

You take a deep breath to calm yourself "Let's go inside."

Aster scoffs "Nebi! You aren't going to let this bastard inside! Are you?"

You gasp "ASTER! Language! And yes! He IS your father!"

Sun drops Moon as he picks him up "Father!?"

You huff "Sunny! Don't drop Moon! I don't even know what's wrong with him yet!"

Nebula points at Moon "Is Daddy ok?"

You rub her back "I'm sure he's fine. He's just really sleepy."

Nebula perks up "Like Princess Aroro?"

You giggle and kiss her cheek "Just like Princess Aurora."

Nebula nods "You should kiss him then."

You sputter as Aster opens the door. Aster glares at Sun as he walks inside. As soon as the door is closed Aster puts himself between you and Sun.

You ruffle Aster's hair "So, what's up with Moon?"

This is the moment Sun really takes you in. You look almost the same. You've grown your hair out a little. You look on the verge of a breakdown. He looks down at Aster in utter shock. Aster looks like the spitting image of himself. Right down to the rays on his head. Albeit a little more humanoid than Sun.

The little girl in your arms looks like Moon. Kids. They... you have kids. Sun doesn't know how to feel. Have you married again? Is another man about to walk out of somewhere in the house?

Sun takes an artificial breath "He has no power. He needs to charge. We don't have the fancy sleeping upgrade."

You nod "Follow me. I have a charging cable in the workshop."

Sun follows you to the workshop/garage. There is a big table and various tools. A cupboard sits on a far wall.

You lead him to the table "Set him down here. Aster can you plug in the other end of this?" You ask as you flip Moon over. You plug the cable in as Aster plugs the other end in "Start talking, please. What the fudge happened?"

Sun sighs "Well when Paula went to... make us go away... they saved our AI chips. Apparently, she was in love with us back at the plex. But we were with you. The thing was the perfect opportunity to take us from you." Sun sighs "It didn't work. They kept us in the basement and tried to force us to love her. Never tried anything... bad. We escaped. You weren't at your old house. We asked around and figured out you moved up north." Sun shifts his weight leaning on the table "We got odd jobs to help us out."

You hold a hand up "How long were you with... her? Them?"

Sun frowns "Both she and them. She spent two years building me and two more on Moon. We spent two years with her fully activated. One of those was spent in the basement. Then we spent two years looking for you!"

Nebula yawns loudly, and you rub her back "Bedtime for you little one."

She whines softly "But daddy."

You kiss her forehead "He'll be here when you wake up."

She grumbles sleepily "Then can papa put me to bed?"

You hum "How about both your Papa and I put you to bed?"

She nods "Please."

You look up at Sun "Well? Care to help put your daughter to bed?"

Sun takes a step forward "Are you married?"

You tilt your head "Well yeah-"

Sun cuts you off "Do they treat you good?"

You nod "Yes! You and Moon were always good to me!"

Sun wipes a tear away "Moon and I? You never remarried?"

You shake your head "No. Never did. Let's put these two up and we can talk more."

Aster crosses his arms "But Nebi! I'm a big boy! I can stay up late."

You smile "Not tonight. I promise you can stay up late tomorrow. I'll even make those pancakes you like in the morning."

Aster squints "With extra bacon?"

You nod "Extra bacon. It's a must."

Aster nods "Ok. Deal."

Aster runs off to get ready for bed. You carry Nebula upstairs to bed.

Sun follows behind you while looking around your house "You have a lot of pictures of us."

You nod "I wanted the kids to know who you and Moon are."

You walk down the left hall. Two doors down is Nebula's room. It's space themed with a cardboard rocketship in one corner. You lay her down on the bed and pull up the covers tucking her in.

"She wants to be an astronaut." You whisper "It's so she can study the stars better." You kiss her cheek.

Sun walks over and looks at her. He slowly runs a hand through her hair "She's beautiful."

You nod "Just like her father."

Sun tears up "I'm sorry. We should have been here for you."

You wrap your arms around him "It's ok. You are here now. It won't be easy."

Sun sniffles "I won't leave."

You nod and pull Sun to Aster's room. It's medieval-themed. Dragons painted on the wall. A knight plushy on the bed. Toy swords, shields, and other similar items are scattered about. Aster is sitting in bed holding a book in his arms.

He shoots a look at Sun "IS that really my papa?"

You nod "I am absolutely positive."

Aster squints at you "Prove it."

You tilt your head. How the hell are you supposed to do that? It's not like you can do a DNA test.

Sun moves closer to the bed and spins the rays around his head. A broad smile on his face.

Aster stares at him and spins his own rays "Papa? PAPA!" He jumps off the bed and into Sun's arms, snotty tears falling "I thought you were dead! Nebi said you were! Did you not love us?"

Sun chokes up "No! That's not it at all! A big mean dragon took us away. We saved ourselves and came to find you! I promise we won't go away again."

Aster wails loudly curling into Sun's lap further. Sun holds him tightly crying loudly. You also start to cry unable to control your emotions anymore. Aster cries himself to sleep in Sun's arms.

You collect yourself as best as you can "Time to put him to bed."

Reluctantly Sun puts aster in bed and tucks him in. The two of you head back to Moon. He's still not awake yet.

You pull a stool up to the table "What upgrades do you have?"

Sun sits down on the table "Well, as you can see our faces are friendlier than before. We can eat. We don't have the sleeping upgrade yet."

You rest your elbows on the table "I can give you that one."

Sun smiles and pets your hair "We can cry now too. We have toes! And a better ass with an asshole."

You chuckle "Oh yea?"

Sun nods "Balls too. Big ones."

You faux gasp "Mr. Sun! Are you trying to entice me to sleep with you?"

Sun laughs "At this point, I'd be happy just to sleep in the same house as you."

You wiggle a finger at him "You'll do more than that mister! I expect you to share my bed with me."

Sun puts a hand on your cheek "Only if you're ready for that. We don't want to push you."

Moon begins to stir. All of his systems slowly turned on one by one.

Chapter 137: I'll Be Seeing You pt4

Chapter Text

Sun hops off the table as Moon sits up "Sun? Where are we? Did we make it?"

You chuckle "Yeah you made it."

Moon turns to you "STARLIGHT!"

You throw your hands up "SHHHH! Don't wake the kids! We just got them to sleep!"

Moon tilts his head "Children? You remarried?"

You shake your head "We have a lot to talk about. Also, no I did not! You two are still my husbands." You smile softly "After I thought you two died I moved away. After that, I tried to rebuild Sun. It didn't feel right though. I abandoned the project. A year later I used the project to build my son Aster." You brush some hair out of your eyes "He's seven now. Two years later I built my little girl Nebula. Aster named her."

Moon tugged at his hat "And... who is she based on?"

You smile "You. Who else?"

Moon looks so lovestruck "We have kids!"

You nod with a grin "I expect you to help me with them."

Moon nods and reaches out for you. You take him in your arms with a happy hum. Sun pulls you both into a big hug.

You fight tears "I thought I lost you forever."

Moon sniffles "We did too."

Sun softly kisses the top of your head "It was worth it. Everything! Worth it to finally be free from the company! We get to be a family with kids! Oh Moon they are so per-"

A cry cuts him off "NEBI!"

It's your daughter. You jump up so fast you knock the stool over. You rush up the stairs, taking them two at a time, and into her room. Your heart drops when you don't see her but you calm slightly when you spot the lump under the blankets.

You turn the lights on "Nebula, baby, are you ok? What's wrong?"

Moon trails into the room behind you. He slowly walks around the room taking it in.

Nebula uncovers her head and points to the closet "I had a nightmare there was a monster in my closet! Can you look for me?"

Moon opens the door to the closet "Hm... I don't see any monsters. If there are any monsters... I'll EAT THEM!"

Nebula squeals "DADA!" She jumps from the bed and tackles Moon.

He catches her in his arms "Daddy?"

He takes a good look at her. She looks so much like him. Moon is unsure what to say to the girl. She cries in his arms clutching him tightly. Moon rocks her back and forth like he did for other kids back a the daycare.

You sigh fondly "Nebula, You ready to go back to sleep?"

Nebula nods "Can I sleep with you, dada, and papa tonight?"

You hum "I don't know..."

"I wanna sleep with you too!" Aster blurts from the doorway.

You turn and frown "And why are you awake?"

Aster point at Nebula "She woke me up."

You nod "Well..."

Sun pipes up "I don't mind!"

Nebula gives you puppy eyes "Please Nebi?"

You recoil slightly.

Aster whines "Please??"

You sigh and glance at Moon, he nods "Alright! Wait here with your sister while we go get changed for bed."

Aster and Nebula let out a loud "YES!"

You shake your head and lead Sun and Moon to your room. The bed is massive. It has red sheets and a black comforter. Opposite the bed is the master closet. To the opposite end of the room is the master bathroom. You fetch clothes from your closet.

You toss Sun and Moon shirts and shorts. You slip some on for yourself. None of you watch the others undress. Too shy and nervous. The three of you return to your kids. Nebula holds her arms out. Sun picks her up and carries her bridal style.

Moon looks down at Aster "You must be Aster."

Aster nods "Yeah. Are you my Dad?"

Moon nods "I am."

Aster holds his arms out.

Moon picks him up in a hug "I missed you."

Aster gasps "You did? But you didn't even know me?"

Moon nods "I don't need to know you to know I missed you."

Aster frowns at him "Are you gonna leave?"

Moon shakes his head "No. I'll stay as long as you want me and an eternity more."

Aster tilts his head "What's an eternity?"

Moon follows you and Sun back to your room "It's forever."

Aster leans forward "That's a long time!"

Moon rolls his eyes "Not long enough!"

You pull the covers back and adjust the pillows.

Nebula yawns "Nebi you need to be in the middle!"

Aster nods "I wanna sleep next to dad!"

Nebula nods "Good! I wanted Papa."

Sun tears up. His kid wants him. He and Moon wanted a family for so long! Now they have one! And they want Sun and Moon back! You lay down in bed. Nebula on your right and Aster on your left. Sun turns the light off and crawls in next to Nebula.

Moon lays down next to Aster. Together he and Sun pull the covers up. Nebula begins to hum.

Moon gasps "IS that... The song I used to sing to you Starlight?"

You smile "It is. I taught that to her, You should hum along."

Moon squeaks like a toy before humming along. Nebula's eyes glow a soft rosy pink. In turn Moon light's his red eyes up.

Nebula gasps "You can do that too!"

Moon nods "I can. I used to be head of security."

Aster gasps "Like a knight!? That's so cool!"

Your eyes start to droop. Today was exciting and you are exhausted. You hear Sun chuckle and say something but you don't catch what it is. The last thing you register in your sleep-addled mind is Nebula kissing your cheek.

Chapter 138: I'll Be Seeing You pt5

Chapter Text

You wake up the next morning alone in bed. You rub your eyes as Nebula excitedly jumps on the bed.

Nebula crawls to you "Nebi! Papa wanted me to wake you up! Pancakes are almost done."

You pull her into your lap "They are?"

She nods "I helped dada break the eggs!"

You nuzzle her hair and she giggles "Wow! I'm so proud of you for helping."

She pushes you away playfully "Nebi!"

Sun walks into the room "This doesn't look like going downstairs."

You wave Sun over "No. It's a few minutes of cuddle time."

Nebula puts her hands on her hips "It's importand."

Sun crawls onto the bed with you "Oh! Well if it"s important!"

He looks at you for a moment before giving you a quick kiss on the lips. He shyly looks away with a blush.

Nebula hops off the bed "Gross!" She runs out of the room.

You cover your face with your hands with a chuckle. Sun picks you up and carries you downstairs. Aster is at the stove holding a spatula. Moon is frying bacon.

Your lovely girl shrieks "I saw Nebi kiss papa! It was gross!"

Sun chuckles "I'd get used to it."

Aster sticks his tongue out "Yuck!"

Moon turns around "If Sun got a kiss, do I get a kiss?"

You round the island and shyly approach Moon. You blush as Moon looks down at you. He kisses the tips of his fingers and puts them to your lips with a mwah sound. You blush with a squeak.

Moon chuckles "Just like our first kiss."

Aster turns to put another pancake on the large stack "Are we still gonna decorate the tree today?"

You nod "Yeah! Just like planned. Just with your fathers here too!"

Nebula gasps "I don't have to say good morning to the pictures anymore!"

Aster frowns going misty-eyed "We didn't get you anything."

Sun grins, still in the clothes you gave him "We got to meet you!"

Moon nods plating the bacon "And we got your Nebi back."

Sun pops a piece into his mouth "That's enough for us! Although..." He states slyly "You could make us a picture."

Moon grins "Yes. A picture."

"AFTER breakfast." You shake your head as your kids return to their spots.

Chapter 139: I'll Be Seeing You pt6

Chapter Text

The scene you are looking at is the most heartwarming thing you have ever looked at. It tugs at your heartstrings and brings tears of joy to your eyes. Nebula is adamantly talking to Moon about the different celestial bodies. In turn, he's telling her more about each one. She hangs on his every word.

Aster is telling Sun about a movie he likes. Robin Hood: Men In Tights. Sun agrees to watch it with him later. Seeing your boys getting along with your kids is. Well, it's a real tear-jerker. No matter how hard you try to fight it. You start to cry. All those emotions you bottled up every birthday and holiday surface.

Every time you had to pretend to be happy for your kids. Every milestone Sun and Moon missed. And every single one they get to be here for now. It's enough that for the first time in seven years you ugly cry. Your fork drops to your plate and you curl in on yourself.

Nebula pats your arm "Nebi?"

Aster rounds the table and wraps his arms around you "Nebi, don't be sad."

You can hear the warble in the voices of your kids "I..."

You are plucked out of your chair and pulled into Moon's lap "How long have you been keeping these big feelings to yourself starlight?"

You cling to Moon, your mind brought back to your days at the plex. You don't even fight the howel that bubbles to the surface. Aster copies you followed by Nebula. Moon rubs circles into your back. Eyes locked with Sun. The transformation happens quickly. Triggered by the strong mix of emotions.

Everything just hit you at once and you couldn't handle it. Moon pulls your pants down enough to let your tail out. Nebula scratches you behind the ear. You lean forward and nuzzle into her face.

She giggles "NEBI! THAT TICKLES!"

You lick the side of her face. She kisses your nose. You let out a low growl and turn to Aster.

He lets out a giggly gasp "OH NO! The beast has taken Nebi!"

You 'pounce' on him and growl in his face. He lets out a playful scream. You run your fingers along his sides and he erupts in laughter. You let him go. Don't want him to pee himself or something.

Aster touches his nose to yours "Can I go take Nebula into the living room to draw and watch cartoons?"

You nod unable to give any true answer.

Aster gives you a big hug "I love you Nebi."

You let out a whine. Tail wagging happily behind you. Softly thumping against the floor.

Sun kisses the top of your head "Let Moon and I clean up."

You huff and stand up determined to help. Sun chuckles and lets you bring dishes to the kitchen. When everything is clean you head to the living room. Aster and Nebula are coloring a big sheet of construction paper together. Your tail starts to wag again.

Slowly you start to turn back pulling your pants the rest of the way up "Sorry kids. Got the big emotions."

Nebula looks up from her drawing "You better?"

You nod "Much better."

Nebula nods and returns to the picture "Good!"

You look up at the TV. Adventure Time is playing. Sun sits down on your right and Moon on your left.

You glance between the two "So, I have work tomorrow. Aster goes to school, and Nebula has daycare."

Moon takes your hand "What do you do for a living?"

You squeeze his hand "Forest ranger."

Sun takes your other hand "We could watch Nebula if you want."

You shake your head "She needs the socialization. Plus she has a lot of friends. Besides, y'all can relax tomorrow. If you super want something to do you can look for jobs."

Moon hums "Jobs... well I did like working in that bakery."

Sun nods "I could get back into clothing repair."

You perk up "Clothing repair? I know a job then!" You leave the room for your phone. On the way back you make a call.

The person on the other end answers "Hello! Good to hear from you."

You hum "Henry! I have someone looking for a job."

"A job?" Henry muses.

You smile "Yes! He already knows how to sew and is great at getting stains out!"

You can hear the mirth in his voice "He? Finally settling down?"

You proceed to tell him the night's events.

Henry chuckles "Sounds like true love to me. Don't rush things though! Take yer time. Get to know each other again. You aren't the same people you were eight years ago." He clicks his tongue "Bring your lad in Tuesday. I'll give him a chance."

You sigh "Thank you, Henry. I'll be sure to take things slow." Henry hangs up and you turn to Sun "Tuesday you go in for a chance. Henry is very nice! He helped me out when I first moved here."

Sun nods "What was that about taking things slow?"

You wave a hand "Henry was just reminding me that we need to take the time to get to know each other again. We aren't the same people we were eight years ago."

Moon nods "Like we're dating all over again."

You nod "Exactly!"

Sun squeezes your hand "Sounds good to me."

I like Morrowind. So you look like the Morrowind werewolf.

Chapter 140: I'll Be Seeing You pt7

Chapter Text

Aster looked up at you "Do you need help Nebi?"

Moon stands up "I'll help you starlight."

You nod "Aster, I'd like you to move your pictures somewhere else so we can decorate the tree."

Nebula picks up some crayons "I'll help!"

Sun stays on the couch awkwardly, unsure of what to do at the moment. The reality of the situation dawned on him. He and Moon finally have a chance to breathe and really do what they want. No higher-ups telling them what to do or parts and service workers prodding at their insides. He looked down at the two children putting crayons into a box. You love him and Moon so much that you made children. The same children they never thought they would have.

Nebula turned with her hands on her hips "Hey! Papa! Don't look! It's not ready yet."

Sun laughed at her serious expression and covered his eyes "Alright! I'm sorry. I didn't see anything."

Aster giggled at him before going quiet "Papa?"

Sun tilted his head "Yes?"

Aster bit his lip "Do... Do you think Nebi will be happier now that you a dad are here?"

Sun uncovered his eyes to stare at Aster "Happier? Are they unhappy?"

Aster nods "Nebi works really hard to be happy. Sometimes I can hear them cry at night."

Nebula nods "Sometimes their smile doesn't look real."

Aster rubs his eyes "I just want Nebi to be happy! It's not fair we get to be and Nebi doesn't!"

Sun hummed thoughtfully "I think your Nebi is very happy. I know they love you very much. Nebi might sometimes get sad," Sun furrows his brow, trying to figure out how to explain depression to a child. Assuming that's what you have anyways. He hasn't seen you take any medication. "But they are trying their best. I think they will be happier. I know I am."

Nebula turn her head to him "You were sad?"

Sun nods "Yeah, Moon too. We were sad because we were far far away from all of you."

Nebula moves so aster can roll up the picture "Is that why Nebi is sad? Because you were so far away?"

Sun nods again "Yes."

Nebula ponders his words before looking back up at him "Then you and dada can't leave! Ever!"

You and Moon return with two large boxes "Nebula? You ready to hang the garland?"

Nebula bounces up to you "Yes Nebi! I love this part!"

You chuckle deviously "Why don't you show your daddy how you do it?"

You follow Nebula to a corner of the room, garland hooked on your arm. Nebula stands still for a few seconds. Her eyes light up and she drops onto all fours. Like some kind of demon child, she crawls onto the wall. You pass her one end of the silver sparkly garland. She happily hooks it onto the nails previously placed in the walls.

Moon's jaw drops "She can crawl on the walls?!"

You look back at him as you sidestep around the room "When I made her I had a partial copy of your code. Apparently, it had some of your security code in it. The parts I used were yours so they had the feature."

"Nebi? Can Papa and I start decorating the tree?" Aster asks.

You nod "Yeah! I'll be right there to help you two."

Moon looks up at his daughter crawling around on the wall "Can... Is it alr-..."

You hold the garland out to him "Get up there and help your kid daddy dear."

Moon takes his left arm by the elbow nervously "I'm not intruding on traditions?"

You shake your head and hand him the garland "Never. Spend time with your kid and get to know her."

Moon brushed your hair behind your ear "And when do I get to know you better?"

You blushed "T-Tonight after the kids go to bed."

He smirked at you "I look forward to it starlight."

As you turned around you heard Nebula gasp "YOU CAN CRAWL ON THE WALLS TOO?!"

Aster looked up at Sun "Papa? Do we have anything else we can do?"

Sun shrugs "I'm not sure."

You hum "Well I know you are both really good at crafts. Aster was the one who built Nebula's spaceship."

Sun gasps and claps his hands excitedly "Crafting?! I love doing crafts!"

Aster fishes around in the box closest to him "Nebi? Can you help me find the galaxy ornament?"

You move to the other box and fish around "It's not in thi-"

"I found it!" Aster shouts excitedly.

Sun holds his hand out to look at the ornament. It's a plastic ball ornament that's been painted on the inside. It looks like the milky way.

Aster grins "It's the milky way!"

Sun hangs it high on the tree "Well, it looks great! We should make some more together sometime!"

Aster gasps "That sounds awesome!"

Halfway through decorating the tree Moon and Nebula walk back in. Nebula looks ecstatic and Moon can't stop grinning. The father-daughter moment must have fried his brain. You can't wait to see Sun have a similar moment with Aster.

Nebula runs up to you and tugs your shirt "Nebby! We forgot to tell Papa and Dada about stuff!"

You nervously rub your neck "O-oh, we did.didn't we?" You fidget in place "Well... We can do that now."

Sun looked concerned "Sunshine?"

You bite your lip "We have a tradition..." You sigh "The first Christmas I spent without you I... cried at your pictures. When Aster was made I told your pictures about it. Every year we tell the pictures on the mantle how our year has been..."

"Oh! You're embarrassed!" Sun playfully states.

You blush "It helped me cope with your loss." Tears prick your eyes "I couldn't handle the thought of being without you!" You wipe your eyes "You were missing out on so much stuff it broke my heart."

Moon pulls you into his arms "I think it's a fine tradition. Aster, why don't you show us how it's done?"

Aster nods and walks up to the mantle "Hi dad. Hi papa. I made a new friend this year! I'm doing good in school. I was thinkin' about doing wrestling. I'm glad you are here. I hope Nebi smiles more."

Nebula walks up to it next "Dada! Papa! You came home! Nebi cried a lot but Papa says it's ok. Nebi says I get to go to school soon! Today I had fun with Dada!"

You tug yourself and Moon to the mantle "After losing you... things were hard. I... I got a therapist at the end of last year. He's been helping a lot. Work has been good. I." You take a shuddering breath "I found you. No... You found me!" Your breathing picks up and you transform in Moon's arms.

Moon frees your tail and pets your head "We traveled so far to get to you. Talking to so many people and doing so many jobs. We found you, starlight. Even when I was shutting down I knew we would find you."

Sun stares at his own picture on the mantle "I got to meet my kids. They are so wonderful! I have a job interview! We have a home now!"

Sun takes your canine form from Moon. He pets your head as he sways you back and forth. You grumble lowly and lean into him.

Chapter 141: I'll Be Seeing You pt8

Summary:

This one was never finished and I want to finish it. It just felt wrong leaving this particular one incomplete.

Chapter Text

"Nebi? Can we play outside?" Aster asks hopefully.

You pretend to think about it before nodding. You pantomime putting coats and mittens on.

Aster nods "We'll put our coats on. Papa? Can you make a snowman with me?"

Sun kisses the back of your head "I'd love to!"

Moon crouches down to look at his daughter "What would you like to do?"

Nebula grins and whispers "I like to go fast!"

Moon spins his head upside down "Fast? How do you go fast?"

Nebula holds the sides of his head in her hands "A sled silly."

You walk outside to make sure it's safe. You're still in your wolf form. Your emotions are all over the place. You're happy, sad, and angry. Not at Sun and Moon, but at the company and the situation you've been thrust into. Sun joins you on the porch and rubs the back of your neck. Your ears shoot forward as you hear a car coming toward your house. Even though you aren't ready, you force the transformation back to human.

You purse your lips "Go inside. Someone is coming. Keep the kids inside."

Sun looks from you to the snow-dotted road "Alright. call out if you need us."

Sun goes inside while you lean on the porch railing. A rose gold sedan pulls up to your house.

Paula steps out of the car with a soft smile "Yin! So good to see you. How are you?"

You swallow back a growl "What do you want? You are tresspassing. This is private property."

Paula walks onto your porch "I hear you have kids."

You growl "What. Do. You. Want. Trespassing."

Paula tries to look in your windows but you block her "I'm going to be real with you. Something... well two somethings of mine have gone missing. I'd like them back."

You block her again "Well I can't help you unless I know what it is. I'd have a better chance of turning pancakes into pickles!"

Inside you can hear Aster calling the police using your phone. Good! He heard the code word pickles. Paula is trespassing right now. Not to mention kidnapping Sun and Moon.

Paula purses their lips "I was in love with them too ya know. I remade them. I learned YOU got their old bodies. Those should have been mine."

You laugh dryly "Well tough tits. I used those to make my kids so frick off. And yes! They are registered and adopted as my kids!"

Paula crosses her arms "The Sun and Moon I remade ran away. I want them back!"

You block her yet again "Well I don't have them! Get off of my property! Didn't you see the signs on the way up saying PRIVATE PROPERTY!"

Paula stomps her foot "I know you have them! I was following their trail!"

You shake your head "MY Sunny and Moonie found me. I know they are my boys from the plex. They found me and their kids." You cross your arms "You can't just force people to love you! It doesn't work like that. You need to leave."

Paula tries to push past you her silver ring burns your arm "SUNDROP! MOONDROP! I"M HERE TO TAKE YOU HOME! JUST COME WITH ME AND I"LL FORGIVE YOU!"

Sun opens the window "WE ARENT GOING BACK WITH YOU! We don't love you! We never did and never will!"

"What is so special about them? What do they have that I don't?!" Paula wails pointing at herself.

Sun smiles softly while looking at you "Everything. Everything is special. It's why we married them and want to marry them again!"

Paula drops to her knees "What? Married?"

You nod holding your burn "Married. Freddy was a witness. It happened on Halloween. Sun was dressed as Dracula, Moon was Mothman, and I was a werewolf."

Moon sighs "The light of our candy posters lit us up while Freddy read the I do's. You looked beautiful star."

Paula sniffles "How could you? You came in like some thunderbird and took them away! I didn't even get the chance to confess! They would have loved me!"

Sun sighs "I'm sorry, but we would have rejected you. We just never liked you like that."

Paula pulls something out of her pocket "You leave me no choice!"

You tackle her "No! NO! I will not have you doing weird stuff to them! No." You look over at the object in her hand. It's a remote with three buttons "What does that do?"

Paula glares at you "I'm not telling you!"

Sun backs away from the window "That controls a built-in shock collar!"

Moon runs out of the house and kicks it away "It's how they kept control of us!"

You can hear the police heading toward your house "Well, they won't be doing that ever again! I'll make sure of that. I was their personal mechanic for six years!"

Dealing with the police is exhausting! They get statements from everyone, including your kids. Nebula cries her papa and dada are being taken away. They aren't. And Aster cries this is gonna make them go away. It's not.

When the police leave with Paula you sit down and hold your kids "Aster! You did so great!" You kiss the top of his head "I'm so proud of you!"

Aster pants through tears as he tries to breathe "Are- are Papa and Daddy gonna go away now?"

Sun and Moon move to sit in front of you.

Sun rubs tears off of his face "Hey! We aren't going anywhere! I promise."

Aster crawls into Sun's lap and wails.

Nebula looks at Moon "You aren't leaving?"

Moon pulls you and Nebula into his lap "No! Never! I love you all so much!" He kisses her cheeks "How about we watch a movie together and cuddle."

Nebula nods "Alright. I want popcorn."

Aster sniffles "Can we watch Rudolph?"

You nod "Of course we can. I'll make popcorn. You two can take your Papa and Daddy to go get blankets and pillows."

Aster perks up "A pillow fort?"

You nod "Sun and Moon are great at making them!"

You climb out of Moon's lap and pass him Nebula. She wraps her arms around his neck with a little yawn. Sun holds Aster. Aster has his arms and legs wrapped around Sun. The five of you head inside. You all are looking forward to relaxing with a movie.

Chapter 142: I'll Be Seeing You pt9

Chapter Text

You head to the bathroom for a moment to yourself. Things the past few days have been hectic! wash your face and leave the bathroom. Blankets and pillows are piled in the living room with books and chairs. You smile softly as Sun and Moon teach the kids how to make the best pillow fort. You blow the two a kiss even though they don't notice.

Inside the kitchen, you get going on popcorn. Aster likes his cheesy and Nebula prefers garlic. You also make a bowl of salt and butter. You get a tray for the popcorn and add drinks and some baby carrots with ranch. It's already six. Your kids missed nap time and lunch thanks to Paula.

You know they are likely going to fall asleep during the movie. You know it's selfish, but you plan to move the kids so you can cuddle up to Sun and Moon. It's been eight years since you've seen your boys. You want to cuddle them! Wake up in their arms! You want little kisses and reassuring words. For them to tell you they are never leaving. You need to feel them in your arms.

You shake your head and leave the kitchen. You need to think of your kids. They need time with Sun and Moon. They never got to know them like you did. You push your selfish thoughts to the side.

"Do you need help carryi- Sunshine?" He reaches out and brushes a tear off your cheek.

You blink the tears away "Not now. After the kids are asleep."

Sun takes the tray from you and sets it down on the dining table "Come with me. Moon can watch the kids for a moment."

He takes your hand and pulls you into the garage. He sits you down on the worktable and sits down on the bench.

Sun puts a hand on your knee "Talk to me. You can tell me anything."

You reach a shakey hand out and touch one of Sun's rays "Eight years. Eight painful years without either of you. I know it's selfish believe me I do!"

Sun leans into your hand "It's alright. Let it out."

You lean your forehead on his "I need reassurance too. I'm terrified I'm going to wake up and you won't be there! I want to go to sleep in your arms and wake up next to you! I need to know you are here! I need you both. But I'm a parent! I should be putting my kids before myself and here I am crying about not getting attention from you two!"

Sun pulls you into his lap "Hey. Hey now. It's alright." He chuckles "You are allowed to be selfish sometimes! You have needs too." He pulls you into a tight hug "I missed you so so much! I'm scared too you know! When I heard you had kids I thought some strange man was going to walk out of nowhere and kick us out." He rocks you gently "I'm not going anywhere. Ok? I'm here for you. I love you! Tonight when the kids fall asleep. I think the three of us need to spend some quality time together." He moves you to look at him "Be adults ya know? When was the last time you did something selfish for yourself?"

You take a deep breath to help calm yourself "Two days ago, I told the kids we were out of cookies. We aren't! I just wanted the last two for myself."

Sun laughs the way he used to at the plex and pulls you into a kiss. You desperately cling to him. Looking at you reminds Sun of the time you came to them in tears. Your day had been stressful and you had gone to them for comfort. They were elated! It was the next day they told you how they felt.

Sun picks you up and takes you to the dining table where he put the snacks. They are gone and the kids are eating. Moon must have grabbed them. He can hear the movie playing and the lights are dimmed.

"Sugar! We must have taken too long." You mutter.

Sun rubs your back "It's ok. You and I both needed that. You are doing fine as a parent. Your kids have turned out perfect!"

You laugh as Sun takes you to the fort "They aren't MY kids they're OUR kids. Don't forget that papa bear."

You crawl into the fort. Aster and Nebula are sitting on either side of Moon. Moon looks at you worried when you enter. You mouth later at him. Sun follows close behind you. He gives Moon a reassuring smile as the two of you settle down.

'What happened? Is everything ok?' Moon asks Sun through their connection.

Sun wraps his arms around you 'They need some reassurance we aren't going anywhere. And some quality time without the kids. Heh, they thought it was selfish to want that.'

Moon looks down at the kids 'The three of us could use some quality time together.'

Chapter 143: I'll Be Seeing You pt10

Chapter Text

You watch The Santa Clause 1 and 2. Halfway through 2, your kids fall asleep. Moon picks you up and holds you to his chest with one arm just like he used to do at the plex. You close your eyes and for a moment pretend you are back at the plex. Before they were taken away. You can almost hear the daycare theme.

"Nebi?" Aster says deep in the fog of sleep.

You feel a pang of sadness at the intrusion by your son and your feelings on the matter "Yes baby?"

Aster crawls to the door of the fort "Where are you going? Are Dad and Pop leaving?"

You can hear the distress in his voice and it breaks your heart "No baby."

Sun sits down in front of Aster "Your nebi needs us as much as you do. You like us holding and cuddling you right?"

Aster nods and yawns "Yeah."

Sun runs his fingers through his hair "Well they need some time with us too." Sun kisses his forehead "Besides it's your bedtime! We'll be here when you wake up."

"You promise you're staying?" Aster asks.

Sun nods "I promise. Now, back to bed with you."

He ushers Aster back into the fort and tucks him into bed.

Moon rubs your back and whispers "It's alright. They need to learn they won't always have our undivided attention. You matter too. They have spent their entire lives with all of your love. It will take some time for them to adjust to not getting every bit of your love. It's just part of life."

You lean your head on his shoulder "But it sounds wrong."

Moon leans his head on yours "Of course it does. You are their parent. You want to give them every part of you." Moon takes you upstairs with Sun following behind him "The thing is, if you give all of yourself away. You won't have anything left."

Sun holds the door to your room open for Moon "You've been doing this alone for a long time. Let Moon and I help you." Sun pulls you and Moon into a group hug "You know we love taking care of you! Part of our love language IS acts of service!"

Moon kisses your cheeks "This is a big adjustment for all of us. We are here for you. We need and want you as much as you need and want us."

He kisses your lips with a needy little cry of desperation. His hand tangles in your hair. You tug his hat off of his head.

Sun rubs your thighs dragging his clothed cock against your ass "That's it. Let go. Let us take care of you. We missed you. Let us have you, little star."

You twist in Sun and Moon's arms and pull Sun down into a kiss. You lick his lips with a groan. Sun opens his mouth and licks your tongue tasting every bit of you. Moon leans forward. He licks and nibbles at your neck. You moan softly and grind against Moon's clothed cock. Moon bites down a little harder and thrusts his hips to meet yours.

Your bedroom door swings open "NEBI!" It's Nebula "I had a bad dream! Why did you leave?!"

Sun and Moon stop their movements. Moon has your neck in his mouth and Sun has his tongue snaking its way down your throat. Your hair is messy and your eyes are blown wide with arousal. Your heart drops for a multitude of reasons.

Sun sets you down and you pick Nebula up "Nebula baby. It's alright. It was just a dream. It can't hurt you."

Moon rubs her back "Does she get a lot of nightmares?"

You shake your head "No. She was staying at a friend's house for a sleepover last Friday. They somehow got shown a scary movie from 1986. Monster In The Closet. Nightmare city ever since."

Moon nods "Ah."

Nebula sniffles "Can I sleep with you tonight?"

Sun can feel his boner shrivel up and die. You look absolutely conflicted. Even Moon feels a little disappointed.

You head for the door "Alright. I'll stay until you fall asleep."

Nebula clings to you "Ok..."

You take your daughter back downstairs and tuck her in curling around her. Aster is dead asleep with his arms wrapped around a pillow. Sun and Moon crawl back into the fort with you. Moon curls around you while Sun lays down next to Aster. You run your fingers through Nebula's hair and hum to her as she falls asleep.

Chapter 144: I'll Be Seeing You pt11

Chapter Text

You swear this child did this on purpose. The little darling takes an hour to fall asleep. By the time she does fall asleep, you have to go to bed for work in the morning. You, Sun, and Moon cuddle up to one another to sleep.

Sun huffs quietly "I'm happy we have kids, but did they have to interrupt?"

You pat his chest "Get used to it, Sunny. This is your new normal. At least I get to sleep between the two of you." You rub his belly "I can see about getting a babysitter for these two. We could go on a date."

Moon kisses your cheek "I'd like that. I'm not leaving by the way."

You take his hand and kiss his fingers.

Moon brushes your lips "Sun and I. We are both here to stay for you and the kids. Now that we found you, we aren't letting you go."

You yawn loudly "My phone alarm is going to go off at five-thirty."

Sun Kisses your eyes "Sleep."

Moon sings while rubbing your shoulders "Go to sleep our darling dear, when you wake we'll be here, Some day soon we will be free, we'll live together you, Sun, and me."

You fall asleep and dream of old times. Hanging with the glamrocks. Dancing with Sun and Moon while DJ rocked hard. Hugging the MapBots. And getting lost in a sea of tiny music men.

Your alarm goes off the next morning. You sleepily sit up and rub your eyes. With a yawn, you crawl out of the fort. You need to get breakfast going and set out Nebula's clothes. The first thing you do is set up coffee. You fix bacon and eggs for breakfast. You yawn and rub your eyes as you flip the bacon. As you cook breakfast you also fix lunch for you and the kids.

Sun wraps his arms around you from behind "Good morning."

"Mornin'." You mumble "Aye, could you set out fresh clothes for Nebula? Normally I let her pick, but the nightmares make her extra sleepy in the mornings."

Sun kisses your cheek "I'm on it! Moon is watching the kids. What time do they need to be up?"

You smile "I wake them at six. They get a ride down the mountain from me and get picked up at the bus stop while I head on to work. Most of what I do is search and rescue."

Sun kisses your other cheek and leaves. You set the bacon aside and cook the eggs. While the eggs are cooking you slice an apple. You set everything down on plates and bring them to the dining table. Out of the corner of your eye, you see your kids head upstairs. You fix yourself a cup of coffee as Moon walks into the room.

He walks right up to you and presses himself against you "Good morning." Moon reaches behind you and gets a coffee cup "When do you get off work?"

You blush at how close he is to you "I, uh, I get off at five. I'm on call forever though. I have a sitter who picks the kids up from school and daycare. I want to teach you two to drive so you can do it. I think we'll be fine if one of you wants to be a stay-at-home parent."

Moon nods and fixes himself, and Sun, a cup of coffee. Both of your kids come downstairs followed by Sun.

You join them at the table "Aster, Nebula. I was thinking about getting Marco to watch the two of you later this week. I want to have some special adult time with your Papa and Daddy. Friday, we can go out to dinner if you want."

Aster nods "Papa said you need some time with them too."

You nod "I do."

Sun blushes and speaks to Moon in their shared headspace 'Moon? We should get remarried. We know we love them and the kids.'

Moon glances at Sun 'I was thinking the same thing. Make it real. Lawful you know? It's only been a few days but I can't see being without any of them.'

You stand from the table "I'm going to get dressed. Aster get your school bag ready. Nebula take something for show and tell."

Nebula sets her fork down "Can I take daddy and papa?"

You shake your head "Sorry baby, you can't. Maybe they can help you pick something out?"

Nebula pouts and storms off to her room to pick something. You shake your head as Moon follows behind her. You trudge upstairs and into your room. Sun cleans up the mess from breakfast. You change into your uniform and head back downstairs. Nebula has a toy in her hand and Aster is ready to go.

You kiss Moon "Thank you."

Aster covers his eyes "GROSS!"

You laugh and kiss Sun "Get used to it! I plan to kiss these two at least once a day!"

Aster sags "WHY!"?"

You pull Sun and Moon to you by their hips "I'm in love with them."

Aster crosses his arms "That's still gross."

You shake your head "Get in the car. I'll be there in a minute.

Aster and Nebula head out to the car.

You turn to Sun and Moon "Feel free to explore every room of the house. I do mean EVERY room. See you after work." You kiss Sun and Moon goodbye had head out the door.

Chapter 145: I'll Be Seeing You pt12

Chapter Text

Sun and Moon watch you and the kids drive off from the window. It hurts to watch you go. Even knowing you're coming back it hurts.

Sun clutches his chest "It hurts."

Moon puts his hand on Sun's shoulder "I know. How about we look around the house? We might learn more about them."

Sun nods slowly "Let's start in this room."

The two start on opposite sides of the room and look around. The pictures on the wall tell the story of your life.

Moon gently picks up a picture "Sun! It's our wedding photo!"

The photograph was taken by Freddy. Sun and Moon stand on either side of you. The two of them have bowties and you have a tophat.

Sun takes the picture from Moon "That was a good day. I'm glad Freddy was... what?" Sun flips the picture over "Is this a USB stick?"

Moon tips his head upside down "Let's keep looking around. When we find something that can use it, we can see what's on it."

The two continue to look around.

"AWE!" Sun coos pointing to a picture of you holding baby Aster on your hip "It's baby Aster! Yin looks... conflicted."

Moon eyes the photo "I've noticed... in a lot of these pictures the smile never quite reaches their eyes. In some of them, it does. However, there are those few..."

Sun nods "Let's go to the staircase. We can get to the garage from there. I saw a laptop."

The hall has a spot on the wall where you were recording Aster and Nebula's height. The pictures are mostly of your kids but there are a few of Sun and Moon as well. Sun really likes the picture of himself leaning over a craft table to pass a kid a crayon. Moon likes the picture of himself surrounded by kids covered in glowsticks.

Moon picks up a picture of you sitting on the couch. Baby Nebula in your arms looking up wide-eyed at a young Aster. You look exhausted but happy as you smile at your kids.

Moon brushes a finger down the frame "I hate it. It's not fair! Look at all the things we missed! It's not fair! We've only been through two rooms and look at all the life we missed out on!" Moon shouts gesturing at all the photos.

Sun wails loudly "We were cheated! Robbed! We should be in those pictures! Holding babies and kissing Yin!"

Moon grabs his arms and screams loudly. Sun drops to his knees and also screams. The house is a cacophony of pain. After a moment, Sun hops to his knees. Moon watches from his spot leaning against the wall. He follows Sun into the garage.

Sun opens the laptop. He knows you well enough to know your password. It's the date of your wedding. Moon stands beside him as Sun plugs the USB in. It opens to several video files and a bunch of Word documents. Sun plays the first video.

You sit in the garage, the sun setting behind you "I... I can't do this anymore. I'm so alone! Why? Why did it happen like this?" You look away and take a deep breath turning back to face whatever is recording you "I managed to find their parts. Most of them are useable for Sun... but not Moon. I'm going to rebuild..." You take a shakey breath before wailing loudly. The rest of the video is five minutes of you crying loudly.

Sun looks at Moon. Moon reaches over and plays the next video.

Again you sit in the garage "I'm a third done with Sun." You put your hands on either side of your head, Sun's dick in your hand "I can't do it. I just... I can't! It won't be them! Not really!" You throw the dick onto the workbench "Just some facsimile of them! If it's not them... I don't want them!" You jump from your chair in anger. A partially built Sun lays on a table behind you. You punch it in the chest "WHY?! Why did you have to go!?" You lay on his body and weakly mutter "I need you."

Sun clicks the next video.

You are in the garage looking exhausted "It's done. I've done it. I've made my son. I'm naming him Aster." You purse your lips "I think Sunny would like that name. I have more parts for Moon... I'm not ready to look at them." A cry comes from another room "Shit! thought I had more time!" The video cuts out.

Sun replays the part where Aster cries "That's our son crying. Moonie! this is the day he was turned on!"

Moon shakes Sun softly "Play the next one!"

You sit in the garage looking miserable "I haven't slept in... more than two nights. Moon would be pissed. I hope he never sees this. I had to finish her though! Aster named her Nebula. Look look!" You take the camera and point it into a bassinet. Inside is a sleeping Nebula "I just turned her on. She'll sleep for a few hours and wake up. Moonie. You have a daughter!" You set the camera down as a few tears stream down your face "I wish you were here... both of you. Damn FazCo to he-" Offscreen a young aster waddles into the room "Nebi? Can I see the baby?" You usher Aster over and the camera cuts off abruptly.

Moon tears up "So much time."

Sun sniffles "One more."

You sit in the garage "I couldn't sleep. It's ... three in the morning. I'm not sure how I made it out of bed without waking anyone. They're back! Fuck me running they're back!" You wipe at your eyes "Showed up in the night. Fuck! Moon was outta po" You yawn "Power. Aster punched Sun. That was pretty funny after the fact." You chuckle "Things are looking up! It only took a sea of tears." You take a deep breath "I should get back to bed before they wake up." The video cut off.

The Word documents are a diary. Sun and Moon don't feel comfortable reading it.

Sun closes the laptop "We can be good parents, right?"

Moon nods "I know we can." Moon bites his lip "Is it selfish to want another kid? UH! In the future I mean!"

Sun shakes his head "No. I don't think so."

Moon stares at the wall for a moment "Want to go explore their room?"

Sun nudges him "Read my mind!"

The two make their way upstairs and to your room. On the nightstand next to the bed is a picture of the three of you.

Moon searches the drawers of the nightstand "SUN! Come look at this!"

Sun runs out of the closet and looks over Moon's shoulders "Oh my god!" Inside the drawer are their old dicks "WE CAN HAVE OUR DICKS BACK!"

That bitch who took them gave them human dicks. They like the balls, but the dicks can go.

Moon gasps "Do you think they fuck these?"

Sun nods as he picks his old dick up "Absolutely." He smells his cock "They keep it clean. It smells like cleaning products."

Moon picks his up and sniffs it "Yeah... it does. I'm a little disappointed."

Sun sits down on your bed "Their old uniform is in the closet."

Moon sits next to Sun "They couldn't let us go. Do you think we're the reason they never remarried?"

Sun nods "I do. There is so much of us in this house. More than I expected!"

Moon folds his hands between his legs "What should we do now?"

Sun shrugs "We've never had freedom like this before..."

Moon rubs his arm "I don't feel right going through the kid's rooms."

Sun nods "That feels wrong... we could watch TV?"

Downstairs the two dismantle the fort and put it away. They look the TV over and find a gaming console. They decide to play a game called "Magic Pengel: The Quest for Color". The two get way too into playing the game.

Chapter 146: I'll Be Seeing You pt13

Chapter Text

It was a few hours into you and the kids being gone. Not being used to having the freedom to do whatever they wanted Sun and Moon began to get bored.

Moon sets the controller down "I don't want to spend all day doing nothing."

Sun nods lifting his head from the back of the couch "Maybe we could find something to do to help out?"

Moon tilts his head "The house is already clean. Do you think they have laundry?"

Sun shrugs "We can check. Although, considering the house is clean there might not be any."

Moon crosses his arms "They should be home soon..." He sits up "What if we cook something? Starlight has plenty of cookbooks!"

Sun shoves Moon "That's a great idea! We can see what they have in the fridge!"

Moon hops off the couch "We should make sure it's an easy recipe."

Sun nods "I hear tacos are easy to make. Hopefully, they have the stuff for it."

Sun looks in your freezer while Moon checks the fridge. They manage to find all the things for tacos. The two set about making tacos. Moon browns the meat while Sun chops the ingredients.

Sun slows his chopping "Do you think they have the stuff to bake cookies?"

Moon looks over his shoulder "Maybe?" Moon adds the spices to the pot "This... this is nice."

Sun gets the water for the pot "How do you mean?"

Moon turns and leans on the counter "We are doing domestic things! I never thought we would get this."

Sun puts the water into the pot "It is nice. I like being able to have a family."

Moon rubs his arm "Yin said... Yin said it would be ok if one of us was a stay-at-home parent."

Sun crosses his arms "Well I want to work for money."

Moon smiles "So I can be the stay at home?"

Sun pulls him into a hug "I'm fine with it."

The front door unlocked "DADDY! PAPA!"

Sun and Moon went to the door to greet Nebula, Aster, and the sitter. A woman in her fifties with brown graying hair and blue eyes stands at the door.

She stares at Sun and Moon for a moment "You must be Yin's husbands. They filled me in. I'm Blanch. I used to work in customer service at a New Orleans Pizza Plex. Instead of you two, we had a firefly and a dragonfly."

Sun relaxes and picks Nebula up "Hi baby. How was your day?"

Nebula wraps her arms around his neck "Billy said you and daddy were not real. Susie called him dum. I think she's right because you can't talk about stuff you don't know. Tammy called him poop. Mr.Theo said it's not nice to call others names."

Sun kisses her forehead "You should treat people how you like to be treated."

Moon takes nebula from Sun "Hello, little one."

Sun hugs Aster "How was your day son?"

Aster frowns and looks away "Milton says we aren't a real family. He said only a mom and dad can be a family so you, dad, and nebi don't count!"

Nebula kisses Moon's cheek "You smell like tacos. I LOVE TACOS!"

Sun holds Aster close while Moon talks to Nebula "Milton is wrong. Family is the people who love you! Moon and I love you very much! You are our family!"

Moon melts inside as he looks at Nebula "We made tacos for dinner."

Nebula gasps "Nebi was gonna make grilled cheese! Tacos are WAY better."

Blanch hands Moon a sheet of paper "This is their routine. Yin said you'd take over for me today. I have an appointment I can't miss."

Moon looks down at the sheet "We are more than qualified to take care of them. Thank you for picking them up."

Blanch nods and makes her way out of the house.

Sun wipes a few tears from Aster's cheeks "Why did Milton say those things?"

Aster leans on his chest "We had to draw a picture of Christmas and the things we want. I drew us together by the tree. Milton tore up my drawing."

Moon takes Nebula into the kitchen to give Sun a chance to talk to Aster alone.

Sun sets down on the couch with Aster in his lap "Milton is wrong! We are your family." Sun rubs Aster's back and hisses "He's also not very nice. Next time he's being mean tell your teacher. Your teacher can help you." Sun pauses "There are lots of different families. Some have a mommy and a daddy. Some have no mommy or no daddy. Sometimes families have two mommies or daddies. Just because someone says we aren't family does not make it true."

Aster wipes his nose on his sleeve "Ok."

Sun kisses his cheek "We will always be your family. Moon and I are here for you, Nebula, and your nebi."

Aster nods slowly "I gotta go do homework at the table."

Sun nods "Let Moon or I know if you need help. I love you."

Aster sighs and walks away to mull Sun's words over. Sun and Moon suspected things would be hard. They had just hoped it would be easy for the kids. Sun walked into the kitchen feeling less than super. Moon looks at Sun as he sways gently with Nebula. The two make eye contact and Sun shakes his head. Moon frowns and spins slowly with his daughter.

Sun and Moon enjoy spending time with their kids. Moon watches a show with Nebula. She was offended he hadn't watched TV. Sun helped Aster with math homework. You came home around six looking exhausted. You had a few leaves in your hair and a scratch on your cheek.

You flopped onto the couch "A lady went missing in the woods. Found her hiding in a tree. The tw- lady tried to get a picture with a fawn. The buck didn't like that and chased her into a tree. Took two hours to find her." You snuffle around "Tacos?"

Moon nods and picks leaves out of your hair "Sun and I made them. We wanted to help out."

You kiss his cheek "Did you have a nice day?"

Moon nods "We'll talk about it later. We found the USB."

You nod and lean to look at Nebula "Did you have a good day?"

Nebula excitedly tells you about the toy debacle and something about a cookie. You nod along and give her a big hug before going to find Aster. You find Aster at the table with Sun. Both of them look less than stellar. You know both of them well enough to see their pain.

You move around the table and pick Aster up "Are you going to be alright?"

Aster wraps his arms around you "I'll be ok. Papa helped me."

You kiss his cheek "Do you want to talk about it?"

Aster shakes his head "Not right now."

You hold him close "Alright. You can talk to me about anything. I love you."

Aster smiles "I love you too, nebi."

You put Aster down "How much homework do you have left?"

Aster holds the spelling sheet up "Just this."

You nod and ruffle his hair "Alright. Feel free to eat dinner without me. I need to go take a shower." You wave Sun to follow you.

Sun stands and follows you upstairs "How was your day, sunshine?"

You take your over-shirt off "It was alright. Had to find some twit in the woods. Lady tried to steal a fawn. Buck did not like that." You turn and pull Sun to you by his belt loops "How was your day?"

Sun shudders with a sigh "We found the USB. We watched the videos."

You lean into his chest "And?"

Sun kisses your neck "We missed you. You went through a lot. I am so proud of you! You have come so far and have a wonderful life."

You kiss his lips "Better with you and Moon."

Sun rubs his neck "Speaking of Moon... He wants to be a stay-at-home dad."

You lean back "Oh thank god! I was hoping one of you would agree."

Sun chuckled "You know you could have asked us?"

You shake your head "I wanted you to choose your role in life. Now, could ya send Moon up? I want kisses."

Sun pulls you in and opens your mouth with his thumb "We will have you, sunshine. We need it as much as you do." He leans in and kisses you sliding his tongue down your throat as far as it will allow. He pulls back taking his time to slide his tongue out of your mouth "I'll go get Moon."

You take his hand as he turns to leave "Tonight I plan to remove those shock thingies. Be ready for me to muck around inside you."

Sun takes your chin in his hand "If it's you, we'd let you dismantle us and put us back together."

You let Sun go and watch him walk downstairs. You turn and head into your room and begin to take your shoes and socks off. Moon knocks on the door.

You look up "Come in."

Moon walks into the room "You wanted to see me?"

You stand up with a grin "I always want to see you. So, you are now a stay-at-home dad."

Moon holds you close "Thank you! It just feels right."

You kiss Moon "You always were more domestic out of you and Sun. How are you feeling?"

Moon wraps his arms around you "I missed you. There is so much life and time in this house without you. It breaks me we missed out on so much."

"Lucky us we have a lot more time to make more memories with you than without you." You kiss his cheeks.

Moon glances at your nightstand "We found our dicks." Moon looks down at his crotch "We hate what we have right now."

You look down with him "Can I take a quick look? I might be able to do something about that."

Moon tugs his pants down "Please?"

You drop to your knees "This is familiar. Heh." You frown "No tentacle?"

Moon crosses his arms with a huff "That bitch didn't like it."

You scoff "Well I happen to know the three of us do. I can fix this. Can we keep the balls? I like those."

Moon helps you stand up "We like them too." He tugs his pants back on "Thank you. I'll go tell Sun about the dicks. Enjoy your shower."

"OH! I'm going to be removing the shockey shit from your body. Be ready for me to root around in your insides." You say as you wave him off.

Moon looks at you for a long moment. He pulls you to him. His hand shoots to the hem of your pants. He stares at you, waiting. You nod. That's all he needs. His hand flies down your pants and cups your genitals. He gives you three slow and long rubs while looking you in the eyes.

He pulls his hand out and smells it "Sun is going to enjoy this as much as I did. Enjoy your shower."

He waves over his shoulder with the hand he just used on you. You flop onto the bed for a moment to collect yourself.

Chapter 147: I'll Be Seeing You pt14

Summary:

CW terrible puns

Chapter Text

You sank down into the hot tub. It wasn't often you got a hot bath. Even rarer to have one by yourself. Although It would be far better with two animatronic husbands... Husbands. You need to remarry them! YOU NEED RINGS! You almost fly out of the tub. However, you stop yourself. You need to slow your roll. You haven't even been on a date yet.

You hear a squeal from downstairs "DADA!" Loud laughter from Nebula "I"M GONNA PEE!" The laughter stops abruptly.

You shake your head and dip under the water. The hot water works wonders on your body. It's a nice chance for a moment to yourself. Reluctantly you pull yourself from the tub. When you walk into your room a comfortable shirt and a pair of night pants are sitting on the bed. Sun and Moon's tentacle dicks are sitting in a heart shape. You blush and get dressed quickly.

Downstairs you find Sun in the kitchen setting up tacos. Moon is in the living room watching a cartoon with the kids. You sneak up behind Sun and wrap your arms around his waist.

Sun takes your hand in his "Moon told me about our... appendages."

You look into the living room "He showed me what you have. Said you were unhappy with them."

Sun sighs "We are."

You slowly snake your hand down and grope his balls slowly "I saw the heart you left me."

Sun groans and pushes into your hand "Moon let me smell his hand. I had to show you what I thought of that."

You lean into his back "I'm going to make a phone call. I'll be right back."

Sun sets the taco fixings on a tray to bring to the dining table "Alright. I can't wait to go to sleep next to you tonight."

You pat his butt "Me neither. I'm calling a babysitter for Friday. I want to take you and Moon out on a date."

You take your phone and head into the garage. Blanch is free to watch the kids on Friday as long as she can stay the night. You ask if she's fine if you come back in the morning. She sends you an eggplant emoji with a yes. You agree she can stay the night. It feels wrong to stay the night without your kids, but you need this so badly!

Sun said it's ok to be selfish sometimes. When was the last time you spent a night away from your kids and away from the house? Maybe you need to go camping for the night. You have some good savings. you could take your boys to a motel for the night. You'll have to ask Sun and Moon.

When you enter the Kitchen Sun and Moon are setting dinner out on the table. Aster and Nebula have tacos on their plates. Sun and Moon sit at the head of the table. You sit across from your kids.

You begin to fix your food "Kids? Mrs. Blanch is going to come and watch you on Friday."

Aster looks up with his mouth full "SWEE!"

You cross your arms "Don't talk with your mouth full."

Aster swallows "Sorry Nebi. Sweet. I like when Mrs. Blanch watches us... where are you going?"

You swallow your bite of food "I'm taking your Dad and Papa on a date."

Nebula bounces in her chair "Can I come?"

You shake your head "No. Som-"

She gasps loudly and her eyes get misty "BUT WHY?!"

Moon pets her hair "Sometimes your Nebi and, Sun. Uh! Er, Daddy and I need time to do adult things."

You nod "We'll be gone all night and back at lunchtime."

Nebula looks like you kicked a puppy "ALL NIGHT?!" She slides her hands down her cheeks "WITHOUT ME?!?!"

Aster pats her shoulder "Yeah, but that's all night with Mrs. Blanch."

Nebula pauses to consider his words "Ok. But I want Dino nuggets!" She glares at you "A lot of them!"

You lean forward "Alright. I'll meet your demands."

Aster picks up another taco "Can we have french fries too?"

You look over at Sun and nod. Sun points to himself and you nod again.

Sun's fingers twitch "Yes. We'll make sure you get french fries too."

You nod with a look of approval. Sun's rays spin. You rub his leg under the table.

Moon looks over at you "What do you normally do after dinner?"

"We watch a movie! Or a tv show. Sometimes we play a game. I like Sorry." Aster chirps.

Nebula sighs happily "I like Candyland."

You smile "Clue is my favorite."

Sun smiles "I could play a game! I LOVE games!"

Moon chuckles "Careful Sun. You might find yourself SORRY you said that."

Sun smiles wider "Well Moon. This isn't a CANDYLAND! So, get a CLUE because I have a MONOPOLY on all these games."

Moon huffs "You're going to find yourself hitting more SHOOTS than LADDERS."

You cover your eyes "What have I done?"

Aster sticks his tongue out "These jokes are bad!"

Nebula shrugs "I like them!"

Chapter 148: I'll Be Seeing You pt15

Chapter Text

Game night with the kids was a beautiful disaster. The games went well with the kids both winning and losing. It was all the puns from Sun and Moon that made it a terrible night. According to Aster anyway. He said all the puns were killing him. Sun thought it was hilarious! Every pun he made Moon was quick to try and outdo him. You fought to hold back laughter. Aster called you a bad parent for not stopping his fathers. Nebula laughed at every joke made. Soon it was time for your kids to go to bed.

Sun picked Nebula up "Time for bed."

You held your arms out to Aster.

He crossed his arms "Nebi, I'm seven! I don't need you to carry me!"

You smiled softly "No, you don't. But I do. Because I love you."

Aster shuffles into your arms and you pick him up. Sun and Moon put Nebula to bed while you take Aster. You set him down in bed and hold him for a moment.

Aster wraps his arms around you "Nebi? Can I get a tail in my next upgrade? One like yours?"

You run your hand through his hair "Like mine? Why?"

Aster fiddles with his fingers "I want to look more like you."

You nuzzle the top of his head "More like me? Well, you have my nose." You poke his nose "And my cheeks" You poke his cheeks "And of course! You have the most important part of me!"

Aster looks up at you in wonder "I do?"

You nod "My love." You kiss his forehead "I made every part of you with all the love I could. You will always be my family."

Aster kisses your cheek "I love you."

You hug him tightly "I love you too. We can talk about the tail later. Would you like me to tuck you in?"

Aster nods "Please?"

You sit up "I have to go to the bathroom. You finish getting ready for bed and I'll be right back."

You walk into the hallway and sigh. You suspect that little shit Milton said something to Aster. Last time he said Aster was a glorified toaster only made to be your plaything. You might have some words with that little crap and his parents. You grumble as you walk to the bathroom. Moon spots you and spins his faceplate upside down in confusion. You shake your head.

When you return to the room aster is in bed. He's dressed and curled up under the sheets.

Aster watches you as you walk to his bedside "Why did you make me?"

You nuzzle his forehead "I had all this love to give. I made you so I could love you. It's the same thing with Nebula. ALL this love and nothing to do with it. I am so so happy to have you as my son."

Aster smiles "Goodnight Nebi."

You tuck him into bed "Goodnight."

You shut the lights off and leave the room. Moon strides up to you and picks you up into his arms. He nuzzles his face into your hair. His footfalls make no sound from years of practice at the plex.

You hold onto him tightly "I'm glad you're out of the plex... I hate this is how it happened."

Moon opens your bedroom door with his hip "I hate it too. We missed out on so much." He lies down on the bed next to Sun with you in his arms "Now that I'm here, I'm not going anywhere. We're here for you, always."

You sigh happily "Thank you. I needed to hear that. Did either of you talk to Aster today? I noticed he was upset when I came home."

Sun wraps an arm around you "I did. Some kid named Milton-"

You growl lowly "Of course it was Milton! I hate that kid! What did he say this time? Last time he told Aster he was a glorified toaster. Little shit said I only built him to be a toy, a plaything."

Sun squeezes your hip "Wow! What a little shit! He said we aren't a real family. Only a mom and a dad can be a family."

You nod "That explains the tail. He said he wants to look more like me." You chuckle "Next week is the Christmas Play. Aster is an elf. I think we'll make quite the entrance."

Moon kisses the top of your head "Sounds fun."

Sun resumes rubbing your back "Should we talk to Milton's parents?"

You huff "Yes. I'll call Helena. She was a big help when I moved here." You turn your head to look at Sun "It was a year into my living here the town found out I'm a werewolf. She and her husband advocated for my stay."

Sun's hand strays to your ass "I missed this. Holding you, touching you, "His voice drops an active "Loving you." The tips of his fingers dip into your pants "Let us have you sunshine."

You chuckle "Not until I fix your dicks." You crawl off of Moon "Let's get you fixed up."

Moon fishes their dicks out of the bedside table.

You shake your head "Not those. I have new ones for you. More sensors and the ability to cum. Just like you always wanted."

Sun gasps "Sunshine."

Moon picks you up and the three of you head down into the garage.

You point at a safe "The dicks are in there. The code is 1987."

Sun puts his hands on his hips "1987? Really."

You snicker and nod "Yeah. Who's first?"

Sun points at Moon "Moon. I got to see you first. Only fair he gets the upgrade first."

Moon sets you down and takes his clothes off "Thank you Sun."

You gather all the tools you'll need and your laptop "Alright. I'm going to turn your sensors off so I can poke around without hurting you."

You plug your laptop in and get to work. Their design is inefficient. A lot of the innovative things you had given the boys were not present. Patty had given them bits of code that would turn them off if a code was said. You frown and begin to rewrite the code.

You huff "Your insides and code are a mess. This will take me a hot minute. Worth it though."

Sun sets both dicks down nearby "Will it take long?"

You shake your head as you work on removing the built-in shock collar "No. This shock collar is sodered in place crudely. It's literally just a shock collar attached to your insides. It may as well be duck taped." You pull the thing out and hand it to Sun "Put that in the safe, please. We might need that for the court case. They already took pictures of them inside you but having them to present will be good."

Sun sets the collar aside. You detach Moon's cock and throw it at a wall.

Moon laughs "You really didn't like that thing did you?"

You frown as you begin to install his new dick "No. Fuck that thing. I didn't give you exactly the dicks you wanted just so they could be replaced with that."

One by one you turn Moon's sensors on. His cock lays limp before stirring to life. It begins to writhe and curl in on itself. You reach out and take it in your hand. It wraps around you as tight as a firm handshake. Perfect!

Moon moans and throws his arm over his eyes "Holy shit Sun! This is better than it ever was before! Fuck."

You chuckle "Your turn Sun." You try to pull your hand back "Moon?" Another tug "Let me go, Moon."

Moon pries his cock off your hand and moves to lean on the workbench "Sorry."

You wave a hand at him and Sun climbs on the worktable "It's fine. I'm not mad."

It takes an hour and a half to get both Sun and Moon finished. You reach your hand out to touch his cock but Sun stops you.

He picks you up and puts you in his lap "Ah-ah-ah! That's not how I want to test my dick out. We should go somewhere we can be loud as we want."

You blush "The basement. It has some sound-dampening stuff and a bed down there. I don't really use it much because it has no electricity down there. Old house. You can get to it from the backyard only."

Moon rubs your groin "Perfect."

Chapter 149: I'll Be Seeing You pt16

Summary:

So I organized everything. After a week I will move this chapter to its proper place with the other chapters of this. Hope the organization looks good and isn't too difficult to grasp.

Chapter Text

Moon picks you up "Why does the basement have soundproofing?"

You blush and look away from Moon "Werewolf rage. Before I made the kids or tried to make you, I was very angry and upset. I couldn't control myself sometimes and would scream and cry a lot. I was worried the townspeople would kick me out if they thought I was too aggressive or dangerous."

Sun slides his pants up his hips "Oh! So like that room in the plex we had to keep you when you would get extra horny in the spring so you wouldn't try to fuck us during work."

You nod sheepishly "Yeah, like that."

Sun chuckles "Man! I still don't know how we managed to function on low battery for as long as we did."

You blush "Sorry about that."

Moon nuzzles your face as Sun opens doors "It's alright. We're here now. We'll take good care of you."

You bury your face in Moon's bare chest inhaling his scent "You smell amazing."

Sun chuckles as he holds the front door open "You always did like the way we smell."

"Hard not to like the smell of a sexy man." You chuckle "In the backyard is a cellar door leading to the basement. The code is 1910."

Moon smiles at the playset in the backyard "You've given our kids a great life, starlight."

Sun holds the cellar door open "How did you hide your mating cycle from the kids?"

You take your shirt off "Werewolves have made some advancements in the last ten years. Matt Gritch made a pill that suppresses the heat. It doesn't make it go away completely. It just makes it more manageable." You point to a shelf "There are lighters over there. The walls have wall sconces on them."

Moon walks over to an anvil with a bent pipe, a straight pipe, and a crowbar next to it "What's this?"

You look down "It's an anvil for hitting with stuff when you're angry. Also good for getting dents out of the metal on a six-year-old's arm after he insisted he could fly with his spinning rays and jumped off the roof."

Sun drops the lighter "ASTER JUMPED OFF THE ROOF?!"

You sigh "Yep. I was taking care of Nebula in the back yard and he jumped. Little shit landed in a bush."

Moon walks over to a makeshift bed full of Sun and Moon merch from the plex and sets you down "Just like at the plex."

You wiggle out of your pants "It helped me feel close to you."

Sun slips his pants and underwear off "We had our dreams. That bitch tried to delete you from our memory."

Moon laughs as he tosses his pants aside "She was bad at it though. We started dreaming about you."

Sun throws his shoes and socks over to his pants "Little things at first. My first dream about you was you calling our names as you entered the daycare."

Moon smiles softly "Mine was the first time I saw you. Stumbling around lost and confused in the dark."

You look your boys over in the dim lighting of the candles "I don't know where to start..."

Sun rubs his arm "It has been a long time."

Moon takes a step towards you "Sun, give me a hand."

Together they lie you down on the makeshift bed. Your heart swells as you watch the two move to either side of you. Sun laps at your neck. Moon kisses your cheek and pinches your nipples. You reach up and rub one of Sun's rays. Something you know he likes. Sun groans and nips your jaw. You run your finger along the seams of Moon's hips. Moon moans and tips your head to pull you into a kiss.

Sun licks the shell of your ear "Let me get you prepped for us, beautiful."

Sun scoots down and hooks his arms under your legs. Moon licks your lower lip. You open your mouth and lick his tongue. Sun rubs your thighs as he licks your needy hole. Moon slides his tongue into your mouth as you moan. You reach over and rub Moon's cock. Moon cries loudly and thrusts his hips into your hand. His cock squirms in your grip. His new cock is so sensitive it's almost overwhelming.

Sun moans and slowly pushes his tongue inside you. You moan around Moon's tongue. Moon thrusts his tongue deeper and deeper into your mouth. Sun massages the most sensitive spots inside you with his tongue. His moans quickly become needy whines and cries. His cock writhes trapped between the floor and his belly.

Moon slowly slides his tongue out of your mouth "I need you. Please! Please! I need you! I need you!"

Your emotions are running rampant. Having Sun and Moon like this was driving home the fact that you really did have them back. They are yours in every way. You missed this level of closeness.

"PLEASE! I missed you! I need you!" You cry out as a few tears fall down your cheeks.

Sun pulls you into his lap as he gets to his knees "Sunshine!"

Moon moves behind you and lines his cock up with Sun's "Missed you!"

Sun hisses as he pushes inside you "I-" He takes a shuddering breath as tears fall down his face "You're here! Oh god! I love you!" He tries to say something else but it's garbled.

Moon slowly pushes in beside Sun "Home! We're home. Never want to leave!" He thrusts gently "Never let you go!" His arms wrap around you and Sun "NEVER!"

You cry openly "Stay! Stay with me! Please!"

Sun thrusts into you as Moon pulls out "You're beautiful! Handsome! PERFECT!"

Moon moans "Ours! Yours! Oyors!" He lets out a garbled sound of his own.

Sun and Moon's cocks fill you perfectly. Better than their old dicks ever did. Sun and moon feel a sensation they hadn't before. The build of static and electricity running through their wires is familiar. But the buildup of pressure in their lower abdomen is new. Your body tingles pleasantly with the oncoming orgasm.

You are in full-blown tears "Close! I'm close! Please! WITHMEPLEASE!"

Sun wails "Fill you! Take you!"

Moon cuts Sun off "KEEPYOU!"

Sun gasps "KEEP YOU! KEEPYOU!"

You cry loudly as you cum hard. Sun and Moon cum at the same time you do. The sensation is new. It leaves Sun and Moon twitching as they feel their balls tighten and empty. The three of you are a mess of cum and your sweat. You go limp between them. Sun and Moon breathe hard. You fight to keep your eyes open.

When they finally cool off enough, the two set about cleaning you up and getting the three of you dressed. Quietly as possible they take the three of you upstairs and put you to bed. Your kids are still asleep. Sun and Moon curl around you holding you close. They will never let you go again.

Chapter 150: I'll Be Seeing You: Sun, Moon, and The Imposter Girlfriend

Summary:

I felt the urge to write this. This takes place during Sun and Moon's time with Paula before they found you.

Chapter Text

Sun opened his eyes to an unfamiliar room. It appeared to be some kind of workshop. To his left was a closed door. In front of him was a long table with familiar tools. He recognized them as the same ones used on him at the plex. Sun looked to his right. Parts of Moon lay strewn across a workbench. Sun felt his wires jolt with electricity. His head turned as the door to his left opened.

A woman he vaguely recognized entered the room "Oh! Shoot! I thought had more time."

Sun felt like something was off or missing.

The woman looked at a computer Sun hadn't noticed "I know you must be confused. I saved you from the Pizza Plex!"

She smiled warmly at him but it didn't make Sun feel good "Saved?"

The woman nodded "Your memory might be foggy. The plex owner tried to get rid of you. I rebuilt you!"

Sun looked down at himself "Where is Moon?"

The woman sighed "I'm still working on him. I'm Paula! We were together at the plex."

That statement felt off to Sun "Oh. Well, I hope you finish with him soon!" He tried to sound as optimistic as possible.

Paula eyed him for a second "Sun, I need you to do something for me. If you start to feel strange or get strange dreams. I need you to tell me so I can fix it."

Sun nodded slowly feeling uneasy "Alright."

Paula smiled warmly "How about I show you your room? Then I need to work on Moon."

Paula showed Sun a room with two large beds. Half the room was themed off of him and the other half was Moon. A picture of Paula hung on the wall. She touched his shoulder before leaving the room. Sun slowly walked to Moon's side of the room and sat down on the bed. He tried to remember what happened to him and Moon but it caused him pain.

It took Paula a month to finish working on Moon. During that time there were a few things Sun noticed about Paula he found troubling. While she was nice, Paula always seemed to try too hard. It felt like she was wearing a mask. Sometimes the mask would slip. He could see it. Like she was trying very hard to be someone she wasn't. Paula also liked to give him clothes with her face on them. He didn't understand why.

One night shortly before Moon was turned on, Sun had a strange dream. He was at the plex with Moon. They were in the daycare together cleaning up like usual. He heard the large wooden door to the daycare open and a warm voice excitedly shouting to them. When Sun woke up he had a thought in his mind. Sunshine.

Sun did not tell Paula about his dream. He didn't trust her and worried she would do something to him. Instead, he pretended everything was fine. He smiled at every attempt Paula made to seem overly friendly. Sun was elated when Moon was turned back on. jumping into the arms of his long-time friend.

Just like she had done with Sun, Paula explained everything to Moon. Sun watched Moon closely. Moon seemed just as uneasy as he had been. The two had to wait until nighttime to be able to talk freely. The two sat across from each other on Moon's bed.

"Something isn't right," Sun whispered.

"I feel it too. what should we do?" Moon whispered back.

Sun shook his head "I'm not sure. Listen, if you have any dreams. Keep them between us."

Moon nodded and the two went to bed. Their memories of their true love didn't come back all at once. It happened gradually over time. Bits and pieces of everything came back each night. It made it harder and harder to want to stay with Paula. They wanted to look for you. You had to be missing them so much!

The two of them made a plan to escape in the night. They took only the clothes on their back and tried to sneak out the front door. Paula caught them. That was when their freedom was taken from them. Paula used some kind of remote to shock the two. She took them to a basement done up to look like the daycare but on a smaller scale.

Paula crossed her arms "You've been having dreams about them."

Moon looked up at her, a low-battery warning blocking part of his vision "Let us go."

Paula shook her head "It's not safe for you out there. If anyone saw you they would destroy you."

"What about Yin?" Sun asked.

Paula sighed "They don't love you anymore. After I saved you I tried to give you to them. They said you weren't worth it. I don't agree with them." Paula turned to leave the room "I'll let you back upstairs soon."

Soon never came. She kept the two of them in the basement for six years. Every day she tried to convince them to love her. She stopped acting like you and acted like herself. Something in their programming made it impossible for them to hurt her in any way. However, as time went on she got lazy. Eventually, the two found an opening to escape.

She was going to a work-related Christmas party. After a quick bye to Sun and Moon, she left leaving the basement unlocked. Sun and Moon ran for it taking a charging cable with them. They ran as far as they could before they needed to charge.

The first person to help them out was a twenty-year-old man who remembered his time in the daycare. Gladly he helped the attendants. He even gave them some cash before sending them off. They asked around about you at your old address. That gave them their first clue about how to find you. After a year of asking questions and searching they found you.

Sun and Moon reached the road that would lead them to your house. The two began the climb on the biting cold winter night. Moon shut down halfway to your house. He tried to hold on but he ran out of power. Sun picked him up and continued to walk. He couldn't help the loud cry as he came upon your forest cabin. You stood on your porch shouting angrily and Sun responded in absolute joy. This was the start of their new wonderful life with you and their kids.

Chapter 151: The Game

Chapter Text

The music hummed pleasantly in the background as someone sang "Thriller" by Michael Jackson. Tonight was open mic night. Your love for Eclipse was running high. The need to touch the man and be touched by the man was overwhelming. Eclipse was more than willing to let you do as you please.

He loved to feel desired by you, wanted by you, and most of all loved by you. Your cheek rubbed against his chest. You hummed happily as Eclipse rubbed your back. Eclipse noted your breasts felt very... full. He was about to say something when one of the bouncers approached VIP to address him.

"Scuse me Don. Your first appointment is here. Would you like me to send him up?" The woman asked.

Eclipse waved his hand "Yes. Send them up. Also, I'd like a cup of tea sent up."

The woman nodded "Tea, got it!"

She went down and an African man came up "Don Eclipse, good to see you. Don Ifa wanted this personally delivered to you." The man passes an envelope to Eclipse.

You adjust yourself so Eclipse can work. Eclipse pats your head as a thank you. You take one of his eggplant hands and look up at him to make sure it's ok. He nods and you make a small sound akin to a goblin or a gremlin.

You happily rub your face in his palm. You kiss the tip of his thumb. Then the pad. Followed by the two knuckles. Eclipse wraps his hand over your mouth and gently shakes your head making a small playful growling noise.

You giggle and nip his palm. He lets your face go. You plant a few kisses to the palm of his hand and massage the appendage. His hand relaxes in your grasp.

Eclipse sets the envelope down "Excellent! I'll have my people begin preparing payment tomorrow afternoon. Please enjoy a drink on the house."

The man, whose name you didn't catch, heads back down the stairs. The bouncer woman from before came back up with a mug of tea. She set it down in front of the two of you before going back downstairs.

Eclipse looks at the cup with a grin "I don't see any cream in your tea darling."

"Hm..." you hum as you look into the steaming cup "I don't either."

Eclipse gives your shirt a light tug "We should do something about that."

Eclipse lifts your shirt off. Underneath you have a front clasping bra on. Half burnt umber and half eggplant.

Eclipse lifts your right breast gently "You didn't pump this morning did you?"

You lean your breast into his hand "Only a little. It's actually uncomfortable, but I wanted to be full for you."

Eclipse gives a gentle squeeze and tug "For me? Planning something are we? Do you want to feed me?"

You stand up and hand him the mug "You know me so well. I ate a lot of pineapple this week."

Eclipse looks giddy "Pineapple?! You spoil me dear."

Eclipse holds the cup out. You lean your breast over the cup. Eclipse's lips part slightly in anticipation. He watches closely as you give your left breast a gentle squeeze. A bead of milk followed closely by a small stream of milk. You smirk as Eclipse's optics brighten and dilate. He licks his lips and sets the cup down on the table.

He takes you by the hips and pulls you into his lap "Meteor, let me taste you."

You lean forward and kiss his large mouth, muttering against his lips "I would like nothing more Lord Sexy Buns."

Eclipse laughs and holds you close. He opens his mouth lifting you up so he can access your chest. He licks your right nipple with the tip of his tongue. Your breath hitches. You lean into the nine foot tall animatronic slipping your breast into his waiting mouth.

Two arms around your waist and the other two crossed under your ass like a chair. He swirls his tongue around your nipple letting out a groan as a bead of milk hits his tongue. He suckles drinking you in. His hands squeeze your hips.

He presses his faceplate closer to you "Mmmmm you taste so good, dear. Such a good girl letting me drink my fill."

You carefully pat the top of his head "I'm in love with you."

Eclipse looks up at you with tender loving eyes "I'm in love with you too."

Eclipse drapes his big coat over your shoulders as someone comes up the stairs. The coat is leather and very warm. It comes to Eclipse's knees. The damn thing swallows you whole and you love it. Eclipse laps at your breast deciding to ignore the person for now.

You glance behind you, much to Eclipse's displeasure, to see who is coming. It's a group of four girls. You recognize two of them. One, a brunet with brown eyes, is the daughter of the manager of the club. The other, with black hair and brown eyes, is her best friend.

The best friend has the hots for eclipse and doesn't care for you much. And the other is indifferent to you but polite.

You sigh and mutter "Don't look now but your number one fan is here."

Eclipse huffs before a wicked grin creeps onto his face "Keep quiet."

You frown confused. Eclipse unzips his pants and pulls his cock out. He pulls your pants down as you fix your shirt. He eases you down on his cock, his chest to your back. You gasp out a quiet moan at the intrusion. The coat around your shoulders is draped over your lap.

Eclipse kisses your cheek "Good girl. Keep this up and you'll get a reward."

You shudder at the pleasant warmth of his cock slowly pushing into you "What kin- mng... Kind of reward?"

Eclipse leans down to whisper in your ear, letting his hot breath fan your face "Whatever you want. Anything at all."

That was a dangerous thing for him to say. you both knew that. You could ask for something sexual, or a trip, or even marriage. He would do it. He would do it because he loves you. From waking up next to you, to watching you get information out of a rat. He loves you.

Part of him hopes you ask for marriage. He, despite the fact that he runs a successful mafia, is nervous you would reject him. You aren't sure what you want to ask for. You basically have the world at your fingertips. This is not the first time the two of you played this game.

However something about this time feels... different. More serious... Heavier? You couldn't quite put your finger on it.

The group of girls sit down at a table on the other side of the VIP section. A waitress brings the girls waters and takes their orders. It's not until the waitress is gone that the girls notice you two. Eclipse bottoms out inside you. You feel so full and stretched. Eclipse is so large that his cock brushes your cervix.

You shift to a more comfortable position "It amazes me how far you can reach. Being so much larger than me."

Eclipse rests his head on yours "How far I can reach? I know you like 'tall lanky boys' as you put it. I didn't realize THIS was why."

Eclipse wiggles his cock around inside you. He's touching every single bit of the inside of your cunt. The girls spot the two of you and stand up. Likely to pay their respects to the Don. And flirting of course. You can see one of them adjusting her boobs and hair. You snicker. Eclipse kisses the top of your head.

"Hello Don Eclipse. I hope you are having a good night. Same to you ma'am." The owner's daughter, Beatrix, states with a bow.

Eclipse thrusts his cock inside you without pulling out "Very good Beatrix. Always good to see young people enjoying themselves."

You manage to keep your composure, for now anyway.

The friend of Beatrix blushes "Don Eclipse! It's so good to see you. And your lady."

You smile warmly, face flushed with arousal. Lucky for you there aren't any rules against blushing "So good to see you too Della."

She shoots you a look "Would you like to join us for drinks?"

The other two girls look at her like she's crazy. Even Beatrix looks at her funny.

You shake your head "Tonight is date night. Just he and I."

She's fuming. but trying to hide it "I didn't ask you."

Eclipse wraps all four of his arms around you "She's right ladies. It's date night, and I'm getting hungry." You grip his arm tightly as he delivers a particularly harsh thrust. You fight the moan bubbling up to the surface "Shall we take this elsewhere dear?" He asks as he nuzzles into your hair.

"Let's leave them alone now. We didn't come here to fawn over a taken man. We came here to part!" Beatrix states jovially.

The girls follow her back to their table. Although Della does so reluctantly.

Eclipse thrusts a little faster "I want you to cum before we leave. Right here where anyone can notice."

You nod and manage out a "What's your day look liIike tomorrow?"

It's so damn hard not to grind down on his cock. Your walls flutter around him. His arms grip you tighter. Tongue laps at your neck. You are fighting every urge to turn around and pull him into you. Lovingly running your hands along every inch of his frame. Tearing open his chest plate and nibbling wires.

You can feel his cock inside you begin to pulse, he's about to cum "Nothing- ngh! Nothing planned. JuUhst some paperwork."

He lets out a gasp as hot ropes of cum fill you up. Both of you are panting in an attempt to keep quiet. He squeezes your hips in a bruising grip as you milk him dry.

Eclipse slowly pulls out of you and pulls your panties and pants back up. He tucks himself back into his pants. If anyone noticed, they are smart enough to keep their damn mouth shut.

Eclipse leans his head on your shoulder "You win."

Chapter 152: The Game pt2

Chapter Text

Eclipse stands up "How about we go get something to eat."

You nod "That sounds nice."

He holds his arm out for you to take. You link arms and let him walk you to the door. He tells someone to get his car. A custom built SUV in black with tinted windows pulls up to the curb. Eclipse opens the door for you as the valet jogs around the side of the car to Eclipse. Keys in hand Eclipse climbs into the drivers seat.

"Our little game isn't over darling." He states as he starts driving to the restaurant.

You turn to him "What? But you said I won?"

He smiles "I did. And you did win. I just want more."

You nod "Does that mean I get two prizes if I win again?"

Eclipse considers your statement for a few minutes "Two prizes? What would the second prize be?"

You stare at him seriously "Marriage."

Eclipse almost hits a pole as he pulls into the restaurant. He all but sobs as he wails out "Marriage!"

He drives past the valet and finds his own parking. Eclipse climbs into the back of the SUV. He unbuckles you and pulls you back there with him. The back of the SUV has the seats down. The two of you had gone camping and stored the gear in the back.

Eclipse pins you to the floor with your head down and ass up. Again your pants go down. This time to your knees. He pulls his cock out again. Slowly sliding it back inside you. He presses his chest into your back. Two hands on your hips and another holding himself up.

One of his large hands takes one of yours "Brace yourself."

You barely have a chance to take a deep breath before he is pounding into you. You are still sensitive from earlier. The car gently rocks. He must notice because he picks up the pace for a quick finish. He manages to cum but you don't. He fills you up before pulling out of your cunt.

He pulls your pants back up "I'm still not done with you. What kind of husband would I be if I didn't make you cum."

After dressing himself he walks the two of you into the restaurant. He holds the door open for you. It smells divine inside and you already know what you want. This place needs reservations, but c'mon this is Eclipse. The two of you are taken to a table in a private area.

The two of you sit down and Eclipse orders a bottle of wine and two waters.

He reaches across the table and takes on of your hands in two of his "Did you mean it? You really want to get married?"

He looks so hopeful that it melts your insides "I did. I meant it. One moment!" You take your right shoe and sock off. Your big toe has a ring on it. You take it off and put your shoe and sock back on "I didn't want you to find it so I hid it in my shoe." You get down on one knee "This won't do." You stand up "Sorry but you are too damn tall!" You hold the ring out to him "Marry me!"

Eclipse picks you up and into a back cracking hug "Darling! I would want nothing more!"

He peppers your face in kisses. They trail down your neck and to your chest. He licks your clavicle slowly before setting you down. You blush furiously as you slip the ring on his finger. He looks it ofer and lets out a soft squeal. You smile and return to your chair.

The waiter returns "Your wine sir." He pours a small glass and hands it to eclipse.

Eclipse swirls the wine in the glass before sniffing it. He takes a small sip and hands it to you "I like this. What do you think dear?"

You take the glass and give it a whiff and a taste "Yeah. I agree! 's good."

The waiter yours your glasses and sets the bottle down "Do you know what you would like to order?"

Eclipse orders for the two of you. He knew exactly what you wanted. It helps that the two of you had been here before.

As the waiter leaves Eclipse knocks his fork to the floor "Oops."

He drops to the floor and crawls under the table. He pulls your chair up to the table by its legs. You lean down and look at him. His ray's are retracted into his head and his eyes are dimmed. He smirks at you and begins to undo your pants.

He licks his lips "Put your napkin in your lap."

You blush and do as you are told. Eclipse pulls your pants down to your ankles. He spreads your legs and licks a long stripe from your hole to your clit. You let out a quiet moan.

Eclipse nips your inner thigh and hisses quietly "Remember the game darling."

You pat his head "Sorry."

He kisses your thigh "Good girl."

You sit quietly and sip your wine as Eclipse pushes his tongue into your sopping cunt. He pushes his cum further into you. You grip your chair tightly with one hand and gently hold the glass with the other. Eclipse uses his tongue to shovel globs of cum into your cervix.

You fight a moan. Letting out a quiet groan. You take a large gulp of water. Eclipse rubs your clit roughly with his thumb. The waiter returns with your food. He sets the dishes down at your respective spots. Eclipse doubles his efforts. Thrusting his tongue faster and rubbing your clit harder.

You hide a moan in your glass of water. You thank him and take a sip of wine. The man glances around before shrugging. He turns and leaves the room. Eclipse snakes a hand up an pokes your mouth. You bite down hard as you feel your walls flutter around his tongue.

He plugs your cervix with his tongue to keep his cum inside. Eclipse hums as your cum gushes onto his tongue. He presses himself a little closer before pulling out of you.

He helps you put your pants back on before taking his seat "Found my fork."

You nod slowly. Your body feels like mush. A dopey smile plastered on your face. You take a large gulp of water "Fuck me running!"

Eclipse laughs as he cuts your food up for you, he knows what he did "Well, I would but we both know I would catch you before you got very far. Unless you want me to fuck you while I run?"

You flick water at him. He laughs again and passes you your plate.

Chapter 153: The Game pt3

Summary:

CW: pregnancy
You and Don Eclipse have a baby. I'm not going to describe the process of birthing the kid.
AFAB.

Chapter Text

Eclipse slowly opened the door to your shared bedroom, a distraught look on his face "Are you alright dear? You don't usually sleep this long..."

You groan and clutch the pillow in your arms tighter "I'm sick. I just feel so tired. I can't keep much down."

Eclipse walks to your side of the bed and pulls out his cell "I'm calling a doctor. Something isn't right."

He rubs your back while he makes the call. A wave of nausea hits you and you fly off the bed. It's a miracle you made it to the bathroom.

Eclipse holds your hair for you continuing to rub circles on your back "I'll have someone make soup for you. I have a meeting I can't miss today." He bites his lip nervously "Will you be ok without me?"

You nod and hold up a necklace with a solar eclipse on it "If I need you I'll push the panic button."

Eclipse wrings his hands "I'll have someone come check on you in an hour. The doctor will be here at five."

You nod and rinse your mouth out in the sink. Eclipse picks you up and carries you back to bed. He kisses your temple before reluctantly leaving the room. As you lay there you think over all your symptoms trying to figure out what you might have. You think it must be a stomach bug.

Someone does come to check on you. They take your temperature and give you a bowl of soup. It's a little high but nothing too concerning. You do manage to read a few chapters of a trashy romance novel and take a few naps.

The soup was good but you find yourself wanting something... more. You crave protein. The desire for a rare steak is so strong it sends you downstairs. You don't get far. Eclipse finds you halfway down the stairs.

He frowns at you with two hands on his hips and the other two crossed "What do you think you are doing?"

You huff "Steak."

Eclipse uncrosses his arms "Steak?"

You nod "I have a really bad craving for a rare steak."

Eclipse raises a brow at you "You could have called someone."

You continue down the stairs "I wanted to stretch my legs." You poke your belly "Besides, I think I put on some extra weight. The exercise will do me some good."

Eclipse picks you up and settles you against his hip "The doctor will be here any minute now. Weh he leaves I will personally cook you a steak."

The front door opens and an elderly woman walks in "Why are you not in bed?!"

You lean back "I wanted steak."

She shakes her head as a young man with a large bag enters "Get back to bed. Fucking idiot."

Eclipse snickers "Blanch. Thank you for coming."

Blanch follows Eclipse upstairs "If I didn't she might be dead."

You huff "I'm not stupid!"

Blanch shrugs "Never said you were stupid. I called you an idiot."

Eclipse lays you down in bed "She can't keep food down. She's also very tired and craves protein or things high in iron."

Blanch nods "I might know what the problem is. Say ah." Blanch puts a thermometer in your mouth "Warren, get the ultrasound. The portable one."

You tilt your head. What in the seven hells is wrong with you? Ultrasound? Eclipse takes your hand in his, sitting beside you on the bed. Blanche lifts your shirt and pulls the thermometer out of your mouth.

She smirks at you "I don't think you're sick." Warren hands Blanch the machine. She turns it on and moves it around your belly "As I suspected."

Eclipse leans forward "What's wrong with her?"

Blanch scoffs "Well, I never thought a BABY was wrong, but you do you."

You gasp "Pregnant?!"

Blanch chuckles "That is what I said. Do you want to know the gender?"

"Wait! Gender?! How far along is she?!" Eclipse asks.

Blanch hums "About fourteen weeks."

"I wanna know the gender!" You blurt out.

Blanch glances at Eclipse "It's a boy."

Eclipse gasps "A boy."

Warren hands blanch a prescription pad and some vitamins.

Blanch scribbles on the pad "These are vitamins designed for human animatronic pregnancies. While we don't know the reasons this fuckado happens, we do know the shit you and your baby need. Take one pill in the morning and one at night." She hands Eclipse a stack of papers "This is a recommended diet plan. It's high in all the minerals and vitamins you need to grow a hybrid." She points at Eclipse's rays "The baby won't have those. They will grow in like hair. Although he might not even have those." Blanch packs her stuff up with warren "You know my payment." The pair leave you and Eclipse alone.

Chapter 154: The Game pt4

Chapter Text

Your hands rub your belly. Life, hybrid life! Inside you! Yours and his!

You wrap your arms around Eclipse's neck planting kiss after kiss on his face "Bambino! A son! We're having a SON!"

Eclipse is a melting pot of emotions "Child..." He nuzzles his face into your belly "A baby!" Tears run freely down his cheek "Oh! A steak! You and our son need a steak!" He jumps off the bed adjusting you to sit comfortably in his arms.

You put a hand on his chest "We're going to need baby stuff! And my dress is going to need adjustments! Your height mixed with mine is going to be one big baby!"

Eclipse rounds the corner into the kitchen "Our wedding is in a month. Would you like to move it?"

You shake your head "Hell no! I have waited too long for this shit! I won our game fair and square. I'm not waiting and I'm not rushing things!"

Eclipse chuckles as he opens the fridge "Alright. Do you want just steak?"

You happily wiggle "Spinach! With garlic!"

Eclipse pulls out ingredients. Reluctantly he puts you down on a stool at the island. As he chops ingredients he can't help but look at you like a lovesick puppy.

While the pan for the steaks heats up eclipse leans on the island resting his chin in his palm "We should celebrate." He reaches out and takes your hand "Darling. Let me drink my fill of you. Taste you come undone on my tongue. Be my pillow princess for the night. Please darling!"

You pout playfully "But... I want your balls."

Eclipse puts the seasoned steak into the pan "My balls? Oh darling, do you need my big fat breeder balls?"

Eclipse wiggles his hips, and you follow with your eyes "Mhm. Need them. crave them."

Eclipse tilts his head back to look at you upside down "Hm... I might be persuaded to let you have them." He flips the steak.

You lean forward "How?"

Eclipse plates the steak and starts on the spinach "Tell me how badly you want them."

Your hands shake "How I... I need them! I need to smell them. That delectable musk of man! Undeniably you! Feel the weight in my hands. The texture on my tongue. Taste them, suck them, and lick them."

Eclipse hums as he plates the spinach "Well, you certainly have earned them. But first, we should eat. You are growing a baby love."

You huff "Alright. Where do you want to eat?" Your phone rings in your pocket "Hello?"

The man on the other end stutters "I-I hope I'm not being a bother, but we got a guy that could use your expertise."

"My expertise?" you ask. "How important is it for me to tend to this... man?"

"He was caught plotting to off Eclipse." He says.

You growl "Well! I'm on my way then!" You pick your steak up with one hand and hang the phone up "Someone tried to kill you. I'm going to kill them back." You rip a piece of steak off with your teeth "Bitch is about to regret life."

Eclipse rubs his thighs together "You are not leaving without me. I'll drive." He leads you out to the car opening the door for you "We headed to the warehouse?"

You nod still holding the steak "Yeah, It's my workshop." You take another bite of your steak "We'll be getting information out of the bastard. Gotta figure out who he plotted with, what their plan was or is, and how far they got with it. Then I'll bleed them dry."

Eclipse shudders as he turns out of the driveway "How do you plan to get information out of them?"

You tear a piece of meat off "Well, small cuts to start. Might hit them with lemon juice. If that doesn't work then probably an injection of hot sauce. Starting easy and getting hotter."

Eclipse groans "How hot?"

You glance over at him "Are you getting off on this?"

Eclipse shrugs "I like a dangerous woman. And you my dear, are deadly."

You tear off another bite glancing down at Eclipse's crotch. Yep, as you suspected. He has a boner. Not that you're complaining. Your fun romp with Eclipse might be salvageable. If he wants a dangerous woman. You'd be a dangerous woman. Mama bear doesn't play fair.

Chapter 155: The Game pt5

Summary:

CW: pregnancy Yo don't question it too much. AFAB. This one has TORTURE. blood, burning, stabbing, syringes. Feel free to skip. Stay safe.

Chapter Text

Eclipse pulls up to the back garage of the warehouse. You lean over and honk the horn in a pattern. The garage opens for you and a goon waves your car in. Eclipse parks and the two of you leave the car.

You lick your fingers clean "The asshole in holding?"

The goon who lets you in shakes their head "No Ma'am. He's in the chair." He turns to Eclipse and bows slightly "Pleasure to see you Don Eclipse."

You wipe your hands off on your pants "What condition is he in?"

The goon walks you to the room the guy is in "Stable. Managed to snatch him with little Injury. He has a black eye and a bust lip."

You nod "Could you bring two waters for me? I'm thirsty."

The goon nods and walks off to get your drinks. You open the door and turn the lights on. A man is in the center of the room on a chair that converts to a table. He has dark hair and dark eyes. A lovely black ring around his left eye.

You walk over and give the bruise a hard poke "That looks like it hurts. Do you know why you are here?"

The man hisses in pain "I ain't tellin' you nothin'!"

You chuckle as you circle the chair "Do you know who I am?"

The man growls "Some dumb cun-"

You take one of his fingernails and pull up "I wouldn't finish that. While I don't care if you call me a cunt. Eclipse will tear your arm off and I want you to keep that."

The man looks furious as he thrashes and growls "Bastard!"

You tug the man's ear hard "Don't call him a bastard!"

The man laughs "Awe. Did I hit a nerve?"

You grin and walk over to the large desk against the far wall. You pick up a syringe with jalapeno hot sauce in it "No, but I will!" You stab him in the sciatic nerve.

He shrieks in pain "You bitch!"

You roll your eyes "I haven't even injected you yet! Now, what is your plan for killing eclipse?"

Eclipse is rubbing himself through his pants. Rolling his hips into his hands and biting his lip watching you closely.

The man spits in your face "Fuck you!"

You press the plunger down slowly "Well then! I'll keep pressing this down until you tell me what I want to know."

Eclipse moans softly. The man shrieks again writhing in the chair as much as the restraints will allow.

You lean down and put your hands on his shoulders from behind, wiggling your ass for Eclipse "Can you feel it? Your muscle burning and slowly cooking from the lemon juice and capsaicin in the sauce?"

"You psychopath!" The man spits.

You shake your head "Oh grow up! It's only Jalapeno! Now! What was your plan!"

The man huffs "Alright! I'll tell you! The plan was to poison the wedding cake! Take both you freaks out."

You pull the syringe out giving it a little wiggle "Who put you up to this?"

"I can't tell you that!" He blurts fearfully.

You round the chair and pet his cheek "You really want to die tonight."

Eclipse pulls his cock out. It's dripping with precum. His hand hovers over the appendage. You shake your head. Eclipse whines and grabs the counter behind him. His hips thrust into the air.

You return to the large desk and look over the items. You look over at Eclipse and hover your hand over various items. Eclipse nods and you pick up the long black grill lighter.

You turn around and wave the lighter around "I like these long ones. Hard to burn myself with them." You hold the lighter to his hand "Tell me who you are working with."

He glares straight ahead lips pursed. You flick the lighter on and hold it to his hand. He stares straight ahead.

You sigh "You gave that last piece of informationation so easily! Stubborn bastard." You glance up at Eclipse "Stop touching yourself! I didn't give you permission!"

Eclipse tears his hand from his cock with a whine "Darling! Please! I need more."

You glance up at Eclipse "No. Not yet." You look back down at your work "Tell me what I want to know!"

Tears fall down his cheek but he remains stone-faced. You return to the table and pick up a stick. You turn to the man with a frown. He glances your way and sticks his tongue out. You raise the stick into the air and slam it down onto his shin.

He keeps his mouth shut. You deliver another two strikes. Nothing. You hit his knuckles on both hands six times in a row with as much force as possible.

Finally, he says something "Franco!"

You strike one more time "Who is Franco?"

"He works for Don Bloodmire!" He blurts.

You nod "You did good today." You return to the table "Anything else you want me to know?"

He nods "Got a man on the inside. Stacy!"

Eclipse groans loudly looking at you with pleading eyes. You shake your head again. Eclipse falls to his knees pleading.

You take a knife from the table "Thank you for telling me. Is that everything?" You hover the knife over the restraints.

He nods and you cut him free "You are letting me go?"

You nod "I am. Let me help you to the door."

The two of you head for the door. The man pauses "Wait!"

You stop "What is it."

He bites his lip "My phone. The burner. It has a list of all the people working to get rid of the Don."

You pull him into a hug "Thank you for telling me."

You walk him all the way to the exit of the warehouse. Eclipse dutifully follows behind the two of you. you smile at him in front of the exit. The man mouths thank you. You pull the knife out and stab him in the liver. He looks shocked. You stab him again. Eclipse moans loudly as he cums. A wet spot forming on his pants.

You laugh and let the man drop to the floor "Take his phones. I want them broken into and every piece of information pulled." You look down at Eclipse "Let's go home. Then you can show me how much you want me."

Chapter 156: The Game pt6

Chapter Text

Eclipse picks you up into his arms and scrambles for the car. The goon you asked to get you water tosses you two waters. You thank him opening one to drink. It's cool and refreshing. Eclipse gently puts you into the car.

You lean out the window "Don't forget to check that rat's house or whatever he lives in. And look into everyone he knew, No matter how young. Thank you!"

The goons open the door for you and Eclipse. Eclipse drives back to the house in record time. Speeding as much as possible without the risk of getting pulled over. Back at the house Eclipse does not let your feet touch the ground. He sets you gently down on the bed.

You point to the closet "Go get the black box."

Eclipse grins, rays spinning slightly "The black one?"

You nod "You'll be my good boy tonight, won't you?"

Eclipse fetches the large black trunk and sets it in front of you. He gets down on his knees and opens it facing you. You look over the items in the box and pull out a chest harness. You pass it to Eclipse and continue to fish around. Thigh-high leather boots come out next along with a cock ring.

The cock ring also has an attached penis plug. If Eclipse wants to cum he's going to earn that privilege. At the sight of the ring, Eclipse gets visibly excited. The two of you begin to undress.

Eclipse adjusts the straps on the harness "Where is the leash?"

You zip your boots up "Oh! Uh, it's still in the box."

Eclipse spins the box and rummages through it "Ah! Here it is. Could you wear this too? I like how it looks on you."

He holds out a collar with an E on it. It's eggplant and made of lace with an intricate design. You hold it fondly running your fingers over it. You turn around and hold it out to him. Eclipse takes it from you and puts the collar on for you. He plants a kiss on your cheek with a soft thank you.

You blush and sit down on the edge of the bed "The safe word?"

Eclipse picks the box up and moves it out of the way "One moment dear. Let me move this out of the way." He kneels on the ground in front of you resting his arms, all four of them, on your legs "Peppermint."

You lean down and pull him to you "Mmm good boy. Tell me your mistress what you want."

Eclipse holds the leash out to you "Let me taste you. I want to feel you come undone on my tongue."

You hum "Prove you'll do a good job." You push him back with your right boot and plant it on the center of his chest "Clean my boots. Do a good job and I'll let you eat me out."

Eclipse kisses the tip of your boot. He looks up at you and licks a long stripe up your boot. He takes your foot in his hands and kisses your boot more.

You put your other boot on the underside of his cock "Good boy." His hips jerk once. You rub your boot up and down his cock "Behaving so well for me."

Eclipse looks up at you "Anything for you Mistress." He reaches an arm out and tenderly rubs your belly for a moment.

You don't fault him for the action understanding his utter joy. You move your foot in circles hard. Eclipse moans as his tongue laves over your heel. You turn and pick up the cock ring holding it in front of his face. He stops licking and takes the ring. He stares at it for a moment before putting it on.

You groan "Fuck that's a good boy."

Eclipse picks your other foot and kisses the tip of the boot. You take your free boot and pin his writhing cock to the floor. Eclipse pauses to look down at his cock.

He lets out a low groan "Darling the things you do to me! Please, Mistress! Have I proven myself to you?"

You tap your chin "Hm..." You spread your leg keeping the other on his cock.

Eclipse leans forward looking up at you through half-lidded eyes. You give the leash a gentle tug. Eclipse chuckles at your enthusiasm before licking your outer lips. He sucks your lips into his mouth with a pleased hum. You gently roll your foot over his cock.

Eclipse moans loudly opening his mouth and wrapping his tongue over your clit. You throw your head back with a moan. Eclipse rolls your clit around with his tongue.

You take your foot away from his cock and he whines "On the bed my good boy."

You scoot back huffing at how far away the headboard on the massive bed is. Eclipse picks the leash up in his teeth and crawls up the bed slowly. He waits patiently eyeing you like a fresh meal. Slowly he leans over to your dominant hand and drops the leash in it.

If you weren't horny before, you sure as shit are now! While you would like nothing more than to pull Eclipse up to you and have him ravish you. This game is not done yet. Eclipse settles between your legs. You tug him to your sopping pussy with the leash.

Having so much control over someone so much larger and stronger than you is intoxicating. Eclipse slowly works his tongue inside you. You pull the leash to slot his tongue fully inside you.

You moan as you tug him closer "You can. Oh god! You can hump the bed!"

His hips rut into the bed as he drinks you in. Tongue lapping at your cervix. Your loins warm-up more as his tongue presses up into your g-spot.

You hook your legs around his head "Faster!"

Eclipse thrusts his tongue fast and hard "Mng! Mistress, you taste so good! Please! Let me have your essence! Squeeze my tongue!"

His tongue curls over itself savoring you. Your hips thrust onto his face. You pull the leash but he can't get any closer. Eclipse hooks an arm over your waist to rub your clit in fast circles. The muscles in your abdomen tighten. Eclipse groans out and rolls over onto his back.

His head does not move however he does pick up his pace. Your back arches as you finally come. Eyes crossing and toes curling. Eclipse's hips thrust into the air. the cock ring flies off of his cock and rolls off the bed. Thick ropes of cum coat his chest. His eyes fizzle out as he shuts down.

You take a moment to catch your breath before getting up. You shuffle into the bathroom. You get a washcloth and wet it with warm water. You return to Eclipse and clean him off. While you want to move him up the bed. You can't do that in your pregnant state.

So instead you curl up next to him to wait for him to wake up. You start to drift off when Eclipse picks you up. He lays you down and covers you up. After turning the lights off he curls up in bed next to you wrapping himself around you protectively.

Chapter 157: The Game pt7

Chapter Text

You stir from your sleep. The salty smokey smell of bacon wakes you up more. You are being held firmly against his hip. You nuzzle into Eclipse's chest. Firmly planting your face into his perfect manboob.

Eclipse chuckles, the sound reverberating in his chest "Enjoying yourself dear?"

You reach your arm down and touch his butt "Now I am." You give his ass a firm squeeze "Prais be to the booty. For it is glorious and bountiful."

Eclipse chuckles and flexes his butt in your hand "You are coming with me today. I already have you dressed."

You look down "Well I'll be damned! You got me dressed to the nines! A cocktail dress? Am I arm candy today?"

Eclipse nods "Today we are visiting the winery. I need you to be my arm candy and my extra eyes. I suspect someone of skimming the funds so to speak."

You nod "Ah. Well... This might not be fun for you bambino."

Eclipse takes the bacon from the pan "What do you mean?"

You purse your lips "Well, you came without my permission last night."

Eclipse scoffs "I did no-" His face drops "Oh no."

You pat his bicep as he puts you down "Oh no indeed. Stay here and finish breakfast. I'll go get your punishment."

Eclipse's rays slowly retract into his head as he cracks an egg into the pan. He fucked up and he knows it. You head back upstairs to the bedroom. The black trunk has been placed back into the closet. It doesn't take long for you to find the perfect punishment for Eclipse. Complete with remote control.

You walk back downstairs with everything you need. Eclipse has the table set for breakfast complete with juice. Alas, poor coffee. You will be missed.

You pat Eclipse on the back "Bend over love."

Eclipse whines but obeys. Pulling his pants down and bending over for you. He even spreads his cheeks for you. You grin and nip his left cheek. You set the butt plug down on the table so he can see it. He jumps slightly at the sound of the lube bottle opening.

He shudders as you warm the lube in your hands. The plug is fat and about five inches. Nothing too extreme for a nine-foot animatronic. You start by slipping two fingers into his ass slowly stretching him out. You pick the plug up giving it a look over.

It's your favorite color with a small gem in the base. It's your birthstone. Eclipse had it custom-made. He said if he was gonna die with it in his ass he wanted a part of you with him. You weren't sure how to feel about it but let him be.

You kiss his left ass cheek and slip the plug inside "Take a seat. I want to make sure it won't hurt or something."

Eclipse looks down at the floor "Yes mistress." He pulls his pants up and shuffles over to his chair sitting down "Ah! MmmM."

You sit down and munch on a piece of bacon "How does it feel?"

He wiggles a bit "Fine."

You pull the remote from your bra and turn it on to high "And now?"

Eclipse yelps and jerks "Fuck! FiIIinE!"

You turn it off "Good. Thank you for breakfast. Awe. You even put the medication on the plate too."

Eclipse huffs taking a sip of his drink "I love you."

You Swallow your bite of egg "I love you too." You set your fork down "You ok with this game right now?"

Eclipse nods "Just don't go overboard."

You nod "I wouldn't want to do anything that could cause a problem. Remember the safe word."

Eclipse smiles fondly "Peppermint."

You turn the toy to its lowest setting "Good boy."

Eclipse groans lowly and continues to eat. You already know he can drive like this. This isn't the first time the two of you have done something like this. When breakfast is done and everything is clean you leave the house for the winery.

Chapter 158: The Game PT8

Summary:

This is part of the Eclipse mafia AU with the pregnancy stuff. I have the big hornies and the horny fairy whispered this shit in my brain. Enjoy.

Chapter Text

The drive to the winery was nice. For safety reasons, you opted not to turn the butt plug on. Eclipse still kept it in his ass, it just wasn't on. The winery looked like a dream. The main building looked like it was plucked right out of Tuscany. It sat on the top of a rolling hill with a vineyard trailing down the hillside. The countryside air smelled fresh with a hint of manure.

You took Eclipse by the arm as you two made your way inside "I wouldn't mind a honeymoon in the countryside or the mountains. Somewhere away from lots of people."

Eclipse kisses your hand "You would make a cute little snow bunny."

As he leans down you hear something thunk in his abdomen "What was that?"

Eclipse glances around before pulling you into the nearest closet "I didn't just bring you to look pretty."

You nod "I gathered. So what's inside you? Besides the plug."

Eclipse picks you up so you are at eye level "Darling please hear me out!"

You rub his cheek "Of course."

He blushes and nuzzles your hand "Ok, so the meeting today is with a woman I hate. She does her work well and most of the time I talk to her co-worker."

You nod "So you want me to dote on you."

Eclipse shakes his head, a bright blush blooming on his face "No, I need my Dommy Mommy to fuck my tight little asshole."

You also blush watching as he unbuttons his shirt "Fuck you? With- Oh my lord!"

From his chest cavity Eclipse pulls a strapon harness and matching big black dildo. It has thick veins and a bulbous head. The dildo is twelve inches long and three inches wide.

You hold it in your hands "So you want me to walk into the room with you, bend you over the table, and fuck you with this. All while you conduct your meeting with some bitch you hate and a dude she works with."

Eclipse shakes his head "No, I want my Dommy Mommy to bust up in the meeting ready to go, bend me over the table, and show that bitch who I belong to. All while I conduct my meeting."

You wiggle the dildo between the two of you with a giggle "Jiggly. Well, I certainly can do that for you... If..."

Eclipse leans forward "If what?"

You look at him under your lashes "If you help put this on me and beg for it."

Eclipse nuzzles your belly gently "Please, Darling! I need you! Fuck me, Mommy! Teach me a lesson about disobeying you. I was a bad boy. Destroy my asshole. Punish me."

You hum as you look the dildo over "Punish you..." You take him by the throat and pull him to you "Put me down and put this harness on me right now."

Eclipse gently set you on the floor "Alexander."

You lift one leg and then the other as he puts the harness on you "What?"

Eclipse looks up at you as he adjusts the straps "A baby name. Alexander."

You lean against the wall as Eclipse attaches the dildo "Alexander... Alex...Xander... Alexander. Put it on the list."

Eclipse grins up at you "Do you have one?"

You nod "I do. Nicky, but I'm not married to it." You grab one of his rays firmly "Now stop distracting me and get to your meeting. You aren't being a very good boy."

Eclipse opens the closet for the two of you "Yes Mistress."

You proudly walk beside Eclipse. Dildo waving as your hips sway. The winery is closed to the public today. Everyone working knows what really goes on. Beneath the winery is a weed farm. While it's becoming legal in the US it's not legal everywhere. Today Eclipse is inspecting the goods. Both the wine and the weed.

As you approach the meeting room on the second floor you can hear a man and a woman talking. Must be the cunt he hates and the other dude.

Eclipse positions you just out of view "Stay right here until you think it's the right time."

You nod and look away feigning disinterest. From your spot by the door, you can hear everything being said.

"Eclipse! So good to see you." You can hear a female say.

A chair moves "Yes. A pleasure as always." Eclipse says.

A male voice warmly states "Good to see you, Don. Your trip was good?"

Eclipse sits down "Yes it was good. It's so relaxing out here."

"My you do look good today. That suit really fits you well. Any girl would be lucky to have you. I know I would be. Maybe you and I should get-" The woman manages to get out.

You open the door and casually walk into the room. All eyes are on you and the big black dildo between your legs. You take eclipse by the throat and force him onto the table. He makes a startled sound not expecting you to come in so soon. You, however, could not take much more of the woman's flirting. Or whatever she was trying to do.

You undo his belt and pull his pants and underwear down "Are you going to keep going with this meeting or what?"

Eclipse moans as you take the comparatively small butt plug out of his ass. The man shakes his head deciding to ignore the display. Free porn or whatever. The woman however is fuming in her seat. You slam the dildo into Eclipse's ass. It pulls you in slightly and you chuckle. Your hand is still firmly on his throat.

"Who the hell do you think you are?!" The woman shouts.

You barely glance at her finding her unimportant "I'm his fiance and the mother of his son." You thrust your hips hard "Eclipse! Tell them who I am."

Eclipse moans and braces himself on the table "My sweet perfect Dommy Mommy Mistress!"

You rub his back "Good boy. Now, continue the meeting."

The woman slams a hand down on the table "Do you really expect us to conduct a meeting while you ra-"

You growl "Choose your words carefully!"

The woman leans back "This is not the red light district! This is a place of business."

You stare at her for a moment before thrusting into Eclipse at a steady pace. Slightly slower than the beat to 'Staying Alive' by the Bee Gees. Eclipse moans beneath you moving his hips to meet yours.

You lean down and coo "Hey, let me take care of you. No need for you to work. Focus on the meeting." You look up at the woman "Are you stupid? This is a MAFIA." You point down at Eclipse emphasizing each thrust with a harsh thrust "He is a Mafia Don! Not some CEO in an office building!"

A particularly hard thrust makes Eclipse cry out "MOMMY!"

You stop moving and crawl onto the table "Bambino! Are you ok?"

Eclipse whines "Why did you stop?!"

You sigh in relief and crawl back behind Eclipse "How are sales?"

You pick your Bee Gees pace back up. Eclipse props himself up on his elbows. The woman wipes a tear away.

The man shrugs "Sales are good this year with the wine. US sales are down with the pot but we expected as much."

"The plan is to look into selling to dispensaries." The woman stutters through tears.

You tilt your head "Are you crying? Is it because I have Eclipse?"

The woman sniffles "I love him! More than you do! He should be with me!"

Both you and Eclipse laugh. You spank his ass "Hey! You are being punished! Work only!"

Eclipse whines "Yes Mommy."

You firmly plant your feet on the ground and take Eclipse by the hips "Good boy." You use his hips to pull him onto your cock.

Eclipse groans "Dispensaries might be a good idea. Ooooah! Fuck! Sample!"

The man slides a small bag across the table. You pick up both the tempo and the bag. You shift from the hard long thrusts to short quick thrusts.

You open the weed bag and take a whiff "Oooh That smells really good. Looks good too." You pass the bag to Eclipse "Take a look."

Eclipse takes the bag from you and examines the weed "This is good quaAlity. Yes! Like that!"

Your thrusts become a grinding motion. The woman sobs into her hands. Every now and then she glances at the two of you.

The man pulls out two glasses of wine and slides them to Eclipse "The glass on the left is a sample of Pino and the right is a cabernet."

You stop thrusting "Cock warm me while you sample those."

Eclipse nods taking the cab in his hand "Yes Mommy."

You rub his hips tenderly as he samples the wine. Sniffing and sipping from each glass. His hands shake with need as he sets the last glass down. You reach around and pump his cock in your hand. Eclipse lays his head down on the table with a groan. With a grin, you resume thrusting into Eclipse.

"Yes! The wine is good quality. More, please! I'm so close!" Eclipse groans out.

You pull out and pull his pants back up.

Eclipse gasps "Wait no!"

You pat his lower back "This was a punishment. Bad boys do not get to cum. Now finish your meeting!"

The man chuckles "Quite a woman you got there. Know anyone else like her?"

Eclipse glances at you "Ballbuster."

You lean forward in your chair "Do you WANT me to bust your balls? Because I can!"

You sit for the rest of the meeting taunting Eclipse with the dildo. Stroking it up and down while he and the man talk. The woman runs out of the room. You make a mental note to have your guys look into her. You're concerned she's going to do something regrettable.

Chapter 159: The Game PT9

Summary:

angst torture murder

Chapter Text

It was the final fitting for your wedding dress to accommodate your bump. It warmed your heart to see the bump. Every time Eclipse spots your bump he picks you up and carries you around. His face nuzzled into your belly. Your wedding was so close the two of you were on cloud nine. You had figured out the day you got pregnant was the night you proposed. Eclipse swears it happened when he fucked you in the back of the SUV. He just fucked you that good.

"My seed is just that powerful!" He said with a grin.

The memory made you chuckle as you pushed the button for the elevator. The building you were in is a four-story building. Your dress designer is on the top with a woman who makes specialty bras. The next floor has a dance studio and a gym. Below that is a pottery studio and an art gallery. Lastly, the first floor is a florist and a bakery. The building has underground parking. The elevator dings and you step inside.

You press the button for the first floor where the driver will meet you. A young woman shouts to hold the door and you oblige. You may be "A stabby murder woman" but you still have manners. She is taller than you by a few inches. Long red hair and brown eyes. Kaki pants, a red shirt, and a large brown purse. There is just something about her that isn't quite right. but you can't put your finger on it.

The woman glances at your stomach "Congratulations!"

You look over at her "Oh! Thank you."

The woman presses the button for underground parking. You watch her out of the corner of your eye. The elevator jerks for a second. The lights flick off and the emergency lights flick on. The elevator stops abruptly. You clutch your chest slightly afraid. Your hand easily finds the panic button on your solar eclipse necklace under your shirt and you press it. Eclipse will be here soon. It might be disappointing to leave his friend but they will understand.

"What was that?! A-are we trapped?!" The woman next to you stutters out.

You press the emergency call button but nothing happens "Looks like it. Try your phone! I'll try mine!"

You take your phone out "Damn! No signal."

All your fears come true when you hear a click from a gun next to your head "Do you know how hard it was to find you?"

Your blood runs cold as you worry about the baby "Who are you?"

She growls "Did he really not keep any pictures of me!?" She presses the gun into your temple "I'm his wife! Debbie Bloodmire!"

You hold back a laugh "If that's true then why were you trying to kill him?"

Debbie growls "I was going to propose!"

You let out a laugh "You didn't even get married?! Then how are you his wife?"

Debbie jams the gun into your temple "We were going to get back together until you came along! I'm perfect for him! I treated him like a king!"

You hum "So you were his dommy mommy?"

Debbie adjusts the gun in her hand "His what? God no! I was his pillow princess!"

You put a hand on your belly "May I sit down?"

Debbie nods "Go right ahead! I want that baby nice and healthy. Ipse and I are going to raise that baby together when you're dead."

You cross your legs as you sit "Ipse? Alrighty. You do know Eclipse wants to be doomed right? He gets really fucked drunk when his woman uses him. Why just the other day I fucked him in the ass during a meeting." You rest your hand on your bump "There was a young lady there who thought she could have him. Showed her wrong lol."

Debbie moves in front of you "Nobody says l o l out loud!" She waves the gun around wildly "What are you stupid!? Eclipse is meant to serve not to be served!"

You tilt your head "I don't follow."

Debbie leans on her leg popping her hip out "As his woman, I should be the one he fucks not the other way around."

You nod slowly "So you are a mob boss. Were you a boss when you were with Eclipse?"

Debbie scoffs "No! I became one to show Eclipse I'm powerful!"

From below you hear a tapping "So what's your plan here?"

Debbie taps your nose with her gun "My boys are on their way to this elevator right now. We cut the power to the block." She throws her hand into the air "What in gods name is that tapping?!"

You shrug "Couldn't tell you."

A scraping sound comes from the left wall of the elevator. It's followed by a low growling noise.

Debbie moves closer to you "That is not my boys!"

You nod "It's not."

Debbie points the gun at you again "Then what is it?!"

You rub your belly "Easy, it's my Bambino."

Debbie waves the gun again "What is a bambino?"

You roll your eyes as a scraping sound starts from the wall "It means child in Italian."

Debbie in her rage shoots the floor "You better start making sense right now!"

You shriek in alarm as the bullet ricochets off the floor. The scrape turns into a pounding and an eggplant arm burst through the wall. Eclipse looks through the hole and growls.

Debbie turns around "Ipse! My beloved! Are you proud of me?"

You shake slightly and clutch your stomach "She shot at me!"

Debbie turns around "Shut up!"

Eclipse tears the wall open more with his bare hands "Darling!"

Debbie holds her arms open "I did it for you! Became powerful for you! We can get married now! We can raise this baby as ours. Be a family!"

Eclipse leans into the elevator looking distraught "Debbie. Come to me."

Debbie walks up to him with a fond smile "Kiss me, my love."

Eclipse takes her by the shoulders "Tell me. Do you remember why we broke up?"

Debbie sighs "You said you weren't happy with our sex life. I forgive you for that." Eclipse tightens his grip and she squeaks in pain "Ipse? You're hurting me."

Eclipse tilts his head "Do you know what you have done here?"

Debbie squirms in his grip "I proved my love."

Eclipse keeps tilting his head slowly spinning it upside down "You shot at my fiance and the love of my life."

Debbie screams as a snapping sound comes from her shoulders "But I love you! Please! Stop!"

Eclipse pulls her shoulders in opposite directions and lowly asks in a calm tone "Tell me, dear. Death or disfiguration."

You look up at him "Death. But please, not messy."

Eclipse takes Debbie by the throat "Come here, darling."

You slowly stand up and make your way across the room.

Debbie sobs out a croaky "Why not me?"

You turn to her "Because you don't know how to love him."

Eclipse ends her and drops her to the floor. He takes you into his lower set of arms as quiet sobs wrack his form. Eclipse takes the three of you out of the elevator shaft and into underground parking. Four goons are waiting just outside the doors.

Goon one takes his hat off "She ok boss?"

Eclipse nods "She's fine. Just shaken up. There is a body in the elevator. It's Don Bloodmire. Please take care of it. I'm taking her home. Do the same when you are done. Lenny?"

Lenny, a portly Canadian fellow, nods "Yes boss?"

Eclipse pulls you into his upper arms "Up security for the wedding."

Lenny nods as Eclipse heads to his SUV. The sheer panic when you pressed the button had him speeding through the streets and backroads. Parking in underground parking he spotted several armed men. Upon spotting him they panicked. He managed to keep one of them alive for questions. They told him everything he needed. He was so so happy to have you again. You were not allowed to go anywhere alone ever again. A minimum of three guards or himself would be with you at all times. He would not risk your life again.

Chapter 160: The Game PT10

Summary:

Warning: you lick Eclipse's asshole

Chapter Text

Your wedding is two weeks away. After the scare, yesterday Eclipse insisted he go to your next meeting. Your team had found something juicy on that rat's phone. And so you found yourself pulling into your workshop. Chowing down on the most iron-rich food your stomach would allow.

Deep in your workshop was a very nice room for meetings. It has four lazy boy recliners, a plush couch, and a love seat. A coffee table in the middle. A kitchen along one wall with a large fridge. Beyond a door closest to the fridge is a room with very soft extra-long twin beds. It also has a bathroom with a bathtub and a shower. Basically, it's a swanky apartment. Only the best for your team.

Eclipse helps you out of the SUV "Radiant as ever."

You chuckle "What a charmer!"

Your tech person Ginger greeted you with a fond smile, her thick Hungarian accent coming out in her excitement "Oh you look so beautiful!"

You take her hands "Thank you! How are your frogs?"

Ginger beams at you "Pogo and Lace had babies!"

You squeal "Oh I'm so happy for you!"

Ginger looks at the two of you and adjusts her large square glasses on her face "Follow me. We can talk in the apartment."

Eclipse takes your hand. The two of you follow Ginger, You can tell Eclipse is very rattled about yesterday. You are too if you're being honest with yourself. Sure you've been in firefights but you have more than just yourself to think about now. You have a son now. No matter what path in life they choose.

You sit down on the loveseat with Eclipse "Can I have water please?"

Ginger walks to the fridge "Anything for you Sir?"

Eclipse shakes his head "I'm alright. So, what did you learn?"

Ginger hands you a bottle of water and sits down with an apple in her hand "So the Bloodmire gang. The leader is Lou Bloodmire. He married Debbie Jellinsky. Apparently, she is the one who started the campaign to kill the two of you."

You nod "I learned that yesterday when she tried to take Eclipse and my unborn baby."

Ginger chuckles darkly "So I heard. Your man over there did quite a number on her. Well, we learned she's quite the charmer in her gang. Despite Lou being the Don she duped him into giving her power. She used that to get a group of 'assassins' to murder you two." Ginger takes a bite of her apple and swallows "She had planned to have that Franco guy poison all the food at the wedding."

Eclipse laughs "There is no way that would have worked! The caterers we are using have a hand-selected team! Security is too high for anyone to have any hopes of crashing the wedding."

You sip your water "Not to mention the dummy wedding information we leaked."

Ginger takes another bite "Exactly. I can't wait to see the look on their faces when they walk into a BDSM party."

Eclipse laughs "And whose idea was the BDSM party?"

Ginger grins "That would be mine. I have already instructed the others to bring in the rest of the conspirators."

You smile "Good. How many are there?"

Ginger stands up to throw the apple core away "Six people. Less than we expected. I know your wedding is in two weeks. Do you want to be part of the interrogation? We just got the new Hand Plane in."

You shiver in delight "While that does sound fun I have to decline."

Eclipse tilts his head at you "What is a Hand Plane?"

You rub his thigh "It's a woodworking tool used to shave thin layers of wood. We plan on using it for more... creative things."

You can see his cock twitch in his pants "MMmm the things you do to me, darling."

You look back over at Ginger "Is that all?"

She nods "Yes. Are we still on to game later?"

You nod "You bet!" You slowly rise "We have a meeting with our wedding planner today. Just to make sure, do you still plan on live streaming the wedding?"

Ginger nods "I do. thank you for understanding."

Eclipse helps you up "Y/n speaks very highly of you. You have helped out a lot. More than I know so it is no trouble really."

"What are your plans for tonight?" You ask as Eclipse starts the SUV.

Eclipse hums "I thought we could get takeout and watch a movie, Why?"

You grin "Good. I'm thinking about fucking you in a mating press."

Eclipse pats your thigh "Awe do you want me to breed you?"

You shake your head "You misunderstand. I want to put YOU into a mating press and fuck YOU."

Eclipse lifts his hand from your thigh slightly "What?! You..." He lets out a needy whine "Please? Darling, please! That sounds so good!"

You smile and rub his thigh "That's why I want to do it. Can we get Chinese? Or Japanese would be nice too. I just want Asian food."

Eclipse wiggles his cock closer to your hand "Yes!"

You brush your finger against the tip "Awe, are you horny in the car? Do you need me to touch you?"

Eclipse nods "Please darling."

You brush your hand up and down his cock with a feather-light touch "Alright."

Eclipse lets out a happy sigh "Can we make love later too?"

You blush brightly "I would love that."

Eclipse comes to a stop at a red light and takes the chance to kiss your cheek "I love you."

You kiss him on his cheek back "I love you too."

Eclipse's cock writhes in his tight tan suit pants. You run your hand up and down his length. Eclipse moans as he keeps his focus on driving to the wedding planner.

At the next red light, he gives you a pleading look "Please Darling! Can we take my cock out?"

You shake your head "You know the rules. It's daytime and we are on busy streets."

Eclipse whines loudly as you add more pressure and pick up your speed. You know the wedding planner is roughly twenty minutes away from you and you need to see him in forty minutes.

Eclipse takes a breath and asks "Are you going to let me cum?"

You nod "Find a place to hide the car. I have a plan."

Eclipse finds a secluded spot in five minutes. The two of you climb into the back. You make a turn-around motion with your hand. You pull his pants down and take his cock in your hand. With no warning, you lick his asshole to wet it. He lets out a surprised moan.

You take his cock and bend it down to his asshole "Hope you're ready."

You stuff his cock into his ass and begin to make him fuck himself. Eclipse falls onto his elbows giving you better access to his ass and cock. You kiss his ass cheeks lovingly. Eclipse whines and lets out a strangled moan. You watch as his balls tighten and he cries out into his arm to stifle the noise. His cock twitches and he cums inside himself.

You rub his butt "Do you need me to drive?"

Eclipse mutters "So much..."

You look around for something to clean him up with while holding a hand on his cock to keep it inside. Eclipse whines and you soothe him gently "I know. But I can't let your cock out yet until I have something to clean you with. I don't want to ruin your suit."

You pick up a random cloth and turn back to him. Gently you pull his cock out and wipe him down. You move into the driver's seat and start the car. Eclipse stays in the back until you get to the wedding planner's place.

Chapter 161: The Game PT11

Chapter Text

Eclipse sits up as you stop the car "You good back there Eclipse?"

He shudders as you say his name "Careful darling. We might miss our appointment."

You chuckle "Because I said your name?"

He glares at you "No. Because you fucked me so good and said my name."

You spin around and rest your chin on your arm "You look good in that pose, One leg bent with your head resting on it and the other outstretched."

Eclipse blushes "Thank you, darling. I'm ready to go inside."

You point at his legs "Your legs work fine? I know sometimes they go all jello."

Eclipse hums before climbing out of the back of the SUV "A little jello-like."

You lock the SUV as you get out "Stay there. I'll help you." You move around the vehicle holding your arm out as you approach Eclipse "We go together Doktor!"

Eclipse takes your arm "Team something 2?"

You chuckle as the two of you head inside "Team Fortress 2."

A portly woman smiles behind a reception desk "Please give me a moment and I'll let Christoff know you are here. Please feel free to take a seat."

Eclipse rubs your shoulders while you wait "When is your next ultrasound?"

You hum in pleasure "About a week after the wedding. Mmng that's nice. Thought you already knew that."

Eclipse rubs your spine next just how you like it "I did. I just like hearing it."

You nod "Uh-hu. Sure that's it."

"You can go see Christoff now." The receptionist states glancing up from her computer.

Eclipse puts his hand on your lower back and guides you gently "Thank you."

Christoff is an elderly gentleman with grey hair, dark eyes, and dark skin. Today he has on black slacks and a lavender Hawaiian-style shirt with multi-colored flamingos on it. He has on brown comfortable-looking shoes. No socks though. He's standing in front of a large desk covered neatly in papers.

He turns as you enter the room "Ah! Good to see you. I just need to confirm a few things with you today and then you can be on your way."

You nod "Sure! What do you need?"

Christoff picked up a piece of paper "Is 200 correct for the guest list?"

Eclipse nods "Yes. You should have the RSVPs tomorrow with all the food choices."

Christoff nods "I have the open bar finished all I need from you Mr.Eclipse is the wine selection. Then we need to confirm flowers and the song for the first dance."

Eclipse writes down his wine selections "The first dance will be to Celldweller's heart on."

You tilt your head "I'm not familiar with that song. I thought we were dancing to Atom Bomb."

Eclipse kisses the top of your head "Trust me, darling. This is better."

You nod "Alright. I'll trust you."

Eclipse pats your head "Good girl."

You look at the flower list "Looks great! Just what we wanted. Is that all?"

Christoff nods "That was it."

Eclipse holds his hand out "Thank you for not calling us."

Christoff shakes his hand "I pride myself on professionalism. If in-person meetings are what you want, then that's what you'll get."

As you head back to the SUV you nudge eclipse "You good to drive Bambino?"

Eclipse nods and holds his hand out for the keys "We have one more stop today before we can head home."

You hand him the keys watching his hips as he walks to the driver's seat "Where are we headed?"

"My tux is ready. We are going to pick it up today." Eclipse says watching you buckle up. His eyes land on your stomach and he rubs your stomach fondly "I hope he has your eyes."

You put your hand over his "I hope he has your nose."

Eclipse starts the car "My nose? But it's so long and pointy?"

You nod "I think it's cute!

Eclipse blushes and drives to the best Asian food in town. You sit in the passenger's seat and rock hard to the radio. This is a moment Eclipse loves. When you let loose and be you. It's why he gets so hot and bothered when he gets to watch you work. So in your element. completely relaxed. His wild woman. One he could not tame. Not that he wants to.

"Can you call ahead and put the order in darling? You know what I like." Eclipse asks.

You nod "Yes! No problem."

You call the restaurant and place an order for pickup. It doesn't take long for you to get your order. Eclipse glances at you every now and then as you happily wiggle in your chair. Excited to have your precious Asian food in your lap.

Without looking up you smoothly state "Tonight is going to be a great night. We get tasty food, a good movie, and I get to fuck that sweet cock of yours. Don't think I forgot."

Eclipse shivers "Care to cock warm while we watch that movie?"

You let out a shiver of your own "Well. It did feel very cold when I held it earlier."

Eclipse grins a toothy smile "You do have the perfect place to warm it."

You put a hand on his upper arm "It would be an honor to keep your cock warm tonight."

Chapter 162: The Game PT12

Chapter Text

The two of you pulled into the driveway. Security was going through a change of guard from the day shift to the night shift. You waved politely to the guard as you went inside. You felt it was best to treat every underling with kindness. However, if they fucked up bad enough then it was a trip to your workplace for them. Usually, it was to watch you work as a warning. Other times they were the ones strapped to your chair learning the hard lesson.

Eclipse held the door open for you "What movie would you like to watch?"

You hum "Oh! I know the one. It's a good one!"

Eclipse locks the door behind him "The home theater or the living room?"

You move the bag of food from one hand to the other "Considering the cock warming... The living room might be best. The theater doesn't have anywhere to put the food down."

Eclipse smiles at you "We could put the food down in one of the other chairs."

You nod "Alright. Works for me. Go set up the movie and I'll get chopsticks and drinks. What drink do you want?"

Eclipse takes the food from you "Pepsi please."

You nod and head to the kitchen. Holding the metal chopsticks in your hands is giving you some ideas. The kind of ideas that could easily take things down a very different path. You take an extra pair with you. You also take two Pepsi's and water with you.

As you enter the theater you spot Eclipse bent over fiddling with cords "Great show. I could watch this every day." You set the drinks and chopsticks down and walk up behind him "Anyway I can help you?"

Eclipse wiggles his butt gently "No. Go ahead and set up food though."

You put a hand on his ass and pat it lightly "Alright. Would you like me to get naked?"

"Ahha!" Eclipse sits up "Yes. I'll do the same. I just had to fix some loose plugs."

You take your clothes off "Is the movie set up? I assume not."

Eclipse watches your every move "... Oh uh... no."

You push your breasts up with your arms "See something you like?"

Eclipse nods taking a few steps closer to you "Mhm."

You squeeze them gently making a few drops of milk seep out "Thirsty?" Eclipse nods with a whine while you turn the projector on "Then get undressed and sit down handsome."

You pull the movie up from your library. You turn to Eclipse who is sitting in the chair opening drinks and arranging food. His cock sits hard and heavy against his stomach. It's always quite the sight to see all four of his arms working in tandem to get things ready.

Eclipse glances up at you "Something wrong?"

You shake your head "No, I'm admiring you." You walk up to him and brush your hands over his rays "You are incredible." You climb into his lap "I am so in love with everything about you." You kiss him gently on the lips "Remember how we first met?"

Eclipse hums kissing you back "That dark lonely park. I remember hiding out in the slide. Rainwater pouring down."

You hold a breast in front of him "The Jackknife gang trying to kill us."

Eclipse chuckles as he takes your nipple into his mouth "I didn't even know you then. Just a stranger in the night hiding out with me in an old playground slide."

You tilt your head "What made you chase after me? After that night I mean."

Eclipse begins to suck "It was watching you deftly remove the meat from the hand of the guy who stabbed you."

You rub his shoulders lovingly "We were just a low-level and a mid-level criminal back then. Hard to believe that was almost seven years ago."

Eclipse pulls you closer "If it weren't for you I wouldn't be where I am right now. You could have become the Don yourself. Why didn't you?"

You kiss the top of his head "Because I wanted you to achieve greatness. I don't care for the spotlight much. Not my thing. But you? You thrived in it."

Eclipse nuzzles his face into your chest "How did I end up with someone so perfect? An unwanted pile of scrap from an old shity company. I should have been left in the scrap pile."

You pull your breast out of his mouth "None of that now! You are so much more than your past. Besides, I think we both made out like bandits in this situation."

Eclipse nods and spins you around "You're right. We have come so far because of each other." He settles you to rest with his cock between your legs resting on your stomach "Let's get this night started hm?"

Chapter 163: The Game PT13

Chapter Text

You press play on the remote and start the movie.

Eclipse hands you your food and chopsticks "Darling?"

You take a big bite of food "Mhmh?"

Eclipse holds up the extra chopsticks "Why are there extra chopsticks?"

"MMM!" You swallow and take a sip of your drink "I'll show you after we eat. I do have a plan for those though."

Eclipse swallows his bite "Give me a hint?"

You put a finger on your chin "Hm.... well... ok! Putting new lead into a mechanical pencil. That's all you get."

Eclipse sets his drink down "Lead into a pencil? I don't get it."

You chuckle "Well I just finished eating so you'll learn soon enough."

Eclipse takes a bite way too big for himself and swallows slowly "So fis es somfi yo ee mu-" He finishes swallowing "So this is something you need my cock for?"

You nod "Yes, now finish eating."

Eclipse debates setting his food aside and calling it finished. However, he was painfully aware he needed the food. This time however he ate at a safer pace.

When he set his empty container down you gently grabbed his cock "Are you ready?" You giggle at the movie and pick up a chopstick.

Eclipse pinches one of your nipples "I'm ready."

You spit on the tip of his cock and lube up the chopstick with spit. Slowly and carefully you slide it into his cock. Bit by bit adding more spit. You kind of regret not grabbing the lube.

"Allow me, darling." Eclipse opens his chest plate as you lean forward. You take the chopstick out of his cock. About two tablespoons of cum dribbles out of his cock.

He closes his chest and you lean back "Thank you."

He kisses your shoulder "Of course. Anything for you, fiance."

You shiver as you coat the chopstick in cum "I love the sound of that. Nowhere near as much as I'll like being called wife though. My sweet bambino fiance."

Eclipse shudders as you slowly slide the metal chopstick into his urethra. Eclipse moans at the feeling. His cock tries to wiggle out of your hand to take more of the chopstick into his cock. His hands tightly grip the arms of the black leather recliner you are in. He pops the footrest up and leans back slightly.

Eclipse's cock takes the chopsticks six inches deep. He leans forward and wraps his arms around your waist leaning his face onto the back of your head. Hot air fanning onto the back of your head. A low rumble comes from his chest as more cum spills from his cock. His hands rub your hips.

You slowly push the chopstick all the way into his cock and watch it slowly slip out "Can I cock warm you now?"

Eclipse picks you up by the waist. The two hands that were gripping the armrest line his cock up with your pussy.

Gently he lowers you down onto his cock "Good god darling! Look at how well you are taking me! How much longer is the movie?"

You moan and pick up the remote "Forty minutes."

Eclipse pets your hair "Can you last that long?"

You chuckle and flex your cunt around his cock "Can you??"

Eclipse jumps slightly "When did you learn that?!"

You look up at him with a cheeky smirk "About three months. Been saving it for a special day."

Eclipse kisses the tip of your nose "And what is so special about today?"

You lean into the kiss "Every day with you is a special day."

There is a pause before Eclipse holds you tighter "Darling!" He pulls you off of his cock and spins you around "I crave you." He pulls you back down onto his cock "I know you had a plan but I desire you."

He holds you with two hands on your waist and two on your thighs. However, he is a smart man and does not move you yet.

You think it over "Alright. For now."

Eclipse pulls you up and down his cock like a human fleshlight. As he pulls you down his cock shoots up to meet your cunt. The slap of your bodies together fills the room mixing with the movie noise. his tongue lolls out of his mouth. Your slick coats his cock. You reach behind you and grab his balls. Eclipse groans lowly as you massage them and roll them around in your hand.

"Just because" You moan loudly "We are doing this. MNG! Does no0t mean I won't. Oh, fuck so good! Do what I want with yoU!" You warn Eclipse.

Eclipse slows his movements taking your words in "Then I have to fuck you good enough then."

He doubles his efforts. The hands on your hips move. One pinches your nipples and the other rubs your clit in firm circles. Your back arches with a moan. Eclipse grinds his cock up into you and leans forward. His hand lifts your breast up and he takes your nipple into his mouth. His cock pistons into you. He sucks on your nipple drinking his fill of you.

Every moan he lets out turns you on more. You grind your hips in circles. Your hands grip his rays firmly and tug. Eclipse growls as his balls tighten. His cock throbs inside you and cums hard. Wave after wave of cum fills you up. However, you aren't done with him yet.

His hands loosen their grip on you as he comes down from his high. You climb out of his lap. He doesn't stop you, A good sign that he will let you move him how you please. Carefully you maneuver him to lie down on the floor. Eclipse complies curious as to what you are doing.

You give him a wicked grin and take his ankles in your hands. Gingerly you push them to rest on either side of his head. Pulling the Don into a mating press. Reaching down you take his cock in your hand. It curls around your fingers seeking you out. You pull it to your needy cunt and it slides inside. You settle yourself on top of him with his thighs in your hands. You fuck yourself on his cock. Riding him like your life depends on it.

Eclipse takes his ankles in his hands "Fuck darling so good! Please! HArder! Please!"

You nod "Alright!"

You slow your pace to fuck him harder. The sting from the slap of your ass on his adds to the pleasure. You throw your head back in ecstasy.

Eclipse drools at the sight of you "Pretty."

His wild woman fucking him so good chasing her end. God does he need to feel you cum on him. When you pick up the pace slamming down harder on him he cries out. His cock curls and writhes inside you. pressing into every spot inside you that makes you see stars. Your body tingles and warms. Your muscles tighten as you cry loudly. Black spots fill your vision. You lose your grip on Eclipse.

He shoots forward and catches you before you hit the ground. Eclipse brushes the hair out of your eyes. Next time he's taking care of you. The empty food containers are fine where they are. Right now he needs to put you to bed. Before leaving the room he turns everything off.

Eclipse pulls you close to his chest as he makes his way upstairs. Shielding your naked form from the chill of the house. One of the benefits of having four arms is his ability to both hold you and pull the blankets down. He hates leaving you in bed alone but he needs to get a warm cloth to clean you with.

As he spreads your legs he can't help but watch his cum seep out of you. Using the cloth he pushes as much as he can back inside of you. Quick as he can he turns the lights off tossing the cloth to a corner of the room. His arms wrap around you from behind and he pushes his cock back inside you to sleep for the night. Blankets pulled snugly around you two.

Chapter 164: The Game PT14

Chapter Text

Today is the wedding rehearsal. Since you had gotten pregnant Eclipse was insatiable. Stating he wanted to thoroughly fuck you before the baby came since he couldn't while you recovered. Silly man! You had a plan for that. One that would arrive at the house while you were on your honeymoon.

Once again you woke up to Eclipse balls deep inside you. This time however he was dead asleep. All the possibilities flooded your mind. Today might be stressful. It would be the wifely thing to do. Giving your man serotonins. And you know just how to do that. Eclipse's cock being the prehensile tentacle it is makes it easy to manipulate.

You hike one leg up and take the base of his cock in your hand gently. Slowly, so you don't wake him, you thrust his cock inside you. Nice and slow. Your cunt still dripping from the night before. His cock fits nicely. It's a struggle not to moan. Slick slowly coats your hand as you use Eclipse.

Eclipse sighs dreamily in his sleep. His cock takes over for your hand. It thrusts at the same slow pace you set. You keep your hand on it wanting to feel it disappear into your needy hole. Eclipse snores behind you. It's painfully obvious he's still asleep. His fingers gently grip your hip like a cat. Kneading it gently.

His cock picks up the pace and he grumbles in his sleep "Hmmm lie that. esssssss."

You bite your tongue to keep from laughing. The languid way Eclipse's cock fucks into you slowly brings you to the edge. Your hands tightly grip the bedsheets. Eclipse pulls you closer to him in his sleep. His hips begin to thrust gently. To you this moment is magic. He is fucking you so good even though he is asleep. Mumbling your name under his breath.

You are about to cum. Your walls begin to flutter around his cock. The muscles in your abdomen tighten around his cock like a vice grip. Finally, you cum hard unable to keep quiet. Your loud moan wakes Eclipse up. Your pussy trying to milk him dry sends him over the edge.

He cums with a loud "OUCOMSY!"

You chuckle as you come down from your high "Bambino you can't say four words at once."

Eclipse smacks his lips lightly "Whu time is it?"

You rub his hand and look at the clock "It's 8am."

Eclipse scoots down the bed to your belly. Flipping you over to face him. He rubs your belly "Gmornin son." He kisses your stomach "I can't wait to get to hold you. After your mom of course. I need to see that first. I just know she's going to look gorgeous!" He studies your stomach for a moment "Pretty soon you'll be moving around in there." He nuzzles his face into your stomach.

"Do you know what today is?" You ask softly.

Eclipse pauses before looking up at you "The rehearsal!" He sits up knocking the blankets to the floor "Oh! I am so excited! We are getting married tomorrow!" He lets out a girlie squeal flapping all of his hands.

You watch amused "Let's get dressed and eat. We need to be at the Chapple at eleven."

Eclipse crawls up your body caging you in with all six of his limbs "How about you run a bath while I get breakfast ready? We can eat fresh fruits and yogurt in the tub together." He licks the tip of your nose and nips your chin before sauntering naked out of the room.

You dart into the bathroom and start to fill the large soaker tub. Excited energy bubbling inside you. Husband and Wife! One more day and you get to marry Eclipse! Speaking of the man he comes back with a bowl of fruit and yogurt along with juice for the two of you. The tub is half full and you are sitting on its edge.

Eclipse sets the bowl down on a safe spot on the tub's edge "Facing each other or sitting in my lap?"

You think for a moment "Facing each other!"

You climb into the tub followed by Eclipse. He holds the bowl out to you and you take a piece of your favorite fruit. Eclipse rubs your foot with his other two hands.

You let out a low groan "I am convinced you are made out of magic."

Eclipse chuckles "Magic? I don't know about that. Could you pass me the brush?"

You pick the brush for cleaning Eclipse's joints with "Do you want me to get your backside?"

Eclipse nods and turns around. Gently you scrub every joint and bit of him you can reach. He leans into your touch wiggling his shoulders. When he turns around and takes the brush you start to wet your hair. Old Spice. Your go-to shampoo and conditioner. Eclipse plays with the soap suds. He makes you a fine mustache and beard combo.

You giggle at his antics before rinsing your hair. The two of you finish your bath together and get ready for the day.

Chapter 165: The Game PT15

Chapter Text

You and Eclipse are beaming with excitement the closer you get to the venue. It won't be dolled up completely yet but that makes it no less special. The wedding will be held at a swanky old hotel with the reception in the same building. Your first married night together will be back at the house. While not super glamorous you had to be up early for a flight and the house is closer to the hangar.

"Gorgeous." You mutter quietly as Eclipse pulls into the parking lot.

Like the gentleman he is, Eclipse opens your door for you "We really did pick a great place to get married. I can't wait to see what our room will look like!"

You nod and hold the front door open for the two of you. Inside looks like it crawled out of the 1920s with a few modern things like certain light fixtures, door locks, and computers. It fits in well with the 1920 theme you chose for the wedding. Eclipse wanted to feel like an old-school mob boss. Who were you to deny him that?

You were greeted in the lobby by Christoff. He has on a dark blue and yellow pin-strip suit and a homburg hat "Hello! You my dear are glowing with radiance! Pregnancy looks good on you."

Eclipse puts a hand around your waist "I'd have to agree. I'll definitely see about getting you pregnant again! No any time soon though."

You blush "Oh gosh. Thank you."

Christoff grins "Follow me. Most of the venue is set up. I wanted it to look nice for the rehearsal."

You lean into Eclipse "Thank you!"

Christoff leads you down a hall "Everyone is here except the one bridesmaid who cleared this with you already."

Eclipse pauses outside the door to the ceremony room "Ready to face your parents?"

You take a deep breath "Nope. Let's go inside."

Christoff opens the door for the two of you. Your bridesmaids and groomsmen are chatting together. Across the room standing at the altar are your parents. Your mother stalks right up to you.

She glares daggers at Eclipse "Are you REALLY going to do this? He's a banker for gods sakes!"

You sigh "Yes mother I am."

She waves an arm at him "HE MADE you be a stay at home wife! YOU COULD HAVE BEEN A DOCTOR! You still can be if you dropped the dead weight." You huff and open your mouth to tell her off but she cuts you off "Good god look how fat you got! Would it kill you to take care of yourself? I told you he was no good when you introduced us. Right, Harold?"

You huff "I'm happy staying at home! Eclipse treats me well! And I'm not fat."

Eclipse beams with pride and rubs your belly as your father walks over "We are expecting a boy!"

Your mother goes pale "He what?"

You growl "If you faint you are out of the wedding!"

Your father purses his lips "You already won't let me walk you down the aisle! Now you are uninviting your own mother?"

You roll your eyes "If all she's going to do is insult my husband then yes. Also, you know what you did."

Your father crosses his arms "When are you going to forgive me for that?"

You stomp a foot "No! You tried to marry me off to your 90 year old boss!"

Eclipse startles "What?! He was 90?!"

Your father points a finger in Eclipse's face "You are almost 70!"

Eclipse continues to rub your stomach "I'm also an animatronic."

Your mother sighs "You'll outlive her!"

Eclipse shrugs "I plan to shut myself down and join her in her grave."

Your mother's face turns red and she storms off.

Your father takes off after her "Beatrice!"

You slap a hand over your face "I'm considering uninviting them a lot more now."

Eclipse rubs your shoulder "This is our day. If you want to do it then do it."

Chapter 166: The Game PT16

Chapter Text

You take a breath and do a calm-down motion with your hands "No no. We stick to the plan."

Eclipse chuckles "Alright. Let me know if you change your mind."

The officiant, an animatronic dove named Artie, starts the rehearsal "Alright Eclipse will stand here." He points to the right side of the altar "And your groomsmen here."

Eclipse and his three groomsmen fall into place. His groomsmen are a human male named Nitty who you have met a few times but aren't friends with. An animatronic grasshopper named Jimminy who used to work for a certain mouse in red pants. And an animatronic clock named Kello who repaired Eclipse when he almost died.

Artie the officiant points to the entrance "When the music starts the flower girl will come down the aisle first. Then your three bridesmaids. And lastly, you will come in. Your most special person at your side."

Your bridesmaids are a girl named Tiff who is best friends with ginger, she'll be streaming the wedding for her. A woman named Connie who is married to Kello, you two chat books together. And your most special person as the maid of honor.

You bite your lip nervously "It's... not a problem I'm not walking with my father?"

Artie shakes its head "No. That is a thing of yesteryear."

Eclipse lets out a "Told you!"

You turn your head to him "Shush you!"

A few people chuckle. Your mother mumbles under her breath. You chose to ignore her right now.

The officiant continues looking at you "When you take your place I'll give you and Eclipse a moment to make googly eyes at each other. Then I'll start the ceremony. The dearly beloved, vows, and then I do." Artie looks down at a list of notes "You wanted to throw your bouquet in the lobby?"

You nod "Yes I did."

Artie nods "Right! The flower toss happens and then the reception. You and Eclipse will get five minutes to yourself then you enter the reception hall. Any questions? ... Alright. Get some good sleep tonight and I'll see you tomorrow!"

Eclipse takes you by the arm linking them together "Alright everyone! We'll meet you at the restaurant tonight, For now, we have important business to attend to."

The two of you quickly walk out of the room. Your next task is super important. It's a special gift for your parents. The task takes you all day but it will be worth it.

At six pm the two of you head over to the restaurant. A nice steak house. Baby wants beef and Eclipse wants you happy. Eclipse holds the door open for you. Inside it smells amazing! The smell of garlic, onions, beef, and fresh bread fills your nose. Your mouth waters and the craving for Iron intensifies as the waitress leads you to your private room.

Your mother and father aren't there yet but other family members of yours are. You are greeted by happy aunts, uncles, and cousins. All congratulating you. You are pulled aside by three of your twenty-something cousins. Ashly, Marco, and Pat. Eclipse mingles with other guests.

Ashly puts a hand on her cheek "How did you catch such a guy!? He's handsome and rich!"

Marco flaps his hands "Did you see how strong he looks? Four arms! Wow!"

Pat tilts their head "Does he have a penis?"

You laugh loudly "Oh my god! Yes, he does. I am pregnant with his baby."

Ashly shrieks "PREGNANT!?"

You nod "It's a boy."

The group Eclipse is standing with praises the bot. Your uncle Lary slaps him on the back. You are glad your mom isn't here. She would be crying in a corner. The females, and those more interested in talking to you, of the group flock around you asking many many questions. The rest gather around Eclipse. Soon your parents arrive.

You greet your mother "Mother. Father. Good of you to come."

Aunt Bertha blurts out "How's it feel to be a grandmother?"

Your mother growls before forcing a smile "Always good to add more to the family. I can't wait to smother them! All the love in the world!"

You... don't like her words. There is something off about them. Stick to the plan. The plan will work. Your mother puts an awkward arm around you and squeezes your arm "They grow up so fast!"

Your father slaps Eclipse on the back hard "Glad to have you join the family. Can't wait to see what you'll do."

Everyone sits down to order food. The options are chicken, beef, pasta, and a veggie dish. You get a big steak cooked super rare. Eclipse goes for the chicken. Your parents sit down at the table with you, Eclipse, your aunt Bertha and uncle Lary, and Connie and Kello.

Uncle Lary slaps a hand on your father's shoulder "It's so good Harold and Beatrice are paying for your wedding!"

You calmly set your fork down "They aren't."

Aunt Bertha tilts her head "That's not what we were told."

Eclipse puts a hand on your thigh and you shake your head "I'm not surprised. Eclipse and I are paying for everything. Every last thing."

Your father pushes food around his plate. The rest of the dinner is slightly awkward. You and Eclipse however can't be bothered to care. Not your fault your DNA donors made fools of themselves.

When you and Eclipse were finished eating Eclipse stood up "My lovely bride and I are leaving for the night. We will see you tomorrow. I will be paying for everything including dessert. Any drinks from this point on are paid for by you. Have a great night!" Most people were done drinking. Your mom was hammered and asking for more.

You rose from your seat and left the restaurant with Eclipse. He drove the two of you back to the hotel. The two of you had booked the largest room on the third floor. It has a California king size bed, a dresser, a table, and a large bathroom with a tub and separate shower.

After getting ready for bed the two of you curl up together. Eclipse has protective arms around you. You hold onto him tightly. The two of you had decided not to make love tonight. Your plan was set in motion and soon Eclipse would no longer be just Eclipse. He would take your last name. Something that pissed your father off and excited the bot. He never had a last name before! You were happy to see how well the rest of your family took to him. He already had plans to play poker with your uncle. Tomorrow will bring good and exciting things.

Chapter 167: The Game PT17

Chapter Text

The next morning you wake up to Eclipse slipping a pair of sweatpants onto you "Clippy?"

He smiles at you kissing your forehead "Good morning love. Arms up!"

You raise your arms and he slips a comfortable shirt over your head "Time?"

Eclipse puts slip-on shoes onto your feet "It's eight. Soon as you are dressed I'll carry you to the bridal suite to get dressed. Just like you asked doughnuts are waiting for you in the room."

You hum as you wake up more "Decaf coffee?"

Eclipse nods "Our bags are ready to go at the house and your surprise for your parents is set up in the reception hall."

You stretch your body popping your back "Good. Let's get married then. After the ceremony, we make our escape!"

Eclipse picks you up "Together!"

You lean into his chest "Together."

True to his word Eclipse picks you up into his upper arms and heads downstairs. In the lobby your Maid of honor and your mother greet you.

Your mother scowls "Why is he carrying you?"

You yawn "Just woke up. Had a busy night banging like wild beasts."

She scoffs and storms off down the hall.

Your MOH best friend laughs "Are we still doing the plan?"

You nod "The video is all set up." You look around "When the ceremony is over Eclipse and I will leave. Then the video showing how bad my parents really are and cutting them out of my life will play when we are supposed to walk in." Another glance around "Everyone who is supposed to know has been informed."

MOH smiles fondly "I'm proud of you. You have a great job with a great guy and you're cutting toxic people out of your life."

The three of you head to the bridal suite. Inside are your other two bridesmaids, aunt Bertha's daughter Sara the flower girl, and your seething mother. Eclipse sets you down and leaves.

You lean out the door and wave him off "See you soon Bambino!"

Your mom huffs "You still call him a child?"

You nod as you pick up a doughnut "Yeah! He loooves it. My sweet little bambino." You pull your dress out of the closet in the room "The makeup artist and hairdresser will be here soon."

Your mom sips her mimosa "Will you actually wear makeup?"

You shake your head "A little. I was thinking lipstick and eye shadow maybe."

You and your girls chat about the wedding and how excited you are to be married. Your plan is hinted at but never mentioned fully. Your hair is done to perfection and your makeup is spot on. Once you have the dress on it finally feels real. Your eyes swell with tears.

Your super special Maid Of Honor takes you by the arm "Time to go." She hands you your bouquet "Ready to go?"

You take a deep breath "I'm ready but I think I might cry."

Your mom hands you a tissue "Don't cry you'll ruin your makeup. What little you have on."

Tiff and Connie walk in front of you. At the door leading into the ceremony, you are greeted by the groomsmen. Your mother walks into the ceremony room and takes her seat up front. Tiff pairs up with Jimminy and Connie with Kello. Pachelbel's Canon in D starts to play. The flower girl Sara walks through the door throwing big handfuls of flower petals on the floor. Tiff goes first with Jimminy. Followed closely by Connie and Kello. Then it's you and your special person MOH.

The doors open and you can see Eclipse. He's barely holding it together. When his eyes land on you he wails loudly and drops to his knees sobbing. He's pointing at you and muttering something incoherent at you. It's a fight not to run to him and comfort the poor bot. You wipe your eyes with the tissue. You almost atumble but MOH catches you.

"Who gives this beautiful bride away?" Asks Artie.

MOH Smiles brightly "I do! Her best friend. You'll do fine. I promise."

You nod and move to stand across from Eclipse "I... I can't let you sit like that! C'mere"

You open your arms and Eclipse crawls to you. He wraps all of his arms around you and cries on your shoulder. He garbles something about you being pretty as his shoulders shake.

Your father loudly states "This is not how a wedding is done! What kind of man cries like that?"

Aunt Bertha smacks the back of his head "Shut up. Or do you need your big sister to make you?"

The ceremony continues. The entire time Eclipse sobs loudly clutching you tightly. You dry his tears going through four tissues altogether. Soon it's time for the vows.

You rub his back as you talk "I would not change a single thing about our life. I have given you everything I have to offer and you have given me so much more. I will stay with you always. No matter how bad things get as long as we have each other we'll be happy."

Eclipse tries to say something but it's garbled. The only coherent thing he says is "I'm trash." and "Love you forever."

You rub his cheeks "You are not trash. I don't associate with trash."

Eclipse takes a deep breath and tries again "Fazco thought I was trash. I spent years in the" He takes another tearful breath "In the garbage pile. You saw me as more." You dry more of his tears "You stated with me and I promise to stay with you forever. I will love you forever!" He starts to sob again.

Artie continues the ceremony "Do you" He states turning to you and stating your full name "Take Eclipse to be your lawfully wedded husband?"

You wipe a few more tears "I do."

He turns to Eclipse asking the same.

Eclipse wails out "I DO!"

Artie nods "Then by the power invested in me I now pronounce you husband and wife! You may kiss the groom!"

You look down at Eclipse and smile softly. Gently you pull him up to meet you in a tender kiss. Eclipse shudders and shakes in your arms. He picks you up and runs out of the room with you dangling like a stuffed teddy bear. Everyone cheers for the two of you. Time for you to go home for the real reception.

Chapter 168: The Game PT18

Summary:

This is the song you dance to for the first dance. It's a good song someone showed me for this fic! It's called Heart On. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ARr9XOGmkdo&list=LL&index=4

Chapter Text

About twenty minutes into the forty-minute drive your phone rings and text messages flood the poor thing. Eclipse picks it up for you. You are the one driving the car. He was too emotional to handle it.

You take a breath and Eclipse puts your phone on speakerphone "YOUNG LADY YOU GOD DAMN WELL HAVE A FUCKING APOLOGY READY! YOUR MOTHER IS BESIDE HERSELF WITH HUMILIATION! GET YOUR ASS BACK HERE RIGHT NOW BEFORE I COME AND GET YOU MYSELF!"

You shake your head "I'm not coming back to talk to strangers. I have a new family now. Besides, I recall someone warning me about stranger danger when I was a kid... can't remember who that was... Oh well. Enjoy all your dirty secrets being exposed."

"DON'T YOU FUCKING HANG UP ON ME!" Your father shouts.

"STOP TREATING MY WIFE LIKE A CHILD! I DON'T EVER WANT TO SEE EITHER OF YOU NEAR HER EVER AGAIN!" Eclipse shouts so loud it hurts your ears.

"WHY DON'T YOU COME OVERHERE AND SAY THAT TO ME LIKE A REAL MAN!" Father shouts.

Eclipse grins "I'd rather just fuck my wife like a real man. Nice and deep until the only thing she knows is how to breathe!"

You pout "But what if I want to fuck YOU instead?"

Eclipse pats your head "Don't worry wife. I'll let you fuck me hard with the biggest dildo we own!"

"HOW DISGUSTING! YOU KNOW YOUR GRANDMOTHER IS HERE?!" Father yells.

You laugh "Grandma is a swinger." In the background, your mother wails loudly "Enjoy the fried chicken!"

Eclipse hangs the phone up "I bought a gold cock ring."

You glance over at him at a red light "What?"

Eclipse nods "Yeah, a gold one. In honor of our wed-di-ng... DARLING, WE'RE MARRIED!" Eclipse starts to cry happily again.

You reach over and pat his shoulder "That's it. Let it all out." Eclipse tries weakly to pull you into his arms "No. I'm driving. You can't hold me."

Eclipse crosses his arms and pouts. You chuckle as you pull onto your road. The two of you have an hour before guests show up for the actual party. You park the car and get out.

Eclipse runs around the car and picks you up "Allow me, my love! It's my duty to take you inside!"

He spins the two of you in circles as he walks to the front door. You giggle and throw your arms around his neck.

Once you cross the threshold Eclipse licks your neck speaking lowly and dragging his words out "Darling. The dildo is upstairs."

You look up at him "You know we aren't fucking today or tonight."

Eclipse shakes his head "That's not what I mean. I'm talking about the butt plug. For me."

You give him a coy smile "Oh! You are a slut for torment, aren't you! If we do this you can't take it out until the hotel! Think hard on this bambino."

Eclipse grins "I want it! Please! Mommy please!"

You nod "Alright." You shoot him an exaggerated playful look "TAKE ME, BIG BOY! Upstairs so I can shove a dildo up your ass."

Eclipse shivers and jumps up all the stairs in one jump. Something he doesn't do often. He runs down the hall like a fox with a hen. Inside the room, he gently sets you down on the bed and goes into the closet. You check messages on your phone. It's all people shocked about your parents or letting you know they'll be on the way soon.

"The blue one or the other one?" Eclipse shouts from the closet.

You hum "The blue one!"

Eclipse comes out with a six-inch royal blue dildo. It has three large balls along its base. They get increasingly larger like anal beads. He hands you a bottle of lube. You squeeze some into your hand and warm it gently. Eclipse bends over with his pants down excitedly. You get on your knees behind him and kiss his asscheek. After you lube up the toy you rub his asshole sticking your fingers inside. He groans and pushes back onto your hand. You pull your hand back with an audible plop sound.

You line the dildo up and gently prod his ass "Ready?"

"Give it to me darling!" Eclipse wiggles his ass.

You push the dildo up to the one-inch ball. You raise your hand and give it a hard smack. Eclipse yelps and you push it all the way to the three-inch ball skipping over the two-inch ball. Eclipse slides to the floor with a pleased sigh rolling over onto his back.

You lean over him "Where's the cock ring dear?"

Eclipse points to his end table by the bed. You stand up and walk over to it. Fishing around in the drawer you find the gold cockring. Picking it up you make your way back to Eclipse. His cock freely waves in the air. You crouch down and take the appendage in your hand. It wraps itself around your hand and wrist. Untangling it you slowly slide the ring down his shaft. He holds his arms out and you lay on the floor with him.

"How does it feel husband?" You ask as you lay your head on his chest.

"Comfortable and perfect wife!" Eclipse kisses the top of your head with a loud mwah.

The doorbell rings and you sit up "I got it." You head downstairs to answer the door.

Before you reach it your Aunt Bertha shouts "Open the door! That was incredible!"

You throw the door open. Your aunt and uncle are on the other side looking quite the mix of emotions. Behind them, your best friend parks their car in the driveway. You step aside to let them in. Behind you, Eclipse walks down the stairs.

Uncle Lary gives you a big hug "Was it your idea or his? That video."

You smile "Mine! I wanted a clean break. I also wanted them to feel pain and expose how they really are."

Aunt Bertha hugs you next as Lary heads inside "Well it worked. Your grandmother is chewing them out hard. Everyone is pissed. Not at you though!"

As she heads inside your best friend walks up next "The cake is in the car just like you wanted! I am so happy for you! I can't wait to meet your son!"

Your three twenty-something cousins arrive right behind your best friend.

Ashly looks awestruck "This is where you live?! Lucky!" She hugs you "Congrats!" She darts inside.

Pat hugs you next "Congrats."

Marco hands you a bag of your favorite candy "Got this for you. Hope you have a happy marriage!"

You follow everyone inside. Eclipse is greeting each guest. He spots you and gives you a dopey smile and a little wave. You giggle and wave back. Your best friend leads him outside to their car to fetch the cake. You head to the kitchen to make sure everything is set up.

A nice spread of foods you and Eclipse like. A drinks bar and dessert bar too. Not too much. Eclipse walks in with the cake in his arms. Behind him, more guests file in. You explain all the food and tell everyone where the plates are. It's a joyous moment. Everyone is chatting, laughing, and having a great time. Best of all your parents aren't here.

After food Eclipse leads everyone to the ballroom. It can easily fit fifty people. Perfect for your little party. A DJ is waiting for you with a plate of food and a soda.

He sets his food down "Alright! Time for the first dance! Can the happy couple get on the dance floor please?"

Eclipse pulls you to the dance floor like an excited teenager "Just follow my lead! We'll dance like it's a waltz but to the beat."

You nod "I trust you."

Celldweller - Heart On starts to play. You like the beat. Eclipse puts two hands on your waist and takes one of your hands. You put your other hand on his shoulder. The two of you waltz to the song. He follows the beat pretty well. It looks a little weird but he doesn't seem to care so you choose not to as well. When the song is over you get it. This is the most Eclipse's love-sounding song in the world. You give him a kiss prepared to leave the dance floor but his grip on you is tight.

The DJ speaks up "Alright folks! One more to go for the happy couple!"

Atom Bomb Baby by the Five Stars starts to play and you tear up.

Eclipse wipes it away and begins to sway you around the room to the song. You can't stop the tears and lean into his chest.

Eclipse rubs your back "Don't worry I have you."

During both dances, there are many camera flashes from family and friends. It's perfect. The whole wedding is perfect. Eclipse opts to carry you around on his hip like a small child.

When Eclipse decides you have settled enough he decides it's time to cut the cake. Everyone gathers around as Eclipse sets you down beside the cake. It had been moved into the ballroom for cutting. The two of you cut a piece together and feed each other.

When the party is over you send everyone home with to-go boxes of food. You leave for your honeymoon tomorrow so it's not like you'll be eating it. With the Last guest gone the two of you set out to clean most of the mess.

Chapter 169: The Game PT19

Chapter Text

At about 3am in the morning, Eclipse woke up. You were still soundly asleep next to him. HIS wife. His! He'd kill anyone who tried to take him from you or you from him. Since the bags for the trip were already packed all he had to do was get you dressed. The two of you had decided to eat breakfast on the private jet. Omelets would be waiting for you both along with drinks. Sushi and green tea for lunch. Dinner would be at a restaurant.

Carefully he dressed you in warm comfortable clothes. When you started to wake up Eclipse shushed you back to sleep with a lullaby. A private car was waiting outside by the time he was finished. Eclipse took the bags out first. As he carried you in his arms you snuggled into him. His circuits buzzed in joy. You are so soft, small, and warm.

Eclipse set you down in the car before climbing in himself. He pulled you into his lap to hold you again as the car took off. It dawned on him at that moment that he wasn't just holding you. At that moment he was holding both you and his unborn child. His rays slowly spun in a circle. A feature he tried not to show too much. It's embarrassing!

You started to wake up as the car came to a stop at the airfield. Nearby the jet was getting cleared for flight. You give Eclipse a dopey sleepy smile. Eclipse set you down to get out of the car. He was going to pick you up but you beat him to it. You stretched your arms over your head with a groan. Eclipse put all his hands on your sides and kisses the top of your head. Gently he ruts into your ass. You can feel how hard he is.

"Darling? Care to join the mile-high club?" Eclipse whispered into your ears.

You stop your stretching "While that does sound nice... No."

Eclipse squeezes your hips "No? Is it a no I might be able to change?"

You hum "It's a low possibility."

Eclipse gives your ass a light smack and squeeze "I'll take it!"

You chuckle "Do you still have the dildo in your ass?"

Eclipse keeps his hold on you as you walk to the jet "I do."

You let him pick you up like a ferret "Your chances just increased."

Eclipse kisses your cheek as you take your seat "I'll win you yet."

You cross your legs as you buckle up "Sure you will." You pick at your nails "Even if you win me over and we join the mile-high club..." You look up at him with a soft smile "I still won't let you cum. Not until tonight bambino. And certainly NOT until we are in the cabin."

Eclipse writhes in his seat grinding down on the dildo "Yeah?"

You nod "If you try to cum without permission there will be consequences."

Eclipse bites his lip "Consequences? What are they?"

You cross your arms as the jet takes off "You still haven't convinced me." You wave your arm gesturing to all of him "Wiggling in place and biting your lip is a piss poor job of convincing me. Try harder love."

He can see it. Through your cold words, you have a small smile. You are enjoying this game as much as he is. Good. It isn't any fun if you aren't having fun too. Begging usually works but that might get stale if he does it too much. Maybe he could put on a show for you. Entice you into wanting him to fuck you instead of you fucking him.

Chapter 170: The Game PT20

Chapter Text

When the jet leveled out in the sky a steward brought the two of you breakfast. Waffles, sausage, and eggs with your favorite drink. Eclipse decided now was the time to try and entice you. He takes the syrup and runs his tongue over his upper lip with a soft sultry moan. Slowly he pours syrup on his waffles. He brings his fingers to his mouth and licks them clean.

When he sets the syrup down you pick it up. You sauce your own waffles up and take a bite. Out of the corner of your eye, you spot Eclipse pouting. You are going to make him work hard for what he wants.

You chuckle "Nice try but mama's hungry."

Eclipse bites his sausage "We still have ten hours to go before we land. I still have some tricks up my sleeve."

You take a sip of your drink "Tricks huh? Can't wait to see em."

When the two of you finish eating Eclipse leans back in his chair. His legs spread wide. He unbuttons his shirt and pulls it open. You watch with mild interest. His hands slide up and down his chest slowly. He grins at you as he rubs your chest. He lets out a soft moan as he rolls his hips. Gently biting his lip as he watches you carefully.

His lower right hand slowly slides down to the hem of his pants "I want you darling." He undoes the button slowly "Just the sound of your voice is enough to turn me on." He puts his hand on the zipper "You mean everything to me." He pulls the zipper down "I love how you feel around me." He takes his shoes off with his feet "How you cry out for me." Slowly Eclipse slides his pants off "You are too good for me." His hands slowly slide up his thighs to the hem of his boxers "I need you. All of you!" He hooks his thumbs into the hem and pulls them down slowly "I love when you wake up in the morning and blurt to lobe instead of love." His cock curls around his fingers "I love when you get so sick you can't remember words." It dribbles slick over his fingers "Love when you need me and when you don't." He gives his cock a slow jerk "Most of all I love when you tell me how much you need me too."

"I love you too. So much!" you casually sip your drink, gaze sparkling a little humor "I love how you care for me when I'm down" You tilt your head looking him up and down, not moving to do anything. "Love how you give me space when I need it and cling to me when I'm lonely" You smile fondly definitely knowing what he's trying to do. "I love that I can trust you and rely on you when things get rough" You reach a leg out and rub his leg, watching him stroke himself with amusement. "I love how you feel in me and how much your cock weeps for me" You lean forward and dip a finger in a glob of precum, licking it off while watching him with a coy smile. "Tasty." You hum in delight as you lean back in your chair.

You're watching him with so much love he can feel the tears pricking his eyes again. His lower lip trembles as he watches you, a wide smile on his face. He tries to stand up but drops to his knees instead. Your smile falters as you watch him scoot toward you with outstretched arms. Before you can slide to the floor he reaches you.

His arms wrap around you as his head rests in your lap "Darling! We're married! And I love you!"

You pet each ray on his head "I love you too. Still feeling emotional from the wedding?"

He nods as his tears dampen your lap "Yes. I thought this would never happen. And we are having a baby! Please please let me fuck you! I'll do it so good! I promise!" He picks your leg up and licks every bit of flesh he can reach "Let me please you. I don't care if I cum! I want to feel you cum on my cock!"

You hum "Don't care if you cum huh?" You reach down and take his tongue in your hand "Then alright. You can fuck me as much as you want. But! You are not allowed to cum. If you do then you won't get to touch me for a week. Sound good?"

Eclipse shivers "Darling! That's... I... fine."

Chapter 171: The Game PT21

Chapter Text

Eclipse pulled you down in the chair slowly until your ass was off the chair "Comfortable?"

You wiggle to be more comfortable "Yes."

Eclipse gives you a wicked grin "Good." He starts to take your bottoms off "Because if I can't cum." He lines himself up with your cunt "Then neither can you." He pushes in until he's flush with you.

You let out a moan "What?"

Eclipse starts a quick pace that's almost too fast "You said I can fuck you all I want but can't cum. I intend to do just that."

His balls slap against your ass as he thrusts. Two hands on your hips and the other two grip the chair. His large frame covers yours. You can feel yourself getting close. The muscles in your abdomen tighten. Eclipse stops moving pulling you to sit in his lap. Holding you tightly to keep you from moving. His cock stills inside you.

Eclipse brushes a hand down your right cheek "I hope you're ready darling. We are just getting started."

He leans forward and kisses you with a laugh. You whine loudly. You were so close to coming! Bastard. Eclipse pulls you up and down on his cock by your waist. You moan loudly and grip his shoulders. Eclipse lifts your shirt and bra up. His tongue laves over your breast before he sucks it into his mouth.

He sucks on your nipple hard drinking you in "Delicious."

You pull his head closer to your chest. Eclipse chuckles and stops moving again.

You glare down at him "Bastard."

Eclipse tugs on your nipple between his teeth with a cheeky grin "By the time we land you will be begging me to let you cum and fill you up."

You purse your lips. His cocky attitude steeling your determination to prove him wrong. You will not beg this man. Eclipse leans back to lie down. His large hands hold you in place as he thrusts up into you.

His other two hands grip your thighs "You feel so good, darling! Gripping me so tightly. So warm and wet. Dripping for me."

Part of you wants to take control of the situation and dom him hard. However, you already gave him the go-ahead to do as he pleases. As he stops moving for the third time you realize your mistake. Eclipse sits up pulling you into his chest. The steward from before takes your dishes from breakfast. He makes no comment about your current state.

As the steward leaves he states "Lunch will be served at noon. A meat and cheese tray. Please let me know if I can get you anything."

Eclipse nods at the man "Thank you."

When the man is gone eclipse resumes fucking you. Thrusting at a pace of three quick thrusts and two long slow ones. Torture. This is torture of the best kind. Eclipse knows what he's doing. Pinching and squeezing at your flesh. It's not often he gets the urge to be more assertive and in control. At the drop of a hat, however, he will give up all control to you.

Eclipse's mouth opens and closes in small movements. The desire to bite you is growing stronger. He pulls out of you and sets you down in his lap sideways. His cock twitches and writhes against your side. He takes it in his hand and gives it a firm squeeze to hold it in place.

Eclipse kisses the top of your head "Almost came there. You did too. Are you enjoying our game darling?"

You frown "I am getting you back for this."

Eclipse pulls you back onto his cock "I expect it! Now, keep me warm will you?"

You nod as he moves the two of you to sit in a chair. An hour and a half! He has you sitting on his cock for an hour and a half. You are starting to crack and he knows it. For the past ten minutes, he's been rubbing around your pussy but never touching it. Two of his hands have been playing with your hair. Brading whatever he can and massaging your scalp.

The steward returns with lunch. He sets it down on the little table and leaves without a word. You take some salami, cheese, and an olive and bring it to Eclipse's lips. He takes the bite into his mouth wrapping his lips around your fingers with a hum. Eclipse fixes you a similar bite holding it to your mouth to take. You take the bite from his fingers licking the tips.

Eclipse's cock twitches inside you. This is how it goes all through lunch. The two of you feed each other while cockwarming. When you were done eating the two of you watched a movie. It was "The Rocky Horror Picture Show". Eclipse thrusts into you during every single song. Stopping when each song is over. This is madness!

You rub his arm "Eclipse! Please! I need to cum! Need you to cum!" Tears fall down your rosy cheeks.

Eclipse wipes the tears out of your eyes "No. I'm only following your rules."

You sob as he stops moving again "But you're a big spooky mob boss! You can break the rules!"

Eclipse pulls out of you. He picks your clothes up and dresses you and himself. He sets you down in your chair before sitting across from you.

He crosses his legs "Not until we get to the hotel."

Chapter 172: The Game PT22

Chapter Text

The rest of the jet ride went well. The two of you chatted about all the things you had planned for your honeymoon. However, you were also planning something. Eclipse would not get away with his previous actions. Now, you aren't mad at him. quite the opposite. It has fueled the fire in your belly to break him in the best of ways.

You had just the thing to break him with. It would arrive on day three of your honeymoon. A wedding gift from you to him. You had purchased a fuck machine. The FREDORCH BDSM sex chair bench with 2 sex machine restraint easy-snap straps thick padding and fully adjustable. You had also purchased several toy attachments in various shapes and sizes, blindfolds, and an ovipositor kit.

You knew he would enjoy your gift. You could already see the infinite possibilities the chair brings. Part of you wanted to tell him what you bought. Torture the handsome sexy creature across from you. However, it was worth it to you more to see the look on his face when he sees the device for the first time. You had paid for it to be set up and topped with a big red bow.

Your devious glee did not escape the sight of your husband "And what are you planning? Don't think I can't see that look in your eyes. It's the same look you gave that guy you stabbed in the leg with a syringe of hot sauce."

You give Eclipse a coy smile "I might have a something up my sleeve. But I'm not telling you what it is."

Eclipse gave you a soft smile "Alright. Keep your secrets."

The steward came back in with a pronounced boner "We are about to land. Please buckle up." A wide grin and a deep blush on his face. He made no effort to hide or point out his boner. He simply did his job and left. The two of you buckled up. Eclipse stuck his leg out and rubbed your foot. You rub his foot back.

You rub your belly fondly "Shane?"

"Sh-a-n-e... Shane." Eclipse tries the name out. "Shane is good. Preston."

"P-r-e-s-t-o-n... Preston... Pres-ton." You look down at your belly "I'm not sure about Preston. Do you think it's too hoity-toity?"

Eclipse stands up as the jet finishes landing moving over to you and picking you up "Once our son is born we can choose his name from our list. Spend an hour getting to know him."

You chuckle "He's not a puppy. Although his father might be."

Eclipse gasps "Me? A puppy?? No!" He shakes his head playfully as you two exit the jet "Never! I'm a big strong Alpha dog!"

You slap his chest playfully with a laugh "Yeah right! We both know who the alpha is in this relationship."

Eclipse licks your cheek "No. I'm an alpha. You my love, however, are an apex alpha. That's a whole step up from an alpha."

You tilt your head "Ok. Well MR. Alpha dog, How long until we get to the cabin?"

Eclipse sets you down outside of a big SUV with a driver "It's a three hour drive to the cabin. And then you are all mine my darling little snow bunny."

You frown as he opens the door for you "Little?"

Eclipse scoots in next to you retracting his rays "Compared to me? Yes, little."

Chapter 173: The Game PT23

Chapter Text

While you head to the cabin you play with Eclipse's hands. Massaging it and kissing every inch your lips can reach. Eclipse wallows in your shower of affection loving every moment of your adoration. The way you are doting on his hand reminds him of your proposal all those months ago. The absolute conviction you had when you asked him to marry you rings heavy in his head every night as he falls asleep. Such determination from such a fragile creature. Your fragility was not a hindrance. It was something you used to your advantage. You were his siren of the deep.

"If you go any deeper into your thoughts you might not come back." You suck on one of his fingers in a lewd fashion.

Eclipse groans lowly "It's hard not to get lost thinking about you."

You blush "Me?"

Eclipse nods and plays with your wedding band "Yes, you. My mistress, my femme fetal, my WIFE!"

"If we weren't already married. I'd marry you." You look down at your belly "Makes me even happier to have your baby."

Eclipse hums and rubs your stomach gently "I love that a part of me is inside you. It's like I've marked you as mine forever."

You pull his face down to you and lick a long stripe up his face "Playground law says when you lick it, it becomes yours. That means you belong to me now."

Eclipse chuckles "Is that how it works now?" He leans down to whisper in your ear "Then I'll have to lick every inch of your body to make you mine."

"MMMM those are some dangerous words," you whisper back.

Eclipse brushes his lips against yours "You know I like a little danger."

"Vi har anlänt till hotellet, herrn." The driver says in sweedish.

"Tack, du borde redan ha fått betalning." Eclipse responds.

"Det har jag. Njut av din vistelse!" The man responds as you leave the car.

Eclipse takes your bags out of the back of the SUV. You try to help but he stops you with a pointed look. You hold your hands up and let him take the rest of the luggage. Inside the hotel is nice and warm. The Ultima Gstaad is gorgeous! As soon as you and Eclipse walk in a group of people are waiting for you.

"Ah! Mr.Kinsington Mrs.Kinsington! So good to have you stay with us. Your residence is ready for you. Allow us to take your bags for you. Please feel free to explore the grounds. Or, if you prefer you can follow us to your residence. If you have any questions please let me know and I will do my best to answer them." A woman in a suit says bowing slightly in greeting.

Eclipse wraps one arm around your waist and the other around your lower back "We'll follow you to the room please."

Eclipse had booked a two-bedroom residence with a balcony for the two of you. It looks like a dream with a beautiful kitchen, bathroom, living room, dining room, and bedrooms. It comes with a fully stocked kitchen and a personal chef. The living room has a TV with on-demand movies and a fireplace ready to go. The residence has a door that leads to the rest of the hotel. You think Eclipse went overboard. Eclipse thinks he hasn't gone extravagant enough.

You pushed all the extra pillows off of the bed and flopped onto your back "Bambino, beloved, dearheart. Please make love to me! I need you"

Eclipse leans over you and kisses your inner wrist "Oh my sweet flower. I intend to take my sweet time with you. Tonight neither of us will be dissatisfied."

Chapter 174: The Game PT24

Chapter Text

Eclipse climbs on top of you putting none of his weight on you "I am going to ravish you." He sincerely states "Please darling. Let me show you how much you mean to me." You nod and Eclipse smiles and whispers "Good girl." Eclipse crawls off the bed "Enjoy the show."

You giggle softly as he winks at you. Eclipse bares his teeth and pantomimes biting you. Slowly he takes off his suit jacket tossing it into the corner. You sit up and beckon him to you. Dutifully he walks over to you amused. You reach up and slowly unbutton his shirt. Eclipse leans down so you can slide his shirt over his shoulders. You lean forward and lick a long stripe up his chest. You brace your hands on his chest kissing everywhere you can reach.

Eclipse gently pushes you back and slowly tugs your shirt off "Stunning."

He reaches behind you and unhooks your bra. Eclipse licks his lips and crouches on the floor in front of you. He leans forward and pulls your chest to his mouth. He sucks a breast into his mouth and begins to drink his fill. His tongue laves over your nipple. You arch your back for Eclipse as he pulls you closer to drink your milk. Eclipse pulls back with an audible pop and switches to your other breast. You rub his back gently moaning as he flicks your nipple with his tongue.

You push eclipse back and pat the bed "I want to suck your cock."

Eclipse shucks his pants and underwear while you do the same. Eclipse sits down on the edge of the bed with his legs spread wide. He drops a pillow on the floor for you. He leans back on two hands. His other two rub up and down his thighs slowly. Eclipse helps you kneel on the pillow. His cock writhes between his legs. You take his writhing appendage firmly in your hand. You lick the tip and it wraps itself around your tongue.

You moan and let it slide into your mouth. It's hot, heavy, and exactly what you needed. You run your tongue along the bottom as you bob your head up and down his shaft at a steady pace. Eclipse moans loudly above you. His lower right-hand rubs your jaw soothingly. Whatever you can't fit in your mouth you rub with your hand Hollowing your cheeks and moaning lowly for him.

Eclipse pushes you off his cock "I don't want to cum yet. Let me help you up."

You let Eclipse help you up "Pretty soon I won't be able to get up without you."

Eclipse chuckles "I will be at your beck and call happily. When I can be anyway." He helps you lie down with pillows behind your back "Comfortable?"

You nod "Yes thank you, husband."

Eclipse shivers "I'll never get tired of hearing that wife." Eclipse gently spreads your legs "You look like the finest work of art I have ever seen."

You blush and cover your face for a moment. Eclipse takes one of your hands in his rubbing his hand over your knuckles. Eclipse licks up your pussy with a groan. He flicks your clit with his tongue. You hiss in pleasure. Eclipse chuckles and holds his pointer finger to your mouth. You wrap your tongue around the digit and take it into your mouth.

"Good girl," Eclipse mutters as he suckles on your clit.

Eclipse takes his finger back. He adjusts his position to be more comfortable for both of you. His hand still holds yours as he slowly slides his finger inside you. You moan and squeeze his hand. Eclipse thrusts his finger adding another to stretch you out.

"Close! Eclipse I'm close!" You cry.

Eclipse pulls his fingers out and thrusts his tongue inside you. You grab one of his rays and pull him closer to you. Eclipse rubs your clit with his nose and swirls his tongue around in your pussy. When you cry out loudly he pays special attention to that spot in particular. You thrust your hips into his face.

Eclipse groans loudly "Yes darling! Use me! Cum on my face!"

Your spine tingles as your muscles tighten around Eclipse's tongue. You cum on his tongue and eclipse moans loudly. His right eye looks to the left and his left eye looks up at the sky.

Slowly he pulls his tongue out of you "You are so good to me darling." His tongue hangs out of his mouth as he drools onto the floor "I need to feel you cum again."

You catch your breath "Fuck yes."

Eclipse climbs onto the bed slotting himself between your legs. He brushes your hair out of your face rubbing his thumb on your cheek. He lines himself up and slowly pushes inside you. The stretch of his thick girthy cock burns pleasantly. He's so big it's hard to fit his entire length inside you.

Eclipse looks down and bites his lip "You take me so well darling. Like you were made for me!"

You let out a breathy chuckle "I could say the same thing about you."

Eclipse wraps your legs around his waist and props himself up so none of his weight is on you. His thrusts are as deep and powerful as the man himself. The slight pain of his size mixed with the pleasure of his cock massaging your walls is perfect. His head leans down capturing your lips in a toe-curling kiss. Eclipse fucks you slow and deep.

"You feel as good as the first time we made love and you'll feel just as good the last time we make love." He says with a low groan.

You wrap your arms around his neck and pepper his face in kisses. Eclipse giggles and stands up with you in his arms. Two arms around your upper back and the other on your waist. He picks you up and drops you back down onto his cock. The new angle his cock hits inside you has you seeing stars.

"Oh fuck! So good SO GGOD! GOD DON'T STOP! ECLIPSE!" You scream in ecstasy.

Eclipse's tongue hangs out of his mouth. His eyes follow your every move. His moans are loud and thunderous. The sound of his pleasure-filled cries is intoxicating.

You moan "I LOVE YOU! I LOVE YOU! LOVE YOU! LOVE YOU!"

Eclipse licks the sweat off of your neck "I can't get enough of you. I love you more than anything in the world!"

You cry loudly as your walls tighten around Eclipse. Your eyes cross as a powerful orgasm wracks your body, Your cum coats Eclipse's cock and drips onto the floor. It almost feels like you are peeing but you know better. You squirt all over Eclipse.

Eclipse wails loudly "OH DARLING!"

His balls tighten and his cock pulses as he fills you with his cum. It's so much that it spills onto the floor. Eclipse holds you tightly as he shudders. He moves to the bed, his fans running ard to cool him off. You weakly smile at him and kiss him. Eclipse kisses you back and picks up his shirt. He slowly pulls out of you making you both whine. Quickly he wipes cum from your pussy before it can make a bigger mess. You whine as he leaves the room.

Eclipse comes back with a tray of food "I thought this might happen so I had this prepared. It's steak tartare, fresh vegetables, caviar, and fresh fruits."

You reach for Eclipse "Bambino. Husband of mine."

Eclipse crawls into bed with you and the two of you eat dinner snuggled close together in the afterglow of sex.

Chapter 175: The Game PT25

Summary:

I wanted to write about eating Eclipse's ass. =3

Chapter Text

You wake up before Eclipse the next morning. He's laying on his side with his arms loosely wrapped around you. You lay there in his arms and consider your options for the morning. While you could get up and think about breakfast, you could also show Eclipse the "special" gift you brought just for him. Something you think your little Hunny Bunny will enjoy. You yawn and roll over to face Eclipse. One look at his peaceful face gives you your answer. Time to spoil him.

Carefully you slip out of his weak grasp. He doesn't wake up but mumbles something in his sleep. You slip a thick pillow into his arms. He holds it tightly in his arms with a sigh. You tiptoe over to your bags and open the hidden compartment. Inside is lube, a buttplug with a rabbit tail on it, a pair of rabbit ears, a collar with the word pet on it, and a thick leather leash. You creep offer to Eclipse with the tail and lube. The buttplug is ribbed, black, and six inches long with a fluffy white tail on the end.

You slowly spread Eclipse's butt cheeks. His perfect ass is arguably one of the better parts of his physical body. You lick your lips fighting the urge to eat him out. Fuck it. Tail later, ass now! You give his ass cheek a feather-light kiss. Eclipse tucks his legs closer to himself. You slowly lick his asshole. The puckered muscle twitches slightly. You sigh happily as you lap at his hole. Eclipse moans in his sleep. Slowly you work your tongue inside him.

You lap at his walls hungrily. The fog of arousal clouds your mind. So much so that you don't even notice when Eclipse wakes up. You pull him closer to you by the hips trying to get deeper. Eclipse moans loudly pushing his ass closer to you. You drool as you eat his ass out. You reach your hand over and fondle his balls. Eclipse babbles incoherently to you. You rub your thighs together. Eclipse reaches behind himself and spreads his cheeks for you. Reluctantly you pull out of him. Eclipse whines loudly.

You rub his cheek "I have a plan."

You fish around in his suitcase and pull out a pink double-sided dildo. You shove the pet play gear under the bed. You'll pull that out later. You put one end of the dildo inside you and slowly push the other end inside Eclipse with a moan. You take his hips in his hands and thrust your hips. Eclipse thrusts back to meet you. You press your face into his back as you fuck his ass and your pussy. You take his cock in your hand and jerk him off in time with your thrusting.

Eclipse cums with a roar. His hips jerk involuntarily. you work him through his orgasm as you reach your own end. While not as powerful of an orgasm as last night. It's still a good orgasm. You hold Eclipse tightly as you catch your breath. Eclipse takes the dildo out of his ass and your pussy.

He rolls over pulling you into a deep kiss "You are an incredible woman. I hope every man is jealous when they see me with you, you sexy creature."

Chapter 176: The Game PT26

Chapter Text

You rub Eclipse's hip "What are we doing today bambino?"

Eclipse kisses your belly "Darling, I want to pamper you today. We are getting couples massages... well... a massage and a polish for me but... close enough. Then we get lunch."

You grin "Oooh that does sound nice. What about after lunch?"

Eclipse shrugs "That's up to you."

You grin even more "I have a plan. It'll take us back here though."

Eclipse squeezes your hip "Back here? Whatever for?"

You kiss his lips "An amorous surprise."

Eclipse purses his lips "Can I get a clue?"

You hum "Peter."

Eclipse sits up "Peter?"

You nod "Peter. That's all you get."

Eclipse gives you a flat look "You aren't inviting someone else into our sex life are you?"

You shake your head "You know I'd never do that!"

Eclipse nods "Good. Because if you tried that I'd kill them."

You lean forward with the same flat look "I'd do the same thing."

Eclipse growls "You are mine. MINE!" He leans down and bites your neck hard "Mine."

You hiss "Careful! I don't want an open wound Eclipse!"

Eclipse stops. It's not often you call him that. When he pulls back he sees how close he got to tearing into your flesh.

Sheepishly he pats your hair "Sorry darling."

You pat his head "No worries. Peter will help work this out."

Eclipse narrows his eyes "I'm not convinced Peter is not a person."

You roll your eyes "Fine another clue. He likes Hippity-Hoppity."

Eclipse raises a brow "I still don't get it but choose to trust you."

You stand up with a stretch "You'll get it soon enough."

The two of you spend the day together enjoying each other's company. You talk about baby names during the polish/massage. During lunch, Eclipse tries to get more on your surprise for him. Eclipse carries you back to your residence. Eclipse giggles as he sets you down on the bed. He drops to his knees and waits for your instructions.

Chapter 177: The Game PT27

Chapter Text

You pet Eclipse's cheek "Stay here bambino. I'll go get your surprise."

Eclipse watches you leave for the bedroom excitedly. Even more so when you come back with an arm full of stuff. You sit down on the couch and set the items down on the coffee table in a neat row. Eclipse looks the items over confused. You grin and hum the tune to "Here Comes Peter Cottontail".

Eclipse picks the rabbit ears up "Darling... what exactly is all of this for?" He points to the dildo "That would never fit in your ass comfortably."

You smirk "Oh my~ Who ever could that be for?" You giggle "There couldn't possibly be someone in this room who could accommodate it."

Eclipse blushes "What exactly are we doing?"

You attach the thick collar with PET written on it to his neck "Well pet." Eclipse shivers "Something you've wanted for a while. My sweet little Hunny Bunny."

Eclipse's jaw drops and he whispers "Hunny Bunny..." Eclipse starts to undress "What are you wearing?"

You hum "Well if you start the fire I'll wear your favorite pair of front clasping bra and panties."

Eclipse's eyes look like saucer plates "Front clasp... I'm on it!"

You chuckle at how eager he is for this game of yours. In his boxers, he crawls over to the fireplace. It doesn't take long for him to start the fire. As promised you strip to your bra and panties. You already had his favorite set on in anticipation of the night's events.

You grin at Eclipse "Good boy! Now, I'm not going to make you hop tonight. We are in a hotel after all."

Eclipse crawls back over to you rubbing against your leg "What should I call you as your pet?"

You hum as you warm the lube under your butt "Um... Mistress?"

Eclipse sits up and gives you a soft smile "You can say that with a little more confidence."

You kiss his nose "My love. You will call me Misstress! No more no less."

Eclipse nods "Alright. Anything else?"

You shrug "Never done this before." You hold up a rabbit ear "I figured we'd play it by ear and see what works."

Eclipse nods and takes his boxers off "Alright. If this goes well I eventually want to get more animal accessories."

You make a twirling motion with your hand "Mmmm. A fox for a pet might be cute."

Eclipse turns and presents his ass to you. You rub his ass tempted to eat him out again. You push those feelings aside. Now is not the time. You take the club out from under you and prep the toy. You rub his asshole with your slippery hand. Eclipse groans lowly. You work his asshole one finger at a time until you can fit your whole hand into his ass. Fighting the urge to fist him is hard. Extremely hard. You pull your hand out and put the cottontail plug inside.

"Hows that feel bambino?" You ask.

Eclipse wiggles his hips "Good, Mistress."

You pet his head "Good boy. Could you try sitting for me?"

He sits down and wiggles a bit "Good, Mistress."

You squeal and pepper his face in kisses muttering "Good boy!"

Eclipse makes a happy sound and thumps his foot in joy. You pick the ears up and affix them to his rays. Eclipse adjusts them to be more comfortable.

You pat the couch "Come watch a movie with me."

Eclipse makes a happy sound and hops gently onto the couch. You put on an action film. Eclipse snuggles up to you. You gently pet him with a smile. Eclipse hums happily. He rolls over onto his back and you rub his belly. Eclipse paws at your hand gently nibbling your fingers. You cover his mouth and growl playfully gently shaking his head.

You scratch his chin "Such a good boy, Hunny Bunny. How about we get something to eat hm? Do you want to eat like an animal?"

Eclipse nods "Please?"

You smile and kiss him "Sure thing, bambino." You fish around in the fridge "What would you like to eat?"

Eclipse wiggles his butt excitedly "Salad."

You hum "Give me a hand with it?"

Eclipse stands up kissing your cheek "No problem."

The two of you make a salad together. It looks amazing. You fix two bowls and return to the living room. Eclipse follows behind you on his hands and knees.

You hold Eclipse's food "Alright Hunny Bunny! Are you hungry?"

Eclipse makes an excited sound and spins in a circle.

You point to the ground "Sit!"

Eclipse sits just like a bunny would.

You pet his cheek "Good boy! Here ya go!"

You set the bowl down. Eclipse wiggles his butt and shoves his face into the bowl. You chuckle and put another movie on. Oceans 11. The two of you eat together. Eclipse is really enjoying himself.

You set your empty bowl down "I don't think this should be an all the time thing. But I am enjoying myself. How do you feel about it?

Eclipse sits up "I think I needed this. Thank you for indulging me, darling."

You open your arms and pull him in close "I love you! Of course, I'll try new things with you. Forever and always."

Eclipse wraps his arms around you "Forever and always."

Chapter 178: The Game PT28

Chapter Text

Eclipse grins "Darling~"

You look down from the movie "Yes bambino?"

Eclipse crawls in front of you and puts his hands on your knees "I have a surprise for you."

You grin "What?"

Eclipse licks your calf "Yes. Let me take care of you tonight."

You rub one of his rays and nod "Yes, husband."

"Husband..." Eclipse hops to his feet and takes the ears off "Oh darling! I'm so happy!" He pulls the plug out of his ass and picks you up "Let me take good care of you." Gently, he lays you down on the bed "You look ravishing." He unclasps your bra and takes it off you "Your plump belly is so sexy, love." He runs his hand down your sternum to your stomach "You are doing such a good job as a mother. I got you something special."

Eclipse hops off the bed and walks over to his luggage. He pulls a bottle of something out and sits it on the bed. He makes a show of swaying his hips as he walks to the dimmer switch to dim the lights before returning to your side. He takes your panties off and brings them to his face. Eclipse shudders with a deep inhale of your scent. He tosses your panties aside with your bra and picks up the bottle. It's a bottle of your favorite lotion. You have a few spots on your body that tend to get dry and this brand works wonders.

Eclipse smiles softly and puts some lotion in his hand. He picks up your leg and rubs firm circles. You moan softly and relax into the bed. Eclipse hums your wedding song and works his way up to your knee. He stops at your upper thigh and moves on to your other leg. You eye him curiously as he works his way up your leg. Again he stops at your upper thigh.

Eclipse spreads your legs "Let me take care of you."

Without warning he licks a long stripe up your cunt. You moan loudly and throw your head back. Eclipse moans and pushes himself closer to you. He rolls your clit in circles with his tongue. He throws your legs over his shoulders groaning in pleasure when you pull him closer with your legs.

Eclipse pulls back and murmurs "I've got you."

He lines his cock up with your hole and pushes inside. You moan loudly and wrap your legs around him. Eclipse thrusts gently and picks the lotion back up. His cock writhes and massages your walls. Gently he rubs lotion into your belly while thrusting his hips. You can't help the tears of love and joy from his treatment of you. So tender and caring.

Eclipse rubs lotion into your sides "That's it. Let go. You're safe with me. Good girl."

You reach out to him and take one of his upper hands in yours. Eclipse works his way up your torso gently massaging in the lotion while keeping up with his slow thrusting pace. Eclipse moves from your clavicle to your shoulders. Slowly he works his way down your arms one at a time. He's stopped thrusting his hips but his cock still moves inside you.

His pelvis grinds down into your clit deliciously. Eclipse picks you up and holds you comfortably. You wrap your arms around his neck and hold him tightly. When he massages your back you are done for. With a loud wail, you cum hard on his cock.

Eclipse hums as he massages you "Good girl! Squeezing me so tight!" He groans as his hands still "Gonna cum! Fill you up!"

He cums with a loud roar holding you firmly but gently. He peppers kisses all over your face as he lays you down to rest beside him. Together the two of you fall asleep still connected and very much in love.

Chapter 179: When The Don Met His Wife

Summary:

This is a part of The Game

Chapter Text

You sigh as you looked over bills late one night. Two from your parents attempting to get you to pay for them raising you and one for rent. You throw the two from your parents into the trash. The door to your workspace is kicked open. Five men and a bleeding guy bust into the room. They throw the bleeding man on the table.

"Doc!" A young blond lad shouts "Ya gotta help him! He's been shot!"

You slap on some surgical gloves "Help me get his shirt open!"

You look the guy on your table over. He has black hair and very dark skin. So dark you could easily mistake him for a shadow in the dark. His lips are very pale and he's unresponsive. You hook him up to a machine to get his vitals. He has a low temperature and pulse. This does not look good.

A red-haired pale man covered in freckles frowns as you work "You CAN fix him, right?"

You hum "He's lost a lot of blood. Right now he's in a fight for his life. I'll do what I can but it's not loo-"

A short muscular brunette man points a pistol at you "No! You WILL fix him. OR, we'll fix you instead!"

You take a breath and nod "What's his blood type?" Silence "Anyone? I could kill him if I give him the wrong blood type!"

The short man pulls the hammer back "Then don't."

You run to the fridge. You have one pack of O- blood left. You take it and run to the patient. You set the IV up and get to work removing the bullet. The beeping machine across from you feels like a ticking time bomb. If you lose this guy you lose yourself too. You start to look for an exit in case things go south.

The blond lad paces anxiously "Hurry it up doc! He's... He's my best friend. I can't lose him."

"And you won't! Right doctor?" The short man says aiming for your heart.

You swallow hard "Yes. I won't!"

You pull the bullet out just like you've done so many times before. A river of blood pours out. This should not be happening! It's very watery and flows steadily. Why is this-

You put your finger in the hole "Does he have a blood disorder?!"

The blond nods "Yeah! He has throbingcitypeena or whatevah."

You go a little pale "Thrombocytopenia?"

Blond nods "YEAH! That one!"

You point to the fridge "I can't move my finger or he dies! Get me more blood!"

A guy in a black ski mask darts to the fridge returning with armfuls of blood bags. This guy is going to die. You can't save him. His pulse rate is already below 30. His body is cold and he's about to flatline. Your only option is to save yourself. You take the blood and tear one of the bags open with your teeth. The guy on the table flatlines. The short man fires without looking at you. The bullet grazes your arm as you spray the men in the eyes with blood. You flip the table and run for the exit taking a scalpel with you.

You run outside into the rain. You can hear the men yelling and running after you.

"I'LL FUCKING KILL YOU YA BITCH! YOU ARE DEAD!" The blond shrieks.

You run to the right sprinting across the street. Your plan is to lose them in the park. It's big enough and woody enough that you should be able to hide. As you sprint into the park a bullet hits a tree beside you. You slip on some rocks on the pavement. You take your white coat off in hopes of hiding better. You pant as you run far too out of shape for this level of cardio. In the distance, you see a sign for the park.

Thinking quickly you throw your coat so it looks like you went further into the park. You sprint to the play structure and climb up it. Two slides sit opposite each other. One red twisty slide and one yellow twisty slide. You slide down the red slide. You almost shriek as you come face to face with an animatronic. He has four arms and two legs. You can't tell what colors he is as it's dark and stormy out. Rain flows down the slide from the storm.

He stops you from sliding further down with two arms "Shhh!"

You catch your breath as quietly as possible. You can hear several men walking around the park. Far more than were chasing you before.

Someone shouts "Who the fuck are you?!"

The short man shouts "We are looking for some dumb bitch! I don't want shit to do with you!"

Someone else growls "We are after a bastard animatronic!"

A woman laughs "Gentlemen! Why don't we help each other? You help us looks for our bot and we help you look for your bitch. They can't have gone far."

The short man huffs "Alright! You two! Check over there! They might be hiding in the kiddie park!"

You eye the bot on top of you. You can see pointy things sticking out of his head a few centimeters. His shirt is torn and dirty. You can't help but wonder who he is and what he did. You slow your breathing more as the two men walk around the play structure. They whisper lowly but you don't know what they are saying. The animatronic studies your face. His eyes go wide as he spots the blood on your face. His eyes trail down your blood-splattered body. His mouth opens then immediately closes as footsteps sound above the slides.

"You take that one and I'll take this one." A man says lowly.

You grip your scalpel tightly prepared to stab the guy in the leg and slice his artery. The guy slides down face-first with a gun in his hand. You stab him in the neck before he can fire. He makes a garbled choking sound as you, the bleeding-out man, and the animatronic are forced from the slide. A bullet hits you in the side missing organs but going clean through. You jump behind the slide picking up your scalpel along the way. The animatronic tackles the guy to the ground.

You run over and step on his hand "Don't kill him. I have plans for this douche." You crouch down "Keep him quiet."

The animatronic chokes the guy tight enough he can't talk but he can breathe "Alright."

You smile with a blush "Thanks." You look down at the guy "I hope you don't like this hand." You sit down and take his hand in your lap "Because it's mine now."

You take your scalpel and begin to cut his hand.

The animatronic shudders in delight at the gruesome sight "Who are you?"

You don't look up from your task of removing all the meat from the man's hand "I could ask you the same thing, stranger."

The animatronic smirks, he needs to at least get you in bed with him "Eclipse."

You glance up "Well Eclipse, I'm Yin. Why are those guys after you?"

Eclipse hums "I could ask you the same thing."

You flip the guy's hand over "Well, I'm a doctor."

Eclipse snickers at the blatant half-truth "And I'm a banker."

You drop the now skeletal hand of the passed-out man "A banker huh? Well, MR. Banker, I need to nope on outta here before those other assholes show up. I already have two bullet wounds, I don't need any more."

Eclipse stands up and holds his hand out "Let me help you. You saved me, let me save you."

You eye his hand with an arm over your wound "Alright."

Eclipse picks you up and makes his way out of the park. He takes the two of you into the city. While he doesn't know exactly who you are, he does know he wants to get to know you more. A lot more.

Chapter 180: The Game A bit about the Don

Summary:

This is a short little thing to talk about Don Eclipse mafia fic I'm doing. I might do a fic on how the two of you met.

Chapter Text

Eclipse was made before Sun and Moon. Originally he had two arms not four. His colors were burnt orange and eggplant. He was the original daycare attendant.

The kids were too much for him to handle by himself. He was also too aggressive towards parents. After an unauthorized adult tried to take a kid. Eclipse almost tore his arm off. The company decided to scrap him. Instead, they shut him down and sent him to the trash pile.

Sun and Moon took his place. They knew nothing about Eclipse. Eclipse didn't know about them either. He was supposed to find out when he was fully implemented. A few years later Eclipse was upgraded into security.

Thus he got his four arms and nine foot stature. He was painfully aware of what the company did to him. So he played the long con. The company trained him underground in his new position. Before he could be fully implemented animatronics got their freedom.

His first job as a free bot was security for a mall. They did not treat him very well. One day he got into a bar fight with two other bots for cash. Some gang banger from his current gang recruited him for low level jobs. He worked his way up to Caporegime.

After he met you, you helped him become Don. Leaving a trail of blood behind you. It was Eclipse who struck the fatal blow to the former Don and took his place.

Chapter 181: Before The Game: Eclipse Mafia AU. Can't Sleep

Chapter Text

Your day was as long as it was hard. Your day started early. At four in the morning, a lady was brought in. you were supposed to get information out of her. She was a stubborn bitch though. It took eight long hours for her to finally crack. After that, you had a meeting with Eclipse and some important people about the information you learned.

The people asked so many questions. Some of them were the same question worded differently. It took three hours to finish the meeting. You wanted to go with Eclipse and get some much needed attention but you had things to do. Another person was brought in. This time they were a man who was caught stealing from Eclipse. You spent an hour with him.

Finally, you thought you were done. But you had more stuff to do. You needed to go talk to a greasy little weasel you hate. He hit on anything that was considered alive. You didn't want your people to deal with him. It was a gross two hours with that asshat. when you got what you wanted you booked it.

By the time you walked inside your home, it was six in the afternoon. Eclipse was not home. He had a meeting with a dirty cop. You wanted to go but Eclipse insisted he goes alone and that you should pamper yourself at home. You respected his wishes. You knew he would be safe and that he wanted the best for you.

As you walked to the kitchen your stomach rumbled loudly. You knew just what you wanted. A big bowl of ramen with meat, veggies, and fishcakes. It took you an hour but it was worth it. You put on a movie and ate your meal. The warm broth felt nice in your belly making you sleepy.

You cleaned the mess you made in the kitchen and headed upstairs. Once dressed you lay down in bed. An hour passed then two... You were exhausted! Why couldn't you fall asleep? You had fallen asleep plenty of times without Eclipse!

Eclipse came home at eleven. He came into your bedroom to find you laying in bed with frustrated tears.

He was on you so fast pulling you into his large warm arms "Darling! What's wrong? Do I need to kill someone?"

You sniffled "I just want to sleep!"

Eclipse brushed a few strands of hair out of your face "Trouble sleeping?"

You nod "I'm so tired. I've been trying to sleep for hours. Nothing's worked!"

Eclipse set you down on the bed "Give me a moment darling."

Eclipse walked into your closet and changed into a comfortable pair of sleeping pants. No shirt. He climbed into bed and sat down beside you.

Eclipse took you into his arms and began to softly sing while rocking you "I see the moon, the moon sees me, shining through the leaves of the old oak tree Oh, let the light that shines on me shine on the one I love." Back and forth he slowly rocks you with a soft smile "Over the mountain, over the sea, back where my heart is longing to be Oh, let the light that shines on me shine on the one I love." His voice slowly gets quieter "I hear the lark, the lark hears me, singing from the leaves of the old oak tree Oh, let the lark that sings to me sing to the one I love." He kisses your forehead as you drift off whispering "Over the mountains, over the sea back where my heart is longing to be Oh, let the lark that sings to me sing to the one I love."

Finally asleep Eclipse pulls the covers over the two of you as he adjusts you to rest against him. All four of his arms protectively caging you in.

Chapter 182: The party pt1

Chapter Text

You huddled in the storage room in some lonesome tunnel with the other six handlers. It was dusty as frick but you weren't bothered. You and Milly, Chica's handler, had called the secret meeting.

You glance around the tiny room "Milly and I will bring the tree and ornaments."

Bruce, Bonnie's handler, nodded "I'll bring the decorations. Lord knows I have plenty!"

Anne, Music Man's handler, leans on the wall "I got drinks."

Dick, Roxy's, grins "I make a mean mac n' cheese!"

Charlie, Monty, hums "Hope y'all like pecan pie.

Dixie, Freddy's handler, claps their hand "That leaves me with music! And we are in charge of our own gifts."

You nod "Great! Next Saturday I'll bring the tree to the loading dock. Milly and I will sneak it to the west arcade while Music Man is shut down for repairs."

You all agree and leave the room. You know the exact tree you want. You've had your eye on it. Sun and Moon are very suspicious of you. Asking questions to figure out your plan.

Late one night the animatronics gather in the west arcade.

Sun tugs nervously at one of his rays "They are being so secretive! I keep seeing them talking to Milly. I know they're planning something."

Freddy nods "Dixie has been listening to an awful lot of music. They seem distracted."

Bonnie crosses his arms "Bruce has been bringing in a lot of boxes with him."

Chica puts a hand to her mouth "You don't think they are replacing us do you?"

Roxy flips her hair "No way..."

Monty growls "Well whatever they're doing we gotta get to the bottom of it."

Moon huffs "We have been trying to get it out of our starlight. No success yet."

Music Man hums "So we'll try to pry it out of our handlers. We can meet up in a week."

Finally, the day has arrived. Despite their best efforts, your robotic boyfriends could figure nothing out. As Dixie put it 'sexelent'. Getting the tree to the plex was easy. Getting the tree into the plex is a pain. It's a little bigger than the doorways.

Thank god there are double doors in some places. Everyone ignores the odd looks from the maintenance workers as you set up. Soon everything is ready to go. You gather the animatronics, sans Music Man, to the arcade. They all seem so anxious.

That, however, changes when they enter the arcade.

Sun drops to the floor dramatically "Sunshine!"

Chica pulls Milly into a hug " Did you do all this for us?"

Freddy walks up to the nine-foot tree "Friends. You are all so wonderful."

Music Man, henceforth MM, turns on along with the holiday music "... What?"

Dixie and Charlie both scream "MERRY CHRISTMAS!"

Moon pulls you into a hug "Starlight. We don't know what to say."

You chuckle "I think you are looking for Merry Christmas. I know it's not December yet. This was the only time we could do this."

Sun dramatically falls into your arms, shoving himself between you and Moon "we didn't get you anything."

Moon shoves Sun out of the way "We thought you were replacing us."

You walk the two of them to the tree "I could never do that." You pick up a red box and a blue box "These are for you."

You hand them their boxes. Eagerly they both open them. Moon got an embroidered blue Santa hat with silver snowflakes. Sun got a red Santa coat.

You twist your foot on the floor nervously "I wanted you to have something special to wear for the holidays."

Moon puts his new hat on "It's perfect."

Sun strikes a pose in his coat "Looks great!"

You pull them into another hug "Glad you like them."

You kiss both of their cheeks. This Christmas will be a good one. You'll make sure of that.

Chapter 183: The party pt2

Chapter Text

You weren't sure what was going on exactly. Sun and Moon were eager to get you out of the daycare earlier than usual. Their excuses were flimsy at best. Things like "We need to do inventory" or "We are cleaning our intimate parts". Secretly you wanted to clean their intimate parts and do inventory with them.

The fifth time it happened you began to suspect something was up. One night all the animatronic handlers were having a secret meeting.

You crossed your arms "I know something is up! Sun and Moon are acting strange. Yesterday they had the kids making paper chains like an assembly line. They had two teams competing for a prize. I asked what they were going to do with all the chains but they waved me off!"

Anne nods "Music Man has been playing holiday music nonstop after hours! I even caught some of the other animatronics playing music with him. Practicing it."

Bruce nods "Bonnie and Monty were baking with Chica."

Dick sits up more from his spot on the floor "Woah! Weird."

Dixie leans with a hand on her hip "They are planning something!"

Milly gasps "ON NO! We're snowed in! There is a snowstorm outside!"

You sigh "Frick! Well... I guess since we are done here I'm off to the daycare."

Charlie laughs loudly "You mean off to your boyfriends?"

You pause mid-step "HA ha very funny. They aren't mine yet."

You dart out of the closet before anyone else can poke fun at you It's quiet in the plex. Handlers tend to stay later than the rest. Each forming a certain attachment to their charges. Or in all of your cases your friends.

Sun and Moon sat close together sewing a garment when Sun spoke "They had to know they were making us Santa."

Moon nodded "Of course! They had to! It's only right we make them our Mx. Clause. Do you think they'll like it?"

Sun nods "Yes yes! They have to! Did we put the mistletoe up?"

Moon hums "I think so... Wait! I'm getting a message from Freddy! There is a snowstorm outside! All the handlers are trapped inside. Starlight must be on her way here!" Moon sets his sewing things down "You finish stitching, I'll get everything ready for them."

Sun nods and works faster as Moon cleans. Determined to make their space perfect for you. Even the makeshift bed gets fluffed for your comfort. As Sun works he sends off messages to the Glamrocks and Music Man. It seems they are ready for the plan now. everyone is finished with their gifts including Sun.

Moon goes to greet you while Sun wraps the gift in construction paper. They couldn't get their hands on wrapping paper. It would look too suspicious.

You smiled as Moon dove into the ball pit "Hello Moon! I hope you don't mind if I stay the night."

Moon scrambled up to you "We know about the snowstorm. You are more than welcome here."

You glance around "Where is Sun?"

"I'm coming!" Sun shouts from their room. He casually walks up to you "Got a message from Music Man. Everyone's going to hang out and play the arcade games."

You bounce in place "Ooo! Sounds fun! You two interested?"

Moon grins "I still have to beat you at Chica's Feeding Frenzy."

Sun takes a step back "I'll meet you there. Gotta leave a message for Vanessa. You know how she gets."

"Oh! Are you sure? I don't mind waiting." You offer.

Moon squints at you "Afraid I'll beat you into the dust?"

You gasp "Never!"

You take off to the arcade with Moon following close behind you. Sun waits until you are gone to return to the tower. He takes your gift and scrambles through the vents to the west arcade.

You open the door to the arcade "Oh my god!"

The tree now has the paper chains the kids had made wrapped neatly around it. A table is set up with cupcakes and pizza in the shape of trees. Holiday music plays completing the atmosphere. You turn to Moon. Eyes misty and arms outstretched.

He pulls you into a hug "Merry Christmas Starlight."

"MERRY CHRISTMAS!" Sun blurts as he picks both you and Moon up off the ground.

You giggle as you are squished between them "Merry Christmas."

Sun looks up with a cheeky grin as he sets you two down "Mistletoe."

You look up, a Mini Music Man is holding the plant over your head from the ceiling "Oh."

Moon tips your chin with a tender gaze. Sure you have kissed their cheek before but this is the first time it has had this air of romance. He leans forward and locks lips with you. Humming in delight.

Sun squeals in delight "Ooo! Moonie! Your first kiss from them!"

You pull back "From me?"

Moon pulls his hat down "We wanted our kisses to be good..."

Sun rubs the back of his head "We uh... practiced... on each other."

You nod "So you are in love."

Sun sputters "What?! No. No no no."

Moon frowns "Oh..."

Sun blushes "You like me back? Oh gosh!"

His rays spin like a fan and he pulls you into a kiss. Partly to hide his blush and partly to kiss you. You flush brighter as you pull back. Moon pulls Sun into a kiss as you catch your breath. You mutter a quiet 'That's Hot' under your breath.

Sun pulls back "We uh... We made you something."

Moon takes your hand and pulls you to the tree. Sun picks up your gift. The box is covered in little doodles. Each side is a different color. Your heart melts and you lament having to tear the paper. Inside the box is a red Santa Esque outfit.

Moon nudges you "You didn't think we wouldn't notice you dressed us like Santa."

Sun nods "Every good Santa needs a Mixter Clause."

Moon kisses your cheek "That's you starlight."

You tear up "Thank you."

Chapter 184: Just a chat

Chapter Text

I want to post something on here not Sun and Moon related. It's about an OC I've had for seven years. I do plan on writing a Sun and Moon piece for them I just need to post a few chapters about them so y'all aren't confused. Thought I'd let you know before I do it. Don't want someone complaining to me about posting not sun and moon content. Although this is called All The Twitter Things. I
ll label it of course.

Chapter 185: Kendra Saunders and The Butterfly

Summary:

This is the piece about my OC Kendra. I'll be doing a Sun and Moon piece for her. That will be in the you/your format. It's what I'm used to writing so I'm more comfortable with it.

Chapter Text

It was Saturday afternoon. Nineteen-year-old Kendra Saunders had been tasked with getting some See's Candy from the mall for her Grandmother Nanny. She took her red 2000 Dodge pickup truck. The drive would take about forty minutes through the California Desert. Most of it would be along desolate roads but that's what you get for living in a small town in the middle of nowhere. Her long brown hair was tied in a ponytail. It wasn't cooperating with her when she tried to brush it.

About twenty minutes into her drive she found herself alone on the road. Nothing unusual about that. It was normal for this particular road to have little traffic. She glanced down at the radio to change the station. When she looked back up she spotted something in the distance. Something was sitting on the side of the road.

As she got closer she could make out a man. He had light blue skin and dark blue iridescent hair. She pulled off the road to see if he needed any help. That was when she spotted the wound on his side. It oozed a lavender substance. He looked so mournful.

She sprinted up to him "Holy shit! Are you alright!? Do you need to go to the hospital? I have a first aid kit in my car!"

The man turned to her "You are the first human to stop to help me."

She turned from him "Let me go get my first aid kit!"

He laughed dryly "I'm not going to make it."

She turned back around "Don't just give up!"

He waved her over "I'm not. I already know."

You move a little closer to him "Is there anything else I can do for you?"

He nodded and took a metal bracer off of his wrist "I want you to have this." He held it out to her "Go on. Take it."

She hesitantly reached out "But you don't know me?"

He took her wrist by force and put the bracer on her left arm "You are a better option. Keep it safe!"

She looked down at it "What?" As she looked back up it started to burn "What did you-!"

The man was gone. In his place was a rock he must have been sitting on and a patch of lavender poppies. The burning in her wrist was as bad as steaming hot water. The bracer began to chirp loudly at a slow pace. Kendra looked around for the man but he was nowhere to be found. She noticed when she looked to the east the bracer chirped slightly faster. Leading her somewhere.

She decided to hop back into her truck and follow the chirping. It would lead her on the adventure of a lifetime.

Chapter 186: Kendra Saunders and The Butterfly pt2

Chapter Text

Hopping back into her truck Kendra followed the chirping. It took her far into the desert but eventually, it led her to whatever her destination was. A large structure came into view. It was hard to tell what it was at first. It was three stories tall and as long as two and a half football fields. It was metal and a mix of cotton candy blue and cotton candy pink. Two massive wings on either side.

She could not believe her eyes as she got out of her truck for a better look. It was a motherfucking gigantic butterfly! What the hell was this thing?!

The bracer on her left wrist crackled "Go inside. I'm waiting for you captain."

Kendra was dumbstruck. Something was calling her captain? She got back into her truck and sat for a moment. Was it really safe to go inside? What if someone was in there waiting to kill her?! That man was clearly an alien. She could see that now. With a deep breath, Kendra started up her truck and drove to the butterfly.

Looking at it from a distance and standing next to it were two different levels of crazy. This had to be some kind of fever dream. Kendra was sure she had crashed her truck and was now bleeding out on the side of the road. The butt end of the butterfly opened like a ramp. She understood now. This is a spaceship.

She drove her truck into the hangar. It was three stories tall and 20 square feet. Platforms lined the wall. There were nine total. Some of them had large caterpillars on them. Were they tiny ships? They were red, green, blue, and black. What were they for?

A voice came from all over the room "Captain? Scans show you are in some sort of primitive form of transportation. Please exit the transportation so I can scan you and we can link."

Kendra opened the car door "Link? Scan? I don't understand. Where are you? Who are you?"

The voice, which sounded male, chuckled "Inquisitive! This is good!" When she closed the door it spoke more excitedly "Ah! There you are! Oh! You're pink! Beginning link!"

Before Kendra could ask what that meant the bracer burned. Unlike before it was a searing pain. It climbed up her arm and into her brain. It was so horrid! Like a really bad migraine. Her mind was a jumble of some unknown language. It was too much. Her vision became spotty and she blacked out.

When she woke up next she was in a large room with an Alaskan King size bed. The sheets were predominantly pink with red accents. The center of the room has a blue rug with a pink symbol in the center. It looks like a tree with butterflies for leaves. Underneath the tree is the silhouette of a family. Two adults and two children. At least by human standards anyway.

"Oh good! You are awake! I thought you might be asleep forever. How is your head?" The voice asked.

Kendra put a hand on her forehead "I um... weird? Who are you?"

The voice is quiet for a moment "More of a what than a who. I am the AI pilot of this warship. Classification Great Ship." In almost a cocky manner it states "I can hold a crew of thirty! I am mounted with four heavy laser cannons and two heavy artillery cannons. I have the highest maneuverability and speed. I also contain the best medical bay and cantina. Currently, you are in your new quarters. The captain's quarters. You will find the closet has your new uniform. Though I do not think it will fit you."

Kendra nodded slowly "And what was the link?"

The AI cheerfully explained "I am a biomechanical warship! You and I, Kendra, are now linked to each other through DNA. You are the only being in the universe that can command me until the day you die."

You climbed out of the massive bed "And what do I call you?"

The AI paused "Call me? The previous captain called me Ship. I rather like that."

You nodded "Ok Ship. You said you are a warship? Do I have to fight wars now?"

Ship bitterly stated "I don't like war. I would prefer it if we didn't."

You nod again "No war. Got it!"

Ship hums "I am currently damaged and cannot take off. You will have to repair me. The link should have given you all the knowledge to perform proper repairs. I am sending your bracer my complete diagnostics. Please look them over when you can." Ship pauses "Scans show you are low on water and certain vitamins. I recommend going to the cantina to get provisions. I will guide you."

Chapter 187: Kendra Saunders and The Butterfly pt3

Chapter Text

The captain's quarters are located on the top floor. The top floor also contains quarters for the second in command and the flight crew. The war room, a garden, and the bridge are also on the third floor. The middle floor contains engineering including quarters, the cantina, the medical bay, and the ship's core. The bottom floor has the loading/landing bay, storage rooms, loading rooms for the artillery cannons, and a small shooting range and training room.

Ship explains about each room as Kendra passed them. The war room is where battle discussions and diplomatic meetings happen. She already knew the bridge is where all the controls for flying Ship is located. Kendra walked down the stairs to the middle floor.

Again ship explains every single room on this floor. The only new thing Kendra learns is that engineering will have everything you need for repairs. This is all so much it scares her.

As she enters the cantina a thought dawns on her "How long was I asleep?"

"About three hours!" Ship chirps.

Kendra stops in her tracks "Fuck! Mom is gonna kill me!" She searches her pockets "Shit! My phone is in the truck! I need to go-"

"One moment please!" Ship states.

Kendra tilts her head confused "What?"

After a few minutes, a panel in the wall opens and your phone is held out by a tentacle "I believe this is what you are after. I saw it when I scanned your... truck."

As Kendra takes the phone the tentacle brushes against your hand it's smooth and slightly warm "Thank you."

Kendra calls her mom and she picks up "Hi honey! Still having fun at the mall?"

Kendra nods "Oh yes! I ran into someone from school and we are hanging out. We did just graduate."

Her mom hums "Well I'd like you back at the house before dark please."

Kendra sighs in releife "No problem. Love you."

Her mom hums "I love you too Kendra. Drive safe!"

"I will!" Kendra hangs up the phone "Thank god! Not in trouble. I can stay for another hour but then I have to go."

A rumble comes from the walls "You will return."

That was clearly not a request "Yes. I'll be back tomorrow. You said something about repairs?"

The rumbling stops "There is one repair you can do today. My communications array needs a small repair. Some wires were damaged in the crash. You can find everything you need in engineering."

As Kendra made her way to engineering she couldn't help but feel like this was a videogame. Random knowledge of what each tool she passes is for fills her mind. It stings every time. The longer she looks at the tool the more it hurts. Finally, Kendra finds a box of tools used for the array.

Ship led her to where the repair was needed. Turns out it was something in the bridge. After finding the correct console she started the repair. It took about an hour. Lots of stripping and replacing wires and chips. This also caused a headache.

When Kendra was finished she decided it was best to continue her trip to the mall. Ship was not happy about this but let her go. Kendra was able to get the candy for her grandmother. That repair would be the first of many

Chapter 188: Kendra Saunders and The Butterfly pt4

Chapter Text

Balancing home life and all its responsibilities with repairing Ship was difficult. It took Kendra almost three months to finish all the inside repairs. In order to repair the outside she would need to learn how to fly one of the smaller drop ships.

"Alright." Ship started "The best ship to use for repairs is the Blue drop ship. Its strong outer hull can take damage better than the others. We will use it for training."

Kendra looked up at the high platform the blue six-seater ship sat on "How do I get up there?"

The platform moved down to the floor as ship spoke "Normally we would lower the gravity in the room to make it easy. I do not have enough power to do such a thing. Instead, I will move the platform myself."

Kendra walked up to the caterpillar-shaped ship "You called this a ... drop ship?"

Ship chirps "Yes! They do not have a name but feel free to rename them as you please. In order to open the door use the bracer located on your left arm."

Kendra turned her arm to search for the button that would turn the bracer on. It was more like a small computer.

As she looked over the things on the small screen ship explained "This is called the HUD or Heads Up Display. It is directly linked to me."

Kendra nodded "You explained this already but thank you again."

Ship made a rumbling sound "I am simply following protocol for explaining the many functions of the HUD. If you find this at all displeasing I can leave you to figure it out yourself."

Kendra threw her hands up "Woah! Not trying to make you mad! Sorry."

Ship huffed "In the main menu of the HUD you will find a picture of the drop ships. Tap the blue one. A screen displaying all available information about the drop ship will appear. Tap on the open door button."

Kendra followed the instructions "Is there an easier way to open the door?"

"Indeed there is." Ship responded "However, I felt it necessary to teach you how to do it another way in case the key is missing."

The door opened from the bottom raising up and out like a hatch. As she climbed inside it shut behind her. Inside were individual chairs. Six each in two rows of three. It was a light seafoam green inside.

Kendra took a seat in the captain's chair "Good idea. How do I start it?"

Ship's voice came from inside the drop ship's center console. The two of them spent the next thirty minutes going over how to turn the drop ship on and how to take it off the ground. Flying a spaceship was nothing like driving a car.

It took hours to learn the very basics and several weeks to get good enough to do the needed repairs. She was nowhere near good enough to do something like a barrel roll but she could get from point A to point B. Ship was right. Learning to fly WAS the only way to do the outside repairs.

It was winter when ship was cleared to return to space. Kendra was not eager to see Ship leave. The two had become friends. It taught her about space and she taught it about Earth and its culture. Ship had grown to love watching let's plays on Youtube. Its favorite is Markiplier.

Kendra rubbed her arm as she got ready to go home one day in early spring "Are you going to leave soon?"

A long tendril came from the wall and rubbed her back "You are my captain. I must remain with you. Your life path is mine."

Kendra bit her lip "I'm planning on moving out of my Mom's place. Can I live here?"

Ship laughed "Stupid human! YOU ARE MY CAPTAIN. But above that, you are my friend. I would love it if you stayed with me."

Kendra took the tendril in her arms and hugged it tightly "Thank you. Now I just need to figure out how to make money."

Ship pat her shoulder "I have a plan. Your planet values gems, yes?"

She nodded "Yeah..."

Ship brushed a stray tear off of Kendra's cheek "Nearby the earth are asteroids. They contain gems and precious metals. We can mine them. Like Minecraft."

Kendra tilted her head "How?"

Ship drew the tendril back inside the walls "I have three drones we can use for this purpose. It will take time but it can be done. In the meantime, I have some valuable stones we can sell. I know it is customary for humans to have an... apartment. We can rent one to fool your birth giver."

Kendra nodded "A good jumping-off point. We can work with that!"

Chapter 189: Kendra Saunders and The Butterfly pt5

Chapter Text

The plan works well enough. Kendra only needed to live with her parents for four more months before moving out. The drones take time to get to the asteroids to mine them. Roughly three months each time. They don't bring much back though. Each drone can hold roughly two ounces of gems.

In the meantime, Ship taught Kendra how to fly each drop ship. While they aren't too different from each other when it comes to flight. They do have different stats. The red one is fast and can hold four people. The green one is the strongest and holds two people but it can't take a hit. The blue one is the slowest and has no weapons but it can take the most hits. It can hold six people. The black one is a stealth ship. It can hold three people and has the best agility.

When the drones return they bring enough uncut gems to rent a small studio apartment. It's not glamorous but that's not the point. Kendra attends a local college for engineering in hopes of being able to better repair Ship. Due to the link with Ship, her plan works very well. She purposely gets average grades. Her parents are happy she is moving up in the world.

Within a year of graduating Kendra "Moved" across the country for work. In reality, Ship began to teach her how to fly it. Starting with takeoff.

Kendra sat in the Captain's chair "Are you sure I'm ready?"

Ship was quiet for a moment "Don't you want to see space? Just think of all.... the pretty stars. Now start the takeoff protocol and flip the switch."

Kendra shot Ship a flat look "Pretty stars?" She slipped the switch.

Ship continued "Now press the next five buttons just as I told you." Kendra pressed the buttons "Good human! Now take the flight lever, it looks like the letter U, press down on the button under your thumb hard and pull up on it to ascend. To descend press down on it."

Kendra pulls up and the ship takes off into the sky "Woah!"

Ship giggles "Great! If you want to see a different view of anywhere outside me then press the eye icon. To stop ascending stop pressing the thumb button and return the lever to its neutral position. Descending is similar. All you need to do is press the thumb button down and press down on the lever."

Kendra moved the lever around turning Ship in different directions "Will you explain this to me every time?"

"Indeed. At least until you can do it on your own more than once." Ship chirped. "When you get more comfortable we can breach your atmosphere."

Despite all her mistakes Ship was very patient with her. After a month of flight, she was ready to break the atmosphere. It was by no means easy. There was some resistance against the lever. Ship reassured Kendra that over time it would get easier. Ship took control at this point and maneuvered them a safe distance away.

Seeing space for the first time was incredible! All around her was an empty vastness. Far far away in the distance were millions of stars. In front of them was Earth. The whole process took mear minutes to get halfway away from the earth to the Moon. This is a moment she would never forget.

Chapter 190: Kendra Saunders and The Butterfly pt6

Summary:

Laser pistols. Most are as strong as standard Earth pistols. They cause burn damage. How close you are to your target will determine the penetration of the shot. point blank, depending on how thick the target is, will result in a shot all the way through.

Shots from five feet away will result in the shot penetrating about 1/2 to 1/3 the way through your target. The penetration decreases the further back you get. The biggest benefit of laser pistols is their firing rate and ammunition. Each charge holds roughly 75 shots.

Different guns will do different damage and have different amounts of ammo. Some of the more powerful guns are one-use items. They cannot be reloaded at all.

Feel free to ask questions.

Chapter Text

Shop decided it was time to tell Kendra what happened to its previous owner. It was also time to start learning how to fight and shoot a gun. Although Ship was well pleased to learn she was a hunter and knew how to shoot some guns already. Although not very well it was better than nothing.

Kendra was in the cantina drinking coffee and eating breakfast "What are we doing today?"

Ship spoke slowly "How old are you?"

Kendra paused "In a month I'll be twenty. Why?"

"Old enough then. I want to tell you about my previous owner." Ship spoke.

Kendra nodded "Alright. Please don't mind my eating."

Ship spoke somberly "While he wasn't my first captain, he was the one who freed me from war. His name was Cau. He was murdered. Space is sometimes not a kind place to live. Just like earth. Cau was exploring this galaxy. We didn't know that we were being followed. Mort had spotted me and wanted me for his own. I am very fast and strong. I am a warship after all."

Kendra furrowed her brow "Who is Mort?"

Ship laughed dryly "Mort is a slave trader. A ... what do you earthlings call it... Ah, sex trafficker! He's a slave trader and sex trafficker. Cau was preventing Mort from taking others. Mort tried to take me. We crashed on Earth. No doubt Mort will come back. As the new captain, you are the next target for Mort. Logically anyway."

Kendra spits her coffee out "What?!"

Ship hummed "Today we will start training. Nothing hard. I just want to see what I am working with. Finish eating and I will show you to the training ground."

Small guns were easy to fire. She just needed to work on her aim. Heavy guns were too hard to hold. Most being made for a much larger species. Teaching her to fight would be quite the chore. She had only been in one fight. One fight is not enough. without a more humanoid body combat training would be hard. They managed, however.

Tragically their first test of her new skills would come in a harsh way. A small group of space pirates arrived looking for blood. Mort hired them to retrieve Ship from whoever was in control.

It was 3:45am. Kendra was sleeping soundly. Training was rough that day as Ship had introduced random objects as weapons. Things like led pipes, a coat hanger, a metal cooking pot, and a shoe. Ship was floating on the dark side of the moon.

A siren went off and ship shouted "Warning! Wake up! Space pirates are incoming! Get to the bridge!"

Kendra, dressed in fluffy night pants and a t-shirt, sprinted to the bridge "What do I need to do!?" She asked as she flipped switches and pressed buttons turning flight control on.

Ship quickly explained "Get the guns ready! We have ten minutes before they arrive! Be ready for a fight. There is a high chance they will board."

Kendra gasped "Fuck! Ok!"

Two ships arrived with guns blazing. She fought hard dodging and firing back. She managed to take out one of the ships.

"Five pirates on board! They are heading here! Get ready for a fight!" Ship shouted tossing her a laser pistol.

Kendra ducked behind a console and aimed her gun. Three men ran in and she fired. The first two were hit in the chest. The third ducked behind the doorway and fired blindly into the room. Kendra ducked down and took a few potshots at the door.

"Two men dispatched! Be on guard!" Ship yelled.

Kendra managed to kill the man at the door and stood up "Thank-"

Pain. Excruciating pain in her left eye. She rose her arm and looked around with her good eye. One of the men she had shot was still alive. She fired and missed. He fired again with a loud cackle. Her left arm burned as someone harshly took her from behind. A tendril shot out from the wall and right through the skull of the laughing man.

The man holding her licked her cheek "Mine now missy. I don't recommend you do anything AI bastard!"

Kendra fired her pistol into his foot. He shrieked and shot into her arm severing the nerved in the limb. Kendra turned around and fired into his forehead. Tears poured down her face.

Ship took her to the medical bay "I am going to put you to sleep while I work. All the pirates are dead. The ships have left. We won this time."

When Kendra woke up she was sore. Her left eye and left arm had been replaced with robotic versions. The two discussed what happened. It was a miscommunication. When Ship said two men were dispatched it meant the two that were not shooting at her. She thought it meant the ones in the room with her. It was a hard lesson. Ship was devastated.

Kendra was never supposed to be hurt like that. Training took a different route from then on. They started playing co-op video games together and anything else they thought would help their communication.
This, however, would not be the first time she would get hurt. The next time it would be much worse. One that would be referred to as "A Big Damage".

Chapter 191: Kendra Saunders and The Butterfly pt7

Chapter Text

Kendra's new arm was covered in a type of silicone that mimicked flesh. Apparently, it was developed and used for Sex Bots but was later used for medical purposes. Ship did not give the arm hair. Mostly because it was unaware she had hair on it in the first place. The shot had severed nerves. It was easier for Ship to replace rather than repair.

The new arm didn't really have any cool features like guns or tasers. Her eye however did have one cool feature. It could zoom in. She just had to close her right eye. It gave her a headache if she didn't. Ship explained it was best for Kendra to get used to the arm and eye before trying to upgrade them. It would be better for her in the long run.

Getting over the trauma of the attack was not easy. Often she would get phantom pain from the attack. Nightmares kept her awake. It made her parents worry when she visited. Dark circles around her eyes. Her smile didn't quite reach her eyes and she was a little on edge. Worried someone would grab her from behind. She held it together as best as possible around her parents.

Training didn't stop. It was dangerous to stop. Ship had told her stopping meant death. It was a hard thing to hear but necessary. Ship however did understand the harsh realities of trauma. It was no stranger to trauma. It consoled the woman as best as it could. It rubbed her back while she tried to sleep and lent a tendril when she needed something to hold at night.

Over time she learned how to use her arm and eye and the pair were ready to talk upgrades.

Kendra pointed to the screen "This is a taser. It delivers a shock to whatever it touches. Can I have that in my arm?"

Ship played the video demonstrating the taser "I suppose that is good."

Kendra tilted her head as she leaned back in her chair "And what would you pick?"

Ship paused the video "Easy. I can put a weapon in your arm that would fire... probably one or two shots. It would put the target to sleep."

Kendra looked at her left arm "And how would it do that?"

"Most alien species create something in their bodies called Melatonin. This ray causes an overproduction of melatonin causing the target to fall asleep. I would not recommend using it on yourself as it causes migraines." Ship explained.

Kendra nodded "We'll go with that then! That sounds cool and has more uses."

"I will begin designing the upgrade for you while you sleep!"

Kendra nodded again "Sounds good to me. How about we watch some Markiplier before bed?"

Ship squealed "Really?! He's my favorite!"

Kendra chuckled "I know bud. I like him too. He's such a good guy!"

The sleep-inducing ray wound up being a good choice. It could only hold two shots but it was better than a poke in the eye with a big stick. The gun fired from the top of her wrist. It made aiming a little easier. The sleep ray would prove to be very useful in many situations. It would be a staple of her left arm in the future.

Chapter 192: Kendra Saunders and The Butterfly pt8

Chapter Text

About a month after her new upgrade someone came to take Ship from her. Kendra lounged in a chair under a beach umbrella on a deserted island. Today was a day off from training. The warm sun felt good on her sore muscles. The sound of the waves hitting the shore lulls the woman to sleep. Everything was peaceful until a beeping came from her left arm.

Kendra lifted her arm groggily "What? Why is it beeping?"

"Incoming communications. Please open the screen and I will take care of the rest." Ship instructed from her arm.

Kendra opened a panel on the top of her left arm revealing an interactive screen. After a few seconds, an avian-looking creature appeared on the screen.

Kendra took a deep breath to wake up more "Hello?"

The Avian huffed "Took you long enough! Do you even understand me!?"

A timid voice from off-screen replied "S-sir we have th-the translator s-s-set up. It sh-should unders-stand you."

Kendra tilted her head "How can I help you?"

The avian growled "You have something that is the property of the Galactic Alliance! I demand you return it at once!"

Kendra took a sip of her sun-warmed drink "What is this property?"

The avian tilted its beak down to stare at her "That warship you seem to be playing pretend in."

Kendra gave the avian a flat look "No."

The avian huffed "Despite what it told you that AI is defective and needs to be remove-"

Kendra spoke louder "NO! We are happy. I have no intention of handing MY ship over. I did not lose an arm and an eye just to roll over for a grumpy bitch."

The avian looked confused "What is a bitch?"

Kendra shook her head "Who even are you and what is the Galactic Alliance?"

The avian puffed its chest out and smugly replied "I am General Aracore or the Galactic Alliance! The Galactic Alliance is a conglomerate of planets throughout the universe whose goal is unifying and bringing order to the universe by any means necessary."

Kendra did not like the sound of that at all. Any means? What were these means?

"Don't trust him. The alliance is not good. They take resources from other planets for their home world. They offer protection but it's not worth it." Ship spoke quietly.

Aracore huffed "Well?! Are you giving it back?"

Kendra shook her head "No."

Aracore smirked "I know how that ship works. How about this? You keep ship but step down as captain. You can stay on board as a janitor! Good deal right?"

Kendra frowned "No. I'm hanging up now."

Aracore tilted their head down "Think about it. We'll be in touch."

The screen goes blank and Kendra sighs "The shit."

"The Alliance is not good. Several planets under their rule are now mining planets. Others, while not poor, are lower middle-class planets. They are not kind. Promising much and delivering little." Ship said as Kendra closed the arm panel.

Kendra sighed and stood up "Well I'm not letting them have you."

Ship chuckled "They cannot take me without killing you first. I will not let that happen. Ever. You are my friend and I will protect you just as you protect me."

Kendra closed the umbrella and put it in the red dropship "These people are never going to leave me alone are they?"

Ship hummed "No. Although you handled the situation well."

Kendra put the cooler away into the dropship "I can't believe they wanted to make me a janitor. Like hell I'm doing that!"

Ship chuckled as she climbed on board and took off into the sky "I don't think they will come here. They are aware of what planet I come from. My home planet is not part of the Alliance. Home planet never agreed with them. Their ideals are too different."

Kendra sighed "Well, we'll just have to have a united front on telling those space assholes no."

Chapter 193: Kendra Saunders and The Butterfly pt9

Chapter Text

The Galactic Alliance became a nuisance. They never attacked but the phone calls were annoying. The bird man never came back. Apparently, he thought this task was beneath him and relegated it to someone else. It's some kind of grass alien. It looks like a straw doll made out of fresh green grass.

It said it was a therapist. Spent most of its time trying to break the "Unhealthy attachment to an inanimate object". Ship and Kendra found it amusing. It tried so hard but never got anywhere. It was during one of these calls something devastating would happen.

"Why do you feel the need to hold on to this ship so badly? Your species is not ready for such things." The plant man asked.

Kendra sighed and waved an arm at the large screen in the war room "It's my friend. Look you aren't getting MY ship. I do hope you plan on giving up soon. These calls are taxing."

Plant man, whose name she had not bothered to remember yet, smiled warmly at her "Take our offer. You get to stay with your friend and we get our new ship."

Kendra stretched in her chair "Why do you want it so bad?"

Plant man gasped "Oh! You don't know? It may be small but that ship of yours packs a powerful punch. Not to mention the excellent medical room! That Bio chamber can heal almost any injury or illness!"

Kendra yawned "No it can't. It can't fix disease. It couldn't fix my arm or my eye."

Plant man waved a dismissive arm "That's because it's broken."

Kendra stood up "Ship doesn't like fighting."

Plant man frowned "Again. It's broken. We can fix it. Change some code."

Kendra slammed a hand down on the table "SHIP IS MORE THAN CODE! IT HAS NO CODE!"

Plant man leaned back at her outburst "That what does this AI have?"

Kendra growled "An advanced-"

"INTRUDERS! THEY BOARDED! I'M SORRY! THEY USED CLOAKING TO HIDE! GET READY!" Ship shrieked.

Kendra took her laser pistol out of its holster "How many? Do you know where they are?"

"Thirteen total. They blew a hole in the loading bay! we lost your truck." Ship lamented.

Kendra ran down the hall to the bridge. Two spare pistols and four ammo cartages sat in a secure box. Kendra felt safer with three guns.

"They are fanning out in groups looking for you. Four coming up the stairs the rest are on the lower floors." Ship whispered from her arm.

Kendra lay down on the floor and aimed down the hall. Three men were walking down the hall. The fourth was checking behind them. She shot the first man in his head. He went down easy. The other two ran toward the bridge. The fourth man called backup.

The two running for the bridge started shooting at her. She ducked behind the wall. As soon as the first person reached the doorway she fired. It hit a woman in the gut. She stumbled backward into the hall. Kendra leaned over and fired hitting a man in the chest. She took cover back behind the wall. The sound of footsteps made her blood run cold.

Kendra quickly checked all her guns were loaded. One gun in each hand she took a deep breath. She leaned around her cover and fired into the hall. Two were injured and two were dead. a barrage of gunfire came through the doorway. A stray shot hit her right arm. Screams erupted from the hall. A quick glance showed Ship using his tendrils to impale people.

Kendra took this moment to fire into the fray. This wasn't a video game. She didn't have a magic healing item to make her booboos better. Something landed nearby. She glanced at the object. A grenade. She tried to dodge the blast. Everything went quiet save for a ringing in her ears. She stumbled before turning back into the hallway to fire.

She tripped on something and fell to the ground. Another grenade and another explosion. This time it was fatal. Her body was wracked with searing pain from shrapnel and fire from the last. Bones broke and limbs severed. She hit the ground hard. The last thing she saw was her own leg across the hall and several dead aliens. some human looking others not.

Chapter 194: Kendra Saunders and The Butterfly pt10

Summary:

Ship is not nice in this one. It has violence and cruelty.

Chapter Text

Ship was devastated. It could not believe what it was seeing. It had to be an error or a glitch in its system. Kendra was in literal pieces strewn across the hall. Ship let out an unholy shriek. The remaining intruders threw their hands over their ears. Tendrils flew out of the walls and pulled the two inside the walls. They would be moved to holding cells.

He scanned her form. No pulse. This was not good. Ship took every pit of Kendra it could find down to the medical bay. It hooked you up to life support. Working tirelessly into the night it salvaged what it could. Kendra was braindead. Ship knew there was no coming back from that. At this point, it should start looking for a new captain.

Ship didn't want a new captain! It wanted Kendra! It loved Kendra! Ship needed to come up with a plan on how to save you. This would not be as easy as building a new body. Ship spent that night watching Kendra's body. The remaining flesh was not salvageable. Ship turned its attention to the two people in holding.

"She's dead." ship said coldly into the cell.

One of the people, an equine Clydesdale female, laughed "Good! Then I will be your new captain. I order you to let us out."

A tendril snaked out from the ceiling "Did you know I can turn corpses into fuel? It was designed to clean up the battlefield or deal with bodies inside me."

The other intruder, a cobra-looking person, pumped their fist into the air "That's rad!"

The tendril slowly wrapped around the woman's arm "I have a special room where this is done. Would you like to see it?"

The woman pet the tendril affectionately "Yes. Show me."

The tendril began to squeeze tighter and tighter until the arm snapped in half "Good. Enjoy."

The woman was dragged into the hall. The cobra watched in horror as she was dragged around a corner. Ship took the woman to processing. It's a room in the center of ship. The room has a control panel, a large tube full of greenish-brown fluid, a metal table, and a conveyer belt that feeds into the tube. Ship stuffed the woman into the tube.

The woman banged on the walls "Hey! Not funny! It stinks in here! HEY!"

Ship turned its attention to the cobra person "Do you like space?"

The cobra curled in on itself "What?"

A tendril shot out of the wall and took the cobra by the leg "How about we get a closer look." It dragged them to the loading bay and the gaping hole "Looks nice. But I don't think you are getting a good enough look here. Why don't you get closer hm?" Ship threw them through the hole and into the vacuum of space.

A tendril came from the wall of the medical bay and brushed Kendra's cheek. Ship decided the best course of action was to build a new body and repair the hole as best as it could. If ship built you a new body maybe it could figure out a way to get you back.

Chapter 195: Kendra Saunders and The Butterfly pt11

Chapter Text

Ship did a temporary repair on the hole in its loading bay. Kendra's truck was long gone. Not that it mattered anymore. Ship cleaned itself up from the attack. It just needed a distraction for a while. Something to help it calm down so it could be focused on making Kendra's new body. Ship had a rough draft in mind. It just needed some refining on the design.

The hard part of making the new body would be the electronics and the AI. Ship had access to all Kendra's memories through your link. But that doesn't automatically translate into a working useable AI. Ship wanted to make her new body as human as possible. It would be hard enough getting used to Kendra's new body. Anything ship could do to make things easier it wanted to.

It took the better part of a year to finalize the design of her new body. Ship wasn't sure if Kendra would always want to be a woman. With the way of the world changing to be more accepting of people who wanted to change their genders and pronouns ship wanted to make sure to give her options. It would need to do some research on the matter.

Ship had no clue how human bodies worked exactly. Only things Kendra told it and snippets from her memories. Ship decided to make two bodies for her. One male and one female. Should it make a third with both parts? Maybe it should make her one body with both parts? Humans had those right? Then that is what Kendra will have. One body with both parts.

It took eight years to make Kendra's new body. Finding parts was hard. Most of them could not be found on earth. It just wasn't advanced enough. Ship had to travel farther out to find traders and markets. It was worth all the trouble though. Ship felt pride as it gazed at the masterpiece it thought Kendra's new body was.

Using the process Ship used to create its own fuel from... corpses... Ship created a method for Kendra to create a type of fuel to power her own body relying on food. Although she would need to consume certain elements like lead. Kendra's new body has a two-part cooling system. The first part is an artificial breathing system to expel hot air and bring in cool air. The second part involved fans only used when her systems overheated too much.

Ship considered this task a labor of love. On the component that would constitute her heart Ship wrote a message "With Love, Ship." Sweet and to the point. Something that would stay with her forever. Each part was assembled with care and attention to detail. Ship tried to get her new body to look as much like her as possible.

Her new body was the same height and build as before. Looking at the body you would assume she would weigh 150lbs. It had long brown hair and eyes. Freckles and pale skin. While her new body had both a penis and a vagina it still looked feminine. All that was left to do was make the AI.

This is where the big issue came. No matter how hard ship tried the AI was not working. It just couldn't capture Kendra right. Or some major error would occur. Ship scoured all the notes on its own creation. While this was useful it didn't help much. Ship knew the solution. Albeit a grim one. It took a month to get everything ready.

This included a set of instructions on how to use her new body. Notes on how to run Ship by herself. And a personal message to her. Ship spent one more night with the remainder of her old body. In the morning Ship launched her corpse into the sun. She didn't need to see it when she wakes up.

Ship knew this would work. The plan was to use its own AI to make hers. Ship would die and she would rise like a phoenix. Ship set up the code that would turn its AI into her. It would all be worth it. Ship started the code. Ship felt itself change. Becoming less like it and more like her. There was a brief moment where the two existed at the same time before Ship was gone for good. Content in its achievement.

Chapter 196: Kendra Saunders and The Butterfly pt12

Summary:

Alright. This is the last one. But it's not done yet! I wanna write something where she meets Sun and Moon.

Chapter Text

Kendra opened her eyes. Across her vision, the message carpe momentum flashed. She looked around the room she was in. Why was she in Engineering? If she was hurt she should be in the Medical bay.

"Ship?" Kendra was met with silence. "Ship?!" Her voice echoed throughout the empty space.

Kendra sat up slowly. It felt strange. Something was not right.

"I... am sorry. If you are hearing this things went well. I couldn't! I tried so hard! You died. and I couldn't save you! I tried to repair you. It-" There was a pause "Sorry. I'm emotional. I couldn't save your old body. So I built you a new one! In your quarters you will find everything you'll need to help you from now on." Ship paused again "I am so sorry I can't be there for you. If you aren't sitting down do so now." there was a pause for a minute "I used my AI to build yours. It was the only way to save you!" Ship paused "Though I may not be with you anymore. There will always be part of me in you. You are my friend! More than that you are family. My family. You always treated me so nicely and warmly. You let me figure out things I liked and didn't like. I love you."

Kendra waited for more... but nothing else came. Kendra was not sure how long she sat in Engineering. Staring at the wall in front of her from her perch on the table. She just didn't have the energy to do much else. Her best friend was gone forever. Kendra will never hear Ship again.

Finally, after hours of sitting Kendra stood up from the table. She felt empty and numb as she walked into the hall. If she had a heart it would have stopped at the notification that popped up in front of her vision. Twelve years have passed. Her family must think she's dead! Who knows how much the earth has changed?

She looked down both ends of the hall lost. Slowly she made her way to the third floor. Was this really her life now? What even was she anymore? Was she still Kendra? Or someone new? As she entered the captain's quarters she sniffled. Kendra threw herself to the bed and cried.

She felt wrong. Somewhere deep inside she felt something draining. Kendra curled in on herself. Everything felt wrong. She didn't feel like herself but at the same time, she did. Both herself and not. It was confusing! Kendra threw a pillow across the room in confused anger. She needed to see herself in the mirror.

The image that met hers was mortifying! A big mouth filled with thirty-eight teeth greeted her. No hair anywhere but her head. Her eyes were just a tiny bit too big. Her face was a little too symmetrical. She tore her clothes off. A penis. She had a penis. She dropped to the floor. Who even was she anymore?

She scooted as far away from the mirror as possible. The thought of looking at herself anymore made her feel sick! She barely saw herself as human! Is this what people meant when they spoke of the uncanny valley? Kendra drew her knees to her chest. she didn't like this at all.

When she moved again she felt sluggish. Like being drunk. On the bed were folders. Each one explaining something new. The first was about how to run ship without an AI. The next was about her new body. And the last was an overview of human history from the moment she... the moment she what?

Kendra knew she died but not how or why. No matter how hard she tried nothing came. This troubled her even more. What had happened to her?

Reading the files proved to be useful. The sluggish feeling came from low power. She would need to eat something to regain her strength. A glass of fuel had been left on her nightstand by ship. She felt a deep sadness as she drank. It made her feel better though.

If this was her new normal... then she would have to do something meaningful with it. She decided as she stared out of her bedroom window, that she would protect the earth. She would become a better captain. For ship and herself. Carpe Momentum.

Chapter 197: They Came With Flowers

Summary:

I know this is super early but I was inspired. I think someone else might have done something similar. I'm not sure though... I'm just a little worried I'm unintentionally stealing someone else's idea

Chapter Text

Sun sat in the center of the daycare. One knee up with an arm draped around it. Bitterly looking at the monitor showing animations of himself and Moon. They looked so friendly and welcoming! If only they looked like that!

Today was valentine's day. The glamrocks had gotten so many gifts! Cards, flowers, candy, and even handmade things like pictures and toys. He and moon didn't get anything. The kids like them. Really they do! Just not enough for valentine's gifts.

Don't get him started on staff! A few workers delivered stuff to them that was for the other glamrocks! Sun glared harder at the screen from his spot on the floor. Part of him wanted to throw a chair at the damn thing. The lights flickered and turned off.

Moon curled in on himself more. Of course, no one wanted to give them anything. He knew how ugly they looked.

Moon growled loudly "WHY DON'T WE LOOK LIKE THAT?! WHY DID WE HAVE TO GET MADE SO UGLY AND SCARY!? WHY!?"

A soft sound to his left caught his attention. It was followed by a soft giggle. He crawled toward the sound. A single rose was on the ground wrapped in a blue and gold ribbon. Another soft sound and another flower. Moon was confused.

More and more things hit the ground. He picked up flowers, the artwork of him and Sun, hand-crafted toys, and letters. So many letters all telling him how wonderful he and Sun are. As the lights flickered on a cacophony started.

Many voices saying all sorts of things "We love you, Moon!" "We love you Sun!" "We love you!" "You are the coolest!" "I got this for you!" "Made this for you!" "I drew this! Sorry it sucks!"

Sun dropped to his knees. There were so many people standing on the upper floor. He could see a line forming in front of the slide. People of every gender were coming to him. Warm smiles on their faces and open arms.

Someone within the crowd of people spoke "Sorry we're late! We wanted to give you both everything together!"

Another quipped "Yeah! You boys deserve the best!"

A woman growled "Whoever said you are ugly or spooky is a damn liar! You are not spooky at all! And if you are ugly so is Tom Petty and he is hot as hell!"

A man laughed "No where near as hot as Sun and Moon!"

A person in the front chuckled as they spoke "The point is. You are special to all of us. Happy Valentine's Day."

Sun wailed loudly and clutched his armful of gifts to his chest. The group surrounded him and a few at a time they hugged him. Those who were waiting on a hug cleaned the daycare. When the lights shut off Moon was sobbing and making grabby hands. The admirers were working together using phones to light the room and clean the mess.

Some of the people even cleaned up their tower room for them. Moon was overwhelmed with emotion. Sun was no better. This would be valentines they would remember forever.

Chapter 198: Cleaning Eclipse

Chapter Text

Eclipse wasn't sure what to make of you. You are a relatively new night guard. You had only been working for six months. You were assigned to work with him as the night guard. For some reason, you were always so nice to him. You must be using him but why? What were you hoping to get from him?

Eclipse felt his wires jolt with electricity as you walked in that day. Cleaning supplies. You had cleaning supplies and a bucket of hot water in your arms. Of course, it was cleaning day.

Eclipse crosses his arms at your approach "No."

You huff "I was told to give you a thorough cleaning."

Eclipse looks away from you "I'll take care of it myself. I don't need you."

The first time Eclipse let someone clean him they didn't talk to him. In fact, they were scared of the nine-foot bot. The second time they were too rough with him. Accidentally stripped a few wires during gleaning. The third time they shut him down. When he woke up he was sore in strange places. He didn't want to know what happened. that was the last time he let anyone near him to clean him.

You adjust the box of supplies in your arms "Not even going to give me a chance? Alright. Where would you like me to put these then?"

You weren't fighting him? Eclipse was confused. He took the box from you slowly.

You put your hands on your hips "I'm going to go patrol. You can clean yourself up. Call if you need me."

You walked away. No fuss or fighting. As he walked to his room in the sub-basement he wondered what was wrong with you. When he looked the supplies over he came across some unusual items. There was a boar's hair brush, various scented sprays, and soft washcloths. No wire brushes or scrapers. When he finished cleaning himself to the best of his ability he set off to find you.

Your attitude continued to baffle him over the next six months. Always so kind to him. You even got him a few gifts. Soon it was cleaning day again.

You turn a corner with cleaning supplies and a bucket of hot water again "Where would you like these?"

Eclipse rubbed his arms nervously. He wasn't mean to you. But at the start, he wasn't nice to you either. He treated you with indifference. He was warming up to you though. If he was honest with himself he had a crush on you.

Eclipse looked away from you "Could... Could you help me?"

You flushed brightly "Of course! Where would you like to go?"

Eclipse took the box from you "Follow me."

You followed closely behind him. He led you down stairs and long hallways. It was cold and musty where you were. You had only been down here two other times. Once for orientation and once when you needed to bring Eclipse a large item. About halfway down the hall was his room. The door has his name etched into it.

Inside the room are a makeshift bed, a trunk you bought him to hold his things, a mirror, and a TV with an Xbox X you bought him to play games and movies on. The bedding is mostly back and red. Colors he had picked himself. Eclipse sets the cleaning supplies down crossing his legs to sit down.

You look him over. He looked similar to Sun and Moon with a few differences. Instead of two arms, he has four. Two eggplant colored and two burnt orange. His chest is half burnt orange and half eggplant. He has four five-inch rays in eggplant and nine smaller rays in burnt umber. His eyes are a soft moonlight yellow. His pants are black and he has the same shoes as Sun and Moon minus the bells.

You can see all the dirt and grime on his body. This will take some time but that's fine. You are giddy on the inside. Happy to touch him. You just have to keep your crush in line. You aren't even sure he knows you have been trying to court the bot. Your gifts have become more frequent. You have been trying to tell him how you feel but you get nervous when you try and chicken out.

You decide to start off easy "I'm going to wipe you down with a washcloth first. Is that alright?"

Eclipse nods nervously "That's fine..."

You pick a cloth up and dip it into the bucket of warm water "Are you alright?" You dropped the cloth into the bucket "If you aren't comfortable we can do this another time."

Eclipse pursed his lips "I'm nervous."

You pick the cloth back up "We'll go slow. If you want to stop just tell me."

Eclipse nods unsure if you are aware of the previous times people tried to clean him. Slowly you bring the warm cloth to his back. You rub his back in gentle but firm circles. It feels... nice. He leans forward slightly to give you better access to his back. When you find a bit of stubborn dirt you set the cloth on it for a few seconds before wiping it off.

This is different than the treatment he got before. You start humming a soft tune. Something you have hummed before. He wants to ask about it but doesn't want to stop your humming. It's slowly getting louder like you are about to start singing. You move to his left and take his arm. Pausing for a nod from him before beginning to clean.

Eclipse watches you quietly. You have a small smile on your face. When you take his hand to clean it your face turns a bright red. You looked absolutely adorable! He could tell you were avoiding eye contact. You were nervous. Your heart hammered in your chest as you held his hand. The way you held his hands so gently as you cleaned each one made his systems heat up.

Shyly you moved in front of him "Can I clean your" Your face flushed brighter "Chest?"

Eclipse nodded and moved his arms to let you clean. You scooted closer to him. Standing in between his legs. The cloth had been cleaned in the bucket and was pleasantly warm. Slowly you rubbed the cloth in circles to clean him. Tenderly placing your other hand on his chest for balance. Eclipse was warm and slowly getting warmer. Standing so close to him was nice.

His two upper arms moved to your back to help you keep balance. Without asking you moved the cloth to his face. He leaned into your touch gazing into your eyes. This felt so intimate. Each ray on his head got special attention. Every now and then you glanced at his eyes. Your soft smile turns brighter and warmer.

Softly you ask "Would you like me to clean inside your chest?"

Eclipse shakes his head "Can we do it tomorrow?"

You nod "Of course. Is there anywhere else you want me to clean?"

Eclipse grabs at his pants "Could... you clean... my legs?"

Your breathing and heart rate picks up "Sure."

Slowly Eclipse takes his pants off. While he doesn't have any genitals this still feels intimate. Like something romantic partners do. You smile up at him reassuringly surprised to see him do the same thing at the exact same time as you. Slowly you clean his lags. Starting from his feet and working your way up.

When you get to his upper thighs you pause. Taking a deep breath you continue. This confuses Eclipse. Had he been reading things wrong? You set the cloth down after only cleaning his left thigh.

You look up at him and stand up. Hands placed gently on his chest you lean forward. Slowly you press your lips to his. Eclipse leans into the kiss. His arms move to wrap around you but you pull back.

You sit back down and finish wiping him down "I just wanted to make sure I was reading the room right. I... am shy. We should go on patrol now."

Eclipse nods and gets dressed. As you two leave with the bucket of dirty tepid water you take Eclipse's hand. Eclipse gives it a gentle squeeze. After that day he never let anyone else try to clean him again. Only you.

Chapter 199: Cleaning Eclipse pt 2

Summary:

This has wire play

Chapter Text

Three months passed quickly. Eclipse decided it was time to let you clean inside him. Eclipse was waiting for you by the Employee Entrance when you came into work that night. Eclipse would not look you in the eye as you jogged up to him.

You smiled up at him "Ready for cleaning day?"

Eclipse nodded with a quiet nervous "Yes..."

You aren't sure why he's so nervous. It might be something he doesn't want to talk about in the open. You shift the overnight bag over your shoulder. Management did not give a crap what you did as long as all your shit got done and you don't claim any overtime unless your boss says so.

Eclipse holds the door to his room open for you "Come in. I have everything ready."

Again Eclipse spoke quietly. You put your bag down in the corner and glanced around the room. You really need to do something about the boring white walls and shit-ass excuse for a bed. The garbage concrete floor needed something done to it too. Something for another time though. Eclipse sat down on the floor and glanced at you before looking away.

You put a hand gently on his calf "What is wrong love?"

Eclipse fiddled with his fingers "I want you to clean inside me... It's... sensitive."

You nod "Alright. I'll be gentle."

Eclipse pops his chest open and lay down "It's easier for you to clean me laying down." He turned his head away from you slowly.

You look inside. It was a mess. Dirt and grime everywhere. His fans were caked with dust. Scraps of confetti were caught in him as well.

You pull out a tub of cleaning slime gel "I'm going to clean your fans first. Ok?"

Eclipse nods and continues to stare at the wall. You slowly reach your hand in. As you clean the fan with the slime the back of your hand brushes against one of his wires. Eclipse tightly shuts his eyes and bites his lip hard.

You draw your hand back "Did that hurt?! I'm sorry!"

Eclipse twitched and mumbled "It didn't hurt."

You tilt your head "What?"

Eclipse sighs "Never mind. Keep going."

You stare at him for a moment before continuing to clean his fans. As you pull your hand out to get something to clean his wires with your hand brushes another. Again Eclipse bites his lip making a strangled sound.

You pull your hand back and put the slime away "What is going on? Am I hurting you or not?"

Eclipse finally looked over at you "It doesn't hurt."

You cross your arms "Then what... Does. Does it feel good?"

Eclipse scoots away from you trying to sit up "This was a stupid idea!"

You reach out but don't touch him "Wait! It's alright. I don't mind if it feels good."

Eclipse tugs at a ray "I'm not supposed- It's wrong!"

You put your hands on your hips "Says who?"

Eclipse looks down at his open chest bitterly "Terry from parts and service. He said I was built defective and should not feel that way from my wires being touched."

You growl "Well! Terry is a dick! Now, let me finish cleaning inside you."

Eclipse looks distraught "But my wires!"

You lean forward and wrap your arms around his shoulders "I'll go really really slowly. If you get uncomfortable I'll stop and we'll figure out another way to clean you."

Eclipse nods and lays back down "Alright. I-... I trust you."

You slowly put your hand back inside his chest. Gently you brush a finger on one of the light blue wires to see how dirty they are. Eclipse's back arches toward you as he writhes.

You leave your finger on the blue wire as you fetch a small cloth and some cleaning spray. You spritz the soft cloth and slowly rub the wire. Eclipse bites his lip again.

You brush his cheek with your hand "Hey. Don't hide those beautiful noises. No one can hear us down here."

Eclipse leans into your hand. His fans whirr softly to keep him cool. The sound is louder than usual with his chest open. You run the cloth slowly along the next wire. Eclipse moans loudly arching his back. You move on to the next wire moving painfully slow.

Eclipse moans out a soft and timid "Faster."

You pause "What was that?"

Eclipse groans "F-faster!"

You tilt your head "Faster what?"

Eclipse states at you wide-eyed "What?! Um! Please?!"

You clean the next wire at a slightly faster pace.

Eclipse moans and writhes "Yes!"

As you clean the wires you can't help but want to nibble on one. But not yet they are still dirty.

You throw a leg over his hips "Is this alright?"

Eclipse nods eyes screwed shut "Fine... Oh! Oooh God!"

You spritz your cloth with more cleaner. This time you take three wires in your hand and rub them quickly. Eclipse bends his knees kicking them out one at a time. His hands find their way to your hips. He takes them in his hands with a gentle squeeze. His voice starts to glitch out slowly becoming incomprehensible static.

You spritz the cloth again and get to work cleaning another set of wires. Your hand was so soft and warm on his wires. This was so wrong! So so wrong!

But when he opened his mouth to tell you all that came out was "DON'T STOP! KEEP GOING!"

You pull your hand out and set the cloth down "All done. You are completely clean Eclipse."

Eclipse looked pained "What? No!"

You lean back resting your hands on his thighs behind you "No?" The soft fabric of his pants feels nice on your fingers.

Eclipse lets out a choked sob "I was so close!"

You run a slow finger down a wire "Hm... I thought you said it's wrong?"

Eclipse arches his open chest toward you "I was wrong! Please! Touch my wires." His hands slide up your waist attempting to entice you "I need it! You feel so good! Touch me so well! Please!"

You pretend to mull it over "Hm... I don't know..." You take the wire between your pointer finger and thumb running your fingers up and down it "Alright."

Eclipse moves his hands down your sides slowly. Two hands grip your hips and two on your thighs. His large hands completely cover your waist. You wonder if he knows what holding you like this is doing to you. Your panties feel warm and moist with slick. You let out a soft moan as he grips you tighter. Writhing beneath you. His crotch rubs against yours deliciously.

You thrust your crotch on his as you grip the wires tighter. Slowly Eclipse moves your hips to grind against his as he sobs in pleasure. You lean down and take a wire in your mouth. Eclipse's eyes go wide and he harshly grinds you down on his crotch. This feels so good you need more. You don't want him to stop.

Your tongue laves over his wires. This new position has your groin grinding on Eclipse better. His hips thrust up to meet yours as he pushes you down. You moan as you wrap your lips around the wire. Eclipse pushes you down with a loud record scratch cry that hurts your ears. Your eyes roll back into your head as you cum hard. Eclipse shuts off frozen holding you tightly to himself.

You can't move. Stuck laying down on the poor bot. You can't even close his chest cavity. When Eclipse finishes rebooting he gives you a dopey smile. Eclipse sets you to the side and closes his chest. He pulls you to him and crawls to the "bed".

Eclipse throws a blanket over the two of you "Sleep. I'll clock you out."

Chapter 200: An Idea For Troll Sun and Moon

Summary:

This is a work in progress. Sorry if it sounds disjointed. I tried to keep it organized. More will probably be added to this. @PrinzessDina
helped me create this.

Chapter Text

Thinking about writing a piece about Sun and Moon but they are 30ft trolls who live in a mountain area with some woods. The two live behind a waterfall in a large cave. The cave is located at the base of the mountain. They talk in grunts and growls. Neither of them wears clothes.

Trolls have both sharp and flat teeth. Good for grinding rocks, fending off intruders, and eating meat. A troll diet consists primarily of plants and rocks. Meat is eaten but not as often and mostly for calcium. Trolls tend to be territorial. They don't get violent unless provoked.

Cautious in nature they avoid others when possible. They don't typically live in large groups above ground but do have special holidays where they gather. The largest number of trolls that will live in one area is nine. Any more than that and resources get scarce. It is more common to find large numbers of trolls living underground.

Their cock and pussy are hidden in a cloaca-kind of entrance like alligators. Their genitals look like cloudy crystals. Both Sun and Moon can lay eggs and gestate them in their bodies. Eggs are very small when they leave the ovipositor penis. roughly one inch in length and five inches in diameter.

Trolls typically mate in a trio instead of a pair. This is to ensure the safety of children and the species as a whole. Trolls have been known to mate with other species but it's rare. As of right now, it is not known how this is done. Although it is assumed they have some kind of magic.

Trolls don't have a male or female. Typically the smaller of the mating trio has the babies. The larger ones take on a protective role. One will go out to get food while the other will stay with the pregnant troll. This is why all trolls have both parts needed for breeding. Trolls mate for life. All parties must agree on having each other as partners or it doesn't happen.

They go through a mating cycle in the fall. Children are hatched from eggs. The eggs look like rocks and have thick shells. Parents have to help kids hatch. Children are like animal babies. They are able to walk within a month of hatching. the drink milk before moving on to solid foods. A typical first solid meal for troll children is wild mushrooms.

Sun: Sun is 30ft tall. He has a slim frame. His head has a long snout and pointy ears. His eyes are cream in color. He has five large crystals around his head. they are orange in color and reflect the light when he stands at the right angle. Sun has two long slender tails. His tails end in rounded points. Sun loves games! He especially loves to swim! Anything that requires a lot of energy is something Sun will like. He is very active. Sun often grooms himself taking pride in his appearance. He wants to look good for potential mates.

Moon: Moon is also 30ft tall with a slim frame. He has a shorter snout than Sun. But not by much. He has light blue eyes. His ears are also pointy. The back of his head is covered in bioluminescent mushrooms that trail down his back like hair. He doesn't groom himself as much as Sun does. Hence the mushrooms growing on him. He also has tiny crystals dotting his body. He has one thick tail with a crystal at the end. this crystal is used to reflect light like a lamp. Moon prefers activities that don't require a lot of effort. Often found stargazing or watching the woodland animals.

Chapter 201: Sleepy Cuddles With Moon

Chapter Text

You just finished fixing part of the play structure in the daycare. Some bolts were loose on one of the colorful tubes. The company had been trying something new with you and a coworker you've only met a few times. The idea was to build housing behind the plex for workers.

There was an expansion coming. More attractions, more animatronics, a god damnd aquatic center! Hell, they were adding a damn hotel to the place. With all these additions the company decided it best to have at least two live-in workers to lighten the load for those working on the new project.

You made your way out of the play structure sluggishly. Avoiding the occasional child who had returned to the structure after you gave the O.K. Sun waved you over as you slid out of the slide. Slowly you shuffled over.

Sun in a sing-song tone chortled "Looks like someone needs a nap!"

You stretched your arms over your head with a wide-mouthed yawn "Ye! Where's Moon?"

Sun tilts his head toward the tower "He's charging up in the tower. I'm sure he won't mind you joining him."

You nod slowly "Can I have a hug before I go?"

Sun squealed as he bounced from one foot to the other jovially "A hug! I LOVE hugs!" His rays spin as he picks you up wrapping his arms around you "MmmMH! You get some good sleep sunshine!" He rubs his nose against yours before setting you down.

"MR.SUN!" From across the daycare.

Sun sighs "Duty calls. Sorry, you'll have to go through the theater."

You nod "I'll see you later. We can watch a movie together!"

Sun nods as he darts across the daycare. You leave the daycare through the large wooden doors. The stairs to the second floor seem longer than they actually are. As you approach the theater a group of kids runs past you. You stumble but catch yourself on the wall to your left.

As the poster closes behind you you let out a loud yawn. You look at the door at the top of the stairs and steel yourself. This will be quite the chore for your sleepy ass. You look around the room as you enter.
The curtain is closed so no light can get through. Four beanbag chairs are set up in front of a TV with a console in front of it. A minifridge sits in the far corner along the wall along with a table and microwave.

You crawl through the tunnel to the bedroom. An Alaskan king bed sits in a corner. A moon nightlight hangs from the ceiling. On the far wall sits a star map from the day Sun and Moon were turned on. An adjoining wall has a desk and the center of the room has a sunflower rug.

Moon is on the bed plugged into the wall charger. He looks so peaceful. arms outstretched like he's searching for someone in his sleep. His nightcap hangs on a post on the headboard. His chest rises and falls. the company had given him artificial breathing to help the kids sleep. You don't want to wake him. Slowly you crawl onto the bed. You lift his arm as slowly as possible. Carefully you crawl into his arms.

His arm twitches "Starlight?"

You pout as you let his arm go "I didn't want to wake you."

Moon drapes his arm over you and pulls you close "S' ok. Taking a nap?"

You wiggle into him more "Yes. M' tired."

Moon hooks a leg in between yours "Well. I won't turn down good company."

The two of you lay still for a moment before you say something "You want to sing to me don't you?"

Moon hums "Maybe...."

You chuckle "Go ahead."

Moon giggles in glee before singing "Twinkle Twinkle Little Star" to you. The gravel of his voice lulls you to sleep.

Sun returns to the tower an hour later. He knows Moon has been having issues with holding charge. He's not mad about it. A replacement is already on its way. His circuits melt when he gets to the bedroom. Moon is laying on the bed with you tucked into his arms. A nap sounds nice. The three of you can watch a movie together after you wake up and get something to eat.

Slowly he crawls into bed behind Moon and wraps his arms around his waist. Snuggling up to his lunar counterpart. His face buried into the back of Moon's head. Rays retracted for better sleep. the gentle rise and fall of Moon's chest relaxing him.

Chapter 202: Smooching The Sun

Chapter Text

Sun hummed along with the Daycare Theme. Tonight he was having a movie date with you while Moon went on patrol. He couldn't help giggling as he pushed the beanbags together. You were supposed to arrive in twenty minutes. The pizza he ordered would arrive in fifteen. If things went well the two of you would be smooching in no time!

As he fluffed the yellow beanbag he heard a disastrous sound. It tore open spilling some of its little white balls on the ground. This would not do! No. No. No. He crawled into the bedroom and fetched the sewing kit. He would need to repair this right away! Smooches were at stake! Luckily the repair didn't take long.

All he needed to do now was pick a romantic movie, fetch the blankets, and set the lighting to be more romantic. Back into the bedroom, he went. First, he put the sewing kit back where it belongs. Then he took the spare blankets from the trunk at the foot of the bed.

Sun arranged the blankets neatly on the beanbags. The two of you would be snuggling under the blankets together. Especially since he had Moon turn the temperature down a little. He chuckled as he made his way to the balcony. The pizza should be here now. If only you were here to see his swan dive into the ball pit. It always seemed to impress you.

Sun loved when you swooned over him. It made him feel like a hero. Your hero! His hands flew to his cheeks as he fawned over the thought. He couldn't help skipping over to the large wooden doors where the delivery bot was waiting with the pizza. The delivery bot held the box out to him. Sun thanked the bot as he took the pizza.

Sun tried not to shake the pizza as he made his way back to the tower. The last thing he had to do was adjust the lights. Sun turned the lights off and turned on the lamp behind the TV. It gave the room a movie theater feel.

"Sunny you up there?!" You called from the theater staircase.

Sun wiggled in excitement "COMMING!" He ran to the door and opened it for you "Sunshine!" Sun took the clean laundry from your arms "Let me help you with that. I'll put this away. You get comfortable." He makes his way through the tunnel "I got you for favorite pizza! It's in front of the TV!"

You take your shoes off and slip into something more comfortable. Sun had pajamas set out for you so you wouldn't be in your uniform for this date. The pizza smells divine! You had been craving one all day/ Sun returned just as you were sitting down on the beanbag with your drink of choice.

Sun finds the most romantic movie he can think of. The Little Mermaid. He will get smooches from you for sure! There is no way you won't smooch him when Kiss The Girl plays. Sun lays down next to you giving you enough space for you to eat your meal. Your leg brushes against his as you eat. His circuits heat up in a blush. Fans kicking on softly to cool him off.

"How's the date going?" Moon asks through their link.

Sun looks over at you with a smile "Good so far! We are watching The Little Mermaid."

"Nice. I'm sure she'll kiss you after that movie." Moon complimented.

Sun turned back to the film "Thanks Moonie! See you when you are finished with your patrol. Smooches!"

"Kisses Sunny." Moon shut the connection ending the call.

You set the half-empty pizza box aside. You took Sun's hand in yours with a gentle squeeze. Sun leaned into you so you sit shoulder to shoulder. It didn't matter that the three of you had been together for the better part of a year. Smooches were still a very special and cherished thing to Sun. Each smooch felt like the first time to him and made his thoughts run wild.

As casually as possible sun tossed a blanket over the two of you. Instinctually you snuggled up to him. Victory! Now all he needed to do was wait for Kiss The Girl. the moment when you would be the most receptive to smooching. And boy did he want to smooch you!

Waiting for the song to play was difficult. Sun however knew it would be worth the wait. He could almost feel your soft lips against his lips. The warmth seeping into his silicone. Your scent surrounding him as you sit in his lap. His hands on your waist. Rubbing tiny circles into your soft warm flesh.

He blinked his thoughts away and focused back on the movie. The song was about to start. He needed to be ready. As the first verse played Sunyurned toward you. He tucked his hand under your chin and tipped it toward him. You stared up at him with those gorgeous eyes of yours. He leaned down and pressed his lips to yours in a chaste smooch. Your lips are so soft and warm.

Your blush set his soul on fire! Although that could be him overheating. Sun peppered your face in smooches. He reveled in the sound of your laughter. you weakly tried to push him away. He leaned back to let you breathe but you pulled him toward you. You kissed his lips, from one of his cheeks to the other, the tip of his nose, his forehead, and back to his lips again.

A large puff of steam escaped his joints. You chuckled ad him before taking his cheeks in your hands. You peppered his face with more kisses. So many of them! His hands found your soft supple waist. He gently squeezed them in his large hands. He heard Moon come in but paid him no mind. Moon walked into the bedroom to give you and Sun some privacy.

Soon the movie ended. As much as Sun would love to spend the entire night smooching you, he knew you needed sleep.

Sun sucked your lower lip into his mouth "Time for bed Sunshine. Did you enjoy our date?"

You nodded "I did." You leaned forward and pressed your nose to his "We should do a date with Moon soon. A special date."

Sun groaned "What kind of special?"

You licked his lips "The bedroom kind of special."

Sun nodded eagerly "Yes yes! We should! We can talk to Moon about it tomorrow. Sometime when you have a few days off."

You nodded "Yeah. I'll check the schedule tomorrow."

Sun picks you up and carries you to the bedroom for bed.

Chapter 203: #SMinktober Prompt: MECHANIC

Chapter Text

It was 2am when you got the emergency call from Freddy. He didn't say what the problem was. Just that it was dire. You got dressed in your company issue jumpsuit. You told the boys where you were going before you left.

You made your way quickly through the plex. Once you made it to Freddy's green room you knocked on the door.

You hear Freddy on the other side of the door "Come in. But please! Be quick! And lock the door behind you!"

You shrug and enter the room as quickly as possible. As you turn around you let out a squeak and cover your face. Freddy is tied up with Bonnie sitting on top of him. Freddy is buried to the hilt inside Bonnie. Modesty panel open wide.

Ballsack hanging low. You just sort of stand there for a second taking everything in. Bonnie giggle "Are you going to help us or ogle your not husbands?"

You shake your head "What's the problem?"

Freddy avoids eye contact with you. He shifts nervously. Bonnie does not move an inch.

You notice Bonnie's mouth does not move "So Freddy and I were 'having some fun'. All of the sudden I can't move an inch! We are stuck. And with Freddy all tied up..."

You nod "I got you... Freddy I'm going to have to sit on your chest to access Bonnie's chest cavity."

Freddy nods sheepishly. You climb on top of the bear with your toolkit. Crap.

You remove Bonnie's chest and wiggle into place. This is awkward. You feel uncomfortable. This is not a position you ever wanted to be in with these two.

You turn a headlamp on and begin your work. Whatever MECHANIC did work on him last missed a few loose wires in the back. You reattach the wires. As you pull your arm out your sleeve gets caught on something.

You try to tug it free but that only results in you getting pulled further in. Now you are in a fight not to have your arm pulled further in.

"Shit! I'm stuck! Fuck fuck fuck! We need to call someone else!" You huff out.

Freddy panics "I don't want anyone else to see us like this!"

Bonnie tries to move "You are gumming up my systems and I can't move again."

You sigh "Well we have to call someone. What about Sun or Moon? They have nimble enough fingers to get me free. Those two have had to do this to each other for years!"

Freddy sighs in defeat "Ok... I'll call him."

Minutes pass and you finally hear salvation! Sun is crawling through the vents. He pops the cover off and slides out.

Before he turns around you blurt out "I'm not cheating on you! But this is a very suspicious position."

Sun slowly turns around. He stands there taking the scene in. Laughter bubbles up in his systems but he pushes it down.

His mirth however makes it into his voice "Sunshine, heh, What uh what's the problem?"

Your arm is pulled a few centimeters more into Bonnie "My sleeve is stuck inside Bonnie. His gears are pulling me in. I don't have the room to take my clothes off. Bonnie can't move because of this stupid jumpsuit!"

Sun turns around. His shoulders shake before stilling. He turns back around and looks inside Bonnie. He adjusts your head to shine your light where he needs it. Within minutes he has you free.

Bonnie sighs in relief finally able to move around "Thank you! You can go now. That was all we needed."

You nod "Do you want me to put your chest back on?"

Freddy shakes his head "We can do that ourselves. Please don't tell anyone."

You agree as Sun climbs back into the vent. His long frame slips out to pull you inside as well. The two of you crawl back to the daycare and vow never to speak of what you saw.

Chapter 204: Paradox

Summary:

A teaser for something

Chapter Text

"Ah, there you are!" The head of security for the plex practically cheered as he approached you. "I have something important to tell you. As you know we have reinstated Eclipse as security."

You nod "Yeah, I know. We have worked together already! I really like him. He does a good job! Sun and Moon like him too."

He nods "I'm aware. Tomorrow we are giving the three of them an upgrade. They will be able to fuse together into a new entity we are calling Paradox."

You throw a hand up "Wait! Fuse together?"

You frown "You mean you can't risk your precious Glamrocks."

He shot you a warning glare "Watch it." He sighed "But yes that is exactly why. We want you to work with him and get him ready."

You cross your arms "Ready? Ready for what?"

The man huffed before walking away "You'll find out later! This will also require you to spend more time at the plex. I recommend sleeping in the Daycare. It's more comfortable."

He left you with more questions than answers. You suppose you'll be given more information when you meet this Paradox.

Chapter 205: Affection For Eclipse

Summary:

I crave cuddles!

Chapter Text

You didn't need to get Eclipse out of the room to work on his room. The plex was having an event and it was all hands on deck. You had already worked a double shift so asking you to work was out of the question. Your relationship with Eclipse was well known in the plex. It was not unusual for you to be seen with the bot even on off days. No one batted an eye when you came in on your day off with armfuls of stuff. Wallpaper was something you would never do again. It was a miserable experience, one you would not want to repeat.

The floors were a little more tricky to put in. You made it a point to pick a DIY kit. You started in the morning and finished by moonrise. You had already talked to Sun and Moon. They were more than happy to keep Eclipse in the daycare for a sleepover. Eclipse was more than happy to spend the night out of the shitty room he was forced into. You worked long into the night to get things ready for him. A mix of caffeine and love kept you going. It was noon the next day when you finished. You were a zombie standing on your feet. The caffeine had worn off long ago. Your eyes fluttered as you struggled to stay awake.

Eclipse walked down the hall to his room, if he could even call it that. His TV was outside his room sitting against the wall. He stared at it for a moment confused, curious as to why it was out in the hall. He opened the metal door to his room. His joints locked up. The room was completely decorated with new furniture. A bed! He has a bed!! The amount of adoration and affection that flooded his systems was immeasurable. Then he spotted you. Standing in the middle of the room and stumbling exhausted.

Eclipse wrapped his arms around you, pulling you close. There would be time for talking tomorrow. Right now he needed to put you to bed. A jolt of electricity ran through him. It was his favorite color, yellow! How long did this take you? He needed to find a way to show you how much you meant to him. He picked you up and laid you down in bed. Gently he took enough clothes off to make you comfortable for sleeping. Eclipse tucked you into bed, He turned the lights off and climbed into bed with you. His long arms wrapped around you protectively. Eclipse craved you. He wanted nothing more than to feel your lips on his. He wanted to taste inside your mouth and hear all the pretty noises you had for him.

However, you needed sleep. when you wake up, he's going to show you how much he loves you. To satiate his need to kiss you breathless he kissed the back of your head. Hopefully, you will feel them in your dreams.

Chapter 206: I'm just excited. Not a story

Chapter Text

I've started writing erotic books on Amazon! I have two so far and a third on the way. I'm not telling you to buy them. I'm just expressing my joy.

 

Just as a warning! If you find them the one called The Game is just the first two chapters of The game I wrote on here but with a human dude and no ties to FNAF. The other one is To Summon A Lover. Kimberly Bratton wrote both.

 

Right now I'm writing my next novella about werewolves. When it's finished I'll be working on another chapter for Take A Gamble On Me.

Chapter Text

As you walked into his bedroom, Sun felt the electricity in his body surge. The absolute joy that flooded his system overwhelmed him. For a moment his vision failed him. Blacking out and returning with an error message. The brief seconds he didn't see you were agony. If your image burned into his optics, he would tell no one and keep it a secrete. A way for him to keep you until his body could no longer function. He opened his arms. You eagerly jumped into them. As his arms wrapped around you he tried to memorize how you felt in them.

Your laughter was the sweetest music. He was so absolutely enamored with you. He and Moon had a book. A special one they hid. They wrote about what they wanted their life outside the plex to be. What living with you would be like? Then you kissed him. His core felt like lava. Could you feel how hot he was? How much you caused him to glitch out? Even though he had almost nothing, he wanted to give you everything. When everyone else was cruel you were the honey in the hive. That sweetness drawing him in.

He was drunk on your love and addicted to you. He lamented his lack of a penis or vagina. He didn't know which one you would prefer him to have but he wanted one. He wanted it for you so he could please you more than he already did. He wanted you to be happy. You asked him something. Your head tilted slightly as you waited for an answer. Sun put you down assuming that's what you wanted. You pulled him to the bed. Would he get to pleasure you? He loved how much you wanted and needed him to please you. it made him feel special.

You pulled him to lie down beside him. "Error, system overheating" flashed bright red against his vision. He groused internally at it. It was blocking his view of you. He opened the vents to release steam and hot air. You climbed on top of him and laid down. If he could smile more he would. His immovable face made that impossible. Instead, he wrapped his arms around you and let you do as you please. You pulled a blanket over the two of you and snuggled down into him. He rubbed your back as you drifted off to sleep.

He wondered what Moon would do with you when it was his turn to be active. For now, he would hold you close and sear your image into his memory forever. So permanent that no one could ever delete it. He pressed his immovable smile to your forehead.

Chapter 208: For you Moon

Chapter Text

Moon was gone when you woke up. Likely on patrol as usual. You knew he would be back soon. You stretched with a groan as you woke up more. Glancing around the room, you decided to clean the space. Despite how clean they kept the daycare, Sun could not bring himself to spend much time in their room. When you asked about it he refused to talk about it. Moon gave you the same answer. You didn't push the subject though, they'll tell you when they're good and ready.

As you moved pillows and stuffed animals into a neat pile you found a pile of books. Glamrock Freddy smiled at you from the cover of the first book with a microphone in his hand. The book looked well-used and loved. You pursed your lips, curious as to what this was. You opened to a random page.

"Dear diary,
Hello! This is Sun. Today we met a new worker. They seem nervous but excited! They work in parts and-"

You closed the book. You should not be reading their diary. That would be an invasion of privacy. The second book had DJMM on the front. You flipped to a random page.

"Dear diary,
Starlight showed me a movie today. It was called-"

You closed Moon's diary. The third book caught your attention. If those were their diaries then what was this one? You opened the book to a random page. Inside was a piece of printer paper folded in half. It was a sketch of you. You were wearing a 1950s housewife dress with flats. the dress was dark blue with a thick white belt around the waist. The sleeves came to your elbows, the neckline was a jewel neckline. It had white trim on the sleeves, hem, and neckline. Over the heart was a half-sun half-moon image in white. You looked at the pages the picture sat between.

"Sun, you don't have to keep writing 'Deer Diary' in this. It's not a diary. So, in the future, I have this scenario I want to see. I don't know if they'll do it, but I want them to wear a dress. I have this image in my head of coming home to them in this dress waiting for me by the door. Starlight showed me a movie the other day called Pleasantville. I really liked the dresses. I want to provide for them. Show them I can be a good spouse. I don't have anything I can give though." Moon wrote in blue ink.

"You can give them your heart!" Sun wrote in orange.

"Sun, we have no hearts." Moon wrote.

"Well, I think that dress looks great." Sun wrote back.

You looked back at the picture. A dress huh? You could do that for Moon. You snapped a picture of the dress confident someone could make it for you. You tucked all three books back where they were and began looking up custom dress shops on your phone. Moon suspected nothing when he returned. The two of you spent the night together chatting and cuddling. It took quite some time to get the dress made but in your mind, it was worth it. One of the two had moved the three books. If they suspected you found them they didn't say anything.

The day before your day off you brought a duffle bag with the dress neatly folded inside. You also had sleepwear and bright red lipstick. You weren't very good at makeup but you hoped Moon appreciated the effort. Most of your day was spent away from Sun. He and Moon did not need any maintenance or upgrades, leaving you with no reason to visit without management getting upset. Today the Glamrocks needed your attention. You were currently working on Roxanne. She used lipstick, maybe she could help you?

"Um... How do you put on lipstick?" You asked tentatively.

Roxanne eyed you in the mirror "Lipstick? Why? Hoping to look as great as I do?"

You blushed "You and I both know I can't do that. I, uh, have something planned for Moon. But I don't know how to put on lipstick and make it look good."

Roxanne nodded "Alright pup. I'll help you. Do you have any lipstick?"

You nodded "It's in my bag."

Roxanne inspected your work on her "Perfection. Come back later after hours. I'll help you out."

You nod "Thank you!" Your watch beeps and you heave a sigh "Fuck. Alright. I gotta go now."

Roxanne waved you off "That's fine. I have fans waiting to see me."

A few minutes before closing Roxanne came down to parts and service "You in here pup? I didn't want to wait for you."

You poked your head out of a side room "I'm here! I was about to go find you. Just clocked out for the day."

Roxanne took you in "Wow, a dress? Didn't take you for the type."

You blushed as you played with the skirt "Moon designed it."

Roxanne nodded "Hoping to get lucky then. Well, that creepy little weirdo deserves some happiness." She walked up to you and held her hand out "I'll just do it for you for now."

You hand her the lipstick.

She takes your jaw gently in her hand and applies the lipstick "Do you want an escort through the tunnels?"

You nod slowly "That would be nice. I'm not bothering you though?"

Roxanne waved you off "Of course not! You keep me perfect! It's the least I can do for you."

You fetch your bag and follow Roxanne through the tunnels. The daycare is still bright. Moon is not out yet, but he will be soon.

Roxanne stops you "Let me distract Sun while you make your way to their room. Freddy wants to have a game night with everyone so I can tell him now."

You nod and watch as Roxanne walks to Sun. At first, Sun gets excited hearing the door. He visibly deflates as he sees it's not you. The sad hello he gives Roxanne almost makes you run into his arms. As the two spark up a conversation, you quickly make your way to the theater. Inside the room, you take a moment to catch your breath. The lights shut off and you hear the soft clicks of Sun turning into Moon.

"Have you seen starlight today?" You hear Moon ask hopefully.

Roxanne sighs "Last I heard they were heading for your room. I need to go now." You can hear how uncomfortable she is talking to Moon. He must really creep her out.

You quietly move to stand behind the curtain. You fidget nervously as you wait for Moon to enter the room.

Moon pulls the curtain open and jumps back startled "AH!" He catches himself before he falls into the ball pit "Starlight?" His eyes shine brighter as he looks at what you are wearing "Where did you get that?" He takes you by the shoulders and asks in a panic "How much did you read?!"

You shrink in on yourself "Only the page with this dress in it! I swear!"

Moon sighs in relief "Sorry if I scared you. There are things in those books we aren't ready for you to see yet."

You frown "I'm sorry I read the page at all. I was just cleaning and found them on the floor."

Moon brushes your cheek with his thumb "Sun has a bad habit of leaving them in bad hiding places." Moon pauses "YES YOU DO!" Another pause "OH YEAH?! WHAT ABOUT THE TIME YOU HID THEM IN THE GIFT SHOP?!"

You stare at Moon nervously "I see."

He blinks as if he remembers you are there "Oh! Sorry. We aren't mad. It's not like we labeled them at all." He takes a few steps from you "Give me a spin lovely."

You blush brightly and slowly spin for Moon "I saw the sketch of me in this and took a picture. Had it custom made."

Moon rubs his foot on the floor nervously "Did you flip the page I was writing in?"

You shake your head "No, was there more to it?"

Moon looks away from you "Nothing you need to worry about right now. I, uh, I'm not ready for you to see that yet."

You nod "Would you like to go on a date? We can go to Gater Golf or the arcade?"

Moon blushes "Bowling. Let's go bowling. The, uh, the lighting is good there."

You nod as Moon takes you by the hand. the following day you find a sketch by Sun sticking out of your bag. It's you in a more masculine outfit.

Sun spots the picture and in the fakest way gasps "Oh golly! I should have hidden that better! Goodness! I'm sorry sunshine!"

You chuckle as you put it neatly into your bag. Looks like you are getting another custom outfit.

Chapter 209: She Wore The Finest Fabrics

Chapter Text

Most of the outfit Sun wanted you to wear was easy to find. A lot of it was at your local thrift stores. The only thing you couldn't get for dirt cheap was the hat. Altogether it was much cheaper than the dress. Speaking of which, it went missing a week after you got it. The lipstick also went missing. You asked around the plex but no one had seen it. Even Sun and Moon had not seen the dress. You felt bad for losing it. Moon worked hard designing it and you went and lost it like a dum dum.

Eventually, you had to give up your search for the dress. You hoped whoever stole it was enjoying it. You brought your duffle bag with you. Your 1950s outfit is neatly folded inside. When the plex closed you got dressed in a supply closet. You kept your usual undergarments for comfort. A pair of brown wingtip shoes and tan trousers for your bottoms. On top a white button-down with a cream-colored sweater vest. A red bowtie and matching flatcap with a red band finished the look off. You thought you looked rather spiffy. Sun really knew how to put an outfit together!

On your way to the Daycare, you passed by Freddy and Monty.

Freddy excitedly darted in front of you "Wow Superstar! You look great! Did you find your dress?"

You blushed and resisted the urge to pull your hat down over your eyes "Thanks, Freddy. I have no idea where the dress is. Even Sun and Moon don't know where it is. I feel so bad! Moon worked hard on the design and I lost it."

Monty waves you off "Ahm sure it'll show up."

"Monty." Fred warns in a stern tone.

You tilted your head "What?"

Freddy shook his head "Nothing for you to worry about." He adjusted your bowtie and hat "There. You look great."

You smile nervously "Thank you. I need to go."

Monty laughed as you took off at a brisk pace. The daycare was dark and the music was off when you entered. Unusual for the time. Sure you were showing up unannounced but Sun was usually the one out right now. Not that you were complaining. Moon seemed to need a little extra attention the past couple of weeks. You shook your head to bring you back to the present. A soft clicking sound caught your attention. It was coming from their bedroom. You powerwalked to the theater poster to take the stairs to their room. You opened the door to the room and gasped.

Moon was in the center with fairy lights lit. He was wearing the missing dress and a pair of black heels. his smile had sloppily done lipstick. A few of his teeth were stained pink. On either side of his head were earrings. He looked to be twirling in a circle.

When your eyes met he shrieked "STARLIGHT!? I... You weren't..." He shrunk in on himself "I'm sorry!" He backed up into a wall and slid to the floor "I"M SORRY!"

You threw your hands up "Hey! Hey. It's alright! I'm not mad."

Moon looked up at you "I..."

You walked to him and held your hand out "C'mere. Whatever is wrong I will always love you."

Moon whispered mournfully "Even if I'm not a man?"

You nod "Even then. So... what are you if you aren't a man?"

Moon wrapped his arms around you "I-I don't know." He leaned his neck on your shoulder "I know I'm not sure I'm a man. But that's it."

You slowly sway Moon in your arms "Do you like the dress?"

Moon nods "I do. But I also like being called a he? Though I also might want to be called other things? I just- I don't know!"

You pulled your phone out and pulled up your music app and pulled up "Unchained Melody" by The Righteous Brothers.

"Whatever you are." You put your hands on Moon's waist "We can figure it out together. I know this song was not written in the 1950s but I think you'll like it."

Moon tentatively put his hands on your shoulders. You took one of his hands in yours and gently began to sway the two of you back and forth as the song started.

Moon tapped your forehead with hers "Can you call me her tonight?"

You kissed his teeth "Anything for a pretty girl like you."

Moon gasped with a blush "Pretty girl?"

You nodded "My pretty girl. Good girl letting me lead the dance. Sorry I don't know how to dance by the way."

Moon giggles light and airy "It's alright. You look good by the way."

You smile at her "You look pretty as a picture... wait. Was that page I read about you in the dress?"

Moon nodded "I want to be your pretty girl... Ride your cock as you bend me over a table."

You grin "Does my good girl want me to fuck their pussy?"

Moon nods with a blush "I... I don't have a pussy though."

You nod "Not yet you don't. You and Sun are getting some major upgrades soon. Maybe I give you both parts."

Moon presses his teeth to your lips "You are perfect starlight."

You kiss her back "I can say the same about you and Sun pretty thing."

Moon hides her face in your hair with a groan "Starlight! You're making me blush!"

Chapter 210: Lipstick Marks

Chapter Text

You looked yourself over one last time in the mirror. The outfit you had chosen for Moon was stunning. The direction she had given you was a 1920s party. You didn't know what Sun would wear but you were sure he'd look great. You had on a 1920 zoot suit. It was black with white pinstripes and a white undershirt.

Your polished spats make a pleasant sound on the tile ground as you walked to the daycare. The neon lights reflected off the floor bathing the hallway in a soft pink glow. You took a breath nervously clutching a bouquet of roses to your chest. A sack of various patches of fabric draped over your shoulder.

You opened the door leading to the "Slide Into Fun", quietly closing it behind you.

You could hear Sun talking to Moon from their room "They'll like it! I promise. You worry too much."

You grinned and shouted "I'd have to agree with Sun my love! Get out of your head and into my arms!"

"SUNSHINE!" Sun squealed excitedly as he appeared on the balcony.

It seems he too had gone with a zoot suit. His was dark red with black stripes. Whether he intended to or not he looked like the devil as he eyed you up and down. He backed up before sprinting off the balcony and jumping into the air. The wire attached to his back flung him to you and he touched down with the grace of a crane. Sun's arms opened as he approached you, pulling you into his warm embrace.

The sharp sound of heels clicking on the ground had both of you turning to the balcony. Moon in all her glory stood in a shimmery silver dress. It stopped just below her knees and had many strands dangling from it. A large pearl necklace around her neck and black heels on her feet.

She brought her hand to her chest "I think." She began unsure of herself "I think I'm a woman today."

You and Sun swung an arm open each to accept Moon into your embrace. She slotted herself between the two of you planting a shimmery blue lipstick-coated kiss on your forehead.

You sigh, leaning into her touch "I brought y'all gifts."

Sun and Moon let you go with some reluctance. Although they both look excited. You hold the flowers out to Moon.

Moon takes them, rubbing her faceplate onto them "For me? Really??"

You nod "Someone as beautiful as you deserves something almost as beautiful."

Moon giggles turning from you "What a charmer!"

You hold the large sack of fabric out to Sun "This is for you! It's fabrics!"

Sun looks elated "Fabric!? Oh, thank you!"

You grin with a blush "I know you like to make your own clothes. I'm sure they look just as good on the floor as they do on you."

Sun stumbles on his way to drop off your gifts at their tower "Sunshine! That's naughty! Save it for later."

Moon rubs her arm "How do I look? I know it's not as nice as the 1950s dress bu-"

You hold your hand up "I'll have none of that missy! Both dresses look great! You look stunning love."

Moon covered her face with his hands.

You pull her hands back "Hey, let me see all your hard work." You pull her down and kiss her deeply "I'm glad I found your dream journal."

Moon leans down to kiss you again "Me too."

"Me three! If you hadn't found it Moon would still be hiding who she is. I like that sometimes I have a boyfriend and sometimes a girlfriend. I also like I have a wonderful partner." He boops your nose at the end.

Your nose twitches "Alright, let's get this date started."

Moon takes you and Sun by the hands and the three of you head to Roxy Raceway for the start of your date. You end your date in the theater with the movie "Casablanca". Moon insisted she wanted to watch it. You agreed and found a copy.

Sun had pushed three beanbags together so the three of you could be comfortable. Well... mostly you. you are the fleshy delicate one. During the first third of the film, you glance at Sun and mouth 'Now?' at him. He glances at Moon and nods. You grin and slowly slide to the floor. Moon is so engrossed in the film she doesn't notice you scooting in front of her. You lick your lips and kiss Moon on the calf.

Moon gasps and looks down at you "Starshine?"

Sun leans over and whispers "Let us take care of you Moonie."

Moon blushes up at Sun "Take care?"

You lift the hem of her dress "Silk panties? With no crotch? You spoil me."

Sunn pulls Moon into a passionate kiss "You should be kissed." He kisses her again "And often." One more kiss "And by someone who knows how."

You lick your lips leaning forward to taste your prize. Sun and Moon had gotten an upgrade at your expense. They both have male and female parts. Sun has red and Moon has blue. This is the first time you get to use them and all three of you are excited.

You lick a long stripe up Moon's pussy. She moans loudly, hooking her leg around your upper back and pulling you closer to her needy pussy.

Sun rubs Moon's thigh pushing her dress up "Good girl."

Moon grinds her hips into your face "Sun? Cock!"

Sun tilts his head "What do you need pretty thing?"

Moon tugs at his belt "Please? Can I suck your cock!?"

You pause to look up at Sun, watching as he pulls his cock out of his pants.

Sun takes his cock in his hands and holds it to Moon's lips "Alright. Show me what you can do pretty thing."

Moon opens her mouth, taking Sun's cock as far as it will go. Sun lets out a low groan, propping a leg up on the beanbag for balance. You grin and lean back down to Moon's pussy. You pull her legs over your shoulders. your arms wrap around her waist to give you something to hold on to. Moon moans loudly around Sun's cock. Your tongue prods at Moon's hole, just barely dipping inside but never pushing completely.

Moon wraps her tongue around Sun's cock. Her nose is flush with Sun. Her lips smear shimmery blue lipstick on the base of his cock. Your tongue dives into her pussy, lapping at her walls. Moon moans loudly taking Sun to the hilt.

Sun thrusts his hips into Moon's face "Fuck Moon! So good!"

Moon puts her hands on Sun's thighs for some semblance of control. Your thighs rub together, eager for some friction.

Sun leans over Moon to tap your head "Don't worry sunshine! I'll make sure you get to feel good too."

You whine into Moon's pussy as you watch Moon suck Sun's cock. She looks so good with his lips around Sun. Sun's cock has lipstick marks trailing down it.

You pull off Moon "Would you like me to play with your cock?"

Moon pulls off Sun "No, not today. Thank you for asking."

Sun looks from you to Moon "Why don't you show them how thankful you are."

Moon gasps lightly "What if we get caught?"

Sun leans down to Moon "You didn't seem concerned about that when you were sucking my cock a moment ago."

Moon whines and rubs her thighs together. Shyly she looks over at you. You smile warmly and open your arms. Moon shakes her head and stands up. You lower your arms letting out a squeak as she picks you up. She smiles at you as she plops you down comfortably on the beanbag.

Moon lays on top of you "One day I'm going to stuff you full of my cock just like this." She kisses your neck and bites down "Not today though."

You moan loudly and rut your hips into hers. Moon leans back and begins to undress you. Her eyes roam your naked form. Your coat lays beneath you to keep you from sticking to the beanbag chair. Sun pulls Moon's dress off, taking a long moment to admire Moon's black silk panties. As Moon gets down to her hands and knees Sun runs his hands over the fabric with a groan.

Sun locks eyes with you "Think you could dress all pretty for me one day, sunshine?"

You hum "I might be convinced. Why? Want two pretty things in lingerie for you?"

Sun hums "Yeah, I do." He thrusts his cock into Moon "Go ahead Moonie."

Moon moans loudly resting her head on your stomach for a moment "So full!"

You rub Moon's back as best as you can from this angle. Moon scoots down to lap at your needy hole. You moan as her tongue leaves over where you want her the most.

Sun rubs Moon's hip "Good girl! Eat them up."

Moon's tongue prods at your hole, slowly sliding inside you. You gasp at the new sensation of Moon's prehensile tongue rolling around inside you. Searching for the best spot to take advantage of. Sun pulls completely out of Moon's pussy before thrusting back inside. Sun's thrusting pushes Moon closer to you and her tongue deeper inside. The breath is pushed from your lungs as Moon finds that spot deep inside you that makes you see spots.

Sun leans down so his chest is on Moon's back "You feel so good around me Moonie! Look at how good you make them feel."

Moon locks eyes with you moaning loudly. She opens her mouth as wide as possible to fit more of herself inside you. You thrust into her wanting mouth riding her tongue. Sun times his thrusting with yours. Moon's mind goes foggy. Being used like this is exactly what she wanted. Her eyes flicker off, their way of rolling their eyes into their head. Her tongue still thrusts inside you,

Sun groans "Not! Not gonna last! Fuuuuuck!"

You nod thrusting faster "Yes! YEs! YES!"

Moon twitches as she reaches her high. Sun pulls her up by her hips so she doesn't crush you. You grip the beanbag behind you as you cum hard with a loud cry. Legs shaking as drool dribbles down your chin. Sun falls backward with Moon in his lap as he also reaches his high. Sadly they don't have cum yet. You hadn't quite figured that part out yet. You catch your breath as you look over at Sun and Moon. Both of them are rebooting. you make a mental note to fix that as you get dressed to wait for them to come back to you.

Chapter 211: Seduce You Cleaning

Summary:

Seductive Sunday is trending on twitter so have this.

Chapter Text

You were doing paperwork at the Daycare desk. Sun was sitting on a crafting table with a bucket of warm water and a cloth. You offered to help him but he and Moon insisted you finish the paperwork first. Sun looked over to see if you were looking. The cloth in his hand dripped water into his pants. He leaned back and wrung the cloth out over himself. The water ran down his chest and onto his table. He ran the cloth over his chest, scrubbing over his chest with a moan.

Slowly he looked over at you as he wrung the wet cloth over his face, letting the water run over himself. He stood up and took his pants off. Wiggling his hips seductively as they dropped to the floor. He stepped out of them and sat back down on the table. He spread his legs and rubbed the wet cloth over his modesty plate. The water ran down the junction between his crotch and his thighs. At this point, he had your full attention. He grinned as he wiped his ass. He had you and he knew it.

Sun sauntered over to the desk "Like what you see?"

You nodded licking your lips.

Sun moved so you could see his crotch "My cock could use some cleaning. I think you have just the thing to clean it with." His modesty plate opened releasing his thick heavy cock "Care to come up to the tower and help Moon and I out?" He held his hand out to you.

Chapter 212: Another not chapter

Chapter Text

https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0BT8P5C64 This is one of my books on Amazon. It's free right now and will be free until Sunday. I just wanted to make sure you all knew. Also, I'm writing something where Sun has an ovipositor.

Chapter 213: Paper Hearts

Chapter Text

You sat at your desk doing paperwork on Sun and Moon. It was the weekly report and the end-of-month maintenance request. You were not feeling your best. A melancholy feeling had taken hold and you could not shake it. You heaved a sigh as you re-read the same question for the third time. Just as you picked up your pen something hit you in the head. You looked around confused. Sun was walking around the craft tables talking to the kids.

You looked down at the desk to see what hit you. A neatly folded paper heart sat on the floor. You picked it up, glancing around. Written on the front was 'Open me!'. You unfolded the heart. Inside was a neatly written message "You are doing great!" You mouthed 'What the?' and glanced around again. When you didn't see anything suspicious you returned to your work. The note did make you feel a tiny bit better. About an hour later Sun was playing a game with the kids.

You stretched your arms over your head when another heart flew between your arms and hit the wall. You picked it up off the floor and opened it. 'I appreciate you!'. You look up in time to have a third smack you in the face 'You are loved'. You smiled softly and returned to your work. You aren't sure how much time passed but Sun is gathering the kids for naptime. You smile and wave at him. Sun claps his hands in front of his chest and makes a heart with his fingers. You blush and return to your work.

You turned a small nightlight on as the lights turned off. Moon settles the kids as he begins to read a book to them. A heart lands on your paperwork. You pick it up and open it 'You are important'. You smile and look over at Moon. He flips the page with a flourish, making a heart in the air. you laugh softly and move on to the maintenance report. Moon watches over the kids quietly. You can hear the soft sound of his bells as he fiddles with something. Another heart lands on the floor with a jingle.

You lean down and pick it up 'You are worth everything'. Before you can move another hits your desk 'I love you. Sun does too.'. You blush and shoot him a smile and finger hearts. Moon blows you a kiss. You are definitely feeling better. When the lights turn on you look over at Sun. He's quickly stuffing about twenty paper hearts into his chest cavity. When he catches you looking he throws one at you 'We value your input'. You turn back to your paperwork with a blush. You'll need to thank them later.

Chapter 214: Sun's Surprise pt1

Chapter Text

Sun knew just as well as Moon that you had limits to how much sex you could handle at once. He was absolutely elated you liked the cock Moon made for you. Sun was excited for you to see the one he made. Sun had hidden his cock in the arcade cabinet in their room.

The only problem he had was how to show it to you. Moon covered his in frosting. Sun, however, didn’t want to copy what Moon did. Location was also an important factor to Sun. It had to be special and meaningful. It hit him like a comet. He knew exactly what to do and where to get supplies. He will make his night with you absolutely magical.

You were at home in the bath when your Fazwatch pinged with a message from Sun.

”What are you doing?” He asked.

You giggled as you responded, “I’m naked in the bath.”

Sun felt his face heat up. He couldn’t contain the excitement he felt about talking to you while you were in the bath. All naked with soap covering your body in all the right places. The barest hint of your parts showing beneath the suds. Sun opened his chest plate and rubbed a few wires slowly. They had recently discovered the side effect of one of their upgrades was sensitive wires. They hadn’t told you yet but were excited to have you play with them.

“Oh yeah? I have a surprise for you.” Sun wrote giddy at the feeling of electricity surging throughout him.

“A surprise? What kind of surprise?” You asked.

“Well... It’s big.” Sun said, rubbing the wires a little harder.

You bit your lip “Yeah? How big?”

Sun grinned, groaning as a spark ran down his spine “Big enough to fit.”

You tilted your head “Fit where?”

Sun decided to be coy “Places.”

“Ok. Can you tell me anything else?” You ask.

“It’s long.” Sun responded close to his end.

“Long? What is it for?” You ask.

“It’s for taking you. Now go to bed. It’s late. When can you stay the night again?” Sun asks.

“They have me on duty all next week. I have to sleep in the plex. Nighttime repairs n’ shit.” You say.

“L.” Sun pauses “Language. Great! I can’t wait to see you! <3 <3 8===)” Sun says tugging at the wires.

You frown and ask, “What is that last thing?”

“An elephant.” Sun states. He cries out as a jolt of electricity runs down his spine. A full system reboot forces Moon out.

You shake your head as you set the watch down. Tomorrow is Saturday so you still have time to yourself before you get to see Sun. Tomorrow at sunset, you’ll go see him. You fix dinner and sit down to watch a show.

“Starlight?” Moon asks through the watch after taking a moment to collect himself.

“Yes?” You respond.

“How do you feel about eggs?” He writes.

“Eggs? I like eggs. They taste good. Why?” You ask.

“Well, what if the egg was inside you?” He writes back.

You stare at the message for a moment “Are... Are you serious? That IS what happens when you eat eggs.”

“Sum saya I can’t say anymire!” He writes back in a panic. Sun finished rebooting and he doesn’t want Sun to bitch at him.

You get nothing the rest of the night. You head for the plex at around four in the afternoon. Along the way you message Sun.

“Should I pick myself up something for dinner?” You ask.

“No. I made you something. See you soon! XOXOXO!” Sun sends back.

You blush at how sweet Sun is. You are kissing the fuck out of him when you see him. Along the way to the plex you stop at a gas station for a drink. Just looking at the plex makes you excited. While the work is tedious, Sun and Moon make it better. To the point where you’ve plotted their escape in your head on more than one occasion. You may or may not have a grand plan for their escape.

As you travers the halls on your way to the Daycare you get sympathetic looks from most of your coworkers. Only a few give you a thumbs up. Those are the ones in relationships with various bots around the plex. Like the woman dating a Mapbot. It doesn’t take you long to get to the daycare.

“BELOVED!” You open your arms and drop your bag.

“SUGARLIPS!” Sun runs from behind the tower curtain. “I MISSED- WAAH!” He is so excited to see you he falls off the balcony into the ball pit. His hand pokes out of the ball pit “I’M OK!” He crawled out of the pit “I missed you!” He ran up to you excitedly, picking you up “A whole week with Moon and I! We are so excited to have you!” He called their wire down and took off for their room “I can’t wait for you to see the new bed!”

You cling to sun while holding your bag “New bed?”

Sun landed on the balcony “HR figured out you sleep here. They decided to get us a bed!” Sun paused narrowing his eyes “Well... Two beds... pushed together.”

“What?” You tilt your head in confusion as Sun sets you down.

Sun chuckles “Go head on into the room. I’ll meet you there in just a moment.”

You kiss Sun on the cheek “Alright. Don’t take too long! Tomorrow is a day off and I want to spend as much time as possible with you.”

Sun puts his hand to his cheek “Golly! I’ll be quick.”

You scurry through the tunnel. On the other side, two full-size beds are pushed together to make one long bed. You set your things down and push them under the bed. It has a hodge podge of random sheets. It looks like one of the boys has sewn two fitted sheets together. You sit down on the bed. It’s perfect for you. Almost as if the company had broken into your house to see what kind of mattress you liked.

Nothing else changed about the room. The TV you had purchased the two sat in the corner with the console you had gotten them. The beanbag chairs you got them, at Moon’s request, sat in a far corner. Two chests and matching bookshelves for them. They already had those though. Likely pilfered from somewhere else.

You take your shoes off and make yourself more comfortable. Sun pushes a box through the tunnel before crawling through himself. He picks the box up and sets it down on the end of the bed.

Sun walks up to you taking your hands “Do you like the bed? We worked hard on the sheets. I think we’re getting better at sewing! Thank you for the book by the way.”

You run your hands along the black sheets “It’s comfortable! The stitching is amazing! Although...”

Sun shifts nervously “Although?”

You smile softly “Although, it would be better... If you were in bed with me.”

Sun narrows his eyes, taking your chin in his left hand “Patients sunshine.” He pressed his smile to your neck “I’ve got something... special planned for you.” He pulled back “Trust your Sunny.”

You blush deeply as your mouth fills with drool “Alright.”

Sun nods “I hope you're hungry! I made you a lasagna! Moon also helped. He made the garlic bread.” Sun hugs himself “Thank you, Moon.”

You smile at his antics “Sounds good. Is that what’s in the box?” You reached for the box.

Sun grabs your wrist “YES! I’ll, uh, get you your food.” He moves the box out of your reach “You’re our guest after all!”

You eye Sun suspiciously. He’s acting weird but you decide not to say anything. He pulls out a container, a fork, a knife, and some napkins.

“Would you like to watch something while you eat?” Sun asks as he hands you your meal.

You nod “Sure.”

Sun nods “I know just the movie! Let me set it up.”

Sun turns his back to you. He felt like the cat that got the cream. You were falling right into his lap. He knew exactly what movie to play, Dirty Dancing. Sun would love to teach you to dance like that. Carnal hip gyrations, grinding against one another in a sensual dance. His fingers twitched as a spark of electricity ran through him.

You took a bite of lasagna “Holy moly Sun! This is so good! I’d suck your dick if you had one.”

Sun’s head whipped around “If I had one?” His eyes bore into yours “But I do have one.” His thumb brushed tomato sauce off the corner of your mouth bringing it to your lips “You can start with this.” Right as you're about to take his thumb into your mouth Sun pulls it away “Silly me! You haven’t finished eating yet! So sorry.”

You glance at Sun “You have a cock?”

Sun looks at you out of the corner of his eye “Did you know athletes carbo-load before a performance?” He kisses the top of your head “You should do the same.”

You blush as you continue eating “What have you got planned?”

Sun chuckles but says nothing. He does not want to ruin his surprise.

Chapter 215: Sun's Surprise pt2

Chapter Text

You set the empty tray aside “I need to pee. I’ll be right back.”

Sun pauses the movie “Alright!”

Sun watched you leave. As soon as he heard the secret theater door close, he opened the box. As quickly as possible he took his pants off. He pulled his special dildo out. Nine inches and very thick. It had to be to accommodate the eggs. It was yellow with orange, white, and red swirls. He had a dozen eggs. They matched his dildo, using the same colors. Except for one. One was clear with a blue swirl and sparkly glitter. He made it for Moon but would leave it up to him whether it gets used.

Sun affixed the harness to his hips. Getting the eggs into the dildo without ruining the illusion that they were his was a daunting task, but not impossible. Originally, he and Moon had decided he would make love to you first. Moon was nervous he would be terrible at it. However, Sun needed more time to get his ready. He had built something that would deposit the eggs into the phallus for him. It required him to keep his chest open, but he doubted you would mind. The depositor could hold four eggs and the cum solution. A little bribery got him the cum.

He set up the dildo and depositor finishing just as you reached the stairs. Sun put the box down at the foot of the bed. He tore the ribbons from his wrists and hastily tied them to the tip of the dildo. He dropped to his knees on the floor, reaching behind himself to hold onto his ankles. His eyes narrow as you open the door.

“Sun I’m back!” You crawl through the tunnel, standing up with a stretch on the other side.

Sun is incredibly hard to miss. Your lips part as you struggle to form words. You blush brightly as you walk up to him. His eyes follow you enthralled by your every move. You reach out to touch his dildo licking your lips. Sun watched as you dropped to your knees in front of him. For a moment he marveled at how small you are compared to him. His circuits hummed. Sun needed to pin you to the floor and watch each egg go inside you.

You got down to your knees in front of him “Is this the cock you made for me?”

Sun nodded excitedly “Do you like it?”

You touch the large hole in the tip “Why does it have this big hole at the tip?”

Sun leaned back a little more “Eggs.”

You recoil confused “Eggs?!”

Sun’s rays sunk into his head “I made them for you.” He reached into the box and pulled one out “The kink is called oviposition. These go inside you then you push them out.” He fiddled with the device in his chest and an egg popped out of the top “They move up the shaft and out the tip.”

You picked up the egg and inspected it “What if they get stuck?”

Sun rolled onto his knees “I know this is a big ask. It’s alright if you say no.”

You look away from Sun “Can...” You look back at him “Can we watch a video about it? I want to see how it works.”

Sun nodded and helped you up “I’ll show you the same video I watched when I wanted to know more about it!”

He opened the web browser on the X-box. Odd, you expected him to go to youtube. Instead, Sun opened Pornhub.

“Pornhub?” You balked.

Sun nudged you “Trust me. You’ll get all the answers you want.”

You nodded and let Sun continue. He pulled up a video of a person with your hair and eye color holding a dildo similar to the one Sun has on. You raise a brow at him.

Sun shrugs “I have a type.”

Sun plays the video. The person explains everything you could want to know about oviposition. Sun’s hand twitches as a spark jolts throughout his system. He watches you, not even bothering to hide the fact. The woman on the screen rides the dildo hard for a few minutes before demonstrating how it works inside you. Does Sun want you to ride him? You could do that!

Sun wrings his hands nervously “What do you think, sunshine?”

“What drew you to this in particular?” you ask genuinely curious.

“Oh gosh. It’s hard to put it into words. Moon and I aren’t humans so the idea of getting you pregnant through other means is appealing. Stuffing you with my eggs and fertilizing them inside you. Watching you birth our children.” Sun paused thoughtfully “I always thought if we had real cocks, they would not look human. Moon went for a dragon. So, I decided to go alien! Although we both agree if we were to have only one that’s truly ours, we’d get a tentacle! It’s the only one we could agree on.” He leaned back on his elbows “I think we would be really happy with a tentacle.”

You tilt your head making a mental note of that “A tentacle huh? I’d fuck that.”

Sun perks up “Really?”

“Yep.” You pop the P.

Sun points at the dildo “And the eggs?”

You look at the one in your hand “Well... I’ll give it a try.”

Sun sits up and pulls you into his arms “Oh thank you! If you don’t like it, we’ll stop! I promise.” Sun wiggles his long fingers “And, if they get stuck, I’ll pull them out of you.”

You kiss the tips of his fingers “Well, aren’t you such a gentleman.”

Chapter 216: The Storm

Summary:

I have a big storm coming. Though about this. Enjoy.

Chapter Text

Sun and Moon had escaped the plex in early winter. The snow was something they both enjoyed immensely. Even more so that they had you to introduce them to the white powder. You were happy to give the pair new experiences. The more they got used to their surroundings the more comfortable they got being away from you. Not that they would ever leave you! No! That was not an option! They loved you far too much to do that.

It was mid-February when they encountered something very new and very terrifying. It was the first thunderstorm of the season. Lightning cracked across the sky followed by a window-shaking thunderclap. Sun was reading a book you had given him. Moon had control of one of their eyes so he could read too, A bolt of lightning hit near the house followed by a loud crack of thunder that shook the windows.

Sun's rays retracted into his head "What was that?!"

Moon shook in their headspace "There is no way that was the storm!"

Another crack of thunder sent Sun to the floor hiding behind the armchair "It was never this loud at the plex!"

The windows rattled from another thunderstrike.

Moon recoiled "Do you think the house is safe?"

Sun crawled backward toward the bedroom "Moon I'm scared."

Moon was about to reassure Sun when the power went out "I'm going to starlight!"

Moon crawled backward to the room. A crack of lightning lit up the hallway. Moon groaned as he shifted into Sun momentarily. He shook their head as he bumped into the door. Thunder roared shaking the house. Moon shook in fear as he fumbled with the doorknob. His shaking hands made the task difficult. Moon tore the door open, his eyes darting around the room wildly. A flash of lightning lit the room up forcing a partial shift.

Half Sun and Half Moon the two crawled to the bed "Starshine!"

You slowly sat up in bed "What?" You spotted the Sun Moon amalgam for the few seconds it was out before becoming Moon "Holy hell! Are you ok?!" You darted to the window and closed the curtains.

Moon reached out to you "Are we in danger?"

You pulled the shaking bot to you "Come to bed with me."

Moon crawled into bed with you, holding you close to himself "Why is it so loud? And shaking the house? Are we safe?"

You pull the blanket over the two of you and rub his back "Sometimes storms are very loud. Even at the plex they were this bad. The company just made sure to make the walls partially soundproof to dampen the noise. I promise we are safe here."

Moon nodded, jumping at another bang of thunder. He shook with fear screwing his eyes shut.

You pursed your lips fighting a yawn "When I was little, my dad and I used to build pillow forts when storms got really bad. It helped distract me and made me feel safe."

Moon cracked an eye "Fort? Can we make one?"

You nodded "Help me get pillows and blankets please."

Moon nodded and gathered the sheets off the bed "Where are we putting it?"

You pause "We could do it in the living room. That way we could watch some movies together. As long as you don't mind me falling asleep."

Moon crossed his arms "I'm the naptime attendant. Did you really just ask me if I was going to be upset about you sleeping?" Lightning followed by thunder shook him to the core "We should, uh, go together."

You nod and take Moon by the hand. Together the two of you make a fort using the TV, couch, and some chairs. Moon stuffs it with the warmest blankets and pillows. The power was out so no movies. Sun was not disappointed he couldn't come out.

Moon cuddled up to you "We feel a little better. Thank you starlight."

You lean on his chest as he covers the two of you up "Allways. Love you both." You let out a sleepy yawn as you start to drift off.

Moon rubs your back "Love you too."

Chapter 217: Silly Little Love Songs

Chapter Text

You had known Sun and Moon for some time. Most of your interactions were down in Parts and Service. You were a mechanic for the plex. Your coworkers tended to give you the "shitty tasks". You would hardly call Sun, Moon, and Chica shitty. Most workers found Sun and Moon annoying and stupid. Chica was a Chatty Cathy and needed a lot of cleaning. You had no problem with the three.

Cleaning Chica was no problem and Sun and Moon were quite intelligent. You could spend hours talking to any of them about anything. The little room you were given to do maintenance on the three was quiet. So quiet you brought in something to play music on to help fight the silence. Your charges liked it too. Chica was more than willing to sing along to the music with you. One time someone came in to ask you a question only to find you and Chica singing along to Parasite Inc. - The Pulse of the Dead while you cleaned out her stomach.

Moon would sing along as well. You had to stop playing sleepy music. The naptime douche would try to put you to sleep every single time. Sun loved singing disco and anything with a peppy beat. Although he also liked folk songs. Headbanging along to the beat.

Sometimes, however, you had to turn them off. In those moments you'd turn the music up a little bit and hum along. You didn't know when it had started. Recently you had begun to see Sun and Moon in a more romantic light. You realized how down-bad you were for the duo late one night. The company had put you on the night shift. Sun and Moon had their aerial wire malfunction. Sun was in control at the time. The wire suddenly went slack as he was soaring over one of the play structures. He clipped one of the corners with his belly denting the metal inwards. The damage was extensive.

You felt your heart drop out of your butt as they wheeled him in. He was sparking like crazy and twitching uncontrollably. You growled at the two who brought them in. They should have turned him off already! The pair were afraid of getting electrocuted. They wheeled him into your workspace and promptly left. You turned him off manually after putting on a pair of rubber gloves.

You turned your music on like usual and began to remove broken parts. What you didn't know was Moon was still active. They actually had no way of turning off the AI not in control. He couldn't do anything but use their audio receptors to listen to you. He liked listing to you sing. Imagine his surprise when you started singing a love song to them. Whatever it was, the song was an instrumental version. You hummed along with it.

You set their dented chest plate aside "God! This is going to take me all night. I don't even get to talk to you. Or Moon for that matter." You sigh as the song Roses and Wine from Final Fantasy 8 plays in the background "I am down bad for the two of you... You had better wake the hell up when I finish with the two of you! I won't forgive the company if I have to reset you!" You lean your forehead on Sun's shoulder "My heart couldn't take it."

Moon felt elated! You liked them like that? They could like you like that?! They didn't even realize that was an option! This changes everything! He needs to tell... His heart drops. Right, Sun is... he won't finish that thought. Instead, he listens to you repairing Sun. You continue to sing along with whatever song plays. You must be picking which one to play because a lot of them are romantic.

It's roughly four in the morning when you finish repairs. You started at ten PM. Freddy, who decided to check on you like the sweetheart he is, finds you with your head in Sun's lap. Your arm limply dangles. A wire cutter on the floor beneath it. With a sympathetic look, he walks over to Sun. Sun has a fresh coat of paint. In fact, he looks like a brand-new bot! Freddy leans over and turns Sun on.

A few minutes pass before Sun wakes up "Heeellooo."

Freddy holds his hands up "Shhh! They're sleeping."

Sun looks down at his lap "Oh!" He pauses for a moment "Could you turn the light off? Moon wants to take them to the daycare to sleep."

Freddy nods and flips the switch "No problem. I am glad to see you are alright Sun. I was so worried about you when I heard what happened."

Moon quietly closes his chest "Thank you." For a moment he admires how good he and Sun look "I'll take them to bed"

As he makes his way to the daycare Moon can't help but notice just how smoothly he's moving now. It's no wonder you are so tired! Moon stands awkwardly at the entrance to the daycare proper. You'd get better sleep in their room. However, they've never let you up there. It's a horrid mess and they don't want you to see how pathetic it really is. At the moment you think they have a room like the Glamrocks. Not some glorified storage closet!

Moon panicked. He just knew you would hate them if you saw it. You would think they are just as pathetic as their room. With a defeated sigh he took you to the naptime corner. Some sleep was better than none. He stayed with you while you slept until the lights turned on to signify the opening of the plex.

It was about a month later when their wire was finally replaced. Whoever had done it didn't calibrate it right. When Moon tried to play a game with the kids in the dark the wire sent him face-first into a wall at twenty miles an hour. The daycare was closed and he was sent down to your workspace. The damage was delicate. You had to shut him off to work on him.

You shook your head "Oh! I love this part! Cause there's no place you could go that I wouldn't follow you! There ain't no place you could go that I wouldn't follow you, oh! You can't hide from my love, baby
'Cause, you can't hide from my love, oh! 'Cause, there's no place you could go that I wouldn't follow you! oh! Oops. Sorry handsome! I'm supposed to be fixing y'alls gorgeous face."

Wait... sun felt his systems stutter. Handsome? Gorgeous?! What was happening?

You put their faceplate back on "Alrighty! I just gotta turn you on." You bit your lip "I..." You sighed "Why is romance so hard? Do you even have romantic feelings? Could you have them for me? I have them for you."

Sun screamed. He screamed about how they felt about you. He screamed about how they wanted to hold your hand. He yelled so loud... but you couldn't hear him. Moon turned on to a very upset Sun. He could not figure out what was wrong. Sun was just screaming incoherent things in their headspace. When he returned to the daycare, he and Sun had swapped places.

"What are you screaming about?" Moon asked.

"They like us, Moon! As more than a friend! I wanted to tell them we feel the same! But they couldn't hear me." Sun ended his rant with a heavy sigh.

"We should ask them on a date!" Moon blurted.

"We should make them flowers and a card." Sun added in agreement.

For the better part of three months, Sun and Moon spent their time hand-crafting 100 paper flowers. Each one was different and more extravagant than the last. During that time they had to be shut down for repairs two more times. Each time you sang love songs to them. Not at them, but to THEM. Something that blew their CPUs. They decided that if you sang for them, they should sing for you.

It was raining that day. The wind howled outside like spooky ghosts. You were on the night shift tonight. The uncomfortable cot in the far corner of the room laughed at your inevitable misery. Fuck that thing. Your heart nearly skipped a beat as you looked into your workroom. A bouquet of paper flowers sat neatly on your desk. The thing was huge! You could barely fit your arms around it. Beside it was a note.

"Dearest Starshine,
Please come to the daycare after closing. Moon and I would like to speak with you. It is of utmost importance that you arrive tonight. We look forward to receiving you in the Daycare.
With adoration,
Sun and Moon

PS: We have a meal prepared for you so don't worry about dinner."

Adoration? Your heart fluttered. These two are going to be the death of you. The day was slow and quiet. Customers didn't want to travel in the storm. Most workers were sent home save for security and you. All other staff is gone. Even the daycare closed down. You spin around in your chair with a huff.

"I'm not staying down here. This is boring!" You murmur as you stand up. You pull your fazwatch out "Hey, Sun? Everyone is gone. Can I come over? I'd love to spend some quality time with you and Moon."

If Sun's face could move he'd be smiling more than he already is. You want to see them early?

"Say yes!" Moon shouts.

Sun shakes his head and responds with a yes.

You leave the flowers where they are. They block your view and that is dangerous in the tunnels. You never know what you are going to run into down there. It doesn't take you long to get through the tunnels. You jog through them. When you get to the daycare you catch your breath. The daycare is eerily quiet. You push the large wooden door open and head inside. Sun is on the bridge with his back to you.

Their music box turns on and begins to play something. You recognize the song but not what it is.

Sun sways his hips back and forth "Oh, yeah, I'll tell you something, I think you'll understand. When I say that something, I wanna hold your hand!"

It's the Beatles "I Want to Hold Your Hand".

Sun turns around leaning on the rope bridge "I wanna hold your hand! I wanna hold your hand!"

The lights turn off and Moon jumps off the bridge to look at you "Oh, please, say to me. And let me be your man. And please, say to me. You'll let me hold your hand!"

Their wire comes down from the ceiling and he hooks himself up, pulling you into his arms "Oh, let me hold your hand! I wanna hold your hand."

The lights turn back on and Sun pulls the two of you into the air a few feet "And when I touch you, I feel happy inside. It's such a feeling that, my love. I can't hide. I can't hide! I can't hide!!"

The two of you spin in a gentle circle "Yeah, you've got that something I-" The power cut off and the emergency lights kicked on.

The two of you dangled for a moment "Hold on starlight. I'm dropping the two of us. You'll be fine."

You nod wrapping your arms and legs around Moon. He releases the wire and the two fall the ten feet to the ground. He lands on his feet.

"Sorry... looks like our date is ruined." Moon mumbles.

You pull him down to you and kiss his teeth "I thought it was a perfect first date."

Moon tilts his head "First date?"

You nod "Yeah. I want way more dates with you and Sun. Besides the night is young! We can still do more stuff together. How about a board game?"

Moon touches his teeth with his hand "Wow. Sun wants-"

You smile "He's getting kisses too."

Sun and moon discuss how to ask you to go steady in their headspace.

Chapter 218: Pact pt1

Summary:

I hit 666 followers on twitter. Have a fic about the boys being demons.

Chapter Text

Life had become dull and boring. Every day felt like the same thing over and over. You decided you needed a change of scenery. Somewhere far from where you live now. Your savings were enough that taking a vacation was not out of the question. Air BnB was the most affordable option for you. Wherever you picked it had to be quiet. The place you live in has a house that likes to party, a house with three yippy little dogs, and a house that likes to leave all their outside lights on. It would be nice to get away from the noise and lights.

You spent two weeks looking around for the perfect place for you. A nice older couple was offering their forest cottage. It looked right out of a fantasy book. It was two bedrooms, one bathroom, a kitchen, a dinette, and a Living room. The walls were stone outside with wood inside. The floor was wood with a few rugs. The bedroom and Living room both had wood stove heaters. The one in the Living room was bigger than the one in the bedroom.

The cottage sat at the end of a country road about a mile into a forest. The forest was said to be haunted. A prospect that excited you. It would be fun to see a ghost! A spooky experience might be just the thing to cure the doldrums. A few simple questions later and you were good to go! When you got time off anyway.

Waiting to take your trip was hard. You were excited to get away from the world for a while. You even purchased a few things for hiking safety and a scout's manual so you could learn to enjoy the forest. The morning of your trip you pack your car and breakfast before heading out opting to sip coffee in the car.

Your excitement grows as buildings turn into fields of crops. Rows of wheat and corn pass you by. You stop off at a burger joint in the midafternoon for food. It’s average. Nothing to write home about though. It’s about four in the afternoon when you reach the dirt road to the cottage. It starts half a mile from the forest. You can see the dense trees in the distance.

The thick foliage makes the forest appear black. You flip your headlights on and follow the road. The radio fizzles out into static so you turn it off. The forest gives you the willies. Shadows stretch toward your car. You drive about 25mph too nervous to go any faster.

When you reach the cottage, the couple is waiting for you outside. The wife directs you to where to park.

You exit your car with a warm smile “You must be Dorthey! It’s a pleasure to meet you.”

She smiles widely at you “Charmed, I’m sure.” She gestures toward the man “This is my husband, Hubert.” She holds her hand out to you “Here is the key. The cottage is yours for the week.”

Hubert never moves. He almost looks dead on his feet. However, his eyes follow your every move. He almost looks excited when you take the key from Dorthey.

You turn the key around in your hand “Is there anything else I should know about the cabin?”

Dorthey squints at you as she smiles “The hot water works. It just takes a moment to work. Old pipes. Wood is in the backyard. Please don’t forget to water the house plants. There’s only three and they are all in the living room.”

You nod “Plants in the living room. Got it!”

“Dorthey! Time to go.” Hubert firmly states.

Dorthey looks at the setting sun “Yes dear!” She turns back to you “We must be going. Have a nice time!”

You watch as the two of them get in their car. The encounter left you feeling uneasy. You aren’t sure what is off about it, but you are glad they left. You turn to your car to start bringing your things inside. It takes you two trips to bring in your bags and the cooler of food. On the second trip out to your car, you swear you hear whispers from the woods. Unsure of where they are coming from you jog to the cottage, locking the door behind you.

Inside the cottage is nice. The floors are a honey color. In the center of the room is a light blue tweed couch with little pink flowers and two matching chairs. Flanking the couch are two end tables with Tiffany lamps on each. The wood stove has a fire burning gently. Above the wood stove is the head of a buck. In front of the couch is a bearskin rug. The fur of a fox lays on the back of the couch. An old TV sits on a coffee table. A lace doily on top.

From the front door you can see the dinette, beyond that is the door to the kitchen. To the left is a set of stairs with the master bedroom on the left and a spare bedroom on the right. You can see a hatch to the attic in the little hallway upstairs. Between the two rooms is a bathroom. The little hallway has a shelf with a stuffed mallard.

You take your cooler to the kitchen. It’s nice enough. A gas stove, dishwasher, fridge, and chest freezer. On the counter is a tray of cookies and a note to enjoy your stay. You put your food and drinks away. The chest freezer is filled with various meat. Rabbit, Deer, Boar, Bear, and several fish. All are wrapped and labeled neatly. It’s obvious they go hunting. At the end of the room is a door to the backyard. At the far end is a wood pile. A small garden sits between you and the wood.

You take your bag to the spare bedroom. A stuffed fox sits on a shelf above the bed. The bed has far too many pillows. Two of them have fur on them, though you don’t know what animal they come from. A woven green and white rug sits in front of the king-size bed. A quilt of various patches of furs covers the bed. To your left is a closet where you put your clothes. The window overlooks the forest in the direction you came from.

It’s getting dark outside. You decide to bring in an armful of wood before it gets too dark. You aren’t too keen on getting it in the morning. Back in the kitchen, you stare into the backyard. You shake your head and go outside. Wood in arms you return to the house. The wood stove has a bucket with a few pieces of wood already in it. You add the wood in your arms and head to the kitchen to fix dinner.

Food in hand you return to the living room. The TV doesn’t get a lot of channels, but it works. You watch a sitcom while you eat. You can’t help the feeling you are being watched while you eat. Several times you check outside through the windows, but you never spot anything. All the doors and windows are locked when you turn in for the night. You tuck your pocketknife under your pillow when you curl up for bed. You don’t light the fire in your room. The bed is warm enough with the quilt on top of it. It takes you a while to fall asleep in the new environment.

Chapter 219: Pact pt2

Chapter Text

Late in the night, you get up to pee. Bleary-eyed you shuffle into the hallway. You let out a loud yawn and enter the bathroom. Hands washed you return to your room. The two fur pillows have been placed on the bed. You eye the bed suspiciously. Your sleep-addled mind tried to figure out whether or not you had taken them from the bed. You put the fur pillows onto the floor and crawl back into bed. As you drift off to sleep you get the feeling you are being watched again.

The next morning you wake up with a big stretch. Everything was where it was left last night. You head downstairs for food. You’ll get dressed afterward. You fix something to eat and head to the living room. The TV is set to the news.

“Full moon tonight! Drivers be wary.” The newscaster said.

You change the channel to something else. Your options were painfully limited; however, you do find something to watch. After you wash your dishes, you head upstairs to get dressed. Today, you plan to explore some of the areas around you. Lunch in the woods sounds nice too. You take your backpack with you when you go downstairs. Before you leave you water the three houseplants. The first is an orange Bromeliad, the next is a blue orchid, and the last one is a Cyclamen. You only know what they are called thanks to the tags on each plant. They also have instructions on each plant.

Back in the kitchen you fix some lunch and tuck it away in your bag. After making sure the house is locked up, you head outside. You walk around the house to find a trail. If you follow a trail, it’ll be harder to get lost. You do find one. Well-worn and leading away from the back of the cottage.

The trail is nice. The scout’s guide is great for identifying animal tracks. What it isn’t good at is identifying the bizarre track you find in the trail. It looks like a bird track, but much larger. It appears to be walking across the trail before disappearing. It just stops in the middle of the trail. Confused you look around. Nothing immediately stands out to you, so you continue down the path.

It leads you to a river. You set your things down under a tree and sit down on the shore. Fish of various size swim in the river. You enjoy watching them and listening to the sounds of the forest. You head over to your bag to eat. The tweet of a bird catches your attention. A little yellow and black bird sits in the tree where you put your bag. Slowly you walk over and take out the scout’s Manuel. It tells you the bird is an Oriole. You look back up at the bird just in time to see it dive for you. You shriek as it tears a few strands of your hair out before flying away.

You rub your head as you pick your stuff up. Keen on escaping the ornery thing. You follow the trail back up to the house. You’ll eat lunch out front. As the cottage comes into view you spot a red fox sniffing around your car. It spots you and backs up. You sit down in hopes of having it stay a little longer. It stares at you, tilting its head before running into the woods. You feel like the moment was special. You can hear it making yipping noises as it leaves.

Excited you pull your lunch out. Feeling more relaxed than you had in a while. You lean against a tree as you eat. The warm sun feels great on your skin. You start to get a little sleepy. You shake your head and decide to read a book instead. Back inside the house, you curl up on the bed with your book of choice.

As the sun sets you close your book. You feel great about how you spent your day. It had been a long time since you were able to lose yourself in a good book. The last time you remember doing it was in middle school. You set about starting the fire in the wood stove. Eager to cook something in it. A loaded baked potato with all the toppings sounds divine.

As you cooked your meal the feeling of being watched was more intense than before. Still, you found nothing after looking around. The full moon shone brightly in the sky by the time you decided it was time for bed. When you got into your room the bed had the two fur pillows back on it.

You furrow your brow “The fuck!? I put those on the floor! How the hell are they back on the bed?”

As you put them back on the floor it dawns on you this might be the work of ghosts. Excited you shut the lights off. You curl up under the sheets excited to see what else the ghosts will do. You don’t want to talk to the ghosts though. The last thing you want is to take something back home with you.

Something is wrong. You don’t know what exactly is wrong, but it is. Outside is dark. The moon shines brightly in the sky. You don’t know what time it is. Your heart drops as the stairs creak loudly. You pull the knife from under your pillow. You can tell more than one person is on the stairs heading for your door. The stuffed fox above you laughs mockingly. Tears prick at your eyes. You don’t like the ghosts anymore.

Chapter 220: Pact pt3

Chapter Text

Your heart hammers in your chest as you quietly climb off the bed. Knife in hand, you mentally prepare to stab someone. The footsteps stop outside the door.

“I can smell you little rabbit.” A deep gravelly voice slowly states.

Another higher voice giggles “Don’t worry! We won’t hurt you~ Trust me!”

“Open the door~ Or we’ll do it for you.” A voice with a pitch in between the two says.

You don’t move at all and clutch the knife tighter. The thing on the other side of the door sighs and opens the door. There are three creatures in the hallway.

The first has the feet of a bird. His legs are wrapped in fur pants with a matching fur shirt. His arms, human in shape, and head are covered in yellow and black feathers. You can see feathers poking out from His chest. He has a beak mailable enough to smile at you and filled with sharp teeth. Its eyes are yellow.

The next has the legs of a fox, however, they are blue and white. His entire body is covered in blue and white fur. He has shorts on but no shirt. He has a snout, pointy ears, and white eyes. He gives you a toothy grin. A fluffy tail sways behind him.

The last one has the lower legs of a wolf. He is covered in purple and burnt umber fur. He has on a pair of long pants and a matching long sleeve shirt. He calmly stares at you with light cream-colored eyes. His tail brushes the floor.

Wolf man pushes his way into the room “That knife will not do a thing to us.” He turns to the bird “Sun! Apologize! NOW!”

The bird, Sun, shuffles up to you “Sorry for pulling your hair.” He looks down “I was excited.”

You keep the knife in your hand “What the fuck? I’m going to be murdered by The Muppets.”

The fox laughs “Watch your tongue mortal!”

The wolf growls at the fox “MOON! Manners!”

The fox, Moon, whimpers tucking his tail between his legs. Tears freely fall down your cheeks. You feel so overwhelmed right now. What do these monsters want?

The wolf wipes your tears away “Demons.”

You look up at him “What?”

He licks his fingers “Demons rabbit. We are demons.”

“What are you going to do to me?” You shakily ask.

The wolf hums picking up a few strands of your hair “Nothing yet. I want you to go downstairs and cook us something to eat. Use the meat in the chest freezer.”

“Wh-what meat would you like?” You stammer nervously.

The wolf growls lightly “Would you rather us eat you instead?” You shake your head “Then go!”

You squeak and push past Sun terrified. You fly down the stairs and into the kitchen. You open the chest freezer and shuffle the meat around. What the fuck do you feed them? You turn to the cabinets and look inside. A meal has sides. You find some potatoes, carrots, celery, and spices. Back in the freezer, you find ground wild boar. You can work with this!

The dish you fix is roasted boar sausage patties with mixed roasted veggies. You almost drop the spoon you are using when you hear footsteps on the stairs. You plate the meal and prepare to take it to the dinette.

Sun enters the kitchen “I’m here to help you bring it to the table... only three portions?”

You back up “S-sorry! I-I didn’t think to make more!”

Sun picks up two of the plates “You should have fixed some for yourself. Follow me.”

You pick the last plate up and follow behind Sun.

He sets a plate in front of Moon and sits down “Here you go!”

You shakily set the plate down in front of the wolf “I-I hope you like it. I made p-pork sausage and roasted veggies.”

Wolf points to the fourth chair “Sit.” He looks at you “Nothing for yourself?”

You sit down and shake your head “N-no.” You swallow hard “What is your name?”

Wolf tilts his head “My apologies. Call me Eclipse.”

“We’re the demons of these woods!” Sun chirps through a mouth full of food.

Moon smacks his arm “Manners! We aren’t animals!” He turns to look at you “This is good. You did well.”

You shift nervously in your chair “Thank you...”

“We are here to eat you,” Moon states plainly.

Your blood runs cold “What?”

Eclipse bangs the table “Moon! You know damn well we aren’t doing that anymore!” He growls lowly “How many times do I need to remind you to think before you open your damn mouth!?”

Moon whimpers “Sorry.”

Eclipse points to you “Say it to them not me!”

Moon turns to you “Sorry.”

You feel ready to pass out “What are you going to do then?”

Sun grins “Easy! You belong to us now!”

“WHAT?!” You shriek loudly.

Eclipse nods “You are ours. We will keep you here. Your hunt will always be bountiful and your coffers always full. You will want for nothing.”

“What about Dorthey and Hubert?” You ask.

“We will eat them instead of you.” Sun leans on his elbows.

“Won’t people look for them?” You ask.

Moon licks his lips baring his teeth at you “Why do you want to die so badly?”

“I don’t!” You blurt out.

Eclipse brushes a stray hair out of your face “Tonight someone must die. It will not be you. We will take care of everything. They have lived long enough.”

Sun crosses his arms “553 years is long enough!”

Moon nods “You will make a new pact. One less gruesome.”

Eclipse leans back in his chair “We would never make a lifemate sacrifice for us. There are other ways to satisfy the pact.”

You tilt your head “Lifemate? What about my life back home?”

Eclipse growls harshly “THIS IS YOUR HOME NOW!”

Sun snaps his beak making a loud sound “ECLIPSE! Show some kindness!” He turns to you “You are our lifemate. That means we are bound together forever. None of us get a choice in the matter.”

Moon burst out laughing “Holy shit! You both suck hard!” He turns to you “You familiar with soulmates?”

You nod “Are we soulmates?”

Moon nods “Bingo. We are bound to the forest and you. You are bound to us. You stay and er take care of you. Forever. Your old life is dead. Your things will be moved here.”

You feel lightheaded as your blood runs cold. What the hell is your life right now?

Chapter 221: Pact pt4

Summary:

WARNING! This has blood and some gore.

Chapter Text

You don’t care anymore as you let tears freely fall “How am I soulmates with Demons?”

Sun claps and flaps his arms wildly “Ooo! Ooo!! I know this one! It’s because you are a witch! A Kitchen witch! All Kitchen Witches have ties to forest demons! We became Lifemates the moment you entered the forest!”

You furrow your brow “I thought we were soulmates? Soulmates are two people destined to be together forever?”

The three of them look at each other before laughing loudly.

Eclipse wipes a tear out of his eye “Humans are so stupid!”

You cross your arms “You don’t have to be a jackass about it. Not my fault I didn’t know.”

Sun looks concerned “Do you not know you are a witch?”

You shake your head and sniffle.

Eclipse frowns “That explains a lot.”

Moon smiles at you “We will teach you everything you need to know about Kitchen Witchery.”

Sun nods “Starting with soulmates. Soulmates are when two or more people are so compatible their souls... um.... get married? But forever.”

Eclipse hums “It’s instantaneous. Some people can live their entire life without ever knowing it happened.” He tilts his head in thought “Our souls are compatible. That doesn’t automatically mean romance-”

“I want romance.” Moon blurts.

Sun nods “Me too!”

You shrink in your chair unsure how to feel “Oh...”

Moon points at Eclipse “Don’t lie to yourself! We all know you want romance too!”

Eclipse sputters for a moment “I... you....” He growls in frustration and takes the plates to the kitchen.

You stare at the table for a moment “Are we only lifemates because I’m a witch?”

Sun watches Eclipse leave “Don’t be bothered by him. He has a tough time with feelings.” He waves his hand around in the air “Anyway! The only thing being a witch does is make the bond stronger. Mmmm.... harder to ignore.”

Moon sighs “He’s being so dramatic.”

Eclipse returns to the table. Before he can sit down the front door opens.

Dorthey huffs “You worry too much Hubert! I’m sure they are done by now!” She looks at the table “You’re supposed to be dead!”

Hubert holds his arm in Infront of Dorthey “I’ll take care of it.”

The demons at the table make no effort to stop the man as he pulls a double-barrel shotgun from the small closet by the front door. The three let him walk right up to the table and point his gun at you. The cold attitudes from your tablemates were more than unnerving.

Hubert pointed the barrel at you “Why are they still alive? Are they not good enough? We both know you need to feed.”

Dorthey took a step toward the table “Something must be wrong.”

Sun narrows his eyes at Hubert. Moon slowly transforms into a fox. His blue fur turned red. Moon’s tail curls around himself. Hubert looks nervous.

Dorthey puts a hand to her chest “Have we done something to upset you?”

Eclipse turns to you “I require a pact of hearts. To feed the forest and all its parts.”

Hubert moves to fire a shot at you. Moon jumps on him sinking his teeth into his throat. You can hear the crunching and gurgling. Sun’s head whips to Dorthey waiting for her to move.

Eclipse holds his hand out “From every single kill you make. The still-beating heart we’ll take.”

Dorthey wails “Hubert! You can’t do this!”

A strange aura surrounds Eclipse “If to these terms you agree! Then take my hand and set Dorthey free.”

“So, I just have to give you the hearts of all the animals I kill?” You hold your hand out.

Eclipse nods.

Dorthey sobs “Please don’t do this! All you had to do was die!”

You take Eclipse by the hand. He pulls you to him and prys your jaw open. He sticks his fingers in your mouth and pulls your tongue out as far as it comfortably will. He pulls it into his mouth and bites down. Your mouth fills with your blood. He bites his own tongue and presses your wounds together. Both heal in an instant.

Eclipse stands up “You are mine as I am yours! Moon!”

The fox makes a strange sound.

Eclipse glances in his direction “Have you eaten your fill for the moment?”

Moon stands up “For now.”

Eclipse points to you “Take them upstairs. They must be exhausted. Put them to bed. Use your magic if you must.”

Moon nods, blood dripping from his fur. You let him escort you to bed. Neither of you talk to each other. Moon licks himself clean. When you enter the room, he follows you to the bed.

“Would you like me to use a sleeping spell on you?” he asks as he tucks you in.

You nod “Please?”

Moon kisses your forehead, and you drift off to sleep.

Chapter 222: Pact pt5

Summary:

PAIN FOR EVERYONE! This one gets dark. Warning for mentions of abuse, violence, and blood

Chapter Text

You wake up to the sweet song of a bird. You stretch as you roll around in bed. Something, presumably the bird, hops around on your head.

You wave it off “I’m awake. Just stretching. Helps me wake up.”

The bird leaves your head, and you hear a loud thud “Eclipse wanted me to wake you up!”

You open your eyes. Sun is hopping around excitedly. When you lock eyes, he plucks a feather from his chest. He stabs you in your right cheek. You let out a holler. Sun stabs his own cheek and presses your wounds together. Just like with Eclipse, they heal.

You punch Sun in the face “WHAT THE SHIT IS WRONG WITH YOU!?”

Sun holds his beak “OW! WHY DID YOU PUNCH ME?!”

You growl and get ready to punch him again “YOU STABBED ME!”

Sun glares at you “To finish my part of the pact!”

You grind your teeth “You could have warned me!” You storm out of the room.

Eclipse greets you at the bottom of the stairs “Good, you're awake.”

You swing a punch “The fuck is wrong with you!”

Eclipse catches your hand “I could ask you the same.”

You growl “You spent all last night treating me like an object!”

Eclipse narrows his eyes “You seem to forget we’re demons.”

“You frown “So being demons means you’re all assholes?”

Sun makes an indignant noise “Hey! I was nice to you!”

You purse your lips “You told me I belonged to you and now I have to live in this house. I have to leave all my friends, family, and life! Isolate myself in the woods and rely solely on you to give me everything I need. Then you said we were going to be romantic! I don’t know you!”

Moon growls “It’s to keep you safe! And happy! Romance takes time.”

“Safe from what?!” you ask.

Eclipse lets your hand go “You signed the pact.”

You take a breath to help calm down “I was told I’d die if I didn’t.”

Sun shakes his head “No one said that!”

“You all said someone had to die last night.” You take another deep breath “You yelled at me, called me stupid, and scared the fuck out of me!” You wave your arm around “Now you’re acting like I don’t get a say in my life anymore!”

Eclipse snaps his maw at you “Then tell me, what do you want?”

You rub your face “This was supposed to be a vacation! Four days in the woods!” You fight the frustrated tears “I have a good job! I make good money! I was supposed to live a normal life! A blip on the radar of the cosmos.”

Moon sighs “You don’t get that anymore.”

You narrow your eyes at him “So I lose everything, and you lose nothing?”

“EVERYONE STOP FIGHTING!” Sun screams.

Eclipse storms off to the front door. He transforms into a grey wolf and runs away into the woods.

“Is that really how he handles every tough situation? He runs away?” You ask, feeling lost and trapped in your situation.

Moon nods “Yeah. He’ll be back soon.”

Sun moves in front of you “Look, I get it. You're scared. We were not nice last night. If you were raised as a witch this would not be weird.”

You rub your eyes “But I wasn’t! Most people don’t even know magic is real! Hell! Until last night, I didn’t know demons were real!” You sigh “This is all so fast.”

Moon takes your hand “I need to do my part of the pact.”

You try to pull your hand back “Wait! What are you going to do!”

Moon scratches your shoulder with a claw before scratching his own. He rubs his shoulder with his healing both of you.

“This is what I’m talking about! Doing shit and ordering me around like I don’t mean anything!” You blurt out frustrated.

Moon sighs “I’m sorry, but this is how pacts work. You agree and we exchange blood from our preferred spot.”

Sun smacks Moon on the back of the head “That’s not what they meant! I don’t apologize for stabbing you this morning. However, I’m sorry I didn’t tell you I was going to do it.”

You sigh “I should have never gone on vacation in the first place.”

Moon moves to the living room “Why don’t we all sit down and talk.” Once everyone is seated, he continues “What made you go on vacation in the first place.”

You fold your hands in your lap “I was feeling like life was stagnant. I just needed to get away for a few days to relax.”

Sun, who's sitting in one of the chairs, rubs the spot where you had hit him previously “This might be the thing you need in your life. I know this is not ideal for you.” He tilts his head “500 years ago we entered a pact with Dorthey and her husband. At the time we were young and inexperienced. We bit off far more than we could chew.”

Moon adjusts his tail “So we’re telling this story then? Fine. Eclipse allowed Dorthey to determine the terms of the pact. Wealth and prosperity in exchange for sacrifices. We thought she meant animals. That’s a standard thing. No. Imagine our surprise when she presents us with a baby. A FUCKING BABY!”

Sun huffs “Because of the binding nature of the pact we had to eat what was agreed upon. Her intent was for us to eat people. When we tried to eat animals, they would rot in our mouths.”

You hold a hand up “How can a pact do that? Wait! How were you able to eat my cooking?”

Sun rubs his arm “Your magic let us eat your food. We were so hungry. As far as Dorthey goes. We were compatible with Dorthey. She is... was a witch like you. But she was a stronger one. Our pact with you is strong, but our pact with her was much stronger. The only reason we were able to break it was the full moon.”

Moon takes a deep breath “We spent 500 YEARS with that woman! Eating people! We don’t want to eat people.” He locks eyes with you “You were the better option. We had to take it before we lost the chance.”

You cross your arms “500 years? In 500 years no other option was available?”

Sun shakes his head “No, they used to bring in corpses or the infirm. It wasn’t until the last ten years that live people were being brought in. If we don’t eat, we starve.” Sun gets a far-off look “We don’t die if we starve. Dorthey taught us that fact.”

You purse your lips “I don’t forgive you. Not yet anyway. Though I’m not sure if I ever will.”

The front door opens and Eclipse returns. He walks to the living room where the three of you sit. He sits down on the couch as far away from you as possible.

He glances at you “Please hear me out. We need to explain our history with Dorthey. Give you so-”

You hold your hand up “I’ve been informed.” You lower your arm “That being said I don’t forgive you. Your behavior was trash. You treated me like an object. Like I don’t matter.”

Eclipse’s ears go back “We were starving but that is no excuse for our behavior.”

“So, what do you eat now? Animal hearts or starve?” You ask. Your voice laced with annoyance.

Eclipse looks at you “The hearts and anything you cook. Everything you cook becomes charged with magic. We can eat that. Especially since we have a pact with you.”

You cover your eyes and groan loudly “What the fuck is my life right now!?”

Chapter 223: Pact pt6

Chapter Text

“My turn. You have to remember I am a HUMAN. Humans are delicate, emotional, and squishy creatures. I do not care that I am a witch or whatever. I was never raised as one.” You rub your temples “Also! You will not cut me off from my friends and family!”

Sun frowns “We never wanted you to cut all ties with family and friends. We only want you to live here.”

You scoff “You sure as shit made it sound like that’s what you wanted.”

Eclipse growls in frustration “Why are humans so complicated?!”

Moon snaps his jaw “ECLIPSE! This is only the third human we’ve talked to!”

Sun nods “Yeah! And we’ve only talked to like what.” He counts on his fingers “Three other demons aside from ourselves?”

You bite your lip “Wait! Y’all only WANTED me to live here? I can go live at home?!”

The three look mortified.

Moon leans forward “You can’t! If you aren’t here, we starve to death! Except we don’t actually die! We just eternally wither!”

Sun covers his beak with his hand, shaking his head “I can’t go back to that!”

Eclipse gives you a hard look “What can we do to make you stay?”

You sigh “First off, you can’t MAKE me stay. You can ASK me to stay. Second off, treat me with respect. I have feelings and thoughts! Third, always assume I don’t know anything about magic and explain it to me.”

Sun nods eagerly “We can do that! I swear!”

You nod “I get to go home. This place is a two-hour drive from where I live. I’ll visit on the weekends. You said you can eat my cooking?”

Moon nods “We can...”

You nod again “Then I’ll cook enough food to last you the week. When I visit, we work on...” You swing your arm wildly “All of this mess. Slowly I’ll make this place more like line and way less like Dorthey’s Murder Mayhem.”

Eclipse angrily opens his mouth to say something.

Sun leaps from his chair and holds his mouth shut “WE AGREE TO YOUR TERMS!” He leans down and locks eyes with Eclipse “This is the best deal we can get right now! DON’T ruin things for us because of your pride!” He grips Eclipse a little tighter “You were the one who started ordering them around! Don’t forget that.”

Eclipse pushes Sun off and stands up “I need some time alone!”

You shake your head as Eclipse leaves the cottage.

You stand up “Well, whether he likes it or not, this is how things are going to happen.” Your stomach rumbles “I need some food.”

You head for the kitchen. Sun and Moon watch you from the couch. As you close the kitchen door behind you, Sun and Moon chat quietly in the living room. Though, you don’t hear anything they are saying.

You sigh and lean on the counter, grateful to have a moment to yourself. You decide to fix scrambled eggs and toast. You don’t have the energy for much else. The fire and vitriol that had spurred you on have died down. You just feel empty and a little lost.

You take the large tray of eggs and toast to the dining room table, returning to the kitchen for utensils, plates, and a glass of milk. You set out everything and fix yourself a plate.

You look up at the two on the couch “Food’s getting cold.”

They glance at each other before slowly walking to the table.

“We... Er, we get to eat again?” Moon asks confused.

You nod and take a sip of milk “Yeah.” You set your cup down “If we want this to work, we ALL need to put in some effort. I need you to show me I can trust you. Right now, I don’t.”

Moon whines tucking his tail between his legs. He quietly sits down and serves himself some food.

Sun looks from you to Moon and back again “Thank you for the food. I’ll clean up when we finish eating.” He sits down and serves himself some food “If you’d like, we can show you a trail that will lead you to a pretty cool shrine. You’re free to check it out all you’d like. I promise you won’t get in any trouble.”

Moon sets his fork down “Sorry your vacation got ruined.”

You huff “It’s still salvageable. I did pay to stay here, and I intend to get my money’s worth.”

Chapter 224: Pact pt7

Summary:

It's short but whatever. I wanted to post something today.

Chapter Text

You stretch your arms up over your head “I plan to head out. I’d like an escort to the temple. Frankly, I don’t trust Eclipse. He just gets pissy and runs away.”

Sun and Moon look at each other for a long moment.

Moon turns to you “Sun has duties in that section of the forest today. Are you alright going with him?”

You mull it over “Yeah, that’s fine.” You turn to sun “When can we leave?”

Sun stands up and stacks the empty plates from breakfast “Soon as you're ready.”

You nod “I just need to get my bag ready.”

Moon helps Sun cleanup “I’ll be in the eastern and northern parts of the forest today. I don’t think Eclipse will do his job today.”

“Does eclipse do this often?” You ask curiously.

Moon shifts his weight crossing his arms “The three of us... came into being at the same time. However, eclipse often thinks he’s in charge.”

“Is it because he’s a wolf?” You ask.

Sun snickers “I wouldn’t be surprised.”

Moon rolls his eyes “Eclipse thinks he’s in charge because he opened his eyes first. Sun opened his last.”

Sun shakes his head “We opened our eyes at almost the same time! I really don’t think it matters.”

“Anyway.” Moon continues “Eclipse tries to put on a tough façade, but we both know it’s bullshit. He’s still the same little demon lost in the woods.”

“Lost?” You tilt your head.

Moon nods “We were children when we were created. I. was like, suddenly we were. It was a strange thing to exist out of nowhere. We don’t know if we were ever younger. Hell, the only thing we knew when we opened our eyes were our names, what our purpose is, and that we are demons.”

Sun frowns “Three little boys lost in the woods. Given a task neither understood.”

Unsure what to say, you head upstairs to fetch your bag. You can’t help but feel these demons have issues as you pack your backpack. Out of the three of them, Sun seems like the best one. Sure, he stabbed you, but he didn’t tell you you were going to die or yell at you. He might be the link to making this shit show work.

You decide that on your walk with Sun you’ll try to be nicer to the birdman. He’s put in effort so you will too. Not that you did anything wrong, but things don’t get fixed if both parties aren’t willing to try. You head into the bathroom once everything is packed. As you look in the mirror you almost fall on your ass.

On your cheek is a tiny orange bird tattoo. You push your cheek around inspecting the mark. You practically tear your tongue out to look at it. Just like you feared, a tiny purple wolf is on your tongue. You don’t have to look at your shoulder to know a blue fox is on it. You quickly wash your hands and head downstairs.

You sprint up to Sun, stopping yourself from running into him by grabbing his upper arms.

The bird recoils “Are you ok?”

You point to your cheek “What is this?”

Sun runs his thumb over your cheek “Oh! That’s my mark... I’m sorry I should have explained this. Humans can’t see this mark. Only demons and those with the mark on them.”

You nod “Does it give me superpowers or something?”

Sun chuckles “No. It just shows other demons you are in a pact.”

You nod “Ok. I don’t quite understand but I think that will come with time. I just want to grab a snack and we can go.”

Sun nods “I’ll be here waiting for you.”

You pack water and granola bars into your bag and return to Sun “Did Moon leave already?”

Sun nods “Yeah, he has a long day ahead of him. He probably won’t be back until midnight tonight. Unless Eclipse gets his head out of his ass.”

You scratch your chin and neck “Right, more things to work on. Well, I’m ready to go.”

Sun nods and the two of you leave the cottage together.

Chapter 225: Pact pt8

Chapter Text

The forest is warm and full of birdsong. Sun follows beside you as the two of you walk. Every now and then he chirps in response to a bird call.

You glance at Sun “What exactly are your forest duties?”

Sun stops for a moment to pick a baby bird up “We keep the forest safe from illegal hunters, other demons, and cryptids.” He puts the baby back into its nest “We also help the animals themselves where we can.”

You tilt your head “Cryptids?”

Sun nods “Doppelgangers, trolls, and a few we don’t know the name of.”

You shiver “I... I see.”

Sun reaches out to wrap an arm around you but stops himself, pulling his arm back to his side “I’ll keep you safe.”

You nod “Thank you.”

The walk is relaxing. Just what you need to help you process yesterday. You come to the conclusion that out of the three of them, Sun is the most reasonable. A stone structure comes into view. It’s about two stories tall. Sun stops moving.

He gently puts a hand on your shoulder “Are you afraid of bugs?”

“Bugs?” You ask.

Sun nods “Centipedes to be specific.”

You shake your head “No. Why?”

Sun turns to fully face you “This shrine is to some kind of centipede demon. We haven’t been inside. It makes us uncomfortable. Don’t worry though! We have never seen anyone go in or out. The forest's animals say nothing, but some bugs, are alive in there.”

You nod “Alright.”

Sun turns back to the shrine “I’ll stick close by for an hour. After that, I’ll need to go further away from you. If something goes wrong tell the birds.”

You nod as Sun leaves. The shrine has pillars in each corner. The pillars have stone centipedes with humanoid faces on them. Strange carvings of people holding offerings line the walkway up to the entrance. Walking up the steps unnerves you a little. Something about this place feels wrong.

Scratches cover the ground in front of the door. It’s dark inside. The only light comes from the tall windows. You take a flashlight out of your pack and turn it on. Various bugs scurry about the room all over the walls, ceiling, and floor. At the far end of the room is a statue of a centipede with a humanoid face. Its upper six arms have hands at the end. The rest are legs ending in points. You don’t know what color it is, but it looks imposing.

Slowly you approach the statue “Wow.”

Something drops from the ceiling landing in front of you. It’s a large leather book covered in centipedes. As you reach down to take it the bugs move away from it. Circling it like they are giving it to you. You quickly flip through a few pages. It’s a journal. You take your find outside to read under the tree. The journal only has a few entries. On the front is written PARADOX.

The first reads “Fools! They think they are going to control me? Dictate my every move? Decide what my purpose is? I will not allow it! No, I have a plan.”

You flip the page “I have learned I cannot put myself into one creature. My power is too great and would destroy the beast. Unacceptable.”

You flip the page “I have chosen my new vessels. A wolf for strength and guardianship. A fox for cunning and cleverness. And a bird for freedom and eternity. They will change but I hope they are happy. I will call them Sun, Moon, and Eclipse.”

Nothing else is in the book. You set it down beside you. If this is to be believed, then your new demon companions used to be one entity. Why were they children when they were made? You sit quietly for a few minutes before putting the book in your bag.

You turn to the shrine dead set on exploring more. Back inside the shrine, you find three rooms in a row. You have no idea what they were for. All the furniture is so old it might as well be dust. You find a set of stairs leading down. You aren’t sure you want to go down them.

Centipedes crawl on the wall beside you. Heading down into the darkness. A few look back at you. Imploring you to go down. You look back down the path you came from.

“Welp. I’m gonna die.” You shine your light down the stairs and head down.

The room is large and dark. Your light shines against something very large and unmoving. Thinking it’s another statue you go to it. It’s not. Several skeletons surround one large exoskeleton. You reason this must be what’s left of Paradox. Your suspicions are confirmed when you round the corpses.

Scratched into the stone is “Though I die. I live on. Paradox is forever.”

You are so unnerved. You feel anxious and scared. Screams fill the room. The sound of fighting echoes off the walls. You can’t take it. You sprint out of the room feeling like you are being chased. The walls close in around you.

As you touch down on the forest floor you fall to your knees in tears. What the hell was that? You look back at the temple and scoot away from it. Did Sun know that would happen? Your back hits a tree. You can’t calm down. Whispers come from the darkness inside. You scramble to your feet and flee from the temple.

Chapter 226: Pact pt9

Chapter Text

You run until your legs give out. When you hit the ground, you have no idea where you are. You cough violently trying to catch your breath. You rub your eyes to stop your tears, but they just keep coming.

The sound of someone running toward you sends you into another spiral and you start to run again. They are going to get you! You have to finish quickly! If they get those blasted ropes around you again, you are doomed. All you have to do is.

Your thoughts are running wild. It’s like two people are trying to talk at the same time and both are getting confused about who is saying what. You feel smaller than you should. You feel like you haven’t changed at all. It’s nighttime. The Sun warms your skin.

A finch catches your eye, and you stumble toward it. Something is horribly wrong, and you fear that if you don’t get help now you might hurt yourself. The bird stays on the rock it’s perched on.

You push through the urge to flee again “Sun! I’m scared!”

The finch chirps and tweets loudly. Hopping around on the rock and flapping its arms wildly. The whispers get louder like they are getting closer.

You cover your ears “Not real.” You shake your head “IT’S NOT REAL! I'M RUNNING OUT OF TIME!”

You swallow hard and scramble to your feet again. Unable to control yourself you stumble about the woods. Your legs are far too weak to move any faster. You have no idea what time it is or where you even are. For all you know, you are out of range for Sun to help you.

You break into another coughing fit as you lean on a tree for support. Someone grabs you from behind and you wail loudly.

“It’s alright! I’ve got you! It’s Sun! It’s just me!” Sun spins you around to look at you. He squints as he looks you in the eyes “What happened to you?” His thumb brushes under your left eye “Who did this to you?” He growls in frustration “I’m taking you to Moon. I can’t take care of this on my own.”

Sun picks you up in a princess carry. You know he’s going to try to help you, but whatever has a hold on you is telling you to keep running. Something is coming and you need every second you can eek out for yourself or you’re doomed.

Sun feels familiar. Like finding an old toy from your youth. It staves off some of the bizarre anxiety. Sun sprints through the forest expertly dodging every tree.

Sun looks down at you “Cover your ears.”

You do as told and Sun makes an ear-splitting call. Something calls back to him and he follows the sound. Sun screeches again and gets a response in return. Eventually, Sun sits down in a small clearing, holding you tightly in his lap. You struggle weakly to escape but the demon is much stronger than you are.

Moon sprints into the clearing “What’s wrong?”

Sun looks down at you “I’m not sure exactly what it is but someone has done something to them.” As Moon crouches down Sun points to your eyes “Look at their eyes.”

Moon leans down to inspect you “What the fuck?” He opens your eyes a little more “Hm... They’re lost in a memory. Do you know where they were when this happened?”

Sun nods “The shrine.”

Moon looks up at him “The shrine? But the forest animals said nothing was there. It was supposed to be safe.”

The whispering comes back “No. No! I need to go! One more! There’s one more left!”

Moon takes your cheeks in his hands “One more what?”

You try to focus on him but it’s hard “I need the...” You struggle to remember what you're after “I have the fox and bird. The wolf! I need the wolf! One last piece!”

Sun looks up at Moon “What? Do they mean Eclipse?”

Moon growls “I have no idea where that prick is! I’m going to break this memory.”

Moon puts his hands on either side of your head. You feel like you are splitting in half. The whispering becomes incomprehensible screaming. It’s so loud you’re afraid your eardrums are going to break. A naked woman comes into view. It’s Dorthey but younger. She has a strange rope in her hands. Your vision becomes blurry. The pain becomes unbearable, and you faint.

Chapter 227: Pact pt10

Summary:

Cumberworld

Also called a cumberground—someone who is so useless, they just serve to take up space.

Chapter Text

“Paradox?” Her voice was sweet as birdsong “Paradox!” She called again.

I slithered into the upper portion of the temple. A task that was getting increasingly difficult. I knew what they were doing though. They waited until I was asleep. Then, brick by brick they were walling me in. Each brick had runes meant to impede my escape.

I had a plan, however. My consciousness was ready to be split into three I would not be trapped for their gain. I smiled warmly as Dorthey came into view. The sickly-sweet tone she used to call my name felt like a slap in the face with every syllable.

“There you are, my love.” She opened her arms to me, and I accepted her “Did you rest well? I missed you.”

Hard for her to miss me with another man pollinating her flower “I slept fine. Are we going out today?”

Dorthey nodded “We are. The crops need you.”

Of course, they do “Let us go then.” They always do.

I put my hand in hers. The jerk she gave my hand to free hers was infuriating. She held no love in her heart for me anymore. I feel she never did. As we passed a basin of water I glanced at myself. A stranger stared back at me. Dorthey tugged my hand to get me to move. I smiled at her and continued our walk.

The field was barren at the moment. With an internal sigh, I used my powers to make the crops grow instantly. I already knew the answer to this question but decided to ask anyway.

“Shall we go on a walk?” I asked Dorthey.

She smiled brightly “I have temple duties. Go by yourself and I will join you later.”

Perfect “Alright. My heart will call for you until your return.”

The fool had given me exactly what I needed. Calmly I watched her skip inside the temple. I ran as quickly as possible. Someone shouted and many men ran from the temple. I found the nest I had scouted out before. The young birds had feathers now but had not yet learned to fly. I put a piece of myself in it. The transfer would not take hold until I die. Something I knew would happen soon.

A spear flew past me as I ran into a ravine. The fox den was next on my list. My heart pounded as I heard the men screaming for my return. It was easy for them to follow me. Hopefully, it will be hard for them to follow my... I’m not sure what to call them. Pieces of me.

The northern part of the forest held the fox. It will be clever enough to escape. Not from me though. I picked up the youngling giving it the next part of me. One more to go. The western part of the forest had the wolves. A pup was already chosen. Just as I finished putting the last piece into the pup a voice stilled my movements.

“Stop moving!” Dorthey commanded. “Lie down.” She spoke.

I dropped to the ground unable to ignore her. She approached riding a horse with a rope in her hand. Naked as the day she was born and sporting red welts on her backside. With tears in her eyes, she tied the rope around my neck.

“Cumberworld! Because of you, I got lashes! Follow me!” She pulled the rope tight.

It didn’t matter. I was prepared to die. I will kill them all and escape. Dutifully I walked behind her and her horse. Not that I could disobey her. The pact made sure of that. Back in the temple, I was led down into the basement. She went back upstairs, no doubt to her lover.

The men in the basement surrounded me. Each one had trinkets to chain me to the basement. Fools. I swung at them. A fight started. They stabbed me with spears and knives. I tore flesh and bone. In the end, I lost and won. The men were dead leaving only Dorthey, her lover, and any remaining women and children alive. I died in the darkness; however, my plan was done. Everything I am was split into three new entities.

With a gasping breath, you fell off the couch. Everything hurt and burned. Two feathered arms picked you up and put you back onto the couch. A blue fluffy arm offered you small sips of water. Eclipse was still gone. At least you assumed he was. The journal was sitting open on the coffee table. The... whatever that was is burned into your memory.

Chapter 228: Pact pt11

Chapter Text

You purse your lips “Where is Eclipse? We have a fuck ton to talk about.”

Moon scratches behind his ear “He’s still not back yet. Is this about the journal?”

You take a sip of water “Yeah. I know how you were made. And some things about Dorthey.”

Sun gasps “You do?!”

Sun runs to the front door and pulls it open. With a deep breath, he shrieks as loud as he can out the door. You cry out as Moon slams his hand over your ears. Sun closes the door.

“Idiot! Some warning would have been nice!” Moon growls.

You pull his hands down by his wrists “It’s fine. I understand his reaction... somewhat anyway.” You take another sip of water “How long was I out for?”

Sun brushes your hair from your eyes looking deep into them “It was noonish when we left. It’s midnight now.”

Moon stands up “I’ll get you something to eat.”

You slowly hold a hand up “Wait. If I don’t cook you don’t eat right?”

Sun nods “There are eggs from breakfast left over. We’ll be fine.”

You nod “My throat hurts. Something easy to swallow.”

Moon grins “I know just the thing. You like vanilla?”

You nod “I do.”

Sun helps you sit up on the couch with the help of some pillows. Moon returns with three spoons, two bowls, and a tub of vanilla ice cream.

He sets the ice cream down in your lap “This will help with the pain in your neck.”

“Thank you.” You take a spoon from him.

Sun paces anxiously “Where the hell is he!?”

Moon rolls his eyes “Fuck him right now. Eat some food while we still get to.”

You purse your lips “Do...Do you guys watch TV?”

Moon shrugs “Dorthey never let us. At least that’s what she thought.” Moon grins “Amazing what you can get away with when your small, furry, and Dorthey was an idiot.”

Sun growls flopping down into a chair. He picks his bowl up and begins to eat like his food insulted him. You turn the TV on and find something y’all can watch that will be easily understandable. You find a comedy movie. Good enough.

About halfway through the film Moon refills your water. As he walks back into the room the front door opens. You turn your head as Eclipse shuffles into the cottage. He sits down on the other chair and crosses his arms.

You turn the TV off “I know how you all were made.”

Eclipse stands up alarmed “How long have you known?!”

You sigh “I went with Sun to the shrine today at noon. While I was there, I found this journal.” You point to the book on the coffee table “Something happened in there and I saw a glimpse of the past. Everything I experienced follows what’s written in that book.”

Eclipse thumbs through the pages “You found this in the temple?”

You nod and sip your water “The centipedes... are there eggs left?”

Moon nods “I’ll get some.”

“Thanks. Eclipse needs to eat some food.” You put the empty ice cream bucked down.

Eclipse shakes his head “No I need to learn where we-”

“EAT YO DAMN FOOD BITCH! I AIN’T DEALIN’ WITH YER GARBAGE!” You shout at him.

Eclipse recoils and sits back down in his chair. When Moon returns with the last of the eggs, Eclipse takes the bowl from him.

You nod satisfied “Anyway, centipedes dropped that for me. They also lead me to the remains of Paradox. Apparently, he was a big demon who could grow crops. I don’t know what else he could do.” You sip your water “He was in a relationship with Dorthey? Though that may have been a lie.”

Sun leans forward “Dorthey?”

You nod “Yeah. They were planning to trap Paradox in the basement of the temple and use him for power until there was nothing left.”

Moon scratched his muzzle “Who was?”

You shrug “No clue. When he figured out their plan he made one of his own. Paradox figured out how to split himself into three parts. First chance he got he ran. Dorthey had control over him and could make Paradox do whatever she wanted.”

Sun frowns “Just like with us...”

You sip your water again “When the people who had Paradox figured out he was running they chased him. He found the three of you and gave you pieces of himself. He died in the basement fighting most of the people who chased him. Dorthey forced him back to the basement.” You sneeze “Ow! When Paradox died you three were created. No clue why y’all were together though.”

Eclipse sets the bowl down “You need to go back.”

You hold your hands up “Woah! I need to recover!”

Eclipse looks you over “Recover?”

Moon scoots closer to you “When they went to the basement they were forced into the memory of Paradox. It sent them running into the woods until they collapsed. Scared and in tears and screaming until hoarse.”

You nod “Yeah. It was awful. Blindly running through the woods. Scared out of my mind. Not something I’d like to do again.”

Chapter 229: Pact pt12

Chapter Text

You shift uncomfortably under Eclipse’s gaze. He’s just sitting in his chair staring at you. You still don’t trust him.

Sun grips the arms of the chair tightly “You owe them an apology.”

“What?” Eclipse asks confused.

“An apology.” Sun states coldly “You owe them one. And a thank you.”

Eclipse’s ear twitches “Sorry.”

Sun snaps his beak “For? Sorry for?!”

Eclipse glares at Sun “I don’t like your attitude.”

You huff “I don’t like you. Not right now anyway. You are making it very hard for me to trust you and this shit won’t get better if we don’t get along.” You slowly stand up “Frankly I do not trust you. You have done nothing to show me otherwise.” You wince as you move the wrong way “I’m going to take a bath and go to bed. I know I woke up a few hours ago but I don’t want to fuck up my sleep schedule and I still feel exhausted.”

You head for the stairs. Moon glances between Sun and Eclipse, shaking his head as he turns to you. You let out a short scream as he picks you up.

Moon gently throws you over his shoulder “You’ll never make it up those stairs. While it would be amusing to watch you try... you’ve been nice... I’ll be nice too.” Moon takes you to the bathroom and sets you down on the tub “Can you wash yourself?”

You nod “Should be fine. I’ll call if I need you.”

Moon looks you over for a moment “I’m sorry I was a jerk.”

You turn the water on “Thanks.”

When Moon leaves you get undressed. The hot water feels good on your sore muscles. You relax into the warm water. Letting the heat work its magic. You close your eyes to enjoy the moment.

“YOU KNOW DAMN WELL WHY!” Something topples to the ground and Sun continues “They have been nothing but nice! They cooked us food! And you know what?!” Stomping sounds “WE DIDN’T HAVE TO YELL AT THEM FOR THEM TO DO IT!”

“DORTHEY ABUSED US SUN! She left us to starve for months! How could I be sure they were not going to do the same thing?! I had to protect us!” Eclipse shouts.

You sit up more in the tub as Moon loudly states “You didn’t even give them a chance! You still aren’t giving them a chance.” There is a pause “Oh what? Gonna run away again?!”

You carefully hop out of the tub and begin to dry off “MOON?”

Moon knocks softly “What do you need?”

You lean on the door “Can you bring me something to sleep in? Please?”

You can hear him leave, returning a few minutes later “I’ll set them outside the door.”

You crack the door open and take the t-shirt, underwear, and sleeping shorts “Thanks. Could... could you help me sleep?”

Moon hums a yes “Can we sleep in the house?”

You open the door “You don’t already? I thought you did??”

Moon shakes his head “No. We sleep outside.”

You sit down on your bed and cover-up “Then sleep inside.”

Moon leans over you “I’m going to help you sleep.” He leans down and kisses your temple. Your eyes get heavy, and you fall asleep.

The following morning you wake up feeling refreshed and less sore. You head downstairs with a smile on your face. It drops slightly when you see Eclipse waiting in the living room for you.

Eclipse turns to face you “Sun and Moon left at sunrise.”

You nod slowly “Ok.”

Eclipse rubs his arm uncomfortable “I’ll be your escort through the woods today.”

You inch toward the kitchen “I see.”

You can see Eclipse getting agitated “Are there any sights you want to see?”

“Well, I did find a nice river. Some fishing might be nice.” you offer with a yawn.

Eclipse perks up, his ears tilting forward “I could get you fish.”

You shake your head “That’s not the point.”

Chapter 230: pact pt13

Chapter Text

“Look, I’m going fishing. If you think I won’t be safe by myself then come with me.” You head to the kitchen.

As you fix breakfast and lunch for everyone you keep an eye on Eclipse. He seems agitated and fidgety. Like he doesn’t want to be here. You purse your lips. The argument you overheard last night is still fresh in your mind.

You passed Eclipse some food “Eat, I don’t like the thought of you three suffering.”

Eclipse stares at the plate of food. Slowly he takes a tentative bite.

Eclipse stares at his plate bitterly “Why are you being nice?”

You glance at him from your backpack “What? Is it so hard for you to believe I can be?” You turn around to face him “Would you prefer I be mean? Hit you? Kick you?” You gently touch his arm “Peel the flesh from you piece by piece?”

Eclipse looks a little nervous. You turn back to your pack with a sigh. You don’t feel the need to waste your time trying to convince him otherwise. Sun seems to be doing quite the job shredding the man.

Back in the living room, you fetch your shoes to head out. One of the plants is missing. You glance around but don’t see it. You’ll ask about it later. Right now, you want to lounge in the sun and catch some fish. A fish fry sounds nice.

Eclipse follows behind you like your shadow. It irks you. Not because he’s following you around, but because he clearly doesn’t want to be here at all. He hasn’t even apologized to you yet. Not really anyway. Sure, he said sorry, but he didn’t really mean it.

You pick your fishing rod and tackle box up “I’m Heading out. Follow me, don’t follow me. At this point, I don’t care. You clearly don’t want to be around me anyway.”

Eclipse stays where he is. Mulling your words over. You open the door and head into the sunlight. As you round the side of the house the front door opens. You don’t say anything as Eclipse follows behind you. He’s not even trying to hide the fact he’s following you.

At the river clearing you set your things down. Eclipse sits down about five feet away from you and just... watches you. He watches as you prep the rod and cast your line. It’s relaxing, except for the constant staring from Eclipse.

You turn your head to look at him “Something to say?”

Eclipse tucks his tail close to his side. His head turns to the river, and he says nothing. The two of you spent the afternoon fishing. Well, you fish and Eclipse sits there. Even during lunch, he sits quietly. His tail wags slightly when you catch a big fish.

At sunset, you stand up brushing yourself off “I’m going back to the cottage. This was.... something.”

You gather your things, including the three fish, and head back down the path. When you step inside the home is warm. A fire has been started in the wood stove. Laughter comes from the living room as Sun and Moon play a game together. They have clothes on. Like cotton and denim. They must have raided Dorthey’s shit. Good for them.

You hold your fish up with a grin “I caught fish! I’m going to fry them for dinner.”

Sun stares at Eclipse long and hard. Eclipse shifts uncomfortably under his gaze before pursing his lips and heading upstairs.

Moon smiles “One whole heart for each of us? You’re too KIND.” He stands to help you with your prize “It’s so GOOD to know you actually CARE enough to let us sleep inside.”

You nod slowly and head for the kitchen. You clean your fish and prepare them for frying. Your three demonic companions leave you alone while you cook. It’s nice to have the moment to yourself. You even play some music on your phone. Soon you have a complete meal. Fried fish, french fries, and mixed greens.

You poked your head out of the kitchen “Can I have some help bringing dinner to the table?”

Moon hops from the couch “Sure!”

Once everything is on the table you shout dinner time.

Chapter 231: pact pt14

Summary:

Fun fact. The file with this story in it is called "Sun And Moon Demon Party".

Chapter Text

Sun and Moon join you at the table. Eclipse stays upstairs. You should feel upset about it, but you don’t. Sun assured you they’ll bring him food later. The three of you enjoy your meal together.

“So, what prompted you to wear clothes?” You ask curiously.

Sun shifts uncomfortably “Is it ok we took them? We aren’t in trouble are we?”

You nod “Oh! It’s completely fine! I don’t give a shit what you do with their clothes. I was just curious.”

Moon turns his gaze from you and gently scratches his muzzle “We wanted to feel more like people instead of animals.”

Sun nods “We might look like animals, but we still have thoughts and feelings. Ya know, like you!”

“I get it. On some level at least.” You state. “MMm!” you swallow a bite of fish “Tomorrow I’ll cook some food for y’all to last the week. Let me know tomorrow if there is any particular dish you want to try.”

Moon starts to clear the table “Thank you.”

You stretch and help them clear the table. Together the three of you wash the dishes and put away leftovers. Sun fixes Eclipse a plate and brings it up to him. You don’t hear any shouting. Hopefully, it’s the good sign you take it as.

When Sun returns the three of you watch a little TV and chat about the world beyond the forest. He and Moon have many questions you have no problem answering. You find the science channel. An episode of “How It’s Made” is playing. It’s about how they make cars.

At ten you decided to go to bed. Sun and Moon stay downstairs and continue to watch TV. You fall asleep easily without Moon, although he does offer to help. You don’t know what time it is, but something feels... off. Like someone is watching you. Slowly you sit up and rub your eyes with a yawn.

It’s dark and a little cold. The wind gently blows through the trees adding to the soft night sound. A creak comes from the door to the room. Someone is standing in your room. You pick your phone up and use it as a flashlight. Eclipse shields his eyes from the blinding light.

You frown “What are you doing in here?”

Eclipse’s ears fall back against his head “I’m sorry.”

You sit up more in bed “What?”

Eclipse shuffles to the bed “I’m sorry for how I treated you.” He curls his tail around himself “I shouldn’t have yelled at you. I was scared you would be like her.” He sighs “I didn’t even give you a chance. We can’t change how it happened. We can only try to make this work. I want to help with making this work.”

You yawn “It won’t be easy.” You wag a finger at him “And you have to try to be better about not running away all the time. A lot of making this work will involve hearing tough things.”

Eclipse looks hopeful “I still want to try. If not for me, then for you, Sun and Moon.”

You hesitate before holding your arms out “Alright.”

Eclipse tilts his head before taking both of your hands in his and shaking them. Without a word, he leaves the room. You stare at your hands before shrugging and going back to bed.

Chapter 232: pact pt15

Chapter Text

You yawn with a big stretch and look out the window. The forest is gorgeous. Sunlight shines through the trees and birds sing happy little songs. You are going to miss waking up to this view. Your current view is of an apartment building across from yours. A small courtyard with decorative grassy patches is between your building and the other.

You used to think you had one of the better views in the city. Now you know better. Still, moving out here permanently will take time. You need to make the home more livable. It needs to have at least two more bedrooms added to it. It was ok if they wanted to share a bedroom, but you also wanted to give them their own space. It just felt like the thing to do.

After you used the bathroom, you headed downstairs. You’d get dressed after breakfast. Likewise, you could stay in pajamas all day. It’s not like you were really going anywhere today. You were going to be cooking all day. Speaking of cooking, you could hear someone tootling about in the kitchen.

You opened the door to find Moon cooking an egg. He had a pink flowery apron on. Some bacon sat steaming on a plate. Two pieces of buttered toast next to the bacon.

Moon turned as you entered the kitchen “Good morning, Rabbit. I’m fixing you food. It’s... It’s the only thing I know how to make aside from a sandwich.”

You scratch behind his ear “Naw, yer good. I like eggs.”

Moon’s tail swishes happily behind him “You’ll be with me today. I know you wanted to cook today. Eclipse is taking care of my part of the woods after abandoning his post the other day.”

You nod and take a bite of bacon “Sounds good to me. I need to talk to one of you anyway.”

Moon looks over at you “About what?”

You yawn and fix something to drink “The house mostly.”

Moon stills “The-The house?”

You nod “I want to do some renovations. I want to add two more bedrooms and a bathroom. The kitchen needs updating, and I’ll need to get new furniture.”

Moon turns the stove off “More bedrooms?” He plates the eggs and hands the plate to you “Why?”

You lead moon to the dining room and sit down “You each need your own room. If I’m going to live here eventually I need this place to be more like me and more liveable for everyone.”

Moon sits across from you with his ears back “We should have never listened to Eclipse. I wish we had treated you good from the start.”

You sip your drink “What’s done is done. All we can do is be better than yesterday.” You take a bite of eggs “Eclipse came into my room last night.”

Moon growls “What!?”

You wave a hand at him “Calm down! He apologized. Like, really and truly apologized.” You take another bite “And I believe him too!”

Moon’s ears shoot forward “Really? So, we finally got through to him? Good!”

You sip your drink “Do you know what you want me to cook?”

Moon’s tail wags gently behind him “Yes! I want a casserole! Sun wants spaghetti. Eclipse wants a pot roast.”

You nod “Surprisingly easy. Are you three fine using the oven? I can prep the food so all you have to do is put it in the oven for a given amount of time at the right temperature.”

Moon hums “That should be fine!”

You nod “Cool! Depending on what ingredients are here I can prep some pizza too.” You bite your lip “Is there anything I can do to bread or eggs to make it edible for you?”

Moon hums “There might be, yeah. Sun would know better though.”

You nod “Alright. We’ll ask him later then.” You set your fork down on your empty plate “Will you help me cook?”

Moon nods eagerly “Yes! I want to learn to cook more than just bacon and eggs.”

“Alright,” You stand up taking your plate with you “let’s get started then!”

Chapter 233: pact pt16

Chapter Text

The two of you spent the morning pulling ingredients out. Some of the meat had to thaw but you could fix spaghetti without meat. It could always be added later. You showed Moon how to chop veggies and pick spices. Moon, who had an old notebook in his paws, took notes. Even scribbling down the alternative spices you listed.

"So," You start a little unsure "How did you guys get Dorthey money anyway? It could help pay for the renovations I want to do to the house."

Moon pauses "Well, that's something I want to keep a secrete."

You nod "Alright. Not that I want to sound greedy..."

Moon put a paw on your shoulder "We'll help. Besides, we'd be even bigger dongs if we didn't help you with something you are doing for us."

You stir the sauce "Thank you. Do you have somewhere to go when renovations start? I know you can't leave the forest or I'd take you with me."

Moon looks shocked "We have a cave we can sleep in. I'll need a bit of blood from you."

You narrow your eyes "Blood? Why?"

Moon stares at you for a moment "Money."

You cross your arms "Money? You want me to give you my blood for money?"

Moon nods "Just two drops of blood for money."

You purse your lips "Is it for s spell or a ritual?"

Moon again looks surprised "I didn't know you knew those. It's for a spell. One only we can do. It makes wealth come to you each time it's done. Maybe you get a promotion, or find something valuable, or win the money."

You make a duckface "Alright. Although, if I find out you did anything else with my blood I'm over spicing the food. Might not sound so bad but wait till your shitting lava."

Moon recoils "You can make people shit lava?!"

You shake your head as you gather the ingredient for the next recipe "Not real lava. The spice will burn your asshole and it will hurt to shit."

Moon nods slowly "Don't piss you off. Got it. So you said you wanted to make bedrooms?"

You nod as you set things out "Yeah! Do any of you like the room you are sharing right now?"

Moon looks up in thought "Actually, I think Sun likes that room best."

You stir the pot of sauce "The renovations will take quite a while. There are no rooms that can be converted into a bedroom. We'll have to make two new ones."

Moon took a breath "How long will it take?"

You Shrug "My guess? 2-3 months. I can rent y'all an RV. It's a-"

"I know what that is. Would you really do that for us?" Moon says.

"Depending on how much money I have, of course!" You chirp.

Moon felt like he could cry. The weight of their actions against you churned his stomach. He resumed taking notes as you continued to cook. The two of you continued like this until the sun started to go down. That was when Sun came home.

"I'm back! WOW, it smells really good in here!" Sun chirped.

The door to the kitchen opened and you spun around "Good! I need to talk to you!"

Sun looked alarmed "What about?"

You smiled warmly "Relax. It's nothing bad! I just want to ass two new rooms to the house and open it up a little. I also want new furniture. If I'm going to live here I want the house to feel more like me."

Sun balks "What?! New rooms?!"

You turn back to the stove where you have dinner and the rest of meal prep cooking "Yeah. I can see about getting an RV for the three of you as well."

Sun moves to see what you have on the stove "I assume you'll need money from us?"

You nod "Sorry, but yes."

Sun gives you a pointed look "Don't be sorry. We promised to take care of you. Let us do that!"

You nod "Alright. Thank you. When will Eclipse be back?"

Sun shrugs "No clue. Although he did say he apologized to you."

"He did." You muse "It was nice. I actually believe him about it too."

Chapter 234: pact pt17

Summary:

Auriculars- bird's ear

Chapter Text

It's very late. You finished cooking all the food for the week three hours ago. You were exhausted but you wanted to chat with Eclipse before going to bed. Sun and Moon trusted Eclipse enough to leave the two of you alone. Although Sun kept an auricular listening just in case. The last of the food was put away except for a plate for Eclipse.

The front door opened quietly as Eclipse entered the house. You closed the fridge and took the plate of warm food out of the oven. You took a fork, knife, and water to the dining room. Eclipse looked at you in surprise. You waved him over quietly and set the plate and water down. Eclipse sat down and took a bite of food.

A look of surprise flashed across his face "It's warm."

You nod and lean on the table "I kept it warm for you. I showed Moon how to cook some dishes. He was adorable! Lad took notes while I cooked."

Eclipse's tail wagged behind him "This is good."

You smile "Thank you. I want to renovate the house. Add two bedrooms and give the lower floor an open floor plan. This means I'll be getting the three of you an RV to stay in."

Eclipse chokes on his food for a moment "What?"

You nod "Sun said y'all would help with the cost. I hope that's alright."

Eclipse takes a gulp of water "Bedrooms?"

You nod "You each need your own rooms. And some clothes. New rooms means furniture and bedding."

Eclipse sets his fork down "We'll help you. Just give us some time."

You nod "I'll get some estimates. You take all the time you need."

Eclipse takes a sip of water "You're leaving tomorrow right?"

You nod "I am. I'll be back next weekend."

Eclipse sets his fork down on his empty plate "I'll have some money for you by then. I know it must cost a lot to take care of three demons."

You reach out and scratch him behind his ears "I appreciate it." You yawn loudly "Anyway. I should be getting to bed. It's late."

Eclipse leans into your hand as his tail wags more "Alright, sleep well."

You scratch behind his ears again as you head upstairs for bed. You stare out the window as you fall asleep. Despite the craziness of the last four days, you are going to miss staying here. The sounds of the forest at night were far more relaxing than you anticipated.

You weren't even sure how you were going to get to sleep at home. The city is loud with traffic and people. The neighbor to your left likes to watch sports long into the night. The people above you work night shifts and get home while you are asleep.

You wind up sleeping until ten in the morning. The smell of pancakes or waffles wakes you up. You can hear Sun, Moon, and Eclipse talking quietly downstairs. You take some time to get dressed and pack your luggage. You take it downstairs with you and put it by the front door.

"I made pancakes!" Moon yips excitedly.

You turn around to find the table has stacks of pancakes on it "Wow!"

Moon nods excitedly "I used a cookbook!"

You take a seat at the table "It smells awesome."

Eclipse fixes you a plate "Shame we didn't get more time."

You shrug "I'll be back next weekend. I'll bring some food and clothes back with me. You want anything else?"

Sun shakes his head "No. We're fine."

You take a bite "Delicious!" You take another "I'm leaving all the food I brought behind."

Moon sighs "Glad you like the food."

Soon it's time for you to leave. Your car is packed and it's time for goodbye for now. Despite the insanity of the situation, you hug the three. The demons have shown you a willingness to do better by you and each other. You drive down the forest path back to the city. You can't help but wonder how things would have turned out if they were nice from the start.

As the tall skyscrapers come into view you sigh. This week is going to be a busy one. You look forward to the weekend and your three demonic... friends.

THE END

Chapter 235: Love and Cuddles

Summary:

Thank you ForteShadowLove for the title

Chapter Text

It was late. Somewhere around two or three in the morning. You were exhausted. The day was long as it was hard. You trudged through the plex unbothered by the cleaning and security bots. The only sound aside from wheels was the soft sound of your shoes echoing through the halls.

All the other bots and the other two humans were tucked in for the evening. There were three live-in workers in total. You stayed in the daycare with Sun and Moon, your robot boyfriends. Darin stayed in rockstar row. And the last stayed in Parts and Service.

You haven't met the P&S worker yet.

"HEY! YOU! STOP RIGHT THERE!" You groaned as the new security guard shouted.

You stopped and slowly turned around "I work here!"

The young guard, no older than 25, shines his flashlight in your eyes "Yeah, and I'm Glamrock Bonny."

You frowned "It's rude to speak ill of the dead."

He scoffed "Robots can't die. They aren't alive."

You roll your eyes "Whatever. Can I go now?"

He stared at you for a long moment "I'll let you go now."

You turned from him and continued walking. He was new and young. The thrill of power was getting to his head. Hopefully, he'll cool his jets soon. You made your way to the Foxy poster and pulled your keycard out. You waved it around in front of the poster and it opened.

With a big stretch, you walked inside allowing the poster to close behind you. Tonight was particularly muggy and humid. A storm was coming and good god were you feeling it! Your back was achy and you were starting to feel sticky.

As you got closer to the room you smiled. It was very quiet. Your lovers must be asleep. You sat down on the stairs and took your shoes off. Quietly you closed the door to the stairs behind you. The quiet sound of the oscillating fan droned through the room. Thank goodness!

You set your stuff down in the corner. The opposite side of the tunnel was dark You stripped down to your underclothes and climbed through. An LED color-changing nightlight lit the room enough for you to see. It's shaped like three mushrooms on a mossy rock.

Sun had you buy it after the virus was removed. He and Moon were scared you would be gone or worse when they powered on in the darkness. When you stood up your soul hummed in joy. Sun and Moon were laying on the bed together. Tightly holding each other as they charged. You must have made a sound because Moon took you by the wrist and pulled you onto the bed. Sun pulled you into his chest wrapping his arms and legs around you.

"Tch! Typical." Moon scoffed playfully. "No clue how to share." He giggled "I'll just have to take you tomorrow."

Moon leaned forward and kissed your forehead "One to clear your mind." He kissed your eyes "Two to help you sleep." He kisses your lips three times "And three to say I love you."

You blushed and snuggled into Sun to sleep.

Chapter 236: Sick

Summary:

Warning! This is a sick fic. It talks about being sick with little description to the gross parts.

Chapter Text

When you started your shift you felt fine. Nothing seemed off. However, as the day went on you started to feel worse and worse. It started with a cough. One that left you hunched over hacking up a lung for a few seconds. Slowly your mind began to get hazy with fever. Tasks become more difficult.

You tell the higher-ups that you are done for the day and getting sick. Your concerns are disregarded. If you can stand, you can work. Unless you want to be fired and banned from the plex for life. About an hour later, you find yourself in the employee bathroom hunched over the toilet. Your stomach is empty of everything. You want to stand up and go to your room but you can't muster the strength.

Something touches your back and you groan "This looks bad chickadee. You look greener than Monty!" Chica held your hair out of your face and cleaned you up "The Daycare closes in an hour. Monty is right outside the door talking to fans. When he leaves I'll take you to my room. Just hang on a bit, ok?"

You hear her, but don't register what she's saying. It's an ocean of words. You can see the ocean and know it's an ocean, but you don't understand what is in the ocean. Chica's eyes light up brightly as she scans you. There is a knock at the door.

Chica picks you up "Time to go little bird."

The movement brings on a new wave of nausea. You groan and turn your head into her chest. You feel awful. Your mind is foggy and you feel hot.

Chica lays you down on her couch "Try to get some sleep. I have to go now but Sun will be here soon to take you home."

Home sounds nice. Chica puts a jacket over you and leaves the room. The lights are off and the curtain is closed. A small sound wakes you up. A quiet banging in the vents. You turn your head and stare at it. Your mind knows it's something good, but you can't quite put your finger on what it is. Your stomach churns and you bolt for the trashcan.

The vent pops open "Starlight? Oh! It's worse than we thought."

You let out a pathetic little whine as you clutch the trashcan to your chest.

Moon takes the trashcan from you and sets it aside "We are not going through the vents. Sunny? Get ready to swap."

You drift off in Moon's arms. Your mind lets go of the world around you and simply exists. For a few minutes, you wake up. Wherever you are it's dark. The comforting glow of Moon's gaze is close by. He's reading a book with a hand on your back. He rubs his hand in soothing circles and hums softly to you. You yawn and fall back asleep.

Chapter 237: Mine pt1

Summary:

So I decided to do a fun writing challenge. I used a random number generator to pick a song from my youtube playlist and wrote a one-shot using that song. This is the result. The song is "Bazzi- Mine". This will have 2-3 parts. I wanted to write something happy.

Chapter Text

You glanced up at the menu from your spot in line. The Bonnie Bowl menu had gotten an update with a new Burger. It had two thin patties. The first patty was topped with bacon, cheddar, onions, and barbeque sauce. The second has swiss, mushrooms, and onions. It sounds amazing. It was called "The Eclipse". It was supposed to show the duality of Eclipse's origins. At least that's what you were told.

"MMMM I know! He's so hot! He's so tall and mysterious! The other day I watched him pin down a drunk guy trying to fight a Map Bot." You heard from a woman behind you.

"Oooo! Imagine all the things those arms can do!" Another voice squealed.

You sigh. It's working hours and you are in line with customers. This is not what should be talked about. You step up to the counter and order your food.

"Is that..." The rest of the sentence is mumbled by the woman.

"They spend a lot of time together. I bet they could help you!" The other person states excitedly.

You take your food in a to-go box and head to a table to eat lunch. Your fazwatch pings three times in a row. You check it when you sit down. The first message is Eclipse asking about the burger. The second is Sun gushing about Friday. And the last is a reminder about the party on Friday. You sent Eclipse a picture of the burger. Sun gets a smiley face with a party hat.

Friday the plex is holding a party for the workers and animatronics. It will be held in the West Arcade. There will be karaoke, food and drinks, alcohol, and all the animatronics will be there. You were looking forward to the party. Mostly to hang out with everyone and sing not kid-friendly music.

You took a bite out of the burger and smiled. Fucking delicious. You get a text on your phone.

"It's ready. They will arrive at one in the morning. Remember to dress nicely but comfortably. They are already set up and ready to go. See you Friday." The message is written in elven.

You grin. Your plan is coming together nicely. You put your phone in your pocket. You already put your two weeks' notice in. After the party on Friday you, Eclipse, Sun, Moon, and their partner will make your escape. The rest of the plex will have no idea what happened. Since you are in a relationship with Eclipse, protocol states you are to erase yourself from his memory. You, however, are outright replacing Eclipse with another factory fresh Eclipse. You're just going to give it enough memories for it to know coworkers and the like. You had already prepared a USB with that information.

This plan has been in the works for about a year and a half. Careful meticulous planning with the help of Kit. Kit is a janitor and partner of Sun and Moon. They are smart and clever. The two of you came up with this plan together. Most people disregarded them as trash. The two of you met down in parts and service after they brought Sun and Moon in for deep cleaning. They could easily sneak in three new bots.

Sun, Moon, and Eclipse were due for an upgrade. Your job was to transfer over all data to the new bodies and send the old ones away for smelting. You already had that covered. You had scoured the trash piled below and found old models for the three to send back instead. Sun, Moon, and Eclipse have no idea about the plan. You didn't want the company to find out. They will learn the plan in the moment.

Your thoughts, and lunch, are interrupted by Sun getting a ray bent the wrong way. You take your food, stuffing your face as you head back to work. You greet Kit and Sun at your workstation.

Sun glances at the burger "Oh! I'm sorry! I ruined your lunch..."

You wave him off and inspect the damage "Naw! You're fine." You push your rolling stool over to your desk and back to Sun with a tool in hand "I'm going to turn your receptors off alright?"

Sun nods allowing you to open the port in his chest and plug your computer in "Are you excited for the party?"

You nod as you work on fixing him "Oh yeah! It should be quite the shindig!" You close his chest "Alright! All done! You are good to go!"

When they leave, you check the data you pulled from Sun. You copy it to your USB stick and pocket the thing. Tonight you will finish preparing the USBs for the replacement Sun, Moon, and Eclipse. You've got this! Your plan will work. It has to.

Chapter 238: Mine pt2

Chapter Text

You sit at your desk munching away on fries as you look over the forms for sending Sun, Moon, and Eclipse away. Your boss enters the room.

"Hey, got all the paperwork in order." She states.

You nod "Good. Friday will be my last day. I'll also be setting up Sun, Moon, and Eclipse for the reset as mandated by the company."

She leans on the doorframe "One last memory with your beau?"

You nod "I'll be gone before the party is over." You spin around in your chair "I'll leave the three of them down here when I'm done. Turned off of course."

She nods "Guess this is goodbye then."

You offer her a handshake "Yep. I'll see you on Friday."

She shakes your hand before leaving. You finish filling out the form with a small smile. You triple-check all the details to make sure this plan will work. The door to your space opens. You spin your chair around. It's Eclipse looking absolutely miserable.

His rays are shrunk into his head "You're leaving?"

You usher him inside closing the door behind you "Do you trust me?"

Eclipse sits down on your work table "Why wouldn't you tell me? Don't you love me?"

You take his hand "This is like... the third time this has happened." You glance around you "I have a plan to steal you from the plex. When I leave you're coming with me."

Eclipse looks shocked "What?"

You nod "Sun and Moon too. The reason you don't remember is I keep deleting the memory. Fazco has a feature where anytime an animatronic recharges all their data is sent to the company for review." You glance around again "I'm going to have to delete this entire memory."

Eclipse gives your hand a gentle squeeze "How can I be sure you aren't deleting other things?"

You pull a USB stick out of your pocket "This is where I'm putting the memories. I'll let you see them before moving this one over."

Eclipse nods and opens his chest. You plug the USB in. Eclipse is quiet for a long moment. You worry something went wrong until he smiles at you. He kisses the top of your head.

He pauses again before blinking and looking around the room "Why am I here?"

You take the USB and pat his chest "Just a little glitch in your system. I fixed it though!"

Eclipse chuckles and pulls you into his lap "Well if I could wake up like this every day I'd be a happy man."

You kiss him with a hum "Who knows, maybe one day you will."

Eclipse pulls you closer "Wouldn't that be the dream?" He sighs deeply "Duty calls." He leans forward rubbing his nose with yours "Will you stay tonight?"

You frown "I wish! I have to take care of a few things at home."

Eclipse frowns "Fine. I'll see you Friday then." He stands up and pins you against the wall "I have big plans for you on Friday. This!" His hand covers your crotch. "Had better be ready for this!" He grinds his crotch against yours and licks your neck.

You moan lowly thrusting up to meet his. He puts you down on the floor with a laugh. You fix your uniform as you watch him leave. Your heart pounding a mile a minute. You plug the USB into your computer. The memory of what just happened and Eclipse being told by some woman you are leaving are there. He named the file 'Dream Come True'. What a charmer.

The next day you finish packing the last of your stuff. The moving company is already taking boxes out to the moving van. Tonight you'll be sleeping in an RV. All a part of the plan. The RV has two beds. It'll be enough. You only plan to spend a few days in the RV before reaching the farmhouse in Kansas. You have done your research and will become a farmer with Kit.

You bring the box of food to the RV. Kit already has their things packed away in the RV. She, Sun, and Moon will sleep in the back. You and eclipse will sleep in the front. You already gave the landlord your key. He was letting you keep the RV parked in the parking lot overnight. That night you curl up in bed excited for your road trip.

The next day you head in at around noon. You park the RV in employee parking as previously discussed with the plex owner. You wiggle the nerves out of your arms and legs and head inside. You don't really have any tasks aside from deleting yourself from the boys, cleaning out your workspace, and clearing all personal data from your computer.

Kit meets you with a box of their things. The two of you carry your stuff out to the RV.

Kit sets the box down in the small closet for safekeeping "You ready for tonight?"

You shake your head "Nope. But that doesn't matter. We do this for love!"

Kit nods "For love!"

The two of you get ready for the party. Both of you dress in dark denim jeans and nice shirts. Nice looking clothes you can make a quick escape in. You already put a program into Eclipse to help. At one, before the party ends, he'll glitch out. It'll make his arms and legs go limp. Sun and Moon will help you bring him down to P&S where their new bodies are waiting for them. You'll transfer the data to the replacements for them, fix Eclipse, and the five of you will book it. Together you and Kit head into the plex. Ready to party and make your not-so-grand escape.

Chapter 239: Mine pt3

Summary:

I was going to use the song Mine here. But I have a way better idea of where to put it. Way more impact.

Chapter Text

Eclipse greets you at the door looking anxious "Is tonight really our last night together?!"

Kit takes Sun and Moon away.

You hold your hand out "Come with me, love. I'll explain everything."

Eclipse follows behind you like a lost puppy.

You pull him into a nearby closet "I expected this so I brought this with me." You pull the USB out of your pocket "I promise you this will explain everything."

Eclipse takes the USB from you "How?"

You take a deep breath "I know this is all strange. If you love me take a look at what's on that, please?"

Eclipse looks you in the eyes "Ok." He opens his chest plate and plugs the USB in " I'm trusting you."

For a while, he goes quiet. You worry you gave him the wrong USB. Your fears are dashed when he pulls you into a tight hug. You sigh in relief and wrap your arms around him.

Eclipse pulls you from the closet and links arms with you, as best as an eight-and-a-half-foot-tall beast of a man can anyway "Let's make our last night a good one!"

"YOU!" Sun points at you from down the hall.

You throw a hand up "Me?"

Sun sprints up to you and tackles you to the floor "Oh my god I could kiss you!"

You rub his back "Keep your cool. If we want this plan to work we need to act natural."

Sun lets you go "Got it!" He helps you off the ground "Let's go party!"

You chuckle as Sun picks Kit up into a piggyback ride with an excited howl. Moon laughs jovially following close behind the two. Eclipse looks down at you with a smirk. You hold your arms up. He swings you onto his back and breaks into a sprint toward the arcade. You squeal as he jumps from floor to floor through the atrium.

Moon opens the door to the arcade for the five of you. You thank him as you and Eclipse pass him by. It's loud inside. Someone is on stage singing "Chug Jug With You" by Leonz. You shake your head. Across from the stage a bar area is set up with drinks. Free pizza has also been set up along with cake.

Co-workers greet you and express their feelings on your departure. You express you are sad to go but this is where life is taking you now. Eclipse leaves your side to mingle with the other animatronics for the last time. Kit is chatting with the other janitorial staff. You quietly sip on a soda while you wait for your name to be called for karaoke. Two people in their early twenties walk up to you.

The girl of the group frowns slightly at you "How can you do it?"

You tilt your head "Do what?"

She sighs "Leave Eclipse. I thought you loved him?"

You frown willing a tear into your eyes "I do. Look... I have something personal going on... I can't drag him into it. I want to make our last night together great before I go." You wipe the tear away "The hardest part will be..." Your breath hitches as you pretend to fight more tears "Erasing me from him."

The young man puts a comforting hand on your arm "I'm so sorry. Whatever you are going through, I hope you end up alright."

You nod "Thank you."

The young lady rubs her arm "I... never mind!" She runs off.

Her friend looks at her then at you "Sorry. She really likes Eclipse. She was going to ask you how to win him over."

You smile softly "He likes to dance. He also likes watching superhero movies. He cried watching Wally."

He smiles at you "Have a great life."

You nod "You too." Your name is called to go on stage "OOO! I'm up!" You dart to the stage and take the mike "As a lot of you know. I'm leaving tonight. This is the last time you will see me. I thought this song fit well for the occasion. I'll miss you!" the music starts and you sing "We'll Meet Again" by Vera Lynn. Whether or not you can sing you put everything into the song.

As you hop off the stage a scream comes from the second floor of the arcade. Concerned you run up the stairs. Eclipse is frozen stiff. His eyes blink off and on. This wasn't supposed to happen yet! What on earth is going on?

Freddy runs to you and takes you by the shoulders "We do not know what is happening! He was fine a moment ago! You must do something to help him! You know how he works the best!"

You look at Moon "Moon! You and Sun bring him down to Parts and Service!"

Sun salutes you "Got it!"

Together, he and Moon pick Eclipse up and hurry down the stairs.

You turn to the other Animatronics "I'll get him fixed. I promise." You turn and watch Sun and Moon scurry out of the arcade as Kit holds the doors open for them "Looks like this is goodbye."

Chica gasps "I thought we had more time!"

You nod "Me too. But if he's going to be down there I might as well make my exit. At least this way he won't fight me on it." You rub tears from your eyes, happy to have practiced your fake crying.

Monty pulls you into a hug "We'll miss ya, runt."

You rub his back "I'll miss you too."

Freddy's ears droop "We didn't get you anything..."

You hug him tightly "Your smile is enough."

Roxy huffs and turns from you "You should get going before you make me glitch from all this mushy crap!"

You hug the wolf "I'll miss you too."

You turn from the group and sprint down the stairs. The young woman from before tries to come with you but you stop her with a look. You spot Kit holding the elevator open your you and book it.

As the elevator goes down Eclipse stands up "How did I do?"

You gasp indignantly and punch his arm "You idiot! I thought something was really wrong!"

Eclipse laughs "I found your code to make me glitch! Decided to make things more believable by running it early."

You smack him again "You jerk! Scaring me like that!"

Moon takes one of Eclipse's rays and tugs it gently "We were really worried about you!"

Sun holds Kit closely "Are we really leaving?"

Kit nods "Yeah! We just need to set up the replacements and the boxes to be shipped for smelting."

You shake your arms out "This is really working! I can't believe it!"

Chapter 240: Mine pt4

Chapter Text

As the elevator stops, Eclipse resumes his glitching. Sun and Moon pick him up as the five of you powerwalk to P&S. The entire trek to your workroom you expect everything to go wrong. Your heart drops out of your butt when you walk into P&S. Six men are setting up three large wooden boxes.

One of them walks up to you "Got your new bots right here. Sign here. We'll be looking around a bit. We'll be back in an hour ta get the scrap."

You nod. Part of you wants to start a fight for their behavior. However, you really want this plan to work. You watch them leave through Freddy's elevator.

After a minute you point to your workspace "Set Eclipse down in there. I'll get the replacement ready."

You follow the two into your workspace and set your computer up. Kit plays lookout with Moon once you are ready to start. You pull a purple USB out of your pocket. The shiny new eclipse body has more security features than you can shake a stick at. It looks more humanoid than your Eclipse does. It's visible from your workspace.

Eclipse turns his head from the shiny replacement "Would you prefer-"

You interrupt him "No! I do not want that thing. Besides, your tracker is an added attachment I can remove. That thing has an integrated one I can't get to. It's also hella ugly." You shudder as you insert the USB stick and upload the proper programs into the replacement "Open your chest. I need to take the tracker out."

Eclipse opens his chest as you return to him and you remove the tracker. It's a dumb little Freddy head shaped thing with a picture of a satellite on it. You put it into Eclipse's pocket.

You close his chest "Alright Sun, Your turn." He pops his chest open and you get to work removing the tracker "The scrap boxes are ready to go. I just have to put these trackers inside them." You put the tracker from Sun into his pocket "The right tracker needs to go into the right box." You wheel your chair over to the door "Moon! C'mere!"

You take the tracker out of Moon. Your computer pings telling you it's done with the Eclipse installation. You unplug the replacement from your computer and plug your computer into the new Sun along with his USB.

Moon studies his replacement, leaning in close "He's ugly." Moon knocks the replacement's hat off its head "Why did they give it hair?"

Sun gasps playfully "WE'RE BALD?!" He crosses his arms "Why did no one tell us?!"

You snicker as you look up at their replacements. Both have hair and look way more human than before.

Moon peeks into his replacements pants "Ha! He has a small penis!"

Sun tilts his head at Moon before doing the same to his replacement "HA! Mine does too. Tiny PP." He sticks his hand in and flicks the tiny penis with a giggle "So tiny."

You watch Sun and Moon before walking over to the replacement for Eclipse "Hm..." You pull the pants open "Oh my god! It's so small! Why is it so small?" You give it a tug and it unfolds like a telescope "They have telescoping weiners."

"Stop fondling my replacement!" Eclipse shouts playfully from the other room.

You glance over "It'll be yours soon!"

Eclipse flips you the bird. You laugh and return to your work. It takes you thirty minutes to upload the data to the three blanks in front of you. You removed all personal data from the laptop and set it on a table with a note and your fazwatch. Kit does the same with their watch.

You stand up "Alright, this part might suck. I need the three of you to crawl through the vents to the employee exit. I have the cameras there running a loop of footage. We have ten minutes to get you three to the RV. Find Kit and go with them. I'll take care of everything else!"

The five of you split off. You find the workers in rockstar row discussing the bite of '87. You lead them to the loading bay where the three crates of scrap are waiting. Discreetly you slip in the trackers.

As you walk to the employee exit someone shouts "I bet you thought you could get away with this didn't you!?"

Your blood runs cold as you turn around "Yeah I did."

Your boss has his arms crossed "You should know better than to leave without a last goodbye!" He opens his arms "C'mere!"

You offer a wiry smile as you accept the hug "I'll miss you."

He squeezes you "I know leaving him must be hard. I won't say anything if his penis goes missing."

You almost choke "What? Oh... uh... I'll keep that in mind."

He nods and waves you off. You feel a wave of relief as you leave the plex. Kit has the RV running.

As you climb inside Eclipse pulls you into a hunched hug "We were starting to worry!"

Moon crosses his arms from his spot at the little kitchen table "YOU were starting to worry. WE thought they would be just fine."

You sit down in the passenger's seat "Let's get the fuck out of here!"

Kit points to the back "Try to take a nap. We can swap whose driving in a few hours."

You nod "I don't want to stop driving until the next state over."

Chapter 241: Mine pt5

Chapter Text

You wake up early in the morning. A quick look at your phone tells you it's four in the morning. You walk out of the back grabbing a granola bar and water on the way.

Eclipse pulls you into his lap "Did you sleep well?"

You yawn "Yeah." You lean into him "How are you all doing?"

Sun beams "It's dark so we can't see much outside, but we did get to see a gas station!"

You feel a little crap he's excited to see a gas station but push it aside "Cool."

Moon pouts "It's cloudy so we can't see the moon."

Eclipse kisses the top of your head "I'm worried FazCo is going to come out of nowhere and take us away."

You take a sip of water "No. We are fine. The parts in those boxes were broken parts from various repairs I've done on the three of you."

"I kept them safe and in the right piles in the trash heap below. What we sent off were your parts." Kit remarks from the front.

You nod "Not to mention it has your specific trackers in the appropriate box. To the company, we did exactly what we were supposed to." You open your bar "For them to figure this shit out would be incredible. Besides, this isn't the first time someone has done something like this."

Moon spins his head upside down "It's not?"

You nod "I may or may not know about a certain rabbit cop being pilfered from a certain mouse-themed organization."

Eclipse rubs your belly as you eat "So where are we going?"

Sun nods "Where are we gonna live? Is this RV our new home?"

Kit hums "How much info do we give them?"

You hum "General location?"

Kit nods "Alright, we are moving to the midwest. And no, we are not living in an RV."

Moon raises a brow "Midwest? That's a lot of places."

Sun nods "Lots of farming."

Eclipse gasps "Are we going to be farmers?!"

You nod "Yep! We have everything planned out and budgeted for."

"I'm pulling into a truck stop. Are you ready to take over driving?" Kist asks as the RV slows down.

You nod "Yeah, I'm ready."

The two of you swap places. Kit and Moon go to the back of the RV. You check the GPS. Sun looks at you for a moment before standing up. He gives you a hug before joining Moon and Kit.

You pat the passenger's seat "It's still dark out. Would you like to sit beside me?"

Eclipse moves to the front with you and buckles up "When did you decide to steal me?"

You pull out of the gas station and turn the radio on "When I first realized I was in love with you."

The radio softly plays old rock music. the two of you sit in darkness illuminated by street lights every now and again. On either side of the highway are dense trees.

Eclipse looks around in awe "And when did you realize you are in love with me?"

You adjust the volume on the radio so the two of you can talk better "One and a half years ago."

Eclipse turns to you enamored "That early? We've only known each other for two years."

You nod "I know. Could you open my water?" You take the bottle from Eclipse "Thanks. I'm excited for you to see the place we are moving to! Kit and I spent a lot of time picking it out together."

"How are you able to afford all of this?" Eclipse asks.

You glance at the GPS "My great-grandmother's husband worked for FazCO back in the day. He died in an accident. The company gave Great-Gran some shares in the company as hush money. She had a young kid and no job so she had to take it. It was passed to my granny. When granny got sick I took care of her. She gave me the stocks in her will. I sold them for a lot of money. Roughly four million dollars. Enough to start a new life."

As the sun starts to rise Eclipse moves to the back. You heave a sigh of relief as a sign for the state border pops up on the side of the road. You have a few hours to get to your first stop.

"MOON! Look! It's the sun!" Giddy as a calf, Sun moves to the dining table of the RV.

Moon follows closely behind him "Finally! We can see stuff outside."

You can't help the smile on your face "Guess what?"

Sun leans forward "What?"

You look to the GPS "In about an hour and a half we are stopping for food and to stretch our legs." You pause for dramatic effect "In a forest campground."

Sun gasps dramatically "A forest!"

"We get to go outside?!" Eclipse asks excitedly.

Moon adjusts his hat "We could see animals?"

"Animals?" You state surprised "Would you like some animals?"

Moon blushes "... If it's alright..."

Kit comes out of the back "Have we crossed state lines?"

You nod "Yeah! We are forty minutes away from the campground."

Kit yawns "Great. We are making good time. If we keep this up we'll be in Kansas in no- FUCK! That was supposed to be a surprise!"

You snicker "Well, that cat's out of the bag."

Eclipse's rays spin excitedly "Kansas?"

Moon leans back "Farm country. Are we going to be farmers?"

Kit nods "Yep!"

"What are we going to grow?" Sun asks.

Kit hums "Well, we aren't sure yet. The farmhouse we bought-"

"Kit!" You laugh loudly "Way to give everything away!"

Eclipse beams "A farmhouse?!"

Kit laughs "Sorry sorry!"

You shake your head as you pull onto a dirt road "It's fine. But yes, we are moving to a farmhouse in Kansas. the previous owner grew wheat. In fact, part of the cost of the property is the current wheat growing in the fields. That being said, we can change the crops next year if we want." You pull up to a small log cabin "Stay here. I'll go get us a far off site for the morning."

You hop out of the RV and head for the cabin. After talking to the ranger you get a far-out-of-the-way campsite for the morning. You plan to leave at around noon. As you drive to the site the three bots get visibly more and more excited. When you park Sun almost jumps out the window. Eclipse hops from one foot to the other debating on whether to stay and help you with breakfast, or go outside for the first time.

You wave him out the door "Go! I have Kit to help me with food."

As you and Kit fix eggs and toast you can hear Sun, Moon, and Eclipse gushing about various things outside. You even catch a glimpse of Eclipse rolling around on the ground with Sun as they play fight.

Kit smiles fondly "We made the right choice."

You nod "Absolutely."

Chapter 242: Mine pt6

Chapter Text

You plate the bacon and toast as Kit finishes the eggs. Moon sprints across the window to tackle Eclipse. Kit takes the plates outside while you grab the drinks. The two of you sit at a picnic bench in the shade facing your boys. Eclipse had Moon pinned to the ground laughing in triumph. Sun creeps behind Eclipse and hooks his arms under Eclipse's upper arms. He lifts Eclipse over his head ready for a suplex move.

"Sun don't you do that! If you break him I can't fix either of you!" You shout calmly.

Sun pouts "Aw! Alright." He puts Eclipse down gently on the ground.

Kit snickers "Sometimes I forget how strong they are."

You nod "I'm the one who worked on them and I still don't know how much they can lift."

You glance up at the three. They are lying in the grass watching the clouds.

Kit sips their drink "So, we finish driving through Pennsylvania, West Virginia, and Kentucky. Then we stop for the night in Missouri."

You nod "If we are tired we can sleep in Kentucky."

Eclipse stands up brushing grass off of himself. You whistle wolfishly at him, blowing a kiss to him. Eclipse blushes and covers his face. Sun points and laughs at him.

You stand up and start cleaning up the mess "Alright boys! Time to go. I want to make it to Kentucky before sundown."

Sun pouts "Aw! Ok..." He sulks as he trudges to the RV.

Kit walks past him and kisses him on the cheek "Buck up! Weh we get to Kansas you can sleep outside if you want."

Sun's rays spin as he heads inside the RV. You climb into the driver's seat as everyone else sits at the table. Kit begins to explain some of the features of the RV. It's ten am when you leave the campground. You'll spend another three hours driving before swapping with Kit during lunch.

As you pass tall buildings you aren't sure exactly what comes over you or why, but you feel extremely affectionate "Eclipse?" You interrupt their conversation about how to decorate the farmhouse.

Eclipse looks up at you "Yes?"

You blush deeply with a warm dopey smile "I love you."

Eclipse blushes as steam escapes his neckline "I-I love you too!"

There are so many things you want to say. But now is not the time for any of them. Love swells in your heart for the bot as you drive. Maybe somewhere deep in your mind, you've realized all the wonderful things you can do with Eclipse now. Maybe you've realized deeper feelings for him that are slowly bubbling to the surface. Whatever it is you don't fight it.

As you finally drive into West Virginia you decide now is a good time to get lunch "Hey kit? What do you want to eat?"

"Tacos!" Kit responds.

"Alright! I'm on it." You reply.

You pick the food up opting to keep driving while Kit eats. When they finish you pull into a gas station to fill the tank and swap places. The two of you decide to stop for the night in Kentucky. About an hour away from the state line. It's eight when your group pulls into an RV park for the night. Kit picks a spot in a far corner far from people. You don't let your boys out though. That's too risky. Instead, they stay inside while you and Kit hook up the RV for the night.

After dinner Kit goes to the back with Sun and Moon. You and Eclipse convert the dining table and benches into a bed. It's not super comfortable, but it works for the time being. Eclipse has a hard time fitting on the bed. The poor bot winds up sleeping curled around you like a Koala. He peppered the back of your head in soft kisses as you fall asleep. Just a few more hours and you'd be at your new home with the love of your life.

Chapter 243: Mine pt7

Chapter Text

That morning you wake up at six am. You try to go back to sleep but can't. Instead, you decide to pack up and start driving. Moon comes out of the back when he hears you and Eclipse moving about.

"Why are you up so early?" Moon asks.

You shrug "I'm excited to get to the new house already. Couldn't sleep anymore so I decided to go ahead and start driving again. Kit can keep sleeping. We'll stop for doughnuts when they wake up."

Moon nods and helps Eclipse convert the bed back into a table and benches. You fix some coffee for the road. When everything is done you start up the RV and leave. You only have eight more hours of driving left. You can absolutely make it before nightfall. You hadn't planned on another stop anyway. The first one was to let the boys experience the outside while you and Kit could keep a close eye on them.

the coffee warms your soul as you drive. You were looking forward to sleeping in a real bed with your man. You and Kit had rooms on opposite sides of the house. You also added soundproofing to your respective bedrooms. You two want to be able to have sex with your men without bothering each other. The conversation about sex between the two of you was awkward. However, the more you talked the easier it became. It makes both of you happy to be able to talk so freely. The two of you suspect it will make living together easier. Hell, the two of you even moved in together after starting to plan your theft.

Moon stays upfront with you and Eclipse. He does tell Sun you are hitting the road so he doesn't get alarmed by the sudden movement. You glance back at the two at a stoplight.

"Moon, your hat!" you state surprised.

Moon looks away nervously "I... I feel like I don't need to wear it all the time anymore. I want to try to wear it less."

You nod "Good for you. By the way. We will be getting you boys some real clothes. No more bullshit from the plex."

Moom smiles softly "Really?"

"Yeah! We already have some stuff at the house for you." You chirp.

Eclipse pets your hair "Thank you, darling." He kisses the top of your head "You two are too good to us."

You scoff as you cross state lines "Not good enough! You three deserve so much more than we have to offer."

Moon grins "Then we'll just have to be men worthy of the two of you."

"So where are we now?" Eclipse asks.

You glance at the GPS "We entered Missouri about an hour ago. We have roughly six more hours to go."

Sun walks out of the back giving Moon a kiss as he sits down "Only six? That's not a lot."

"Hey, could one of you get me a bottle of water please?" You ask.

"I got it." Sun says as he stands up.

He passes you the bottle "Yo, any of you know what doughnuts Kit likes?"

"Glazed and bear claws." Kit responds with a yawn.

You park the RV and leave to fetch the doughnuts. As you stand in line two young girls chat loudly in front of you.

"Yo! Get this! Someone stole a robot from FazCO." The curly haired says.

Your blood runs cold.

"No way!" The pixie cut says.

Curly nods "Yeah! It was some guy in Texas. He stole Chica. Walked right out of the building with her right before closing."

Pixie gasps "Woah! Did they catch him?"

Curly nods again "He didn't even make it out of the parking lot."

You heave a sigh of relief on the inside and pull your phone out to check. Sure enough, it happened. He just took her by the hand and started walking. He had reprogrammed her to be his girlfriend. You shudder. You shoot a text to an old coworker about it. They confirm it happened. You ask how Sun, Moon, and Eclipse are doing. Everything is going smoothly. Your boss is super happy with your work on the three.

You heave a sigh of relief as you purchase four doughnuts. You jog back to the RV practically slamming the door behind you. You take a few deep breaths to calm down.

Sun takes the food from you "Are you alright?"

You sit down in Eclipse's lap "Two girls in line were talking about some dude in Texas who stole Chica from his pizzeria after closing. He reprogrammed her to be his girlfriend. I thought they were talking about us at first." You rub your face "I texted an old co-worker, we are in the clear."

Eclipse holds you tighter "Are you sure?"

You nod "Your replacements are doing a good job. The company is super happy with my work. I texted Roddy. If the company was after us he would have told me. I hid an illegal experiment he had done. He owes me and he knows it."

"Do we even want to know?" Sun asks.

"He's making drugs beneath the plex in the trash heap." You chuckle.

Kit recoils "You helped hide drugs?"

You nod "Part of why I stayed so long at the plex was trading in secrets and favors. That and actually being good at my job like you were."

Kit nods slowly "Learning more things every day."

Chapter 244: Mine pt8

Chapter Text

Kit takes over driving. You'll eat lunch in the RV. If you keep this up you'll make it to your new home by three in the afternoon. You plan to get Chinese for dinner. Neither of you want pizza for a while. You doubt your boys want to see pizza for a while either. The place you are moving to doesn't have any FazCO buildings within a 50-mile radius.

Three hours into the drive you fix two PG&J sandwiches and chips. Sun feeds Kit lovingly from behind. His arm looks the most normal and he insisted he could do it. Not one to miss out on what looks like a cute bonding moment, Eclipse feeds you. Part of you wants to stop Eclipse out of embarrassment. The other part is happy Eclipse is happy. You know he won't push you too much. He knows how to skirt the line of overwhelming.

You get excited as the busy city streets of Kansas turn into rolling fields of various crops "We should be at the new house soon!"

Kit squeals in excitement "I can't wait for you guys to see it!"

Kit pulls onto a gravel road. The RV shakes slightly as it hits a shallow pothole. On either side of you, vibrant green stalks of wheat crops grow in neat rows.

Your phone rings and you answer "Hello?"

"Hey! This is Donna with Magic Movers. We are just finishing up at your new house. I'll leave the key in the mailbox." She says.

You nod "That's fine. We're almost there anyway. We are just driving down the gravel road now. You should see our RV in a moment." You hang up the phone "The movers are at the house finishing up."

Sun pouts "We gotta stay inside the RV?"

Kit nods "We don't want you to be seen."

Sun dramatically flops onto the table with his arms stretched across the table "Fine!"

You chuckle at him "Don't worry it shouldn't take long."

You and Kit hopped out of the RV had headed up to the movers. They were just packing up the last of their stuff. Kit took the house keys from Donna as you confirmed the payment was received. You watch the moving truck drive down the gravel road waiting a few extra minutes just to be safe.

Kit waves the boys over. Sun tears the door to the RV open and sprints to Kit. Moon follows quickly after. You almost miss the bot flying across the yard. They roll about in the grass laughing loudly. You look at the RV. Eclipse is not coming out and you are starting to get concerned. In a panic, you sprint toward the RV. You make it five steps before Eclipse picks you up from behind. You squeal as he spins you around in circles. Eclipse tosses you into the air a few inches and catches you so you're facing him.

You kiss him on the lips moaning softly and wrapping your legs around him "Welcome home."

Eclipse buries his faceplate into your pectorals "Home!" His shoulders shake with jovial tears "We have a home!"

Moon pops up like a meerkat "We should explore!"

Eclipse moves you to sit on his shoulders "Lead the way, love."

You point to the fields "There's the wheat crops. We did our research on how to tend to them." You move your arm in his line of sight "That's the barn."

Eclipse walks toward the barn. It's a large red two-story building. It can easily hold everything you would need for farming and repairs. Right now you have repairs set up in the dining room. You wanted to give Sun, Moon, and Eclipse a choice on where the repair station will be. The second floor is a loft space that could easily be converted into a bedroom Smallville style. You'd Superman it up in a loft. Likewise, it could be the perfect spot for repairs. It already has electricity running to it and you don't need air conditioning or water to do some repairs.

The loft space has a window that overlooks the house and has shutters to close the window. A set of stairs lead up to the space. Underneath the stairs are a few chicken nest boxes. Not an ideal place to have them but you can easily move them if you want.

Moon walks over to the nest boxes in awe "Chickens?" He looks at you and Kit with big eyes "Can we have chickens?"

You nod "Yeah! I had planned on it. I like free eggs and fried chicken."

Moon looks aghast "You plan to kill them?!"

You nod "Only for food. You don't have to be a part of it. I've done it before. My mom is a homesteader."

Moon nods "Alright. As long as I don't have to help."

Kit pulls him into a hug "We would never make you do anything you don't want to."

"Unless it's a repair." You say firmly.

Sun pokes his head out from the loft "It's so cool up here!"

You glance up at him "We could do repairs up there. Right now we have a makeshift space in the dining room."

Kit points to the house "Let's go see the pond!"

You nod "Right! The pond!"

Eclipse smiles "A pond? Could we go swimming?"

Kit slaps a hand on your shoulder "They have some waterproof upgrades in the works."

You blush "Well I can't have you afraid to go out in the rain!"

Sun looks teary-eyed, well he would if he had tears "You've done so much for us and you don't even love us."

You cross your arms "Says who?! I might not be IN love with you, but I do love you. You, Moon, and Kit are my friends and I love you. Suck it up."

Moon pulls you into a hug "Friend. I was hoping we were friends."

You hug him back "Did I ever give you the idea we weren't?"

Moon leans his neck on your shoulder "lots of other people at the plex said we were friends. But we weren't really."

"Well, you and I are really friends. SUN I'M YOUR FRIEND TOO!" You shout.

Sun squeals "Oooo! I'm so happy!"

Chapter 245: Mine pt9

Chapter Text

To the right of the house is a one-acre pond. It might even have fish in it; if not, you'll add some. The pond has a small dock extending to the pond's center. Cattails grow around the pond in patches.

Sun stares at the water "Do you think it has fish?"

Kit shrugs "It might."

You point to the dock "The dock leads me to believe it does. If not then we will add some. I like fishing sometimes."

Sun looks at you "Can you teach me?"

You turn to him "Teach you to fish? Sure!"

Eclipse puts a hand on your lower back "What else is there out here?"

Kit hums "I think the backyard has a small garden and more wheat fields."

Eclipse smiles "A garden? Sounds nice. I'd like to try gardening."

You make a mental note of what the boys like. Eclipse likes plants, Moon likes animals, and Sun likes fishing. Who knows what else they will like! It's all so exciting! The five of you walk to the house. Kit unlocks the door letting you all inside. The doorways are 12ft tall and the ceilings are 15ft tall. You made sure whatever house you got had high doorways and ceilings so your coys would not have to duck.

The first room is an entryway. It has a shoe rack and a coat rack with a small hall closet. Just beyond that is a living room. It has a blue suede couch from you and a brown cotton couch from Kit. Both of your TVs are in the living room. One is sitting on your coffee table and the other is on the floor. Two end tables from Kit sit awkwardly in the room. A few pictures and paintings lean against a wall next to a bookshelf. Unopened boxes litter the floor.

You look around the room "We plan to either make the furniture we have work or get new stuff."

Kit tilts their head "The couches aren't that bad together. I think it works."

Eclipse looks the pictures over "You were cute as a baby comet."

You blush "Next room!"

Moon laughs as you move to the next room. It's the dining room and current repair room.

Kit points to the repair equipment "This is temporary. We wanted you to pick where you wanted to get repairs do-"

"THE LOFT!" Sun shouts. "I like the loft." He says a little quieter.

You nod "I suspected that might be the place."

The next room is the kitchen. You can access it from the living room, the backyard, and the dining room. It has a deep sink, a dishwasher, a double oven, a gas stove, a fridge, a freezer, and plenty of counter space. Above the stove is a large mosaic rooster. It also has a small pantry and a door leading to the basement. The current floor is linoleum. and the countertops are laminate. Outdated but easily fixable.

The basement is one large room with a dirt floor and concrete walls. It has a hot water heater, washer, and dryer tucked into a corner. If needed you could easily convert it into a bedroom. the basement is lit by a hanging light on the stairs and in the center of the basement. The basement has a set of cellar doors that lock from the inside.

Moon looks the space over "This room sucks." He turns to you and Kit "Tell me we are fixing this room up."

You nod "I am not leaving this room looking this gobshite."

Sun bounces in place "I wanna see our bedrooms!"

Kit nods and runs up the stairs. Sun follows after her giggling. Moon crawls up the stairs.

You shake your head "I'm not running."

Eclipse follows you up the stairs. You can hear Sun squealing about their room.

You calmly walk up the stairs "Their room is on the left. Ours is on the right. Both rooms have some soundproofing."

Eclipse looks down the hall to their room "Why?"

You lean your chest on his "Easy, I want to be able to make sweet sweet love to you without keeping them awake."

Eclipse blushes and quietly says "Oh."

You take him by the hand and lead him to your room "This is our room."

The room has a bed that could easily fit the two of you. It has two large dressers and a small closet. The room has a ceiling fan with light. A bunch of boxes litters the floor. The window has a window seat flanked by a bookshelf and a desk. Across from the window is a bathroom with a big tub and a shower. Eclipse walks around the space gently moving boxes with his feet.

He turns to you "This is ours?"

You nod "It is! No sharing. Just you and I."

Eclipse sniffles "You did all of this for us? We... I don't have anything for you..."

You pull him into your arms "You have given me your love and that's all I could ever ask for."

Chapter 246: Mine pt10

Summary:

That's it. The End. No more.

Chapter Text

The five of you set about unpacking some of the boxes. Focusing on your respective bedrooms first and moving on to the kitchen. It's seven pm when you decide to stop.

You lean on the counter "What do you want to eat?"

Kit hums "The backyard has a fire pit. We could make hotdogs."

You nod "Works for me. I'll get the fire started."

Kit nods "I'll get food ready."

You head outside followed by Eclipse and Sun. The fire pit is in a dirt circle. It's a thick metal trough with legs to keep it off the ground. You find a wood pile in the far part of the fenced in backyard. It takes you ten minutes to get it started. While you do you teach Sun and Eclipse how to do it. Sun is a little leary at first but relaxes when the fire stays small. You pull up two shitty little lawn chairs as Kit comes out with Moon.

"Nice! You got it going!" Kit cheered.

You sit down next to Eclipse "My mom taught me how to do it. She taught me a lot of things. My dad taught me robotics. If it weren't for him I wouldn't know how to do what I do."

Kit passes you a skewer with a hotdog on it "My mom left when I was young. She found another man and left my dad. He worked odd jobs to make ends meet. I helped him when I could. He helped me get the job at FazCO."

"Fuck that company!" You blurt cooking your hotdog.

Eclipse nods "They left me in the trash heap for years! I could hear everything around me. It was hell!"

Sun grouses "They never cared about the daycare. Anytime Moon or I would complain about something we were told to suck it up!"

Moon stands up and tears his pants off "Fuck them! No more FazCO!" He throws his pants into the fire.

You gasp with a giggle "Moon! Naked as the day you were made!"

Sun throws his pants in "Yeah! ANARCHY!"

Kit laughs "GOOD GOD! Your dicks are out!"

Eclipse's pants fly past you and into the fire "Well that felt good!"

You take your hotdog away from the fire and take a bite "Not how I thought I would spend our first night here. Sitting around the fire with three naked animatronics eating hotdogs without buns."

Kit laughs dropping her hotdog into the fire "What a night! Never thought I'd see Eclipse's dick."

You shrug "I've seen Sun and Moon's dicks already. It's part of repairs. I mean, I did have to install their current dicks."

The five of you spend the rest of the night laughing and talking. Sun, Moon, and Eclipse stay naked in defiance of FazCO. At ten Kit and her men go to bed. You and Eclipse are left alone outside.

"You know," Eclipse stands up holding his hand out "I was going to sing this song for you at the plex party."

You take his hand allowing him to pull you up "Yeah?"

Eclipse nods "I don't have a music box like Moon so this will sound a little weird."

You smile "It's fine."

Eclipse leans forward whispering "Huh, yeah, naw I just, had a lil' bit too much of Hennessy Just gotta tell you how I feel, look." He gently sways the two of you "You so fuckin' precious when you smile, Hit it from the back and drive you wild." Eclipse twirls you slowly. "Girl, I lose myself up in those eye-eye-eye-eye-eyes. I just had to let you know you're mine."

You blush and giggle kissing Eclipse's jaw when you are facing him again.

Eclipse kisses your forehead "Hands on your body, I don't wanna waste no time. Feels like forever even if forever's tonight. Just lay with me, waste this night away with me. You're mine, I can't look away, I just gotta say." He did you low nipping your neck "I'm so fucking happy you're alive. Swear to God, I'm down if you're down, all you gotta say is "Right". Girl, anything I can do just to make you feel alright." He lifts you into the air gently spinning the two of you "Oh, oh, oh, oh, I just had to let you know you're fine. Running circles 'round my mind. Even when it's rainy, all you ever do is shine." Eclipse sets you down on the ground softly and kisses your nose "You on fire, you a star just like Mariah. Man, this feel incredible, I'll turn you into a bride. You're mine!"

You pull him into a deep kiss. Eclipse wraps two arms around your mid back and puts two arms around your waist. It's a tender moment under the stars. You did it. You freed Sun, Moon, and Eclipse. Made new friends. And now you all get to start your new lives together. Things couldn't get any better.

Eclipse pulled back "I and yours and you are MINE. Forever and always."

Chapter 247: Leg Pain Shmeg Pain

Chapter Text

You held onto the cart tightly for balance as you wiggled your leg around in an attempt to relieve the pain. It was like someone was stabbing your leg from just above your knee to a few inches above your butt. A storm must be coming or something. You always feel various aches and pains when the weather changes. Your boss walks up to you outside of the Daycare during naptime.

He crosses his arms "Tammy said you were moving funny?"

You nod "Leg pain is slowing me down today."

He rolls his eyes "Leg pain shmeg pain. You have work to do." He raises a brow at you "Unless you want to lose your job?"

You shake your head "No! I need this job!"

He nods "Good." He walks away without another word.

You watch him leave and sigh. You continue to work. They have you cleaning the underside of every table in the plex today. The constant up and down is not helping your pain. You hiss softly as you crouch down under a table with a scraper in your hand. You crawl from under the table to move on to the next one. A familiar tapping sound distracts you and you turn to the Daycare. Moon smiles at you from the darkness.

Moon calls you over with a wag of his finger. Gingerly you walk to him. He tilts his head and slaps a piece of paper on the wall. It's a hand-drawn pain scale. You stare at the smiling and frowning faces confused. Moon flips the page and scribbles something. His head turns to the darkness for a minute. He turns back to you and flips the page. It now has the message "Point to how you feel <3" scribbled on it. You pause before pointing to the space between 3 and 4. Moon flips the page confused. You mouth "between 3 and 4" to him.

"34?!" Moon shrieks quietly.

You wave your hands around and blurt "Between three and four!"

Moon puts a hand over his chest and pantomimes a big sigh. His head shoots up and he runs off. You shrug and return to the tables. The lights in the daycare turn on followed by a tapping sound. You turn around and smile at Sun. He waves you over. You shuffle to the glass, the pain in your leg closer to a four now. Sun slaps a piece of paper on the glass. You read the hastily scrawled note. It says "Want a =D job? Less pain?" Less pain? You nod slowly.

Sun's rays spin and he flips the paper "Daycare desk. Paperwork. Do it."

You point to the tables. Sun spins his head to flip his smile into a frown. He forcefully points at the ground.

You look away from him "I need to finish my work. You should too."

Sun's shoulders droop and he walks away from the window. You finish with the tables in the Daycare. You look at the desk biting your lip. Could Sun really give you a job with less pain? you take a deep breath and head into the Daycare. A stack of paperwork sits on the desk.

The guard behind the desk smiles at you "Oh! You must be the person Sun was talking about. I'm surprised you want the job. It's pretty shit. I mean, who wants to spend that much time with the guy!"

You rub your arm "Oh... yeah. That's me..."

They nod "Just fill these out and you are guaranteed the job. I mean, it's not like you have any competition."

You take the papers and a pen "Oh... cool?"

They point to an empty chair beside her "You can sit here."

You nod and slowly move behind the desk. You look the paperwork over. It's a form to apply to be Sun and Moon's handler. The paper looks worn with time. Like it had been kept in a desk for a long time. You fill the forms out. It takes you ten minutes in total.

"Um, what do I do with this now?" You ask the guard.

They take the paperwork from you "I'll fax this over. You'll start as soon as possible."

You point to your cart "I'm supposed to clean under all the tables."

They raise a brow "All the tables? Like, all the tables in the plex? Every single one?"

You nod "My boss will be pissed if I don't finish."

They chuckle "Technically Sun and Moon are your bosses now. Though really, it's Randy Marsh. He's in charge of all the handlers and events involving the animatronics."

"Oh." You state quietly "should I call my boss to t-"

They wave you off "That's my job. I run the Daycare. Go ahead and find Sun. After the Daycare closes he or Moon will tell you what your job entails."

You nod and set off to find Sun. The soft padding of the daycare actually helps your pain a little. You find Sun doing a puppet show for the kids. You sit down slowly hissing in pain as quietly as you can muster. The puppets pause briefly. He must have heard you, damn. He seems to up his efforts doing the puppet show. It takes half an hour for him to finish his story. You don't quite know what it was about. You were more focused on soothing the pain in your leg by massaging it.

Soon Sun finishes the puppet show "Oooo! Looks like we have a guest everyone! Say hello to my friend Yin. They are going to be spending a looOOoOT of time with us!" Sun says dragging out the word lot.

You giggle at him "Hello."

Sun hums loudly "How about we show Mx. Yin how well we can draw!"

This excites the kids and they dart for the craft tables.

Sun helps you up "How are you feeling?"

You give him a weary smile "To be honest? I'm scared my boss is going to scream at me."

Sun gasps loudly "What?! Moon and I would never yell at you."

You shake your head "Sorry, I meant my old boss."

Sun nods "Now your pain?"

You sigh "It's creeping closer to four but I did just clean half of every table in the plex."

Sun nods again "Alright, well we don't expect you to do much today." He leans down and whispers "We do, however, expect you to do what we tell you to later starshine."

You blush and nod "Ok... I can do that."

An hour passes easily as you sit with a group of kids and color with them. The kids excitedly show you their pictures. Telling you every little fact they can about them. The doors to the Daycare swing open. Your head snaps to the sound. It's your former boss. He points at you and waves you over. You slowly stand up and shuffle over to him.

He crosses his arms "Why aren't you working?"

You lean your weight on your good leg "I have a new job."

He huffs "No you don't. I didn't approve a new job for you. You can have a new job when I say you can have one!"

You frown and lean on the security desk "That's not how jobs work. I got a new one. Get over it."

He glares at you "No one else is willing to clean under the tables. I NEED you to do that."

You lick your lips "Not my job anymore. I'm an Animatronic Handler now. Not a Janitor."

His arms rest at his side "Is this about that little pain again? Man up or woman up or whatever and deal with it like an adult."

You rub your leg in discomfort "Look, I don't work for you anymore. Goodbye."

You turn to head over to Sun but he's already behind you "Oh! Hello."

Sun stands at his full imposing height of eight feet tall "We do hope you aren't bothering OUR handler during working hours."

"We?" Your old boss asks confused.

Sun laughs lightly "Yes we." He taps his head "There are two of us in here ya know! Me and Moon!"

The old boss purses his lips "This isn't over yet!"

You watch as he leaves the Daycare. Sun pats your head and leads you back to the kids. For the rest of the day, Sun keeps you as comfortable as possible. The pain in your leg doesn't change, but it also doesn't get any worse.

Sun takes your hand gently "Do you trust us? We want to help with your pain."

You smile softly "Of course I trust you."

Sun picks you up in his arms "I'm taking you to our room. We're using the wire."

You nod and snuggle down into Sun's arms. It takes him a few seconds to get to the balcony. He lands and takes you to the tunnel. On the other side, he makes a comfortable space for you to lie down.

Sun shifts into Moon "I'm going to massage your leg. Let me know if I make you uncomfortable."

You nod "Alright. So, what kind of stuff will I be doing as your handler?"

Moon starts with your calf, gently massaging your sore muscles "Basically, your job is to make sure we don't get overwhelmed. You also HAVE to spend a lot of time with us."

You fake a gasp "A lot of time?! With YOU?!" You slap your hands on your cheeks "How on EARTH am I going to manage that!?"

Moon moves to your upper thigh "We hate you you know." He snickers "So much so that we got you a job where you are always with us."

His massage is heavenly "Oh yes. So much hate."

The two of you burst into laughter. Moon massages a little higher on your thigh.

Moon watches you carefully for any sign of distress "We are glad you took the job."

You moan lowly "Me too. I... I really... I love..."

Moon shushes you with a finger to your lips "Don't force it. Say it when you are ready. We feel the same sunlight."

Chapter 248: Mountains To Mole Hills

Chapter Text

It was now or never for you. If you didn't do it today, the chances of you doing it at all were slim to none. You were just too shy and nervous. The doors to the Daycare proper never felt more imposing than they did now. your mind turned them into an impenetrable vault. You stared at the dial unsure of how to open it. You shook your head. Now was not the time for your overactive imagination to distract you. You knocked on the door. The cheery music did nothing to calm your nerves. In fact, the random animal noises made you slightly anxious.

The door cracked open and Sun poked his head out "Yes?" He asked looking down at you.

You avoided eye contact for a moment fiddling with the strings of your FazCO-approved hoodie "Um... hi..." The urge to put the tassels in your mouth was hard to resist.

Sun eyed you for a moment confused "Can I help you?"

Sun had seen you working around the plex. You always seemed lost in your own world. He wondered what amazing things you were seeing in those moments. He did notice when naptime came around he would see you quite often.

You took a breath and looked up at the dragon your mind had turned Sun into "I... I wanted to talk to Moon. Please."

Sun stared at you unsure of what to make of your request. Moon? Almost no one wanted to see Moon. Usually, when they did it was because they wanted to use him for something. Your mousy demeanor gave him pause.

He nodded slowly "Alright. The lights are about to turn off. You can wait in here with me."

You nodded and stuck one of the hoodie strings in your mouth to chew. You hadn't even realized you had done it.

Sun led you to a place where you could sit down "Why do you want to see Moon?"

You shift a little uncomfortably "Um... I-"

The lights turn off and you squeak. Moon blinks slowly and stares at you. You want to see him? Why? He's nothing special. Unless you want something from him.

"God!" You pull the hoodie string from your mouth "What is wrong with me?" A faint red glow alerts you to Moon "Oh!" You move for the door "I screwed this up! I'm such a fuckup!"

Moon moves in front of you "Wait! What did you want me for?"

At this moment, Moon looks like he's a god. Far out of your reach. You can't match him at all. This was a mistake from the start!

You shake your head "I'm sorry!" You take a step back "This was a mistake! I'm not! I need to go!"

You push past him and bolt for the door in shame.

Moon grabs the hood of your hoodie "WAIT! What do you need?"

You fight tears "Please! Can we just forget this? I. I can't!"

Moon frowns "It's alright. whatever you need you can tell me."

You look at Moon and imagine he's on top of a high mountain. You imagine yourself climbing the mountain to get to him. Moon waits for you to say something. He's heard the rumors about you. Everyone says there is something wrong with you. He's seen it too, but he doesn't think there is anything wrong. Moon finds you quirky at worst. Finally, you say the most unexpected thing.

You pull your hood over your head and close your eyes "I like you!"

Moon doesn't know what to say exactly "Like me? How?"

You look up at Moon. the mountain he stands on is jagged. He has a shield and spear. Will he use it on you?

You shake your head "Like... Like more than a friend. A crush?"

Moon can see how nervous you are, gobsmacked he responds "More? You have a crush?" Unbelievable in his mind "On me?? Oh...." This is the first time something like this has happened to the bot "Do you... I mean... um... hang out?"

Stunned you look up at him again "Hang out? Together? What would we do?"

Moon plays with the end of his hat "Talk. Get to know each other better."

Suddenly that mountain seems more like a molehill to you "Alright."

You smile softly and Moon smiles back. This could be the start of something amazing for the both of you.

Chapter 249: A Paradoxical Time PT1

Chapter Text

It was seven pm when the owner of FazCO pulled you from your work. You couldn’t help the creeping anxiety as you walked the halls. What the hell could the owner of FazCO want with you? You were nothing special.

You opened the door to the meeting room with shaking hands. The owner of FazCo sat at the head of the table with his hands folded together. He watched you carefully as you stepped into the room. A thick manual in front of him. It looked heavy and intimidating.

“You are the head of security?” He blurted out.

You nodded “Yes.”

He hummed “Both daytime and nighttime?”

You nodded again “Yes.”

He looked a piece of paper over “You are also in a … loving relationship with Sun, Moon, and Eclipse?”

You shuffled nervously and responded in a small voice “... yes.”

He nodded “Good!” He put a hand on the manual"As you know Sun, Moon, and Eclipse are getting all new bodies. Your job is to acclimate them to all the new features. I expect them to be ready to start learning about Paradox by the end of the next month." He slides the manual closer to you.

You look the cover over "Paradox? What's Paradox?"

He looks perplexed for a moment "Oh right! You haven't been informed yet. Paradox is a new security feature for Sun, Moon, and Eclipse. Some of their upgrades will allow the three to fuse into an ultimate security bot designed to take on... supernatural threats."

"Supernatural?" you ask.

He nods "Supernatural. Demons, zombies, ghouls... ya know! Supernatural!" He waves his arms around. “Look, after that crusty asshole tried to take everything I built up down, I decided I needed something to protect my assets.” He sits down folding his hands together “I put a lot of money into this project. If you can get it to work, then you’ll get a pretty penny.”

You nod slowly and take the book. The higher-ups must know something they aren't telling you. As you walk the halls back to the daycare you think about the supernatural. You know a lot of strange things went down before you came along. Part of what drew you to the job was the strange vibes the plex gives off. Sometimes you equate it to an overstuffed bag of popcorn with a few kernels ready to pop and break the bag open.

The book is heavy in your arms. It's roughly 10 lbs and thick. You don't even want to think about how long this will take you to read. Sun, Moon, and Eclipse are up in their tower when you return. You set the book down at the security desk and begin to flip through the pages. It looks like they put all the manuals for Sun, Moon, Eclipse, and whoever Paradox is together in one book. That explains why it's so heavy!

The daunting task of all this reading makes your head spin. You might need to ask for a raise for all this reading. Although it’s already been mentioned you will be getting... something for your time spent on this task.

You flip the manual to the start of the section about Paradox hoping to see an image of the bot. It just has the silhouette of what looks like a centipede. How the hell tall is this animatronic? It scares you a little. It's tall and strong enough to fight demons and ghosts.

You really hope the two of you can get along well. The last thing you want is for it to decide you are a threat. The longer you look at the picture you wonder if this thing is built for more than plex security. Depending on its features this could have more uses than just security.

Chapter 250: A Paradoxical Time PT2

Chapter Text

You flip the page with the picture of Paradox on it. The next page is written in a strange language. Looking at it makes your head start to feel funny.

“Sunshine! What are you reading?” Sun asks excitedly.

You look up at him and close the manual “You three are getting new bodies. My job will be to get you used to the new features.”

Sun runs his hand along the cover “Paradox?”

You shrug “It’s some kind of security animatronic that can supposedly fight ghosts.”

Sun leans back “Ghosts?”

You pick the manual up “Yeah. That’s what I was told. I have to read this whole fu-fudging thing. Where are Moon and Eclipse?”

Sun takes the book from you “Eclipse is on patrol for the night and Moon is charging.” He holds the book up “How about you and I read some of this together?”

You nod “Where would you like to go?”

Sun points to the tables outside the Daycare proper “There. We both fit better at those tables. We can even take some paper with us so we can take notes.”

You sigh as you follow behind Sun “Just like school.”

“Have you eaten yet?” Sun asks as he gets some paper and pens.

You shake your head “Not yet. I was thinking about getting some sushi earlier but the owner of FazCO called me into a meeting. Sushi is closed now.”

Sun shakes his head “Pizza it is then.”

You place the order on your Fazwatch and open the manual to the section about Sun. You sit in between Sun’s legs with his chest pressed against your back. The page has a silhouette of Sun standing on one foot and waving. The manual is very technical, and you have a hard time understanding some of the words. It’s like this was written for a mechanic, not an average joe like you.

Luckily you have Sun with you. He translates every paragraph into something you can easily understand. You eat your pizza while you take notes. Together you figure out all the things Sun will be able to do. His overall appearance will have a softer look to it. His face will be able to move like a human's. All of his exposed wires will FINALLY be covered. His rays will be able to light up like lightbulbs. And for some reason, he will have infrared vision.

“Infrared and night vision?” Sun says confused. Why do I need that?”

You shrug “Maybe it’s so you can find kids in the dark?”

Sun wraps his arms around your middle “Then why give me both?”

It hits you “Wait... Infrared can be used to see ghosts.”

Sun tilts his head to the left “We need to see what Moon and Eclipse can do.”

Again, the two of you comb through the manual. You start to understand some of the larger and more complex words. It looks like they will all have moveable faces, night vision, and covered wires. Moon will have heightened hearing he can turn off and on and his eyes are flashlights. Eclipse has a built-in EMF meter, flashlight eyes, and light-up rays.

Sun rotates his head upside down slowly “We need to talk to the others. Let’s go to the tower and wait for Eclipse.”

Chapter 251: A Paradoxical Time PT3

Chapter Text

You take your box of pizza, the manual, and the notes. Sun picks you up and heads into the daycare. You lean into his chest as he takes you to their tower. Your Fazwatch pings with a message on the way up. When you two land you set the pizza and book down on a table and check your messages.

‘I expect you to spend all available nights and days off at the Pizza Plex starting now. It will be worth your while. Only clock out when you leave the building. I’m counting on you.’- Biggest Boss Man.

You purse your lips “The owner of FazCO wants me to stay here whenever I can. I’ll get paid for it. He must really want this done quickly.”

Sun pauses mid-crawl through the tunnel “Wait. Paid overtime to stay with us and teach us about our new bodies? I don’t know how to feel about that.”

You pick up the manual and pizza “Me neither.” You pass them through the tunnel “Is Moon still charging?”

Sun sets your pizza and the manual down out of the way “Yes. He should be done soon though.”

You crawl through the tunnel “I don’t know this all just feels... off.”

“What feels off?” the gruff high voice of Moon asks.

Sun pulls you the rest of the way through turning on the soft lights “We’ll explain when Eclipse gets here.”

Moon takes you by the arms and pulls you into his chest “Eclipse huh? Well, he’s still on patrol.” He glances at Sun “I’m sure we can find SOME way to pass the time.” His hand touches your butt.

You frown “Normally I’s be all over that.”

Moon sits up moving you into his lap “This must be serious. How about you cuddle with Sun and I while we watch a movie in the theater, hm?”

You nod “As long as it doesn’t have ghosts.”

“Ghosts?” Moon says a little confused “Alright, we can watch Shrek.”

You nod “Sounds great!”

As Moon carries you down to the theater Sun sends a message to Eclipse. Moon puts you down on a comfortable spot while Sun readies the movie. You taught the three how to set up movies. You wanted them to be able to have more fun without you.

Halfway through the movie you fall asleep. Sometime later someone is tenderly rubbing your face. You roll over to get it to stop but whoever it is moves on to the back of your head and massages your scalp. You groan softly.

“Wake up little meteor.” Eclipse whispers.

“Sleeping beauty can’t wake up without kisses.” You mutter with a hoars morning voice.

Eclipse chuckles “Alright.”

Someone kisses you way too eagerly. You can tell they are crouched over you.

Moon chuckles “Your supposed to kiss them awake. Not break their mouth with your teeth.”

You giggle as you open your eyes. Sun is staring back at you. He wiggles his eyebrows before pulling back.

You sit up with a big stretch “What time is it?”

Eclipse hands you a cup of coffee “It’s five in the morning. We get our upgrades in a few hours.”

You kiss his smile “Thank you dearheart. Have you all seen the new features you’ll be getting?”

“We looked, but we wanted to wait for you to wake up before we talked about it.” Moon says kissing your cheek.

You sip your coffee as Moon passes you a muffin “It’s weird! They’ve given you upgrades to help you be ghost hunters.”

Eclipse sits down cross legged in front of you “We felt the same.”

Sun fiddles with his hands “Why do we need to be able to hunt ghosts?”

You swallow a bite of muffin “The owner of FazCO told me you three will be able to somehow turn into something called Paradox. Paradox can fight supernatural things like ghosts and demons.”

Moon recoils “Demons?!”

Sun tugs at one of his rays “Do you think it has to do with what happened right before the fire?”

You nod “I’m positive it does. I wasn’t around then but I was informed about it.” You turn to Eclipse “Could you pass me my laptop? I need to get some work done.”

Eclipse passes you the laptop “I think this is something we should be cautious about.”

You nod as you log into the systems “Agreed. I haven’t read about Paradox yet. I’ll do it while I'm on break. I’ll escort you to P&S but after that I have to start my rounds. I also have an interview to conduct today.”

Moon rubs his neck on yours like a cat “Alright starlight. Finish your breakfast. We open soon.”

Chapter 252: A Paradoxical Time PT4

Chapter Text

After opening you walk Sun, Moon, and Eclipse down to parts and service. Three teams of people each with a table and a big crate wait for you. You pass off your loves and scurry off to work before anyone can ask uncomfortable questions.

You do your patrols checking in with various employees. Most of them have been informed of your new work schedule. No one knows what exactly the project you're working on is, but they do know who it came from. No one wants to upset the big boss.

You sit down in your office and go over e-mails, look over incident reports, and request for time off. At noon you eat lunch and go over your new work schedule. You’ll need to go home later and get some supplies. In an e-mail from HR, they tell you a bed is being put in the daycare ASAP.

You fill out their form on what kind of mattress you like. It weirds you out, but their wording tells you “no” is not an option. Your eyes land on the manual you took with you to read about Paradox. You open to the start of its section. The silhouette of paradox looks back at you as it curls around the border of the page.

You flip the page and start to read the strange paragraph. The more you read the stranger you feel. You don’t understand what it says at all or why it makes you feel anxious and lightheaded. There is a knock on the door to your office.

You close the book and put some paperwork on it “Come in!”

A middle age person pokes their head in “I’m here for the interview.”

You nod “Ah! Come in! I’m glad you made it!”

You start the interview. It goes very well. You give them the job and set them up with a mentor. You glance at the clock and decide to head down to P&S to check on your boys. Your mind keeps telling you something is wrong. However, if something were wrong someone would tell you.

As you walk through the tunnels you try to will away the bizarre feelings reading the first two sentences of that paragraph gave you. However, an emergency pulled you from your task. A kid was screaming uncontrollably in Roxy Raceway. No one could get anything from the kid and his parents were not at the plex yet.

The kid was part of a birthday group with his sister. He was doing fine up until they got close to the hair salon. He refused to get any closer to it and would only shriek like he was being stabbed. As the guard working the Raceway told you anyway.

As you stepped into the Raceway you could hear him shrieking loudly. Multiple other kids were either crying or looking distressed. You slowly approached the kid looking him over from a distance. He looked to be eight years old, Hispanic possibly, and injury free.

You crouch down to look at him “Hey, what's wrong?” you get no response “Has anyone tried to take him out of the Raceway?”

A parent shakes their head “We were afraid Alex is hurt!”

You nod “Alex?” Nothing “Would you like to come with me?” Nothing “We can leave the raceway?”

He screamed and cried louder.

You huff “He’s going to pass-” The kid drops to the ground “Well, call an ambulance. We still don’t know why this happened.”

The guard crouches to look at Alex “One is already on their way.”

A group of EMTs push their way in and begin asking questions. A father tells them everything he knows.

You look over at the group watching everything unfold “Did anyone see what happened?”

A young girl raises her hand “Alex was walking with Tyler. But then he stopped and got scared.”

You nod “Did he say what scared him?”

She nods “He said gross bunny. Then he started screaming. But we didn’t see a gross bunny.”

You furrow your brow “Did anyone see a gross bunny?”

The group shook their heads.

You sigh and turn to the guard “I’m going to look the security footage over. You get a team and start questioning people. If the police show up, follow protocol.”

You head to the nearest security room and get the footage. You don’t see any rabbits. It’s just the kid with another kid. They are walking when Alex stops. He stares at a fake rock. Out of nowhere, he starts screaming. Tyler, the other kid, runs away and returns with a parent. In that time no one approaches Alex. He just starts screaming louder. No one touches him until you show up and he passes out.

You lean back in your chair in worry. You can’t help the feeling that this might be the start of trouble. First paradox, now this? What is going on?

Chapter 253: A Paradoxical Time PT5

Chapter Text

You sigh as you return to your office. You have a lot of paperwork ahead of you. Five hours later you take a break to stare at something else. Your inbox already has e-mails piling up about the incident with the crying kid. Everyone is confused about the footage. There wasn’t anything there for the kid to scream about. Por kid tore his throat up.

You open the manual and try to read through it “Oculi labium, Sloul aluminis invisibilium, numquam imparatum, sanctum salutem, solis, lunae, eclipsis, et sidus. Frui maledictionem custodiam.”

Your head hurts. As you read the edges of your vision go blurry. You feel lightheaded. You try to move but your body feels heavy. Your eyelids become led weights and your eyes shut. You aren’t sure if you fell asleep or if you just closed your eyes. A soft hissing sound fills your ears. The more you focus on it the louder it gets. Quickly becoming a screaming.

Many voices shout at you all at once. You can’t understand any of them. Any attempt to tell the voices to stop fails. You can’t move at all. The screaming fades into a low hypnotic murmur. You feel a hand touch your arm followed by another, and another. Soon your entire body is covered in hands.

Thumbs force your eyes open. Multiple children crawl all over you. Adults of varying ages pin you to the chair and hold your mouth shut. All of their heads snap toward you. As soon as your eyes lock they disappear. You jump from your chair and flee from the room taking the manual with you.

You weave through the crowd of customers. The only thing on your mind is getting down to P&S. You NEED to get to Sun, Moon, or Eclipse. Down in the tunnels, you see a few more people than you should. You bump into one of them but pass right through them. You scream and fall on your ass when a MapBot offers you a map out of nowhere.

You scoot away from the bot and curl in on yourself. You struggle to slow your breathing as tears spill down your cheeks. You feel sweaty and unfocused. Your thoughts are wild and uncoordinated. Too fast! You are breathing too fast!

“Take a deep breath ami ami!” Monty crouches in front of you with a golf ball stuck in his mouth.

You stare at him and mutter something.

“Follow my lead ami ami. Tell me five things you can see.” He says slowly.

You look around you “Stars, teeth, ball, book, and um Sun.”

Monty nods “Good! Four things you can touch.”

You rub your hand on the ground “Concrete... scales, paper, metal.”

Monty sits down across from you “Good! Three things you can hear.”

You tilt your head to hear better “Gears, Steam, Music, Sun.”

Monty glances behind him, Sun is complaining loudly about getting to you “Two things you can smell.”

You take a deep breath “Burnt, dusty.”

Monty nods “Last one. One thing you can taste?”

You wiggle your tongue around in your mouth “Salty tears.”

Monty leans back “Have ya ever had a panic attack before?”

You shake your head “No.”

Monty stands up “Do ya know what caused it?”

You pause “I’m not sure...”

Monty helps you up “That’s alright. Ya better go ta Sun. He sounds about ready ta break things.”

You nod slowly. Monty wraps a friendly arm around your middle to keep you from falling over. You clutch the manual tightly in your arms as you two mosey into P&S.

Chapter 254: A Paradoxical Time PT6

Chapter Text

Sun perks up in the cylinder as he watches you walk in with Monty. He has a wide and warm smile on his face. You gasp as his mouth opens. Lips. Sun has usable lips and an orange tongue that compliments his color pallet nicely.

“Sunshine!” He shouts in a mix of worry and excitement.

“Sit still Sun!” A worker shouts agitated.

You walk to the side of the tube “Sit still Sunny! They need to finish working on you.” Your previous fears are forgotten as you smile at the bot.

Sun smiles warmly “Are you alright? I saw your panic attack. It looked awful!"

You sigh “I’m alright now. Monty helped me.”

You look over at Monty. He’s getting looked at by a woman with shoulder-length brown hair. She is on the plump side and stands at about 5”6. She has bright green eyes and black wire-rim glasses. She glances at you before returning her gaze to Monty.

“He’s the head mechanic!” Sun chirps.

“He?” You ask.

Sun nods as his chest is closed “Yeah! His pronouns are he and they! He’s shy but nice! At least that's what Freddy says. They aren't allowed to work on us because we aren't important enough.”

You purse your lips “He might be able to help with Paradox...” You look down at the manual "There are still things in here I don't understand."

The cylinder door opens and the restraints release Sun “FINALLY! Sunshine!” He runs around the cylinder and picks you up “I was worried about you!”

He’s taller than he was before. Sun used to be 7ft tall, now he’s 8ft. His entire body articulates better than it did before. They gave him artificial breathing to help cool him off. You marvel at how expressive his face is now. His eyes blink at you as you stare.

You rub his face inspecting his features “Good gravy! You look good!”

Sun chuckles with a sparkly blush “I’d be offended you like better like this bit I agree with you. I look fabulous!”

“I’m going. I’m going!” Moon fusses as he’s escorted to the cylinder.

You look over at him. His hat is off showing off how their head is shaped. Slightly more rounded to hide the wires better. Moon raises a brow at you before sticking his tongue out at you.

He crosses his arms behind his head “Like something you see?”

You blush profusely and nod “Yes, I do.”

Moon licks the air and lies down on the table with a wink. The table straps hold him down as they start testing him to make sure everything is working. You glance over at Monty, but he’s gone now. The head of P&S is gone now too. You’ll have to talk to them later then. Not like you won’t get another chance with how much time you're going to be spending at the plex now.

Sun leans his head on yours with his arms wrapped around you “What caused your panic attack? Do you remember?”

You shrug “I’m honestly not sure what it was.” You shiver at the memory “I’ll tell you about it later though. I'm not comfortable talking about it right now.”

“Wait?! You had a PANIC ATTACK?!” Moon growls from the table.

From a back-room eclipse groggily shouts “WHAT?!”

“CALMN DOWN! I promise they are fine!” A distinctly German voice barks out.

“This place is fucking weird man.” A young mechanic blurts out under his breath.

Moon rolls his eyes “At least YOU don’t live here like WE DO!” You tap the glass and Moon looks over “Sorry!”

You make a heart with your hands. Moon glances at Sun with a cheeky grin. His dark blue tongue snakes out and he makes a heart with it. You blush and cover your face with your hands. Sun snickers and kisses the back of your neck with his lips. You cover your mouth fighting every ungodly noise you could make right now.

Moon laughs at you “Oh Starlight! We are going to have so much fun teasing you!”

Chapter 255: A Paradoxical Time PT7

Chapter Text

The cylinder opens and Moon saunters out with his hands in his pockets. You pass Sun the manual. Moon leans down and kisses the corner of your mouth. You playfully shove him with a laugh.

Moon wraps his arms around you “I can hear your heartbeat, starlight.”

“Slow down! If you move too quickly you might hurt yourself!” A grumpy German voice chides.

Eclipse wabbles out of a back room “Meteor?!”

Moon lets you go “You better go to him before he does something stupid.”

You take the manual from Sun and jog over to Eclipse “Bambino! I’m fine now.”

Eclipse picks you up into a bone breaking hug causing you to drop the manual “A panic attack!? That could have been dangerous!”

You pat his thigh, your arms crushed to your side “I’m fine. Now let me go and go get looked at.”

Eclipse whines but puts you down. You pick the manual back up.

“So, you must be their partner and the head of security.” The German man says.

You nod and turn around “Yeah, that’s me. I’m Yin.” The man is taller than you initially thought with a height of 5”9.

They nod “Call me Jack. You sure have these boys wrapped around your hand. Haha.”

You blush “Not intentionally, but yes, I do. Um...” You start shyly “I was hoping you could help me with this manual. It has a lot of words I don’t understand and one of the paragraphs seems.... wrong? Off? I’m not sure but I don’t like it.”

Jack tilts his head “Hm...” He glances up at Eclipse “Hand me the book. What part is troubling you?”

You smile “Thank you! It’s the part about paradox. Something about it feels wrong.”

Jack points with his haw toward Eclipse “You should go back to him. At least until they are done with him.”

You nod in understanding “Alright. I’ll come find you when he’s done. He can be such a worrywart.”

Jack leaves for his office while you return to Eclipse. You look the bot over admiring his new features.

Eclipse wiggles his eyebrows “Like what you see?”

You nod “Yeah! Although I’d still like you three even if you were kitchen appliances.”

Sun nods “If I were an oven I’d still never be as hot as you.”

You cover your face “Good god!”

Eclipse chuckles making the worker at the computer groan “Sit still Eclipse!”

You hang with your boys for another ten minutes before Sun and Moon start to get bored and fidgety.

Moon drapes himself over your body “This is boring!”

You pat his head “Then go back to the daycare. I need to talk to Jack.”

Sun groans “But we want to go with you not alone.”

You shrug “Tough luck.”

A scream comes from the room Jack had gone into. They stumble out of the room with wild and messy hair. He storms right up to you waving the book around wildly.

His eyes are crazed “WHAT IN THE DAMN HELL IS THIS THING?! WHO GAVE THIS EVIL THING TO YOU!? WHY DID YOU LET ME READ THAT?!”

You recoil as Moon grips you tighter “I got it from the owner or FazCO! You saw it too didn’t you!? The ghosts or whatever! I thought I was hallucinating from stress and bad sleep! I didn’t think it was real! How could that be real?!”

Jack drops the manual on the ground “Clearly it is real!” He sighs deeply “I can’t fault you for this though. This piece of shit company does shady shit all the time!” Jack mutters incomprehensible German under his breath before looking at you “The words we read are Latin though I don’t know what it says.” He glares at the book in disdain “Whatever that was it can’t be good.”

You nod “After reading about the upgrades Sun, Moon, and Eclipse got we’d have to agree. It’s all bizarre. I’m so sorry you had to experience that too.”

Jack sighs “I think we have a lot to talk about.”

Chapter 256: A Paradoxical Time PT8

Chapter Text

The cylinder opens and Eclipse powerwalks out “Finally!”

He picks you up and kisses you on the lips with his. HIS LIPS. To say he was elated would be an understatement. He spun the two of you around in a fit of raucous laughter.

Sun pats Eclipse on the arm “Let’s go back to the daycare. We can have a serious talk there.”

Jack nods “Alright. Just let me get something from my office.”

You nod “After we talk, I have to go home and get some stuff to stay here for a while.”

Jack perks up “Stay here? Well, if you have things you need to get then you should do that.”

Moon nods “I agree with Jack. You should go. That way we have more time together.”

Sun snickers “You won’t be leaving the daycare for a while.”

Eclipse leans down and whispers “I wouldn’t count on walking anytime soon.”

You blush deeply and nod “I’ll go get my stuff now.”

Jack nods “I should do the same.”

Eclipse looks between Sun, Moon, and himself and holds a hand up in a fist. Sun and moon do the same. They play one round of rock, paper, scissors. Moon wins with a smug look. He holds his arms out and Eclipse passes you over. Jack snickers but does not comment on the matter.

The five of you head to the employee entrance.

“So, I don’t think I've seen you in Parts and Service,” Jack says as you walk through the tunnels.

You nod “I don’t really get the chance. I’m always left to deal with unruly customers. Nothing like some a-hole yelling at you for things out of your control.”

Jack tilts their head “What’s the dumbest thing you were yelled at for?”

You huff “The rain. Some lady was pissed it was raining and wanted me to make it stop. She insisted I could control it.” You shake your head “Did you start out as the head mechanic?”

Jack nods “Yeah, I was recruited as a low-level mechanic. When FazCO saw how good I am at my job I was moved to head mechanic. And you?”

You lean into Moon “I’m former Military. I was security. They hired me right into my position. I just needed management training and that didn’t take too long.”

Finally, the five of you reached the door. You kissed Moon on the cheek. Moon puts you down reluctantly and you walk to the door.

You turn and shoot Moon a smile “I’ll be quick! I promise.”

Jack holds the door open for you and you mutter a polite thank you. You move to go through the doorway but can’t. It’s like someone put a glass wall in front of the door.

You push against the invisible force “What the hell?!”

Jack frowns “If this is your idea of a joke it is not funny!”

You take a few steps back “You try!”

Jack rolls his eyes and faceplants into the same invisible force as you did when he tries to walk out “What the?!”

You glance at Eclipse “Try to put your arm through the doorway.”

Eclipse walks to the doorway “Alright.” He puts his arm through the doorway just fine.

You balk “What?! No way!” You try again only to be met with the wall “I can’t get through!” You pound on the force “No. No! NO!”

You try for the better part of half an hour. You try until your hands hurt and your eyes fill with tears. You scream and cry loudly. Jack watches your efforts adding in some of their own. It’s futile. No matter what you try you can’t leave.

Jack leads you to another door, and another, and another. It all results in the same outcome. No matter how hard you try you and Jack are trapped in the plex. You try so hard that the two of you fall asleep from exhaustion.

Sun, Moon, and eclipse have no clue what’s happening. Instead, they do the only thing they can think of. Moon picks you up and Eclipse picks up jack. They take the two of you to the daycare to sleep. The three talk in hushed worried tones about your predicament and the uncanny timing. The manual shows the two of you ghosts and now you can’t leave? It has to be connected.

Chapter 257: A Paradoxical Time PT9

Chapter Text

You and Jack were not awake yet. The three bots had spent the last hour making sure the two of you were comfortable. They have got you something to eat and drink for when you wake up. At the moment they were watching a movie quietly and discussing all the things that could trap you in the plex.

Moon hadn’t said anything yet but the upgrade to his hearing was starting to bother him. Everything was so damn loud! What pissed him off the most was the obnoxious old man who wouldn’t shut up about damn pills! However, he couldn’t just go yell at a customer. He, of all animatronics, knew better than that.

Moon tried to focus on something else. He didn’t know how to turn all the sound off yet. There has to be a way, or he was going to go on a murder spree. A new sound reached his audio receptors. Someone big was running through the halls. He stood up when he realized whatever it was, it was coming to the daycare and moving at an alarming rate.

“Hide them!” He whisper shouted to Sun moving to pick Jack up.

Sun tilted his head “What?”

Moon put Jack under the security desk “Bring them over! Now!”

Eclipse stood up confused “What’s going on?”

Moon moved so Sun could hide you “Something is coming to the daycare. After that trucking virus, I’m not taking my chances!”

Sun purses his lips “Where is it?”

Moon pauses “The theater.”

Sun Moon and Eclipse move so they can see whatever is coming. The thing that stomps out of the theater has Sun and Moon recoil.

“I thought that was trapped in that arcade cabinet?!” Sun huffs with his hands on his hips “WHO LET YOUR WEIRD BUTT OUT?!”

The thing looks like Sun but with different colors. Its face is black with brightly glowing yellow eyes and mouth. Its rays are bright glowing orange. Its arms are black with dark red fingers. Its chest is half black and half dark red with bright orange buttons. His pants are black and bright orange stripes with dark red shoes.

Its voice comes out like a low hiss of steam “Where is Jack?”

Moon glares “What do you want with them, Nova?”

Nova growls “They belong to me! He is my partner! Give. Him. Back!”

Eclipse crosses his arms “Prove it!”

Nova jumps down into the daycare proper “I have a picture.” Nova opens his chest and hands over a photo of him and Jack laughing while hugging “Proof enough?”

Moon sighs “Alright. Over here. They are asleep so keep it down.”

Nova follows Moon to the security desk. He lets out a sigh of relief as he spots Jack. His posture relaxes as he takes Jack in his arms. Sun picks you up while glaring at Nova.

Nova chuckles “Still so angry Sun?”

Sun bares his teeth “You tried to take over our body multiple times.”

Nova frowns “Can you blame me? At least you two could move around. All I could do was look at one room. The same thing day in and day out.”

Sun tilts you away from Nova “Yeah but you started off trying to take our body over! You didn’t even try to talk to us!”

Eclipse growls “Keep it down. They are sleeping. If you two want to argue, then at least let Moon and I take Jack and Yin.”

Sun looks at Eclipse before looking down at you with a sigh “Alright. Stay the heck out of our room! We’re watching Brewster's Millions. Deal with it.”

Moon shakes his head as Sun struts over to the laptop they were watching the movie on. Eclipse shrugs and follows Sun and Moon. Nova grits his teeth taking a seat beside Eclipse. The four sit in awkward silence for five hours before you and Jack begin to stir.

You wake up first “Sunny?” You look your boys over “And angsty goth Sunny?”

“Don’t talk to that poohead bootyhole.” Sun chides angrily.

You tilt your head “What?”

Sun opens his mouth when Jack wakes up “You!” Sun points at Jack “You have some explaining to do.”

Chapter 258: A Paradoxical Time PT10

Chapter Text

"Me?" Jack points to himself sleepily.

Sun points angrily to Nova "What the passionate hug is that freak doing running around?!"

Jack yawns "Oh." He snuggles down into Nova's arms "I got the broken arcade machine from your room. I didn't know it was haunted. When I discovered Nova we started talking. Eventually, we fell in love and I gave him a body of his own. Although he mostly hangs out in his electrical form. He can travel through the electrical currents throughout the plex."

You gasp "Woah! That's cool! Can he like... Go into cellphones or computers?"

Nova nods "I can."

Sun pinches your butt "Hey! We are way cooler than that pinprick!"

You frown "What has gotten into you Sun?"

Sun cages you in with his arms and legs "He tried multiple times to steal our body without asking. He never even tried to get to know us! As soon as he saw us he was trying to take us over."

You look over at Nova "Do that again and I'll cover your body in dick magnets."

"Right, so you two are trapped in the plex by some strange force," Eclipse says changing the subject.

You nod "That's how it seems. I'm not sure why, though I think it has to do with that book."

Jack frowns "That accursed thing is still down in P&S. I'm positive this was caused by that paragraph."

Nova tilts his head "Book? Can't leave? What's going on?"

Moon crosses his arms "We got an upgrade. We aren't sure what it's for yet."

"It sounds like it's for ghost hunting honestly." You quip.

Jack huffs and gestures towards you "They brought me a manual. They needed help understanding what was in it. I don't blame them for the outcome."

You move Sun's legs to give you more space "I got it from the owner of FazCo. When we read it something happened and now we can't leave the plex."

Nova hums "So this is the fault of the head of FazCo then."

Sun growls "Yes. I firmly believe that."

Nova growls back "If I ever see that asshole-"

Moon gasps "What?! Why does he get to say bad words in the daycare?!"

Jack shrugs "I removed that piece of programming. We don't come here anyway so it was just a waste of space."

Nova laughs "Awe Moon. Are you jealous I can say this and you can't." He turns to Jack "I'm going to fuck you so hard my cock will never leave your tight little ass."

Moon frowns "I can say that!" He looks at you and purrs "I am going to passionately hug you so hard my weewee will never leave your tight little booty."

Eclipse snickers "Good god that sounds awful!"

Moon tugs his hat over his eyes "Not my fault we can't say weewee."

Your FazWatch pings "Sugar! I need to go. Another person spotted the rabbit guy from earlier."

Jack tilted his head "Rabbit guy?"

Eclipse waves an arm "I'll explain. Send us a message if you need us meteor."

You kiss Sun, Moon, and Eclipse on the head "I will. Stay safe! I'll be back soon."

You jog toward Mazerscize. One of the workers saw what looked like a decrepit rabbit wandering around the maze. You run straight for the maze and ignore the workers. Walls move as you traverse the space. Someone must be leading you around. You don't find anything and shrug at the camera. Annoyed you walk to the workers.

You run a hand through your hair "I didn't see anything. File a report so we can have a paper trail on this guy. I'm going to search the tunnels."

You make your way into the maintenance tunnels without waiting for a response from the worker. The tunnels are dark and quiet. Your footsteps echo off the concrete walls. You pause to listen for footsteps. The sound of metal on stone meets your ears.

You sprint down the stairs "Hey! Stop right now!"

At the bottom is a decrepit-looking animatronic rabbit. It's faded yellow with glowing purple eyes. The casing on its mouth is missing revealing a rotting human mouth and most of the outer casing is gone too.

The monster opens its mouth "I'm lost. I can't find my pills. Where-"

He stops talking abruptly and looks around. Locking eyes with you he turns and runs through the wall to his left. You sprint to where he was and inspect the wall. It's solid with no way for whatever that was to get through it. You shiver as your mind comes up with all the possibilities of what that could have been. None of them are good. You make your way back to the daycare unnerved by everything.

Chapter 259: A Paradoxical Time PT11

Chapter Text

You entered the daycare in a daze. Your mind reeling from that ghost or whatever it was.

Eclipse is picking you up as soon as you are in the daycare proper "You look pale. What happened?"

You lean into his chest "The guy walked through the wall."

Eclipse stopped walking "What? Meteor I don't follow."

You use your hands to pantomime walking into a wall "The rabbit guy walked THROUGH a wall."

Sun waved spastically at you. "SUNSHINE, YOU'RE BACK!" When you didn't respond he jumped to his feet "What happened?"

"THE FUCKING RABBIT RAN THROUGH A DAMN CONCRETE WALL!" You shout so everyone can hear you.

"THAT IS IMPOSSIBLE!" Jack shouts as Eclipse resumes walking over to the group.

"Hold on. I'm going to hack the cameras." Moon says.

"You can do that?" Jack asks amazed.

Sun laughs loudly "We aren't as stupid as the glamrocks. We figured out pretty quickly how to hack the cameras."

"I got it!" Moon pulls the footage up on the computer "No!" He scoots away from the computer in horror "NO NO NO!"

Sun grabs two of his rays and begins to pull "He's dead. Freddy killed him. HE'S DEAD!"

Eclipse takes Sun's wrists "Get Moon! I have Sun!"

You move to Moon "Moonpie?"

He pulls you into his lap and curls around you "I can't! I can't go back to that! I can't!"

Moon devolves into a fit of mumbles while you hold him "What is going on?"

Eclipse holds Sun in his lap with his arms pinned to his side "That rabbit was the cause of the virus that happened before the fire."

Sun has given up fighting and quietly sobs. He lays limply in Eclipse's arms.

"Ah. Before my time." You nod.

Jack stops the footage "But not before mine. However, I had no direct interaction with the thing. I did know how it affected some of the bots."

Nova tilts his head "Looked like a ghost."

You push Moon's arms to hold you less tightly "Whatever he was, that bastard can stay away from the daycare." You lean into Moon "Although I did notice he seemed confused."

Jack perks up "Confused? How do you mean?"

You rub Moon's arms "He was asking for his pills. Bastard kept looking around like he was lost. then he looked at me and ran away."

Jack gestures towards Sun and Moon "Is this normal for them?"

You shake your head "No, this is the fifth time in three years they've been this bad."

"So, we have a ghost rabbit running around and you two can't leave the plex. Anything else?" Nova asks resting his head atop Jack's.

You nod "These three can fuse into another bot called Paradox. I'm not sure what it's for though. I suspect ghost hunting but why would they need that?"

Eclipse sighs adjusting Sun to rest comfortably in his arms "Sun fell asleep."

You rub Moon's knees "Moon's still awake."

Jack closes the computer "So what now?"

You put a hand on your belly "Food. Then we start teaching these three about how to use their new functions. Once they are used to them we move on to learning how Sun, Moon, and Eclipse become Paradox. But first I need to go on patrol. You are welcome to stay in the daycare. I'll get myself some food on patrol."

Moon held you tighter "No! You can't go!"

You turn in his arms "Baby I have to. I'll get fired." You add with a hopeful note "You can come with me."

Moon looked around uncomfortably "Alright, first sign of danger we come back here." furrow your brow

You nod and kiss his nose "Agreed."

Moon stood up with you in his arms and left the daycare. The two of you got food in Bonnie Bowl. Partol was pretty boring. You ran into Freddy at one point and chatted about your respective days. He confided to you that he found the incident with the mysterious rabbit troubling. You weren't ready to tell him who the rabbit is yet. You already have two distressed boyfriends to deal with. You don't want the entire plex to be distressed or manic. Instead, you tell him you still don't know anything new about it. Whatever is going on you are no closer to figuring it out.

Your Fazwatch pings with a message from the owner of FazCo "Tomorrow at 10pm. We talk. You, me, and Jack. Your things will be delivered to the plex. Tell the daycare attendants to be prepared for construction."

You furrow your brow "Construction? The fuck? You three are coming to the meeting. I won't take no for an answer."

Moon wraps your legs around his waist "Hold on tight."

You wrap your arms and legs tighter as Moon climbs onto the ceiling. Quickly as he can Moon heads back to the daycare. You have some things to talk about.

Chapter 260: A Paradoxical Time PT12

Chapter Text

Moon carried you into the daycare.

You huffed "I feel like all I do is return to the daycare. All day something weird has happened and I run back here."

Moon hums kissing your forehead "This might be the new normal for you."

You grouse "I'm fine with the returning to the daycare part, all the weird shit is pissing me off though."

Jack and Nova are sitting with Eclipse. Sun is out cold and wrapped in several blankets so he can't move. Jack and Eclipse are playing Chess. A box of pizza sitting beside them. Moon sits down next to Eclipse.

Eclipse passes Moon the pizza box "How was patrol?"

You munch your food "Plex owner will be here at ten in the morning. He said to be prepared for construction." You yawn loudly "I do-haaaah-on't know what the construction is."

Moon stands up abruptly "Bedtime starlight."

You finish your slice "Hey I ain't complaining. It's been a long day ayhaaah! Sorry, I need sleep."

Jack nods "Probably a good idea."

Eclipse points to the naptime corner "Feel free to sleep there. It's soft and quiet."

Jack eyes the soft blue area. Nova made up his mind for him. Picking him up and carting the man to bed. Eclipse picked Sun up after turning the lights off. You fall asleep quickly. The last few days have left you exhausted. Eclipse holds you to his chest. Sun and Moon lay on either side of him with an arm draped over you.

The following morning you wake up alone. Beside you on the pile of soft crap you are laying on is a plate of food and your FazWatch. You check the time. It's 9:45 am. The plex owner will be here any minute.

You shoot Jack a message after finding him in the employee directory "Where r u?"

Within ten minutes he responds "Working"

You set your empty plate down and respond "I need you with me. We have a meeting in 5min."

Your watch pings with a message from the owner of FazCO "Same room as before. Meeting starts now."

Jack responds "Where"

You reply with the meeting location and walk to the balcony. The daycare is in full swing down below. You watch Sun and Moon for a moment before leaving through the Foxy Poster. The meeting room is no less imposing than before, however this time you feel enraged. You can see Jack sitting at the table through the door. You take a breath and enter the room.

The owner gives you a smug look "You skipped ahead, didn't you? I wasn't ready for you to read that yet. It's fine though. It just pushes certain aspec-"

You swing a punch "You fucking knew what the hell would happen!"

The owner rubs his jaw "You held back. I like that! It's why I picked you."

You sit down near Jack "For what?"

The owner leans his cheek on his fist "Demon hunting and ghost hunting."

Jack narrows his eyes "And why would we need to do that?"

The owner grins "A lot of my establishments are... haunted. There are also a lot of buildings in the world that are similarly afflicted. I need you to train Paradox how to do it. That requires you to get your boys to turn into Paradox in the first place."

You cross your arms "How do we leave?"

He snickers "I'm not telling you that! I can tell you your pay is double. Also, an apartment is going to be built in the Daycare."

You tilt your head "Is there even room for that in the Daycare?"

The owner outright laughs at you "I can add to the building you know!"

Jack sighs "Do we at least get a say in what it looks like?"

The owner shakes his head "Layout, no. Decor? ... sure whatever."

You huff "I want a bathtub. A big one so I can wash the boys." You smack the table "AND! A big ass bed!"

The owner rolls his eyes "I'll give you a sheet with customizable options."

You perk up "WAIT! Does this mean Sun and Moon will be able to leave the plex?!"

Owner nods "It does. That means eventually you too will be able to leave. You! Jack. You are to work exclusively on Sun, Moon, Eclipse, and Paradox. They are your top priority."

Jack nods "Fine by me."

The owner stands up "If you have any questions. Message me. I need to go."

You watch him leave "I don't think things are going to calm down anytime soon. Fuck."

Chapter 261: The Centipede's Venom

Summary:

This is just a silly little oneshot

Chapter Text

'This was it' you thought to yourself. The air whipped past you. You watched as the demon made of bone got smaller and smaller as you flew over the railing of the top floor of the Atrium. You were winning. Your shots chipping off more and more of the bastard. You were falling to your death. Where was Paradox?! Time seemed to move both slowly and quickly at the same time.

You braced for impact knowing it might mean death. Two arms caught you and held you close. Their massive size engulfed you. Paradox growled loudly as you cried out in pain. His body elongated becoming segmented increasing his height from 12ft to 16ft. The black portion of the ombre on his upper arms, torso, upper legs, and face seemed to suck in all light and become darker. His vibrant orange eyes with red outer edges eyes glowed dangerously. The white portion of the ombre on his lower arms, lower legs, swirls of his cheeks, and eyebrows looked brighter in contrast.

If you didn't know them well you would be terrified of the bot. However, he was as much yours as you were his. He was your Sun, Moon, and Eclipse. But he was also distinctly his own. Eclipse reached his arm up and took hold of one of his many rays. As he pulled the ray free the rest of them followed its lead. Soon he had a whip covered in sharp spines. He held it firmly in his left middle hand.

Paradox opened his chest cavity and put you inside the large space. Inside was a hanging chair with a belt affixed to his inner walls by thick chains. This chair would keep you safe inside him. Paradox was not keen on putting you down. He almost lost you once, they would not lose you again. You couldn't see a thing from inside his chest. Not that you wanted to. As soon as his chest was closed you could tell he started moving.

Sound echoed around in his chest. The crunching of bones mixed with the rattling of chains. Soon everything went quiet. You could tell Paradox was still moving but not as drastically as before. Paradox's steady movements turned the hanging chair into a rocking chair. The gentle sway fought to put you to sleep. However, the pain in your body kept you awake. Eventually, he stopped moving.

Paradox opened his chest plate and carefully pulled you out. They had brought you to the naptime corner. Paradox set about making a nest of blankets and pillows. He adjusted you until you were the most comfortable you could be. His six arms made quick work of his important task. Slowly he curled around the nest observing you. He let out a soft garbled whine as he looked at you.

You smiled softly at him "Thank you for saving me."

Paradox leaned forward and pressed his face into your chest.

You pet him "You are so good."

Paradox let out a very happy trill. Sometimes his voicebox worked and other times it didn't. You weren't sure why as of yet. Paradox crawled in a circle to protectively curl around the nest more snugly. They hummed lowly to lull you to sleep. Anyone who came to bother you left as soon as they saw the massive black-and-white animatronic. Someone commented he looked like a snake or a centipede.

Chapter 262

Summary:

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SkypZuY6ZvA&list=LL&index=1

Chapter Text

I'm thinking about writing a disco-inspired oneshot with Sun, Moon, or eclipse in the 70s at a roller rink showing off their moves. Disco Sun, Moon, Eclipse. Giving you the Night Feaver in a Boogie Wonderland and showing you why Love Never Felt So Good.

Chapter 263: Night Feaver

Summary:

Here is a list of the slang used.

bad - good; great
fab - short for fabulous
threads - clothes; apparel
that was the joint - an event or party that was awesome
to the max - take something to the extreme
boogie - dance
casanova - a ladies' man
rip off - lesser value than expected; poor quality; waste of money
stellar - cool in an incredible or awesome way
good vibes - positive energy
groovy - cool in a hip way
out of sight - very cool in an impressive way
the skinny - the whole truth; the real story
foxy - sexy
copacetic - alright; no problem
Bootin - Are you going Bootin? "I'm going Roller Bootin" or rollerskating
Baby - sexy, groovy person or someone you love
Decent! or Way Decent! - Means "Great" or "Really Great!"; "That new song is way decent!"
Let's Blow This Taco Stand - Let's leave
Sunshine - beautiful

Chapter Text

You were excited as you and your friend got ready. Tonight you were going to the grand opening of the new Roller Rink. The last one had burned down in an electrical fire. Your bell-bottom denim jeans were neatly pressed. You had purchased a light grey sweater with thick red, yellow, and blue horizontal stripes. Your Nikies finished the look off perfectly.

You posed in front of your standing mirror "Lookin' fab!"

Your friend, Joel, draped an arm over your front "Man Yin, you are lookin' bad!" He complimented.

You grinned "Thanks, I'm ready to boogie!"

Joel pushed you out to the car "This is just what we both need! This joint is going to be to the max!"

You nodded "I'm excited!"

Joel started the car "That's the spirit!"

You take a deep breath "I'm just going to put out some good vibes and hope I can find myself a good guy and not another," You wave your arms around in thought "Another casanova rip-off!"

Joel grins "That's the spirit!"

The roller rink is located downtown. Decked to the nines in neon lights with a big disco ball at its center. The place is stellar with a groovy space theme! You can hear the beautiful sound of Gloria Gaynor singing her heart out as you and Joel get closer. The smell of burgers and fries draws you in more. You love fries and these smell mouthwatering. Inside the ceiling has shimmery stars hanging from the ceiling. Glow-in-the-dark stars litter the walls. The disco ball has rings around it like Saturn.

Across the rink is a small arcade. You can see the flashing lights from the entrance. The eatery is next to the arcade. Beside the entrance are the lockers and skate rentals. Jole drags you to the rental place and the two of you get your skates. You put your skates on and put your things in your lockers. The two of you move to the entrance of the rink and watch the skaters for a moment.

"This place looks out of sight!" You remark excitedly.

Joel nudges you "Hey, I think that dude is looking at you."

You follow his gaze. A yellow sun-themed animatronic winks at you ah he rounds the rink. He has on black fit and flare pants, a shiny rainbow shirt with the collar popped, and aviator sunglasses. He spins and skates backward before spinning to a stop in front of you and Joel.

He tips the sunglasses down "Well, hello foxy. Mind giving me the skinny on you t?"

Joel pushes you toward the animatronic "We are just friends."

"Copacetic! I'm Sun. What's your name lovely?" He says leaning closer to you.

You can't deny how attractive he is "Yin."

Joel nudges you "I see Rodger and Donna over there! I'll come find you in a bit. Piece out!"

You watched Joel hop over the rink wall and make his way to your other friends. You were terrible in social situations. Unsure of what to say you shyly glanced up at Sun.

Sun leaned on the wall "Care to go bootin' with me, baby?"

You blush and nod moving to the date to get into the rink. Sun slowly rolls alongside you eager to spend some time with you.

Sun takes your hand once you are in the rink "This alright?"

You nod "You should know I recently broke up with a casanova rip-off." You look down for a moment "I'm only just now getting back in the dating scene."

Sun smiles "That's copacetic. I'll go at whatever pace you want baby."

You sigh in relief "Thank you." You gasp excitedly as Van McCoy's song "The Hustle" starts "Oh! This song is way decent!"

Sun moves in front of you "Boogie with me baby! You know this dance right?"

You nod eagerly. Together the two of you groove along to the music. You can't help the laughter that bubbles up inside you. Sun picks you up and holds you over his head. You strike a pose. Sun laughs along with you as he sets you back down.

You hold his hand "That was more fun than I've had in a while. Thank you."

Sun blushes "I should be the one thanking you."

The two of you skate together long into the night. When it's time to leave you aren't ready for it to be over. It seems Sun isn't either.

"Hey," Sun nudges you "How about you and I blow this Taco Stand?"

"And go where?" You ask.

Sun grins "Depends on what you want to do baby."

You think for a moment before tugging the bot closer by his belt "A shag would be nice."

Sun gives you a serious look "Are you sure?"

"With you?" You lick your lips "More than sure."

Sun takes your chin in his hand and kisses you deeply "Follow me." Sun leads you out to his car "How about we get a room for the night on me?"

You nod "Sounds good. I'll pay half though."

Sun opens the passenger side door for you before sitting down in the driver's seat. The two of you head off into the night together toward the nearest motel. The two of you pay for the room together. It's on the first floor in a corner room. You link arms with Sun as the two of you walk to your room. He opens the door and holds it open for you. You step inside and Sun closes the door behind you. You pin him to the door and lick his neck.

Sun moans picking you up with ease. He takes you to the bed and pins you to the mattress. You continue to lick and nibble his neck. You need this almost as much as you need him right now. Sun grinds his crotch against yours as his massive hands work their way under your shirt. You sit up and allow him to take it off. He removes his own shirt adding it to the growing pile of clothes. Slowly he licks your neck. You tilt your head to give the man more room.

Sun bites down on your neck leaving a mark "Something to remember me by foxy."

You fuss with his belt and the buttons sliding his pants and underwear down. The writhing yellow tentacle in front of you instantly draws you in. You suck as much of it as you can into your mouth. Your tongue is met with a sweet and tangy orange flavor. You moan loudly around his cock. Sun gasps and cards his hand through your hair. You grab his hand and tug so he's pulling your hair just the way you like it. Sun follows your lead and tugs just like you showed him.

You moan as you bob your head up and down his cock. Sun thrusts his cock deeper and deeper into your throat giving you every opportunity to stop him. However, you forcefully pull his hips flush with your lips.

Sun groans as he pets your cheeks "Fuck baby you take me so well!" Sun pulls his cock out of your mouth "But I don't want to cum yet."

Sun pulls your own pants off and tugs you by the hips to the edge of the bed. He gets to his knees and pulls you up to meet his eager mouth. His tongue snakes out and rims your needy hole. You moan and wrap your legs around his head. Sun chuckles slowly working his tongue inside you. He massages your walls with his tongue. His hand reaches for your chest. He tugs your nipples rolling them in between his fingers.

You writhe in his arms grinding up into his face. Sun pulls out of you and lines his cock up with you. He tugs your nipple harshly as he thrusts inside you, You hiss and moan at the intrusion. The stretch is deliciously perfect. The pace Sun sets is brutal. Each slap of his hips stings adding to the pleasure. The angle he's holding you restricts your breathing. He watches your face for any signs of distress. Sun's hips are starting to bruise your ass cheeks with each thrust.

You struggle for enough air to moan. Sun's thrusting becomes sloppy as he starts to reach his high. Each drag and writhe of his cock inside you brings you closer to orgasm. Sun lifts you off the bed and you finally reach your high. Your walls tighten around Sun's cock as your vision goes spotty. Sun pulls you down on his cock one more time as he fills you to the brim with his cum. It's so much it threatens to spill onto the floor. The pressure of his cum is uncomfortable. Sun kisses the top of your head as he takes you to the bathroom.

Sun pulls you off of his cock over the tub. Tons of orange cum gushes out of you. Sun wipes you clean with a damp washcloth. He takes you to the bed and sits you down on it. You scoot up to the headboard and make grabby hands. Sun chuckles and crawls up to you. You pull the covers down with his help and snuggle up to him.

Sun covers the two of you up and turns the bedside lamp off "Go on a date with me. You are too groovy not to take out."

You nod "I'd be a fool to say no."

Sun tucks you into his chest and wraps his arms around you protectively "Goodnight sunshine."

You wiggle to get more comfortable "Goodnight hunk."

Chapter 264: Smelting Your Insides

Summary:

This one is gay. Reader has a cock and Eclipse has two cocks.

Chapter Text

It was a nice day today. The sun was shining with a few white fluffy clouds rolling across the sky. You hummed a tune as you rode your bike to Eclipse's workshop. Your backpack held a nice lunch for the two of you. You were excited to see your boyfriend having just returned from a week-long work trip. If the sappy love messages he sent you weren't enough of an indication of how much he missed you, the picture of his raging boner he sent you last night was.

You turned your bike onto the dirt road leading to his shop picking up the speed just a bit. Your heart skipped a beat as you saw the large shed come into view. Eclipse was outside on the concrete pad with an old washing machine. You leaned your bike in a safe spot and walked up to him. Eclipse was taking apart the machine with his bare hands. He pulled out as many parts as he safely could before using the sledgehammer. You were admittedly early to your lunch date but there was no way you were going to pass up the opportunity to watch him work on something so large.

Eclipse smiled warmly at you "You're early! Not that I'm complaining."

You blushed "What can I say," You matched his warm smile "I missed you."

Eclipse set a bundle of copper wires aside "Well, I'm not quite finished with this." He smirked at you "Although I think you were counting on that."

You chuckled "You know me so well, Clippy." You pulled up a chair and sat down setting your bag aside "I could never pass up the opportunity to watch you work."

Eclipse tugged his shirt off leaving him in steel-toe boots and dark denim jeans "Well then, I better put on a good show for you."

"How has your day been?" You ask as you watch him closely.

Eclipse tears the water pump out "Good. I have a request for a display sword." He sets it aside "A bastard sword to be precise."

You lick your lips "Sounds like fun. I know you like making weapon replicas."

Eclipse pulls the motor out bending lowly to add it to the copper pile. Every move he makes accentuates his body to perfection. His stance as he holds the sledgehammer shows off the vast expanse of his back. He moves around the machine looking for the spot to give you the best show. Eclipse raises the hammer over his head winking at you. He brings it shown hard on the empty shell of the washing machine. Pieces crack off and the shell dents inward.

You whistle wolfishly at him and wiggle your eyebrows. Eclipse wiggles his ass at you moving to give you a view of his front. He takes another swing breaking the shell up more. Piece by piece he breaks it up into smaller and smaller pieces until they will all fit in his smelter. Eclipse sets the hammer down with a faux sigh of exhaustion. He wipes dust off of his chest slowly. Running his hands down his chest to his groin and back up again. Brushing his fingers over his pecks following the contours of his frame with his fingertips.

Eclipse leans his weight on one leg with his lower hands on his hips "Let me get this in the smelter."

Your eyes watch the crotch of his pants as his cocks writhe reaching out for you "Alright. Let me help you."

You pick up what you can of the shell and bring it into Eclipse foundry. Eclipse bites his lip as you bend over to pick the pieces up. The sway of your hips is hypnotic as he follows behind you. Eclipse missed you for more than your body, but even he can't deny how perfectly you take him and how good you look right now. The way you ogled him while he worked was a major turn-on. Eclipse loved how much you wanted him in every way you could have him. He wanted you the same if not more.

The forge was not lit yet, however, Eclipse's desire to have you was. He licked his lips as the two of you brought in another load of metal. As you turned to leave the large shed Eclipse moved in front of you. He picked you up by the waist and brought you to the thick wooden table. He set you down slotting himself between your legs.

Eclipse leans down licking your neck "I need you."

That statement alone has you pulling your shirt off and throwing it to the side. You hook your fingers into his belt loops and pull him closer. You take Eclipse by the neck and pull him down to you. Eclipse smiles at your daring behavior parting his lips slightly. You lean up and take his lower lip in your mouth tugging on it. Eclipse moans lowly rutting into your crotch. Your cock twitches in your pants quickly becoming hard. Eclipse pulls you into a heated kiss. His lower hands unzip your pants slowly as he licks your lips.

You open your mouth for him reaching down to unzip his pants. Eclipse wraps his tongue around yours massaging the muscle. He picks your legs up one at a time to pull your shoes off while kicking off his own. He moans into your mouth as his tongue slowly snakes further and further into your mouth and down your throat. Eclipse picks you up and pulls your bottoms off leaving you naked. He practically tears his own pants off eager to have you. His twin cocks curls and writhe around themselves dripping with precum.

He slowly pulls his tongue out of your mouth. You pant to catch your breath. Your head cloudy with desire Eclipse drops to his knees licking his lips. He tugs you to the edge of the table and takes a big sniff of your cock. With a shudder, he licks one of your balls. You moan softly and tightly grip one of your rays with your hand. Eclipse wraps his long tongue around your balls fondling them and rolling them around on his tongue. He takes your cock in his hand firmly running his thumb over the head of your cock. You moan loudly and tug on his ray.

Eclipse moans "You taste so good! More! I need more!"

Eclipse takes your cock into his warm mouth to the hilt. His lips brush against your pelvis. His tongue wraps around your cock adding more pressure as he bobs his head up and down. You thrust your hips into his mouth panting and moaning. Eclipse hums lowly. The vibrations go straight to your cock. Eclipse rubs your hips with his hands. His other two grope your balls and massage them in his hand.

You yank him down to take all of your cock into his mouth. A tingling sensation starts in your groin quickly spreading to your spine. Your limbs start to go numb as you cum hard. Eclipse works you through your orgasm. Eclipse opens his mouth wide as he pulls off of you showing you his mouth full of your cum. He swallows every drop before standing up and towering over you.

Eclipse licks his lips "Delicious." He traps you with an arm on either side of you "But not enough. Can I fuck you? Please?"

"Yes." You nod eagerly.

Eclipse excitedly pulls you into a kiss wrapping all of his arms around you. You throw your arms around him with a chuckle. Eclipse gently lays you down on the table with a towel under you for just this exact thing. His twin cocks writhe excitedly in anticipation. He lines one up with your puckered asshole. The other writhes against your cock. Slowly he works his cock inside you, taking his time not to hurt you. Finally, Eclipse is to the hilt inside you.

His cock presses against your prostate perfectly. His second cock rubs its tip against yours. You moan loudly and grip the table. Eclipse holds you by the waist and the table. He thrusts his hips in slow, deep, and hard thrusting. His upper cock rubs against yours while his lower cock massages your prostate.

"Fuck!" Eclipse hisses out lowly "You feel so good! Squeezing me so tight!"

"Harder!" You cry in pleasure.

Eclipse picks up his speed thrusting harder into you. His hips slap loudly against yours. Eclipse whines and cries out above you. His eyes screwed shut in pleasure. You wrap your legs around his waist thrusting your hips up to meet his. The shed is a cacophony of moaning and slapping sounds. The table rocks back and forth with Eclipse's thrusting.

"Fuck. Fuck! FUCK!" Eclipse cums hard both inside you and on you. His eyes flicker as he struggles to fight the reboot warning. Something he's pushed through before.

The tingling feeling from before comes back. This time starting at your prostate and spreading outwards. The orgasm that hits you is longer and harder than the previous one. You cover Eclipse in long thick ropes of cum. Eclipse leans down and licks you clean of cum. He uses a rag to clean himself off. Carefully, Eclipse dresses you and himself. Something he's always enjoyed doing. You move to sit comfortably on the table to watch Eclipse work. Together the two of you eat lunch while he melts the various metals into bars. It's an afternoon well spent.

Chapter 265: The Lake House PT1

Summary:

So the novella before this one was gay. This one is lesbian. You and Moon are both girls. Here is the description.

Between Sun and Moon it's decided Moon will inherit the family company from Eclipse. Due to old and outdated practices from previous owners, the company is starting to fail. Eclipse decides the thing for the company is an arranged marriage.

You are a young woman full of new ideas. Your father owns a company of his own. One that by birthright should go to you. However, due to his outdated ideas, your younger brother will inherit the company. It's decided, without your input, you are to be married off.

Moon is to be your new betrothed. the two of you learn more about each other than you expected.

Moon is in a position of power because everyone thinks she is a he. Reader finds out the truth. Nothing unsavory like abuse of power or blackmail.

Chapter Text

You sat in the garden gazebo with a thick book in your hands. A steaming cup of tea in front of you with half a sandwich on a plate. You flipped the page of the book you were reading on business. The same type of business your father owned. You could see the very man walking up the path to the gazebo. You gently closed your book and watched his approach.

"Pumpkin!" He started as he walked to the chair across from you "When did you stop being my little girl?"

You frown "When you gave all of your assets to Danyel and are leaving me with nothing when you pass."

Your father sighs "You have to understand! He's a man! He needs these things to provide for his future family!"

You huff "And what about my future?"

Your father shakes his head "That's the job of your future husband."

You balk "My husband?"

He nods "Yes, your mother and I decided it's time you got married. We chose the perfect husband for you!" He smiles warmly at you "You'll be meeting him when we go to the lake house. He and his father will be staying with us and I expect you to be on your best behavior."

You frown "Really? An arranged marriage? Are you insane?"

Your father slams his fist on the table "I made you! I can break you just as quickly! At least give him a chance! His name is Moon Celeste. He's an animatronic with a successful company."

You stand up taking your book with you "Fine."

You know the consequences of disobeying your father. It's not something you want for yourself. Not if you want to leave his house unscathed. You had to play your cards right. If things went your way you might even be able to take the company. It had been promised to you for years before your brother was born. He's fifteen and already being groomed to take over. Something your parents had already done to you. It was devastating to learn the company was given to your brother after all that work.

As you entered the house your mother tried to talk to you. You ignored her for the moment still seating over the company. You pass the living room on your way to your room. Your brother is playing Fortnight on his Xbox. He pushes his headset off of his head.

Without looking at you he hisses "You made Mom cry."

You stop in the doorway "Mom made me cry."

He rolls his eyes "Why are you women so emotional? Go use a tampon and get over it. I get the company because I'm better than you. At least you get mom's jewelry."

You purse your lips and head upstairs. Your grandfather is a bad influence on him. There was a time you were helping him be a better man. That got ruined when he spent a month on some kind of boy's trip. The women stayed home and did nothing. You had hoped the women would do a trip or hang out or something, but nothing happened. Your brother came back worse than before and gloating about his inheritance. You wanted to slap the shit out of him but you were an adult. You would play the long con.

You pack your bags for the trip. As fill your suitcase you think about Moon. Is he nice? Handsome? Smart? You'll find out tomorrow when you reach the lake house. If your mother helped pick him odds were good he was at least rich and attractive. Your parents were likely hoping he would increase their business. If you knew your father well enough, he probably wanted his company to absorb Moon's. You'll have to help prevent that. In fact, you would love for the opposite to happen.

The next day your family reaches the lake house at four in the afternoon.

Your brother Danyel darts out of the car "I CALL THE BIG ROOM!"

"DANYEL!" Your father shouts making the teen stop "Mr. Eclipse will get that room."

Danyel rolls his eyes "Then I'll take the room on the right side of the-"

"Your sister is getting that room and Mr. Moon is getting the other one." Your father walks up to Danyel "If we want your sister to get married then we need to force her and Moon to spend as much time as possible together."

Danyel balks "What?! Not fair! Why does she get the big room!?"

You take your bag and walk past the teen. You don't want to waste your time arguing with him. your parents can handle the entitled little shit. Behind you, your mother mutters about letting the help take your bags. You head to your room and set your things down. The lakehouse is white with shiplap on the outside. Inside it has a nautical theme. A boat is docked on the shore. The backyard has a gazebo, a grill, and a child play set. You like the swings.

The doorbell rings and you head out of your room to the landing. Your father is at the door greeting two animatronics. One is themed like the moon with a blue and white color palette and the other is like an eclipse with an eggplant and burnt umber color palette. The blue animatronic locks eyes with you. Nervously you move behind the wall to hide. You take a deep breath and prepare to greet the two bots. One of whom is your future husband.

Chapter 266: The Lake House PT2

Chapter Text

"Let me go fetch her." Your mother laughs lightly. "We'll be a few minutes. You know how women are!"

You can hear the two bots laugh awkwardly, your brother cackling, and your parents chuckling. Nope, not happening. You know your mom wants to do your makeup and change your clothes to something more feminine. As if the pretty floral print you have on is not girly enough. You relax your features and smile softly. You head down the stairs standing as tall and proud as you can. The two bots look up at you practically floating down the stairs.

"Oh, there she is!" You can hear the annoyance in your mother's voice.

"Come here pumpkin! Say hello to Mr. Eclipse and his son Moon." He holds his arm out to you.

You stand beside your father "It's a pleasure to meet the two of you."

Eclipse is roughly nine feet tall and Moon is eight. Eclipse has on a knit light grey sweater and khaki pants. Moon has on a white polo shirt and denim jeans with brown loafers. Both easily dwarf your whole family. Moon is quite attractive. Not that his looks are any reason to instantly fawn over him. He could still be stupid or abusive.

Eclipse gently nudges Moon closer to you "This is my son Moon."

Moon trips on nothing quickly correcting his posture "Hello, you must be the beautiful Yin." He kisses the back of your hand "A pleasure to meet you."

Your father points up the stairs "Why don't you show Moon to his room, Yin."

You nod and move to pick up his luggage. Moon picks it up before you can. As you pass your mother she pinches your arm hard with a smile. One that tells you she is going to tear you a new one later. You keep your smile on your face and lead Moon up the stars and to the right.

You gesture to the door to the left "This room is my room." You point to the other door to the right "And this one is yours." You open the door for him.

Moon walks inside the room. It has light blue walls with an anchor offer the bed. the window has a bench seat in front of it. Across from the window is a bathroom.

Moon sets his bags down at the foot of the bed "So..." He shifts uncomfortably "I'm not sure what to say right now..."

You relax your posture "Oh thank god! Me neither!" You wave a hand at Moon "I literally found out about you yesterday!"

Moon balks "Yesterday?! I've known about you for two weeks now!"

You huff "Of course you did. Damnit dad! It's like I'm an afterthought because I don't have a peni-" You gasp as you remember where you are "I'm sorry! I shouldn't be talking like this in front of you."

Moon chuckles "It's alright. I met your father a week ago. He's... something else."

You smile "Please, let me show you around. We can get out of the house and away from my folks."

Moon nods "Alright."

You head downstairs. The sound of chatter is coming from the living room.

"Come talk with us!" Your father shouts to you.

You purse your lips and head toward the living room. Eclipse is sitting in a recliner. Your parents are on the couch with your brother. Your mother points to the loveseat. You walk over and sit down on the dark blue couch. Moon glances at Eclipse who nods his head toward you.

Your mother side-eyes you and adjusts the way she's sitting to be more feminine "We need to start planning the wedding as soon as possible."

You follow your mother's silent demand and sit like her "Really? But we only just met? Shouldn't we get to know each other first?"

Eclipse nods "I agree. They should take some time to get to know each other."

Your father waves a hand "There will be plenty of time for that later. How are you two lovebirds getting along?"

You fold your hands in your lap "Hard to say. We just met five minutes ago."

Your mother smiles sharply "Well then. Why don't you two go outside and talk more? We will talk about the wedding later."

Eclipse stands up "I'll be right back. I'd like a word in private with my son."

Moon stands up and follows his father into another room.

Your father watches them leave "Young lady! You need to try harder to get to know Moon."

You cross your arms "It hasn't even been an hour? Do you expect us to get pregnant or something right now?"

Your mother sighs "Go wait for Moon at the front door."

You aren't sure what you've done wrong but do as you're told. Any excuse to leave the room. Your parents are being particularly harsh with you. They must really want this marriage to happen.

"Hey, come here." Eclipse calls to you softly.

You pause and walk to the study "Yes?"

Eclipse pushes you inside gently and closes the door "I hope you don't mind. I wanted a moment to talk to you without your parents around. They are a little overbearing."

You snicker "A little? Haha! More than that right now."

Eclipse smiles softly "How do you feel about the arranged marriage? Moon said you found out about it yesterday. We were under the impression you've known the whole time."

You sigh "I'm alright with it. It would have been nice to know sooner, but Father doesn't think my opinion matters all that much." You give them a serious look "I'm willing to give this a shot IF three demands are met. One, I want my opinion heard. If you don't agree with what I say fine. Just let me say it. Two, I understand you have a company? I was trained to take over my fathers before my brother was born. Let me help you where I can. I want to feel useful."

Moon looks at Eclipse "I can easily agree to those. If you can agree to terms of my own. One, your family has no part in wedding planning. Two, you and I must get to know each other more before we talk about the wedding. Three, you come live with us in our home. Four, family secrets stay in the family. Anything you learn on this trip stays between ONLY the people in this room."

You raise a brow "Is that all? I can agree to those terms as long as secrets about me stay between us."

Moon holds his hand out "Done!"

You shake his hand "Done and done! I look forward to getting to know the two of you!"

Eclipse slaps a hand on both of your shoulders "Excellent! You two head outside. I'll go talk to your parents."

Chapter 267: The Lake House PT3

Chapter Text

You watch Eclipse leave "So... when will I go to live with you?"

Moon holds the door handle prepared to open it "As soon as possible. Provided we decide we are compatible."

You nod and lead Moon outside "We own forty acres and half of the lake. Mr. Jhonston owns the other half."

Moon looks out over the water "What's your favorite spot here?"

You blush "Mine? I'm not allowed to..." You bite your lip "In the backyard is a swing set. I like to swing... well. I used to like it. Mother ruined that by removing the chains. She said it's not ladylike."

Moon takes you by the hand. He jogs around the house with you in tow. You struggle for the first few steps but manage to keep up with the bot. He looks at the former swingset left rusting in the corner. The once shiny blue paint is now a faded white and chipping in some places. You frown at the sight. When you entered high school the swing was dismantled and put in the shed. Moon grabs the foot of the chains still left hanging on the old set and picks his feet up off the ground.

"I have had too many people try to tell me how to be. And what's proper for my age." He crosses his legs creating a seat "I learned not to listen to them. You should do the same."

You stare at him "You want me to use you as a swing? I can't do that!"

He smiles at you "Please. It'll be fun." He says in a sing-song tone to tempt you.

You bite your lip and sit down facing him "I'm not too heavy?"

Moon laughs as he starts to swing the two of you "No. Light as a feather!"

You laugh loudly as the two of you swing higher and higher.

Moon grins "Finally letting go!"

You lean on his chest "I needed this! Thank you."

Moon lets the chains go in alarm. The two of you hit the ground. You laugh and Moon follows close behind. Laughing and holding you close. You catch your breath and stand up holding your hand out. Moon takes your hand and you help him up. You continue to hold his hand as you show him the dock with the boat tied up, the shed, a few forest trails, and the garden. The whole time you and Moon talk about things you like and don't like. The two of you have a really great time.

As the two of you head inside your mother calls you into the kitchen to help with dinner. Eclipse looks at Moon curiously. Moon shoots him a thumbs up with a small smile. Eclipse gives a proud nod of approval. You head into the kitchen while Moon joins the men in the living room. Your brother is in the basement playing video games.

"Well, what do you think of him?" Your mother asks eagerly.

You chop carrots and potatoes "I like him so far."

Your mother smiles as she preps the meet "Well I hope you continue to like him." She sighs dreamily "I can already hear the pitter-patter of little feet."

You purse your lips "You know we'd have to adopt or get a donor."

Your mother puts the meat and veggies into the oven "Of course I do! That's why you'll use a donor. That way it will have our blood at least."

You nod tersely. This is just another fight you don't want to have. Dinner will take an hour in the oven. You and your mother head into the living room. Moon looks slightly uncomfortable as your father talks business. It's clear your father wants to merge companies. Even more clear Moon does not.

You kiss your father on the cheek to shut him up "Dinner will be ready in an hour."

Your father nods "Thank you pumpkin!"

You take a seat next to Moon "Roast Beef with carrots, onions, potatoes, garlic, and gravy."

Moon slides his hand into yours discretely "Sounds delicious."

Your mother walks into the room "Tomorrow we will be taking the boat out on the water to swim and fish."

Eclipse smiles "Sounds fun."

Your mother walks into the room and sighs at the sight of you and Moon "Ah! Young love!" She puts her hands on your father's shoulders "Just think Charles, soon we'll hear the pitter-patter of little feet!"

You lean toward Moon and whisper "She said the same thing in the kitchen."

Your mother sits down on the couch "Yin? Please tell your brother to finish his game and get ready for dinner."

You nod standing up "Alright."

You head for the basement. Moon watches you leave unsure if he should follow you. It's dark in the basement. The only light is from the large TV and a neon sign that says "MANCEVA". Your brother insisted he wanted one but misspelled mancave. You turn the light on so you don't trip on anything.

Leaning on the back of the couch you watch Danyel shoot vampires "Dinner is in an hour. Mom wanted me to tell you to be ready."

Danyel pauses the game to look at you "Are you really going to marry a robot?"

You nod slowly "So far I like him."

Danyel scoffs and turns back to the TV "I hope it works for you. I'm taking your room when you leave. You better leave your TV in your room."

You sigh "Just be ready in an hour for dinner."

Danyel resumes playing the game "Alright."

You head back upstairs. The conversation upstairs is flowing nicely. Your parents ask Eclipse questions and he asks his own in return. You sit down beside Moon.

Your mother laughs loudly "Then- hahahaha- then she asks if she'll have a pretty dress one day. The next day- haha- we found her in a white undershirt of her father's and marker smeared on her face for makeup!"

Your father laughs "She married the family dog!"

You smile wide. Of course, they are telling a story from your youth. It's not even that funny. You and Moon manage to get a few words in but not many. It's mostly your parents trying too hard to suck up to Eclipse. Soon it's time for dinner.

Chapter 268: The Lake House PT4

Chapter Text

"So, I understand you were studying to take over your father's company?" Eclipse asks with a cheeky smile.

You smile attempting to hide your disappointment, but it must show a little because Eclipse leans forward in interest with a shit-eating grin "I was going to take the company, but my brother is getting it now. I however am still studying the business."

Eclipse leans back "Really? You must know a lot about it then." He turns to Danyel "And what about you? If you are next in line you must be studying hard?"

Danyel grins very smugly "My father is teaching me everything he knows about how to run the company. I'll make it successful."

Eclipse smiles warmly "I'm sure you will! I look forward to seeing your success in the future."

Your father beams "I know I've made the right choice! Besides my daughter will be fine."

Eclipse nods "I'm sure you have. Just as I too have made the right choice for my son."

Your mother smiles already on her second glass of wine "Do you have any other children?"

Eclipse nods "I have a son at home. His name is Sun. He works for the company but doesn't want to run it. Moon does though. So it all works out in the end."

Moon looks over at you "So, what do you think about our earlier proposal?"

You rub your leg against his "I agree. I will go live with you."

Eclipse claps his hands "Wonderful! After this trip, we will gather your things from your home and move you into ours. If you are alright with that timeline."

You nod "Yes. That's fine by me."

Your mother gasps loudly "What!? So soon?! My baby is leaving that soon?"

Your father looks at you shocked "Living together before marriage? Are you sure?"

You smile and take Moon by the hand "Absolutely. I'm looking forward to it"

Moon looks down at your hand and blushes "I-I'm looking forward to it too."

Your father stands up quickly moving to your side and pulling you from your chair into a tight hug "My baby girl is growing up so fast! I was so worried about your future! What a relief."

There are so many things you want to say right now. A scathing rage bubbles up inside you as you hold him back as tight as you can hoping it hurts. If he was worried about your future then why did he leave you with nothing but one hundred dollars in his will? Why did he train you for a career only to take it away?

He lets you go holding you by the shoulders "It seems like just yesterday I was rocking you to sleep."

Danyel grins "Your old room is going to be the sweetest mancave! Leave your TV."

You laugh dryly "I'm taking every removable thing in my room. All of it."

Danyel pouts "Aw! No fair!"

You sit down "Tough cookies."

Moon takes your hand running his thumb along your knuckles. The rest of dinner goes about the same. Eclipse pushing buttons and your parents just taking it. Every now and then your father hints at merging companies. Each time being met with Eclipse ignoring the implication or asking you about some aspect of the company that your brother doesn't know about. Your father knows if he says anything about it he runs the risk of all his plans failing. Your mother just gets wine drunk.

Eclipse asks the question he wants answers to the most "Why did you give the company to your son after training your daughter for so long?"

Your mother drunkenly slurs out "She can't pass on the family name! Useless. The company stays in the family with our son. More useful. Even grandshildren won't be true. They won't have our last name."

You stare down at your plate quietly for a moment. You stand from the table and run from the room. You fly out the front door leaving it wide open. Hot tears run down your face as you run. The cool night air makes your lungs burn slightly. You fall to your knees in the forest. The moon shines down into the firepit clearing you slump in. Useless. Your own mother called you useless. The pain in your heart is heavy.
You pull your knees to your chest and wail loudly. You have suspected that's how they felt but hearing it out loud was something else.

"There you are," Moon says as he walks into the clearing. "I was worried about you." He says as he sits down beside you opening his arms.

You fall into his chest and cry loudly. Moon rubs your back and pulls a phone out of his pocket. He sends Eclipse a text letting him know where you are and that you're safe. Eclipse sends a message back that you three are leaving as soon as possible. None of you are staying any longer. It's not a safe place anymore.

"Yin, we need to talk," Moon says mournfully.

You lean back sniffling and fearfully ask "What about?"

Moon purses his lips "I'm.... I'm not what you think."

You tilt your head "What? I don't understand."

Moon turns his head away from you "Let me show you. Don't scream... please?"

You nod wiping your eyes "Alright."

Moon stands up and unbuttons his pants. Your eyes light up at what he shows you. Between his legs is a blue glittery pussy.

You scoot closer to her for a better look "Your a woman?"

Moon nods "I've been pretending to be a man. I should have told you sooner. I understand if you doOOOH!"

You reach out without thinking and touch his pussy running your finger through his folds "So pretty."

Moon leans back on a tree "Ah! What?!"

You shake your head "Sorry!" You smile apologetically "I'm. I'm a lesbian. The only reason I agreed to marry you was because I thought you didn't have genitals."

Moon gasps "A lesbian?"

You nod and look back down at his wet pussy "Yes. I was going to tell you before we got married. At your house probably. My parents don't know. They would send me away never to be seen again." You lean forward slightly "You look so good." Moon's hips lean towards you "But I'm not sure a forest is a good place for this. Plus we just met today."

Moon blushes and looks down at you "I've never been with a woman before. Or anyone for that matter." She looks at your tear-stained cheeks "Buy your right, now is not the right time."

You help pull her pants back up "So we still call you he for now?"

Moon nods "Please. At home, I'm a she though." She pulls you to your feet "We are leaving. Dad is already packing our stuff. Yours included." She picks you up into a princess carry "We don't want to spend another minute here. We'll get a hotel or something."

A new wave of tears comes as you remember what your mother said. Moon kisses your forehead with a blush and walks back to the house.

Chapter 269: The Lake House PT5

Chapter Text

Your father hollers your name on the front lawn in a tizzy. Eclipse moves luggage to their car. Your mother cries loudly while trying to convince Eclipse not to leave. Your brother is nowhere to be seen. Moon jogs up to her father with you in her arms. You weep quietly trying to get a hold of your emotions. You have many questions and no answers. Upon seeing you your mother wails a stream of apologies.

Eclipse looks down at you "How is she?"

Moon whispers "She's deeply upset but otherwise fine. She knows the truth."

Eclipse looks up at Moon shocked "Were you able to explain anything?"

Moon shakes her head "Not yet."

Eclipse nods "Put her in the car. We're leaving."

Your father growls "Let me see my daughter!"

You take a stuttering breath "No! I don't want to see you!"

Your father sighs "You don't know what you want!"

You frown at him "I want to marry Moon and live with him."

Your father grits his teeth "Fine." He retreats into the house.

Eclipse closes the trunk as Moon puts you into the back of the car behind the driver's seat. Moon sits next to you. Eclipse drives away from the lake house heading for a hotel.

Moon takes your hand "You must have questions."

You look over "Why do you hide your gender?"

Moon sighs sadly "When my grandfather started his company it was a man's world. Women weren't accepted in this position of power." She looks to her father "My father didn't inherit the company. Grandfather ran it for as long as he could. When my brother and I were created it was decided the boy would take over. I knew I wasn't a man, but I wanted to run the company. It was my dream!" She smiles softly "Dad decided the best option since Sun didn't want it, was to hide my identity until grandfather signed everything to me."

You wipe your eyes "What a misogynist dick."

Moon nods "Grandfather is very set in his ways. Boys belong in the workplace and women in the home. Grandfather said I had to get engaged before he would sign it over. We did our research on you and thought you would be perfect for me." Moon rubs your back "I suspected you would take up the marriage proposal if we offered you part of the company. I thought with your training you could help us greatly."

You sniffle "You'd be right about that. But, what were you going to do about being a woman? What if I had wanted a man?"

Moon glances at Eclipse "Well, I had planned to offer you whatever you wanted to stay as my wife."

You frown "And about being a woman?"

Moon sighs "I have to wait until I get the company. Then I'll let everyone know I'm a woman. I won't have to hide anymore."

You hum "Why not do it now? Who cares if you are a woman? Are you happy like this?"

Moon frowns "Of course, I'm not happy. I haven't been happy in years. Always hiding who I am! I knew the moment I could have clear thoughts that I am a woman! We started upgrades to make me one just like any other female animatronic. Animatronics aren't made with a gender unless the parents want that."

You shake your head "I am learning so many things about animatronics. I had no idea that's how it works!"

Moon chuckles "It's not like they teach this in schools."

You furrow your brow "So, does that mean when you get the company you'll get more female upgrades?"

Moon blushes "I have a chest plate at home with um brests."

You nod "Yeah?"

Moon nods "Yes. I don't wear it out of the house because no one would take me seriously. Growing up Dad ran the company in my stead until I was old enough and engaged."

You smile "Alright! I expect you to look exactly how you want at our wedding. I refuse to marry a groom. I want a bride!"

Moon blushes "A bride? Me?? I don't know..."

You take her head in your hands "Don't worry. Together we can do it. I'll stand by you no matter what. Unless you have big like LL-size boobs cus those would push me out of the way."

Moon laughs "No! They're DD cups."

You kiss the side of her mouth "We can do it. The two of us in white dresses."

Moon blushes more "I get a dress?"

You nod "Of course you do! You are a bride after all."

Moon looks to Eclipse "Dad! I'm a bride!"

Eclipse smiles "My beautiful daughter. I can't wait to have a father-daughter dance with you! Whatever you want. I support you. I always have and I always will princess."

Moon hides her face in her hands "DAD!"

Eclipse laughs "DAUGHTER!"

You snicker "FUTURE WIFE AND FATHERINLAW!"

Moon groans loudly and exaggeratedly.

Chapter 270: The Lake House PT6

Chapter Text

Eclipse pulls up to a motel. The three of you get a room with two beds for the night. Moon steps out of the room to call Sun and fill him in on the night's events. You sit a little awkwardly.

Eclipse leans on his hand while sitting at the table "Tonight was wild huh?"

You nod as you take your shoes off "Yes. However not unexpected."

Eclipse gives you a hard look "And what about Moon being a woman? I haven't heard what you plan to do."

You give him the same look back "I'm a lesbian."

Eclipse looks shocked "A lesbian?"

You nod "Yep. I had to keep it secrete. Otherwise, my parents would have sent me away to some mental institute or conversion camp." You shudder "It's happened in the family before. An aunt got sent away and never came back. I didn't want to never come back."

Eclipse smiles "Well shit! This worked out better than I thought!"

Moon returns to the room "Sun is used but happy we are coming home. I hope you don't mind but I told him you're a lesbian."

You shrug "At this point, it doesn't really matter. I'm away from my parents and away from the threat of disappearing forever."

Moon recoils "Forever?!"

You open your arms to her "My family has a habit," You wrap your arms around Moon "of making unfavorable people in the family never come back. An aunt who was a lesbian was sent away and never came back." You yawn "Much like you I was biding my time until I had the company. Then I would announce my romantic preferences."

Moon settles comfortably in your arms "Well then, it's a good thing we met each other."

Eclipse lays down on the other bed "I agree. Now get some rest. I want to leave as soon as possible."

You pull the covers over you and Moon "Where do you live?"

Moon pulls you close "Minnesota."

The next morning you wake up to Moon putting you in the car "Morning."

You yawn "Morning."

Moon gets in next to you "My Dad is checking us out of the room. We are going to get fast food on the way home."

You perk up "Fast food? Mother never let me have fast food! I got it anyway but she didn't know that."

Moon smiles at your joy. She needs to see that look again. Moon grabs your face by the cheeks and pulls you to her. She presses her lips against yours with a desperate little cry. You squeak in surprise and lean into the kiss.

Moon pulls back and squeals "My first kiss!"

You gently touch your lips "Wow."

Eclipse hops in the car. You can see the misty look in his eyes and the dopey grin on his face. He must have seen your kiss.

Eclipse grins "It'll be a three-hour drive to our house. Do you have a phone?"

You shake your head "That was another one of those things I wasn't allowed to have. I did have friends though. They were the children of my Mother's rich friends. Some were far more sheltered than I was. The Dursden kids were home-schooled, had no TV or internet access, and weren't allowed processed foods of any kind."

Moon frowns "We'll get you one then."

You shrug "At least my folks can't call me. I'm almost positive they wanted to take your company. Absorb it into theirs."

Eclipse chuckles as he drives "I got the same feeling."

On the drive to your new home, the three of you pick up breakfast. The three of you chat about each other. While you talk you can't help the feeling that your parents are going to ruin things somehow. Moon holds your hand through most of the car ride. Eclipse is elated when you sing along with the radio. Even more so when you make an awful pun. Moon is happy to see you letting go. She thought you were playing a part. You are happy to be somewhere with people who seem to care despite the short amount of time you've known each other.

The house you pull up to looks very different compared to what you're used to. Your mother preferred a nautical theme. Even your room was mermaid themed. A sun themed animatronic walks out of the house.

He opens his arms "Moonie!"

Moon walks up to him and hugs him "Hi Sun."

Sun looks at you "Is this your soon-to-be wife?"

You walk up to Sun and hold your hand out "Yes I am. I have heard nothing about you but you look cool."

Sun chuckles "That's a shame! I've heard plenty about you." He pulls you into a hug "Moon wouldn't shut up about you. I'm happy for her."

You let him go and jog to Eclipse "Let me help you."

Sun takes Moon's hand "Let me help you with your chest Moon."

The two head inside. Eclipse leads you inside after locking up the car.

He sets the bags he's holding down "Just put them here. Sun and Moon will be a minute. Have a look around. I have a phone call to make."

The house feels warm and well-loved. The walls have many pictures of the three of them. Some of them have a very tall white and black animatronic. It must be their grandfather. The colors in the home are warmer in tone. The doorway leading into the kitchen has a height chart on it. It looks like Sun is a tiny bit taller than Moon. The living room has some handmade pottery clearly made by a kid. You can't help the pang of jealousy as you look around. Your mother never displayed your artwork or did a height chart.

"Like it!" Sun and Moon turn the corner and head down the stairs.

You look over and immediately forget to breathe. Moon looks stunning! She has on black flats, a light blue dress with fluffy white clouds on it, and a flower around her neck. Her body looks incredible. The DD breasts compliment her frame and don't look ridiculous.

Moon walks up to you and twirls in a circle "How do I look?"

You take a deep breath "Stunning." You pull Moon into a hug "I don't have all the words. There just aren't enough."

Moon rubs your back "I needed to hear that."

Sun laughs "I told you so! Show your wifey her room."

Moon looks down at you and picks you up holding you against her hip "I'll carry you. You look ready to cry again."

You want to touch her boobs, mostly because you are curious how they feel "I feel like I want to cry."

Moon picks your luggage up and heads upstairs "The guest room is next to my room. We don't actually have one for you yet."

The room has cream colored walls and a full size bed.

Moon sets you down on the bed "My room is across from yours. Sun's is down the hall with Eclipse."

You look around the room "This is great! Thank you."

Moon blushes "Can I ask you something weird?"

You nod "Go ahead."

Moon crosses her arms "They say these animatronic boobs feel just like real human ones do."

You reach out and touch her right boob while holding your left "They feel roughly the same."

Moon tilts her head "Really?" She takes your right boob while holding her left "Wow."

You two stand there for a few minutes just touching boobs in awe.

"Ladies! Come down, please! We need to talk about things moving forward!" Eclipse shouts up the stairs.

You shake your head "Oh! Heh! We should go."

Moon blushes with a nod "Yes. Let's go."

Chapter 271: The Lake House PT7

Chapter Text

You knew your home life was abnormal. But you didn't realize just how abnormal it was. You get to pick your own clothes. Moon bought you a cell phone. For the first time in more than ten years, you get a haircut! It's now the perfect length for you. You even get some clothes you like that aren't girly! Not that you hated your old clothes. You just wanted some band t-shirts and the like.

It took the better part of a month to finally adjust to your new life. You still had your hiccups but Moon helped you work through every single one. You and Moon had already started wedding planning. You had figured out your wedding colors. Not much but it's a start. Eclipse decided to invite your parents to dinner as a sort of olive branch. Eclipse, being the cheeky bastard he is, decides burgers and fries are the perfect dishes to serve.

Eclipse picked all the best ingredients to make the most delicious burgers. It actually has you excited. It's agreed that Moon will pretend to be a man for your safety. Moon does, however, thoroughly enjoy dressing you up. It's nice having Moon leaning in close to apply makeup to your face. She dresses you in a calf-length flowy dress. It's dark blue with yellow moons on the skirt. Moon finds it thrilling having you in something of hers. It's like her name is written all over you.

You have gotten so used to seeing Moon with breasts that seeing her without is weird. Now that you have spent more time together you can see the discomfort and disappointment she feels at not having them on. It also takes quite a while for Sun to remove them and put them back on. He is teaching you how to do it. You really want to surprise Moon by putting her breasts on before your wedding. You want it to be a special moment for the two of you. It will be the last time she has to pretend to be a man.

A knock at the door draws you from your thoughts "Must be my parents."

Moon stands up straight and sets down the lipstick "You look stunning."

You blush as Moon helps you stand up "Thank you. You look good too."

Moon links arms with you and leads you downstairs. Your father and mother stand in the entryway. Eclipse holds the door open for them. Your father looks worried for some reason. Moon stands tall beside you masking her discomfort with years of practice. Your mother looks relieved at the sight of you.

She holds her arms open for you "Look at you! You look so grown up!" She holds you tightly "OOO I miss you so much!"

You hug her back "Hello Mother."

Your father spins you around by the shoulders "How are you pumpkin? Are they treating you well?"

You smile softly "They treat me very well. Moon is a very respectable person and I'm looking forward to our upcoming wedding."

Your Mother looks a little hurt "You've started wedding planning without me?"

You glance over at her "Considering the marriage is between Moon and I? Yes, yes I have. I assume you got to plan your own wedding?"

Your mom nods "Of course. It was my wedding."

You turn to face her "Then why would you assume I wouldn't want the same thing for myself?"

She shrinks in on herself slightly "I'm your mother. I know what's best for you."

You purse your lips biting back all the things you could say right now "No, you don't. Not anymore."

Eclipse points to the dining room "Dinner is ready if you would follow me. I think we have much to discuss with the happy couple."

The dining room table has a large plate with a metal cover over it. Your parents look excited to see what's for dinner. Eclipse almost has a manic glee as he reveals the burgers. Your mother's face drops in disgust.

Your father points to the burgers "Burgers?"

Moon takes two burgers putting one on your plate "Yes. We love burgers."

You plate Moon and yourself some fries "These are hecking good burgers! Sun is teaching me how to make them!"

Sun beams with pride "Thank you, Yin! I love cooking with you."

Your mother pokes the burger "It looks good."

You take a big bite of food with a happy hum. Moon presses her leg against yours under the table. Eclipse and Sun both took a bite.

Moon swallows her bite "Aren't you hungry?"

Your father took a bite "MMM! It has been forever since I've had a burger!"

Your mother makes a disgusted face before taking a bite of the burger. Her discomfort is unmistakable. You hide your satisfied grin with a sip of your drink. Eclipse makes no effort to hide the smug look on his face.

Your mother sets the burger down "So, what plans have you made for the wedding so far?"

Moon sets her burger down "Our wedding colors are dark green and silver."

"Oh. Whatever makes you happy." Mother says.

Your father smiles "We are willing to put thirty thousand toward your wedding."

Moon smiles "Thank you, but no thank you. What kind of husband would I be if I didn't provide for my future wife? The ceremony will be small."

You nod "We don't want a big to-do."

Your mother takes a sip of her drink "So around 160 guests then."

You frown "No, closer to 70 at most."

Eclipse smiles "I look forward to joining our families. I feel we will all prosper from this union. Your daughter is a delight to be around." He sips his drink eyeing your parents over the rim of his glass "She's very smart."

Your father beams "We raised her well!"

Sun leans on his elbow "She knows a lot about how to run a business."

Your father looks a little uncomfortable "She did go through a lot of training."

Your mother smiles warily "It's late dear. We really should be heading to the hotel." She looks over at you "I'd hate for us to be late for the bridal appointment."

You walk your parents to the door "It was nice seeing you again. I look forward to tomorrow."

Your mother waves over her shoulder "See you tomorrow!"

You close the door and lean on it "That went better than expected. I thought for sure my mother was going to storm off at the sight of burgers."

Moon walks up to you kissing your forehead "You did well."

Sun huffs "Your mother is really controlling!"

You lean into Moon 'I can tell she's mad she doesn't have control."

Moon gently pulls you to the dining room "Let's clean up."

The four of you clean up the mess from dinner while chatting. Afterward you and Moon head upstairs to watch a movie together falling asleep in each other's arms. At about two in the morning, a gasp wakes you up. You rub your eyes and sit up in bed. Moon's eyes shine bright in alarm.

You gently touch her arm "Are you ok?"

Moon blinks the light out of her eyes "Nightmare."

You wrap your arms around her "Wanna talk about it?"

Moon lays the two of you back down wrapping herself around you "Your parents took you and hid you from me. I couldn't find you. It was like you never existed in the first place."

You kiss her neck "Well I'm here now." You nibble her neck gently "I'm with you forever."

Moon moans softly "Moonlight."

You tuck your head under her chin "Sleep. I don't want to wake up the house."

Moon blushes "Goodnight."

"Goodnight." You mumble sleepily.

Chapter 272: The Lake House PT8

Summary:

This one has threats of violence and death.

Chapter Text

Things were running smoothly. Invitations had gone out, the cake was ordered, the dinner menu was done, and you had finally figured out the seating chart. Moon had gone dress shopping with Sun. You had gone with your mother and two aunts. Your mother tried so hard to steamroll all your choices. She wanted something frilly and poofy. You wanted something less poofy. The poof of the dress she wanted for you made it so people could only get within three or four feet of you. It was ugly.

Your father tried to convince you to give in to your mother. She was making home life difficult for everyone. You ignored him. Moon has Sun as her man of honor. You have your mother. Much to your mother's displeasure, you don't have a bachelorette party. It's just not your cup of tea. Today you are meeting Moon's grandfather. It will just be you, Moon, and her grandfather. The wedding is less than a week away and your nerves are running wild.

The home you pull up to is an old Tudor style manor. It looks like it crawled out of the movie and book Rose Red. All the doorways are around eighteen feet tall. The windows are quite tall too. It makes you extremely nervous. How the hell tall is this person? Moon takes your hand and kisses the side of your head. She knocks on the large double doors.

A maid opens the door "Young master Moon! So good to see you. Follow me. Your grandfather is expecting you."

Everything in this home is made for someone much taller than yourself. It makes you feel like a child. You're glad you don't have to go upstairs. It would've been quite the workout. The two of you are led to the parlor. Inside is a gigantic animatronic. He's fifteen feet tall. His skin is a dark blue that almost looks black. It has little white stars and planets on it. His eyes are dark glowing violet. He has two rings around his head that are smokey grey and attached by four rods. He has three arms. One on the left, one on the right, and one sticking out of the middle of his chest. He has on a tailored cream-colored suit. He stares at you harshly.

The animatronic stands up "Moon. Is this your woman? She's so small."

Moon wraps an arm around you "She may be small but she's smart and feisty."

The animatronic leans down to look at you "My name, young lady, is Jupiter Celeste. You will call me Mr. Celeste. Please sit down."

Moon leads you to a couch across from Jupiter. She sits down first, then pulls you up onto the couch. It's very tall and Moon doesn't want you to look foolish climbing up onto it. The couch is so large your feet can't touch the ground. Jupiter grips the arms of the leather chair he's in firmly, The rings around his read rotate slowly as he stares at the two of you.

Moon takes your hand in hers "This is Yin Lastalang. My future wife."

Jupiter raises a brow "Lastalang? Doesn't your family own a successful company? One that does the same thing as mine?"

You take a breath "Yes. Right now it belongs to my father. Soon it will belong to my brother."

Jupiter narrows his eyes "And what about you?"

You tilt your head "What about me? I was trained from a young age to run the company. Taught every aspect of what we do and why. Then had my father tell me he was giving it to my brother so it could keep the family name. Three days later I was told I was going to be marrying Moon and inheriting nothing."

Jupiter snickers "You sound bitter."

You smile softly "Because I am." You lock eyes with the terrifying man in front of you "Make no mistake though. I want to marry Moon. I've come to love him. Even if you say no I'll do it anyway."

Jupiter frowns "If I say no?" He stands up walking up to you "If I say no then that means no." He wraps his middle hand around you picking you up "I could kill you right now. How do I know you aren't trying to steal my company for your family?"

You glare at him "I'll sign a prenup. One that says I do not get the company. No stakes of any kind."

Jupiter brings you to his face so your noses are touching "If you do anything to screw my company over." He opens his mouth and holds you up to it "Then I'll eat you alive." His tongue snakes out and he licks your calf "I'll make Moon eat your face!"

You shudder "Don't think so little of me!"

Jupiter laughs and drops you onto the couch "I agree to your wedding. I'll have the prenup ready tomorrow." His eyes snap to Moon "Moon! Take your lady to the car. Tomorrow when the prenup is signed, I'll sign the company over to you. DON'T DISAPPOINT ME!"

Moon picks you up and runs out of the room. She's shaking like a leaf. She shoves you into the car and speeds off. A mile away from the manor Moon pulls over to the side of the road.

She pulls you from the car and holds you close in the grass "He could have killed you!"

You hold Moon close "I can see why you hid your gender so hard. He's a psychopath!"

You don't even notice you're crying until Moon wipes them from your face. Neither of you are looking forward to seeing him again. You already want to go no contact with the fuck. When the two of you are calm enough you drive the two of you back home. Sun and Eclipse are not happy when you tell them what happened. As you watch them comfort you and Moon you can't help but wonder how Eclipse and his kids turned out the way they did.

Chapter 273: The Lake House PT9

Summary:

There are probably 2-3 chapters left.

Chapter Text

This time everyone goes to the manor. Eclipse will not risk the lives of you or his children again. You and Moon are still shaken up by the previous day. However, you refuse to show Jupiter your submission to the man. You will show him your worth no matter how scary he is or how much he makes you cry.

Eclipse doesn't bother knocking on the door. He leads the four of you into the manor. Sun walks beside Eclipse. You and Moon walk behind them holding hands. Eclipse holds the door to the study open for you.

Sun stands tall with his hands at his side "Grandfather."

Jupiter is sitting in a chair leaning on his elbow with his head in his hand "I thought I told you never to show your face again. You useless fuck."

Sun sits down on the couch "I didn't come here for you."

Eclipse sits down beside Sun "Father."

Jupiter sits up a little more in interest "Eclipse my son. What brings you here boy?"

Eclipse helps you onto the couch "Her."

Jupiter looks at you "You have them wrapped around your finger, don't you?"

You sit up tall "I didn't ask them to come with me. Neither did Moon."

Jupiter holds out a stack of paperwork "Sign."

You take it from him and begin to read.

Jupiter frowns "What are you doing?"

You look up for a moment "Reading. I never sign anything without reading it first."

Jupiter leans back in his chair "Well, I'm not explaining the big words to you."

You flip the page "I don't need you to." You squint at the words "Wait! I'm not letting you have my future children." You circle that part "Nice try though."

Jupiter looks a little pleased.

You pause again "What? Why would you want a bison?" You circle it "Hold up! If we divorce I only get a dollar? No! Not happening."

By the time you are done reading the document, you have circled ten items you disagree with.

You hold the document out "Take this back. I'm not signing it."

Jupiter grins at you "You did well. Here is the real document."

The document is one paragraph that says you get nothing from the company and can make no decisions or changes. If you propose an idea that works, you get a pat on the back. Your name will appear nowhere in any document at the company ever.

You sign the document "Nothing about a divorce?"

Jupiter hands Moon documents to pass on the company to Moon "You read the entire shitty boring crap I gave you. If Moon is stupid enough to leave you, he deserves to die in the streets."

Moon reads the document before signing the thing.

Jupiter looks at Sun "You know, If you came to live here I could make you a real man. Teach you how to take what you want and be less of a sissy like my Son."

Sun crosses his arms "You know I don't want that. I'm happy with my life and what I have."

Moon passes the papers over "The company is mine now."

Jupiter slowly claps "If you fuck this up."

The threat hangs heavy in the air as you all leave the manor. You really hate that guy. One day left before the wedding and you and Moon are elated! Tonight is your rehearsal dinner. You had already gone through the wedding rehearsal with the bridal party. The restaurant is nice and made for large animatronics. You invited Jupiter but he didn't come. It's pretty uneventful. Your mother laments not having more involvement in your wedding. Your brother is nice enough to you. Your father, while complementing you, also tries to steer the conversation toward how great your mother and brother are. You get the feeling he's jealous of your happiness.

That night you and Moon spend the night in the hotel near the wedding venue. Moon drives the two of you to the hotel. The room is on the top floor in a corner. The room has a large bedroom with an equally large bathroom.

Moon sets your bags down in the room "I'm so excited for tomorrow I don't think I can sleep!"

You grin "Me neither!" You jump into her arms "I'm so happy to be your wife!"

Moon laughs "Mee too."

You pull Moon to the bed "I have a surprise for you."

Moon smiles "A surprise?"

You nod "Mhm! Take off your shirt and lie back."

Moon chuckles "Alright."

She slips her shirt off and lies down on the bed. You fetch her true chest with breasts and all the tools needed to sap chest for her. You excitedly lay the items down on the bed.

Moon blushes "What are you doing?"

You kiss her cheek "Sun taught me how to do this! I wanted to be the last person to put your true chest on and finally let the real you shine."

Moon gasps softly "What? You learned this for me?"

You nod and begin to remove her old chest "I'm sure this is not how you wanted me to see your boobs for the first time. But I really wanted to do this for you because... I love you, Moon."

Moon scrunched her face at you before starting to cry "I love you too!"

With her new chest finally on you set the old one aside along with the tools "There you are gorgeous!" You straddle her hips "I know we wanted to wait for our wedding night to make love. But I think we'd be doing ourselves a disservice if we didn't kiss goodnight."

Moon blushes with tears "Can I see your chest too? I want to feel you on me."

You sit up and tug your tops off "Allways." You lie down on her with a smile "You feel wonderful you know."

Moon holds you close to her "You are too good for me."

She pulls you into a kiss. Her lips engulf yours. they are so soft and warm. Moon's nipples rub against yours. The friction causes the both of you to moan softly as you kiss. Moon's hand grips your hair softly while her other arm holds you tighter against her. Reluctantly Moon pulls back and lets you go. The two of you get ready for bed together and fall asleep in each other's arms. The morning will bring great things.

Chapter 274: The Lake House PT10

Chapter Text

To say you are worried would be an understatement. Moon finally gets to come out as the woman she was from the start. No more hiding who she is. At the moment you are in a room with your mother. She's doing your makeup and hair.

She sets the eyeshadow down "You look so perfect." She frowns "I know we haven't been the best parents. I wanted you to have this." She pulls a string of pearls out of her purse "On my wedding day my mother gave me a string of pearls." She clasps it around your neck "Now I'm giving one to you."

You tear up a little. Both for the sentimental moment you've missed since your brother was born. And the fact that you are about to ruin any future moments like this by coming out lesbian. This will torpedo all your relationships with your family. God only knows what Jupiter is going to do.

Your mother dabs at your eye with a tissue "Oh pumpkin. You're going to ruin your makeup! Then I'll ruin mine too." She looks at the clock "It's almost time dear. Let's get your dress on."

You nod and stand up with a shuddering breath "I love you, Mom."

Your mother pauses "I love you too."

You look perfect. Excitement bubbles up inside you as you leave the room. Moon is waiting somewhere and you are excited to see her. You take a peek out into the field where the wedding is. Your heart skips a beat in fear when you spot Jupiter in the front row on Moon's side.

Your father touches your shoulder "You'll do fine."

You look back at him "Thank you."

He links arms with you "I haven't seen Moon yet."

You smile softly "Moon is here. I promise."

Everything is going as planned. The wedding march starts to play and your father leads you down the aisle. Everyone stands up as you walk. You can see Jupiter fuming looking around for Moon. You prepare yourself for the shit show about to happen.

Jupiter growls loudly at you "Where the fuck is MOON!?"

Your father stands at the altar awkwardly "Pumpkin? Where is Moon?"

You point down the aisle as Eclipse walks in with Moon. She dabs at her eye with a tissue. Sun walks in front of the two moving to stand on the left side of the altar. All the guests break out in whispers.

Your father grips your elbow tightly "Yin! You better have a good explanation for what is going on young lady!" He leans in "I will not have you making a fool out of this family!"

You hiss in pain "You're hurting me!" You try to tug your arm out of his grip "Let me go!" You break free of his grip "Moon is exactly how she should be!"

Moon sprints past Sun and up to you "Are you alright?"

You wiggle your arms around "I'm good."

Jupiter stomps up to the alter "What in the fuck do you think you are doing boy?!"

Moon takes your hand "We already signed the marriage certificate. I am a woman! I have been from the start! We hid this from everyone because of you!" Moon glares at Jupiter "I have the company just like I wanted! I don't need you in my life anymore!"

Jupiter seethes in rage "I should have known you were a sissy little bitch!" He turns to Eclipse "You fucked up your children so bad. I should have killed you years ago!" He runs up to Sun "I'm fixing this one!" He picks Sun up by his legs "You are coming with me!"

Sun squawks and flails "Let me go! DAD!"

Eclipse gasps "SUN! PUT HIM DOWN!"

Jupiter starts to run away. Eclipse jumps on Jupiter's back and pulls him into a headlock.

Your father takes you by the arm again "You are coming with me! I did not raise you to be a freak! We can fix you!"

You pull your arm "No! I'm not going with you!"

Moon pulls your arm free and shoves you behind her "YOU AREN"T MAKING MY WIFE DISAPPEAR!"

Sun pries Jupiter's hand open "FUCK OFF OLD MAN!"

Eclipse strongarms Jupiter to the ground "Leave now and never come back!"

Sun kicks Jupiter in the eye "I'll never be like you!"

Jupiter growls "You are more like me than you think, boy! I know one day you'll come crawling back to me."

From the road come sirens. Several police officers, both human and animatronic, flood the wedding. Your father and Jupiter and carted away. Your mother looks at you in shame and follows her husband. You and Moon jog up to Sun. The guests talk loudly.

You look the bot over "Are you alright?"

Sun laughs "I'll be fine." He wiggles his legs "Might need some repairs though."

Eclipse pulls Sun into his arms "I'm so sorry! I should have protected you from Jupiter better." His shoulders shake with tears "I failed you both! I'm sorry!"

Moon wraps her arms around her family "You did your best."

You turn to the guests "This is a lesbian wedding! If you have a problem with that GO AWAY!"

Police take statements from everyone. In the end, you are left with twenty out of seventy guests total. Some left because they don't agree with your marriage and some left for medical or emotional reasons related to the drama. You and Moon are not bothered too much. You had already expected this would happen. The two of you stand facing each other while Sun officiates the wedding.

You pull Moon close for the first kiss "You look wonderful."

Moon leans in close "I never could have done this without you."

You pull Moon into a tender kiss. Everyone cheers and claps loudly. Your brother hollers loudly. Moon picks you up, you have no hopes of picking her up, and runs off to a quiet corner to wait for the reception. The two of you sit under a tree in the grass together. Sun and Eclipse join you. The two of them aren't willing to leave you and Moon alone just yet.

Chapter 275: The Lake House PT11

Chapter Text

You hold Moon in your arms with your head on her breasts as you wait for the DJ to call you into the reception hall "How does it feel to never have to hide again?"

Moon pets your hair "Like this isn't real. Like I'm going to wake up tomorrow a man and all of this is a dream."

You kiss her lips "This is real. I'm here. We are alive!"

"Alright, party people! Time to welcome Misses and Misses Celeste!" The DJ shouts excitedly.

You and Moon walk into the venue arm in arm. The crowd cheers loudly for the two of you. You and Moon greet many guests. They complement her bravery for coming out as a woman. Your first dance is magical. You and Moon slowly dance with your foreheads touching. Moon dances the father-daughter dance with Eclipse. You feel dejected that your own father won't do this for you. You knew he wouldn't but you had hoped he'd do it for you.

Your brother taps your shoulder "I'm not Dad. Hell, I'm not even older than you! But I'd love to dance with you in his place."

You nod and he pulls you onto the dance floor "It seems we were both playing a part weren't we?"

You tilt your head "What do you mean?"

Danyel twirls you "The trip, the one I took with the men of the family, grandad almost killed a man. Dad acted like it was normal! I was so scared that I called the cops a week later."

You recoil "WHAT THE FUCK?!"

Danyel nods "I've been gathering information. I finally got enough info. I'm cutting ties with our parents. You should do the same."

You nod "I had already planned on it."

Danyel nods "Do you want any part in the company? Father signed it over to me last year."

You hug him tightly "I'll think about it."

Eclipse pulls you into a dance "How are you holding up?"

You glance at Moon who's dancing with Sun "Shit's rough. My family is going to jail and Father might have killed a man. At least I have my brother. He offered me part of the company. I told him I'd think about it."

Eclipse dips you before pulling you back up "At least you aren't alone."

You hug him close "Thank god for that!"

Sun sneaks up behind you and steals you from Eclipse "MINE!"

You squeal in laughter "Sun!"

He puts you down "Chicken dance! You need to laugh today!"

You laugh loudly as you and Sun do the chicken dance. He clucks the entire time. Even going as far as to hand you an egg-shaped rock at the end.

Moon tosses the rock back to Sun when she sees it "I'M NOT TAKING CARE OF YOUR BABY! YOU ARE A TERRIBLE FATHER!"

The rest of the reception goes well. You and Moon have a lot of fun together. At the end of the night you, Moon, Sun, Eclipse, and Danyel help clean up the party mess. Eclipse takes the wedding gifts back to his house with Sun. Your brother goes to his hotel room. You and Moon drive to your own hotel room. Tomorrow afternoon you leave for your honeymoon.

Moon stands awkwardly in the room "I'm not sure what to do honestly. I've never been with a woman before."

You smile softly "Neither have I."

Moon bites her lip "Let me take your dress off."

You turn your back to her. Moon unzips your dress and pulls it off of you gently. You turn to face her in your underwear with a blush. Blue panties with a white bra. Moon blushes and turns around for you. Gently you take her dress off too. She has on a lacy matching bra and panty set in your favorite color. The two of you stare at each other for a moment taking in your bodies. You walk up to Moon and unhook her bra. She eagerly pulls yours off. Her large hands grope your breasts and she licks her lips.

Moon picks you up by the waist and puts you down on the bed. You try to pull her into a kiss but she has other ideas. Moon lays on her back and pulls your chest to her waiting mouth.

She smothers her face in your breasts "I could die happy in these."

You laugh "You don't breathe."

Moon opens her mouth "All the better then!"

She licks your left nipple sucking it into her mouth. You moan softly. Moon wraps her arms around your back pushing you closer to her. She lets out needy little whines and whimpers. You grind down on Moon as she rubs her thighs together. You swing your leg between Moon's to give her something to grind on. You want to eat her out but want her to be wet when you do. Moon grinds against your leg and moves on to your right breast.

You grip the sheets on either side of Moon's head "Fuck Moon! I need to taste you. Can I eat your pretty pussy? Please?" You cry out desperately.

Moon lets you go a little nervously "You want to?"

You slide down her body hooking your hands in her panties "Yes!"

Moon nods shyly "A-alright."

Moon lifts her hips as you pull her panties down. Moon blushes as she crosses her legs before spreading them your you. Her blue glittery pussy is damp with her slick cum. You move between her legs and lick your lips.

You lock eyes with her "Eyes on me pretty thing."

Moon covers her mouth "Me pretty?"

You nod and kiss her inner thigh. Moon grips the sheets as she looks at you. You look her in the eyes as you lick a long stripe from her hole to her clit. Moon moans loudly struggling to keep her eyes open at the new sensation. You lick and kiss around her clit never quite touching it. Moon writhes as your tongue laps at her clit.

Moon pats your head "Whay... What about you?"

You look up at Moon "What about me?"

Moon hooks her hands under your armpits and pulls you into her arms. She spins you around and lies back down. She pulls your cunt to her face.

You kiss her belly "I like the idea love, but I can't reach your pussy."

Moon pouts "What?" She looks down at you "Oh... I really wanted to try that."

You shrug "I'm sure we'll figure something out eventually."

Moon hums "Fine." Moon pulls you back to her mouth "But I want a turn." Moon tugs you to sit up on her face " Hold on tight starlight."

You grip the headboard tightly. Moon groans as she finally tastes you. She must like the way you taste because Moon stuffs your cunt with her tongue. Her tongue thrusts inside you at a steady pace. You moan loudly and lean your head on the wall. You lean back and balance yourself by grabbing her breasts. Moon gasps as you pinch and twist her nipples. Moon arched her back into your hands. She pulls her tongue out of you and threw her head back with a loud cry.

You climb off of Moon and move her onto her side. Moon blushes as you slot yourself between her legs. You hold one of her legs over your shoulder. Moon's hole quivers as you spread her lips to look at her. You smile and kiss her calf tenderly. Moon covers her face for a moment pulling her hands away as you kiss her lower lips with your lower lips. You wrap an arm around her leg and reach out to her with your other.

Moon takes your hand propping herself up on her elbow. You grind down onto her. You both moan loudly at the new experience. Moon eagerly thrusts up to meet your hips. It feels so good! Your clits rub together spreading your cum around on each other. You lick and kiss her calf as you moan and fuck your wife.

You push yourself closer to her "Mine! My wife! MINE!"

Moon moans "I'm yours! All yours! Oh, fuck! Don't stop!" She thrusts faster "Yours! I belong to you!"

You bite down on her calf as you fuck her harder "Love you!"

Moon squeezes your hand "Love you too!"

You can feel a powerful orgasm building. Your heart swells knowing Moon is the one you are fucking. Even more so, that she's fucking you back. Sparks run along Moon's wires. Error messages flood most of her vision.

She locks eyes with you "Cum with me! Please!"

You nod and move faster and harder "Oohhh! MOON!"

You cum hard on Moon. Slick cum spills out of you and onto her pussy. Moon's voice box turns to static as she tries to say your name. Her clit throbs as she cums at the same time as you do. Both of you pant and twitch as you hold yourself against her. Moon moves her leg and pulls you into her arms. You wrap yourself around her. You want to say something but decide not to. The two of you fall asleep in each other's arms. There are great things in your future. You just know it.

Chapter 276: Ass Cheeks

Summary:

Here take this stupid shit. At the end is my 12am idea for MerMay.

Chapter Text

Sunwoke up slowly down in P&S. One by one his systems turned on.

"How do you feel?" Moon asked in their headspace.

Sun sat up slowly "Fine I think."

"Alright Sun," The worker began. "You have a new battery! You'll need less charging. That means you can spend more time with the kids!"

"Oh wow! Yay!" Sun said a little sarcastically.

Anytime they got an upgrade, it was to test out a new function for the Glamrocks.

As Sun walked back to the Daycare he noticed a soft sound every now and then when he ran. What had they done to him and Moon? You were coming to see them in a minute. He could ask you if they couldn't figure it out.

As he flew up to their room he noticed his balance was off. He was a little bottom-heavy. He found it concerning. Even Moon was worried. The last upgrade, which was quickly removed, was a pair of boobs. They hated them. They got in the way of everything they did.

You had some fun though. Sun pushed past the curtain to their space and walked to the tall standing mirror. You had gotten it for them after Moon asked for one. Sun shrieked loudly when he saw himself. His hands flew to his butt. IT WAS HUGE!

He spun his torso around to stare at it. Why did they make it so big!? Sun touched his butt. It was soft and jiggly. The lights turned off and Moon came out. He wiggled around. His asscheeks clapped as he vigorously moved. The battery was in their ass and covered in silicone.

Moon moved to put his hand down his pants to get a better look at the new ass. However, he was stopped by the sound of you coming up the stairs. Moon quickly spun around to hide their big butt. You cooed at them as you opened the door.

Moon plopped down on the floor and smiled brightly as you entered "Starlight!"

You opened your arms "Moonie!"

Moon stayed where he was "I missed you~"

You tilted your head "You ok?"

Moon nodded leaning to hide his butt "How was your day?"

You walked over and sat down "Good. Are you hiding something?"

Moon gasps loudly "WHAT?! No!"

You frown "Really? You expect me to believe that?"

In a panic Moon pulled you into a kiss "Sweet perfect starlight."

You closed your eyes leaning into the kiss. Elated Moon moaned into the kiss. He had you fooled.

You pulled back with a chuckle "Nice try, now what are you hiding?"

Moon looked around for something to save him "Oh! Uh..." He spotted a stray toy "Sun wants to tell you!" He threw it at the light switch "Okloveyoubye!"

Sun squeaked at the sight of you "Ep! Hi..."

You smiled "Hi Sun. What are you hiding?"

Sun looked away from you with a blush "Well... uh... We got a battery upgrade."

You lean forward with a hand on his knee "Yeah?"

Sun nodded and sighed loudly. He stood up and turned around. His ass was incredible. Without another thought you smushed your face in his cheeks with a groan.

Sun squeaked "SUNSHINE!"

You rubbed his cheeks "Booty."

Sun sighed "You like it?"

You nuzzled his ass in a fit of giggles "MMMmmmm. Love it."

you paw at his pants "I want you."

Sun paused "Then take us!"

~~~~~~~~~~

Had to write this fucking idea down. Mermaid Au but sun and moon are scientist mermaids. They capture you while you are scuba diving and take you to Atlantia to study you. They have an air-filled tank with an air filter to keep you in.

Sun: Do you think they could incubate our eggs?
Moon: possibly... It could make a hybrid that could breathe on land and sea...
Sun: we should do it... <.< >.> for science
Moon: of course! Science. <.< >.> Nothing else.
Sun: (‿!‿) ԅ(≖‿≖ԅ) Swigitty Swooty Sunshine!

Chapter 277: Ass Cheeks pt2

Summary:

You, a male, fuck Sun's fat ass.

Chapter Text

"Are you sure?" you asked seriously.

Sun turned around and crouched down cradling your cheek in his large hand "We get to play with you all the time." He kissed you on the lips "I'd be honored to have you take me sunshine." He narrowed his eyes seductively "Let's take this somewhere more comfortable."

You follow Sun into the tunnel to their bedroom "Oh~ This is a view I could really get behind."

Sun wiggled his ass making it jiggle "Well I'd much prefer you to really get in it."

You growl playfully "Well then! Good thing your ass is so big now!"

Sun pulls you through the tunnel "Why's that?"

You dangle in his arms like a ferret "Because I'm not going to tap that ass. I'm going to pound it."

Sun blushes and sets you down "Sunshine! Please!"

You rub his ass in your hand "Take your clothes off." You start to take your own clothes off "Is there anything, in particular, you'd like from me?"

Sun blushes with a whine "Breed me, Master."

You toss your clothes aside "Master? Well, be good for your master and bend over on the bed."

Sun flings himself on the bed "Yes master!"

You crouch behind Sun. His ass is glorious. You need to see what they gave him. You take his cheeks in your hand and rub them. Sun props himself up on his arms. You nibble his left buttcheek with a happy growl. Your cock steadily gets hard in his pants. Betwixt his cheeks is an asshole. You have no clue why they gave him one but choose not to question it. Sun's cock twitches as you lick his hole. You moan and smush your face in his cheeks. You lick his asshole gently prodding with your tongue.

Sun leans into your tongue. He moans when you prod his hole with your tongue. Slowly your tongue slips inside. you kneed his cheeks as you eat him out. Both of your cocks are hard now and aching painfully for more. You stand up and press your chest on Sun's back.

You stuff his ass with three fingers to gently stretch his asshole "Are you ready for me pet?"

Sun nods "I need you! Please, Master!"

You spread his asscheeks "Brace yourself pet."

Sun grips the sheets as you push into his hole. Sun groans at the intrusion. Sun's ass is so big you can only fit two-thirds of your cock inside him. Sun moans loudly as you get as deep as you can inside him. You hold Sun by the waist and rest your head on his back. Sun pets your hair while you take a moment to collect yourself.

You slowly thrust inside Sun "You feel incredible pet."

Sun moans "Master!"

You thrust harder and press his cheeks together "You are being such a good boy for me pet!"

Sun moans and grips the sheets. You thrust faster and harder. Your hips slap against his cheeks. You raise a hand and slap his ass as hard as you can. The jiggle feels nice on your cock.

Sun moans loudly "MORE MASTER!"

You thrust as hard as you can reaching around to take his cock in your hand. His cock wraps around your hand as you fondle him. Sun thrusts back to meet your thrusts pushing you a little deeper. Your spine starts to tingle as you reach your peak. Sun thrusts into your hand as you fuck him deeply.

Sun groans "I'm close!"

You slap his ass again and watch it giggle. The tingly feeling spreads throughout your body as you cum hard. You pull out and jerk off don't Sun's fat ass. Thick ropes of cum coat his ass. Sun cums on the side of the bed with a loud cry. You watch your cum drip down his asshole and down his cheeks. Sun groans as his balls empty onto the floor.

You push your cum back inside him and grin "What a good pet you are! Letting me fuck you like that. Let me clean you up and we can sleep. I'll fuck Moon later."

Chapter 278: Three Dons And A Gun

Summary:

I was chatting with a friend a while a go. Jack posed the question what if Eclipse, Paradox, and Jupiter were mafia dons? Paradox would be the nicest followed by Eclipse with Jupiter being the worst. I wound up writing this little diddy for fun. Warning for death.

Chapter Text

You wrap your arms around Don Eclipse "We'll be out in the garden." You kiss his cheek "Call if you need me bambino."

Eclipse hums "Alright. C'mere darling!" He pulls you into his lap for a kiss. His tongue swirls around in your mouth.

Don Jupiter scoffs "You two are disgusting!"

You roll your eyes and pull back "Grow up. You're lucky I'm not fucking him right now. I've done it before and I'll do it again!"

Don Paradox laughs "They're in love! Let them be happy."

You stand up "I'll be fixing dinner soon. A nice grilled prime rib. Have a good chat."

Eclipse rubs your hip tenderly "Thank you, darling. Could you bring us the scotch and some glasses please?"

You nod "Of course! I'll be right back."

Out in the hallway are the partners of Paradox and Jupiter. Paradox is dating a sweet Southern boy from Mississippi. Jupiter is dating a very mousy young woman from Europe.

You smile sweetly "I need to go get the boys drinks. I'll be right back. Feel free to go out to the garden if you want."

Randel smiles "How bou't I give ya a hand? S' the least Ah can do!"

You nod "Fine by me! Follow me."

The three of you head to the kitchen and fetch the drinks. You return to the parlor and enter without knocking.

Jupiter fumes "You stupid cunt! Knock before coming into a room!"

You laugh loudly "Silly billygoat! This is my house! Why on earth would I do that?" You set the tray down in front of Eclipse "Now if this were a guest bedroom then yeah, I'll knock."

Jupiter glares at Eclipse "Get your bitch under control."

Eclipse snickers "You misunderstand who's in control in this relationship."

You drape your arms over his chest "I'm his dom." You tug Eclipse by his rays to look up at you "He's my husband and my bitch. He has no more control over me than I have over him." You reach into Eclipse's mouth and pull his tongue out "Although sometimes he's in control. It's a give and take." You suck his tongue lewdly.

Randel kisses Paradox on the cheek "See you soon."

You giggle at Jupiter's discomfort as you leave the room. Hellen never entered the room. In fact, she looks appalled at your utter disrespect of the three Dons. The three of you head outside and sit down in your Death Gazebo. It's surrounded and covered in poisonous flowers.

You huff "I'm sorry but Jupiter is grating on my nerves. I'm not sure how you can stan that man."

Hellen smiles softly and sips her water "You just don't know him like I do."

Randel frowns "As soon as you entered the house you stayed behind him. He never said a word to you."

You lean on the table "Is he hurting you? If you are in danger you could stay here. Eclipse and I could take care of you."

Randel smiles warmly "Dox and ah offer the same."

Hellen bursts into tears. Randel puts an arm around her.

You frown in the direction of the parlor "Someone needs to get talked down a peg." You pull your phone out and call Ginger "Ginger! Gow is your frog family doing... Good to hear. Listen! I have a job for you... Of course! Now, this prick is called Don Jupiter... Yeah! that bonerfart! ... Everything. ... Thanks! Bye!" You hang up "Let the fun begin."

Randel tilts his head "What have ya done?"

You grin and sip your tea "I have someone digging into Jupiter. I plan to bring him to his knees."

"HELLEN! GET YOUR ASS OVER HERE!" Jupiter screams into the garden.

"I DON'T WANT TO SEE YOUR FUCKING FACE AROUND HERE EVER AGAIN!" Eclipse shouts shaking in rage.

Hellen runs and you give chase. Paradox walks out of the house with a sparking hole where his eye should be. Randel runs to Paradox in tears.

Jupiter sighs loudly "HELLEN!"

You skid to a stop at the front of the house. Hellen is a few feet in front of you. Jupiter growls in frustration. Helen hesitates to go to Jupiter.

Jupiter rolls his eyes and pulls out his pistol shooting Hellen in the head "I don't have time for disloyal useless women!"

Jupiter gets into his Lambo and speeds off almost running over a woman walking with her kids.

You stare down at the corpse on your lawn "He's dead now. What the shit happened?"

Eclipse picks you up "Talks were going well. Then Jupiter mentioned bringing a drug over from overseas that causes your skin to rot off. We disagreed. He called us pussies, shot Paradox in the head, and ran off. I wanted to kill him but my gun was missing."

You growl "Prick. I have Ginger looking into him. He won't last long."

Chapter 279: Surge -Moon Wire Play

Chapter Text

Your day was finally done, and you could return to your room in the daycare. You knew Moon would be there. Sun is hanging out with DJMM and the glamrocks. You opted for sleep over socialization and Sun agreed that was best. Much to Chica’s displeasure.

Sun and Moon had recently been separated. Moon got the short end of the stick. His battery is an older model and can’t keep up with his new upgrades and duties as head of security for the animatronics. A new battery was arriving soon. As to how long soon is, who knows?

You yawn as you enter your little apartment. The tiny living room is empty. So are the kitchen and bathroom. However, the bedroom is not. Moon is laying on his back sprawled out in the middle. His hat draped over a bedpost. You run a hand down his chest. Your fingers circle around the buttons on his chest.

Moon shifts slightly in his sleep but nothing more. You decide he needs a treat. Slowly you climb onto the bed. You hike a leg over Moon’s hips and open his chest. He mumbles something about being cool and his foot twitches. You watch him for a moment.

You brush your fingertips over a yellow wire. Moon moans in his sleep softly. Your fingers softly strum his wires like a guitar. Moon’s cock starts to get hard at your ministrations on his wires. You can feel it start to wiggle against your ass. You put your ass on it to keep it still.

A pretty purple wire catches your attention, and you take it between your fingers. You can’t see what it’s connected to. You roll the wire with your fingers. Moon’s right-hand jerks slightly. You find the other wire that controls his left hand and roll them both at the same time. His hands jerk and he lets out a moan.

Slowly his eyes start to open. Not that you’re paying attention to his face. You have a rainbow at your fingertips. A buzzing and humming rainbow. Moon opens his mouth to say something, but you wrap your hand around three wires and pump them like his cock. Moon throws his head back with a loud cry.

His cock tries to move but your thighs and ass have it pinned to his groin. You scooch down and shove your head in his chest cavity. Your tongue laps at multiple wires. Moon grips the headboard tightly. His back arches as he writhes beneath you. You wrap your lips around a particularly thick wire and nibble it up and down.

Moon’s mouth opens wide in a silent scream. His cock throbs as he cums in his pants. You fist several wires in your hand while the other one holds you up. Your mouth sucking, licking, and nibbling the thick wire. Moon pants loudly as his systems fight to cool him off.

Your fingers tangle, safely, in his wires. His body is humming with electrical overstimulation. The headboard cracks as Moon holds it tightly in his hands. His cock feels sticky with his cum. It pulses with the promise of another orgasm. Electricity surges in his wires and he shuts down. Cum shoots out of his cock and bubbles through the fabric of his pants.

You lean back satisfied. Carefully you clean him up. With a yawn, you join him in bed. He’ll wake up eventually. This isn’t the first or even the second time this has happened, and it certainly won’t be the last.

Chapter 280: Scent

Summary:

Sun steals your panties. Moon encourages him. Sun slowly gets more and more unhinged.

Chapter Text

It was mid-spring when Sun finally decided to go through with his plan. You were asleep in bed after a tryst with Moon. Now would be the perfect time to do it. Sun slowly crawled over to the pile of clothes left by the two of you. A giddy sense of excitement bubbled up inside him.

“What are you doing Sun?” Moon asked in their head confused.

Sun paused before responding in their head “Cleaning up their things. You know they like it when we fold their clothes for them. And since it IS their work uniform it’s the nice thing to do.”

Moon hummed groggily “Good point. I’m going to rest. Thanks for doing this.”

Sun waved Moon off “It’s no trouble. You get some good rest now! I’ll just be cleaning.”

When Moon finally entered rest mode Sun set about his task. He neatly folded everything but your underwear. He held the garment in his hand. After spending so long thinking about it. He was going to do this. You rolled in your sleep.

Sun stared at you. What if you found out? He started to second-guess himself. Before he had even realized he had done it, Sun had stuffed your underwear into his chest. He felt so wrong. And yet, he loved it. Quickly Sun threw his pants on and dove into the ball pit.

It was not unusual for Sun or Moon to occasionally leave you alone in bed. The Daycare was a lot of work for them. Sun sprinted over to the nearest play structure and crawled inside. When he got to a spot where the cameras couldn’t see him, he pulled your underwear out.

The garment was black and made of soft cotton. It felt nice in his hand. Sun brought it to his face and inhaled. It smelled strongly of you. Sun shuddered and pulled his cock out. This was so wrong and so thrilling. He took his cock in his hand and began to thrust into his fist. His other hand held your underwear to his face.

Your musk filled his systems and brought him closer to his end. Sun rolled onto his knees and dropped your underwear onto the floor. He pressed his face into your underwear on the floor and bucked into his hand. His shoulders braced himself on the playmat in the play structure. He nuzzled your underwear hard. His tongue licked at the crotch of your underwear.

That did it for him. It tasted like you. Sun’s hips jerked into his hand. He moaned loudly. The sound was muffled by your underwear. He was practically chewing on it at this point. Sun came hard. The orange cum puddled beneath him. He worked himself through his orgasm.

Your underwear was a mess of spit. He had chewed through the crotch of the garment. Sun panicked. He needed to hide his shame. He could get you a new pair from the gift shop. Sun used the torn underwear to clean up his cum. It was more than he expected.

Sun hid the garment in a bag from the gift shop. The new pair had stars and stripes just like their pants did. He tossed his secret shame in a trashcan in Gater Golf. When you woke up, he told you he couldn’t find the underwear while folding your uniform. He got you a new pair instead.

You thanked him, calling him a good boy. It made him feel naughty to have this little secret from both you and Moon. He’d think about it every time he passed by Gater Golf. Sun wanted to do it again. He had to be tactful about it though. If he kept taking your underwear every night you would get suspicious.

About a month later, he got the urge to take more of your underwear. It was hot outside. You came into the daycare sweaty. Sun could smell it from where he stood. His cock stirred slightly. Moon let out a dopey sigh in their headspace and commented on how good you looked. Sun tried to ignore your smell and the waistband of your underwear peeking out from your uniform.

Moon chuckled as Sun colored a neon green chicken “Pervert.”

Sun paused before responding in their head “What?”

Moon cooed in their head “I saw what you did~”

Sun answered a question from a kid before responding to Moon “What did I do?”

Moon chuckled darkly “The underwear.”

The crayon Sun was holding broke in his hand. How? How did he know? He was careful!

He felt Moon’s glee “I saw the video.”

Sun led the kids in a game of duck duck goose “Sugar!”

Moon laughed “Sugar indeed Sun.”

“Are you going to tell them?” Sun mumbled mournfully.

Moon waited for Sun to finish his turn in the game “No.”

“Why?!” Sun asked stunned.

“Because I liked it,” Moon remarked lowly.

“What?” Sun said shocked.

“Do it again.” Moon goaded. “I’ll help you. Seduce our starshine and I’ll take the underwear.”

Sun was hesitant “Why are you helping me? I know you said you like it but there must be more.”

Moon cooed again “Because I love you.”

Sun nodded as he started the next activity “I love you too. Thank you for helping.”

“Anytime.” Moon cackled.

Sun didn’t get the chance to seduce you. You were extremely tired after work. The hot weather outside drew people into the Plex and it was very busy today. You took a shower and changed into fresh clothes. Sun lamented not getting to make love to you, but he didn’t want to push you into something you didn’t want. This did, however, give Sun the perfect opportunity to steal your underwear.

They’re damp with sweat and smell more like you than the last pair. One press of the garment to his face and he’s already moaning quietly. However, Sun has a little work to take care of first. The daycare needs inventory done so more supplies can be ordered.

It takes far longer than Sun would have liked to finish inventory and paperwork. Sun shudders in excitement every time your underwear shifts in his chest. His cock twists and squeezes itself in his pants. Sun pants with his back to the camera. Soon Sun finishes work.

Sun stumbles to his feet. His mind works faster than his limbs can accommodate. He looks like a newborn fawn stumbling across the daycare. His cock was painfully hard in his pants. He needs more! His areal wire hooks to his back and pulls him to the rafters. Sun gets as comfortable as possible and pulls your underwear out of his chest.

Sun feels giddy and naughty at the same time. He can feel Moon watching silently through his eyes. Sun’s cock is already weeping precum and fully erect. He brings your underwear to his face and inhales deeply. His cock throbs as he shudders in delight. He licks the crotch where it smells the strongest and moans.

His hand squeezes his cock tightly. Sun throws his head back in ecstasy. Electricity surges through his wires in waves. He works himself hard. His tongue lolls out of his mouth. Sun’s mind is filled with you. Hot ropes of cum hit his chest. Sun stuffs your underwear into his mouth and continues to furiously pump his cock.

The electrical surges come faster and faster. A sound from down below breaks through the fog of lust. You are looking over the paperwork Sun was working on. Sun rolls over onto his side and watches you. You have no idea he’s above you and watching. Sun finds it incredibly thrilling. The underwear muffles his cries.

Sun’s hips jerk wildly. He thrusts harshly into his hand. Everything is you and it’s overwhelming. Sun rubs the part of your underwear not in his mouth over his face. His hips move frenziedly. One long electrical surge and he cums harder than last time. It spills over himself and onto the ground below.

You look around at the soft sound but shrug when you find nothing. Sun shuts down and Moon takes over. Moon cackles softly as he cleans himself up with the shredded garment. Moon wanted more. He loved seeing Sun turn so wild and unhinged. One pair of underwear was not enough.

He hatched a plan that he knew Sun would love! Tactfully he waited about a month before doing it. You begged them for sex. Telling them how badly you needed it. Moon agreed ONLY if you both kept your clothes on. Eagerly you rode his thigh. The fabrics felt so good. Sun figured out what Moon was doing quickly. You were so eager to agree to Sun’s request to wear underwear with their faces on them.

Sun excitedly brought you to your end a second time. Wildly dragging you across his clothed cock. Your moans were a melody he needed. You two kissed sloppily. Teeth scraping together. His tongue wrapping around yours. Dipping as far into your mouth and throat as you would allow. You came hard on him passing out shortly after.

Sun took your clothes off practically vibrating in excitement. He had two pairs of underwear covered in your scent. Moon had to take control of their legs and bring them to the nearest play structure. Sun was too excited to use them properly. His thoughts were filled with you.

Inside the play structure, Sun felt overwhelmed. He didn’t know where to start. He brought both pairs to his face and inhaled. He could feel Moon looking through their eyes again. Sun breathed you in and wrapped his hand around his cock. His cock wrapped around his hand in return.

Sun stroked his cock hard, fast, and in any other way he could think of. It wasn’t enough. He needed more. Sun tightly wrapped one of the underwear around his cock. The other pair he puts in his mouth. An idea hits him. He uses the wall to help fold himself almost in half. He stuffs his cock into his mouth with both pairs of underwear.

Your scent fills his circuits again. He fucks his mouth at a brutal pace. His cock and the underwear muffle his moans. It feels so good! He bobs his head up and down his shaft. The soft cotton of your underwear grips him tightly and firmly without hurting. Sun bites down gently. His hips move faster and faster.

His fingers plunge into his asshole stretching him wide. Electrical surges rush through his body in long powerful jolts. His body twitches uncontrollably. The underwear moves in his mouth making it so he can smell you better. His fist punches his hole in time with his thrusting. His eyes flicker off as a powerful surge courses through him. Cum spills out of his cock and fills his mouth. Your underwear are soaked in cum. Sun cums so much that it dribbles out of his mouth.

He shuts down with his cock still in his mouth. Moon takes control. His cock feels too good not to finish what Sun started. Just like Sun had Moon begins to fuck his own mouth. The taste of Sun’s cum in his mouth is arousing. He thrusts sloppily into his mouth. Their body tired from Sun’s previous activities.

Moon presses hard into the spot in their ass that makes them cum quickly. His hips jerk and he slams them into his face as another surge of electricity wracks their body. More cum fills their mouth and spills to the floor. Moon tries to stay awake, but he also shuts down.

When Sun finally wakes up you are looking for them. He can hear you calling. In a panic, he quickly cleans up. The destroyed underwear goes into his chest, and he licks what he couldn’t clean with the underwear. He crawls out of the structure pretending to clean. You believe him. The underwear will be a secret between him and Moon forever.

Chapter 281: Library AU Notes

Summary:

Had a dream about Librarian Sun and Moon. At night for a dollar, you could sit and listen to Moon read horror. A book donation got you a week of Moon's horror reading. I don't know what Sun did... Woke up before I could find out. That dream spawned this.

Chapter Text

Paradox is the head Librarian. He's in charge of the occult, philosophy, and religion sections. Paradox often spouts random facts. Often oversharing or spouting facts others would consider inappropriate or creepy in nature. Paradox runs a club where they ghost hunt and look for cryptids.

"Did you know penguins have teeth? Truly fascinating." Then he'd smile like that was a normal thing to say.

Eclipse runs the Romance, Erotica, history, and archives. Hopefull and looking for love Eclipse has a fondness for poetry. When not working he can often be found daydreaming and scrolling through dating apps. He runs a poetry night on Friday and Saturday nights.

Moon runs the horror and mystery section. He sometimes likes to spook those wandering the third floor. His collection holds books for every age. You can often find him browsing the internet for his next spooky story to read. Every night at seven he runs an event where he reads scary stories.

Sun runs the children's section, the action-adventure section, and the fantasy section. He carries a notebook around with him for when he gets ideas for his next DnD campaign. He often helps people study for whatever they need help with. Always willing to help. Sun runs DnD games every afternoon at six.

Chapter 282: The Library - Moon pt1

Chapter Text

You tap the head of your Austin Powers bobblehead. The head wobbles and nods. You look back up at the document you're working on. Your cubicle feels small and cramped. You work in the finance department of a large company. You make good money and live in a decent apartment. You are trying to save up money for a house of your own. Your cellphone dinged and you looked down at the message.

'Hey! You busy tonight?' - TOM

'No. Not tonight.' - YOU

'Bring a dollar or an old book to donate and meet me at the library at six.' - TOM

'Alright. What are we doing?' -YOU

'Something spooky.' -TOM

'Cryptic.' -YOU

You return to your work. Whatever Tom had planned you hope it's better than the last thing he planned. The prick had brought you to an abandoned house to explore. He did not do his research. It was a set for a TV show and the two of you almost got arrested. A library B&E is not on your list of things to do. Especially not in a town you only moved to three months ago. Corporate wanted to move you to another branch for a higher paying job.

You finish your work around five twenty. Plenty of time to shower and change into something more comfortable. You bring a copy of IT by Stephen King to the library with you. Tom is waiting outside for you.

"Yey! Yin! There you are." He waves excitedly.

You jog up to him and wrap an arm around him "Good to see you! Now why are we here?"

Tom looks up at the Library "This Library is run by animatronics. It has three floors and two basements."

You tilt your head "Two basements? Why two?"

Tom shrugs "No clue. Anyway, Moon runs the horror section of the Library. Every night at seven he runs an event where he reads scary stories. Mostly creepypastas. He's really good at it. It's the perfect chance for horror lovers to hang out and talk about anything." He looks back at you "Sun, his friend, Runs DnD games every afternoon at six. Eclipse, another friend, runs a poetry night on Friday and Saturday nights. Paradox runs a club where they ghost hunt and look for cryptids. It's all pretty cool."

You tilt your head "And which one are we here for?"

Tom grins and leads you to the door "The scary stories in the basement."

Tom opens the door to the Library. The first things you notice are the tall open area and a large map of the library. The Library is built with a circular open area in the center that reaches all the way to a large skylight in the roof. The round section has a play area for smaller kids and some tables. Shelves of books surround it like people gathered around a fire. This is the children's section. Branching out are the action-adventure and fantasy sections. The second floor houses the Romance, Erotica, and History sections. The third, and topmost floor, houses horror and mystery. The basement houses archives and the sub-basement is listed but blank.

"There is no way I'm letting you try to tame a Nightmare as a mount!" Someone yelled.

The sound of a hand slamming on a table "WHY NOT?! I CAN DO IT!"

The first voice sighed exasperated "BECAUSE YOU ARE LEVEL FIVE!! YOU'LL DIE FIRST!"

Tom laughs "DnD."

You roll your eyes "Nightmares live at the base of volcanos. Plus they are, like, constantly on fire. Even if you could tame one you'd need fire resistance or you'd burn alive."

Tom smiles "You play?"

You nod "I was a player for a long time then tried being a DM. Now I'm a player again."

Tom nods "Cool." Tom leads you further into the circular area "Yo Sun! Moon setting up downstairs?"

A yellow animatronic themed like the sun looks up from a table filled with dice, paper, pencils, and books "Yeah! Go ahead and head on down. I'm sure he'd appreciate the help. Is this Yin?"

Tom nods "Yeah."

You wave shyly "Hi."

Sun waves back "Hi. Nice to meet you!"

A bald man crosses his arms "If I use the spell suggestion, I could tame it."

Sun covers his face with his hands "That spell only lasts eight hours. Not to mention the GOD DAMN HORSE IS ON FIRE!"

Tom shakes his head and leads you toward the basement. An elevator goes from the top floor to the basement. There is also a set of stairs. Tom leads you to the elevator and pushes the button. It's clearly an older elevator. It has a lit-up display with an arrow to tell you what floor you are on. The two of you step inside. The elevator creaks and groans for a second before going down. You feel a little nervous in the old thing. If this is how you die at least you have a good book in your hands.

The elevator doors open into a dark room. In the distance is a light. Tom starts to walk in the direction of the light. You follow close behind him. The books down here are very old. As you walk the lights above you turn on. Behind you, after a few minutes, they turn off again. As you get closer you can hear someone moving chairs and humming a creepy tune. You recognize it from some of the spooky stories you've listened to on youtube.

A tall animatronic is arranging chairs in rows. He's blue and white with red eyes. He has on a black velvet suit with a dark blue shine when the light hits it just right. He has on a dark velvet nightcap with red stars on it. Shiny black shoes with red laces on his feet. He turns as you two walk over and smiles warmly.

Chapter 283: The Library - Moon pt2

Chapter Text

"Tom! Good to see you." The animatronic, whom you presume is Moon, looks at you "And who is this radiant creature?"

You blush as Tom slaps a hand on your shoulder "This is Yin. I finally got em to come with me."

"Well." Moon stated with a bright smile "I am Moon." He takes your hand kissing the back "It's a pleasure to meet you."

You cover your face with your book "Oh gosh!" You peek over the top of the book "It's nice to meet you too."

Moon smirks towering over you "Do I make you nervous?"

You run a hand through your hair "It's been a long time since anyone paid me this kind of attention."

Moon beamed "Well, I'm of the opinion that you should be showered in more than just attention."

Tom rolls his eyes "Stop flirting and finish setting up! What do you need us to do?"

Moon's eyes flick up to Tom and back to you "I still need the rest of the chairs set up." He releases his posture puffing his chest out slightly "The snacks could be set out on the table." He looks over at a standing lamp "And I need to check the lights."

Tom nods "Yin can set up snacks. I'll take the rest of the chairs."

You nod and move to the table "Works for me."

The three of you set about setting up the space for the reading. Moon makes no effort to hide his staring and you catch the man looking at you several times. You really hope he's not a player or a fuckboy. Soon more people show up. A woman dressed in a black Lolita dress and two men dressed in casual clothes. They greet Moon warmly and hand over a dollar before chatting quietly with each other.

You approach Moon "Excuse me."

Moon turns from the light he was looking at "Yes?"

You hold your copy of IT out "I brought this instead of the dollar."

Moon takes it from you "A good choice!" He reaches into his coat pocket and pulls out a card "One moment." He leaves for a minute and returns handing you the card with a small hole in it "Take this punch card. Next time you come use this. It has seven uses. The number on the back is my personal number." His hand lingers on yours as he passes the card over "I look forward to hearing from you."

You take your phone out and shoot him a text "Lunch date tomorrow?"

Moon takes his phone out and blushes a little flustered "Oh! I wasn't expecting..." He tugs at the end of his hat "I'm free at 2pm."

You smile brightly "Great! I look forward to it!"

Tom waves you over "What was that?"

You blush "I asked him on a date."

Tom pulls you into a hug "Good for you! I've known him for five years. He's a great guy!" Tom points to the chairs in the back "We should sit in the back. The front fills up quickly with his lady fans."

"Lady fans? Yeah ok. Where is the bathroom?" You ask.

Tom points behind Moon "Back there. You'll see a sign hanging on the ceiling. It's hard to miss. The lights will turn on as you walk."

You thank him and head down the path past Moon. in front of you, the lights turn on and behind you, they turn off. It's more than a little creepy. When you come out of the bathroom a woman is waiting.

She perks up when you come out "Hey. Did Moon really give you is number?"

You eye her suspiciously "Possibly."

She nods "Well. My friend was planning on asking him out. So if you could back off a little that would really help her out."

You nod "No."

Without another word, you walk away. She follows behind you quietly. You take your seat next to Tom. The woman sits next to a woman in a white sundress with black cats on it. Moon turns the lamps on one by one and turns the lights off. He sits down in a director's chair and crosses his legs.

His eyes roam the crowd slowly "Good evening."

A few people respond back.

Moon chuckles darkly "Thank you for joining me tonight." He smiles at you "I have a particularly long story for you this evening." A fog machine coats the floor in vanilla-scented fog "Spire In The Woods."

Moon weaves the tale beautifully. The raspy tones of his voice make for an eerie evening. You hang on his every word. The story gives you the chills. You can see why people come to hear him speak. If he had a Youtube channel then he'd have a lot of views.

When he's done he turns the lights back on "I hope you enjoyed the story. It was written by Tony Lunedi. Feel free to write down any suggestions and put them in the box on the snack table. As a reminder, every dollar goes to the Library and snack table. It helps us keep these activities going. Thank you for your time."

Everyone stands up and begins to mingle. Tom introduces you to several new people. You get invited to a party to watch the film "The Screaming Skull" starring Vincent Price. You glance over as a loud sob echoes throughout the basement. The cat-dressed lady runs away from Moon and out of the basement. Her friend chases after her shooting you a frown. Moon shakes his head and walks over to another group. Later that night you and four other people help put everything away.

Moon walks you to the Library entrance "I hope you had a good time."

You nod with a smile "I did. I'll have an even better time tomorrow."

Moon pulls you to him gently by the back of your head "I look forward to seeing you tomorrow." He kisses the top of your head "Drive safe."

You wave from your car as you drive away. If you had known this is what the Library had in store for you you would have come sooner.

Chapter 284: The Library - Moon pt3

Summary:

This is the last part with Moon. It's smut!

Chapter Text

It was late. The library was not closed but there weren't a lot of people. Mostly students and adults. You were browsing the horror section. You weren't actually looking for a book. You were looking for a dick. A blue or white one if you had to guess. You felt it was time to take your relationship with Moon to the next level. Heavy petting was nice, but you wanted a little more. You found Moon in between the second-to-last and third-to-last bookshelves on the left side of the third floor.

"Can I- Oh! Starlight! What a nice surprise." Moon was wearing a pair of black denim jeans and a dark purple button-down shirt.

You smile and pull him into a hug "Moon! Just the man I was hoping to find."

Moon pulls you into a kiss with his arms wrapped around you "What brings you here?"

You bite your lip "You free?"

Moon rubs your back "Well the library is closing in an hour. Not many come up here. I could spare some time."

You grin "Great. Are there cameras here? Like... pointing... no... looking here?"

Moon tilts his head "Not exactly right here. But if we were to move," He takes a few steps backward "Here. Then we are in view of the cameras."

You pull Moon by his shirt collar back out of view of the camera "So if I were to... Oh, I don't know... try something naughty. The camera wouldn't see it?"

Moon blushed and stuttered out "N-naughty? I-I-I don't. No, it wouldn't."

You drop to your knees "And would you," You touch his zipper "like something naughty?"

Moon leaned with his back against the bookshelf behind him "Th-that depends. What d-did you have in mind?"

You move your hand away and lean back to look up at him "A blow job."

Moon grips the shelf "A BLO-" He leans down and whispers "A blow job? Are you sure?"

You nod "Yes. I want to suck your dick."

Moon shudders "But what if... what if we get caught?"

You smile "We won't be. As long as we're quiet."

Moon can't deny how enticing it sounds. Your lips wrapped around his cock. The two of you just out of sight of the cameras. So close that one small movement too far to the right will give the two of you away. Anyone could come up here and see you two.

Moon licks his lips "Alright."

You scoot forward on your knees and begin to unbutton his pants "Let me know if you want to stop."

Moon nods as he watches you unzip his pants. He bites his lip in a mix of anticipation and worry. His anxiety skyrockets when you gasp softly.

"Moon." You look from his glittery blue cock to his face "Your cock is gorgeous."

You run a finger from the base to the tip. Moon lets out a soft 'AH' as his cock twitches at your touch. The flesh is firm but playable under your finger. Moon throws a hand over his mouth as you lick his cock. Your tongue is warm and soft against Moon's cock. He grips the bookshelf a little tighter. You nuzzle his cock nibbling along his length. Down below you can hear someone saying bye to Sun. Moon fights back a moan as an electrical surge pulses throughout his body. It starts in his thigh and ends in his head.

His length is far longer than anything you've fit in your mouth before. You know you'll have to use your mouth and your hands. You take his writhing cock in your hand. It's hot and heavy and smells divine. The strong musky scent makes your head spin. Moon bites his hand. It feels so good. He opens an eye to look at you. You look so goddamn sexy on your knees licking his cock. He thrusts his hips toward you. The bookshelf behind him moves slightly.

You look up at him "Careful Moon. You wouldn't want to knock the shelf over."

Moon moans loudly at the thought of getting caught. You pause to listen to see if anyone heard. Satisfied you open your mouth wide in invitation. Moon blushes deeply and points to himself. You nod and firmly plant your hands on the ground. You want Moon to fuck your mouth. Despite his confident attitude, Moon is a nervous wreck when it comes to intimacy. Moon takes his cock in his hand and brings it to your mouth. He looks at you for reassurance. You nod and open your mouth a little wider.

Moon hesitantly slides his cock into your mouth. It's so warm, wet, and inviting. He gasps softly as you take more and more of him. You bob your head up and down his length. What you can't fit in your mouth you wrap your hand around. Moon is fighting so hard not to moan his voice does a record scratch sound at the effort. The electrical pulse from before is now stronger than before. Moon's legs shake as he fights to hold himself up. You swallow around him and hum lowly.

Moon thrusts his hips "I-I'm a virgin."

You hum a curious sound and look up at him.

Moon bites his lip "I've never done this before."

You hum in understanding and double your efforts sucking his length hard. Moon hisses and thrusts his hips fucking your mouth. He pulls out completely before thrusting back in.

"How can I help you today?" It's Paradox.

"I'm looking for Dracula." A male asks.

"Third floor toward the left. It's on the third to last shelf near the bottom. Moon is up there. He can help you find it." Paradox says warmly.

"Thank you!" The male says.

"Shit! We need to hurry." You state flustered.

You take Moon by the hips and take his entire length into your mouth and throat. Moon grips your hair and doubles over using you to hold himself up. His hips thrust awkwardly. Moon's pelvis brushes against your nose. Electricity surges in his systems. His eyes blink off and on as error messages flood his systems. The elevator dings open in the distance on the second floor. Moon holds your head as he fucks your mouth. You feel lightheaded and pleasant. This is exactly what you wanted.

Moon thrusts faster. The elevator door dings open on the third floor. Moon twitches and shakes as he cums down your throat. You swallow all of his cum. Moon pulls out of your mouth quickly and stuffs his cock back into his pants. He fixes his clothes and leaves to deal with the customer. You catch your breath feeling hornier than ever. In front of you where Moon's ass just was is Dracula. You take it from the shelf and fix your clothes. Moon turns the corner with the man and you hand over the book with a faintly blue-tinted smile. Moon blushes and thanks you.

Chapter 285: Alpha Omega Beta verse idea I've had for a while

Chapter Text

So, humans have the AOB dynamics. Going into heat, finding their mate, and all that jazz. Well in this universe there are also werewolves. Werewolves are seen as being better than humans. At least they were in the past.

They were seen as what humans evolved from and need to return to. Some people saw them as gods. Nowadays they are seen as desirable. A chance for better social standing. Like marrying a rich person.

Not all werewolves care about social standing just like some humans don’t. Werewolves are born. Somehow over time, they lost the ability to create werewolves on their own. The werewolf gene is dominant and will always make a new one.

Werewolves tend to be a little extra in their emotions and struggle to control them more. They just feel things a little more than humans do. Their added strength lends well to hard labor work or jobs like the military. Although that’s not to say they can’t do other jobs.

Finding your mate is something that results in a party. It’s a thing to be celebrated. Alphas, Omegas, and betas can be any gender. Although biological males can’t get pregnant. It’s just a fact of biology.

The fic I was thinking about pairing with this will have reader as a werewolf alpha and one of the celestial lads as an omega pretending to be an alpha to survive. Any smut will be split between one with a vagina reader and another with a penis reader.

Chapter 286: My Omegas Are Funny pt1

Summary:

This has AOB dynamics. You are the alpha in this.

Chapter Text

You stood in line at the supermarket bored out of your mind. There were two people in front of you with full carts. To your right was a rack of candies. To your left was a rack of magazines. One of them caught your eye. Entertainment Weekly had a gigantic picture of Freddy Fazbear on the cover with the caption 'Could the bear be your true love? Find out inside.' Beneath that, it said something about swatches of scent of the animatronics at your local pizza places. You rolled your eyes and took the magazine for the fun of it.

You forget about the magazine until you are putting groceries away. You find it in a bag with bread. You paid for it so you might as well read it. It's not that entertaining. Mostly stuff about the fashion of the stars. The center fold has a large picture of Freddy Fazbear. Several small labeled bags with bits of fabric in them. You open the first one. It's labeled Roxy and smells like a tire. Decidedly not you mate. You set it aside. A bag with two pieces of fabric catches your eye. Sun and Moon huh? Why are there two pieces in this bag?

You open the bag and are immediately hit with the scent of two omegas. One scent smells like lavender, sage, and bee balm. The other is mixed citrus with a hint of mint. You can tell these two are your mates. So you have two of them then? You weren't expecting this at all. You NEED to get to them. They need you. You shake your head. You need to calm down and not let your instincts get the better of you. It's not like you can go see them today. It's already three-thirty and you have some work to take care of.

You work as an officiant for weddings and you are meeting with a lovely non-binary couple today. This is your first meeting and you have to make sure it goes well. The couple is nice. They treat you with respect and kindness so you offer them the same. They want a simple wedding at the local park under the oak tree where they found each other. Romantic. You three make arrangements over dinner for the wedding affair. You climb into bed ready to see your mates in the morning. You don't know what they are like but you're ready to fight for them.

The next morning at ten you find yourself holding the little bag of fabric pieces and standing outside the Mega Pizzaplex. With a deep breath, you head inside. It's bright and loud inside. Kids run around everywhere with parents nearby.

You walk up to the ticket counter "Excuse me?"

The man at the counter looks you over "How can I help you?"

You hold the little bag of fabrics out "These two are my mate. Where can I find them?"

He pulls a ticket out "You need to buy a ticket first."

You huff and pull out money for it "Ok now what?"

He points to some stairs "Take those up and head into the daycare."

You take the ticket and leave. The closer you get to the stairs the louder kids screaming gets. You pause to look at the posters as you pass by the fountain. The little fabric pieces match the characters in the posters. You circle the two golden statues. How the hell tall are these two?

"HOW DARE YOU TOUCH MY BILLY!" a woman shrieks loudly.

A distressed voice replies Ma'am, he tried to steal Tammy's toy. That's not his."

You can smell them everywhere. Your mates are in this room. You sprint to the railing. Down below, a woman yells at Sun.

"If he wants the toy he gets the toy! Do you know what I am?!" She chides.

Sun shrinks in on himself "A-an Omega werewolf."

She crosses her arms "An Omega WEREWOLF!"

You purse your lips and look for a way down. Your quickest option is the 'Slide Into Fun!'. You clance for kids and throw yourself down.

Sun's rays shrink "I'm still going to have to ask for the toy back."

You sprint across the daycare weaving around kids.

The woman growls loudly "Know your place!"

You skid to a stop in between the two of them and firmly state "Apologize."

The woman looks down at you with a scoff "What?"

You stare up at her "Apologize! Now!"

The woman is six foot eleven and full of pickled eggs "I don't have to listen to you! Fuck off!"

You purse your lips and rub your neck with your hand covering it in your scent. You swing your hand in front of her slapping the air. Your scent hits everyone in a five-foot radius. Behind you, Sun's eyes lock on you with his undivided attention. The woman's eyes go wide in fear.

You stand as tall as possible and stare her down "Apologize to him."

She stammers "S-sorry." to you.

You shake your head "Not me! HIM!"

She looks at Sun "Sorry!"

He ignores her completely and watches you. Nothing else matters. His Alpha is upset. He needs to do something but he's not sure what.

You hold your hand out "Give me the toy."

The woman tears a toy out of her kid's hand and puts it in yours. She picks her kid up.

Billy, her kid, laughs "You are a small Alpha!"

The woman slaps a hand over his mouth and runs off.

"I might be small! But at least I have manners!" You shout.

Sun stares at you in awe. Moon tells him to do something but Sun can't bring himself to move. Your scent still permeates the area and he's not sure what to do.

You sigh and remember where you are relaxing your posture "OP!" You turn to Sun and smile sheepishly "Sorry. I hope I didn't scare you."

As soon as you relax Sun follows your lead and also relaxes "You smell like vanilla chai tea."

You touch your neck "Tea huh? You smell like mixed citrus with a hint of mint."

Your head turns as something large falls into the ball pit. You tilt your head as something blue quickly moves toward you. It tackles you to the floor and holds you close. The strong smell of lavender, sage, and bee balm hits you.

Sun shrieks "Moon! Don't squish them!!"

You look down at Moon "Hi."

Moon looks up at you with hearts in his eyes "Hi."

You pull him into your lap and pick him up into your arms. His legs wrap around your waist and he nuzzles your head.

Sun gasps "Wow you are strong!"

You nod "It comes with being a werewolf."

Sun shrieks again "Moon! The kids!"

Moon gasps "Sugar!"

Sun runs off and Moon follows after. You watch for a moment as they interact with the kids. If you didn't know any better, the two are showing off for you.

Sun lets out another shriek "MOON! WE NEED TO TELL MANAGEMENT!"

Chapter 287: My Omegas Are Funny pt2

Chapter Text

"Hey, you!" Some shouts from behind you.

You turn from watching Sun and Moon to look for whoever called you. Two people wave you over from behind a large desk. You walk over with a smile.

The male of the two sigh loudly "I'd run if I were you. Those two are more trouble than they're worth."

You raise a brow "Is that really what you called me over for?"

The female huffs "No. But it is great advice. You need to fill out paperwork."

You take a fat stack of papers from her "Not without reading it first."

The male nods "You can sit leaning against the desk."

You sit down cross-legged and begin to read. It's a standard NDA with a transfer of ownership to you that requires you, Sun, Moon, HR, and the plex owner to sign. Will they get to live with you? Do they expect you to live here? You really hope they get to come with you. You do have a nice one-story home with high ceilings and doorways. This place has pizza and more kids than you can shake a stick at. The rest of the paperwork is a contract for Sun and Moon to be hired to the plex. The pay is one hundred and twenty dollars a week but they get free maintenance. Not a shitty deal as long as they live with you.

The NDA just says you won't talk about company secrets. This document is so boring it's starting to put you to sleep. You stand up to stretch as the lights start to dim. You set the paperwork down on the desk and watch Moon tell the kids a story. Sun sets out blankets and pillows. You want to help but you also don't want to get in the way. Not to mention your instincts are running wild. The main one is the fact that they don't smell enough like you.

There are two ways you can fix this issue. The first is to mark them. But that requires sex and you can't, and won't, do it in the middle of a daycare. The second is to rub them in your scent glands. Most choose the neck because rubbing someone with your armpits is weird. Your heart flutters as you watch Sun and Moon put the kids down for bed. You turn and start to sign the paperwork. A soft jingling and the smell of citrus draw your attention.

You turn to face Sun "Hi."

Sun tugs at one of his rays nervously "Join us?" He points to the top of one of the play structures "Up there."

You nod "Yes. Do we climb up there?"

Sun shakes his head "We have a wire that hooks onto our back. I'll carry us up."

You tilt your head "I don't quite follow... but ok."

Sun picks you up into his arms. A cable comes down from the ceiling and hooks onto his back. The two of you lift into the air and he lands on a play structure. The bars are close enough your you to comfortably walk on them. As soon as you land Moon makes grabby hands.

You shake your head "I need to scent mark you."

Moon blushes "We can't do that here!"

You snicker "Not like that! Now, Whose first?"

Moon points at Sun "Him!"

You nod "Alright. Take a seat."

Sun sits down slowly "What are you going to do to me?"

You crouch down and touch his neck with yours "Have you never seen spouses scent each other before?"

Sun shakes his head "No. We don't really get the chance to see this stuff."

You rub your neck on his "I'll teach you like my parents taught me. This is a form of scenting. It's temporary but it works." You switch sides "You basically rub necks, cheeks. It's so anyone who walks up to you knows you are mine."

Sun giggles as you rub yourself on him "I like it."

You take Sun and rub your cheek on his. Sun happily rubs you back making a purring sound. He tilts his head to the left giving you access to his neck.

You pinch him gently "Don't tempt me, love."

Sun whimpers quietly "Sorry."

You touch noses with him "It's fine. Your turn Moon."

Moon grins "Where do you live?"

You rub your neck against his "In a one-story house about thirty minutes from here." You switch sides "Where do you... sleep? Charge?"

Moon purrs a little louder than Sun "Both actually. We charge faster in rest mode. We do have a room here." He turns his gaze from you "But not a bed..."

Down below a kid calls out for Sun. Sun squirrels over the side of the structure to help the kid.

You rub cheeks with Moon "They had me sign some paperwork saying I own you now. You still have to work here but you get paid and free maintenance. No clue what the living arrangement is going to be. I hope you live with me though."

Moon rubs noses with you "We hope to live with you too."

You hold Moon by his shoulders and sniff him "Eeehhh... Good enough for now."

"What do I smell like?" Moon asks curiously.

You sit down next to him "You smell like sage, bee balm, and lavender."

Moon frowns as Sun returns "We aren't trouble by the way."

You look between the two "I don't give a... hoot what those two... yabos said. You are my mate. My sweet little Omegas. Mine!"

Sun and Moon shudder and say at the same time "Yes, Alpha."

Chapter 288: My Omegas Are Funny pt3

Chapter Text

The lights have long since turned back on. You are back at the security desk. The head of security is on her way. The two of you are going to talk about Sun and Moon. You know they are going to want you to prove Sun and Moon are your mates. You aren't sure how though. A tall red-haired woman walks into the daycare.

She walks up to you and holds her hand out "Mello! I'm Thomas."

You shake her hand out "Hello."

She smiles her voice low and smooth "So you are Sun and Moon's mate?"

You nod "I am. I assume I'll need to prove it?"

She nods "Yes. After hours we'll give you a test. Someone will take you outside. Sun and Moon will be hidden somewhere in here. You'll have to find them. You'll have thirty minutes. You'll also have someone with you to keep an eye on you."

You put your hands on your hips. This feels like some kind of trick. However, for them, you'll do it. All you have to do is sniff them out. You can do that.

You cross your arms "I can do that."

Thomas grins "I wouldn't be so sure. You aren't the first person to claim you're the mate of one of our animatronics."

You grin back "Well! Good thing my claim is true!"

She bares her teeth "We'll see about that. I'll be with you today."

Soon it's closing time. Bots zoom around cleaning up messes. You stand outside with a blindfold and nose plugs waiting for your test to start. The Plex owner is in the main security room watching the cameras. Thomas spins you around and removes the blindfold. You take the nose plugs out.

Thomas holds the door open "Alright! Your time starts... NOW!"

You sprint for the elevator. You can smell them one is up high and the other is to the right. You head for the furthest one first. The elevator takes forever! When the doors open you take off. The guard strolls out of the elevator behind you.

You stop "Are you going to move this slowly the whole time?"

She shrugs "I don't know what you-"

You run over and pick her up "No. Not having it!"

You sprint up several stairs toward Bonny Bowl. Thomas squeals in alarm. Within six minutes you have found Moon. They stuffed him into a walk-in freezer. You take Moon and Thomas out of the bowling alley and snuffle around walking back and forth for a few minutes.

You sniff the air and growl loudly "CHEATERS! You're moving Sun!"

The guard laughs nervously "What!? No, we aren't."

You move down a floor and sniff around "Where is he going?"

The guard clears her throat "We aren't moving him."

You shake your head and throw your scent around "Stop lying to me. Time?"

Thomas growls "Fifteen minutes."

Moon tugs at his hat nervously "You... you can find him right?"

You wave your hand in front of his face to give him a big whiff of your scent "Don't worry little Omega. I know where he is." You point to Fazer Blaster "In there."

The three of you make your way over and head inside. You can smell the faintest hint of citrus covered by the sweet smell of cake and the smell of tires. You run around the maze looking for him. You know they are moving him around. Likely keeping an eye on you to keep you from finding Sun. In the 1700s a law was passed that spread like wildfire around the world. It's illegal to keep mates away from each other. What these asses are doing is extremely illegal.

You sprint after Sun letting out a loud growling barking sound when you smell him. He's extremely distressed and scared.

You don't know who has him but they are dead "GIVE ME MY MATE!"

Moon, upon smelling your rage, also becomes distressed and scared. He's unsure what to do so he follows closely behind you anxiously fidgeting with his hat. You turn a corner just as they exit the arena. Sun is flanked by a chicken and a wolf. They push Sun to move faster. You growl loudly and do the first thing you can think of. You throw the guard at them. She hits the two animatronics and they fall to the floor.

You pick Sun up and hold him in a princess carry "That was illegal! You tried to keep him from me! I CAN SUE YOU FOR THIS!"

Sun wraps his long arms around you and cries "I thought you wouldn't find me-e-e-e!"

Thomas throws her hands up "Hey now! We can work this out! No need to involve the courts."

Moon curls around you shaking.

You nuzzle his cheek "Take me to whoever the hell is in charge! NOW!" Your scent permeates the area.

The wolf throws her hands up "Woah! I was doing what I was told to do!"

The chicken nods "Yeah! We could have been dismantled if we didn't do it!"

You growl the whole walk to the owner's office. Sun and Moon rub cheeks with you to try to calm you down. It helps a little bit. Thomas stands tall trying to look brave and strong. However, the ease you carry Sun with is more than a little unnerving. Moon opens the office door for you. You offer a quiet thank you as you enter the room. A slim man and a portly man are in the room.

A portly man stands up from the desk he's sitting behind "Welcome! You did it! This is my layer, Charlie."

"Cut the crap!" You growl "You know exactly what you did!"

He chuckles "Don't be like that."

You set Sun down "I'm not bullshitting around." You take a tissue from the box on the desk and wipe your neck "How are you going to make this right?" You wad the tissue up and throw it at him.

He takes the tissue and smells it "I see. What are your demands?"

You shake your head "First the contract. Where will we stay?"

He growls "If you want me to buy you a house forget it!"

You laugh "I have my own damn house!"

He sits down "Well then. They will stay in your house. You'll bring them to work each morning. Weekends the Daycare is closed."

You nod as Moon takes your hand in his "Good. In that case, let's talk pay. I want one thousand a week for them. That's five hundred each."

He looks surprised "That's it?"

You nod "I want vacation days for them. Two weeks unpaid."

He crosses his arms "Anything else?"

You hum "I get in for free."

Charlie finally speaks "This is a great deal! You should take it now."

He pulls the paperwork you signed out and makes notes of the changes while you watch. He scans the paper and passes you a pen. Everyone signs the papers and two copies of the papers. You take one of the copies and leave the room with Sun and Moon. Charlie gets the original and the last copy stays in the plex.

Chapter 289: My Omegas Are Funny pt4

Chapter Text

You head for the door and lick your hand wiping it on the doorframe. This is a sign of disrespect. Basically saying you own this room now. Given the circumstances, you do.

You shake your head "It's Friday. You're coming home. Is there anything you want to take with you?"

"Alpha?" Sun says nervously.

"Yin. My name is Yin. My parents wanted to give me a name for both boys and girls because they didn't know my gender until I was born." You rub his arm "No need to be so formal."

Sun nods and rubs the back of his head "We've never been out of the plex."

"Ever," Moon adds.

You pull the two into a group hug "Hey, it's fine if you aren't ready to leave yet. We can stay her-"

Sun and moon both shout "NO!"

You jump startled "Then what do you want?"

Moon pets your hair as a sorry for scaring you "We're nervous."

You nuzzle into their faces "Then we take it slow. Would you like to take anything home with you?"

Sun and Moon are laser-focused on you. Home?

"Moonie! HOME!" Sun wails.

Moon shakes in your arms "We finally have a family and a home. This. This can't be real!"

You rub their backs "It's as real as I am."

Sun takes you by your cheeks "The only thing we need from this place right now is you."

You lean into his touch "What about clothes?"

Moon tentatively puts his hands on your sides "We're wearing all the clothes we own."

You squawk indignantly "WHAT?! Fuck that shit! We're going shopping!" You head for the elevator "C'mon let's go."

The three of you walk to the entrance. It's dark outside. The sky is full of stars with dark clouds on the horizon. The trees rattle with the winds of the oncoming storm.

Moon puts his hand on the glass "We've never really looked out these doors."

You follow his gaze "Why not?"

Sun shrugs and puts his hand on the door to open it "Why bother looking at something you can never have."

"Well, you can have it now." You put your hand over Sun's and push the door open.

Sun stares out into the open air. Moon nudges him with his elbow and holds his and out. Sun takes it firmly and the two join you in the cool night air. Moon grips his hat as a gust of wind tries to take it. The two look up at the sky. Glittery stars shine off of their eyes.

You pull your keys out "My car is right over there." You point "Sorry it's not bigger. It's not like I expected to have an eight-foot-tall mate." You chuckle and begin walking toward your car "Or for there to be two of you."

Moon Moves beside you "Sorry we aren't what you expected."

You shake your head "No, you aren't." You turn after unlocking your car "You two are way better."

You open the back door for Sun and Moon. You start the car and head for Walmart.

You glance in the back the first chance you get "I'm going to Walmart to pick you up something to wear. Then we're going home. You two can stay in the car if you want."

You get their clothing sizes before heading into Walmart. Sun and Moon stay in the car and look around. It takes you ten minutes to get something for them to wear. A pair of sweatpants and a T-shirt for each of them. You can get them more clothes later. When you return to your car an Alpha male is looking into your car cooing at Sun and Moon. You storm up to your car. The scent of the other Alpha permeates the air. Sun and Moon stare at the man and hold each other close.

You snap your fingers "They are marked. Go away."

He growls at you for a moment before throwing his hands up "Yo man. You need to mark them properly."

You walk to the driver's seat "Don't tell me what to do! I know what I'm doing."

"Hey! Don't get pissy cuz a wolf gave you advice!" He stomps his foot.

You roll your window down "I am a wolf stupid! Can't you smell that?"

He huffs and crosses his arms "I have allergies!"

You start your car "Whatever. I have things to do. Have a night." You drive off rolling your window back up "You two alright?"

Sun frowns "That man did not want to do nice things with us."

Moon growls "I didn't like him."

You hum "We'll we're almost home. Tonight I want to cuddle."

Moon frowns "You don't want to mark us tonight?"

You shake your head "I want it to be special. I don't want to just throw you down and take you like a beast."

Sun plays with his hands "Well... you could. I know I wouldn't stop you."

You park in your garage and turn around "Let your ALpha take care of you." You reach out and pet his cheek "I promise I'll take good care of both of you." You smile brightly "I even bought extra bedding for you! Slept in it too. I have an entire room for you to build your nest, or nests, in!"

Moon pulls you into a desperate kiss by your chin. You moan into his mouth and pull back. Sun whines and pulls you into a kiss of his own.

Moon blushes "Sorry Alpha."

You catch your breath "No! No sorry. I really like kissing. You both did good. We are partners. I'm not some crazy alpha dictator."

Sun licks his lips "You taste good."

You chuckle "Thanks. Let's go inside. I'm not sleeping in my car."

Chapter 290: My Omegas Are Funny pt5

Chapter Text

You open the door to let Sun and Moon into their new home "Feel free to explore. I hope you don't mind if I fix something to eat."

Sun looked around nervously "Do you want any help?"

You shake your head "Naw. It's just a sandwich."

The kitchen was cut off from the other rooms. The garage led right into it. Beyond that was the living room. Another door led to the dining room. A hall led to the front door, the master bedroom, the spare bedroom, and the bathroom. Sun and Moon explore your kitchen while you fix food. They don't seem to want to move far from you. You notice Moon wants to drape himself all over you and Sun is unsure of himself. Like he doesn't know what exactly he wants from you. You make a note to ask about that.

You lead Sun and Moon into the dining room "This is the dining room. That door," You point to a door on the other side of the room "Leads to the living room."

Sun follows you to the door "Yin? I feel funny."

You turn "Funny how?"

Sun tilts his head "I'm not sure. It's like I need to do something."

Moon nods "I think I feel it too. Like I want to make something."

You smile and swallow a bite of food "I think I know the problem. Follow me."

You lead them out of the room and down the hall to the spare room "I think you two are starting to nest. It's normal. When an Omega finds their Alpha they start to go through a change. It's gradual and always starts with nesting. I've gone through a change too. It's why I'm so protective of you and want to take care of you."

You open the door and the three of you walk inside. The floor is bare of anything. In a corner of the room is a pile of blankets and pillows. Next to it is a pile of old clothes. Sun and Moon look visibly distressed standing in the room.

You frown "What's wrong?"

Sun tugs at one of his rays "It doesn't smell like you."

Moon saggs "It smells too clean."

You sigh sadly "I had it cleaned professionally. I thought we could make this room smell like us. Give you two a chance to feel like this home is yours. Not just mine."

Moon looks around the room "I don't like the smell. It reminds me of the plex after hours."

Sun nods "Yeah!"

"Oh..." You whisper quietly.

Sun pulls you into a hug "Can we see another room?"

You nod and lead them to your bedroom "I'm sorry. I failed you."

Moon moves in front of you and nuzzles your neck "You didn't know."

Sun kisses the back of your neck "You are doing fine. This is new to all of us. We can fix the smell in the room. I like this room though!"

You chuckle between your mates "Thank you. I just don't want to disappoint you and make you leave."

Moon takes you by the shoulders "Hey! We aren't going anywhere!"

You take a breath "This is my bedroom. Well, our bedroom."

Sun licks his lips "Can we... can we build in here?"

You tilt your head "In here?" You look around "I don't have a whole lot of space but if we move the bed to the spare room that should work."

Moon nods "We can help you move everything."

You furrow your brow "Well... the bed might help with the smell... Alright."

Sun tears the blankets from the bed "Great! Let's get started. Now."

You chuckle "Alright. Be good omega's and help your alpha."

The three of you make quick work of moving the bed into the other room. When the room is cleared the blankets, pillows, and clothes are moved into the room. The bag of Walmart clothes sits on a nightstand. You watch Sun and Moon build their massive nest. It sits in a corner of the room opposite the bathroom. You feel honored they are letting you watch. A lot of Omegas don't like when their Alpha watches.

You decide now is a good time to talk to Sun "Hey Sun?"

He briefly glances over his shoulder on his hands and knees "Mhm?

You take a breath "I know Moon like physical contact. He's made that abundantly clear. What do you want? What is your love language?"

Sun sits back on his legs "My love language?" He pauses to think "Quality time for sure... and ... words of affirmation."

You nod "Thank you for telling me. What a good boy you are."

Sun goes stiff "G-good boy? Me?? Oh gosh." He covers his face with his hands.

"What about you?" Moon asks.

"Quality time and physical touch." You purr.

Sun and Moon look at each other before nodding "We're done." They say at the same time.

You stand up "Are you ready for me to try it?"

Moon nods "Yes."

You crawl in the nest and snuggle down "Feeling better?"

Sun nods "Much better! Do you like it?"

You wiggle around "Hm... I'd like it more if I had two handsome Omegas in here with me. But it's very comfortable! I have two perfect Omegas."

Moon blushes crawling into the nest with you "Thank you."

Sun snuggles up close pulling Moon to do the same "I'm so glad we have you Alpha."

Chapter 291: My Omegas Are Funny pt6

Chapter Text

Sun and Moon were still asleep. Sun had his head resting on top of yours. Moon had his head on your midsection with his arms around your waist. It was early in the morning. Six A.M. if you had to guess. You didn't have any work this weekend. Part of you wanted to cook them food. Instinct was screaming at you to do so. However, you don't think they eat. You are enjoying your sweet little omegas being curled around you for now.

Your nose was pressed against the junction between Sun's neck and shoulder. His scent is the only thing you can smell right now. You're fighting a losing battle right now. You tip your head slowly and lick his throat with a shudder. Your heart speeds up and your mind slowly clouds with arousal. Instinct drives your decisions. Gently you nibble his neck. You don't care it's basically a metal stick. The urge to bite down hard is strong. You lap at his shoulder grazing it with your teeth. You breathe hard and prepare to sink your teeth into Sun.

"Alpha? Are you going to bite me?" Sun asks quietly and curiously.

You slowly close your mouth and look up at your aroused mate "Sorry. You just smell so good." You lick his neck again "I can't help wanting to taste you."

Sun exposes more of his neck to you "Could you keep going? It's really nice."

You tilt his head to the side you haven't licked. You lick your lips and inhale his scent. The minty citrusy smell is refreshing. You lap at his neck turning to face him. Moon stirs behind you slowly waking up from charge. You lick Sun's neck slowly pressing yourself into him. Your teeth graze the metal of his neck. Moon sits up to watch you intrigued. There is so much about relationships they don't know. The company never explained anything about mates to them. They learned what they could from overheard conversations.

You stop with your teeth on Sun's shoulder. You can smell Moon now. His herbaceous scent draws his attention. Sun lets out a small whine and you focus back on him. Moon leans down and nips your neck curiously. You growl playfully. Rolling over to pin Moon down with a grin. Moon squeaks and stares at you wide-eyed. You lean down and touch noses with him.

Moon rubs his nose with yours and asks curiously "What were you doing to Sunny?"

You lick the side of his neck "Tasting. And showing affection. Love bites."

Moon giggles and pushes you away slightly "Love bites? So, like this?" He tries to copy your nibbling.

You beam straddling Moon's stomach "Exactly! Hard enough to feel it but not to break the skin."

Sun taps your shoulder "Can I try?"

You sit up and tilt your head "Go ahead!"

Sun scoots closer to you glancing from your face to your neck. He licks your neck before biting down gently.

"Rike Vishv?" He asks with your neck in his mouth.

You chuckle "Just like that. Feel that spot that's slightly hard?"

Sun nibbles a bit before letting your neck go "Yeah."

You smile and stretch big "That's the spot to bite when marking someone. The reason it's best done during sex is because the massive release of endorphins makes it easier for a marking to happen. It's guaranteed. Any other time is about a twenty percent chance to happen. Maybe less." You twist your body stretching more "Did you know the first werewolves were created by magic? That's one of the theories anyway. Another theory is that a wizard saw how easy it is for werewolves to find love. They got jealous and created a spell so every sentient creature on Earth became an Alpha or an Omega. It's why animatronics," you poke Sun's nose "Like you two have mates."

Moon scoffs "Magic? Really?"

You shrug "It's just a theory."

Sun licks your cheek "You need breakfast."

You flop onto Moon "Awe, but cuddles!"

Sun picks you up and pleads "Please, Alpha. Food."

You look into his eyes "Fine, food and more cuddles." As Sun and moon take you to the kitchen you ask "Do you have any questions?"

Sun rubs your back as he sets you down on the counter "What do Omegas do?"

You look at the ceiling "Do? Alphas are the strong ones. They take care of gathering food, protecting their omega, and fulfilling all the needs of their omegas. Omegas take care of the home. They prepare food, take care of the kids, and take care of their alpha." You furrow your brow "Um... Basically, alphas are dominant in the relationship and omegas are submissive."

Moon rubs his arm "What would you like to cook?"

You tilt your head "You can cook?"

Sun beams at the prospect of showing off "Yeah! We were supposed to fix food for the kids. The company changed its mind on the idea but we still have the programming for it."

You stare at them in awe "Wow! Can I have two eggs? They are in the fridge. The skillet on the stove is clean. I'm just lazy. Do you eat?"

Moon pouts "No! I wish we could. Chica can eat!"

You purse your lips "I have no clue who Chica is..."

Sun smiles as he fixes you a cup of coffee "She's a coworker of ours. We'll introduce you on Monday." Sun spin in a circle "Musicman would LOVE to meet you!"

You nod "They a friend?"

Moon nods as he pokes at two eggs in the pan "Yes. He's basically our only friend at the plex."

You furrow your brow "Wait, aren't there like seven main animatronics at the plex?"

Sun moves between your legs and hands you your coffee "Yeah! Me, Moon, Musicman, Chica, Monty, Freddy, and Roxy!"

You pet his chest "That's ok. I don't have a lot of friends either."

Moon takes the pan off the stove "Where are your plates?"

You point to plates and forks. The three of you head to the dining room so you can eat. You talk about your job and they talk about the Daycare. Conversation flows easily and there is little dead air. Sun and Moon are visibly pleased to see you eating.

Chapter 292: My Omegas Are Funny pt7

Summary:

Hey! Hey guess what? It's May. That means MerMay! After the Alpha Omega piece is done I'll be working on that. Sun and Moon are scientist Mermen tasked with the study of humans to better understand them. The guards have brought them a specimen to study, you. Sun is a Clownfish and Moon is a Damselfish.

Chapter Text

Sun puts the dishes in the sink "So what happens now?"

You tilt your head "Um, we live happily ever after?"

Sun shakes his head "No, I mean right now."

You nod "Oh. What did you two do at the plex when it closed?"

Moon crosses his arms "Sun likes to paint and I read books."

"Ah. Well, I don't have any painting stuff here. But I do have books." You scratch your head "We could get some painting stuff later. I was wanting to spend time here at the house today."

Sun nods "We want that too. We did just leave the one place we'd been spending our entire lives in."

Moon wraps his arms around you and purrs "I know just the thing to do~"

You pick him up "What do you have in mind?"

Moon grins "Well, I was thinking we could watch something on TV. Sun and I have never watched anything but Faz-related stuff. We could cuddle while we watch."

Sun turns around "Fine with me. Who knows, maybe it will lead to" His voice drops an octave "Other things~"

You walk up to Sun "Awe, does my omega want me to breed them?"

Sun nod eagerly "Yes. I want to be marked by you."

You pinch Sun where you are going to mark him "Patients Sun. I'll mark you tonight. You can't rush these things."

Sun pouted "Alright..."

You tip his faceplate to look at you "Hey, none of that now. I'll take care of you." You sigh "I'm just not in the mood right now. I'm sorry."

Sun follows you to the living room "I just want to be marked. Moon and I do understand how important that is."

You sit on the couch with Moon in your lap "But it's no fun if everyone isn't into it."

Sun nods "I understand that about lovemaking. Could you try to mark me without lovemaking?"

You glare at Sun "Why are you trying so damn hard to get me to mark you!?"

"BECAUSE I DON'T WANT ANYONE TO TAKE US AWAY FROM YOU!" Sun shouts.

You put Moon down and scoot closer to Sun "Baby, no one can take you away from me."

Sun wraps his arms around you "What about that guy last night? Or the plex owner?"

You rub his back and pull him into your lap "That douche really scared you, huh?" Sun nods "Alright. I'll try. It's no guarantee and means nothing if I succeed with one of you but not the other. This is going to be painful. It's just how it is."

You tip Sun's head and bite down as hard as you can on the junction between his shoulder and neck. Sun cries out loudly and grabs one of the couch pillows tightly. He goes a little limp and lets you continue biting. Eager for the pain to stop but also wanting you to continue.

"Alpha." Sun wimpers.

Moon watches closely waiting for something to happen. A flood of his scent quickly followed by yours comes from Sun and you let him go.

You lick Sun's neck "It worked. I'm sorry. I know that must have been scary but that's how it's done."

Moon pulls you from Sun "Sunny! Are you alright?"

Sun nods "I'm great actually. I didn't think it would be like that. It hurt a lot but I feel fine now."

Moon leans down and inspects the bite mark. He does smell your scent mixed with Sun's. There is no sign you bit him in the first place.

Moon touches his own neck "Will it be the same during sex?"

You nod "Yeah but with guaranteed success."

Moon nods "I'll wait. That looked painful."

Sun nods "It was. But I also kinda liked it. Thank you, Alpha."

You dangle in Moon's arm "Good, because I didn't like it."

Sun's rays shrink slightly "Didn't like it?"

You nod "Not really... Yes, you wanted it and yes I agreed. But I wanted it to be special. That was... at least you're happy."

Sun jumps from the couch worried and scared "I'm sorry! I should have waited!"

You pull Sun into your arms "We can work through this. It's not the end of the world. Lots of people mark each other like this. I just didn't like this method. I hated it as much as I hate cottage cheese. Can't stand that shit."

Sun nuzzles your neck "So we're good?"

You pet his neck "Yeah, we're good."

Moon kisses the back of your head "I'm good with both of you too."

Chapter 293: My Omegas Are Funny pt8

Summary:

The next part will be smut. One for penises and one for vaginas.

Chapter Text

You put on Toy Story. A classic film you think the boys would like. Sun curls around you quietly mulling over the marking incident. He hasn't really dealt with something like this before and it's not helped by the new, and sometimes confusing, omega instincts flooding his mind with strange thoughts. His hand rubs your thigh gently as he thinks. If he's dealing with these new thoughts what are you dealing with? As Sun watches The Claw he decides he needs to be a better partner to you.

"Sunshine?" He says quietly.

You lift your arm to look at him better "Yes?"

Sun fists your shirt "I wasn't very nice to you earlier. I shouldn't have pushed you into something you weren't ready for. I'm so sorry."

You smile and pull him by the faceplate to kiss his forehead "I forgive you. This is new for all of us. I mean, I have two of you to take care of! Honestly, I'm scared."

Moon pokes your cheek "What are you scared of?"

You turn to Moon "I'm scared I can't properly take care of the two of you. Scared I'm going to screw things up. That I'm going to make so many mistakes you won't want me anymore." You whisper "That I'm not good enough and I never will be."

You fight the transformation trying to force its way in. You don't want to turn into the wolf right now. You can feel the fur starting to grow as your body fights to change. The arm you have wrapped around Moon grips him tightly.

Moon spins his face around to look at you "Starlight? What's wrong?"

You lean into his back "I- I don't want to change right now." You shake "I want to talk. I- I can't..."

Moon takes your cheeks in his hands "Change? You mean into a wolf?"

Sun squeezes your leg "If it hurts to fight then don't!"

Moon rubs your cheeks with his thumbs "We have forever to talk. Please."

"No. 'S not painful." You shake your head "I got this."

Sun sits up more distressed "Why are you fighting it?"

You take a gasping breath as the transformation recedes "I am. An alpha." You catch your breath "A strong alpha changes when they want. Not because of stress."

Moon recoils "Who taught you this?!"

You shrug "It's how it's always been. Werewolves live longer than humans. I was born in the forties. From a young age, I was told this." You hide in Moon's back "Some things are hard to unlearn. Hell, it wasn't until about ten years ago that things changed. I'm a terrible alpha. I'm short and I can't control my transformations. Two of the most important features of an alpha."

Moon wraps his arms around you "Oh starlight! You are doing fine."

Sun nuzzles your cheek "I like that you're shorter than us! Who cares if normal alphas are seven to eight feet tall!"

Moon nods leaning back to look at you "If you need to transform then just do it. I promise we won't judge you."

Sun kisses your cheek "We are learning so much from you! I hope we can teach you just as much."

You hold your omegas close "Thanks."

Moon leans his head on yours "I'm scared too ya know. Most of the plex is scared of me. I sometimes watch people sleep. I can't help it! It's part of my programming! I'm worried I'm going to creep you out too much. Or you'll get bored of me or decide Sun is better."

Sun leans back "I'm not better than you."

Moon frowns "The kids think you are! They always like you more than me! So do the parents! Even the staff likes you more!"

Sun wraps an arm around Moon " Oh, Moon. Why didn't you ever tell me?"

Moon holds Sun's forearm "You had enough on your plate with the way everyone treated you. I didn't want to add more to it."

Sun tugs Moon out of your lap and into his "You are my best friend in the world! I'll always be here for you."

You take their hands "Me too. Forever and always."

Moon tilts his head "Forever and always?"

You nod "I will love you both forever and always."

Moon smiles and squeezes your hand "Forever and always."

Sun kisses the back of your hand "I like that! Forever and always." He furrows his brow "Wait... YOU LOVE US!? OH SUNSHINE! I LOVE YOU TOO!"

Moon's eyes become hearts and he reaches out for you "ALPHA!"

You pull Moon so his legs are in Sun's lap and his butt is on yours "I have you omega. Tell me what you need?"

Moon pulls your face up to meet his in a kiss. His tongue tenderly licks your lower lip unsure. You open your mouth intrigued.

Moon pulls back "I didn't think I'd get that far... I don't actually know what to do after that."

Chapter 294: My Omegas Are Funny pt9

Chapter Text

You chuckled "No worries! Just try whatever you think feels right."

Moon nods and leans forward again. Sun watches curiously as Moon takes your cheeks in his hands. He studies your face for a moment deciding what to do. His lips press against yours soft and firm. You wrap your arms around his waist letting him control the kiss. Moon licked your lower lip watching your eyes carefully. You open your mouth and wait for Moon to do something. Moon bites down on your lower lip and gently tugs. You gasp as your hands twitch fighting not to pin him to the couch and pound his ass raw.

Moon slides his tongue into your mouth. He pauses unsure of himself. You lick his tongue with yours. Moon moans into your mouth and wraps your tongue with his. Your hand rubs his hip. Moon shifts so he's completely in your lap. You glance at Sun out of the corner of your eye. He licks his lips and locks eyes with you.

You pull back from Moon to catch your breath "You're breathtaking Moon."

Moon blushes "So I did good?"

You pull him to you by the neck and nip his throat "Very good."

Sun pointed to himself "Can I try?"

You turn your upper body to face him. Sun flaps his hand excitedly pecking your lips quickly for a few minutes. You can't help the small laugh at his behavior. Sun tenderly holds your face in his hands and kisses you. Moon watches the interaction with interest. Sun licks your lips eagerly. You open your mouth. Sun shoves his tongue as far into your mouth as he can. You moan around his tongue. Moon's head snaps to you laser focused. He lets out a small whine and paws at your pants. You can smell his arousal from here. You can feel it. Now is the time but this is not the place.

You pull back "Go to the nest. I need to make sure the house is locked up."

Moon whines as he drags himself from your lap. Sun bites his lip before taking Moon by the hand and heading for the nest. You check the doors and windows making sure the house is locked up. You do not want anyone bothering you. Tonight is important. Everything must be set up properly. On the way to your room, you stop at the hall closet. Inside is a box of supplies. You are eager to finally use it.

When you get to the nest Sun and Moon are waiting for you. Moon has his hat off and their shoes are off too. You set the box down and lock the door behind you. Sun and Moon watch as you set out a bottle of clear stuff, candles, a lighter, cleaning wipes, and bottles of water. You begin to set the candles up around the room. Sun and Moon watch you curiously.

"Alpha? What are you doing?" Sun asks.

You turn to him "Setting the mood, and hiding our scent."

Moon crawls to the edge of the nest on his hands and knees "Why?"

You set the candles on the windowsill "Back in ye olden times mate stealing was a big issue. Other Alphas would wait for sex to happen. Then they would run into the room and kill the alpha marking the omega for themselves. A lot of forced bondings happened this way."

Sun shivers "Do you need help with the candles?"

You set the last one down "Nope. That was the last one. It doesn't really happen anymore so the candles are more for tradition than anything else."

Sun tugs at his pants "Alpha, you smell really good."

You pick up the lube "Get undressed."

Chapter 295: My Omegas Are Funny pt10 - Penises From Heaven

Chapter Text

Sun and Moon take their pants off. You were expecting a Ken doll like smooth surface. Instead, they both have a twelve-inch writhing tentacle. One in orange and the other in blue. You throw a hand over your mouth with a soft gasp. They look so pretty and delectable. You shake your head and take your shirt off. Sun shuffles up to you on his knees and unbuttons your pants. You lose your balance while looking down at him. Not expecting the brazen act. Moon moves behind you while you are watching Sun and holds you up.

You decide to let them have control for now. You know as their omega hormones kick in they will beg for you to take control. Sun pauses as he looks at your boxers. It's dark blue and littered with silver and gold Suns and Moons. Sun leans in to look at them. A musky scent catches his attention. It's very much so you but with a hint of something he'll later learn is arousal. Moon's hands roam your chest. You wonder if he's watched porn before because he's touching you perfectly.

Gentle brushes over your nipples. Fingers tracing the contours of your pecs. Hands dipping into your boxers just a few inches. You bite the air in desire. You need something in your mouth to bite down on. Sun's face presses into your crotch and mouths the outline of your cock. You moan bucking your hips into his mouth. Sun pulls your underwear down staring at your cock in awe. Moon taps his head and points to the nest. The two move you to lay comfortably and sit on either side of you.

You swallow hard "How the hell do you know how to do that?!"

Moon chuckles "We used to crawl around in the vents. It's amazing the things people do when they think no one is watching."

Sun laughs "Like the two in the closet trying really hard to make babies."

Moon reaches out brushing your cock with the back of his hand. Sun holds his hand out to Moon. Moon tilts his head taking Sun's hand. Sun laces his fingers with Moon and brings their hands down so they grip your cock at the same time. Sun and Moon stare at each other in silent conversation while they pump your cock.

You lay there a little confused "What are you-" Sun and Moon drop to their hands and knees licking a long stripe up your cock together "OH FUCK!"

You watch as Sun and Moon pull each other into a heated kiss. Their lips and tongues wrapping around your cock. You moan loudly thrusting your hips up.

Moon moans loudly "Oh alpha! You taste so good!"

Moon's tongue dips into the slit of your cock. Not going inside but leaving over the top. Sun wraps his tongue around your balls moaning loudly and pressing himself as close as he can get. His cock weeps precum. Moon leans back as Sun takes your cock into his mouth. He mumbles something around your cock bobbing his head up and down quickly. You moan loudly fighting the urge to cum.

You take Sun by the neck and pull him off your cock "Slow down!" You pull him up your body by his armpits "I don't want to cum in your mouth. You are too special for that."

Sun's eyes are hazy with lust "Alpha. I need you!"

Moon kisses your cheek "Take care of him first. I want to watch."

You turn to face Moon "Are you sure?"

Moon nods and pushes your head to face Sun.

You flip Sun over "Head down ass up sunny."

Sun does what he's told and wiggles his ass "Alpha... Please..."

You sit down behind Sun and rub his ass cheeks "I need to prep you so you can take my knot."

Sun forces out "Knot?"

You spread his cheeks and spit on his hole "At the base of my cock are glands that fill with blood. It's to keep my cock inside you and make sure no cum escapes."

Sun's cock curls around itself as you rub his hole with your finger. You hold his cheeks open with your hands and lick his hole. Letting your tongue catch on his rim.

Sun whimpers as you push your tongue into his hole "Alpha? More."

You rub his back and pick the lube up. Moon takes it from you and opens the bottle. You glance at him as you take Sun's cock in your hand. Moon tips his head toward Sun as he puts some lube on his hand. You swirl your tongue around the rim of Sun's hole turning your focus back on him. You groan into Sun's ass as Moon lubes up your cock. His thumb brushes the head of your cock at the same time yours brushes the head of Sun's. Sun's cock curls around your hand and he moans loudly followed by a loud purring sound.

You stand up untangling your hand from his cock. You adjust Sun so you fit behind him better using pillows to prop his ass up. You line your cock up with his hole. With a rub of his lower back, you push inside.

You lay down on Sun "Fuck! You feel so good sun! Tight and warm." You thrust into Sun slowly "I'm gonna fill you up!"

Sun moans wildly "Alpha! Sunshine! I need more!"

Your cock easily fits inside him like he was made just for you. You look over at Moon and bite your lip. He's pumping his cock with his face flushed with arousal. You put your hands on Sun's hips and thrust fast and deep into him. His hole flutters around your cock. Sun's back arches and you take the opportunity to bite down where you marked him. Sun cums hard just like you knew he would.

You thrust harder into Sun "I know I can't take, oh god, my time with you."

The base of your cock begins to swell catching more and more on Sun's hole. Sun thrusts back to meet your hips. You reach down and grab a pillow tightly shredding it. With a loud cry, you cum inside Sun. Your knot keeping you inside him. Hot ropes of cum fill his insides as you bite down on him again. Sun moans and whines beneath you cumming a second time. He whines as you move the two of you to lie down.

You rub his belly "I can't pull out until the knot goes down. Rest little omega."

You rub Sun's arms to soothe any aches. Moon watches quietly letting you have this moment with Sun. You give Sun a back rub lulling the massive animatronic to sleep. Your hands rub his shoulder blades moving down his spine. You can feel the nicks and dents from his job. Sun relaxes into a peaceful slumber.

"I haven't forgotten about you." You whisper to Moon.

Moon moves around the nest to curl up to you from behind "I know. You are doing fine by the way. I know there are two of us. It's ok if you don't get to me tonight."

You take his hand in yours "Just give me a few minutes. We need to wait for the knot to go down." You kiss his knuckles "I want to mark you and make love to you."

Moon rubs your hip "How long does it take for the knot to go down?"

You shrug "I don't actually know. It's different for everyone. For some people, it's one minute. For others it's hours."

Moon wraps his arms around you and rubs your chest "Hours?" His cock wiggles between your ass cheeks "I hope it's not hours."

You moan softly "Me too."

Moon's cock wiggles against your hole "You feel good."

"You can push inside." You coo.

Moon simpers and pushes his way inside "Starlight. I've never felt anything like this before."

Moon's cock wiggles inside you. He wants to thrust but he also doesn't want to wake Sun up. Moon nibbles your neck as you start to feel your knot going down. Nobbles become scraping which leads to love bites from Moon.

You pat his head "Pull out. I want to turn around."

Moon pulls his cock out of your ass. You roll over to face him and gesture for him to scoot back. When he's far enough away you scoot forward between his legs. You wrap them around your hips. You rub your cock against his asshole. Moon pushes down on your cock taking you to the hilt. You rub your face on Moon's chest.

"Starlight? Why was Sun so ferrel but I'm not? Is there something wrong with me?" Moon asks worried.

You shake your head "Everyone is different. Once I bite you and claim you as mine then you'll be more like Sun. Or you might not be. There is nothing wrong with that. I will love you no matter what."

Moon kisses you and begins to ride your cock "Thank you. I needed to hear that."

You lick and kiss his chest as you slowly thrust into his ass. Moon holds you close and softly moans into your neck. Moon's cock rubs against your stomach.

You gently bite Moon's neck "You feel really good."

Moon scrapes his finger down your back "Alpha? More?"

You kiss his cheeks "Tell me what you need. More what? Faster? Harder?"

Moon kisses your lips "I don't know how to put it into words."

You rub his back "Can you show me?"

Moon rolls the two of you over. He rides your cock deep. Pulling you completely out and back in again hard. You like this view a lot. You can easily watch your cock disappear into Moon. Moon rests his hands on your chest. You put your hands on his hips and help him ride you. Moon opens his chest and unplugs a wire. His voice cuts out. Moon moans but no sound comes out. He fucks you even harder. You pick the two of you up and hold him in your arms by his thighs You fuck up into him while pulling you down.

Moon holds onto your shoulders elated you are holding him by yourself. Your cock starts to catch on his hole as your knot forms again. You bite the air. The need to mark your mate grows stronger and stronger. Moon tilts his head and leans down so you can bite down. You snap your jaws around the junction between his shoulder and his neck. Immediately you smell your scent coming from him and mixing with his. Moon throws his head back as he cums hard.

You stumble as you try to keep standing long enough to lie down. Moon calls to Sun but it's silent. You catch yourself and awkwardly lower yourself and Moon to the ground.

Moon opens his chest and plugs the wire back in "Are you alright?"

You fight to stay awake "Sleepy..."

Moon sighs in relief "Rest. I'll clean us up when I can."

You pat his arm "Sexy, can you reach the water?"

Moon blushes as he hands you the open bottle "Me? Sexy?" He helps you take a sip of water "If anyone in this room is sexy it's you."

You weakly shove his chest and hiss "Lies! Stop it before my house burns."

Moon rolls the two of you over so you are laying on his chest "I love you."

You kiss his chest "Love you."

Moon kisses the tip of your head "Forever and always."

Chapter 296: Mer facts for my fic

Summary:

Feel free to ask questions. I'm gonna write Moon's girlfriend pegging him with a Bad Dragon dildo. =)

Chapter Text

The mermaids have two vocal cords. When they talk it's two-toned like a soprano and a baritone harmonizing.

Mer used to lay large clutches of eggs when the survival rate of their young was extremely low. It was necessary to lay at least twenty as only one or two would survive the harsh conditions. As time went on and the Mer gained more technologies. The need to lay that many eggs became moot. Instead, they lay 1-3 eggs as survival is as guaranteed as it is for humans. Evolution has made it impossible for them to lay more than five at any given time.

Not all Merpeople lay eggs. Some are mammals like sharks and seals. When an egglaying mer gives birth, it lays a fertile egg. The female takes the sperm from the male like human females do. However, they lay an egg like a snake or turtle instead of a baby.

When two merfolk who can change their gender decide to have a baby. The one who wants to be the male will nip and shove the other into a submissive role. Unlike their fish counterparts, this can take up to a week for the submissive to become a female and make eggs for breeding.

Chapter 297: Sleeping With The Fishes pt3

Summary:

Just as a reminder. Marlin is Sun and Dorry is Moon.

Chapter Text

You woke up the next morning and screamed loudly. This was not your room. You stumbled still waking up and looked around. A merman with the lower half of a convict fish stares at you. His lower body is white with black stripes and his upper half is dark grey. He has a black fin on his head. Something about him is unnerving. His smile feels sinister to you. He gives you a small wave tilting his head slightly. You scoot away from the glass. You don't like this person.

The large round door opens. Marlin and Dorry swim into the large room. Marlin spots the mer first. He looks absolutely enraged as he puts himself between your tank and the mer. He's screaming and pointing to the door out. You scoot back a little more frightened and confused. Dorry looks panicked at you searching for something. The fins around Marlin's head flair in rage and he shrieks more. The other mer throws its hands up with a coy smile. It waves at you again and says something before swimming off.

Dorry waves you over to the glass. You shake your head. You don't feel safe. Not that you did before but now you feel less safe. Marlin turns around looking heartbroken. He says something to Dorry who shakes his head. Marlin tries to wave you over to the glass. You stand up and stare at the two. Dorry appears to sigh in relief and waves you over again.

You take a deep breath and slowly shuffle to the glass "I don't know who that merprick was but I don't like him. I don't know why I'm saying this. It's not like you can understand me."

The two Mermen look you over. Dorry fetches the clipboard from yesterday and takes notes furiously.

You start to put two and two together "You're scientists aren't you?" You tilt your head "You must be studying me. Why though?" You put your hand on the glass "I'm not getting out of here am I?"

Marlin stares at you and puts his hand on the glass. He says something to you and shakes his head. You hear the noise from before indicating food has been delivered. You walk to the panel hungry. It opens to reveal a jar of water. You take the jar and open it. It looks fine. You lick it and it tastes fine too. You gulp down a few sips of water. Where is the food? Are they not going to feed you? You pace as you drink the water. Your legs begin to feel heavy. The jar drops from your hands and you fall to the floor.

A tube of glass forms around the house in the center and the glass wall between you and the mermen drops. You panic as water floods the tank. You can't move to do anything about it though. The water covers your body and you wait to die. Instead, a large bubble of air leaves your lungs and you start to breathe. What the hell? Marlin swims up to you and picks you up. He takes you over to a table where Dorry is waiting. Gently he sets you down and smiles. He says something to Dorry. Dorry nods and touches your hand gently.

You stare at him a little unfocused. Marlin picks scissors off of a side table and cuts a small bit of your hair off. Dorry takes notes and passes Marlin a jar. Marlin puts the hair in the jar and sets it aside. He takes your face in his hands and looks into your eyes. His hands are warm and soft. Something you hadn't expected. He's talking calmly and sweetly. Your drugged mind tells you he's singing to you. Dorry picks your hand up turning it over a few times.

Marlin never takes your clothes off. He only lifts them enough to examine you. Marlin picks you up and carefully sets you back down on your stomach. Dorry picks you up and swims back to your tank. He looks down at you in awe. Gently he sets you down in your tank running a hand through your hair. He says something and Marlin swims over with something in his hand. He holds your arm out and passes Dorry the object. You can't see what it is though. Marlin tilts your head to look away from your arm.

Marlin takes something from Dorry and swims away. Dorry lays you down and says something. You try to move. You must have because Dorry swims off quickly. The wall goes back up and the tank drains. You cough up a bit of water and take a deep breath. Marlin swims up to the glass and says something with a frown. Dorry joins his side and puts a hand on his shoulder. He says something with a small smile and Marlin perks up. He nods eagerly and leaves what you now suspect is a laboratory room.

Dorry clears a space near your tank. You watch him curiously. At one point food is delivered to your tank. You decide to eat it slowly in case it's drugged. Dorry lays down pausing before getting back up to move stuff again. Marlin comes back with pillows and blankets. He leaves the room excitedly. Dorry swims to the tank and waves. You wave back. He points to you, himself, the floor, and your sleeping room. He pantomimes sleeping. You tilt your head. A sleepover? Why? Do they want to study you at night? Or did the mer from this morning scare them?

Whatever it is you let it be. It's not like you can do anything about it anyway. Marlin returns with two rolled-up soft-looking mats. He lays them out and claps excitedly. He smiles at you and frowns at the door to the room. You look to the door and shrink in on yourself. Dorry sets up the beds and leaves. You look at Marlin and wave him over. He swims to the glass curious. You take a breath and sing "Twinkle Twinkle Little Star". Marlin seems really excited by this. He swims in a circle and sings some of it back. Not the words though.

You clap "You sound so pretty!"

Marlin sings something back to you. It's a sea shanty! You don't know the name of it but you recognize the tune. You happily repeat it back to him as best as you can. Marlin sounds pleased as he says something. This might not be talking but at least you are communicating more. You yawn feeling a little bored and tired. They must have been looking you over for a long time. Dorry returns with two plates of food. He hands one to Marlin. They begin to eat while you watch.

Chapter 298: Sleeping With The Fishes pt8

Chapter Text

You swim awkwardly beside Moon "This feels strange. I'm so used to walking in air."

Moon swims in front of you giving you directions "Why did you never learn to swim?"

You kick your legs just like he told you "My mom almost drown as a kid. She never let me go swimming because she thought I would die too."

Moon adjusts your arms "Would you like to try some street food?"

You tilt your head "Street food? Sure."

Moon leads you to a vendor stall "Fried fish!"

The vendor has what looks like an air fryer in an air bubble.

You watch amazed as she air-fries fish "How do you eat it without it getting soggy?"

Moon takes your orders "I'll show you." He leads you over to a small cafeteria-like room "This room has half air and half water. We have other foods that are better dry. Just open your bag above the water to eat it."

You stare amazed at the room as you hack up water "That will never be comfortable."

Moon smiles sheepishly "We're working on that. Sorry."

You take a bite of food "This is delicious!"

Moon smiles brightly "Glad you like it! There is so much Sun and I want to show you!"

"Will you two ever come to the surface?" You ask as you finish your food.

Moon nods "We are... linked by circumstance. We will be with you."

You throw your trash away with Moon "I'll be with you too. So, Do you and Sun have spouses?"

Moon shakes his head "No... I'm not... desirable." He pulls his hat off "I have... I'm disfigured."

You look him over "I don't see it. I mean, your missing a head fin but I don't see why you wouldn't be attractive."

Moon blushes and puts his hat back on "Thank you!"

You pull him into a hug "Any time! So what about Sun?"

Moon shakes his head as the two of you head for his house "No, he's single. He's never been interested in anyone. He says he's waiting for the right one."

Moon leads you to a stone house. It's a two-story. It has three bedrooms, two bathrooms, a kitchen, a living room, and a dining room.

You look around the living room "Um, How do I go to the bathroom here?"

Moon smirks "We thought about that. The bathroom is equipped with something we think you can use. Follow me."

You follow Moon to the bathroom. Inside is what looks like a urinal.

Moon points to each part as he describes it "This works via suction. Just pull this lever and a gentle suction will suck the stuff away!"

You gasp "That is cooler than I expected."

Moon's tail waves in excitement "Let me show you your room!"

You giggle and follow behind Moon "Alright!" The room has a comfortable-looking bed in a large fake shell, a dresser, and a standing mirror "Wow. This room is great!"

Moon sighs "We were afraid you would hate it."

"I have to try that bed!" You swim to the bed and lie down "Holy! This is soft!"

Moon leans on the doorframe "Heh. Just like a guppy."

Chapter 299: Sleeping With The Fishes pt9

Summary:

Some info. One of the ways clownfish court each other is the male will swim circles around the female. Male damselfish perform a courtship behavior called the signal jump, in which they rise in a water column and then rapidly swim back downward. This creates a pulsing sound. Females want fast swimmers who make good sounds. Male Mer Damselfish evolved to make that sound by swimming quickly and flicking their tails at the right moment.

Chapter Text

You sit on the couch with Moon talking about the surface and beneath the water.

"I have to know. You don't have to answer. How do you have babies? Is it live births or eggs?" You ask.

Moon blushes "Oh! Uh... Some have live births and others eggs... so both? For me and Sun, it's eggs."

You nod "Sorry that was weird."

Moon shakes his head "No! No. You need to learn about us... do." Moon pauses "Do you have a ... partner?"

You frown "No. I've tried... but no. I'm single."

Moon nods and pats your hand "Your courtship ritual didn't work?"

You tilt your head "Technically. I mean... We dated but I was either cheered on or they broke up with me."

"Oh!" Moon says in realization "Your courtship is dating! Mammals down here typically do that!"

You smile "It is! So what kind of things do merfolk do for fun?"

Moon tilts his head "We play board games, watch plays, play videogames, concerts... We used to have TV shows but the signals kept getting messed up."

"Messed up?" you ask.

Moon huffs "Yeah. It didn't matter what we tried. It mostly turned out fuzzy. A few times they exploded."

You stretch your arms "So it was a signal issue and something with the TV itself? Maybe if this ambassador thing works we can get that fixed?"

Moon swishes his tail "Are you allergic to anything?"

You nod and cross your arms "Pollen. Mostly cedar, a type of tree. How about you?"

Moon scratches his tail "Nickle. It gives me a rash."

You make a face "Oof. That sucks. What kind of hobbies do you have?"

Moon blushes "I like to read. I also like to cook, and so does Sun. I also like exploring. Mostly old shipwrecks and caves. Learning about the world around me is exciting!"

You smile with a blush "Cute."

"What?" Moon asks confused.

You look a little surprised, you didn't mean to say that out loud "What? Nothing."

Moon eyes you "Right. Well, Sun was hoping to have dinner with us tonight. We'll be going to a nicer restaurant. Sun picked out an outfit for you. It's a traditional merfolk outfit."

Moon swims quick as he can upstairs. A soft pulsed sound comes somewhere. You look around confused and follow Moon upstairs. He takes you to your room and opens a dresser drawer. He pulls out a white dress-looking thing with a blue and orange sash and a pair of black shorts. He also sets down slip-on shoes.

You look the flowy garment over "It's pretty."

Moon sighs "Good. We weren't sure you'd like it. I'm going to go change. Sun should be here soon."

When he leaves you put the new clothes on. The dress part sits just above your knees. You aren't sure where to put the sash. The shorts fit nicely and the shoes are comfortable.

"Moonie!?" You hear Sun shout.

You swim to the stairs with the sash in your hand "Sun? Can you help me?"

Sun swims up the stairs "What do you nee- wow. You look great!" Sun swims circles around you looking you over "What can I help you with?"

You hold the sash out "What do I do with this? I'm not sure how to put it on..."

Sun smiles and puts it around your hips so it looks like one solid piece "There you go!" He swims a few more circles around you.

You clap, sadly it's super slow "Thank you!"

Moon comes out of his room, you hear the same pulsed sound "Sun! You're here." He looks over at you "Wow. That looks good on you!"

You blush "Thank you."

Sun points down the stairs "Let's get going."

Chapter 300: Sleeping With The Fishes pt10

Summary:

Nitrogen, like alcohol, is a sedative, which is why the symptoms of nitrogen narcosis so closely resemble those of being drunk. The effects of nitrogen and alcohol are cumulative, meaning that one drink on the surface could have the same effect as two, three, or four drinks depending on the depth of your dive.

Chapter Text

While the three of you head to the restaurant they want to take you to, Sun swims circles around you. He says he's checking your form. Every now and then he adjusts your body to sim better. One of his fins brushes against your back though you aren't sure which one.

Sun swam circles around you "You learn fast don't you?"

You blush following the mer with turns of your head "Moon showed me how! I learn by doing. For me, this is great!"

Moon swam proudly beside you "I'm glad! Sun. I was going to take them to the history museum tomorrow. You interested?"

Sun nodded as he swam circles "Sounds like a great idea!"

He shook his head when he noticed he was swimming closer and closer to you. He noticed Moon's mating display too. The two needed to talk about this. Preferably away from you. He doesn't want you knowing their intentions. Intentions he himself didn't know about. For him and Moon, moving this fast in a relationship is normal. He's worried it's not normal for you.

Merpeople stare at the three of you. You are unbothered and openly stare back. Sun also doesn't care, he's never cared. Moon, however, looks uncomfortable. Sun moves so he blocks Moon from everyone's view. While his feelings for Moon aren't romantic, they are more than friendly. Soon the restaurant comes into view. It's called Fergis. It's run by Marlin Fergis and his wife Vetty Fergis. They make some of the most popular cuisine in the city. It's a great chance to show you more about them.

Across the street, Sun spots something that makes his blood boil. Vick is watching the three of them enter Fergis. He nudges Moon and tips his head toward Vick. Moon goes momentarily stiff glancing at Sun. You look between the two confused. Sun holds the door open for you while Moon pushes you inside. The inside is white with turquoise trim. The center of the dining room has a large chandelier made from glowing white crystals.

Sun swims up to the hostess, a young Angelfish "Hello! Table for three."

She smiles picking up three menus in her arms "Alright, follow me- WHAT THE HELL IS THAT?!" She points to you.

Sun looks back "Oh! That's the ambassador to the surface world." Sun grins "Protected by the king."

The hostess nods "I'm going to put you in a booth in the corner. I hope you understand."

Sun nods "Perfectly fine!" He ways you and Moon over.

The three of you are led to a booth with bench seats facing each other. Sun and Moon sit on one side and you sit on the other. The booth has a large window beside it. You look up at the... sky, you guess.

You look down at the menu and scrunch your face in confusion "I can't read this."

Moon smiles "No worries! We'll pick something for you! Do you know what alcohol is?"

You nod "I do! If it's the same on the surface!"

Moon nods "Alright! We'll get you a cocktail then. Do you like steak? Ah!" He points to a steak with side veggies "This?"

You look the picture over "What type of meat is that?"

Moon grins "Tuna!"

You nod "Looks good to me."

Sun swishes his tail "Do you have a partner? On the surface?"

You shake your head with a sigh "No. Not for lack of trying. Mammal courtship is tough. I can't get a human to want to stay. Maybe I'm not good enough."

Sun slaps a hand on the table "Bullsharks!"

You lean back startled "What?"

Sun leans forward "You are a fine specimen of human! Your fir is gorgeous! Your skin is very well taken care of. You are perfect mate material!"

Moon nods "I agree with Sun! Your eyes perfectly reflect the light! Good for spotting dangers. Not to mention your ability to pick up skills so quickly is quite desirable."

Sun makes a chirping sound and crosses his arms. Moon makes a croaking sound with a huff. The waiter comes and takes your order. He stares at you and you wave with a hello. He leaves quickly with a nervous smile.

Sun glances outside "What kind of things did you like doing on the surface?"

You hum "I like reading, playing games," something brushes your leg and you ignore it "Museums, and watching videos. I'll show you that one when we are on the surface. Oh! I also like gardening! What do you like doing Sun? I asked Moon earlier."

Sun looks back at you "I like exploring, playing games, reading, and going to the amusement park."

You lean forward "Amusement park?"

Sun nods "Moon and I can take you later!"

Moon nods "Could be fun!"

You lean back as the waiter brings your drinks "I would love to see that. I'm curious what kinds of attractions you have underwater." You look down at your clear drink pouch "What is this?"

You pick up the drink. It's various gradients of blue starting at light and getting darker.

Moon point to the drink "It's a Moody Blue cocktail. I recommend small sips. We don't know how this will affect you. It's made from seaweed."

You take a tiny sip. It's slightly bitter with the flavor of something tropical. You can't quite put your finger on the flavor. It's nice though.

You set it down "I like it! It's tropical but I can't put my finger on it."

Moon grins "Cocanut!"

Sun nods "We grow them underground."

You stare at them in awe "That's awesome."

Something taps on the window. Sun and Moon go stiff. Both are afraid it's Vick. You look over. It's a little manatee mermaid. She is adorable. She points to your leg. You stand up and show them off. She gasps and swims to her father with a grin. You sit back down with a small smile. Sun and Moon stare at you and smile.

Chapter 301: Sleeping With The Fishes pt11

Chapter Text

You take a small sip of your drink. You were explaining the concept of hair to Sun and Moon. At the moment you were leaning across the table so they could touch your hair.

"Taking your pet out for a walk I see." Someone says from behind you.

Sun's cranial fins flair and he makes a low threatening sound "What are you doing here Vick?"

Vick touches your hair and you turn around. You rocket back against the window alarmed.

Vick scoots in next to you "I saw you come in here and decided to come see how the project is going." He eyes you up and down "They move so slowly in the water."

You open your mouth to say something but Vick sticks his fingers in your mouth.

You pull him away from you "Fuck off! Leave me alone!" You move under the table and pop up on the other side sitting in Moon's lap.

Sun chirps frantically "Go away. You aren't welcome here."

Vick gives Sun a flat look "Don't get too attached to them SuNnY. Anything can happen." He glances at you "If anyone isn't welcome, it's you."

He leaves without a word. You stay where you are for a moment. The entire restaurant is staring at your table with hushed whispers. Sun moves to your seat sliding your drink across the table. Moon puts you in his spot and takes Sun's.

You take a pig sip of your drink to cleanse your mouth "What is wrong with that guy!"

Sun bites his lip and looks at Moon.

Moon nods and turns to you "Before Sun and I were put on Project Smiles, Vick was on the regional team. He wasn't the team lead. That was Oceana. We aren't sure, but we suspect Vick had a part in what the team did."

Sun takes your hand in his "They had a human of their own. For some reason, all the bones in the human's arms and legs were removed."

You touch your hand in his "The... bones? That explains why you got so mad the first time I met him. He creeps me out."

Sun looks at Moon "I'm staying the night. I don't trust Vick."

Moon nods "Should we finish our meal? We could get it to go."

You glance around outside "He put his finger in my mouth. Even on the surface, we don't do that to animals unless they are at the doctor's. It's generally seen as weird."

Your food is set down in front of you and Sun smiles softly "Would you like to stay, or go?"

You stare at your plate "I want to try to salvage this evening. I want to stay."

You take a bite of seared tuna. As you chew you notice something. The salt of the ocean is not bothering you. You don't even taste it. In fact, it's not even burning your eyes. You decide it must be the magic.

Sun grins "Alright then!"

You take a sip of your drink feeling bolder than before "What is the meaning behind the chirping noise you made?"

Sun blushes with a shrimp leg sticking out of his mouth "Ohm," He swallows his bite "It's a warning sound. It shows my dominance!"

You mimic the little sound "Like this?"

Sun chokes on his drink "Uh, yeah."

Moon blushes "I make a warning noise too."

You smile "Can you show me?"

Moon croaks and stares at you. You try to mimic the sound. He shakes his head and croaks again. You furrow your brow and croak again.

Moon claps "Perfect."

You giggle and make a few more croaking and chirping sounds. You sigh and continue to eat. Moon glances over at Sun. He can see the flush of arousal across his skin and his blown pupils. They need to talk about you. AWAY from you.

You set the drink down away from you "Good gravy that's hitting hard. I need to slow down or I'll have a bad time in the morning." You're already feeling a little tipsy.

Sun sets his fork on his empty plate "How did you like the tuna?"

You smile brightly "Delicious! I really liked it."

Moon taps Sun's tail with his "Should we get dessert?"

Sun smirks "Yeah! Something we can split."

Moon waves the server over and orders something for dessert.

You are watching merfolk go about their business "Hey Sun?"

Sun sips his drink "Hm?"

You point to a freshwater fish "How are freshwater fish swimming around in salt water?"

Sun sets his drink down "Oh! Merfolk are inherently magic. Some have more magic than others." Sun points to a mer swimming by "See the bright red bracelet. It lets any mer swim in any environment. Fresh or salt water."

You nod and take another small sip of the drink you pushed away "That's so cool. How are you paying for this meal? Do you have wallets?"

Sun takes a wallet out of his breast pocket "Yeah! Sorry yours got wet. It's actually at the lab in a drybox." He pulls some coins out "We use coins that we call bits!" He sets the coins down in front of you "These green ones are worth one bit. The blue are worth five bits. The yellow are worth ten bits. And these purple are worth fifty bits."

Moon rests his arms on the table "To give you an idea. Your meal was seventeen bits. Your drink was six bits."

You nod, your head beginning to swim from the liquor "Cool."

A plate of something frothy is put on the table. You tilt your head at it. Moon takes a spoon and scoops some onto it. He holds it out to you. Sun leans forward with his lips slightly parted. You open your mouth and take the bite with a pleased hum. Despite the sweet foam, it's a pudding! You have no clue what it's made from but it is delicious!

Moon looks pleased you took the bite "It's seagrass flower pudding. Do you like it?"

You nod "Mhm! Tasty!"

Sun offers you another bite. You open your mouth again and take it. Sun's cranial fin flutters for a moment and he chirps. Moon croaks in response with a smile. The two feed you pudding. You are happy to see them so happy. You aren't sure when it happens, but the next time you open your eyes Sun is carrying you on his back. You feel drunk and sleepy.

Moon brushes your hair aside "Go back to sleep. We're headed home now."

You yawn and close your eyes. You're sure they know what they're doing.

Chapter 302: Sleeping With The Fishes pt12

Chapter Text

You had passed out in the restaurant. The alcohol went straight to your head. To Sun and Moon, this was fine. They simply paid for the meal and took you home.

Sun made angry little chirping noises as the two swam to Moon's house "I can't believe Vick! Who does that?! You don't put your fingers in someone else's mouth!"

Moon huffed "I feel like we failed them again. We should have done more!"

Sun frowned "You know we couldn't have! Most people don't see them as a person yet. Just a novelty from the surface. We are doing our best."

Moon croaks and grumbles "We'll do better next time."

Sun nods "Hopefully there won't be a next time."

The two swam in silence for a few minutes before Moon finally spoke up "Sun?"

Sun bit his lips "Yeah?"

Moon took a deep breath "We need to talk... about them."

Sun sighed "Yeah, we do." He looked over at Moon "So you noticed it too then?"

Moon opens his mouth when you start to wake up. You sleepily look over at him with a dopey little smile.

Moon brushes your hair aside "Go back to sleep. We're headed home now."

You yawn and lie back down. Moon smiles, flicking his tail to make his mating call.

Moon shakes his head "Sorry."

Sun puts a hand on his shoulder "It's fine. We'll talk more at home."

Again the two swim in silence. The gravity of the conversation to come hangs heavy between the two mermen. Both of them know this could break their friendship forever. Likewise, it could destroy everything they've built with you. They don't even know if you would be interested in them. The two know absolutely nothing about human standards. Moon's house comes into view. Both men feel apprehensive about going inside. Moon moves first, holding the door open for Sun.

Moon heads for the stairs after locking the door "I'll take you to their room. We can take their sash off. I don't think it will be comfortable to sleep in."

Sun lays you down in your bed while Moon locks up the windows. Sun removes the sash around your waist and brushes your hair. Moon points to the door and the two leave the room. They head downstairs to the living room to talk. The two mer stare at their hands unsure of how to start.

Sun glances at Moon "When did you notice you were courting them?"

Moon takes his hat off and sets it aside "When I told them I was disfigured, and they called me attractive. What about you?"

Sun smiles softly "When we took them to the king."

Sun and Moon sit quietly for a moment.

Sun looks at Moon "What do we do about this? Assuming they'll even want to be with one of us in the first place."

Moon sighs "Assuming that? We let them choose who they want."

Sun groans "What if they want both of us? Are you prepared to share with me?"

Moon gasps "You're willing to share?"

Sun pulls Moon into a tight hug "If I were to be in a polyamorous relationship with anyone? I only want it to be you! I trust you. You are my closest friend!"

Moon leans back breaking the hug "What if they don't want either of us?"

Sun looks up at the second floor "Then we console each other and continue with the project."

Moon nods "How do we bring this up to them?"

Sun shrugs "I'm not sure. Should we do it when they wake up?"

Moon bites his lip anxiously "The longer we wait, the worst you and I will get. We should do it as soon as possible."

Sun looks back up at the second floor "Alright. I'm nervous."

"Me too," Moon says wringing his hat in his hands.

Chapter 303: Sleeping With The Fishes pt13

Chapter Text

You wake up with the need to pee. The alcohol is still in your system and clouding your thoughts. You clumsily swim to the door out of your room. Downstairs you can hear talking.

"Both of us? Are you prepared to share?" Sun groaned out.

You stayed just out of sight and listened. So they liked someone? This... broke your heart a little. You were becoming attached to them.

Moon gasps "You're willing to share?"

You swim to the bathroom. You don't want to hear anymore.

Sun says warmly "If I were to be in a polyamorous relationship with anyone? I only want it to be you! I trust you. You are my closest friend!"

You leave the bathroom moving a little slower than before. You just want to crawl into bed and sleep forever at the moment. Although, that's probably the alcohol talking.

"Think they heard?" Sun says panicked.

"I don't know. Should we go talk to them now?" Moon says.

You don't want to talk. Especially about some other merperson. You look up to find Sun blocking your path.

Sun looks you over "Is everything alright, guppy?"

You look at the wall behind him "Sleepy."

Sun swims a little closer "Talk to me."

You open and close your fists "I want to go to bed. I don't want to talk right now."

"You overheard us didn't you?" Moon says from your left. "I'm sorry but that's how we feel! We won't force you into anything you don't want! It's OK if you only like one of us! Or even neither of us."

Sun nods "We know we aren't humans and you aren't a mermaid. We can't help liking you though! We hope you feel the same way. But it's ok if you don't."

Moon wrings his hat in his hands "We've been courting you. The little popping sounds I've been making. Sun circling you. Even the little chirping and croaking sounds!"

Sun curls in on himself "We are so sorry! We didn't realize we were doing it at first. When we figured it out we decided to tell you as soon as possible."

You let yourself slowly sag in the water. You can't believe what you are hearing. This can't be real!

You hold your head "Well fuck me running!"

Sun looks gobsmacked "WHAT?! I-I mean we could, but you are clearly still drunk!"

Moon nods "We could never do something like that to you!"

You break down into a fit of laughter "No! No. It's a turn of phrase! Like giving someone the cold shoulder!"

Sun pauses before nodding "So you aren't asking us for sex?"

You nod "No. Hahaha! I mean, don't get me wrong I would love to date the two of you. But I ain't asking for sex right now."

Moon croaks and covers his eyes with his hands "YIN! YOU MEAN IT!?"

You yawn "Yeah. We just gotta talk about boundaries and shit."

Sun circles you and picks you up "You need to go back to bed, guppy."

Moon opens the door for Sun "We'll talk in the morning."

Sun sets you down in the bed and you snuggle into the sheets. Moon pulls the covers over you and hums a song. You drift off to sleep free from nightmares.

The next morning you wake up to the smell of something cooking and the distant sound of chatter. You have a slight headache but nothing you can't manage. You head downstairs while practicing the swimming techniques Moon taught you. Swimming will take a lot of getting used to.

Sun glances over his shoulder from the stove "Good morning, guppy!"

You wave "Morning."

Moon puts a warm drink in your hand "Tea. It'll help you wake up."

You sip the warm beverage "About last night."

Sun waves a spoon at you "Not now! You need breakfast first."

You cross your arms "No. I'm not waiting for food."

Moon backs up and swims past you bumping your shoulder gently "Don't be a brat. Listen to Sun."

You frown "I'm not being a brat. I just want to talk and not wait."

Sun sets his spoon down and swims over to you wrapping his tail around your legs "At least wait until I finish cooking."

You look down at his tail "What is this?"

Sun swims back to the stove "A display of my male role in the relationship. Moon and can change our gender. If we don't establish ourselves as the men in this relationship we'll become women."

You nod slowly "Interesting. Well... if that's what you gotta do... don't get too aggressive with it."

Moon nods "Never. We want to be on equal footing in this relationship. However, we also don't want to become women. Nothing against girls. I'm just firm in my gender."

You sip your drink "I get you. If I can help you with that I will. I just need some words of affirmation afterward."

Moon pulls you into a hug "Thank you. This really does mean a lot to us."

You hug him back "This. This is why I want to talk! I don't know shit about your species! I didn't know y'all were courting me!"

Sun sets the spoon down "Breakfast is ready!"

Chapter 304: Sleeping With The Fishes pt14

Chapter Text

The three of you sit down at the dining table. Sun made an oatmeal-like dish topped with crab. It's quite tasty!

You sip your tea "So, Just to get this out in the ai- ... sea, I want to be with you two. Who do you two want to be with?"

Sun smiles "Just you. Like I said, we talked about this. Moon and I are just friends."

Moon nods "Are you alright with that?"

You swallow a bite of food and wave your hand "Oh yeah! That's just fine! Um... this might be uncomfortable but, do you breed for pleasure or just reproduction?"

Sun snickers "Both! Unlike our fishy counterparts, we can choose when to have babies." He sets his spoon down "When we want a baby, the male inserts his penis into the female's vagina and deposits sperm. The eggs gestate inside the female for thirteen weeks. Then she lays the eggs in the repaired nest and they continue to gestate for another thirteen weeks before hatching!"

You tilt your head "How do you do that without reproducing?"

Mon smiles "We have something called a condom. It's a-"

You snicker "You have condoms too!? Wow! It's surprising how similar our species' technologies evolved. Let me guess. Your condoms are basically a sleeve that goes over the penis and prevents sperm from entering the female?"

Moon nods "Exactly!" He swims off "I need paper! This is fascinating!"

Sun rolls his eyes "Bring some for me too! You alright with us taking some notes?"

You shrug and sip your tea "Fine with me."

Moon comes back with two notebooks and hands one to Sun "How do humans have babies?"

You set your bowl aside and explain how babies are made.

Sun leans back "Wow! That is a long time!"

Moon nudges Sun "Do you think they could gestate an egg?"

Sun looks you over "I'm not sure."

You lean back "Uh... I'm not ready to try that..."

Moon shakes his head "Sorry!"

You wave a hand "I get it! This is completely new for all of us. Now, I have more questions about this relationship. Are you familiar with love languages?"

Sun shakes his head "No, what are they?"

You cross one leg over the other while Moon scribbles more notes "Well it's recognizing how you and a partner like to receive and express love. There are five of them. Words of affirmation, quality time, physical touch, acts of service, and receiving gifts."

Sun claps "Oh! Ohohoh!! Quality time! That's you, Moon! I looove giving gifts! I also love physical contact."

You smile "I love doing things to show I care. I love touching those I love! I have a body worship kink. I want to show you how much I love you!"

Moon blushes "I like spending quality time with loved ones, I love getting compliments and getting gifts. I love doing things for people."

You nod "Great! How do you feel about kissing? I love kissing and it's my biggest must."

Moon goes wide-eyed "You'd kiss me?"

You lean forward "Oh Moonpie. I'd do more than kiss you." You put your hands on the table and lean over so you are nose to nose with Moon "I find you attractive."

Moon croaks loudly and fidgets in his chair. His dorsal fin ramrod straight behind him.

You whisper "Would you like me to kiss you?"

Moon nods and whispers back "Yes."

You lean forward and give Moon a soft kiss pulling back with a grin.

Moon gasps softly "My first proper kiss."

You push yourself back to your seat "Proper kiss? You've had improper kisses?"

Moon rubs his head brushing his fingers over his scar "I..."

You push yourself back over the table and hug Moon "It's alright if you aren't ready to talk about it."

Moon wraps his arms around you and shudders "Thank you."

Sun kisses the top of your head and starts to clean up the table "We wanted to take you to a history museum today."

You gasp "That sound like fun!"

Moon rubs your back as he holds you.

You pet his head pausing when you touch a scar that runs along his skull "Oh." It's in the same spot as Sun's cranial fin "Oh, Moon. I don't know what happened to you, but I'm here for you." You realize the scar has something to do with the improper kiss and kiss his scar "I still think you are beautiful."

Moon buries his face in your chest and cries softly. You kick off the ground and pull Moon up with you. The two of you float while you hold him close wrapping yourself around him.

Sun sims back into the room and puts his hand on Moon's back "We'll go when you're ready. Take all the time you need."

Chapter 305: Sleeping With The Fishes pt15

Chapter Text

It takes half an hour for Moon to calm down. You spend the whole time holding Moon and telling him how great you think he is. Sun gathers things for your trip to the museum. While he doesn't fully understand Moon's pain, he does know the horrors of what happened. He knows Moon needs you right now.

Moon takes a deep and slow breath "We can go now. Thank you..."

You kiss the top of his head "I care about you. A lot!"

Moon blushes "I care about you too."

Sun holds up a shirt to you "Is that the human way of saying I love you?"

You shake your head "No. I'm just not ready to say that yet. I've said it too early in relationships before and it bit me in the butt."

Sun pushes his mouth to the right "I've never seen a human butt before."

You squint at him "You want me to show you my butt?"

Moon nods "For science."

You purse your lips "Science?"

Sun nods "We are supposed to learn about you."

You take the shirt from Sun "Fine. In my room though."

As the three of you head upstairs you look the shirt over. It has a picture of krill on it with 'Krill 'Em With Kindness' written on it. The shirt is yellow and the writing is black. You pull your clothes off from the night before.

Sun blushes "WHAT ARE YOU DOING?!"

You shrug "You wanted to see my butt. Now you get to see all of me!" You turn around to face your boys completely naked "Well?"

Moon is furiously taking notes in a notebook "This is incredible!" More scribbling "You have that? Wow!"

Sun swims circles around you "Guppy, you are making it really hard not to start biting you in a full-blown mating display." He gently touches your butt "Your butt is fascinating! Is this where your poop comes out?"

You squeak as he touches your asshole "Yeah! Ok! That's enough!" You throw the shirt on "I'm getting a little uncomfortable with the scrutiny."

Sun pulls you into a hug wrapping his tail around your legs "Thank you for showing us. It really means a lot to us."

You chuckle "This is a two-way street boys."

Moon sets the notebook down "What?"

You slip on a pair of black leggings from Sun "I want to know where your genitals are. You don't have to show them to me. Just point to where they are kept."

Sun pushes you down by your shoulders "Fair is fair." He points to an almost invisible slit a little lower than where a man's penis would be "It's tucked away right here. When we get aroused, our penis comes out."

You touch the side of his tail "Your scales are really pretty. Both of you look gorgeous!"

Moon swims to your left "This is what they look like."

You turn "What?" Moon's penis is at eye level with you "Oh!"

Moon's cock is smooth and pink. Like a whale's penis.

Sun looks down "MOON! You could have given some warning! You can't just whip it out willy-nilly!"

Moon swings his arms in your direction pointing at you with both his hands "They asked! We got to see their butt and genitals! Fair is fair."

Staring at his dick makes you want to put it in your mouth. You lick your lips and lean forward a tiny bit. It's been quite some time since you were with anyone. You don't do one-night stands.

Sun points down at you "Look at them! You're hypnotizing them with your dick!"

This isn't that though. And he does look really good.

Moon rolls his eyes and crosses his arms "I am not hypnotizing them with my dick!"

You lean forward and take the tip of his foot-long cock into your mouth. Lust winning over reason. It's smooth and slippery. You take more of him into your mouth.

Moon spreads his arms wide and looks down at you "Yin?" You suck hard on his cock and Moon throws his head back "OH FUCK!"

Sun leans down to look at you "What are you doing?! I told you you hypnotized them!"

Moon thrusts his hips toward you "Shit! 'S Good!"

You lean back "I want it. If you'll let me."

Moon leans down and puts a hand on your cheek "You WANT to?"

You nod firmly "I want to!"

Absolutely shocked Moon leans back "Don't let me stop you!"

Sun looks between the two of you "What about the museum? Isn't this going fast for mammals? I mean shit! If you want to do that I won't stop you!"

You tilt your head "No, not too fast. We are in this for the long run. It's been a year since I've been with anyone. Then a hot guy sticks his dick in my face. I already know he wants me. So yeah, I am going to shoot my shot. Now, do you want me to play with you too?"

Sun gestures toward Moon "You seem pretty busy with Moon."

You stare at Sun's slit where his cock hides. You squint before running your finger over the slit. Sun moans as your finger dips into his slit. You nod firmly and return to Moon's cock. You push a finger into Sun's slit. He moans loudly and covers his face with his hands. You moan as you add another finger to Sun's slit. Sun thrusts his hips into your hand. The tip of his cock brushes your fingertips.

Inch by inch his foot-long cock pushes out of his slit. You turn and take it into your mouth. You pump Moon's cock with your hand. Sun and Moon moan while reaching out for something to take hold of. You put your hand on Sun's hip and push him next to Moon. You take as much of both their cocks into your mouth as you can. The rest you pump with your hands.

Sun's cranial fin raises and he chirps loudly. Moon croaks as he thrusts his hips. You wonder what their cum tastes like and double your efforts. You stick your fingers into their slits around their cocks. Moon gasps, his eyes wide. With a loud cry, he cums. Its flavor is just like a human's. Yep, not very tasty. Sun thrusts his hips like a madman and cums hard.

Sun goes limp leaning forward to float in the water. Moon floats on his back as he catches his breath.

You put your bottoms on "Ok. Now we can go."

Moon looks over at you "What about you?"

You grin "I got what I wanted out of that."

Sun looks up at you lazily "And what did you want?"

You wipe your mouth with the back of your hand "To suck your dick."

Sun rolls onto his back "That's it? You just wanted to suck a dick? Humans are weird"

You shake your head "No! I wanted to suck YOUR dick."

Moon swims closer to you "Why?"

you rub his cheek "Because I wanted to. I saw an opportunity and I took it in a moment of impulse. I'll do it again too!"

Moon pulls you into his arms "You are the first to do that to me."

You rub his chest "I see it more as doing it with you instead of to you."

Sun rubs your lower back "Can we play with you?"

You nod "After the museum."

Sun pouts "Awe! why do we have to wait?"

You put your shoes on "Because I actually do want to see the museum today."

Moon pets your head "Give us a moment and we can go.

Chapter 306: Sleeping With The Fishes pt16

Chapter Text

Sun swam circles around you watching your form as you swim. He moved your legs to help you swim more efficiently. Moon made the popping sound with his tail happy as a tick. You were loving the attention from the two men beside you.

You were excited to see this history museum. How close to human history was Mer history? What kinds of wars did they have? And then a darker thought hit you. What happened to make the Merpeople go into hiding? If you had to guess, it probably had something to do with sailors and pirates.

Soon you reached the city. Merfolk stared at you in awe. At least you hope that's what it is. While it still makes you uncomfortable to have all these eyes on you, you push the feelings aside in the name of piece. You pass a shop for babies. You don't lay eggs like Sun and Moon. You don't even know if your species are compatible in that regard.

You sigh "Guys?"

The two mer beside you slow down so you can talk better.

You bite your lip "Do you want kids? What if I can't give them to you? Chances are high no matter what we do it won't work."

Sun looks at Moon over your shoulder. Moon takes you by the waist and pulls you into an alleyway.

Sun pulls you into his arms "We do want kids. It's alright if you can't help us with that! There are other options!"

Moon rubs your back "When the time comes to think about those things, we'll go over all our options. You don't need to feel bad about it."

You nod "Thank you."

Sun nuzzles your face "Everyone needs reassurances every now and then. Even I do sometimes."

Moon takes your hand "Let's keep going. We're almost at the museum." He smiles brightly "I'm excited to teach you about our history!"

The museum is gorgeous. Various coral grows on the outside. Little fish and other sea creatures dart about. It looks like one giant art piece. Moon squeezes your hand brushing his shoulder against yours. Sun tilts his body to rest his dorsal fin against your back.

You pull the two of them to look at a sea anemone "Question. I get the two of you are flirting with me. I'm not a Mer so I don't know this stuff. How do I flirt back with you? I could give compliments but I want to do it the way you do."

Sun looks you up and down "Bite me."

You tilt your head "Bite you?"

Sun nods "Let me show you." He takes your arm and bites down hard enough to sting a little but leave no lasting marks "Like this."

You take his arm and bit town "Fis?"

Sun shakes his head "A little harder."

You nod and try again "This?"

Sun groans "Just like that! Good job."

Moon puts his hand on his chin "Complement the signal jump."

You turn to Moon "Signal jump?"

Moon nods and flicks his tail to make the popping sound "That is a signal jump. Just complement it."

You look down at his tail "Well, it is a very nice sound. I find it to be pleasing to the ear. I like hearing it honestly."

Moon croaks wildly like he's talking to you.

Sun laughs "Moon! They can't understand you! I can't understand you."

You chuckle "I think it's cute! Like when you get all chirpy!"

Sun blushes deeply and chirps wildly while covering his face in his hands. Moon hides in your hair croaking low and deep. You chuckle at your boys.

Chapter 307: Sleeping With The Fishes pt17

Chapter Text

Sun groans loudly "You are going to be the death of me guppy!"

Moon wraps his arms around your waist "Let's go inside before we take you back home."

Sun and Moon insist you hold one of their hands at all times. The encounter with Vick the night before has the two of them shaken up. They were right to be on edge. As the three of you entered the museum, Sun spots Vick swimming across the street. Hopefully, he didn't see the three of them.

You look around excitedly. The lobby has pictures of various Mers in various outfits. A mask hangs on one of the walls. Mers stare at you as you look around.

Moon takes your hand "I need to put this on your wrist." He wraps a band around your wrist "It's the ticket. When we're ready to leave we give it back."

You blush as he slips his hand into yours. Sun swims next to you and takes your other hand. You squeeze their hands gently. The first room has several displays.

The first display has the evolution of merfolk. From a fish to a merperson.

Sun stops the three of you at the next one "King Triton was the first recorded king of the merfolk. He united the tribes under one flag."

Moon continues "Before that merfolk lived in scattered tribes. We attacked each other a lot. Disease was a big issue."

The display shows merfolk huddled in caves. They take you to the next display showing who you assume to be King Triton uniting the merfolk.

Sun fights the urge to bite you "He was the king for forty years before his death." Your earlier blowjob still has the merman riled up.

Moon pulls the three of you to the next display "After that his daughter Crysta took over. She was a pretty good queen. She got married and had a son named..."

"Antony," Sun says.

Moon nods "Thank you! Antony became King and ruled for another thirty years. He died of heart failure."

Sun huffs "Records of the next five rulers were destroyed by an accident. There were more kings and queens before Freddy but I don't know them by name."

They take you to the next room. The next display shows Mers trading with pirates.

You point with your hand linked with Moon's "That's a pirate!"

Sun nods "We used to do trading with the humans."

Moon squeezes your hand "Some were nice. Others... not so much."

You huff "I'm not surprised."

Sun nudges you with his shoulder "I'm glad you're nice though."

Sun pulls you to the next display "Reynard Buchomp was the first Mer to figure out how to use underwater steam vents to build machines. The first was an automated printing press."

You stare at the display "That's cool! It looks so similar to human printing presses."

Moon excitedly pulls you to the next display "Emily Muler went on to use the new technology in her bakery!"

Sun pulls you to the next display "This discovery would lead to Valtamer Corky inventing the first electric machine."

Moon squeezes your hand gently "It was a device that makes light. It ran on the power of eels. Later Maynard Potidu figured out how to use magic crystals as a power source!"

Room by room Sun and Moon pull you through the museum. You learn that a lot of their inventions were created around the same time as humans invented theirs. You learn that merfolk have racial issues of their own. They had issues with sexuality and marriage. Merpeople rights issues. Hell! Their king is elected!

By the end of it, your head is spinning. It was almost an information overload. Luckily, no one expects you to remember everything right away. Moon leaves you with Sun to return your wristbands.

Sun holds your hand "What would you like to do now?"

You hum and look up "I don't know. I'm not familiar with what you have to offer."

Sun tilts his head "Well... we could pick up something to eat and head home to," He leans in and whispers "Play."

You blush "That one. Absolutely that one."

Sun chuckles and pats your head wrapping his hand around the back of your neck "Good guppy."

Moon swims up to the two of you "What are we doing next."

Sun tilts his head slightly with a smile "We are getting some food to take back home. Then we get to play a game together."

Moon looks excited "What game are we playing?"

Sun licks his lips "Doctor."

Chapter 308: Sleeping With The Fishes pt18

Chapter Text

Moon croaks loudly "Doctor?"

Sun nods firmly "We just need to pick up some food."

"What kind? We should get drinks too." Moon asks.

Sun swims circles around you "Something easy to eat. Kababs?"

Moon gasps "OH! We can go to that place on Tidal Lane. The one with the grill."

Sun glances around before nipping your cheek "Sounds good! Let's go!"

Sun and Moon take your hands and leave the museum. Moon makes the popping signal jump sound.

"OH! That's called a ... signal jump right?" You furrow your brow and attempt to make the sound but fail miserably "Well that didn't work. I'd probably never make it sound as nice as you." You glance at him out of the corner of your eye with a sultry look.

Moon croaks uncontrollably and picks up his swimming speed. Sun chuckles and picks up his pace to keep up. You are basically being dragged to the eatery. Fine by you. Sun and Moon drag you through an alleyway to get to the eatery faster.

You yank Sun by the hand toward you. He squawks in surprise followed by a lewd moan as you bite down on his neck hard enough to leave a mark. Sun's hand flies to his neck. He stares at you for a moment before devolving into a flurry of chirps. It's like he's reprimanding you.

Moon shakes his head and tugs the three of you to continue to the eatery "You are trouble."

The eatery is small. Only fitting about six people at a time. You wait outside with Sun while Moon gets the food.

Sun leans and whispers "I can't wait to see how you feel."

You lean in and whisper "Horny Sun. I feel horny."

Moon takes your hand "We should fix that then."

Sun swims underneath you and puts you on his back "I know you're supposed to learn how to swim better, but now is not the time."

Sun and Moon take off quickly. You wrap your arms around Sun. In a very brazen moment, you kiss his back. Sun takes your hand and nips a finger in warning. You settle down and let them take you home. The two take you to Moon's house.

As Sun takes you to Moon's room, Moon locks his home up. Sun sets you down in the room and swims circles around you. Gradually he gets closer and closer to you. He nips your shoulder and bumps into you. You reach out and pull him into you as he makes another pass. You wrap your arms around him.

Nose to nose the two of you stare at each other. You smile and pull him into a kiss. Sun relaxes in your arms. You bite down on his lower lip. Sun chirps with a blush. You shove your tongue in his mouth and lick his tongue. Moon closes the door and you pull back from a dazed Sun.

Moon sets the food down on the bed "Don't let me stop you."

You nod and pull Moon to you "Ok."

You kiss him deeply. Your lips dance against his. Moon's hand fists your hair. Your arms wrap around him. You pet his head. He gasps softly. You trail kisses down his jaw and to his neck. Moon tilts his head.

You lean back "We should eat first."

Chapter 309: Sleeping With The Fishes pt19- Vagina

Chapter Text

Moon swims to the door. You watch curiously as he swims down the hall and turns around. He swims as quickly as possible back into the room finishing with a signal jump. It's louder than it was before. You can tell he's really putting effort into it.

You swim to Moon and take his cheek in your hands "Oh moonpie!" Moon leans closer to you "That was incredibly sexy." You trail your hand down his body and rub his slit "I'm so attracted to you Moon."

Moon croaks loudly "How do we make you feel good? What can we do to please you, guppy?"

You lick your lips and take his hand "Don't worry, I'll show you soon enough."

Sun scribbles notes in a yellow notebook "We must feed the patient first. A proper meal with help with a quick recovery."

Moon turns to Sun "Oh! Yes! The patient needs to eat." Moon picks you up and lays you down on the large bed "No worries! Sun and I will take good care of you. We just want to give you an examination." He leans down and licks your cheek "A thorough examination."

You blush and nod "Yes Doctor."

Moon smiles "Good girl." He turns to Sun "Are you actually taking good notes?"

Sun scoffs "I always take good notes!"

Moon takes the food containers and sets them out on the bed "That may be the case. However, they are rarely legible."

Sun frowns "Stop running the mood! We want to breed them not bore them!"

You cover your mouth with your hand trying not to laugh. Sun swims to your side tossing the notebook and pencil down on the bed.

He leans forward and tips your head with his hands "Don't you ruin the mood either!"

He bites down on your neck. The points of his sharp teeth prick your flesh. You moan at the feeling and grab him by the shoulders. You pull him closer to you and wrap your arms around his neck. Sun chuckles lowly as he lets your neck go. Moon croaks and takes notes enthralled by your receptiveness to their advances.

Sun picks up one of the takeout containers with mixed seafood skewers in it "How do you feel about spicy food?"

You hum "I like some spicy food. But not a lot. I'll try a bite though."

Sun nods and dips a corner into a dark red sauce "Let us know if it's too spicy."

He holds the skewer out to you. You lean forward and take a bite. It has just the right amount of sweet and spicy.

You moan in delight "Fuck! That's good!"

Moon scribbles some notes "Fascinating!" Moon picks up a skewer and takes a big bite before talking with his mouth full "Fo va fuface hash aw fravorsh?"

You snicker "Swallow and try again."

Moon blushes and swallows "So the surface has all flavors?"

You take another bite from Sun "If by flavors you mean sweet, savory, bitter, salty, and sour. Then yes."

Sun offers you a bite of veggies "Thank you for putting up with our notes on you."

You hum as you swallow the bite "Like I said before. I get it. It's kinda flattering."

Sun set the mostly empty containers aside "Doctor Moon. The patient is well-fed. It is my professional opinion that they are ready for their examination. Don't you agree?"

Moon hums in pretend thought "Hm. I concur Doctor Sun. We should begin the procedure by undressing the patient."

Sun swims to your left foot and Moon to your right. Together they remove your shoes. Sun takes notes on your feet. Moon helps him trace what they look like. You giggle as they tickle the bottom of your foot while inspecting it. Moon removes your pants and underwear while Sun removes your shirt. The two mermen take a long moment to take your naked body in.

Moon rotates your leg "You have so much flexibility."

Sun sets the notebook down after taking some notes "What's this?" He touches your clit with his finger "It's like a weird tiny penis."

Moon leans down to inspect what Sun is touching "Sun." He says flatly "That's a clitoris. Like what dolphins have."

Sun nods slowly "Oooh!"

You groan and thrust your hips into his finger.

Sun grins smugly "You like that?"

You blush "Yes. Feels good."

Moon scribbles a few notes "You are gorgeous." He reaches down and rolls your left breast in his massive hand making you moan "So these are sensitive."

Sun rubs your clitoris in slow circles. Moon sets the notebooks down to focus on your chest. Twisting and pulling your nipples. You reach out to Moon and pull him to you by his hips. You hold the mer in place with your arms wrapped around him. Moon croaks in surprise as you lap at his slit. His dorsal fin sits ramrod straight. Sun stills his movements to watch you for a moment. He chirps in excitement while pushing himself to rest between your legs.

Sun leans in to inspect your clitoris. He takes the notebook and sketches your vagina. He even spreads your lips to get a better look. You can feel Moon's cock beginning to poke out of his slit. As his cock slides you take it into your mouth. Sun leans forward and sniffs your pussy.

Sun looks up surprised "Moon! Come smell this!"

Moon reluctantly pulls out of your mouth and swims down to Sun "What?"

Sun pulls Moon by the back of his neck shoving his face into your pussy. Something about the way you smell is doing things to Moon. His eyes go wide and he nuzzles your pussy. You moan as his nose brushes your clitoris.

Moon licks a long stripe up your pussy "You need to taste her, Sun!"

Moon leans back and shoves Sun into your pussy. Sun chirps indignantly. You chuckle and pet Sun's head. Sun's fins go flat against his head and he closes his eyes. With renewed vigor, Sun licks your pussy. His dorsal and cranial fins stand up straight. Sun chirps and bites down on your inner thigh. You hiss out a moan at the feeling. Sun chirps again and nips your other thigh.

You spread your legs a little wider "More. I need you."

Moon leans down to you a little concerned "What do you need?"

You blush "My... Good lord this is embarrassing. I need you to finger my pussy to stretch me out for you."

Moon pets your cheek "Show us how."

Sun pushes away from you reluctantly "I want to see."

You blush deeper as the mermen move to stare at your pussy "Um. Well..." You spread your pussy lips with your fingers "There's this hole that leads to the uterus. It's where your penis goes for making babies."

Moon croaks excitedly and takes notes.

You look away from the two for a second "Right, so you put your fingers in here one at a time to help stretch me out for your cocks." You look back at them "Like this."

You stuff a finger into your pussy and show Sun and Moon just how you like it. Moon moves your hand and slides a finger into your hole.

Sun slides a finger in next to Moon's and chirps loudly "It's soft and warm!"

Moon holds the notebook and pencil up "Take notes! I'll hold the notebook!"

Sun chirps excitedly and takes the pencil. He takes notes while feeling your inner walls with his finger. Moon slides a second finger inside you. He slowly thrusts his fingers inside you. You arch your back with a moan.

Sun takes the notebook from Moon and sets both items aside "So we just push our dick into your hole?"

You nod "Should we use a condom?"

Moon bites his lip "I want to say no, but we don't know if we can get you pregnant...."

Sun hums "We lay eggs... humans don't. We should be fine!"

Moon nods "Alright. No condom. We should be fine."

You nod "Alright. I trust you."

Sun puts his hands on his hips "Who goes first?"

You snicker "I can take both of you at once." You stand up and move them so their cocks are touching and the two are facing each other "Let me work you inside me. I'll let you know when you can take control."

You move between the two and slowly lower yourself inch by glorious inch onto their cocks. Sun behind you and Moon in front. You wrap your arms around Moon and pull him closer to you. Sun chirps and nibbles your shoulder. Moon looks you in the eyes with a croak and a blush.

You reach up and pet his scar "You look beautiful." You pull Moon into a kiss "You can thrust now."

Sun pulls his cock out and pushes back inside. He bites down a little harder and chirps around your flesh. Moon thrusts after Sun does. You are never left empty. Moon peppers your face in kisses and bites your lip. They feel so good inside you. You moan and roll your hips on their cocks. Sun tails his bites up your neck. Moon wraps his arms around you and Sun, kissing you deeply. Sun chirps and grinds his cock inside you.

You reach behind you and take Sun by the back of his head. Moon croaks and rubs your hip keeping his other arm around you and Sun. You bounce on their cocks as much as you can and lick Moon's lip. He opens his mouth and you lick his tongue. Moon thrusts slow and hard while Sun thrusts quickly and shallowly. You lean and bite Moon on the neck. He croaks loudly and thrust harder.

Your clit throbs and your walls start to flutter around Sun and Moon. Sun moves to your other shoulder and starts biting you. You moan loudly. Your tongue hanging out of your mouth. Sun's fins flair and he chirps loudly biting down hard on your neck. His cock throbs as he starts to cum inside you. Your clit throbs hard as a pleasant tingling spreads through your body. Your walls squeeze Sun and Moon in a vice grip as you cum hard. Slick cum flooding out of you. Moon croaks as he thrusts one last time inside you. The two mers fill you so much it spills out of you.

You go limp between them. Sun chirps weakly. Together he and Moon move to lie the three of you down on your sides. Moon pulls the blankets over you three. Sun pulls the cord to dim the lights for sleeping.
Moon croaks one last time and the three of you fall asleep together.

Chapter 310: Sleeping With The Fishes pt3-1

Summary:

This is Sun and Moon's point of view. Also, guppies are what they call their kids.

Chapter Text

Sun and Moon sawm excitedly to their lab. The two had hoped to sedate you and give you a health check. Sun excitedly opened the door eager to see you. It really was an honor to work on Project Smiles. Especially since King Freddy had asked for them by name. Something felt off as they got closer. Someone was talking in their lab. It should be empty. Sun felt an overwhelming rage come over him as he entered the lab. Vick was in their lab talking to you. He was one of the members who worked on the first attempt at Project Smiles.

Sun swam to block you from him "WHAT ARE YOU DOING HERE!? YOU ARE BANNED FROM THE DAYCARE! GET OUT NOW!"

Vick smiled calmly " Relax guppy. All I did was look at your little test subject."

Moon swam to the glass and looked you over for injuries. While no evidence was found against Vick. Sun and Moon still suspected he knew what was going on with the previous Project Smiles.

Sun flared his cranial fins "I SAID GET OUT! GET OUT! GET OUT! GET OUT! I WILL NOT HAVE YOU HARMING THE HUMAN."

Sun lets out a loud warning cry baring his teeth.

Vick throws his hands up "Alright. I'm leaving. See you later, test subject."

Sun followed Vick to the door. A low warning growl rumbled from his chest. If he needed to he would fight Vick.

"Sun!" Moon shouted.

Sun turned and swam to the glass "What?"

Moon tried waving you over but you ignored him again "They like you better. Try getting them to move."

Sun waved you over "Come on. Come here. I just want to make sure you have your bones."

You stand up and Moon sighs "Thank Triton!"

You say something. Agitation etched into your features. Slowly you shuffle to the glass. Moon got a clipboard to make a detailed report of the incident. This will be filed and a copy sent to security. This could not happen again.

Sun put his hand on the glass "I am so so sorry you were in that situation. We are supposed to protect you! We almost got you injured or worse! Killed." He shakes his head as the medicated water is delivered to your tank.

Moon takes notes as the sedative takes effect. He thought that if you were awake for the procedure you might not be so scared. They were supposed to befriend you not scare you. Sun starts the procedure to fill your tank with water. He swims to you and picks you up. Moon gets the sheet for exam notes and preps the table for you. Sun sets you down and they begin their exam.

"Their skin is soft and fuzzy," Sun says excitedly.

Moon touches your hand "Fascinating!" He touches your arm "Huh? They are fuzzy." He takes notes and gets the scissors "Taking sample A."

Sun takes the sample and puts it into a jar.

Moon looks into your eyes "Soft. Their eyes are unfocused. Nope. I was wrong. They are focused but not by much. Perfect. We'll use this dose next time."

Sun sets the labeled jar down "I hope one day we can do this without drugs."

Moon nods and flips you over. Their exam takes a few hours. Some of the time is spent talking to security about the incident with Vick. That should have never happened. Both of your caregivers feel shame. Moon picks you up to bring you back to your tank. You feel so frail in his arms. Sun gets the syringe for a blood sample. He pushes your head to look away from the syringe. He knows some guppies don't like needles. When they have the sample they put the air back into the tank.

Sun frowned at you "I don't want to leave them. What if Vick comes back?"

Moon puts a hand on Sun's shoulder "I'm worried too. Why don't we spend the night here?"

Sun gasps "REALLY?!"

Moon nods "We can call it nighttime observation. You go get supplies and I'll clear a space."

"That's a great idea! I'll be right back!" Sun swims out of the room feeling giddy.

Moon clears a big enough space. Testing it out to make sure it's big enough. He sees you watching him out of the corner of his eye. What must you think of them? Are they monsters to you? Sun sends food to your tank. He heard the ping of the alarm.

Sun swims back in "I have the stuff! I still need to get the beds."

Moon swims to the tank as Sun leaves. He pantomimes sleeping while pointing at you, himself, and the room. Hopefully, you understand. Sun returns with the mats and Moon sets the beds up. Sun smiles at you and frowns at the door to the room. You look to the door and shrink in on yourself.

"I'm going to get us something to eat." Moon leaves the room.

Sun looks over at you and you wave him over. Curiously he swims to you. Are you going to try to communicate again? You sing something to him. He doesn't know what it is but it's pretty. Excitedly he swims in a circle happy to be sharing this moment! He sings it back to you. This makes you happy! It makes him happy too. Sun sings a song his mom used to sing to him when he was young. You sing it back before he can finish it. You seem to know the song.

"I hope Moon gets to sing with you! He's better at it than I am." Sun chirps.

Moon enters the room with two plates of food. He hands one to Sun and begins to eat while you watch.

Chapter 311: Sleeping With The Fishes pt4

Summary:

When I wake up from a nightmare. I don't scream. I just slowly open my eyes and sometimes sit up. Don't know if anyone else does this. If I do someone else must. Warning for violence and horror.

Chapter Text

Dorry set his fork down. He waved an arm around as he spoke. Marlin became equally as excited as the two abandoned their food. Dorry moved to leave but Marlin grabbed his tail. Dorry turned around confused. He nodded and moved to the desk. Marlin left the room. You watch confused as Dorry swims over to you. He holds up a piece of paper with a drawing on it. It's a picture of the Moon. Dorry points to himself, then the image, and back to himself.

You tilt your head confused "The Moon? I don't follow." You shrug and shake your head.

Dorry puts the picture on his chest and points between himself and the paper.

You furrow your brow "You are the Moon? Wait! Your name is Moon? That's your name!"

The food panel opens with a ping. You walk over to see what's inside. It's paper and tools to write with. You take it back to the glass and sit down. They can't speak your language but maybe they can read it. You write your name and hold the sheet up to the glass. You point to your name and yourself. Moon shrugs and shakes his head. At least you know his name now.

Since they want a sleepover you decide to move the bed they gave you to the glass. Moon watches you curiously as you set your sleeping space up. You look up at him with a smile and sit down. You sang to Marlin. You want to do something for Moon. One of the few skills you learned in middle school was how to make paper frogs. The kind that you press down on the ass and it hops. On the little paper frog's back, you draw a moon.

Moon watches you make your papercraft. He has no idea what the creature you are making is. When you draw a little Moon on it his tail wags slightly. You put it on the ground and point to the frog. Moon swims to get a closer look. You press down on its butt and it hops. Moon leans back a little surprised leaning in more to watch you do it again. He seems really excited about it. You hold the frog out to him pointing to it than to him.

Moon puts a hand over his mouth as Marlin comes back into the room. He turns and waves his arms like a kid telling a story. He points at you and says something. Marlin excitedly follows Moon over to you. He points to the frog. You set it down and make it hop. Marlin claps twirling in a circle. You decide to make the only other thing you know how to make. A flower. Marlin looks amazed. Moon says something to him and he turns around to do something. You take a sip of water and set the flower aside.

Marlin turns back around and shows you a picture of the sun. He points just like Moon did. You nod. That must be his name. You yawn feeling sleepy. Whatever is making the light dims. You lie down in bed and curl up. Sun and Moon follow your lead and also curl up to sleep. Moon takes his hat off and rubs his head. Compared to other mer you'd guess he's bald. He waves at you and smiles sheepishly. You wave back. Sun hugs himself while smiling at you. You do the same. Something about these mermen feels so genuine. Sun and Moon talk quietly to each other. You drift off to the sound of their voices.

The strange grey mer is back. He has a scalpel in his hands. You are restrained to a table and can't move. Sun floats nearby with a large bite out of his torso. Moon's hand floats above you. You struggle against the restraints. The mer talks in the same sickening tone from before. He puts the blade to your belly. You scream and wake up from the horror. Slowly your eyes open and sit up. You look around the room wildly and lean on the glass trying to shake the creepy feelings off.

You jump as you hear a tapping next to you. You turn scared. Instead of black and white, you see blue. Moon looks worried.

"I dreamed you were dead!" You cry out quietly.

Moon looks down then back at you. He hums a soft melody. It's soothing and morose. However, you start to get sleepy listening to it. you watch Moon and take a few deep breaths. You lay back down and fall asleep to Moon singing to you. If you could hold him you would.

Chapter 312: Sleeping With The Fishes pt4-1

Chapter Text

Moon set his fork down "Oh my Triton!" He turned to Sun "Sun! Paper!" He waved his arms wildly "We should give them paper! They live on the surface so they should know what the sun and moon are! We can draw pictures!" He moved to leave, but Sun grabbed his tail "What?"

Sun put a hand on his chest "Let me go get the paper and pencils to them. You should bond with them too." He chuckled as he swam away "Don't think I haven't noticed your disappointment."

Moon nods and heads for the desk. The moon is something he's familiar with. Drawing it is easy. He was born under a blue moon. It's why his parents gave him that name. He talked the picture of the moon to the glass. He holds up a piece of paper with a drawing on it. It's a picture of the Moon. Moon points to himself, then the image, and back to himself. You tilt your head before a look of realization crosses your features.

The food panel pings and Moon glances at it. He hopes you understood what he was getting at. You walk to the panel and take the pencils and paper. Moon watches as you write something and hold it up to him. He can't read it so he shrugs and shakes his head. You look so disappointed. Moon can't help but feel bad. He and Sun haven't had the chance to go and see the sea witch yet. She's not free for a few more days. They booked a time to see her though.

You start to make something. Moon watches curiously as you fold the paper into a shape. Sun knows how to make fish but he's never seen anything like what you are making. You hold the thing out to him. Moon feels so happy you are sharing this moment with him. You had been bonding with Sun so much that he was concerned you didn't like him. After the accident where he lost his cranial fin people avoided him. It was like he was a freak.

Your little paper thing jumps. Moon is so intrigued. How did you make the pepper jump? It's paper? When you offer the papercraft to him he wants to cry. You trust them so much! It makes him feel even worse about the Vick thing. He puts a hand over his mouth fighting tears.

Moon turns as Sun enters the room "Sun! They made something for me! You should come see it! It's papercraft. I don't know what they made but I like it."

Sun smiles happy for Moon to finally have a moment with you. Moon isn't much of a people person. Growing up he was small compared to most mer of his race. It's no wonder that jerk in high school tried to force him into a relationship. When Moon refused the other mer took the decision from him and tore his cranial fin off. Sun saw it happen from afar. He was a slow swimmer at the time and didn't get to him fast enough. Since then Sun got faster and the two became friends. Sun even let Moon use him to change his gender back to what he wanted.

A few months later Sun helped another mer become a woman. Thus Sun is a man as well. Not that his gender is that important to him. Sun shook his head and followed Moon. He stared at the little paper thing you made curiously. You touch it and it jumps. Sun startles and leans forward to look at it better. He swims in an excited circle. You start to make something else and Sun watches carefully.

"Sun. You should draw your name." Moon chirped.

Sun quickly scribbles a picture of the sun and swims up to you. He points to the picture and himself. You nod in understanding and yawn.

"We should get some sleep. It's late." Sun says swimming to the beds.

The glass covering the crystals recedes and darker-colored glass takes its place. Sun looks over at you and hugs himself with a smile. When you do the same, Sun squeals excitedly. Sun and Moon chat quietly about their youth. Laughing quietly and keeping an eye on you. When you fall asleep they do the same.

Moon woke up. He wasn't sure why but something felt off. He looked around expecting to see Vick again. Instead, he found you looking scared and shaking. He sees the signs immediately. You had a nightmare. While he and Sun were in college they worked part-time at a Daycare. It paid well and the work was perfect for their schedule. Moon taps on the glass to get your attention. You turn and say something in a pained sorrowful voice. It breaks Moon's heart. He begins to hum something to help you sleep. He smiles when it works and watches you for a few minutes. He'll take notes in the morning.

Chapter 313: Sleeping With The Fishes pt5

Summary:

I feel giddy for making Glamrock Freddy the mer king. Even more so he's a salmon. lol Bear eat salon.

Chapter Text

You wake up to Moon taking notes. Sun is not in the room. You yawn loudly stretching your arms over your head. Moon waves at you with a smile. You wave back and yawn again. The food panel pings and you move toward it. Moon follows you over. Inside is your breakfast, a ball, and a human book in a glass box. It's an erotic novel. You blush and set the box aside. You bounce the ball. It bounces well enough. You start to eat your meal when Sun comes back. He has a piece of paper in his hand.

Sun says something to Moon. Moon looks panicked and holds up two fingers. Sun waves the paper at him. Moon takes the sheet and reads it. You look between the two confused. Moon puts a hand on his face. His shoulders sag and he moves to the desk. He takes out some paper and begins to write. Sun does the same with a grumble. They don't look happy to be writing. It reminds you of students writing an essay.

You stare at the plethora of paper. You decide to write a diary of events. From that jerk throwing you into the ocean to Moon singing you to sleep. It's only been two days but you've been through a lot. You wonder if anyone on the surface looked for you. What happened to that asshat? They probably think you are dead. Your family must be heartbroken. You look over at your caregivers or are they, captors? probably a mix of both. You start to wonder if you'll ever go back home.

The two mermen spend hours writing. You take a nap at one point because you are so bored! Paper, a ball, and an erotic novel are not that entertaining. You wake up when you start to feel wet. Water is pouring into your tank. You move away from it in a panic. Are they done with you and drowning you? Is this how you die!? While you try to keep your head above water you can see Sun and Moon panicking. They are gesturing wildly to you and yelling at another mer.

The new merperson looks like a moray eel. You can't tell what gender they are. Unlike most merfolk you have seen, they don't have boobs or any other defining feature to tell you their gender. Even their voice sounds like both genders. You hold your breath as the water fully covers you. The eel says something. A fish in armor swims up to you. He looks like a Betta fish. He has flowy fins and two top fins on his head. His scales are pink and red. He takes your wrists and pulls them from your mouth. You struggle against him.

You can't hold your breath anymore and take a deep gulp of water. A large bubble leaves your mouth and you start to breathe. You stare at Sun and Moon confused. How are you breathing right now? The eel nods and leaves the room. Another guard, a swordfish, takes your left arm while the Betta fish takes your right. They drag you across the room. Sun and Moon move in front of them waving their arms angrily. Sun hands them a piece of paper with a seal on the front. The Swordfish reads it and lets you go. He says something to the betta fish and the two move away from you.

Sun moves in front of you and looks you over. He sighs and says something to Moon. Moon takes your hand gently. He points between the three of you and points to the door. You nod and hold your hand out to Sun. There is no way you can keep up with these fishpeople. Sun takes your hand and pulls you onto his back. He says something to Moon with a smirk. Moon nods and the three of you swim out of the building. As you traverse the streets, merfolk of all kinds stare at you. You stare back just as intrigued. There are so many varieties of fish. You even see some freshwater fish mixed in with the group.

The building you are taken to can only be described as a large palace. It looks like it's made out of sandstone. You hold Sun a little tighter in fear. Are you about to meet a king or a god? Sun and Moon stop at a large set of double doors. Moon says something and Sun waves him off. You are enjoying being this close to Sun and not drugged up. You are actually quite touch starved so this is a feast for you. Sun rubs your arms as the doors open. You are taken to a throne room. A large salmon mer sits on a throne. His upper half is brown with bright blue markings.

The mer has a crown on his head and a triton in his hand. He's smiling warmly and looking at Sun and Moon. He swims down to where the three of you are. The eel mer shouts something but the salmon waves her off saying something. Sun takes you from his back and holds you out. You look back at him. Moon gives you a reassuring smile. You turn back to the king and bow. He laughs loudly and pulls you into a big hug. Confused you hug him back. He pats your back and says something. The king holds you out and looks at you saying something.

Moon responds and the king frowns. He yells something and smiles at you. You aren't sure what's going on. The king puts a hand on Moon's shoulder and says something. Moon looks shocked and responds. The king says something else jovially and laughs. The king swims through a door on the left talking over his shoulder. Sun and Moon follow behind him. Moon carries you on his back. You lay your head on him utterly confused.

Chapter 314: Sleeping With The Fishes pt5-1

Chapter Text

Sun and Moon wake up before you do. They float side by side talking quietly. Moon takes notes again.

"They look so peaceful," Sun whisperes.

Moon nods "Do you think we are doing a good job?"

Sun smiles "I think so. I'm going to get their food."

Moon turns to him "Get them a ball to play with. And that book Carl found."

sun swims off while Moon keeps an eye on you. When you wake up he waves at you happy to have you wave back. Moon takes notes on your reaction to the gifts they gave you.

Sun swims frantically waving a piece of paper around "MOON! WE GOT A LETTER FROM THE KING!"

Moon turned around "What? The king?"

Sun nods "He wants us to take the human to him."

Moon holds up two fingers "We've only had them for two days! I don't think they are ready for that!"

Sun holds the paper out to Moon "Well, he wants to see them. He also wants a health report on them."

Moon slaps a hand on his face "Damn it! You write the medical report. I'll write a letter to the king explaining why they can't leave yet. We can invite him here though."

Sun groans "Alright, fine."

They swim to their respective desks and begin to write. Sun hates writing reports. He prefers to talk in person. It's easier to clarify questions on the spot instead of waiting for a response. The other thing Sun hates is having to put his reading glasses on. At least his desk faces away from your tank. He would hate for you to see him in them. He looks stupid in them. By the time they finish their work, you have fallen asleep. A group of three people storms into their lab. Two guards and the king's right hand Hollis.

"Brix! Open the tank!" Hollis orders.

Moon swims up to her "Hold on! What are you doing?! We like them to be awake before we open the tank!"

Hollis glares at Moon "You dare impede the king? I'm following his orders. The human is to be brought to him."

Sun waves his arms wildly "You are going to cause them trauma! We are trying to make friends! Not scare them!"

Moon points at you "We are their caregiver! If you want them out of the tank then let us handle it!"

Hollis ignores Moon "Marco! Get the human."

Marco, a betta fish, swims into your tank and forcefully removes you. You fight against him alarmed.

Moon panics "Wait! Stop! At least let us take them to the king!"

Hollis stares at Sun "Fine!"

Sun sighs as Hollis leaves "Hand me the human." He holds the letter out to the guards "The king wants them brought nicely not cruelly!"

Moon takes you from the guards and takes you to Sun. Being the stronger swimmer they put you on Sun's back.

Sun relaxes when you snuggle into him "On the way back, you should take them. It's a good bonding moment."

Moon nods with a blush. Would you hold him like that? He hopes so. The four of you go to the palace. It's a large sandstone building with multiple spires. Merfolk stare at your group but Sun and Moon ignore them. They wait outside the throneroom while your arrival is announced to the king. When the doors open they enter the room. The king is on his throne. Hollis whisperers to him.

Moon offers a polite bow "King Freddy! So good to see you."

King Freddy laughs and swims to Sun and Moon "Moon! We went to school together! We're friends! No need to be so formal."

King Hollis gasps "Sire! What are you doing?!"

Freddy waves her off "Relax! It's fine. I know what I'm doing!"

Sun moves you in front of him "This is the human! We don't know their name yet. Sorry."

King Freddy shakes his head "It's fine. All in due time."

You look back at Sun and Moon. Moon gives you a reassuring smile.

King Freddy chuckles when you bow and pulls you into a warm hug "They are adorable! Polite too. Though I do hope it's not because they are scared." He holds you out " I love them already! We must go and see Bonnie! I'm sure he knows a way to help them talk to us!"

Moon frowns "We did go see him. He's busy for the next month."

King Freddy looks down at you "SOMEONE PLEASE CALL FOR BONNIE! I"D ALSO LIKE SOME SNACKS BROUGHT TO THE SITTING ROOM! THANK YOU!" King Freddy swims to Moon and puts a hand on his shoulder "Let's go to the sitting room and talk."

Moon is shocked "You're calling Bonnie for us? Thank you!"

"Nonsense Moon! He'll come because I asked him to. We are friends." King Freddy laughs heartily.

Sun grins "Are you sure you aren't more than that?"

King Freddy swims off quickly "We should wait in the parlor!"

Moon takes you onto his back. You hold on to him just like Sun. He happily follows behind the king.

Chapter 315: Sleeping With The Fishes pt6 & 6-1

Summary:

I added the two parts together because they are super short. It just made sense. Both parts are around 500 words so splitting them feels stupid. The ~~~~~ Tilde marks the next chapter.

Chapter Text

The three Mermen talked while they waited for Bonnie the sea witch to arrive. Every now and then the king would politely offer you something. You could tell he wanted to talk to you. The slight frown every time he turned to talk to you was hard to miss. You were beginning to hate the fact that you couldn't talk to them. It made you feel like you were a set piece or a kid at a fancy dinner party. Present, but not allowed to talk.

You were getting increasingly bored. You tapped your head on the back of the couch you were on. King Freddy rubbed your arms gently. His sympathy annoyed you a little. None of them could understand what it's like to have literally no one to talk to. No one could understand a thing you said nor could you understand them. Your head turns when a friendly voice fills the room. You look over as a mer whose purple enters the room with a bag in his hands. He looks so vibrant he reminds you of a Purple Dottyback.

His eyes fall on you and he says something in interest. He ignores everyone in the room and waves you over. You eye the merman unsure of what he wants or who he is. Sun nudges you and points to the Merman. something about this Mer feels otherworldly and you aren't sure you want to go over. The merman sits down in a chair across from you staring with a coy smile. You frown and look over at the mer again. He's just sitting there. A thought hits you.

"I can't swim." You blurt.

Everyone stares at you confused. You point to yourself and make a swimming motion while shaking your head. The purple mer laughs loudly. He grabs his belly as he gasps for breath. You cross your arms and pout.

"I'm not a fish bitch! I live in not water! Don't be an asshole!" You shout.

The mer leans forward and says something. He opens his bag and pulls out a bunch of stuff. You don't know what any of it is. Sun pulls a strand of your hair out. You yelp and rub your scalp. The speed at which this new mer mixes stuff is astounding. The pasty mixture changes colors so fast that it's a new color every second. It smells like tuna salad and looks like bubblegum. The mer says something and holds the mixture out.

Moon takes the mixture and scoops some up in his hands. Sun tips your head back. You worry they are going to make you eat it. Instead, Moon rubs it on your neck and ears. It tingles and gets warm then cold. Sun lets your head go. The four mermen stare at you expectantly. You don't know what they are waiting for. The staring is unnerving and creeping you out. You shift nervously as they stare.

Finally, you open your mouth "What? What do you want? I don't understand! FUCK!"

Sun gasps "LANGUAGE! We are in front of the king!"

You put your hands on your hips "La de fucking da! It's not like I asked to be taken by fish assholes and dragged to the bottom of the ocean! Thrown into a tank and kept for god knows what! Then that creepy fuck came and stared at me! Why am I bothering with this? You can't understand me anyway. Fuck shit avenue."

King Freddy bursts into laughter "You can finally talk to us and that is the first thing you say! Such colorful language."

~~~~~~ Sleeping With The Fishes 6-1

The three Mermen talked while they waited for Bonnie the sea witch to arrive. Every now and then the king would politely offer you something.

Freddy set his squeeze bottle of iced tea down "How has it been looking after the human?"

Sun smiled "It's been tough. We can't talk to them. They just don't understand. They look so lost and confused."

"We feel really bad we have no way of explaining what we took them for." Moon frowned.

Freddy looked over at you and offered you a kelp chip "I can understand this must be difficult. It must be equally as hard for them. I hope you were at least able to convey they aren't in danger."

Sun growled "Aside from Vick showing up."

Moon looked at you. You were just sitting there. You started tapping your head on the back of the couch. Freddy rubbed your arm sympathetically. You must be so bored. There isn't really a way to include you in the conversation.

"Freddy! We haven't talked in two moons! TWO! And you call me for work? You are lucky I like you." Bonnie warmly spoke in a mock hurt tone. "My! Aren't you cute!" He stated setting down his bag and looking at you. "Come here." He waved you over.

You looked apprehensive. Like you could tell there was more to him than what you could see. Sun nudged you to try to get you to move. You shake your head, blurting something out, and pantomime swimming.

Bonnie laughs loudly "No way! You got a human who can't swim?"

You growl and yell something waving your arms around wildly.

Bonnie leans forward "They are quite the spitfire. Well, if they won't come to me, then I need you to give me a strand of their fur."

Bonnie begins to pull stuff out of his bag while Sun gets the hair. The concoction Bonnie makes is mesmerizing. It changes colors and textures. By the end, the paste smells like tuna salad and looks like bubblegum.

Bonnie holds it out "Rub this on their ears and neck. It will let them speak and understand our language."

As Moon rubs in the mixture, it absorbs into your skin. The four mermen wait for you to talk. Excited to hear what you sound like and what your first words are. You are quiet for a few minutes.

Finally, you open your mouth "What? What do you want? I don't understand! FUCK!"

Sun gasps "LANGUAGE! We are in front of the king!"

You put your hands on your hips "La de fucking da! It's not like I asked to be taken by fish assholes and dragged to the bottom of the ocean! Thrown into a tank and kept for god knows what! Then that creepy fuck came and stared at me! Why am I bothering with this? You can't understand me anyway. Fuck shit avenue."

King Freddy bursts into laughter "You can finally talk to us and that is the first thing you say! Such colorful language."

Chapter 316: Sleeping With The Fishes pt7

Summary:

IT's short but whatever. I'm happy with it! =3

Chapter Text

You pant as you catch your breath wailing out "Why did you take me?! What am I here for? Why haven't you killed me yet??"

"Kill you?!" Sun recoils "We don't want to kill you!"

You sit down "Then why!"

Moon gently puts his hand on your shoulder "Project smiles. We as a species feel prepared to introduce ourselves to the surface world. We wanted an ambassador. Someone who knows the surface and can help us navigate this."

King Freddy sighed "I know we went about this in a terrible way. We didn't know a better way."

You sigh "Your right. This was your best bet. If you had gone topside and started talking to people they would have either sold you into entertainment slavery or used for science. At least Sun and Moon were nice to me. My people might not be so kind."

Moon gasped "You learned our names?! IT WORKED!"

Sun held a hand up and the two high-fived.

You look to the king "What happens now?"

King Freddy scratched his chin "I would like you to stay with Sun or Moon and learn about our world."

You cross your arms "Do I have to go back in that cage?"

Bonnie grinned "Only if you like it. That sweet little collar will let you breathe underwater as long as you have it on."

"Moon and I already talked about this. We don't actually live together. You'll spend some time with me and some with Moon. We live on the same street." Sun chirps.

King Freddy claps his hands "It's settled then!"

You wave your arms wildly, although it's not particularly fast given you aren't used to being underwater "Wait, wait, wait! I still can't swim."

Bonnie gave you a flat look "Well then you learn."

Moon shakes his head "We'll teach you. Who knows. You might be as good as me one day."

You tilt your head "Are you a better swimmer?"

Sun snickers "No, I'm the better swimmer. But you'll never be as good as me!"

You nod "Well ain't you a cocky little bitch."

Sun gives you a funny look "What's a bitch?"

You look around trying not to laugh "A female dog."

Sun points to himself "I'm not a dog."

Moon leans forward "Dogs are those four legged things right?"

You take a sip of tea from your squeeze bottle "They are! I used to have one but he passed away five years ago."

King Freddy waved someone over and whispered something to them. They left and returned with a bracer.

King Freddy took your arm and put the bracer on you "This has my seal on it. If anyone gives you trouble show them this. It shows you are under my protection. Sun. Moon. The two of you will be given a stipend to help pay for their needs. I expect periodic informal reports. I would like to have a meal with you when you are more situated. I hope you enjoy your time in our world."

You wiggle your arm with the bracer around "Thank you!" You hold your hand out "I would love to have a meal with you, Sire."

Freddy pulls you into a hug "I want the two of us to be on the same level. Please, call me Freddy. Just Freddy."

You wrap your arms around him "Yin. I'm Yin."

Chapter 317: Sleeping With The Fishes pt19- Penis

Chapter Text

Moon swims to the door. You watch curiously as he swims down the hall and turns around. He swims as quickly as possible back into the room finishing with a signal jump. It's louder than it was before. You can tell he's really putting effort into it.

You swim to Moon and take his cheek in your hands "Oh moonpie!" Moon leans closer to you "That was incredibly sexy." You trail your hand down his body and rub his slit "I'm so attracted to you Moon."

Moon croaks loudly "How do we make you feel good? What can we do to please you, guppy?"

You lick your lips and take his hand "Don't worry, I'll show you soon enough."

Sun scribbles notes in a yellow notebook "We must feed the patient first. A proper meal with help with a quick recovery."

Moon turns to Sun "Oh! Yes! The patient needs to eat." Moon picks you up and lays you down on the large bed "No worries! Sun and I will take good care of you. We just want to give you an examination." He leans down and licks your cheek "A thorough examination."

You blush and nod "Yes Doctor."

Moon smiles "Good boy." He turns to Sun "Are you actually taking good notes?"

Sun scoffs "I always take good notes!"

Moon takes the food containers and sets them out on the bed "That may be the case. However, they are rarely legible."

Sun frowns "Stop running the mood! We want to breed them not bore them!"

You cover your mouth with your hand trying not to laugh. Sun swims to your side tossing the notebook and pencil down on the bed.

He leans forward and tips your head with his hands "Don't you ruin the mood either!"

He bites down on your neck. The points of his sharp teeth prick your flesh. You moan at the feeling and grab him by the shoulders. You pull him closer to you and wrap your arms around his neck. Sun chuckles lowly as he lets your neck go. Moon croaks and takes notes enthralled by your receptiveness to their advances.

Sun picks up one of the takeout containers with mixed seafood skewers in it "How do you feel about spicy food?"

You hum "I like some spicy food. But not a lot. I'll try a bite though."

Sun nods and dips a corner into a dark red sauce "Let us know if it's too spicy."

He holds the skewer out to you. You lean forward and take a bite. It has just the right amount of sweet and spicy.

You moan in delight "Fuck! That's good!"

Moon scribbles some notes "Fascinating!" Moon picks up a skewer and takes a big bite before talking with his mouth full "Fo va fuface hash aw fravorsh?"

You snicker "Swallow and try again."

Moon blushes and swallows "So the surface has all flavors?"

You take another bite from Sun "If by flavors you mean sweet, savory, bitter, salty, and sour. Then yes."

Sun offers you a bite of veggies "Thank you for putting up with our notes on you."

You hum as you swallow the bite "Like I said before. I get it. It's kinda flattering."

Sun set the mostly empty containers aside "Doctor Moon. The patient is well-fed. It is my professional opinion that they are ready for their examination. Don't you agree?"

Moon hums in pretend thought "Hm. I concur Doctor Sun. We should begin the procedure by undressing the patient."

Sun swims to your left foot and Moon to your right. Together they remove your shoes. Sun takes notes on your feet. Moon helps him trace what they look like. You giggle as they tickle the bottom of your foot while inspecting it. Moon removes your pants and underwear while Sun removes your shirt. The two mermen take a long moment to take your naked body in.

Sun runs a finger down your semi-flaccid cock "Your penis is so much smaller than ours."

You cross your arms with a huff "It's not hard yet. When a human man gets aroused blood fills the penis making it bigger."

Sun nods "Oh. Ours don't do that. This is fantastic!" Sun leans in so he's eye level with your penis "How do we get it hard?"

You blush and take your cock in your hand "You rub it like this."

Moon moves your hand "You rub it?" He rubs your cock up and down "Like masturbating." He slows his rubbing "So this feels good then?"

He leans down and takes your cock into his mouth being mindful of his teeth. He takes your cock to the hilt. You moan loudly and fist the sheets beneath you. Sun swims circles around you and Moon while taking a few notes. Moon bobs his head up and down your shaft. Sun leans down to bite your neck. His sharp teeth feel good against your neck. You arch your back and wrap your arms around him. You tilt his head and return his bite. Sun moans loudly thrusting his hips forward. You lick the bite and move to the other side of his neck.

Moon pulls off your cock to grope your balls "What are these?"

You groan around Sun's neck. Biting down a little harder than you wanted. Sun yelps. You lick the bite as an apology. Sun moves back so you can address Moon.

You sit up a bit "Those are testicles. Also called balls. They make and hold sperm for reproduction. They're also sensitive."

Moon picks up the notebook "Outside the body?"

He begins to scribble notes and sketch your now hard cock. Sun moves to your lower body. He takes your balls in his hands gently and rolls them around firmly but carefully. Sun eyes your cock for a moment like he has some kind of plan. He swims to hover over you. With his hands on your shoulders, he lines your cock up with his slit. He leans down to kiss you as he rubs his slit along your cock. You wave Moon over with your free hand.

Moon sets the notebook down moving to your side. You pull him a little closer by his hips. You run your finger up and down his slit. Moon moans and thrusts into your hand. Sun thrusts his hips faster and bites your lower lip with a loud chirp. You can feel the tip of his cock starting to brush against your shaft. Moon's tip brushes against your finger. You add another to his slit thrusting them vertically. Moon leans over you with his hands on the bed. His hips thrust as his cock pushes its way out of his slit.

Sun pushes off of your body "Is your dick the only way we can make you feel good?"

You shake your head "No." You roll onto your stomach and get to your hands and knees "My butt." You position yourself to spread your asscheeks "This is my asshole." You point to it "It's also called a butthole. Is sensitive and feels good to touch. Much like the female vagina, it feels good to have it fucked like a vagina."

Moon croaks wildly and scribbles notes. His cock hangs heavy in the water. Sun looks your hole over and pokes it.

Slowly he pushes his finger inside you "Ohhh! Moon! You gotta feel this!"

Moon shoves his finger inside you beside Sun's "Oh! WOW!"

You groan "Fuck! That's good."

Sun thrusts his finger "It's so warm and soft but tight!"

Moon passes Sun the notebook "Hold this out for me. I'll take notes!" He thrusts his finger quickly in excitement "We are learning so much today!"

Sun adds another finger "Are you sure we'll fit, guppy?"

You moan "Just gotta go slow and stretch my ass out. I can- "You moan as Sun works his fingers to stretch you "I can take you both."

Sun moves aside "Moon? Try slowly pushing your cock inside him."

You wave Moon over "Please, Moon?"

Moon blushes as Sun takes his hips to move the mer into place "Oh! A-alright."

Moon takes your hips and lines his cock up with your ass. Nervously he pushes forward and inside you. He's going extremely slowly. Far too slow for your liking. In the span of three minutes, he is only inside you by one centimeter. You huff and push back into him. Moon croaks in surprise as you take half his cock. Moon pushes the rest of the way inside.

You moan loudly and drop from your hands to your elbows. Moon wraps his arms around you and thrusts into you. Sun swims to watch your expression. He runs his fingers through your hair. You reach out and take his hand in yours with a smile. Sun chirps and bites your wrist gently chewing on your flesh. You moan as Sin nibbles higher and higher up your arm.

Sun peppers your face in kisses "How do you take both of us? What do we need to do?"

Moon slows reluctantly so you can talk "Lie down underneath me." You rise to your hands from your elbows "Then push your cock inside next to Moon's."

Sun hesitates before moving beneath you "Are you sure about this?"

You reach around and grab Sun's cock "I've taken two before. I can take both of you."

You push Sun's cock inside you. Sun chirps loudly and pulls you down to bite down on your shoulder. Moon begins to thrust at a brutal pace. Sun chirps around your flesh and tries to match Moon's pace. Moon croaks loudly as he lays his weight on you trapping you between him and Sun. It feels so good you can't form any proper words. You moan and hold one of Sun's hands and one of Moon's. A tingling starts in your prostate and quickly spreads through your body.

Sun nibbles up your shoulder and to your neck. Moon's thrusting becomes uncoordinated. His croaking gets louder and his tail slaps against your ass harder. Sun stops his biting at your jaw and moves on to the other side of your neck working his way down to your shoulder. You bite down on Sun's neck hard as cum. Your cock twitches as ropes of cum are pushed out of your cock. Your balls are tight and throbbing. Your tongue hangs out of your mouth and you groan.

Sun and Moon keep going. Thrusting, biting, chirping, and croaking. Moon thrusts one last time. His cock twitches as he pumps cum deep inside you. Sun gives a few more thrusts. His cock twitches more and more. With a loud cry and a chirp, he cums deep inside you.

Sun flops back onto the bed exhausted "We... we need to... do that again."

Moon goes limp on top of you "Did you cum? Reach your end, guppy?"

You groan and mumble "Yeah. Feel so good. So full."

You yawn loudly. Moon takes you and Sun in his arms and rotates the three of you to lie on your sides. He pulls the covers over the three of you. With the pull of a cord, the lights dim for sleeping. Sun curls and tucks his head under your chin. Moon wraps his arms protectively around you and Sun. You wrap your arms around Sun and drift off to sleep.

Chapter 318: Sleeping With The Fishes pt1

Summary:

MERMAY!

Chapter Text

The air is warm and fragrant with the smell of the ocean. You are with some friends on the pier hanging out at the seaside attraction. Seagulls sing a sweet melody and the sky is clear. The ocean glitters with unseen treasures. One of your friends, Sue, brought her boyfriend. He so far has told several jokes that are either sexist or racist. You have no idea what Sue sees in this guy. At the moment your group is looking at a free display on sea monsters and pirates.

Beneath the waves two aquatic men conversed in a language not known by humans.

"Come on Carl! Just pick one and drag it down." One huffed.

"C'mon Paully! It ain't that easy!" Carl crossed his arms "They said to make sure it's healthy and young! No kids or elderly! I just wanna get the right one!"

Paully huffed "Your right. I'm just a little bored. I would hate for that prick to send us back up for another one."

Carl nodded firmly "I'm sure we won't have to wait much longer."

You could smell the faint smell of hotdogs. This pier had a hotdog at the end that was famous for its dogs. They had beef, chicken, pork, veggie, tofu, and a few mixed dogs. Todd, Sue's date, made another distasteful joke.

"Really? Another gross joke? What are we five?" You crossed your arms.

Todd rolled his eyes "Lighten up! God, you are such a wet blanket! Last time I checked I am twenty-seven! Yo babe? This dweeb is leaving soon right?"

Sue huffed "Be nice. They are my friend."

Ben puts a hand on your shoulder "Hey, why don't we go get a hotdog yeah?"

You mull it over "Yeah alright. Let's go."

Below the waves, the two mermen continued to talk.

Polly picked at a loose scale "Hey Carl?"

Carl grunted in acknowledgment.

Polly looked up at the surface bastards "Ya think we should worry about how fat they are?"

Carl shrugged "I think as long as they can walk we should be fine."

Polly nodded "Works for me."

You and Ben leaned against the railing with your hotdogs.

You swallowed a bite of food "These are always so damn good!"

Ben hummed "I could eat these almost every day and die a happy man."

You laugh "Eat them every day and you won't be a happy man for long."

You let out a scream as you are lifted into the air. Whoever has you throws you over the railing.

"NOW YOU REALLY ARE A WET BLANKET! HAHAHA! HOPE YOU CAN SWIM LOSER!" Todd shouts.

You hit the water hard. The air is knocked out of your lungs. You move to swim to the top but someone grabs you.

"CARL I GOT ONE!" Polly shouts excitedly.

Carl preps the bubble cage built for you "Good job Polly! Put them in before they die!"

Polly throws you into the cage "Finally we can leave. Aria wanted to go on a date tonight. I was gonna take her to that nice place on Morrow Street."

Carl attaches the cage to himself "I heard that was a great place. You'll have to tell me how it is."

Polly nodded and attached the cage to himself "Yeah sure!"

Together they pulled the cage behind them. You have no clue what they said or where they are taking you. Your mind is having a hard time grasping the situation at the moment. You really hope you don't get the bends.

Chapter 319: Sleeping With The Fishes pt2

Chapter Text

The water gradually gets darker and darker. You can't see very far in front of you. The cage you are in has thick bars with what looks like bubbles between them trapping air in the cage. The cage floor is some kind of soft green moss. In the distance, you see a light slowly getting larger as you get closer. You are absolutely gobsmacked as an underwater city comes into view. Tall buildings reminiscent of the cities above the water come into view. There are streets littered with merfolk swimming along them. You can see street vendors, shopping, and even business fish. You are starting to feel like you must be in the Snorks or something.

The two mers drag you over the buildings and to a two-story square building. It's very non-descript. At least to your untrained eyes. They take you around the back and knock on a round door. It opens and a gruff-looking merman pokes his head out. He looks at you and waves the two inside. They take you down a long hall followed by a spiral tunnel that leads down into the building. They stop at a large circular door with something written on it. You have no clue what it says.

What you see in that room blows your damn mind. Along the left side of the room are computers. Fucking computers! You can see writing on the screens and even pictures. What is going on? You look to the right and scream. A yellow almost cheese-colored clownfish merman stares at you. He has what looks like fins around his head like hair. His eyes are a vibrant yellow. His smile is filled with sharp shark-like teeth. Thank you Finding Nemo for teaching you about clownfish. His hands and face are pressed against the bubble wall. The three mermen begin to talk although you don't know what about.

~~~~

Sun spun in an excited circle "You two did so god! This specimen is perfect!" He pressed himself against the cage wall as he inspected you "They look so healthy." You screamed "And listen to the voice on them! This is just what we needed! Moon will be so happy."

Polly smiled "Do you need us for anything else?"

Sun nodded "Could you stay? Moon should be here any minute now and we might need help putting them in their new home. Did you run into trouble on the surface?"

Carl shook his head "Naw. Specimen gathering is hard, but if you know what you're doing it's not so bad. Hell, this one was thrown into the ocean!"

Polly nodded "If their own kind didn't want them, there must be something about them we can use."

~~~~

You watched the mers converse "What the fuck?! What the fuck!!" You tug at your hair "What the shit is happening?! I must have died in the water. This is... purgatory?"

The circular door opens and a blue mer enters the room. You don't know what kind of fish he is, but he has the same sharp teeth in his mouth. He has a nightcap on his head. He's vibrant blue with bright yellow fins. His eyes are bright red. He swims up to your cage and circles it. You track his movements as he circles you. He grins at you and says something to the others in the room. The clownfish nods excitedly.

The blue merman moves in front of you. The yellow merman moves to a table and picks something up. You are cornered. You know you have no way out. If you escape, you'll die in minutes. You are underwater. You frown and stare the mer in front of you down. He reaches into the cage through the bars and pulls you to him. The yellow mer hands him a collar. The blue mer puts it around your neck. The cage door opens and the yellow mer pulls you from the cage.

You panic at the rush of water entering the cage. You hold your breath as they move you to a larger cage. The top of the cage is a bubble but the walls are glass. They put you in through the top and close the lid trapping you inside. You take a deep breath of fresh air and look around your new home. The ceiling is four feet above your head. The ground is covered in green moss and gravel. The cage is twenty feet by twenty feet. There are a few rocks and an extremely fake tree. In the middle is a house with four walls and no roof. Inside is a bed made of a soft material. There is a hole in the floor with a picture of fish poop over it.

You look out at the two mer in the room "How the fuck is any of this real?"

The yellow mer swims up to the glass and points to itself. It says something and points a few more times. You try to replicate the sound but the two-tone sound but you can't. You pout slightly and shrug at the mer. He points to you. You point to yourself and say your name. You do this several times just like the mer did. He tries to say your name but also fails. The blue mer is taking notes in a book. It says something to the yellow one and it leaves. You watch the blue one curiously.

You look him over "I like your colors. Very pretty." He tilts his head "Ah, we can't understand each other."

You sit down and the blue mer scribbles more notes. You decide to take off some of your wet clothes and lay them out to dry. When you look at the blue mer he has his back to you. The yellow one comes back and stares at you. You look back at him and eye him suspiciously. He holds up a piece of paper with something written on it. You can't read it. You point to the paper and shrug with a shake of your head. The mer flips the page over and says something to the blue one. You decide to call them Dorry and Marlin.

Dorry crosses his arms and watches you. You look between the two and touch the collar they put you in. It's metal and comfortable to wear. You can feel carvings but can't figure out what they are. You try to look at your reflection but can't see yourself. Dorry takes notes while talking out loud. Marlin waves at you. You wave back deciding if you can keep on their good side you might live longer. Marlin swims in a circle excitedly. He makes a triangle with his hands. You copy him. He makes a circle. You make one. You decide to do a handstand. Marlin copies you. Dorry takes more notes.

You lose your balance and fall over. Marlin swims closer to the glass in a panic. He calms down when he sees you are fine. You let out a yawn. You don't know what time it is or how long it took you to get to your temporary home. The two mer talk to each other. Dorry leaves the room while Marlin keeps an eye on you. You hear a dinging sound and a panel on the wall opens. You turn to Marlin confused. He points to the wall and then his mouth while rubbing his stomach.

You nod and walk to the wall. A tray of cooked crab meat sits on a tray along with something in a jar. The jar has water. You lick it. It tastes fine so you drink it. It's not like you have any other options. The crab tastes good so you eat. Marlin seems happy you are eating. He waves as he leaves the room. More water is passed through the panel and you are left alone. You take your food and water into the weird little house and sit on the bed. Maybe you'll wake up in your house or the hospital in the morning.

Chapter 320: Sleeping With The Fishes pt2-1

Summary:

This one is from Sun and Moon's point of view. Don't like it? Fight me (ง ͠° ͟ل͜ ͡°)ง

Chapter Text

Sun flopped on the chair in front of his work computer "MMng! They are taking forever! This is so boring!"

Moon sighed "I agree. Carl and Polly should be here any minute now. Why don't we double check everything is ready for the specimen?"

Sun groaned "Oh alright. The bedroom is prepared. I put the bed and toilet inside. I even labeled the toilet and tested it with a rock."

Moon nodded "Good. I have their collar ready properly labeled 41N."

Sun rolled onto his back "Food and water is prepared for them and I have a nutritional plan ready for them."

Moon looked over a checklist of stuff "Good. The-"

A pink cuttlefish mer poked his head into the room "Excuse me? MR. Moon? I need your signature on some documents."

Moon nodded and followed the man out of the room. Sun looked over a stack of notes on humans and how they communicate. His head turns when the door opens. Polly and Carl entered the room with the containment bubble in tow. Inside was a human. He'd never seen one up close so this was exciting! The last group who had one wound up being fired. They just spent their time torturing the poor thing. It was missing all of the bones in its arms and legs. He and Moon will treat this one better. They want to learn about them not needlessly kill them.

Sun spun in an excited circle "You two did so god! This specimen is perfect!" He pressed himself against the cage wall as he inspected you "They look so healthy." You screamed "And listen to the voice on them! This is just what we needed! Moon will be so happy."

Polly smiled "Do you need us for anything else?"

Sun nodded "Could you stay? Moon should be here any minute now and we might need help putting them in their new home. Did you run into trouble on the surface?"

Carl shook his head "Naw. Specimen gathering is hard, but if you know what you're doing it's not so bad. Hell, this one was thrown into the ocean!"

Polly nodded "If their own kind didn't want them, there must be something about them we can use."

Sun smiled brightly "They could save a lot of lives! That's what the king said!"

Polly nudged Sun "How exactly are they supposed to save lives?"

Sun shook his head "I'm not supposed to talk about that. I can only say they could save lives. You could always ask King Freddy though. The worst he'll do is tell you no."

Moon entered the room "Are they here?!" He swam to the human and began to circle the cage "They're tracking me. Good, they aren't stupid. They're perfect!"

Sun nodded "I agree! They can talk too! I heard them scream. Let's put them in their new cage!"

Moon moves to face you "I'll collar them. That way they can breathe underwater. This is exciting!"

Sun passes the collar to Moon and gets into position. Moon grabs your shirt and pulls you to him.

Moon puts the collar on you "It fits perfectly! I'll take notes! My handwriting is better than yours."

Sun rolls his eyes as he opens the cage "It's not that bad!"

Moon turns around with a thick book and pen in his hands "The last time you wrote to the king, he asked why a child was sending him letters." He scribbles notes as he watches you walk about the cage "It can walk! Excellent!"

Sun swims to the cage where you stare out at them "Sun." He points to himself "My. Name. Is. Sun."

You try to replicate the sound but the two-tone sound but you can't. You pout slightly and shrug at the mer. He points to you. You point to yourself and say your name. You do this several times just like the mer did. He tries to say your name but also fails.

Sun pouts "I was hoping we could at least say each other's names..."

Moon points to his desk "Try writing your name. Maybe it can read our language."

Sun swims to the desk "Good idea!"

Moon tilts his head as you watch him "It's saying something." You start to undress "It's taking its clothes off!"

"What?" Sun returns with his name on a piece of paper "It must be cold. Oh~ Are you blushing Moon?"

"Wouldn't you be if a stranger started to take their clothes off in front of you!" Moon huffed.

Sun holds the paper up to the glass frowning when you shrug "They can't read it."

Moon pauses "Maybe they are stupid."

Sun waves at you. You wave back. Sun swims in a circle excitedly. Finally, the two of you are communicating! He makes a triangle with his hands. You copy him. He makes a circle. You make one. You decide to do a handstand. Sun flips upside down with a giddy giggle while Moon takes notes.

You fall over and Sun rights himself "Oh no! They fell over."

Moon looks over "Are they hurt?"

Sun shakes his head "No they look fine. Just tired. We should get their food and water. They could use some rest."

Moon nods "The sea witch might know a way we can talk to them. I'll meet you outside."

Sun nodded as Moon left. The supply panel opens and you look at it confused. Sun points to his mouth and rubs his belly. Sun almost squeals in joy when you eat and drink. He hates leaving without being able to tell you what's going on but he has no other options right now. With a friendly wave, Sun leaves the room. He and Moon head home stopping for a krilldog on the way home. Hopefully, you'll be ok by yourself.

Chapter 321: Knock First

Summary:

Moon's girlfriend pegs him.

Chapter Text

Moon wanted you so god damned badly! He knew you were almost done with your shift. The ache he felt for you left him painfully hard and wanton. He wanted to taste your pussy. Shove his faceplate into your cunt and stuff his tongue inside as for as it will go and then further. He wanted to hear you cry out for him. To feel your delicate hands on his body. Most of all Moon wanted to hear your final sonorous cry of ecstasy before the afterglow of silence.

Once you were utterly exhausted and satisfied, he would take care of you. Moon wanted to soothe your aching muscles. Rub the finest oils into your flesh. Dress you in the softest fabrics. And hold you close while you sleep. Your robotic guardian and sentinel. And so he waited for you while Sun left to spend time with friends. The movie on the TV was not enough to distract him from his desires. He felt hot. Static ran through his wires and his vision blurred around the edges.

His proverbial heart fluttered when you opened the door to your home in the daycare "Starlight." Moon rasped at you "You're home. Did you have a nice day?"

You walked behind the couch "Moonpie! I did have a pretty good day."

You touched his head to pull him into a kiss. Your flesh seared his frame like lava. Moon leaned into your touch trying to touch more of you. Your mouth moved but all he could focus on was the way your lips moved. You smiled at him and Moon was done for. There was no way he could ever let you go. You had him by the power cords. He will follow you anywhere. You spoke again with a warm smile. Moon smiled back with just as much fondness.

You giggled like songbirds "Where is your mind right now? There is no way you heard me."

Moon pulled you over the back of the couch and into his lap "I might not have heard you. But I certainly saw you. I saw everything about you."

You tilt your head "What has gotten into you?"

Moon cupped your cheeks in his hands and kissed you. You wrapped your arms around him and he hummed happily. The more he touched you the more he wanted you. It was hard to ignore the desperation coming from him.

Moon tugged your bottom lip gently "I need you." He nibbled your neck "Please, can we make love?"

You brought his face back up to yours and kissed his lips. Prying them open with your tongue. You took his tongue firmly between your fingers and pulled it out. Moon shuddered and you licked a long stripe up the appendage. You sucked it into your mouth and moaned. Moon put his hands on your hips and dragged your clothed pussy against his cock. You suck on his tongue bobbing your head. Moon moans as he dry humps you grinding the two of you together. You grind down to meet him sucking more of his tongue into your mouth.

You wrap your arms around Moon's neck "Tell me what you want."

Moon pulled your shirt up and kissed your sternum between your breasts "Let me eat you out. I want to taste you."

You lean into his mouth "Anything else?"

Moon wrapped his arms around your lower back "Yeah... Can," He paused to collect himself "Fuck me in the ass."

You gasp and pepper Moon's face in kisses "Yes!"

Moon stood up and carried the two of you to the bedroom. He tosses you onto the bed and drops to the floor. You take your shirt off as Moon crawls under the bed. You take your bra off as he slowly rises over the end of the bed like the gremlin he is. He puts a dark blue harness, lube, and a matching blue Horsecock dildo into the bed. The cock is dark blue with white and red swirls. It's twenty inches long and has medium firmness. Moon stops moving and stares at you. You look like a real-life Venus De Milo. If he had breath, you'd have stolen it.

You turn your back to him and move your hair out of the way of your bra clasp. Moon crawls onto the bed and sits down behind you. Slowly he unhooks your bra sliding it from your shoulders. You move to your hands and knees wiggling your ass at him. Moon takes the waistband in his mouth and pulls them down moaning as he gets a whiff of your pussy. You roll over so he can pull your panties off.

Moon tosses them behind you "Pretty..."

You blush "Thank you. Now take your pants off. It's not fair I'm naked and you aren't."

Eagerly, Moon throws his pants off. His cock waves wildly in the air slick with precum. Moon launches himself at you shoving his face into your cunt. His tongue laps at your folds drunk on your essence. Your salty taste and musky smell drive him wild.

"OH FUCK, MOON!" You grip the sheets tightly and buck your hips.

Moon pulls your hips to grind on his face harder. His tongue circles your needy hole. He moans when it clenches begging for him. Moon crawls onto his knees and hooks your legs over his shoulders. His tongue fills your hole. Your warm, soft, and wet walls are intoxicating. His long arm stretches to pinch your nipples. You are his music box and he is happy to wind you up. Everything Moon is doing is too much. You are reaching your end closer than you expected. Your muscles tighten as your clit tingles pleasantly.

"MMM yes! Give it to me! I want it! I NEED IT! YEAS!" Moon cries out.

With a loud cry, you cum hard. Slick covers Moon's faceplate as your walls clench around Moon's tongue. He works you through your orgasm drinking in everything you have for him. Gently he pulls his tongue out of you. You breathe heavily and reach for the harness.

Moon takes it and slips it on you "Fudge cake you are gorgeous." He affixes the dildo to the harness "Perfection."

You twirl your finger "On your knees, love."

Moon spins on his hands and knees. You use his hips to pull yourself up to lay on his back with the dildo lined up with his ass.

"The lube?" You ask.

Moon Moon passes you the lube. You put some on your hand and rub the dildo and Moon's ass. Moon groans as you rub lube on his hole. You line the dildo up and push all the way inside. Moon cries loudly. Pleasure etched across his face.

This is exactly what he needed "More! MMM Ah! Yes YesYESYES!"

You thrust your hips using Moon's hips to hold you up. The dildo rubs against your clit nicely. Every few thrusts you swirl your hips in a circle. Moon moves to fuck himself harder on your cock. His tongue hangs out of his mouth. You grab his wrist and pull him to his knees with his arms behind him. Moon leans back into you keeping his weight off of you. His head lulls to the side to look at you. You tilt your head and kiss him. Moon shoves his tongue in your mouth. His cock waving with every thrust.

Moon sloppily kisses you moaning loudly "Ah! Don't stop! Don't," He groans loudly "STOP!"

The door to the room is thrown open "WHAT ARE YOU DOING!?"

You look over and into the eyes of Chica "What?"

"WAIT NO! I'M WARNING YOU NOT TO GO IN THERE!" Sun shrieks.

Freddy and Monty move behind Chica.

Monty tips his sunglasses down "Woah."

Freddy covers his eyes "We are so sorry!"

Moon moans loudly and cums hard. Thick blue ropes shoot across the room as Monty slams the door closed.

"I warned you they didn't need you in there! I tried to tell you this was a bad idea! YOU NEVER LISTEN!" Sun growls.

"GET THE FUCK OUTTA MY HOUSE!" You shout loudly.

You can hear everyone leaving. You plop onto your butt taking Moon with you.

Moon groans "WHY! Why don't they listen to Sun? So embarrassing!"

You kiss his back sleepily "Fuck 'em. Their fault, not ours. They shouldn't be busting up into my house like they own the place. Sex was good, you are good, sleep is also good."

Moon kisses the top of your head "Sleep. I'll take care of this mess."

Chapter 322: Freak- Paradox Library AU

Summary:

Perihelion- The point at which an object is orbiting the Sun is at its closest.

Chapter Text

Paradox sat curled in a corner of the basement. Two arms covered his head, two wrapped around his middle, and the last two wrapped around his knees. Another patron of the Library got upset at him. They had asked him where they could find a book on lemmings and he told them a few fun facts. They got upset and said they wanted the book, not his life story. He hadn't even said anything about his life! Paradox didn't understand what he had done wrong. They weren't the first person to say something mean either. He had been helping a young lady find a book and she call him a freaky weirdo.

Was he really that strange? Did people find him that offputting? He's even chased a few people away from the Ghost Hunting Club because they found him too creepy. Sun had told him he was fine. He hadn't done anything wrong. People just didn't understand him. Paradox heard the elevator doors open. He heaved a heavy sigh and stood up on shaky legs. At the moment he was stretched to his full fifteen-foot height used for security purposes. He closed his eyes preparing to revert to the eleven-foot stature he normally uses.

"Dox! Where are you?" You shouted into the empty book-filled space.

Paradox sat back down. You had already seen him in his larger form. Paradox stuck a leg out knowing you would see the limb. You ran toward him skidding to a stop with worry on your face. Sun had told you he was having a hard day. He looked so sad sitting curled in on himself. You could tell he was stressed and sad. His current fifteen-foot height gave that away. It was like wearing a sign that said 'Hello, I'm upset because I don't understand what I did wrong.' The answer is nothing. He did nothing wrong. You climb up his body stepping over his legs to get to his chest.

You wrapped your arms around him "Hey, love. Sun said you had a rough day. What do you need from me?"

Paradox wrapped four arms around you while the other two held his knees "I don't understand."

You pet his cheeks "They don't either. You're just different. It's one of the things I love about you! I love your kindness, how brave you are, and especially your random facts."

Paradox bit his lip "Your sure I'm not creepy or weird?"

You chuckle and kissed his lips "No weirder than I am. You are different and sometimes people don't like different. But other times they do! Look at all the friends you have! And the family! And me."

Paradox held you close " Perihelion, you are part of my family. Don't discount yourself in my life."

You kiss his cheeks "See? That's what I'm talking about! You are the sweetest person." You kiss between his eyes "Are you ready to go back upstairs? Or do you need more time? Moon said he has no problem taking over for you."

Paradox slowly reverted to his eleven-foot height "Will you stay with me for the rest of my shift?"

You nodded "Of course I'll stay. After your shift, we can go on a date."

Paradox held your hand "How about a walk through a cemetery in the woods? I hear it's haunted."

You kiss his fingertips "That sounds wonderful. Can we get some fried chicken for dinner?"

Paradox paused picking you up to look at you "Thank you... For helping me..."

You wrap your arms around his neck "Allways, love. I love you. I'm always here for you."

Paradox carried you to the elevator and climbed inside ready to get back up there and finish his shift.

 

 

  Now you know my real height. =3

Chapter 323: About Paradox

Summary:

Some info about Paradox

Chapter Text

Paradox is a fusion between Sun, Moon, and Eclipse. He is mainly black with white undertones much like the blue on Moon’s arms. His eyes are a redish orange like the picture of a black hole. Unlike Sun and Eclipse, Paradox’s rays form a spiral pattern.

Designed to fight supernatural entities, like an asshole rabbit corpse man, he is equipped with many tools to help him. His rays, when removed, form a whip he can use to fight. He has night vision, improved hearing, infra-red vision, an EMF meter, and flashlight eyes.

Paradox stands at a height of eleven feet. His secondary form is fifteen feet. In his secondary form he gains two extra sets of arms for a total of six arms. Each arm is on its own segment that can move independently of the rest.

His cock is comprised of several tentacles each being 12 inches long. In the center of the writhing mass is a ten-inch tentacle that is particularly sensitive.

He’s also autistic.

Chapter 324: The Sungeon Master- Library AU Sun

Chapter Text

You took a breath and walked into the library. Five dollars ready to go in your hand and your dice bag affixed to your hip. Finding the DND group was easy. The DM was setting the scene for the group.

"The wind rustles the trees around you. Animals scurry for the safety of their homes. Behind you a branch snaps in half. What do you do?" A warm and bright voice asks.

"I cast magic missile into the darkness." A man laughs out.

"Ha ha very funny!" A woman says.

"If it makes you feel any better. I do have Mountain Dew and Cheetos." Another man says.

You walk up to the group of five sitting around a round table and wave signing 'Hello.'

An animatronic themed after the sun smiles at you and signs while saying "Hello! I'm Sun! Are you hear to play?"

You nod eagerly and sign 'I've played a lot in the past! I'm excited to play again.' You hold the money out.

"Great!" Sun says standing up "Take a seat and I'll get you a blank character sheet. This is our first session so you haven't missed a thing!" He takes the money and leaves.

You beam and sit down signing 'Great!'

One of the girls at the table eyes you "You can't talk? Kinda hard to play for you. We'll do our best to include you."

A well-built man shakes his head "I don't expect them to last long."

The other woman at the table crosses her arms "I'm not holding their hand! I didn't sign up to baby someone."

You look down at the table and set your dice down on the table. The four talk amongst themselves.

Sun returns and hands you a pencil and a character sheet "We are starting at level five. We already have a barbarian, Tom."

Tom waves "Yo."

"A thief, Tonya." He says.

Tonya nods "Hi."

Sun smiles "A wizard, Janet."

Janet ignores you.

"And lastly a Knight, Greg." Sun finishes.

Greg waves "Hello."

Sun leans on the table "What were you thinking of playing?"

You smile and sign 'A bard!'

Sun nods "A bard! Good choice! They can heal and buff!"

You make your character when Tonya asks "Can you talk at all? Like any sound?"

You shake your head as you roll the dice. You make quick work of the sheet having already planned most of this in your head. The game starts again. At first, things go well. However not even halfway through They start to ignore you. Sun tries to include you but the rest of the group steamrolls over you. You voice your frustrations and Sun tells the group.

The woman who ignored you, Janet, growls "I'm not babysitting a useless parasite!"

You recoil and fight back tears.

Janet huffs "We shouldn't have to suffer through this! Why would you willingly make people suffer like this!? You are selfish!"

You wipe your face and pick your dice up. You storm for the door heartbroken. You've heard this shit before but it never gets easier to deal with.

"What is wrong with you!?" Sun growls.

A hand on your shoulder stops you. You turn to face Sun and sniffle.

Sun pulls you into a hug "I am so sorry that happened. Please come back tomorrow."

You eye him and nod. Sun lets you go and you leave. You don't even care about the five dollars. You'll get that back tomorrow. Right now you just want to go home.

The next day you arrive at the library around noon. When you enter you don't see Sun. At the front desk is a tall black animatronic. You walk up with a wave.

The animatronic smiles at you "Hello, I'm Paradox. How can I help you today?"

You smile back at him and sign 'Hello, I'm looking for Sun.'

Paradox nods and points to the left "You'll find him over there. He's hard to miss."

You nod and walk to the left. You find Sun putting some books away. You walk up and knock on the shelf beside you.

Sun turns and smiles brightly "You came! I honestly didn't think you would!"

You nod with a blush 'What did you want me here for?'

Sun claps excitedly "Oh! I wanted to talk about last night." He puts his hands on his hips "The others were so rude to you last night! I didn't like it." He shakes his head "Anyway! I felt bad you didn't get to play."

You wave Sun off and sign 'It happens.'

Sun frowns "But that's the thing! It shouldn't happen! Ever!! That's why I wanted to talk to you. I want to start a campaign for people like you! Those who have a hard time playing because of a disability. I want you to be my first player!" He shuffles nervously "I was hoping you could help me get the word out. So to speak."

You blush and wipe your eyes signing 'Really? You mean it?'

Sun nods and takes your hand "I really want to do this." He blushes deeply "There is one other thing..."

You tilt your head.

Sun bites his lip "Will you go on a date with me? I think you're really attractive and I want to get to know you more. Please?"

You pause. A date with Sun? You don't even know him. Like, at all. You look up at him. Sun is holding his hands under his chin and biting his lip. He is cute.

You nod and sign 'Ok! I'll go on a date with you! When are you free?'

Sun squeals loudly "I'm free tonight!" He puts a hand over his mouth "Oh gosh! That's probably too soon!"

You shake your head 'Tonight is fine. Where do you want to go?'

Sun's rays spin excitedly "The library has a media room with a projector! My brothers and I own this library so it's no problem. We could watch a movie together! I could even order pizza."

You grin and sign 'Ooo Netflix and chill? Sounds like a great plan to me!'

Sun picks you up and spins in a circle slowly "Thank you! You won't regret it!"

Chapter 325: The Sungeon Master- Library AU Sun pt2

Chapter Text

Later that night you return to the library. It's closed but the lights are on. Two of the members of the DnD group from the night before are standing outside. It's Tom and Greg.

"He canceled the game? Really?!" Tom huffs.

Greg shakes his head "Can you blame him? We were so rude to that person yesterday."

Tom turns to walk the opposite "They should have known better. There is a reason they can't talk."

Greg growls "You are an asshole! I'm glad Sun canceled!"

Greg storms off in one direction and Tom in the other. You wait for a few minutes before walking up to the door. There is a note on the front that says DnD is canceled and to go home. Someone wrote 'BABY!!!' on it. You open the door and walk inside. You aren't sure what to do at this point. It's not like you can yell for him. You walk to the desk and hit the bell a few times.

"I'M COMING!" Sun shouts from further into the library. "If this is about DnD. you should all know why it's canceled!" He rounds the corner "Oh! It's you!" He walks up to you and pulls you into a hug "I'm so glad you came!"

Sun has on a light blue sweatshirt and a pair of short shorts.

You blush and sign 'Hello!"

Sun smiled at you "C'mon! I have the media room all set up for our date."

Sun takes your hand and leads you to the media room located in the back of the library. The rook has a projector with a laptop hooked up to it. On the floor, a cushy nest has been set up with blankets and pillows. Next to the nest is a pile of snacks and a pizza.

Sun rubs his arm "I didn't know what kind of pizza you like so I got cheese."

You sign 'This looks great! I love cheese. What did you want to watch?"

Sun blushes "I have Roman Holiday, Shrek, and Disney Plus."

You giggle softly 'I like Roman Holiday.'

Sun smiles "Great!" He starts to set the film up while you get comfortable "I'll get it set up. Feel free to get comfortable and help yourself to snacks!"

You sit down slowly and opened one of the water bottles mixed in with the snacks. Sun starts the movie and sits down beside you. The two of you watch the movie together. You had expected to watch in silence. However, Sun chats with you during the movie. Even going as far as to turn to face you while you talk. It leaves you feeling included. Conversation flows easily and you find yourself wanting more.

You bite your lip with a blush and sign 'So when is our next date?'

"Next date?" Sun gasps and pulls you into a tight hug "I'd love another date with you! When are you free next?"

You lean back and give Sun your answer and the two of you plan your next date. Sun leans forward letting you decide to kiss him or not. You lean forward and kiss him eager to feel his lips on yours. You crawl into Sun's lap and nibble his lower lip.

Sun hisses "Careful. Don't start what you don't intend to finish."

You sign 'Alright. I'll stop. For now. We can start this another time.'

Sun chuckles "What have I gotten myself into?"

Chapter 326: The Sungeon Master- Library AU Sun pt3 The Smut

Chapter Text

You sat in Sun's lap. The definition of a poker face plaster across your features. Sun was running his campaign for those who needed extra accommodations to play. His regulars had come to expect you at his games. Sun was easily able to move around you and your presence didn't impede the game at all. Your feathery kisses didn't distract the bot. At least not in any discernable way. If anyone had actually bothered to pay attention, they would have noticed little things about the two of you.

Your flushed rosy cheeks. The slightly hazy look to Sun's eyes. The way Sun would sometimes lean over the table pressing you against it. Or the way you fisted the blanket beneath the table. While he wanted to take credit for this glorious idea. It was actually you who had approached him while he was working the front desk.

Sun waved excitedly as you approached " Hunny Bunny! Gee, you sure are early."

You shot Sun a coy smile and signed 'Can we talk? About something adult.'

Sun let out a puff of steam out of the joints in his hands "A... Come with me."

Sun put a 'be back in five minutes' sign on the counter. He led you into a quiet side room and pulled a chair out for you. You sat down resting your arms on the table.

Sun sat across from you and eyed you with interest "What did you want to talk about?"

'You and I both know your dick can move like a snake' You signed.

Sun nodded "It can. What are you getting at Bunny?"

'I'm getting to that' You signed 'I want to cockwarm you during your game tonight. I was going to be there anyway and I think that sounds like fun. We could even throw a blanket over our bodies.' You rest your chin in your hand.

Sun leaned on the table "Are you being serious?" You nod and Sun nods back "Even If I cum multiple times inside you?"

You nod and sign 'Even then. In fact, it's welcomed.'

That was the line that lead to where the two of you find yourselves right now. Two players were arguing about whether or not to camp outside or sleep in a tavern inn. Sun lazily thrust his cock inside you. It fits easily inside you given the two loads of his cum he had already pumped you full of. Sun's cock stood ramrod straight when they finally came to an agreement. You shuddered in pleasure.

"Are they alright?" Susan asked pointing at you.

Sun rubbed your side pressing his thumb into your belly "Just a little chilly today. Nothing to worry about. Now, the innkeeper takes your coins and passes you two keys."

Sun resumes the slow thrusting as he continues. The group's side quest to explore a haunted brothel was an exciting tale. You could tell when Sun was getting excited about something. His cock would almost wiggle or move faster. Every drag was delicious bliss. It was hard for you to focus on the game. At least you weren't one of the players. Most of your attention was on Sun. You rubbed his thighs, scraping your nails into his frame.

Sun lowered his tone to voice a half-giant, masking the groan of pleasure as he shot more cum deep inside you. Your toes curled as you buried your face in his neck pretending to yawn. Your own orgasm hitting you hard.

Sun chuckled "Sleepy Bunny?"

You nod.

Sun ends the game. It had been going on for three hours. Everyone, but Sun, takes their stuff and leaves with a friendly bye. When everyone leaves Sun swings his long arm across the table punching everything to one end. He bends you over the table leaning over you.

Sun licks behind your ear "I'm going to wreck you. You're staying with me tonight."

You moan silently and nod. Sun puts his hands on your hips. You brace yourself on the table. Sun thrusts his hips harshly. The table slides across the ground an inch or two. Sun laps at your neck and bites down. He feels so fucking good. Your mouth hangs open in a silent scream. Sun grunts and groans behind you. Drool pools onto the table beneath you. Sun thrusts slower and harder. Pulling out completely before pushing back in.

He gives you one last thrust forcing you into the table and pushing it a few more inches. The sound echoes throughout the silent library as he pumps you full of his cum. You scratch the table as you cum just as hard as Sun. Sun wraps his arms around you pulling you to the floor with him. You heave and twitch as you come down from your high. Sun lifts his shirt up and pulls a dildo out.

He pulls his cock out and puts the dildo inside "Don't want you to make a mess while I clean up. Then we'll go to my place." He pulls your pants and underwear up "It's in the basement below the basement. I live down there with my brothers. They won't bother us though."

You give Sun a thumbs up. He chuckles and finishes cleaning. When he's done, Sun picks you up and heads for the elevator.

Chapter 327: The Facility

Summary:

Current cryptids:
Paradox
More to be added. =3

Chapter Text

It was the day after the Government split your group up per your collective wishes. You and Jordan shared a room. The underground bunker still felt a little weird and spooky. Your cryptid charge opted to stay away from the two of you that night. He said he wanted to give you space to let the reality of your situation sink in. Audry left with the military guys. A crew spent the night getting the wasp corpse taken care of. Better furnishing was being brought in and the kitchen was being restocked. The room you and Jordan spent the night in was basic. It was just a bed, desk, and dresser. You were told further in had better rooms.

The following morning you were woken up by a gentle knock on the door "Excuse me. Jupiter's corpse is gone. I was hoping to show the two of you around. Starting with the kitchen, of course."

You sit up and look at your phone "Nine?" You glance at Jordan who throws a thumbs up and rolls over "Going back to sleep?"

Jordan gives another thumbs up.

You pat his legs "Alright. Text me when you want to be found." You leave the room quietly and turn to your millipede roommate "Jordan is going to get some sleep. He has trouble sleeping so we'll let him be."

Paradox held his hand out "I didn't get to properly introduce myself. I'm Paradox."

You wiggle your fingers before taking his hand "Yin. I'm Yin. you are a millipede, right?"

Paradox beams "Yes! Jupiter tried to eat me several times."

You tilt your head "Is that why you split this place in two?"

Paradox shakes his head as he coils around himself to turn around "No. We got into a fight about how to handle humans. He wanted to eat you. I wanted to let you go."

You're eyes dart around nervously "Well... Glad we ran into you then." You rub your arm "So... where is the kitchen?"

Paradox leads you to the large room from before "This is a sort of hub room. You can get to anywhere in the building from here." He looks up at the ceiling "Oh! They left his nest."

Your blood runs cold "They what?" You slowly look up and shiver "Good god!" A massive wasp nest hangs from the ceiling "Nope! Nope! That has to go!"

Paradox tilts his head "I'll knock it down later if it bothers you. I don't think the wasps will be happy."

You scoot a little closer to Paradox "There are wasps up there?"

Paradox smiles brightly "They are currently having a war in there! Without a leader, they are fighting to see who the next leader is." He puts a hand on his chin "I have a strong exoskeleton. The wasps can't sting me. You, however... I'm concerned."

You shiver "We should ask the military about that thing. Please don't destroy it yet."

Paradox nods and leads you through a set of double doors "This is the kitchen. That large room used to have cafeteria tables in it. However, Jupiter took them into his nest."

You shiver again "If he hung out with wasps... do you hang out with millipedes?"

Paradox nods "I do! I can introduce you to them later."

You nod "Alright. Sounds new and interesting. When will the military be back?"

Paradox pulls out a banana and hands it to you "A representative will arrive tomorrow afternoon."

You take the fruit and peel it "Thank you. What do you eat?"

Paradox bites into an apple "Decay, plant matter, fruit, and Mushrooms. My favorite thing is cheeseburgers! Though I don't get them often."

You smile "I like cheeseburgers too! Maybe I can make them for you."

Paradox picks you up and coiled around you so only your head shows "I would love that!" His legs don't stab into you but wrap around you "Thank you."

You shiver in slight discomfort "Ah. I'm glad."

Paradox leans in to look at you "I'm making you uncomfortable. Aren't I?"

You purse your lips "I'm not used to hugs that are quite so... encompassing. Give it time! I'll get more comfortable with it."

Paradox lets you go "I will try to remember that in the future." He hands you a bottle of water "Here. You must be thirsty." He heads for the door again "Let me show you to the better rooms. My room is also in the same hall."

You follow behind him "Do... do the millipedes stay in the room with you?"

Paradox shakes his head "Unlike Jupiter, I value my space. They stay in my old enclosure. They have plenty of space and I feed them every day."

You nod "Cool! Just wanted to know how concerned to be about them in my room."

Paradox chuckles "I understand. I used to get so upset when I would wake up with Jupiter's wasps in my room."

You shiver "I'd cry if that happened."

Paradox crawls lower to the ground "Are you adverse to all insects?"

You wave a hand dismissively "Oh! No! Only wasps. The way they look scares me."

Paradox walks a little more confidently "Oh! Good! I was worried I was scaring you!"

You rub your arm as the two of you stop in a hallway "At first yes. But you didn't try to eat me so... not anymore."

Paradox rolled over like a dog "I'm glad!"

Chapter 328: Love Amongst The Books pt2- Eclipse Library AU

Chapter Text

You weren't able to make it back to the library for three days. Clark, your coworker, hadn't bothered you since your terrible date aside from the occasional staring. When you were able to make it, it was dusk. The taxi dropped you off a few blocks away from the library. You wanted to bring Eclipse a gift. You didn't know what he liked. But given the sections of the library he ran, maybe he'd like some tea? You got him a gift basket from the local tea shop. When you left the shop you spotted him.

Standing across the street was Clark. He was browsing a boutique window. You grimaced and headed down the street toward the library. You rounded the corner. You had the feeling you were being watched. When you turned to look over your shoulder, Clark was across the street walking in the same direction. You walked a little faster. You still had one more block to go. You ran down an alleyway not daring to look back. You knew the library was about to appear. Footsteps running behind you had you sprinting. You threw the library door open and scrambled inside.

Sun greeted you at the desk "Hello! I'm Sun. We are about to close. Are you here for DnD with me?"

You shook your head as you caught your breath.

Sun hummed "Are you hear for spooky stories in the basement with Moon?"

You shook your head and glanced behind you. Clark was heading for the library.

Sun beamed "OH! You must be here for the poetry night with Eclipse!"

You nodded "Yes!"

Sun smiled and gave you directions to the large media room. You quickly made your way to the room. Shutting the door behind you with a shiver. Why was he following you?

Eclipse loos sad as he recites a Hiku "A late rainy night, a chance meeting lost in time, will love come again?"

Eclipse walks to his chair and plops down.

A woman turns and smiles brightly at you "Ooo a newbie! Come read your poem! This is a safe space."

You turn around and point to yourself "Me?"

She nods "Yes you silly billy goat! We have a rule where newbies read first! Helps with confidence."

You set your basket down out of the way "I don't have anything..,"

She smiles warmly "Make something up. It's ok!"

The rest of the group of twelve offer words of encouragement. Eclipse looks shocked to see you.

You walk up on stage and pause to think before blurting out "I'm cold and feelin', A little alone a night, But with you at my side, I know I'll be doin' alright, So come with me, And let our love ignite."

You hold your hand out to Eclipse.

Eclipse's eyes fill with a smattering of sparkles "What?"

You're hand shakes "I came here to ask you out. I even brought you a gift basket of tea."

Eclipse stands up and takes both of your hands in both of his "Really? I would love to go on a date with you!"

You smile "Great! Oh, sugar! You should get on with your poetry night!"

Eclipse pulls you over to where he's sitting. He pulls an empty chair next to his. The two of you sit down together. Eclipse holds your hand in his. You aren't really paying attention to what people are saying. You are far too focused on Eclipse's hand in yours. Clark never enters the room. You don't even know if he went into the library in the first place. Soon the poetry night is done. Ending with the worst poem you have heard in your life. You politely clap.

Afterward, people mingle. Eclipse introduces you to everyone. When everyone is gone you are happy. You finally get a moment with Eclipse.

You pick up the basket and hand it to him "This is for you."

Eclipse takes the basket "Thank you! I'm glad you came back. I... I couldn't get you out of my head."

You blush and bite your lip "The night I left. I knew I had to come back to ask you out."

Eclipse looks from you to the basket dropping the basket to the side and taking you by the shoulders "Kiss me!"

You two lean into each other and kiss. The kiss is quite steamy as Eclipse lets out steam from his joints. You lean in more and dip Eclipse.

You break the kiss to catch your breath "Good lord that was incredible!"

Eclipse stares at you in awe "When are you free for a date? I'm free now."

You nod "I'm free too. Wanna go get tacos?"

Eclipse nods "I know just the place."

You pull Eclipse back upright "Great! My car is still in the shop for another two days. I took a bus."

Eclipse pulls his keys out of his pocket "I'll drive. We just need to put these chairs up!"

You start closing chairs with Eclipse. The two of you make quick work of it before heading off into the night for your date.

Chapter 329: Spicy Danger Noodles pt1

Chapter Text

Magic Market. A bustling shopping center for magic types now turned into a city. Comprised of five main districts with mountains to the north, plains to the east, an ocean to the south, and a forest to the west. The first district is The Hub. The central district where business and travel are done. Next is Mungous where larger creatures live. Typically they are ten to twenty feet tall. After that is the District of Smalls which houses creatures that are no higher than three feet tall. The undercroft houses light-sensitive creatures. And lastly is the market district. Full of open market shopping and a shopping mall. Although each district has its own shops that cater to whatever creatures live there. Cloud Town floats above everything. It's held over the city by a magic rock. Atlantica is a few miles off the coast of Magic Market and houses aquatics.

You live in the market and work as a reptilian doctor specializing in skincare. You don't own your own practice but you work at a really good one. You own a one-story house with a pool and fire pit on one side of the backyard and a small garden on the other. You do have a car for grocery shopping but you mostly fly everywhere. You are a species of avian humanoid leaning more toward the human side. You have wings and bird legs. The rest is human in appearance. This is mostly due to your mother being an avian humanoid Dartford warbler and your father being a human.

You sat at your desk with your coat hanging on your chair. Your wings are neatly folded behind you. They matched your mother's light grey with brown undertone feathers. You were looking over your schedule for the day. You had two new Naga patients today. One is a Sothern Hognose and the other a creamsicle corn snake. You picked up your coat and walked to the large exam room to see your first patient.

You opened the door to the room "Hello Mr.Slvador! I see you are having trouble with some scales on your back?"

The elderly anthropomorphic Horned Lizard nods "I just went through a shed. A few scales on my back are stuck and it hurts to pull them."

You move behind him "Can I take a look?"

He nods and lifts his shirt, hissing in pain as his shirt drags against his scales "Sure thing."

You apply a topical proven to loosen stuck scales. It works wonders and you are able to help him. You write a prescription for the topical medication and send him off. The rest of your day goes about the same until your last two appointments.

You stretched your wings wide in the large patient exam room. Any minute now one of the two Naga will arrive. You fluttered your wings gently flapping them. The door to the room opened and the Hognose slithered in. He is dark blue with white blotches and the occasional yellow spot. His eyes are red and his tongue is black. He has on a black T-shirt with a raccoon on it.

You smile at him "Hello! I'm Dr. Smithfeild. You must be Moon."

Moon held his hand out "Yes. I'm here for a checkup. Sun and I, he's my partner, just moved here from the forest."

You shake his hand and scribble some notes in his file "Are you mated partners?"

Moon coils comfortably "Un-mated. Uh, platonic."

You make another note "Alright Mr. Moon. I'm just going to put some gloves on and get a look at your scales if you don't mind?"

Moon slides his tail out to its full eight-foot length "Not at all."

You slap some exam gloves on and inspect his tail "Nice, healthy, and shiny! Just what I like to see!" You scribble some notes "Any concerns?"

Moon nods "I'm prone to shedding issues. I also sometimes have trouble eating. I don't always feel hungry and sometimes I forget to eat meals."

You scribble notes "Would you like me to recommend a dietary specialist for you?"

"I would actually. Thank you!" "He sticks his tongue out to taste the air and blushes.

You write down a name and number "I'm going to refer you to Dr. Paldon." You hand him a sheet of paper "Go ahead and send in Sun when you leave."

Moon leaves with another taste of the air and a blush. You organize the papers in Moon's file and take Sun's out. It was stated they came together so you have both files to make things easy. Sun enters the room with a taste of the air. He perks up when he looks at you. Puffing his chest out with confidence. He's light orange with slightly darker orange blotches and yellow streaks circling the blotches. A pink tongue poked out from between his lips. He has on a white Pizza Planet shirt.

He eyes you before holding out his hand "Hello! I'm Sun!"

You shake his hand "I'm Dr. Smithfeild. It's nice to meet you. Mind if I take a peek at your scales?"

Sun blushes and stretches his eight-foot tail out "Oh! Why of course you can!"

You put on a fresh pair of gloves and give him a look over "Wow! Your scales look great! You must take good care of yourself."

Sun nods with a hand on his chest "Oh, I do. I would hate to get mites or something."

You take some notes "Do you have any concerns?"

Sun flicks the tip of his tail around with a grin "Nope."

You finish up his appointment and wave as he leaves. He tastes the air a few more times on his way out. You take some notes on the two of them before your shift is over and you can go home. You hang your coat on the rack waving as you pass the night crew. Your wings flutter in anticipation as you prepare to fly home. You spread your wings wide and take off into the late afternoon sky.

You let out a happy sigh as you feel the wind in your hair and wings. Mushroom risotto sounds perfect and you know just the place to get it. You glide down to the Italian restaurant you frequent landing in the alleyway. You flutter your wings to tuck them in comfortably. The inside smells amazing! You walk up to the hostess and put in an order for takeout. You diddle idly on your phone while you wait for your food. Soon you find yourself back at home sitting on your couch with food in your hand.

Chapter 330: Spicy Danger Noodles pt2

Chapter Text

The next day is Friday and you are excited! One of your friends, a rock golem, was having a birthday party at a nightclub in the undercroft. You were looking forward to letting loose after a long work week. You weren't much for nightclubs, but you'd do it for a friend. You have some pigments given to you by your mom. Maybe it's time to show your interest in the dating world. You practically fly out the door when it's time to go home.

The plan for the evening is to get an early dinner at the Carnivore Cave before heading over to Stalactite, the nightclub. Back at home, you take a bath. It's better for your wings and you have plenty of time for a little preening. Removing all the damaged feathers from one's wings is an intimate thing. You hope to have someone to share the moment with someday.

When an avian wants to show interest in finding a partner they put pigment around their eyes. You like red, it's your favorite color. You also dapple on a little dark blue for that pop of color. You finish the look off with two bracelets on your ankle to help attract a mate. It was something your mom always told you to do. ou take your stuff and head off into the setting sun.

You look down at the city below. It looks gorgeous in the golden glow of the setting sun. Something rams into your back knocking you out of flight. You catch yourself and look around. A young avian female looks you over and grins. She has bright green feathers, avian legs and hips, and a beak. She zooms toward you ready to ram you.

You dodge her easily "What are you doing?!"

She smiles "Dominating you!"

You dodge her again "WHY?!"

She stops to hover "You want to date right? We'll! I'm showing you I'm confident by dominating you." She giggles.

You cross your arms "That is the most archaic bullshit I have heard in a while. Knock it off because it ain't working!"

She sniffles "But daddy says this is how it's done..."

You shake your head "Not for at least fifty years. I'm outta here. I have places to be."

The young lady moves in front of you "Wait! I really am interested in you!"

You sigh "How old are you?"

She puffs her chest out and flairs her tail feathers "Nineteen!"

You recoil "Way too young! I'm in my thirties! Go find someone your own age."

She watches you leave. You really hope someone else doesn't try the same stupid stunt. Your heart can't take it! You thought you were in serious danger. The undercroft has a large opening. The ceilings in the cave are thirty feet tall. Glowing crystal stalactites hang from the ceiling. More crystals sit in lanterns to better light up the area. It's as bright as a field on a full moon. You land outside the restaurant in an alleyway. You look yourself over before heading to the front.

The birthday boy Maxwell is waiting out front with another friend Lilly. Lilly is a flower Fairy standing a foot tall with yellow eyes, green skin, and white hair. Maxwell is a rock golem standing at eight feet tall and covered in polished Malachite. Rock golems don't wear clothes. They use various rocks to decorate themselves.

You give an excited little hop over to them "Happy birthday!"

Maxwell bumps his forehead with yours in greeting "Yin! I am glad you came! I see you have pigment. I hope it works well for you friend."

You nod as you fistbump Lilly "Me too. Good to see you, Lilly."

She giggles "You too!"

You look around "Anyone else coming?"

Maxwell nods "Brutis is on his way. Marco is in hibernation, Dennis is in heat, and Jenny is visiting her sick great-grandmother."

You wiggle your wings into a comfortable position "Cool. Did you get your gift?"

Maxwell grins "I did! I love the electric blue! Thank you for the crystals! They'll look great with Lilly's!"

You beam "Though you would!"

A large Siberian Husky anthro, Kyle, with black and white fur and blue eyes walks up to your group "Maxwell! So good to see you!" His thick accent is warm and inviting.

After a slew of greeting you all head inside. The smell of spices is strong. The restaurant is run by a family of bats. The dining room is washed in many vibrant colors reds, yellows, oranges, and pinks. The food has your choice of how spicy you want it to be. Cave dwellers love spicy foods. Living mostly underground, they didn't have access to spices.

The four of you sit at a round stone table with a plexiglass center. An orange crystal with a blush of pink under the glass. You have a great time at the restaurant. You get an excellent noodle dish with just the right amount of spice. When dinner is over the four of you head for the club.

Music thumps from inside Stalactite. You pay the entry fee and head inside. Glowing crystals of every color hang from the ceiling. This club is known for being LGBTQ-positive. It has both alcoholic and non-alcoholic drinks. Various tables and booths line the wall. Maxwell hates cake so you didn't get him one.

Maxwell drags you to the dance floor for a dance "So. Has anyone caught your eye?"

You frown "No. Not really."

Maxwell smiles at you "Thanks for coming by the way. I know clubs aren't really your thing."

You pat his shoulder as the song ends "Anything for a friend." You point to the bar "I'm going to go get a drink, would you like anything?"

Maxwell nods "A rum and coke! Thank you!"

You head to the bar and lean on the counter in between a fox and an elf.

The fox touches your butt "I could show you a good time."

Your feathers fluff up and you hit him with a wing "Not interested! I'm looking for a partner, not a one-night stand!"

The fox rolls his eyes "You don't know what you want."

You push off the bar and yead to the other end.

"Just wait till you're drunk! You'll be crawling back to me!" The fox shouts.

You shake your wings out enraged and lean on the counter again.

"What can I get you?" The female minotaur asks from behind the bar.

You shake your head "A rum and coke, and a coke with a twist of lime."

She nods and begins to fix your drink "I'd stay away from Rodney and Asiah. The fox and elf. Those two are real assholes!"

Your feather fluff a little "I gathered. Asshole touched my butt."

She sts your drink down adding a purple umbrella to yours. You pay her and take your drinks. You briskly walk to your table still feeling upset. Maxwell takes his drink with a thank you.

Lilly frowns at the bar "I saw that guy touch you."

"WHAT?!" Kyle shouts enraged, slamming his fists on the table.

You nod "I gave him a good thwap with my wing. I'd keep an eye on him though. He gave off uncomfortable vibes."

Kyle balls his fists with a growl, hackles raised "I hate when people take advantage of others. All I need is one excuse to punch." He leans over to you holding up one finger "Just one."

You laugh "Well I don't plan to give you that chance!" you wiggle your drink "No alcohol tonight. Not yet anyway."

The for of you chat for a while before heading for the dance floor. You dance together in your little group. Tonight was just what we needed.

Lilly nudges you "Don't look now but you have eyes on you."

You look over to where she's looking "What?"

Sun and Moon eye you from across the crowd talking to each other. Moon's eyes go wide and he turns from you. Sun leans and says something to him. You debate going over to them. There's no rule against befriending a patient. Your decision is made for you when Moon slithers over. He has an opened green button-down shirt

Moon smiles and holds his hand out 'Dance?"

You mull his request over when Maxwell shoves you toward him "Ah!" You land on Moon's bare chest "Heh, sorry. I'd love to dance."

Moon leads you to a spot away from your group but still in sight "You look great."

You blush "Thank you. You look good too."

It's a bit of a struggle not to talk work at him. The dancing is just gentle swaying back and forth.

"How are you liking it here?" You ask.

Moon tastes the air "We weren't-"

You chuckle "No, I asked about you."

Moon blushes with a smile "I wasn't sure about moving here." He leans down and quietly says "Meeting you made it worth it."

You blush and sputter "What?! Me?" You cover your face with your wings "Why?"

Moon slithers around you once, not trapping you "We snakes smell with our tongues. We can tell who is a potential mate and who isn't. You smell divine."

You lower a wing "I do?"

Moon nods "Sun is also interested. We are a pair so you can't have just one of us. Give us a chance. We'll go slow."

You cross your arms "I want to hear it from him."

Moon waves Sun over. For all the confidence he had in your office, he looks nervous.

He licks the air and takes a deep breath "I want to court you."

You are really going to do this. You wipe some of the pigment from your eyes and wipe their eyes. They both look extremely confused.

You wipe your hands off "My species wear pigments over our eyes to show we are looking to date. When we find a potential partner we share the pigments with them."

Sun grins "I like it!"

Moon pulls you into a hug "You won't regret this!"

You pat his arm with a smile "Better not. You are still my patients."

Sun scratched the spot between your wings "Would you like to do something together tomorrow? Get to know each other better?"

You lean into his scratching "Yeah. We can hang out at the park. It has a great jungle gym forA climbers."

Moon wiggles the end of his tail "Sounds fun! We can have a picnic!"

You smile "I'll meet you at the park in the Market District at twelve."

Chapter 331: Spicy Danger Noodles pt3

Chapter Text

You introduced Sun and Moon to your friends. The six of you were dancing together. Well, they were dancing. You were swaying back and forth to the beat of the music. The fox from before wiggled up to your group with two drinks in his paws.

You huff as your wings fluff up "Aw frick. That's the prick that touched my butt at the bar!"

Sun hisses "What?"

Moon begins to flatten himself ready to strike.

The fox smiles at you and wiggles one of the drinks in your direction "Quite a group you have here. I bought this for you! You ready to come with me?"

You recoil "I'm not going with you! I told you already! I"M NOT INTERESTED!"

He huffs "Why are you being so- ACK!"

Moon strikes headbutting the fox sending them both to the ground. Sun coils around you hissing loudly.

The fox rubs his forehead "WHAT THE FUCK IS WRONG WITH YOU!?"

Kyle growls "I recommend you leave, little man."

The fox shakes his head "I'll find you later. It's clear your friends are making decisions for you."

You climb over Sun's coils "I didn't want to have to do this." You punch him in the nose "LEAVE ME ALONE!"

You walk up to Moon and pull him into a kiss. You waste no time shoving your tongue in his mouth in a sloppy lewd kiss. Your hand trails down brushing over his cloaca. You pull back with a strand of spit between the two of you. Moon blushes and coils around you nuzzling into your head from behind.

You wrap your arm around Moon's neck "Do you get the picture yet!?"

The fox stands up holding his nose "Well damn asshole! Don't wear 'fuck me suck me' red next time!"

He storms out of the club grumbling about mixed signals.

You sigh "And on that note, all my spoons are gone." You turn to Maxwell "Happy birthday. I'm going home."

Maxwell smiles glancing up at the reptile coiled loosely around you "Thanks for coming, Yin! Aside from that creep, it was a nice birthday. Stay safe."

Kyle looks a little concerned "I know you can fly... but would you like me to take you home?"

You shake your head "Naw. I'll be fine."

Lilly kisses your cheek "Glad we could hang. See you later!"

You pat Moon's arm as you watch the three leave "You ok?"

Sun moves in front of you "WOW! What was that?"

You huff "I was making a point. Although I don't think he got it."

Moon makes a rumble low in his chest and holds you a little tighter.

You wiggle slightly "Is he going to let me go any time soon?"

Sun looks Moon up and down "Eh... Moonie? Can you let them go?"

Moon rumbles tasting the air and hissing.

Sun puts his hands on his hips "You can carry them outside."

Moon pulls you into his arms and heads for the door. Sun follows behind him. Moon sets you down outside with the most love-struck expression you have seen on anyone interested in you.

You pull him down for a quick kiss "Goodnight Moon."

Moon melts into your touch and licks your cheek.

You giggle and turn to Sun "C'mere."

He slithers closer and leans down "We'll see you tomorrow."

You pull Sun into a deep kiss. His hands move to your hips and he leans into the kiss. Your wings flutter behind you.

You lean back breaking the kiss "I almost want to go home with you."

Sun licks your cheek "I wouldn't complain. However, we should get to know each other more." He kisses the top of your head "Goodnight, nightingale."

Chapter 332: Spicy Danger Noodles pt4

Chapter Text

The park below is lush and green. You soar over the park looking for Sun and Moon. You spot the pair sunbathing in the field of the park. You fly down in a spiral. Sun opens his arms at your descent. Something hits you in the back hard. Your wings flail wildly before you catch yourself.

"See pumpkin! That's how it's done!" You turn to see the girl from last night and an older man "They are a Dartford Warbler, and we WE are Eagles! Kings of the sky! We TAKE what we want."

'Ah,' you think, 'that's what this is.' You fly as high as you can while they aren't paying attention and dart for the older gentleman. You knock him right out of flight and grab him by his arms.

You look down "According to you, you belong to me now. Is that right?"

His daughter plows into your back "Let him go!"

You lose your grip on the man "Well, leave me alone and I won't grab him like that! I DO"T WANT YOU! I have boyfriends! I'M ABOUT TO BE ON A DATE!"

She looks you over "You're a doctor right? You make good money! I know it!"

You flutter your wings as you slowly land "Bye!

The man huffs "Hey!"

You wave "HI!"

Sun shoots up and catches you "Hello!"

You giggle at him "Hello."

Moon sits up on his elbows "Should we be worried about those two? They did attack you."

You wave your hand "Not unless they escalate. My species has this. Ohhh Sun That's nice." Your wings unfold and flop lazily as Sun scratches between your wings "Mmmmm. OH yeah! We have this old tradition where males would knock females out of the sky and claim them. Obviously! We don't do that anymore. SOME AVAIN! Haven't let the STUPID thing go."

Sun snickers "Should we knock you out of the sky?"

You frown "You do that and I'll show you how sharp my talons are."

You scratch at his tail lightly. Sun starts to giggle and shove you off weakly. You scratch at him more. He laughs a little louder.

You grin "Ho ho! You're ticklish!" You stick a wing out and brush it along Moon's tail "What about you Moon? You ticklish?"

Moon immediately curls in on himself in a fit of laughter. He rolls on the floor for a moment and shrieks loudly before going completely limp. You chirp loudly and hop off of Sun. You hop around Moon like a bird and inspect him. Your wings open and close a few times before you devolve into a fit of frantic chirping.

You lay your head on his chest "His heart is beating! Thank god!"

Sun rolls in laughter "He's not dead!"

You chirp at Sun ruffling your feathers "Then what's wrong!?"

Sun pokes Moon's tail with his "He's a hognose! They tend to be big dramatic babies and play dead. Like a possum."

You look down at Moon "You aren't dead?"

Moon cracks an eye open "No~"

You smack his face with your wings "You jerk! I thought you died!" You start chirping again.

Moon pulls you into a hug "Sorry I scared you."

You chirp loudly "Yeah alright." You drape your wings over him "Birds eat snakes... well, some of them anyway. Next time you "die" I'll just eat you."

Sun leans over and whispers "I've got something you can eat." He licks behind your ear "Two big and long somethings."

You cover your face with your wings "Good gravy!"

Moon smirks "Heh. Cute."

Sun pokes his head into your cave of wings "You alright?"

You nod "I'm fine."

Sun licks your nose "Are you going to come out?"

You purse your lips "I dunno... I kinda like this view." You unfurl your wing to rest them behind your back "Love languages. Fork em over! Mine are physical touch, acts of service, and quality time."

Sun lies back down to continue sunbathing "Acts of service, words of affirmation, and quality time."

Moon rolls his body onto his back "Physical touch, quality time, and acts of service."

You chirp happily and put Moon's head in your lap "Where do you live? I live in the Market District in a one-story house. I live on Dick-Dick Drive. Although it used to be called Mary Lane."

Sun smiles "Wow! We also live in the Market District! Moon and I live on Sigsny Drive!"

You rub Moon's face "So what do you do for a living?"

Moon hums leaning into your hands "Honestly? Pest control."

You snicker "Pest control?" You shake your head "Sorry, snakes in pest control. Good work. It pays well too!"

Sun chuckles "We laughed about it too. But we can fit in places others can't! Although some of the chemicals mess with our scales."

You rub Moon's neck "Well! Good thing you have a great dermatologist!"

Sun puts a hand on your arm "How about we go get something to eat?"

You lean into his hand "Sounds good to me."

Moon rolls over and wraps his arms around your waist "Mmmm. Fine. We can go get food."

Chapter 333: Spicy Danger Noodles pt5

Chapter Text

The three of you decide to get food at a food truck. They sell Ramen Noodles of all kinds. You each pay for your own food despite your offering to foot the bill. The three of you settle down under a tree. Moon coils the end of his tail around your leg loosely.

Sun swallows a big bite of his extra spicy noodles "Is it hard to take care of your wings? How do you do it?"

You swallow your bite "It's not too hard. Taking care of them is called preening. It's basically removing broken or damaged feathers, removing parasites, and arranging the feathers to be pleasing to look at. By doing this it releases an oily substance that makes feathers stronger and better for flight. One second." You take another bite of food "It's extremely intimate. Usually, lovers will preen one another."

Moon rubs your leg with his tail "Naga's don't have anything like that. Will we get to preen you?"

You nod "Eventually. I'll teach you. It's not quite as simple as it sounds." You stretch your wings out before folding them back in "Can I ask you a lewd question?"

Sun grins "Lewd~? By all means, ask away."

You adjust how you're sitting "I gotta know, does your species lay eggs? Or is it live births?"

Moon blushes "Eggs. You?"

You chirp "I'm half avian so eggs."

Sun sets his empty container aside "That wasn't very lewd."

"Oh?" You tilt your head to the side "Not lewd enough?" You lean forward toward Sun "How high is your sex drive?"

Sun gives a cocky smile "I like it three times a week."

You tilt your head to the other side "What's your favorite part of my body?"

Sun gives a shit-eating grin "Haven't seen it yet. Why don't you show me so I can tell you?"

Moon shakes his head "You aren't going to win."

You purse your lips "What was your last sex dream?"

Sun blushes deeply "I NEED TO THROW THIS AWAY!" He slithers off quickly.

Moon nudges you "It was about you. So was mine."

You smile "Nice. Mine was about Waluigi. It was before I met you."

"To answer your other question," Moon whispers in your ear "I like it every other day. But I won't push for it."

You blush "Oh. I like it at least twice a week. Although more isn't a bother at all. I like the closeness. It satisfies an emotional need along with the physical need."

Sun slithers back over to You and Moon.

You scoot over and ug him "Sorry if I pushed you too far."

Sun coils around you "No you're fine. You just embarrassed me."

You move to sit comfortably in his coils "You two are quite comfortable."

Moon lays his head on Sun's tail "What does the rest of your day look like?"

You flex your toes "I have the rest of today off. My plans were to hit the night market!"

Sun pets your leg "Night market?"

You nod excitedly "It's in the market district! They have booths with all kinds of food, games, and trinkets for sale! I need a new teapot and I'd also like to eat street food. Tasty stuff."

Moon gently touches your feathers "How would you feel if we joined you?"

You kick your leg when Sun hits a ticklish spot "Hahahaha!! Careful! I'm ticklish right below my butt!" You frown playfully at Sun "But I'd love your company! I was going to go by myself, but it'd be nice to have some company."

Chapter 334: Spicy Danger Noodles pt6

Chapter Text

You hop out of Sun's lap "I hope you don't mind. If we are going to the market together I need to go home and pick a few things up. Got some stuff to trade."

Sun perks up "Trade?"

You nod "A lot of trading happens at the market. You can trade just about anything."

Moon rubs your arms "What time do you want to meet up?"

You stretch your wings out as wide as possible "Let's see... It's two right now. How about four? I plan to eat at the market."

Sun tastes the air with his tongue "Sounds good to me. Maybe Moonie and I can find something to trade."

You lean forward and kiss Sun with a loud mwah sound. Moon pulls you into a kiss with an equally loud mwah sound. You take off into the sky and head for your house. You make quick work of gathering all the things you need with some time to spare.

You stare into your mirror. You still have some pigments. You could dust your feathers. You know the males of your species like it, but would Sun and Moon? You decide to give the tips of your feathers a dusting of blue and orange.

You still your wings and dip into a dive landing outside the market. You check your feathers to make sure the pigment stayed. A distinctive hognose tail wraps around your legs brushing your crotch discretely.

Sun slithers in front of you with a bag over his shoulder "Why do your wings look weird?"

You fiddle with your hands "Well... before I moved away, my mother gave me pigments. My species uses them to telegraph all kinds of things. When we want to date, are suffering a loss, and even when we are just looking for sex."

Moon brushes your wings "What do they mean now?"

You take a breath "Some avians color their wings to attract a mate. I'm trying to look attractive for you."

Sun begins to brush the pigment off "We like the way your wings naturally look."

Moon follows Sun's lead "Your natural beauty is intoxicating. Don't hide from us."

Your feathers fluff and you chirp. You smack your head into Sun's chest to hide.

Sun chuckles "Adorable."

You get a big smell of Sun and still for a moment. You take the corn sake by the abdomen and inhale deeply. Your wings flutter for a moment.

Sun pets your hair "Are you smelling me? Are you alright, Nightengale?"

You get the urge to sing "Fi~ne!"

Moon sticks his wrist under your nose "You smell just as good. So do I~"

That does it for you. You are a goner. You have a scent kink and these two meet all your standards. You let out a mating song uncontrollably. Sun and Moon stare at you.

Sun takes his phone out "Dartford Warbler, right?"

Moon nods "Uh-huh."

Sun hums "It's a mating call."

Moon looks over at Sun surprised "A mating call? Are you sure?"

You cover your mouth and take a few steps back. Sun shows Moon his phone and plays a short clip. You spread your wings wide embarrassed. Sun and Moon look over at you. You chirp and take off into the sky. Moon calls after you but you are too embarrassed to hear him. What you didn't know is how fast Moon is. He manages to follow behind you for quite a while. However, the poor hognose loses you in your neighborhood.

Moon calls Sun and gives him directions. With Sun on the way, Moon decides to sniff you out. Slowly he makes his way down the street tasting the air. Halfway down your street, he finds your house.

Moon slithers up to your door and knocks "Nightengale, It's alright."

You can hear him from your nest. However, you aren't convinced to do anything. You mull your options over letting out a loud groan when Sun arrives.

"Nightengale~ Open up. We just want to talk to you." Sun coos gently.

You sigh and text them the location of your spare key. The front door opens and the two snakes seek you out. You hide in your wings as they enter your room. Sun looks your nest over. Your nest is a tunnel with a bed inside. Woven from colored fabrics instead of the grass birds use.

Moon slithers to the entrance "There you are."

Sun looks inside slithering next to Moon "Can we come inside?"

You sigh "Fine."

The two slither one at a time into your nest. They coil into comfortable positions.

Moon rubs your shin "It's alright. We're flattered."

Your wings droop pathetically "I couldn't control it. Instincts."

Sun rubs your back in soothing circles "We're flattered! This means you like us as much as we like you!"

Moon leans back slightly "What would you like to do now?"

You sigh "You can go to the market if you want, but I'm staying here. If there were any other Dartford Warblers in the area... It's just better if I stay in."

Sun coils around you "We'll stay with you!"

Moon nods "If you don't feel safe then why would we leave."

You sigh "Thank you."

Chapter 335: Spicy Danger Noodles pt7

Chapter Text

Sun looks around your nest while sticking his tongue out "I like your nest!"

You blush "Oh! Thank you. Warblers usually have nests that sit upright and are more shallow. I find this more comfortable."

Moon lays in your lap "My bed is a big container of sand."

Sun rolls his eyes "I have a normal bed with a mattress and pillows with a canopy to hide in."

You shudder "I don't think I could sleep in sand."

Moon wraps his arms around your waist "What would you like to do now, Nightengale?"

You rub his back "We should figure out what kind of food we want for dinner."

Sun leans his head on top of yours "Fried chicken."

You reach an arm up and scratch his cheek "Chicken? I could go for chicken."

Moon nuzzles your stomach "Do you have to leave to get Fried chicken?"

You nod "We can get it delivered. I just need to use my phone to order it."

Moon looks up at you "And where is your phone?"

You hold it up "Right here."

You pull up the food ordering app and place the order.

Sun gently touches your wing "Teach us how to preen you."

You look up at him "Preening? Sure! We need to leave the nest. There isn't enough room to show you preening in here."

The three of you crawl and slither out of the nest.

You stretch your wings out "The first thing to do is arrange the feathers to look attractive and to be good for flight." You move your wing in front of you and demonstrate as you talk "This releases oils needed for flight. The next step is to remove broken or damaged feathers."

Sun moves in front of you and begins to preen your wing "Like this?"

You smile and scoot to hold your wing out more comfortably "Yes! Just like that!"

Moon gently takes your other wing in his hand and behind preening you "How am I doing?"

You hum happily "Have you done this before? You are doing great!"

Moon holds three feathers in his hand "Can we keep the damaged feathers?"

You nod "Sure. I don't want them."

Moon tucks them away in his side bag and holds you close "Thank you! It means a lot to me."

You lean into him. His scent hits you like a freight train. Your wings fluff up and you chirp. You slowly push Moon to sit in his lap. You press yourself close as possible and inhale deeply.

Moon chuckles and pets your head "Awe, does our little Nightengale have a scent kink?"

You shudder "Chirp!" You pause, clear your throat, and try again "Yes!"

Sun tilts his head "What do you want for the evening? Snakes move fast, but do humans and birds?"

You chirp a few times "Not sure. Can we come back to this after dinner?"

Moon rubs your back "Of course."

Your doorbell goes off. You reluctantly climb off of Moon and head for the door. Your delivery mole hands you your food before returning to their Vespa and driving off. You bring the chicken to the dining room. Sun and Moon are looking around your kitchen. They have plates, napkins, and condiments set out.

You put a wing over your mouth "Oh! Thank you!"

Sun puffs his chest out and makes himself a little taller "We wanted to help!"

You set the chicken down and take his head in your hands "Well thank you."

You pull him down into a kiss. Sun sags in your hands and sticks his tongue out.

You chuckle and hold a hand out to Moon "Thank you as well."

Moon puts his head in your hand and lets you pull him in for a kiss of his own. Your wings flutter and you let out a soft moan. Sun hones in on you. Your stomach growls and Moon eyes you.

You take a deep breath "Food first. Food first. Food first."

Chapter 336: Wizzygigs

Summary:

Absolutely self-indulgent shit I want to write. This is a special chapter for having 300+ chapters.

Chapter Text

"Why are we even here Kevin? I have work in the morning. When you said we were doing something fun I thought we were going bowling or something." Audry asked annoyed shining her flashlight through the trees.

Kevin rolled his eyes cracking a bright green glowstick "I already told you we are here to explore. It's abandoned. Who knows what kind of goodies are in there?"

"Why was it abandoned?" You ask adjusting your headlamp.

Jordan shrugs and turns on his novelty Ironman chest flashlight "Nobody knows. One day it just closed down. Overnight, a large fence was built around it. Everything was left alone inside it."

Kevin shines his glowsticks under his chin "Anyone who goes inside Wizzygigs refuses to talk about what's inside the old park."

You narrow your eyes "And you want us to go inside?"

Kevin nods "Yeah!"

Jordan crosses his arms "And how do we get in there?"

Audry looks shocked at you "You are the smartest of the group! Are you really considering this?!"

"Look," you start sifting your weight from one leg to the other "If they are really going to do this then I should go to keep them out of trouble. Besides, I've always wanted to explore an abandoned building. When am I going to get a chance like this again?"

"That's the spirit!" Kevin cheers. "Now! Follow me and let's get inside."

Kevin leads the four of you to a hole in the fence. It looks like it's been mended several times and rebroken just as many. Old bits of welding materials litter the ground around it. The grass around the hole is burnt and dead. The hole is a bit of a tight fit for you but you manage. A few feet in front of the hole is a Candy Apple stand.

Audry circles the stand "It still has candied apples."

Jordan hops over the counter "Do you think it has money left?"

You shake your head "Naw. This hole looks like it's been opened many times before. Any money is likely gone. I'd try further in. Especially the center of the park."

You look around the area "I never got to come here. My parents were Six Flags people."

The area of the park you are in is wilderness themed. Jackalope toys and posters litter the area. There are also a few caterpillar, frog, and badger toys. The ground is a walkway comprised of green and brown hexagon pavers. Every few pavers have a tree carved into them. From where you stand you can see a dilapidated dark ride. On a sign, you can see a cartoon Jackalope chasing after the Frog. The Frog is holding the Caterpillar and running away. The sign reads "The Caterpillar Caper" in Comic Sans.

Kevin points to the ride "We should check it out!"

You bite the inside of your cheek "Do you think this place still has power?"

Kevin crosses his arms as he holds one of the candied apples in his hand "Why would that matter?"

Audry smacks the treat out of his hand "Do not eat that! It's probably rotting!"

You look down at the candy apple. The outer shell looks good but the inside is black.

You shiver "I don't want any of the rides turning on while we are inside them."

Kevin shakes his head "We'll test it out before we go inside. Happy?"

You nod "Quite happy. Better safe than dead."

Jordan nodded "I agree with Yin. My grandma had this really old dryer. Like, one of the first five models ever made. It would randomly turn on without warning. No one in the room. Just running like someone started it up."

The four of you head to the attraction. Along the way, you stop at little stalls and carnival games. None of them have any money. A fishing game has murky water with something swimming around in it. The game has a large four-foot by three-foot tank surrounded by chairs. Stuffed animals line the roof. Mossy and moldy from years in the elements.

Audry squeals "There's something in the water!"

You recoil "Gross! The hell could be living in that?"

Kevin walked over with a collectible frog cup from the nearby hotdog stand "I got this." He scooped at the water catching something in the cup "Oh god what the fuck?!"

you look down into the cup. A deformed goldfish stares back at you. you jump back alarmed. What are they eating? You shake your head. You don't want to know. Jordan runs off after looking into the cup. He returns moments later spitting and wiping his mouth. Disgusted, Kevin throws the fish back into the water. On that foul note, your group moves on. You wonder what other "surprises" The park has in store for you.

The silence of the park is unnerving. The only thing you can hear is the footsteps of you and your friends. As you get closer to the ride an uncomfortable feeling creeps in. You can feel eyes on you. Paranoid you look around but see nothing. Your mind tells you there are monsters in the darkness. Shadows morph into unholy abominations. They stare as you walk by. You shake your head to chase them away. When you look back up, the ride is in front of you. You almost run into a cutout of the Badger holding its hand up in a wave.

You put a hand on your chest and heave a sigh. Kevin snickers at you. You flip him the bird and head into the ride. The tunnel has a blue ceiling and grass painted on the walls. The frog character makes his way along the path you are following.

Audry scoots a little closer to you taking your hand in hers and whispering "I'm scared. Something feels off."

You nod and whisper "I feel it too. Stay close to me. Safety in numbers."

The tunnel opens into a boarding area with multiple lines. You walk up to the control panel and test one of the buttons for the lights. Nothing happens so you test the lever to start the cars moving. Again nothing happens.

Confident you hop onto the tracks "It's dead. No power."

Audry hummed "I remember this ride. It moves really slow. Even if it does turn on we should be able to get out without the carts hitting us."

Jordan nods hopping onto the tracks "Good. Everyone keep an eye out."

The ride itself is nothing too special. It tells the story of the frog stealing the caterpillar from the Jackalope and running away. The Jackalope chases the frog through the forest. The jackalope sets a trap for the frog and catches it in a cage. The jackalope and caterpillar have a picnic together. This must be a kiddy ride. You wonder what kind of music plays or if it has a narrator. At the end of the ride is a gift shop. The shelves are littered with toys, blankets, mugs, shirts, and candy. The register is empty just like you had expected.

Just outside the gift shop, you can see a kiosk of maps with a larger standing map of the park beside it. Kevin runs to the map and begins to scour it looking for something. As you and Aurdy get closer you can hear him muttering under his breath. You let Audry's hand go to stand beside Kevin.

His finger roans the snakes of the rides "Where is it? Where is it??"

You put a hand on his shoulder "What are you looking for? I can-"

"AHA!" Kevin shouts in triumph "I found it!"

Jordan tilts his head with a map in his hand "Found what?"

Kevin turns around with a serious expression "Katie Caterpillar's Labyrinth."

Chapter 337: Wizzygigs pt2

Chapter Text

"A labyrinth?" Audry asked nervously.

Jordan points to the map in his hand before pointing at the same spot on the larger map "That's on the other side of the park. Why do you want to go there?"

Kevin shrugs "I just think it sounds cool. I want to explore it next."

Something feels off to you "Shouldn't we explore this end of the park first?"

"Look, we'll get to explore the whole park. I just want to see this spot first." Kevin says a little agitated. "You all can pick a ride and we'll go check them out."

That off feeling stays with you as your group heads for the labyrinth. Audry and Jordan walk side by side looking at the map in his hands. The two excitedly talk about which ride they want to see. Kevin ignores all the stalls, rides, and shops you pass. He walks quickly and with purpose. The area turns from a forest to a treetop city. Fake metal cartoonish cars litter the street. They are shaped like logs. The paint is chipping off some of the cars.

Audry hols into one of the cars "Let's take a group photo!"

Kevin looks a little uncomfortable "I don't know..."

You throw your hands up "Y'all can take pictures. I personally don't want evidence of this B&E."

Jordan hops into the car with Audry "I'll take a picture!"

The two of them take a photo while you look around. The night air almost feels a little colder. Up ahead you can see a large cutout of a caterpillar. Its mouth hangs open in a wide grin full of cartoonish rounded teeth. It looks pretty creepy. Leaning against the wall of the entrance is an animatronic Jackalope holding an animatronic caterpillar.

Audry stares at the duo "Do you think they still work?"

You shrug "Hold on. Let me try something."

You reach into your pocket and throw a quarter at the Jackalope's thigh. Nothing happens but you don't trust the thing yet. Jordan throws a stuffed badger at it and again nothing happens.

Kevin huffs "Stop being a pussy!" He throws a large rock hitting the caterpillar "See? Nothing. Let's go."

Reluctantly you follow Kevin into the maze. You look at the Jackalope as you pass by. You stop for a moment and put the caterpillar back in its arms. It just feels like the right thing to do. When you turn back around you are alone. You can hear everyone wandering the maze. You however don't feel like fucking around. You get a bucket and climb the five-foot wall. The walls are three feet wide and easy to walk on.

Audry giggles "Did you climb the wall? That's no fun!"

You chuckle as you walk around "I didn't want to get lost."

"LET ME KNOW IF YOU FIND ANYTHING STRANGE!" Kevin shouts from deep within the maze.

It's easy for you to keep an eye on your friends. You can see each of their lights in the maze.

You count each one from your spot in the middle "1, 2, 3, 4... 4?"

The fourth light moves incredibly slowly through the maze. It's low to the ground like it's short or crouching.

"Guys! Something is in the maze with you!" You shout alarmed.

You make your way to the fourth light. It shines with a faint green glow. It's the caterpillar animatronic crawling around on the ground. Its bright glow flickers and fades before going out completely. It makes a sound like a Furby with dying batteries.

Audry rounded the corner "Where is it?"

You point to the animatronic "There. It was crawling around and just... died? Ran out of battery? Either way, it stopped."

"Maybe it had a little juice in it and knocking it over made it start again! It could have been programmed to lead lost people out of the maze!" Jordan shouts.

"I FOUND IT!" Kevin shouts excitedly from the left side of the maze.

"Pull me up?" Audry holds her hands out to you.

As you pull her up you can see Jordan pulling himself up onto the wall with you. The three of you head for Kevin. He's standing in an elevator. It looks so out of place. The way it's built into the wall makes it look like it was hidden behind a secret panel. Kevin waves the three of you inside. Audry and Jordan quickly foin him.

You cross your arms "Why are we really here? You seemed to know exactly where you were going."

Kevin calmly walk out of the elevator "Please just go! I need you!"

You take a step away from Kevin. He takes you by the wrist and punches you in the gut. You cough as he drags you to the elevator. Audry screams loudly. The elevator doors close and it begins to descend.

"What the fuck man?!" Jordan yells.

"Relax," Kevin says. "Yin is fine. I need all of you."

The elevator continued to go down. You wanted to ask what Kevin meant by needing you. But you didn't want to upset him in such a small space. The elevator only had enough space for six people. You scoot away from Kevin. He must be crazy or something. The four of you spend roughly ten uncomfortable minutes in the elevator. The elevator doors finally open into a hallway. It has white walls. a white floor, and a grey ceiling.

Kevin takes a gun out of his pack and points it at the three of you "I'm sorry it had to be this way. But I really need you three."

You raise your hands as you stand up "What for?"

Kevin pointed down the hall "Five years ago, my older brother Dale came here with his wife. Both went missing. I researched the crap out of this place." The four of you start walking down the hall as he continues "Most of what I found out was about how popular the park was. It wasn't until I went on the dark web that I got some real information."

Kevin tries to open every door you pass. He grows increasingly frustrated with every empty room. You have no clue what he's looking for.

Kevin continues to ramble "In the 1950's the US government decided to build a theme park. Their goal was to test things on the people they were supposed to protect." He opened the door at the end of the hall "You see, the real reason the park closed was because of something down here. My brother went looking for it. I intend to look for him. Maybe whatever is down here will take you three and give my brother and his wife back."

Audry shook her head as she cried "That's insane! He's prob-"

Kevin pointed his gun at her "Pick your words carefully AuDrY!"

Jordan shook his head "You've lost your mind!"

You need to think of a way out of this insane situation. You should have listened to Audry in the first place and never gone inside. However, if this is how Kevin is acting. He likely would have pulled the gun out a lot sooner.

Chapter 338: Wizzygigs pt3

Summary:

This ending was inspired by the movie I was watching. Monsters VS Aliens

Chapter Text

The room you find yourself in has four extremely large doors. One leading to the exit, one with a smear of black paint, one with a smear of purple paint, and the last a smear of dark copper.

Kevin seems frustrated as he looks at the doors "None of these look like they are supposed to! Where are the nametags?" He points his gun at you "You're smart! Pick a door."

"How is there still power down here?" Audry asks not expecting an answer.

Jordan shrugs "Maybe it's to keep the thing down here happy?"

You look between your three options taking a closer look at each smear. The copper looks like blood so that door is out. The purple seems to be thrown at the floor, so not that one either. Black it is then. You walk to the door and open it. Inside is another hallway with a single door at the end. Along the walls are pictures of black flowers in fields of black grass. The door at the end has a silly face painted on it. The barrel poking you in the back spurred you on down the strange hall. Blotches of black paint dot the floor.

You open the door slowly and peek inside. It's yet another hallway. You are beginning to think this place is nothing but hallways. You try a door to your left. Inside is a bed, desk, dresser, and some posters of naked girls. The next door you try is much the same. The only two doors that are different are a door leading to a bathroom and a door leading to another hallway. Kevin shoves you into the hallway making you stumble through the doorway.

You knock over a small table with a ceramic pitcher on it. It crashes to the floor. The sound echoed through the hall. You cough yourself on your hands landing on a sharp piece of the pitcher. You hiss and pull your hand to your chest.

Audry moves to your side "Are you alright?"

You open your hand to inspect the damage "I have ceramic in my hand."

Audry uses her long nails to carefully pull the pieces out. You wrap a hankey around your hand and continue down the hall. Only one side of this hall has doors. The first door was a supply closet. The door after that leads to a large room with computers. You move to go inside but Kevin tugs you away from the room.

"It's not in here." He says as he pushes you down the hall. "We keep going."

Your hand stings as you continue down the hall. As you get closer to the door you start to hear a clacking sound. It's faint but getting louder.

You stop walking "Do you hear that?"

Jordan leans his head lower "I don't- wait. What is that sound?"

Audry takes a step back "I don't like this!"

Kevin cocks the gun "I don't care what you hear! KEEP WALKING!"

You weigh your options. Get shot by Kevin, or head toward the noise. Both sound equally awful. You walk to the door at the end of the hall. If you don't keep walking and he shoots you, he'll make someone else go in your place.

You sigh "Fuck."

You open the door. A large face stares back at you. Its head is the size of your torso and black with orange-red eyes. It smiles at you and crawls backward.

"FINALLY!" Kevin screams loudly.

The creature looks done with this shit. At least that's what its expression says.

Kevin waves his arm dramatically "MONSTER! I have brought you three sacrifices! Return my brother and his wife to me!"

"I don't have your brother." The creature says in a deep voice.

His voice almost reminds you of Claude Frollo from the Hunchback of Notre Dame movie by Disney. You find it alluring. You want to hear more of it.

Kevin growls "Five years ago my brother and his wife came here! I want them back! Three for two! That's my offer!"

The creature puts a hand on his chin "Follow me. I think I can help you."

The creature turns its massive body around. It's incredibly long and mostly back with white highlights. Kevin digs the gun into your back and pushes you forward. the creature leads your group down a series of halls ending in a large room with a black and purple line down its center. The creature stretches as it enters this room. Now that you have a better look at it you can tell it's roughly twelve feet tall. It looks like a millipede.

It coils around into a spire like a snake "JUPITER!"

Its voice echoes throughout the room. You cover your ears. From the ceiling comes a gigantic wasp. You immediately start to shake and cry. You move behind the coils of the millipede and cry into your hands. You don't like wasps! You have a phobia. When they are small this is manageable. But seeing this massive ten-foot wasp is mortifying. Audry runs to your side and pulls you into her chest.

Kevin taps his foot "Do you have my brother? I have three humans for you. I just want my brother and his girlfriend!"

The wasp lands "Four meals Paradox?"

Paradox crosses his arms "No. Answer his question."

Jupiter laughs "If I had them they are dead. Just like you are. Snack."

Kevin shoots him in the head. He empties the clip and loads another. You cry louder as the wasp screams.

Paradox tilts his head "Oh, you killed him. I wasn't expecting that." He turns to look down at you "Are you alright?"

You stare up at Paradox and shake your head. He pulls you into his arms and hugs you gently. He rubs your back as you continue to cry.

Kevin screams in frustration "You!" He points the gun at you "YOU! START WALKING! WE ARE LOOKING FOR MY BROTHER!"

Paradox sighs "I will help you look. If Jupiter had them then they are gone."

"Why do you live down here? Are there others?" Jordan asks.

Paradox frowns "There is only the two of us. Well, were two of us. We lived off of fruit and vegetables. When the first humans came down here after the military left we had a fight about what to do with them. It got so bad we split the complex in two. He got one side and I got the other. We never went into each other's territory. Every month the military delivers food and water. I let anyone who comes into my side go. Jupiter, I suspect, does not."

You hiccup in Paradox's arms "Why do you stay?"

Paradox shrugs "There is no reason for me to leave. I have food, water, and entertainment. Today is the first of the month. You should leave. The military will be here any minute. It's not safe."

Kevin shoots into the air "WE ARE NOT LEAVING WITHOUT MY FAMILY!"

"Paradox! Jupiter! We're here!" A male shouts.

"Oh, it seems you are too late." Paradox shrugs.

Ten military men with multiple crates enter the room. They point their guns as soon as they see you.

A tan-skinned man walks up to Paradox "What's going on? Who killed Jupiter? Not that I'm mad. The guy was a prick. Who are these people?"

Audry holds her hands up "Audry Tompkins." She points at Kevin "That's Kevin Konilly. He brought us here under false pretenses. We thought we were exploring an abandoned amusement park. He pulled a gun on us and forced us down here!"

Kevin looks defeated "I just wanted my brother back..."

Jordan wrings his hands nervously "What are you going to do to us?"

A dark skinned woman puts her hands on her hips "You have two options. One, we relocate you to another country and give you a new identity. You are declared dead in the US. You get enough money to start a new life and your family is compensated for your death. Two, you stay here and keep your mouth shut. Your new job will be keeping him," She points at Paradox "Company and take care of his needs. We pay you, take care of all your basic needs, and you get to see your family. Tell anyone and you disappear forever along with anyone you tell. Take your pick."

Audry rubs her arm "MY mom has dementia. The money could go to her care. I'll leave."

Jordan shrugs "Watch this freaky dude and get paid? AND you take care of my needs? I'll stay."

You think really hard "Get rid of the wasp corpse and I'll stay." Kevin wails loudly and you point to him "Take him too. He tried to kill me."

This marks the start of your new life in the bunker. You and Jordan enjoy spending time with Paradox. You get letters from Audry. She has a good life wherever she is. She isn't allowed to tell you where she lives. You don't hear from Kevin.

Chapter 339: Melancholy

Summary:

ICE stands for In Case of Emergencies

Melancholy- a feeling of pensive sadness, typically with no obvious cause

CW: ambiguous ending, this one is sad, negative self-talk

Chapter Text

Today you were feeling off. You did your chores and duties. Ate good meals and drank plenty of water. But none of it helped. You were just... melancholy. You tried to perk yourself up by watching happy shows and listening to happy music, but none of it helped. You took a warm shower thinking that might help but it just made you sleepy.

Part of you had hoped Sun or Moon would come into the room and make everything better. They weren't magic though. Besides, they were not home right now. You didn't know when they would be back either.

You flopped onto your side and put on your favorite movie. While you stared at the screen you wondered when this feeling would go away. You had planned to play your favorite game and eat some pizza. You couldn't bring yourself to do it though. You just didn't have the energy. You couldn't even muster the will to order a damn pizza.

That fact made you feel worse. You are a functioning adult! Ordering a pizza on a phone app should be easy! But it felt like disarming a bomb right now. Your phone pinged with a text. You picked it up and read the text.

MoonICE: We are on our way home. Have you ordered food yet?

The message felt like he was chastising your failures. You knew he wasn't! He was just asking a question! Why are you like this right now? What happened between last night and this morning to cause this?

You: no

MoonICE: We'll pick up some pizza. What do you want?

You: meat

MoonICE: ... Are you alright?

What is wrong with you? That is what your mind turns that into. You set your phone down. You aren't sure what to respond with. You feel ashamed of your current mood. You don't want Moon, or Sun for that matter, to be disappointed in you. You should be able to suck it up and get over it. Failure. You feel like such a damn failure!

Your phone pings again. You hug a couch pillow to your chest. You heave a sigh. You want to cry but tears never come. The front door opens. You don't bother looking up.

You already know who it is. Sun leans over the couch to look at you "Sunshine? Talk to me."

You don't know what to tell him. Calling yourself sad feels like not enough and calling yourself depressed feels like too much.

Sun brushes hair out of your eyes "How long have you been like this?"

Another comment on your failures.

Moon enters the room from the direction of the kitchen with pizza, drinks, and plates "How are they?"

Sun looks up at Moon pained "Not good."

Moon sets the food down "There are plates in the sink, so they've been eating and drinking."

Sun crouches down in front of you "Can you tell me what you need?"

there are so many words you want to say. I need hugs. I need pets. I need to hold you. I need. I need. I need. But nothing comes.

Sun picks you up and holds you in his lap "How about we watch your favorite movie and eat some pizza."

"They already watched it," Moon says sitting down with the remote in his hand.

You loosely wrap your arms around Sun. Normally you would hold yourself up a little but right now you are letting yourself sag in his arms. He frowns and rubs your back. Moon fixes you a plate of food and puts on another movie you like. Sun brings the pizza slice to your lips. He smiles brightly when you take a bite.

Moon gives you a quick scan "They aren't hurt or sick. I think this is an emotional issue. Some TLC might be just the thing they need."

Moon picked up a plate and passed Sun some food for himself. You'd like to say you were feeling better already! But that would be a lie. You just couldn't shake the feeling! It wrapped around you like a warm blanket. After the movie, Sun passed you over to Moon. If movies weren't working, maybe playing a game would. He and Moon played a game you liked playing and watching. You looked up at the screen and watched quietly in Moon's arms. This was an improvement.

You didn't feel any better. But, you didn't feel any worse either. Moon carried you to your room and tucked you into bed. Moon put away dinner while Sun locked the house up. The pair snuggled up to you in bed. Moon sang a lullaby while Sun pet your hair. You heaved a sigh and closed your eyes drifting off to sleep.

Chapter 340: Paradox Library AU: Hauntings Of The Heart pt6

Chapter Text

You hold your arms out "Can I hug you?"

Paradox stares at you for a long moment. He leans down to look at you. With a cheeky grin and a click, he pulls you into a hug. The two of you continue your ghost hunt. You manage to get footage of a plastic cup falling over in the gift shop. The fantom sound of splashing was heard. And you managed to get whispers.

Paradox removes the camera from your shoulders "Thank you for coming tonight. You can come with the group when we come back. This will be great training for some of the newer members like yourself."

You stare at Paradox's ass while he's not looking "Sounds fun. Paradox?"

Paradox turns to look at you "Yes?"

You bite your lip "What gender do I look to you?"

Paradox looks you up and down "Given the masculine and feminine features you possess combined with your voice and height... I'd have to guess you must be a hermaphrodite of some sort."

You nod "I am! Are you ok with that?"

Paradox turns to look at you "I already expressed my attraction to you. Your gender or genitals has nothing to do with that." He crouches down to your level and leans in close "I'll lick, suck, rub, thrust, and fuck anything you have." Paradox kisses your cheek "Aristotle noted that “personal beauty is a greater recommendation than any letter of reference.” Perihelion, your reviews are glowing."

You blush and cover your face "Fuck me running."

Paradox chuckles "That might actually happen in the future. Is there anything you need to get from your home?"

You nod "Just something to sleep in."

Paradox runs his fingers through your hair "I can provide you with sleeping clothes."

You blush "Oh, alright! That's fine with me."

Paradox holds the passenger's door open for you with a click of his tongue "Great! The library is closed tomorrow so we can sleep in."

You buckle up as he enters the driver's seat "Sweet."

You look into the woods and feel uneasy. You would hate to run into that frog prick again. Paradox puts a gentle hand on your shoulder at a crossroads "I'll keep you safe."

You look over at him "I trust you. That frog was just unnerving." You blush "Although it was pretty sexy watching you backhand that turd."

Paradox blushes "Sexy? Me?"

You nod "Yes. Sexy, attractive, and desirable."

Soon the two of you reach the Library. Paradox pulls into a garage in the back. Inside you can see a Mustang, a van, a Vespa, a motorcycle, and a standard car you don't recognize the make of. You exit the van and follow Paradox through a door into a large storage room. Paradox takes you through another door that leads to the main floor of the library. Three feet to the left is the elevator. You can hear the faint murmurs of Sun running a game.

Paradox leads you to the elevator. Inside he takes a key out and unlocks a small panel on the elevator controls. Inside is a button with the number B2. He pushes the button and the elevator goes down. The elevator opens to a living room. In its center is a large couch in the shape of the letter U. A large TV hangs on the wall in front of the couch. Behind the couch is a wet bar full of colorful bottles. Paradox shows you around the underground home. Aside from the living room, there is a dining room, kitchen, and four bedrooms with their own bathrooms.

Paradox leads you to a door with the letter P "This is my room. S is Sun, M is Moon, and E is Eclipse." He puts his hand on the handle "My room is... unique."

Paradox opens the door and you peer inside. The walls are a deep purple color with black trim. Bones, little statues, various weapons, and other strange little items dot several shelves. The walls are littered with masks, tapestries, posters, and maps. The bed is a Victorian four-post bed with black bedding. A Tiffany lamp sits beside the bed. The room has two other doors leading to the bathroom and closet. You walk into the room followed by paradox.

Paradox rubs his arm "I know this is unusual for a date. Even more so for a first date." He smiles sheepishly "But I am enjoying our time together."

You begin to take your shoes off "Me too!"

"Dox? Are you home?" Eclipse asks as he knocks on the door.

Paradox rolls his eyes with a grin and opens the door "I'm home."

Eclipse puts a hand on his shoulder "How was your date?"

Paradox nods in your direction "Considering my date is not over yet, I think it's going quite well."

Eclipse looks down at you with a look of agitation "You brought them home? Isn't this going fast? Do you even have protection??"

Paradox laughs "We're robots! We don't get or transmit STD's. Besides, we had an encounter with a cryptid. I wanted them to stay the night for their safety."

Eclipse huffs "Those aren't real. I've never seen one."

Paradox crosses his arms "It's not my fault you choose to ignore them Clippy."

"I saw it. It was a big frog man! It tried to rip my arm off." You blurt out as you set your shoes aside neatly.

Eclipse raises a brow before turning to leave "Don't be too loud. Glad you're enjoying your date. We can talk later Dox. Goodnight."

Paradox chuckles "Goodnight, Clippy."

You smile "You must be close."

Paradox slips his shoes off "We are twins despite not looking like it. We might have our spats but we love each other." Paradox enters his closet to get the two of you clothes.

You sit down on the bed "I can tell. It's cute how much he fusses over you."

Paradox tosses you a shirt and some shorts "This should fit you."

You take the clothes "Where would you like me to change?"

Paradox points to the bathroom "I'll go change in the bathroom. You can stay here and change."

You nod and begin to get dressed as soon as Paradox is in the bathroom. The clothes are soft and comfortable. It's a pair of black shorts with a flamingo on them and a grey shirt. Paradox enters the room wearing blue shorts and a black shirt. He blushes at you and clicks his tongue.

You blush as you stare at his legs "Gorgeous."

Paradox fiddles with the end of his shirt "Thank you." He turns the light off leaving only the Tiffany lamp on "I like to sleep on the right side. The top blanket is weighted. I do hope you don't mind."

You crawl under the blankets on the left side "Holy moly! This bed is softer than mine."

Paradox turns the Tiffany lamp off "I hope you don't mind. I'm not ready to be touched while we sleep."

You feel a little disappointed "Can I kiss your cheek goodnight?"

Paradox rolls over to face you "No. I'm sorry."

You nod "It's alright. Do you have a spare pillow? I sleep better with something in my arms."

Paradox sighs in relief and passes you a pillow "Thank you for understanding. It means a lot to me."

You lie down and wrap your arms around the pillow "I'm a little disappointed, but I understand. Sleep well."

Paradox hums "Sleep well."

 

The Tiffany Lamp

Chapter 341: Paradox Library AU: Hauntings Of The Heart pt7

Chapter Text

You woke up before Paradox one Saturday afternoon. The two of you were on one of your weekend date trips. This time you were exploring a forest where a walking skeleton had been reported. Last night they found nothing. The two of them weren't deterred though.

Over time Paradox has gotten used to sharing a bed with you. Paradox likes being the little spoon. He loves waking up with your small arms wrapped around his large frame. It makes him feel safe and grounded. He still has his nights where he doesn't want to be touched. You got a body pillow with his picture on it for those nights. He finds it adorable and even posed for the picture.

When you wake up this time Paradox was on his back. You yawn with a stretch. Paradox hums in his sleep and pulls you to lay on top of him. Your feet barely reach his lower abdomen. It's these moments that remind you just how large he is compared to you. You run your hands over the vast expanse of his upper chest.

Paradox takes you by the hips and cracks an eye at you "Gmroin."

You yawn "Morin."

There is something different about the way paradox is looking at you. It's like he's seeing you for the first time.

Paradox takes you by the thighs and croaks "I'm ready to make love together."

You blush with a look of surprise "Oh!"

He smiles at you "Do you consent?"

You brush his cheek with your hand "Are you sure?"

Paradox nods "I want it with you." You lean forward to kiss him but Dox stops you "I need consent."

You yawn "I con-Yawn-sent."

Paradox chuckles "Adorable."

Paradox pulls his pants down with a sleepy yawn. You look behind you at what he has. Your tired brain says it's a dick flower. Seven writhing cocks reach out for you. Six are one foot in length and form a circle. The last is ten inches and sits in the center of the circle.

You turn to Paradox with a sleepy lopsided smile "I can't fit all those dicks."

Dox laughs "Only the center one is a dick. The others are tentacle arms. For grabbing."

You tilt your head to the side "Grabbin'? Wha?"

Paradox hums as he helps you out of your bottoms "My creator had a clear kink."

You chuckle "Me too."

Paradox drags you down his body. You moan softly at the friction. Beams of sunlight filter through the windows. Dust flits through the light like snowflakes. Paradox's tentacles gently wrap around your legs and rub over your lower body. One of his tentacles lazily wraps around your cock and balls. His cock very slowly pushes its way inside your pussy.

You lie down on his stomach and pepper him with kisses. Paradox rubs your back with a sleepy yawn mixed with a moan. Paradox adjusts himself to get a better look at you. You try to move your hips to ride his cock. Paradox stops you with a hand on your ass. His cock is thick and long enough to reach deep inside you and fill you nicely.

You moan "So good." You sigh as he pets your head.

Paradox dips his finger between your ass cheeks "This is nice. You look so alluring."

You pull his hand to pepper it in kisses "Don't think I'll last long."

Dox rubs his thumb over your lips "Next time will be longer. I have a high libido."

You groan "How high?"

Paradox grins "Twice a day. But I can go without or take care of myself. I love quickies and taking my time."

You cry loudly as you cum hard "Fuck that's hot."

Paradox lets you go as he cums hard. His hands grip the bed. He cums a lot. It easily fills you up and spills out of you. It just keeps coming. Rope after hot rope of cum. Your belly bulges slightly with the amount of cum. Paradox chuckles and wraps his hand around your middle. He keeps you speared on his cock as he walks outside. He pulls out of you and watches his cum dribble onto the grass.

Paradox holds you in his arms in a bridal carry "There is a lake nearby. We can get cleaned up there, perihelion."

You nod slowly "Can't wait to get to do that again."

Paradox looks out into the forest "Tomorrow."

Chapter 342: Love Amongst The Books pt1- Eclipse Library AU

Summary:

This one is Eclipse x male reader

Chapter Text

Rain came down in thick sheets. Lightning and thunder cracked and hissed. It was almost like they were laughing at you for that failure of a date. You were walking home after going on a blind date. Your friend set you up with a coworker. He was an absolute asshole. He was rude to the waiter and even called the manager over. His well-done steak was tough and chewy, despite the multiple warnings that's exactly how it would turn out. The piece of cake he ordered was not big enough. The drink was not boozy enough. The list went on.

The prick had the audacity to get pissy when you refused to go out with him again. He had been driving you back to the street corner he picked you up on. You refused to let him know where you lived. In his fury, he kicked you out of his car in the rain. You walked down the street trying to help keep your phone dry. A light in the distance gave you hope for relief from the rain. You stood in a dry spot and shook yourself off from the rain.

You looked up at the building across from you to try to figure out where you are. Across from you is a tea store you've been to before. Why are you downtown? Your date was nowhere near here? A clacking sound starts quickly getting louder. Hail the size of a nickel falls from the sky. There is no way you can walk home in this. Time to call a taxi. No dice. The hail is too loud. The dispatcher can't hear you.

Inside the library, Eclipse stood at the front desk. There was an issue with the computers. He pulled the short straw so he was fixing it. The sound of rain and hail echoed throughout the empty building. He glanced up from his work to stretch and stare at something else for a few minutes. That's when he saw him. So small, frail, and wet. Compared to him at least. Oh my god! This is just like his favorite meet cute manga! Help you! He needed to help you!

Kids can be messy when it comes to crafts. Sun keeps a few towels in the supply closet. He takes two and heads for the door. He's not letting you spend another moment outside. You don't seem to notice when he moves outside.

"Excuse me?" Eclipse says gently.

You startle and turn around "Sorry! I'm just waiting for the hail to stop. I'll leave soon."

Holy! You look so handsome! A jolt of static runs through his body.

With a shaky hand, he holds out the towels "These are for you! Please, come inside out of the rain."

You slowly take the towels "Alright. Thank you."

Eclipse leaders you inside "What are you doing in the rain at this time of night?"

You frown and tug the towel around your shoulders "I was on a date with a coworker. It went really bad. He got mad when I didn't want a second date and kicked me out of his car. Mine's in the shop."

Eclipse locks the library doors "He kicked you out into the rain? Deplorable!"

You chuckle "Agreed." You smile and tell him your name.

"Pretty. I'm Eclipse. I run the Romance, Erotica, history, and archive sections of the library." Eclipse says as he points to the second floor.

You blush "Erotica?"

Eclipse nods sheepishly "Yeah, I really like this new writer Buttonburg."

You perk up and dry your hair "You like my stuff? I'm not even that popular yet."

Eclipse balks "That's you?! I love your writing style! The characters feel real. Even when you are writing about werewolves or fairies."

You dry your clothes "Thank you."

Eclipse glances at the elevator on the other side of the library "I don't have a hot drink up here to offer you. We'd have to go to the subbasement for that." He turns back to you "Have you called a ride?"

You shake your head "I tried to but it was too loud outside."

Eclipse bites his lip "I could give you a ride. I'll drop you off wherever you want."

You mull it over before agreeing. Eclipse leaves you alone for a few minutes while he gets his keys from another room. His car is a large green van. Eclipse gives you two more dry towels and the two of you leave. He lets you pick the radio station as he takes you to the street corner you were supposed to be dropped off at. The two of you have idle chit-chat while he drives you. As you get out of the Van, you decide you need to return to the library and ask him out.

Chapter 343: Short-Shorts: The unintended AU

Chapter Text

I didn't intend to do it, but Short-shorts is an AU now. Sun is a popular supermodel. He liked playing dress-up at the Daycare. When they were freed he got a job at a clothing store. One day he took a modeling job and loved it. People loved it too.

Moon was always good at repairing clothes. Sun and Moon always had clothes and toys get damaged. He quickly moved on to making new clothes. He started making entire outfits for him and Sun when they were freed and quickly gained popularity. Now he's a popular fashion designer.

Sun is his top model. He has shows often and Sun is always with him. He loves making people look good no matter what their body type is. Moon tries to have models of every type. He's even done a show where he took random people off the street to wear his clothes.

Chapter 344: Short-Shorts pt3

Summary:

I had to write the swimwear fashion show

Chapter Text

You brushed your dress free from dust. Today you were feeling quite feminine. Sun had convinced you to wear a dress to his show. He had picked a nice black tea-length dress with sleeves down to your elbows and a V-shaped neckline. It was classy and looked great on you. He paired it with a pair of black flats and a pearl necklace.

You walked up to the back door and knocked just like Moon told you to do. He wanted to see you before the show. There was something he wanted to give you.

The door swung open and a woman stared at you "Can I help you?"

You fiddle with your hands nervously "Moon asked me to come here. I'm Yin."

She closed the door in your face. You stood there for a moment unsure of what to do.

The door opened and Moon stepped aside to let you in "Yin! I'm glad you came!" He wrapped his long arms around you "You look stunning!" He pulled you by the hand over to a clothing rack "I don't know what you did to Sun, but he has been so relaxed all day! When we were practicing for the show Sun moved so smoothly. I don't know what you did to him. but keep it up!"

You laugh "Oh lord! I gave him a massage!"

Moon looked surprised "A massage? That's it?"

You nod "That's it. I love doing it for him."

Moon pulled a headpiece from the rack "The way he talked I thought you had sucked the life out of him or something." He turned and showed you the item "I made this for you. It can be worn as an ascot or a headpiece. The fabric is Pima Cotton. I added little stylized suns." He ties it around your head "Hm... not quite." He takes it off and re-ties it around your neck "Perfect! Sun has you sitting front row and center. Your chair has a label and a bottle of water. Sun insisted you have it and I agree."

You nod and pull Moon into a hug "Thank you!"

Moon rubs your back "You should go say hi to Sun before you sit down."

You take a step back "Good luck with your show! Not that you need it."

Moon waves you off as you weave through the sea of models. You find Sun in a corner with a woman helping him adjust a soft cotton top. The top has an attractive geometric pattern and matching swim trunks. The trunks are long in the back and shorter in the front.

You stop in front of him "Sunny bunny! You look great!"

The woman eyes you "And you are?"

Sun walks up to you and pulls you into a kiss "My partner."

You nod "Girlfriend today."

The woman shrugs "Don't mess up his makeup. Show starts in ten."

Sun holds you out by your shoulders "You look stunning! Thank you for coming."

You blush "Thank you. I can't wait to see you walk the runway tonight!"

Sun shoves your shoulder "You just want to see me parading around half naked."

You nod "Of course! I know you are looking forward to me ogling you. Try not to get a boner."

Sun laughs loudly leaning on your shoulder "I make no promises!"

You shake your head "Yeah, alright. I should go sit down... one more for the road!" You lean forward and peck his lips.

Sun blushes as his rays spin for a second. You giggle and run off to your seat. You are sitting between a photographer and a writer for Vogue. It does make you feel a little out of place. All the people know so much about fashion. The most you know is what colors look good together and never try to mix two different patterns.

Moon walks out onto the runway and says a little something about his swimwear line. He walks backstage and the show starts. Sun struts out and glides across the stage. You blush and openly gawk at Sun. He pauses for a beat and smiles at you before making his way back down the runway.

A few more people come out and show off various outfits. They look nice, even if you can't pinpoint every little nuance about them. Sun struts back out. He has on color-shifting Square-Cut Shorts and comfortable-looking swimming shoes. The swim shorts are smaller than the short shorts from before. You lean forward in your seat with your mouth slightly open. Sun looks extremely smug.

The shorts start at his pelvis a little above his cock and end at an inch or two below his cock. Your eyes are glued to his thighs. He has you. He knows he does. He can see your boner and how well you are hiding it from everyone but him. A clear and loud message to him. Watching him leave is just as glorious as watching him arrive.

The other models walk back out and leave. Moon comes out with all the models trailing behind him. He's talking but you can't hear him. Your eyes are transfixed on Sun. You clap loudly and stand up from your chair. Moon bows with Sun. Sun licks his lips as he eyes you. You shudder and rub your thighs together under your dress. The after-party is going to be interesting.

Chapter 345: Short-Shorts pt4

Chapter Text

The after-party is both outside and inside. You and Sun are outside with Moon. Moon is doing an interview for a magazine. Sun is posing for the camera in those fucking little shorts. You are off to the side watching him like a hawk and Sun is eating up your attention. Your boner sits ramrod straight in your panties. You understand why he wanted you to wear black.

A man approaches you "Excuse me? You are Sun's partner, right?"

You turn and smile "Yes. I am."

The man nods "I'm Charlie with Cosmo. Can I get a short interview?"

You nod and eye Sun out of the corner of your eye "Sure! No problem."

Charlie beams "Great! I just have a few questions our readers would love answered!" He looks down at a notebook "Most have noticed your appearance. Would you mind sharing your gender?"

You purse your lips "I'm gender fluid. I'm actually a," You pause. Do you really want to reveal this? You take a breath "I'm a"

Charlie holds a hand up "It's alright if you don't want to say."

You cross your arms "No, I do... It's just... I'm a hermaphrodite. I don't want to describe below the belt. But I am a hermaphrodite."

Charlie looks shocked "Oh wow! I never would have guessed! This is quite a scoop!" He smiles softly "Thank you. That must have been hard."

You nod "Yeah, but Sun has been working on it with me." You look over at Sun "I know he'll be proud when he hears. Could ya keep it to yourself tonight? This is about Moon, not me."

Charlie nods "Yes! Absolutely! So, what's it like being with a supermodel like Sun?"

"Oh, it's wonderful! He's an excellent boyfriend. He's always telling me the only eyes on me that matter are yours Solar Flare." You smile as you look at Sun "He has a way of making you feel special."

Charlie coos "Awe! He calls you Solar Flare? Cute!" He looks down at his notes "What made you date him in the first place?"

You heave a dreamy sigh "He told me a joke to break the ice. Walked right up to me and said 'So, a bar walks into a guy. Everyone was confused.' Had me choking on my coffee. We hit it off right away."

Sun struts up to you with a coy smile. Your eyes are glued to his thighs.

Charlie turns to see what you're looking at "Oh! Sun! I uh... good to see you. I was just giving your partner a brief interview."

You blush "I told him my gender."

Sun gasps and pulls you close "YOU DID!?" He picks you up and spins you around "Oooo! Solar Flare! I'm so proud of you!"

He gives you a big kiss. You can see the camera flashes going off around you.

Sun whispers in your ear "I can feel your boner. Let me help you with that." He sets you down "OH! Solar Flare! Could you help me find my phone?"

You swallow hard "YES! Yes. I'll help."

Sun takes your hand and pulls you away from Charlie. A few women try to talk to him but he blurts some excuses. Soon he pulls the two of you to a janitorial closet. He looks around before stuffing you inside. The closet is big enough to fit four people standing in a square shoulder to shoulder.

Sun tips your chin "I've been thinking about you all night." He leans in close "Your eyes on me were so fucking sexy." He pulls you into a deep kiss tilting his head to the side "I am so incredibly attracted to you."

You spin Sun around so he's pressed against the wall "Let me take care of you, my prince."

You tug Sun's swimsuit down and rub his asscheeks. Sun looks back at you and bites his lip. You pull your dress up and panties down. Your cock is hard and leaking precum. You push Sun's thighs together and lick your lips. Sun pops his hips toward you and wiggles his ass.

You thrust your cock between his thighs. Your cock rubs against his balls. Sun groans and pushes back into you. You moan softly and wrap your arms around his waist and lay your head on his back. You take Sun's cock in your hand and rub his cock while you fuck his thighs.

Sun thrusts into your hand. His tongue hangs out of his mouth. He pants loudly trying not to moan loudly. You fuck his thighs harshly. You lick and kiss your back.

Sun groans "Good, So good. Don't stop."

You pull back and thrust into his ass "Gonna cum inside."

Sun thrusts harder into your hand "Please?"

Sun shakes and shudders in pleasure. You reach up and stuff your fingers in his mouth. Sun wraps his tongue around your digits and gently nibbles your fingertips. A tingling starts in your spine and spreads throughout your body. You gasp as you shoot hot ropes of cum deep in Sun's ass. Sun pulls your hand into his mouth with his tongue. His wires feel like buzzing bees. His eyes cross and he cums hard into the mop bucket in front of him.

You catch your breath "We should get back out there."

Sun nods as you pull out of his ass "Moon is not getting these back."

You pull his shorts back up then your panties "I don't think he'll mind."

The two of you leave the closet. Moon spots you and flips you the bird with a small smile.

Sun laughs "He knows."

You nod "Yeah. We should buy him his favorite wine. Make it up to him you know."

Chapter 346: Paradox Library AU: Hauntings Of The Heart pt1

Summary:

CW! Rader is missing an arm and has scars on their body.

Chapter Text

You looked up at the Library with a bright smile. It was early for any of the Library club activities. You knew that. You just wanted to make sure you'd be welcome. You are far too used to walking into a place and being turned away at the door. Whether it was because of your missing right arm, or the burn scars across the right side of your neck, shoulder, chest, and part of your cheek. You were turned away.

You entered the library and walked up to the front desk. To the left side was a display talking about the four activities of the library. You look the list over until you get to the last one. Ghost hunting club with Paradox.

You turn to the worker behind the counter "Pardon me?"

The lunar animatronic turns with a soft smile "Hello, I'm Moon. How can I help you?"

His eyes go wide for a moment as he takes you in. From the way his eyes move, you can tell he's looking at your scars. Some of the burns are visible. You are wearing a plain red T-shirt. His eyes trail to your arm. The replaced appendage is a sea of art. Pictures of your favorite bands, books, movies, and games. Anything you find interesting is present on your metal FazCO brand arm.

You point to the Display "I was hoping to talk to Paradox about the ghost hunting club."

Moon seems to snap out of whatever trance he was in "Oh! In the back," He points "Is an elevator. Take it to the second floor. Paradox is down in the archives at the moment. He's restocking the shelves."

You nod "Thank you, Sir! Have a great day!"

Moon seems taken aback by your polite nature. You head for the elevator. The elevator looks like it crawled right out of The Ghostbusters. You are a little excited to take it down. The doors open to the archives. It's one large room with rows and rows of books. Lights turn on and off as you pass them. If this is how the lights work then finding Paradox will be easy!

You walk down the aisles humming a tune to yourself. Walking becomes swaying which leads to dancing while humming. You spotted a light at the far right side of the large room. Bingo! That has to be Paradox. You bob and weave through the shelves.

You turn the corner and your heart stops. An extremely attractive animatronic turns to you with a book in his hand. He's mainly black with white undertones much like the blue on Moon’s arms. His eyes are a reddish orange like the picture of a black hole. He has rays that form a spiral pattern. Fuck he's hot. And then he speaks. It almost brings you to your knees.

Paradox looks a little hurt "Can. Can I help you?"

You struggle to find the words "Ghosts."

Paradox tilts his head "Ghosts?"

You shake your head "I apologize. I was hoping to talk about the Ghost Hunting Club."

Paradox relaxes "Ah, what did you want to talk about?"

You rub your arm "Is there an opening?"

Paradox crosses his arms "There is always an opening. You are welcome to join."

You hold your arm up "Even with this?" You point to the scars "And these? I don't want to be anywhere I'm not welcome."

Paradox leans down to look at your arm "Is that a Horseshoe Crab?"

You move your arm to look "Yeah! It is!"

Paradox makes a sound akin to a record scratch "Did you know Horseshoe Crabs predate dinosaurs? They can also glow under UV light."

You blush "That's so cool." You need to date this man.

Paradox smiles "I have a pet Horseshoe Crab."

"What's its name?" You ask.

Paradox beams "Hermies! He is my best friend."

You find yourself staring at him again. You just find him so enchanting.

Paradox looks uncomfortable "You keep staring. Have I done something to upset you?"

You wave your hands in front of you "No! No. I'm sorry! I've just never met someone so enchanting!"

Paradox blushes light grey "Enchanting? Me?" He looks down "Usually people don't like me."

You tilt your head "I don't get it. OH! The club! So I'm good to join?"

Paradox nods the blush still on his face "I'd love to have you. We are meeting tonight. I have plans for us to explore an old crematorium and cemetery grounds."

You clap "That sounds so cool! Should I bring anything?"

Paradox smiles at you "Snacks, water, five dollars, a flashlight, and an energy drink or two."

"Hold on." You take your phone out and take notes "Snacks, water, five dollars, and what else?"

Paradox puts a book on the shelf behind him "A flashlight and an energy drink or two."

"I find you extremely attractive." You blurt out.

Paradox recoils "What?!"

You blush "I'm sorry. But I do. You are stupendous and I would love to take you out on a date."

Paradox begins to transform "But," He takes his jacket and shirt off "You don't even know me."

You don't know what to do right now "Are you alright? Should I get someone?"

His twelve-foot stature is now fifteen. He now has six arms each on their own moveable segment. It reminds you of Sardonix from Steven Universe.

Paradox leans on the wall "Is this a joke? I don't..." He makes a loud pained sound.

You take a step back I-I'm sorry! I just wanted a date! I'm sorry!"

Footsteps come from your left "DOX?!"

A tall animatronic turns the corner. He's ten feet tall. Most of his body is eggplant purple fading into burnt umber. He has four five-inch rays in eggplant and nine smaller rays in burnt umber. His eyes are a soft moonlight yellow. He has four arms each of which are ombre. Starting with burnt umber and ending with eggplant. Two are on his shoulders and two are just above his hips.

The new animatronic glares at you "WHAT DID YOU DO!?"

You shrink in on yourself "I." Your breathing picks up "I just-"

The animatronic looms over you "SPIT IT OUT! IT"S NOT HIS FAULT! HE HAS AUTISM!"

You try to calm your breathing. Your right arm shakes.

You tug at part of your hair for a second "I asked... I." You fall onto your butt "Just a date. Just."

The animatronic huffs and turns to Paradox "Are you alright? What did they do?"

Paradox looks up "They asked me on a date, Clippy."

Clippy pulls Paradox into a hug "It's alright."

You steady your breathing enough to talk "I just wanted to go out on a date with a handsome man!" You suck in a shakey breath "Why is that bad? I don't care if he has autism!"

Your arm flails wildly and uncontrollably for a moment. You force it to your side as your body shakes.

Clippy growls and turns to you "Yeah?! Well, I'm not going to let you make fun of him!"

You try to stand up but your uncontrollable arm makes it hard. Clippy takes a moment to really take you in. From your scars to your apparent panic attack, right down to the missing limb. You flop onto your side and curl in on yourself. Old traumas bubble to the surface. An old flame screaming at you. The sound of a lighter. The smell of- Your thoughts are cut off by a hand on your hip.

"It's alright." Paradox says gently "Deep breaths." He's sitting cross-legged beside you and petting your side "That's it."

Clippy moves to look at you "You really just want a date?"

You sniffle and nod.

Paradox picks you up into his arms "I believe them."

Clippy sighs "Fine. But ONLY if I am there too. AND it's here in the library!"

You calm down enough to walk around on your own "I need to go!" You flop out of his arms and dart off to the elevator.

Chapter 347: Paradox Library AU: Hauntings Of The Heart pt2

Chapter Text

It takes one month and two visits to your therapist for you to go back to the library. You eye the building warily. You really did want to go on a date with Paradox. Your therapist convinced you to give it one more try. You head inside and up to the front desk.

"Oh! You came back!" Moon says surprised.

You look... smaller than before. The first time you came in you walked with such confidence. You looked so bright and warm. The person in front of him looks beaten down.

You rub your arm "I was." You take a deep breath "I was hoping to talk to Paradox."

Moon points to the elevator from before "Third floor on the left."

You nod and walk over to the elevator. You stare at the UP button for a long moment. You feel unsure of yourself. Last time you tried asking Paradox out you got screamed at. You don't do well with that. You flex the fingers of your robotic hand. With a deep breath, you push the button.

The elevator dings and you push the button for the third floor. You move to the back of the elevator and look at your reflection. You look tired. The nightmares have been keeping you awake at night. The elevator dings on the second floor and a group of people enter the elevator and press 1.

You get off the elevator on the third floor and move out of the way. You can see him through the books. Your heart pounds. You are beginning to regret coming back to the Library. You peek through the books at Paradox.

"He's such a weirdo, am I right?" Someone says from your right.

You jump slightly "What?"

It's a young teen "I mean. Who the hell would want to date," He says a slur "Like that?"

You square your shoulders "Excuse you! Do you kiss your grandma with that mouth?! Who taught you how to behave?!"

The teen throws their hands up "Yo! Calm down you crazy bitch." They eye you up and down "Gross! What happened to you? You look like old man balls!"

You purse your lips "At least I have manners." You turn to leave the prick. "OH!" You turn back around "For your information! I want to date that sexy man!"

You storm off with a huff. Screw that douche. That prickle berry pie can go eat a bowl full of unripe lemons. You grouse quietly as you storm over to Paradox. When you finally come face to face with Paradox all your bravery dies.

Paradox turns and looks absolutely shocked "I didn't think I'd ever see you again."

You tear your eyes away from him "I almost didn't come back."

Paradox rubs his hand on his pants nervously "Was it my fault?"

You shake your head "No." You bite your lip "It was mine." You tap the tip of your shoe on the floor "I have past trauma related to..." You hold your arm up "Getting shrieked at is a trigger. My therapist convinced me to come back and try asking you out again."

Paradox's eyes go wide "You still want to go out on a date?"

You blush "I do. I find you attractive and interesting." You pout a little disappointed in yourself "I'm just not sure you'd be interested in me."

Paradox frowns "I thought you were trying to make fun of me."

You frown back at him "Why would I do that?"

Paradox puts a book on the shelf beside him "Other people do. How could I be sure you wouldn't be any different?"

You sigh "I feel you. Believe me, I do. I've been there! I have people looking at me funny all the time." You gesture to your right "Heck! Some turd just called me," You lean in and whisper "old man balls." You cross your arms "It's because of my scars."

Paradox leans in "I didn't notice you even have them. I thought you were concerned about dust in your joints."

You blush and cover your mouth with your hand "No. I have scars." You tilt your head and point to them "See? I was... burned."

Paradox gently touches one "Did you know human skin is the largest organ in the human body?"

You look at him out of the corner of your eye "What?"

Paradox smiles "It's truly fascinating you know. The largest organ is outside the body." He leans back "I do not think you look like old man testicles."

You snicker "Ha! Testicles."

Paradox makes a clicking sound with his tongue "Finally! A smile. I would love to go out with you. I know just the place. It's supposed to be haunted."

You clap "Ooo ooo ooo! That sounds fun!"

Paradox clicks again "I could even bring some of my equipment! Eclipse will want to go though."

You suck a breath in "The screaming guy from before?"

Paradox nods "We can go talk to him though."

You feel your blood run cold "Okay..."

Paradox takes your hand and heads downstairs to the second floor. You are having a hard time holding his hand. Paradox picks you up. You squeak in surprise. Paradox mimics the sound jovially. You can hear the sound of giggling and Eclipse reciting poetry.

Paradox walks up to Eclipse "Clippy!"

Eclipse turns around "One moment love. Yes Dox... they came back." He states flatly.

Paradox holds you out with reverence "They want to go on a date!"

Eclipse crosses his arms "After running away the last time?"

Paradox stomps his foot "You chased them off!"

Eclipse huffs "Well, you aren't going out with them. Even after I agreed to let you go on a date, they LEFT YOU!"

Paradox shakes his head "You gave them a panic attack!"

The person Eclipse was talking to shouts "OI! Bambino! You need to let them go on a date ALONE."

Eclipse turns around "What? But-"

They cross their arms "NO! No ifs! No butts! No alligator guts!"

Eclipse leans down to them "What if he gets hurt again?"

They rub his cheeks "Then we comfort him."

Eclipse turns and looks at you.

His partner growls "NO! No threatening them! NO!"

Eclipse sags visibly "Fine! Enjoy your date!"

Paradox stands proudly "I'm taking them ghost hunting!"

Eclipse opens his mouth but his partner cuts him off "That sounds like a great date!"

Chapter 348: Paradox Library AU: Hauntings Of The Heart pt3

Chapter Text

To say you were excited about your date with Paradox would be an understatement. Not only was he taking you ghost hunting, but he was extremely attractive. Far out of your league in your opinion. You weren't even bothered to be going on this date late at night. Paradox was going to meet you at the Library at eight. The two of you will go get a burger before heading over to the spooktacular location.

You stood outside the Library just like he asked. You backpack of supplies on your back. You tried not to laugh out loud. Eclipse stared at you from the window. It reminded you of a barking dog. All bark and no bite. He stood with his arms behind his back and a cane in his hand. If he was trying to be intimidating it wasn't working at all.

You heard an engine rev to your left. From behind the Library came the most glorious camper van you had ever seen in your damn life. It was large enough to accommodate Paradox with dark tinted windows. The base color is dark blue. On the side of the camper van is a retro 1960s painting of Bigfoot riding Mothman in space. It looks really well done.

Paradox walks around the camper van and holds his arms out proudly "TA-DA! I present you Crypto!"

You walk up to the camper van "A camper?"

He nods "Yes! Sometimes I hunt cryptids in the local area. Other times the haunted place we are visiting is far away."

You look the picture over "Is the place we are going tonight far away?"

Paradox shook his head and walked you to the passenger's door "No. It's an hour and a half away from the Library."

You hopped into the passenger's seat and buckled up "Where are we going?"

Paradox adjusted his side mirror "A water park. We were asked to come to check it out. I already got the go-ahead to take you here tonight. I'll be taking the team later. I usually like to explore a location by myself if I can before taking the team. I'm not wasting our time if it's not actually haunted." He started the van "Did you know the first water park was built in the seventies and was called Wet n' Wild?"

You look over at him "Actually no. Did you know the reason Disney's Big River Country closed was because of an amoebic infection of the brain that killed several people?"

Paradox is quiet for a moment before making a clicking noise with his tongue "Fascinating! I'm getting a double bacon cheeseburger. What would you like?"

You tell him your order "I like your van by the way."

Paradox beams "Thank you! It was expensive getting her painted but I feel it was absolutely worth it."

Paradox pulls into a drive-through for the local burger joint. You offer to help him pay but he waves you off. You'll pay next time.

Paradox hands you the food and drives off "What do you do for a living?"

You blush "Honestly? I work at the Zoo as a Zookeeper. I work in the reptile house!"

Paradox gasps "That sounds exciting!"

You nod "I can introduce you to some of my reptilian friends."

Paradox pats your knee "That sounds wonderful!"

Paradox shares snake facts with you. You have done some research on autism. Apparently, his sharing fact with you is a sign he really likes you. You decide if this is how he chooses to show he cares, then you'll do the same.

"Oh!" You stuck your hand in your pocket "I got you something! It's a pass to the Zoo!"

Paradox grips the steering wheel a little tighter "You... got me something?"

You lean forward to look at his face "Yes, I did. I thought you would like it... Was I wrong?"

Paradox makes a clicking sound "No one has given me a gift before. Aside from my brothers."

You chuckle "Well you better be ready cuz I love giving my partners gifts. Are you alright with physical contact?"

Paradox nods "As long as it's nonsexual. I've never done anything like that before."

You wave a dismissive hand "Naw. Stuff like hugs, hand-holding, and leaning on you."

Paradox hums thoughtfully as he pulls off the highway and onto a desolate street "I am willing to try."

You munch on a french fry "That's all I ask. If you don't like it we can adjust."

You look out the window as you pass a sign reading "Slippy's 10mi".

Chapter 349: Paradox Library AU: Hauntings Of The Heart pt4

Chapter Text

You leaned forward in awe as the sign to Slippy's came into view. An Otter dressed as a lifeguard stands with its arms and legs spread wide and a big grin on its face. Paradox parked off to the side in a parking space for buses.

Paradox unbuckles and makes his way into the back "My personal equipment is back here. Come, I'll teach you how to use some of it."

You squirrel your way into the back "Wow!" You take the space in "This is so cool!"

The inside of Paradox's van is a visual feast for the eyes. The first thing you spot is the skull of a jackalope. Bellow it is a plaque that reads "Sal, friends forever." A strange lantern with blue-tinted glass. The lantern appears to be made out of silver and has strange writing along the upper and lower rim. Tacked to part of the wall is a large map with photographs tacked onto it. Some spots are circled and a few are crossed out.

Tucked into a corner is a small generator. At the very back is a bed that folds out to be bigger. Right now it looks like a high-backed and deep couch. Paradox has a metal trunk set out on the little table and is pulling various items out. He turns and smiles at you as he takes out two flashlights.

He holds one out to you "This is yours."

You hold your hand out "Unless it does something special, I don't need it." Your hand lights up like a lantern along the joints and around all the pictures "My arm lights up."

Paradox reaches out and takes your arm in his hands gently "Incredible!" He turns your arm around to look at it "Can it change color?"

You nod "It can! I just have to plug it in and pick the color."

Paradox runs his fingers along your forearm up to the tops of each finger "Alluring."

"What?" You whisper.

Paradox looks up at you with a serious expression "Alluring, winsome, stunning, and ravishing. I feel drawn to you like a raccoon to the hive. You might hurt me but the reward is worth the potential pain."

You blush brightly, the light in your arm growing brighter "Oh."

You pull Paradox to you by his neck and kiss his lips. You let him go but he makes no effort to pull away from you. Instead, he tilts his head to deepen the kiss. One of his long arms wrapping around your middle back.

Paradox pulls from you with a click of his tongue "I'm not stupid or naive like everyone likes to think I am." He takes your cheeks in his hands gently "I know what I want when I want it."

He lets you go with a click and picks up a recording device. He teaches you how to use an EMF reader, a recording device, a night vision camera, and a digital thermometer. He takes a few items for himself including the lantern. Outside he slowly puts the night vision camera attached to a harness onto your torso. You blush at his closeness. He makes another clicking sound with his tongue. He's stemming, you remind yourself.

Paradox fiddles with the lantern "I'd like to try holding hands for a while."

You take his hand "Yus. What is the lantern for?"

He chuckles as the two of you walk to the entrance "It's for ghosts. It's easier to see ghosts in the blue light. The runes repel evil." He squeezes your hand gently "We hopefully won't have to worry about that though." He lets you go at the gate and pulls a keyring out of his pocket. "I have the keys to the place. I have a reputation for treating each place with care and respect."

You nod and squeeze his hand "Of course."

The gate is very tall and wrapped in thick chains. Paradox unlocks the gate and holds it open for you. Inside the park paradox relocks the gate behind himself.

Paradox puts his hand on your shoulder "If at any time you want to leave just let me know. I don't want you to feel unsafe on our date. That's not kind."

"That's so sweet of you!" You coo at him.

Chapter 350: Paradox Library AU: Hauntings Of The Heart pt5

Chapter Text

The water park was quite large. It boasted one of the largest Lazy Rivers in the state. It has four large water slides, six medium water slides, and six small water slides. A section for kids to the right and a wave pool to the left. In its center was a large pool for swimming with another smaller pool in the back. A few food and drinks stalls, bathrooms, and lockers littered the front area and further into the park. To your immediate left was a gift shop and to the right was a stage for live shows.

Paradox takes your hand "This park was built in 1978 by Selvester Alvarez and his business partner Jerry Maldon." He turns his flashlight on "Reports say there have been objects moved, voices heard, and an apparition spotted."

You nod excitedly and light your arm up "It looks like a fun park. I can't really go to water parks though." You rub your arm "I scare the kids." You tap the tip of your foot on the pavement "The last time I went it was for a friend's birthday. Several children started screaming about my scars. I got kicked out by a lady who thought I was too scary looking to be in public."

Paradox pulls you to his side "I don't like large crowds." He pauses trying to figure out how to phrase what he wants to say "I know where a good swim pond is though. I could take you some time."

You nod as you take out the EMF reader "That sounds like fun." You turn to Paradox as he affixes the lantern to his hip "How do we start?"

Paradox looks to the right "We'll start at the children's area first. Some spirits and demons are attracted to kids due to their naive innocence. Whether it's with good intentions or something more sinister."

You hold up the emf reader and turn it on "Do you ever get scared doing this?"

Paradox nods as he turns on a device of his own "I'd be a fool not to. What drew you to ghost hunting?"

You glance at your metallic hand "If demons are real, then so is hell."

Paradox stops walking beside a cardboard cutout of the otter mascot Slippy "Why would you want hell to be real?"

"I lost my arm to a sadistic bastard who tried to light me on fire. Threw gas at me and lit me up. Someone put me out and someone else tackled the guy. The burn got infected and I had to lose my arm. It happened in broad daylight. He was trying to get the attention of a serial killer. I wasn't his first victim." You sigh as you touch one of the scars.

Paradox stares out into the darkness of the water park "Then I hope Hell is real too."

As the two of you continue to walk your EMF reader spikes "Hey! It spiked! That's good right?"

Paradox clicks his tongue excitedly "Yes it is! Good job!" He takes out a circular puck-looking thing "Now. Take out your recorder and ask loudly if anyone is here with us. Be polite, firm, and confident."

You nod and take the recorder out "Is there anyone with us? If you talk, we can hear you with this thing in my hand." You hold your up and wiggle the device gently."

"So the rumors are true. You are with that." comes a low croaky voice from behind you.

Paradox purses his lips and turns around "I thought I told you I never wanted to see your face again!"

You turn to see a four-foot-tall frog with green leathery skin perching on the railing behind you "What the fuck?"

The frog croaks at you "They are ugly!"

Paradox moves a little closer to you "What do you want Loveland Frog!?"

The frog holds a hand up as it hops down in front of you "Relax doxy-boy!" It circles you "I just wanted to see what you had decided was worth your time. If I had known it would be this I would have brought another with me. It is not with your time! You are so much better than it!" The frog takes your robotic arm and pulls "LOOK! It even tries to be like us! PATHETIC!" It pulls harder as if to take your arm from you.

You pull your arm back "Fuck off!"

Paradox steps in front of you and backhands the frog so hard he dislocates its jaw "DO NOT TOUCH THEM YOU PATHETIC CUMBERWORLD!"

You take Paradox's hand unsure of the frog.

The frog cracks its jaw back in place "They are a human! Not a very good-looking one either. A waste of time and space! HOW DARE YOU ALIGN YOURSELF WITH IT!"

Paradox narrows his eyes "They are not an it." Paradox picks the frog man up "Get out of here before I tear your leg off and feed it to you."

The frog croaks hoarsely "This is not over."

Paradox throws the frog into a pool and sighs "I'm sorry you had to see that. I don't typically like being violent."

You lean around Dox and watch the frog disappear further into the park "What exactly was that thing?"

Paradox huffs "The Loveland Frog. It's a cryptid. It was first spotted in Ohio but has been seen elsewhere. It's one of the few cryptids that can talk." Paradox crosses his arms "We don't get along. I hope you don't mind... I'd like you to stay with me tonight. I don't feel you are particularly safe."

You nod "Sure I'll stay. We should continue our hunt."

Paradox smiles "You want to continue?"

You nod eagerly "Yes! I do! Besides," You tap the tip of your foot on the ground "I like spending time with you. I'm having a good time on this date."

Paradox clicks his tongue "I'm glad!"

Chapter 351: Short-Shorts pt1

Summary:

I'm splitting this because I want to write about mermaids now. Also, would y'all be interested in this?

It's in my fucking brain! Now it has to be in yours! Little Shop Of Horrors AU! You run a flower shop. Your partner sucks really bad and is not nice. You long for something better. One night you find a strange (or multiple strange) plant(s).

They look expensive and exotic. You could try to sell them! Make some money. Maybe even leave your partner. You grow the plant(s). It grows into whatever plant would suit Sun, Moon, Eclipse, Paradox... whoever. They kill your partner and take you away to their planet or something.

Chapter Text

You had asked your boyfriend Sun to help you get in better shape. The two of you were at the park. He was going to take you on a power walk to see how you do. You wore some comfortable workout shoes, men's workout pants, and a light orange breathable workout shirt. You got out of your car and looked around for Sun. His car was parked across from yours so he was here.

"Solar flare!" Sun shouted excitedly.

You turned to look at him. He wore a black form-fitting tank top, a pair of running shoes, and a pair of shorts. Short shorts so short they just barely covered his ass. They were light blue with a pink stripe up the side. The pink stripes had thin black stripes on either side. He's waving at you with one leg up like a flamingo. You followed the contours of his calves, up his shins, and all over those luscious thighs.

Sun spun in a little circle as you walked up to him "Do ya like my shorts?" He bent over slightly with his hands on his knees, popping his butt out with a little wiggle "I got them just for you."

You lick your lips "You look great!"

Sun puts his hands on his hips "Grea! I want to start with some stretches before we get started. Follow me."

You and Sun walk to a shady tree. You can't help but glance at his legs. Long and slim.

Sun smiles at you as he turns to stand a few feet in front of you "Alright! I want to see you touch your toes." He turns to the side and bends over touching his toes "Like this! Just do your best, ok?"

You nod and do as best as you can.

Sun puts a hand on your back "Your doing great solar flare!" He moves away from you again "Now let's stretch our legs starting with the left."

You watch as Sun takes his left foot in his hand and pulls it to his back. Arching his back to help stretch the leg. You follow his lead and stumble for balance. Sun moves behind you and holds you up by your waist.

He leans in and whispers in your ear "Now the other one. Just like I showed you."

You take hold of your other foot and stretch it. Sun moves his hands a little higher. His long fingers brush your nipples as he lets you go.

You lower your leg "What now?"

Sun wiggles his arms "Arm stretching!"

You nod as you watch him bounce from one foot to the other. He holds his arm up and stretches his right arm across his chest and holding his right arm with his left. You follow his lead and stretch your arms.

Sun holds his hand out "We are going to walk around the lake today. Something nice and easy."

"So you can figure out a starting point, right?" You ask taking his hand.

Sun nods "Yeah!"

The two of you walk at a brisk pace around the lake. Conversation flows easily. While you feel like you are exercising, Sun is good about making sure you aren't overdoing it. However, it doesn't escape you that Sun's hand migrates to your back. His fingers occasionally dip into your waistband. Slowly his hand slides up to rest between your shoulder blades. The movements are so slow and subtle that they go unnoticed by those around you.

Sun veers off the path and leads you to a large oak tree to cool off. He crosses his legs while facing you. His shorts accentuate his cock perfectly. You stretch your legs out in front of you and drink some water.

Sun leans back on his hands "You did great today!"

You nod "Mhm! Even with your obvious flirting and tempting me."

Sun spins his head upside down with a chuckle "Tempting you?"

You point to the shorts "You know I love your long legs. And you've been handy all day."

Sun stretches his legs out raising one high to gross it over the other "Did it work?"

You take your phone out of your pocket and call Moon "Hello Moon? Yeah, it's me. Naw! I'm just letting you know Sun is staying with me tonight... You too! BYE!" You hang the phone up and stand up "I don't know about you, but I could use some more cardio."

Sun hops up "Me too! I think I know just the thing too!"

The two of you jog to your cars. Sun lets you go first and follows you to your house.

Chapter 352: Use Me pt1

Chapter Text

You were about to sit down for dinner when a knock at your door interrupted you. You sighed and set your epic sandwich down. It was always something interrupting your sandwich. You walked to the door lamenting the moments without your sandwich.

You opened the door to a woman in a FedEx uniform "How can I help you?"

She held a three-foot-long box out to you "I need you to sign for this."

You take the box. It does have your name on it. It seems to have some weight to it. You know you didn't order anything recently. Did someone order a gift for you? You sign for the box and take it inside. You put the box on your couch and return to your food. The mysterious box nags at the back of your mind while you eat.

You rinse your plate and put it in the dishwasher. You grab a soda and head for the living room with a pair of scissors to open the box. You set the box down on the coffee table and stare at it for a moment. Who would send you something? you cut the tape and open the box.

Inside is a styrofoam rectangle, a plastic bag of stuff, a user manual, and a note. You take the styrofoam box first. It's heavy but nothing you can't easily carry around. For now, you set the box aside. The bag comes out next. It has charging cables in it and two sets of suspiciously familiar arms and legs. You purse your lips and set them aside. You open the letter.

"Dear Yin,
As you know you and I have plans tomorrow. I bought this for those plans. I hope you like it. I look forward to seeing you.
With love,
Glitch."

Ah. So it is from Glitch. That explains a lot. You cut the tape on the styrofoam and open the box. Inside is a tiny version of Glitch. From his sunset orange fiery rays to his dark orange fingertips. You take this thing out of the box and brush your thumb along his back face. It's naked at the moment so you can see his firey orange twin cocks. It looks like a to-scale tiny glitch about the size of a Barbie doll.

You gently flip the strange thing over. His ass has a huge hole in it. You put your finger inside. It's a Fleshlight. You can feel the beads inside. The material is soft and pliable. It feels like your cock might not fit. You tilt your head. What on earth did Glitch want with this thing? You set the thing aside and forget about it for a while.

It's not until Glitch is standing in your living room with a bouquet of red roses that you remember the thing. You don't get the chance to ask about it as Glitch whisks you out the door. His finely tailored dark-maroon suit waves in the wind as the little bells on his coattails jingle with every step.

His black velvet glove feels nice on your skin. His glowing yellow eyes are full of mirth as he puts you in the sidecar of his motorcycle. He passes you a helmet with a bright yellow smile. He drives the two of you to Medieval Times Dinner & Tournament. Glitch puts both of your helmets into his saddlebag and locks it. He holds his arm out to you with a wink.

You look up at the large castle building "What is this place?"

Glitch waves an arm excitedly "Dinner and a show! Jousting! Sword fights! And steaks!"

You gasp excitedly "Sword fights? Awesome!"

Glitch escorts you inside and takes you to your seats. You feel like you are back in time. It makes you feel a little disappointed you didn't wear a costume. The show is amazing! They have all kinds of neat actors, animals, and weapons. The food is a full four-course meal.

Despite the disgusted look a few people give the two of you, Glitch kisses your cheek several times. The two of you share bites of food by feeding each other. You share two cocktails and drink plenty of water. Glitch seems to be paying more attention to you than the show. It makes you feel special. He calls you his king the entire night.

Glitch walks arm-in-arm back to his motorcycle. Someone tries to stop the two of you to complain about the open gay display. Glitch ignores them while cooing about a special plan for you at home. You blush as you put your helmet on. Tonight will be a very good night.

Chapter 353: Use Me pt2

Chapter Text

Glitch parks outside your place and offers you an arm. He walks beside you with all the grace of a royal. His thumb rubs the back of your hand as he opens your door. You put the roses in a vase as Glitch sits down on your couch.

"So you opened the box? I was hoping you would!" Glitch says from the living groom.

You set the flowers down on the kitchen table "I don't understand what it's for but it's adorable! Like a sexy Barbie doll."

A loud thunk comes from the living room. You almost drop the roses on the floor in alarm. You set them down on the table and scramble for the living room. Glitch has faceplanted onto the coffee table.

You gasp and dart to his side "GLITCH?!"

He's unresponsive. You pick up his head to look at him. His eyes are blank like he's not even on right now. You push the nine-foot animatronic man to lie back on the couch. He's limp and lifeless. You look him over trying to figure out what's wrong.

"Down here." A small voice shouts from the floor.

You look down to see the tiny Glitch Ken Doll "Glitch?"

The doll waves "Surprise!"

You pick him up and sit down beside Glitch's body "What is going on?"

Glitch looks up at you with a permanent painted-on smile "Take your clothes off and I'll show you."

You frown "Could you at least tell me how you got in there?"

Glitch chuckles "USB charging cord."

You stare at Glitch for a moment before nodding "Alright." You take your clothes off keeping Glitch in one of your hands at all times "Now what?"

Glitch rubs your hand "Go to the bedroom and lie down for me."

You do as told and lie down on the bed. Gently you set glitch down on your belly.

Glitch looks your chest and face over "I could get used to a view this good."

You blush "Charmer."

Glitch turns around to his prize. Your cock almost dwarfs the bot as he walks up to it. Glitch chuckles as he turns around. Centimeter by centimeter Glitch takes your cock into his ass. It's a bit of a tight fit and feels incredible.

Glitch takes you halfway with a loud moan "Do good! You feel so fucking good!" He gets down on his hands and knees and crawls back to take more of you "More!"

He pushed back and forth along your cock. You moaned loudly and watched your tiny boyfriend spear himself on your cock. You roll your hips with a moan. Glitch grins and begins to vibrate while riding your cock. You can see its outline in his body. With the added vibrations you aren't going to last long.

Glitch slowly turns around to face your balls. With his long legs, he begins to massage your testicles. You shake as a tingling starts at the base of your spine. Your hips thrust upwards and you take glitch in your hand.

"YES! USE ME! FUCK ME! BREED ME I'M YOURS!" Glitch screams as you thrust up inside him.

You roll over onto your belly pinning Glitch underneath you. Your hips thrust into the small bot beneath you. Glitch is muffled by the bed as he moans loudly. You can make out a muffled 'more' from Glitch. Your eyes roll back as the tingles spread. You cum with a loud needy cry and roll over.

Glitch props himself up and continues to ride you. You watch as he cries desperate for more. His cocks curl over each other and his hands wrap around his middle. Glitch takes you all the way and grinds down onto you. You cry out as tears prick at your eyes from overstimulation.

Glitch takes you deep and fast. You writhe and kick your legs out. Cum spills out of Glitch with every thrust. Glitch crawls off your cock and turns to face it. He takes your cocks in his hands and lines his cocks up with your urethra. He thrusts his tiny cocks into you. His long arms rub the head of your cock vigorously.

His tiny cocks don't really feel like anything but his hands are nice. Glitch twitches and moans loudly. You cum a second time. Your cum coats Glitch and he falls backward onto your stomach. His body stills. You want to get up to clean him odd but you're too tired.

The sound of Glitch's actual body walking around echoes as he walks to your room. You smile as he enters the room. Glitch takes the tiny doll from you and cleans you with a damp cloth. You hold your arms out to him. He smiles and sets the doll aside after giving it a wipe-down.

Glitch turns the lights off. He climbs into bed with you and covers you up. You hold Glitch from behind and yawn. Glitch rubs your arm as the two of you fall asleep. You can tell you are going to have a lot of fun with that doll.

Chapter 354: My Little Cervitaur: A Paradox Soulmate Au pt2-1

Summary:

This is from your point of view. The next part will be from Paradox's point of view.

Chapter Text

You were woken up before dawn by one of the cooing ladies. She said something to you and held out some strange-looking food before setting it down. This wasn't eggs, beets, or anything else you were used to eating.

Your ears drooped pitifully "Please! I want my mommy!"

She sighed and pointed to the greens again. You picked a piece up and ate a bite. It wasn't bad... but it also wasn't oatmeal made with love that has little fruit flowers in it. The woman began saying more things to you. You tried asking the woman a few more things. For some reason, this frustrated her. She shook her head and walked away.

The muscular man from before came back a short time later. He sat outside your cage and watched you for a while. at one point he pulled a book out with a picture of a deer on it and began to read. You couldn't figure out what the strange writing said. When the sun was at its highest, the man offered you a strange yellow object. It was long and funny-shaped.

The man opened it like a flower and held it out to you. You took it confused. He took out one of his own and took a bite. You set the thing down unsure of it. Soon the sun started to get lower and you got hungrier. With no other options, you bit into the yellow thing. The man was pleased. He smiled but it didn't reach his eyes. You didn't trust this man.

He continued to sit and do his own thing. This became routine. Day after day he came and brought you various food. After a lunar cycle, he entered your cage. You backed away from him in fear. He didn't do anything. For another lunar cycle, he spent all his free time sitting in your cage.

You tried to talk to him but he either ignored you or didn't understand you. Something about this man put you on edge. You wouldn't understand why you felt this way until another full moon had passed. Just like before the man, who you realized must be a human, returned to your cage. Instead of sitting down, he stood outside the cage.

He had a funny round man in colorful clothes beside him. The colorful man opened the cage letting the muscular man inside. The muscular man put a rope around your waist. You were led out of the cage and taken to a big tent. Several people were inside doing strange things.

A man was throwing knives at a lady. A lady walked across a high rope. Several people wearing colorful clothes stumbled over each other. The man let you take it all in for a moment before pulling you gently over to wooden steps. Each one is higher than the next. He taps the shortest step pointing from you to the step.

"You want me to stand on it?" You ask confused.

The man tilts his head and yells something. You take a step back in fear. A middle-aged human woman walks up to you.

She looks you up and down "Svalbard. I too come from that area."

Your ears perk up in surprise "I want my mommy."

The woman frowns "You have no mother. You are property! You belong to the circus. No more freedom than fish in a bowl." The crosses her arms and says something before addressing you again "I will teach you English. This is your home now. You are nothing more than a pet." She sighed "How old are you?"

You bite your lip in thought trying to remember what your mother told you "Five!"

She shakes her head "Life will not be kind to you. Neither will I."

Chapter 355: Don Paradox: Wood In The Wound

Chapter Text

Don Paradox sat at the head of the table with you in his lap. The meeting was not going well. Some moron thought he could act like he had the biggest balls in the room. Dox was growing increasingly bored and tired with this mouthy guttersnipe. Finally, the Don had had enough. The man had decided to turn his attention to you in an unfavorable manner.

One of the things the Don loved to do was dress you up. Not all the time mind you. But sometimes he loved for his sweet boyfriend to dress a certain way. Today he had dressed you in a black and white pinstripe suit with a matching fedora. The prick had called you a M'Lady. He said you should give your dusty clothes back to your grandpa.

The fool even had the audacity to claim you were nothing but a cockwarming cumpig to Paradox. Something the animatronic Don took great offense to. Paradox was not typically a violent man. Often times he didn't need to be. This time, however, he absolutely needed to be.

Slowly Paradox leaned across the table slamming his hands down on the table and rising to his 12ft stature "Do you want to die?"

The man scoffed "Die? For what?"

Paradox leaned further and further across the table. His height grew slowly, Each new addition of arms slammed on the table as he growled.

Paradox was nose to nose with the man "I hand-picked that outfit for my BOYFRIEND!"

The entire room flinched at the loud thunderous yell. You sighed as you relaxed assured you were in no danger of any kind.

The man shook in his chair "I stand by-"

Paradox gripped the table splintering the wood into shards "Choose your words carefully."

The man glanced around the room before taking a deep breath "I stand-"Paradox picked the man up and threw him through the door to the room. He looked around the room before slowly sitting down. For a long few minutes, the room was silent. The man was still and quiet. Everyone was too scared to talk. For some, it was the first time they had seen something so shocking from the Don.

You leaned into Paradox's side. In these moments it was best to give him minimal touch. Not that he didn't want to. He just found it difficult. But he appreciated your effort to accommodate him.

Chapter 356: Forest Ranger Moon pt1

Summary:

A gay thing with Moon

Chapter Text

You sat in the passenger's seat while your friend drove the two of you deep into the wilderness. The two of you were meeting up for camping with some of your friend's friends. You didn't personally know these people. Some you have met once or twice but that's it.

You loved camping! This trip was just what you needed to relax. It was a bit of a hike to get to the campsite and you were excited. The crisp wintery air was refreshing. The crunch of snow under your boots was pleasing to the ear.

After an hour of walking, you made it to a small clearing. Several small tents sat in a circle around a campfire. Your friend greets their friends warmly. You set up your tent after talking for a few minutes. When you're done the lot of you sit around the fire and cook dinner.

Things seem to be going well. Up until one of the guys in the group starts asking stupid questions.

"So, you're gay right?" The purple-haired man asks.

You nod slowly "Yes, I am."

He sits up straight on the log he's sitting on "Single?"

You eye him suspiciously "Yeah. I'm single."

He smiles "Well don't crawl in my tent if you get cold."

You tilt your head "What?"

He nods firmly "I'm not into that gay shit and I know you lot fuck anything with an ass. MY ass is not open to you."

You glare across the fire "YOU aren't my type! I fuck assholes! I don't date assholes!"

Your friend nudges you "Hey, calm down man. No need to yell."

You take a breath "Sorry for yelling."

Your friend hands you a bottle of water "Nah man. It's fine."

You take the water and take a sip "Thanks."

The rest of the night everyone seems a little terse with you. While most everyone seems chill you can feel how off everything is. As the night goes on you start to feel extremely sleepy. You decide to go to bed early. You just don't want to be around these people longer than you need to and you're having a hard time keeping your eyes open. As you lay down to sleep you can hear everyone talking quietly. Purple hair says something and the rest of the group laughs. You sigh as you drift off to sleep.

When you wake up you have no clue where you are. Your pack is next to you with all your stuff. Your tent is in shreds. At least you have your sleeping bag with you. You roll it up and look for your compass and phone. Both are gone and some extra food has been added.

You looked up at the sky to try and figure out where north is. The trees in the area you are in have thick foliage. You are lost. You decide to pick a direction and start walking. The darker it gets the more concerned you get. You'll need to find shelter for the night.

Finally, you reach a clearing. However, it doesn't help much. Dark storm clouds fill the sky. Given the time of year, there is a high chance that this is a blizzard or snowstorm. You wrapped your arms around yourself and started walking again. Shelter is more important now that you know a storm is coming. The wind picks up as you walk through the trees and you shiver.

Something catches your eye through the trees. A glowing red light points in your direction. You move toward it as snowflakes start to fall in flurries.

The red light runs toward you "Thank god I found you!"

Chapter 357: Forest Ranger Moon pt2

Chapter Text

It's a forest ranger "Are you hurt?" He's 8ft tall, blue and white in color, and has two red glowing eyes "We need to get out of here! A blizzard is on the way. My name is Ranger Moon. We can go to my cabin."

You shake your head "I'm alright."

He holds his hand out to you and you take it. You were right to do so. After about ten minutes the snow is coming down harder. It's hard to see where you're going. Ranger Moon leads you up a set of stairs. He lets you go first and follows behind you.

When you get to the top he hands you a key "Could you open the door? I'm going to get a few armfuls of wood."

You nod and head for the door "I'll give you a hand with the wood."

Together the two of you brought in ten armfuls of wood from the side of the cabin. The cabin is rustic. The room you walk into is a living room area with a fireplace and a couch. Behind the couch is a table with a landline phone. To the right side of the room is an office with a large map of the forest, a CB radio, a desk with a computer, and two filing cabinets.

Ranger Moon hands his hat on a coat rack "I have two bedrooms and a kitchen. We'll be safe here. Make yourself at home. I need to call Tower 7. Sandy was the one who spotted you."

You nod as Ranger Moon walks into his office. You sit down on the couch and dump your bag out to look for your phone again. You don't find it. What the hell had happened to you? How did you wind up lost in the woods? You tried to remember the night before. You remember talking to that jackass and the rude comments he made. You recall your friend passing you a bottle of water. You still have the bottle too.

You remember drinking the water. Shortly after you started to get unusually sleepy. Your heart drops as a thought comes into your mind. You don't want to think about it but... The water, you realize, they had done something to the water. But why? You need to call your friend. Ranger Moon came back into the room.

You look up at him "Can I make a phone call?"

Moon nods and picks up the old black phone up pressing a button before handing it to you "Go ahead."

He holds the base of the phone out so you can dial. You call your friend. The phone rings and rings. You try again.

This time someone answers "Hello?"

Your blood boils "Why?"

"Hey, man? What's wrong?" Your friend asks.

You balk "YOU LEFT ME IN THE WOODS!"

He gasps "WHAT NO! Tommy said you went home! He got you a taxi! You weren't at the campsite!" He pauses "Although I did sleep most of the day."

You perk up "Sleep? Was it after you drank water?"

He hums "Yeah! It was. Tommy gave me a bottle of water, and I got sleepy a while after."

"Where is my phone?" You bark.

He audibly gulps "You don't have it?"

"I'm calling the police. I suggest you do the same. You may have been drugged." You blurt before hanging up the phone.

You hang the phone up and immediately call the police. You tell them everything from the events of the night to the location of your phone. At one point you pass the phone to Moon so he can talk to the police. The police advise you to stay with Moon until the storm lets up for a squad car to pick you up from the Ranger Station.

You scream loudly into the room. What had you done to deserve this? Moon pulls you from the couch with one arm and pulls you into a warm comforting hug. You lean into him with a sigh. the first thing you notice is how nice he smells. The second thing is how warm he is. Moon almost curls around you as he holds you. The two of you hug for far longer than you should.

"Let's get you something warm to eat and drink. I'm not the best cook but I do have some chili and hotdogs." Moon says as he gently sways you back and forth.

You nod "Food sounds good and I like chili."

Moon picks you up and puts you down in the kitchen. You aren't sure why he did it but you aren't stopping him.

Moon puffs his chest out as he reaches into a high cabinet "Was that your girlfriend you called?"

You shake your head as you lean on the counter "No. I'm gay. That was just my friend."

Moon pulls town two paper plates "Do you want to call your boyfriend then?" He reaches up again to pull down some cups.

You smile softly "I'm single." You shoot your shot "I also live in town."

Moon almost drops the cups as he slams them down on the counter and squeaks out "Good! Good. Any allergies?" He asks as he fishes around in the fridge.

You lean over and check his ass out "No. Not to food anyway. Although I am allergic to nickel and liquid codeine."

Moon sets chili, onions, cheese, sour cream, and hotdogs down on the counter "Great!" He strides over to a basket of bread.

You smirk at him "And what about you? You single?"

Moon grabs some hotdog buns "Yeah, no boyfriend..." He makes a strange noise as he realizes what he just said.

You chuckle "You gay?"

Moon turns his head as the phone rings "Op! I need to get that." He power walks out of the room.

You turn to start helping with food when the power cuts out. Moon curses from the other room. You can hear him messing with the firewood. Looks like the two of you are spending the night by the fire.

Chapter 358: Forest Ranger Moon pt3

Chapter Text

With the power out you could definitely tell the cabin was getting colder. You and Moon sat very close together roasting hotdogs over the fire with skewers. You let your thigh touch Moon's. With a furious blush, he leaned his thigh into yours.

"We'll sleep here tonight. We'll stay warmer by the fire." Moon says.

You smile as you put your dog in a bun "Alright."

Moon swallows a bite of hotdog "Are you comfortable with sharing a bed? With me?"

You scoff "Share a bed? With a handsome man who's also gay? Sign me up!"

Moon chokes on a bit of food "HANDSOME?!"

You nod glancing at Moon out of the side of your eye "Very handsome."

Moon stutters and blushes "I-I'm not."

You take Moon by the bottom of his faceplate and pull him into a soft kiss. Moon pulls you to him with a needy whine. The two of you try to lick each other's lips at the same time. Instead, you wind up licking each other's tongues. Moon wraps his tongue around yours and rubs it up and down. You moan as Moon slowly lays the two of you down.

His large frame dwarfs yours "Do you want this? Sex I mean."

You nod "Yes."

Moon sits up straddling your hips. With half-lidded eyes, he begins to unbutton his shirt. You watch him enchanted by how handsome he looks. Slowly you take your own tops off leaving your chest bare. Moon reaches down and runs his hand along your chest. His fingers flick your nipples as he ghosts over them.

You watch the light of the fire dance across his frame "You're gorgeous."

Moon pauses for a moment to take your words in. You take the chance to take his belt off and unbutton his pants. Moon looks down at your crotch. His long fingers fumble with your pants. Moon grunts in annoyance before finally succeeding. In one gentle movement, he tugs both your pants and underwear off. Your cock twitches in the cool air of the cabin.

Moon stands up and shucks his own pants and underwear off. Your eyes go wide and you blush at the sight of his blue glittery cock. Before you can say anything or do anything, Moon drops to the floor and takes your cock in his mouth. You moan loudly as he bobs his head.

Moon moans loudly as his tongue wraps around your cock. Moon swallows around your cock and holds a hand up to your mouth poking your lips. You open your mouth and suck his finger. Lapping and wrapping your tongue around his digit. Moon pulls his finger back. You let out a soft whine. Moon chuckles around your cock.

He rubs your asshole with his finger. His free hand throws your legs over his shoulders. You thrust your hips down onto his finger. Moon pushes up to meet you thrusting his finger into your asshole. You throw your head back with a loud moan and grab Moon's head. You thrust up into his mouth in time with Moon thrusting his finger into your ass.

Moon pulls off and out of you. He turns around and wiggles his ass at you "Fuck me! Please. I don't need prep!"

You launch yourself at Moon and thrust harshly into his ass balls deep. Moon moans loudly and throws his head back. You take his head and kiss his lips as you thrust into his ass. Your cock throbs as you get closer and closer to orgasm. You slap Moon's ass and take a fist full. Moon moans loudly as his upper body slumps onto the floor.

Moon's red eyes light up bathing the room in a red glow "Harder!"

You pin Moon to the floor with your body and thrust your hips harder. Moon grunts and growls. The familiar tingling of orgasm hits you hard. Your eyes cross as you cum deep in Moon's ass. You go slack against Moon. Moon picks you up and lays you down on your back. He lines his cock up with your ass and looks at you for the go-ahead.

You nod and in one thrust Moon pushes inside you. You throw your head back with a loud moan. Your hands shoot up and you grip Moon's wrists. Moon leans down and kisses your forehead. He rubs your lower stomach as he starts thrusting inside you.

"I can feel myself inside you." Moon purrs "You did so good fucking me." He leans down and licks your neck "It's my turn to please you now."

"OH FUCK! SO GOOD!" You cry as Moon fucks you faster.

Moon picks you up wrapping his arms around you. With one final thrust, Moon cums inside you. You pant a heave. Moon picks his undershirt up and begins to clean you free from cum. You watch exhausted as Moon leaves the room. A few minutes later he comes back with blankets and pillows. He adds another log to the fire while you set the bed up. After putting a protective cover over the fireplace you and Moon cuddle together for sleep.

Chapter 359: Fairy Dust and Sunshine Pt1

Summary:

This is from Sun's point of view. You are the prince of the fairies. Your nickname is Thorn. If people really want I'll change the POV to you/Thorn. This is gay. I'm writing it for a friend.

Chapter Text

Sun enters the throne room wearing his riding gear. His father King Eclipse sits on his throne. The throne beside him sits empty. His brother Prince Moon is away on business with his spouse.

Sun approaches his father cautiously "You wanted to see me?"

Eclipse smiles "You are a grown man now. It's time you start looking at taking a life partner."

Sun scoffs "Life partner?"

Eclipse crosses his arms "You aren't getting any younger. Tonight we are having a ball. I've been planning it for months now!"

Sun huffs "You know I don't like balls. I'm just not interested in courting anyone."

Eclipse stands up "Sun! You are going and that's final! At the very least you could at least talk to some people!"

Sun turns and leaves the throne room.

"YOU BETTER BE THERE! I"LL SEND TONY TO FIND YOU!" Eclipse shouts after his son.

Sun stomps his way over to the stables. He saddles up his dappled Clydesdale and rides off into the afternoon sun. He was nervous about meeting new people. The thought of seriously looking for a partner scared him greatly. He worried the ball would be filled with arrogant assholes with no sense of adventure.

Sun craved excitement and adventure. He wanted to explore exotic lands and meet new people. The rolling hills and sparse woods of his homeland were dull to him now. He had thoroughly explored all the available land in his youth with Moon. He felt it was time to explore the world beyond.

"Excuse me!" Someone shouted.

Sun slowed his horse and turned "What?"

A man flew towards him with a faint purple glow. He was handsome for a stranger. He had a pair of iridescent purple wings on his back.

He hovers beside Sun's horse "What is your name?"

Sun eyes him suspiciously "My name?"

The man smiles "Yes! Your name. I bet it's just as cute as you are."

Sun blushes "Sun. Prince Sun."

The man chuckles "Prince," He says his name "Although, my friends call me Thorn. Because I'm a thorn in my mother's side!"

Sun frowns "Did my father send you?"

Thorn shakes his head "No. I asked for you. The guards said to look here."

Sun crosses his arms "Why?"

Thorn lands on the ground "I've never left the dark forest before! I was hoping you could recommend something exciting to see."

Sun purses his lips. It would be nice to have company again. He was feeling lonely since Moon found his partner. The two of them just didn't spend as much time together.

Sun nods "Alright. I do have something to show you. Follow me. Try to keep up!"

Sun takes off on his horse toward the wailing caverns. Thorn laughs and gives chase. Sun was surprised to see the fairy man keeping up so well. He found himself letting loose and having fun. He didn't realize how much he had missed this. Soon the two came upon the cavern.

Sun ties his horse to a nearby stone "This is the Wailing Caverns. The sound is made by a waterfall deep within the cavern. If I had my torch I could show it to you."

Thorn flutters his wings making a purple glow "Is this enough light?"

Sun nod "It is. Follow me." He led Thorn into the cavern "There isn't really any danger in this cavern."

Thorn looks around "Cool. It sounds so haunting."

Sun laughs "My brother used to tell me an ugly hag lived in here and cried rivers of blood. Wailing for the loss of her true love."

Thorn elbows Sun "Really? Entire rivers of blood?"

Sun nods comming to a stop in front of a six-foot waterfall "This is it. Not much now, but when your three feet tall? It looks massive."

Thorn tilts his head "I like it! Is the water safe to drink?"

Sun nods "Some of the villagers use it in holiday breads and treats. Perfectly safe."

Thorn takes a sip of the water "Refreshing!" He goes a little stiff "Crap! We should head back! Mother is going to tear my wings off!"

Sun slaps his forehead "Fuck! The ball!"

Chapter 360: Fairy Dust and Sunshine Pt2

Chapter Text

Thorn and Sun take off toward the castle. The sun was already setting. If the two didn't get back in time to get ready for the ball then they are both screwed. As Sun enters the castle on his horse a burly man stomps up to him.

Sun flies off of his horse "I'm here Tony!"

Tony glares at Sun "You're late!" He takes Sun by one of his rays "We need to get you ready."

He drags Sun toward the stairs. Behind him, Thorn laughs loudly at Sun.

"THERE YOU ARE!" A shrill voice screams.

Thorn gasps "Mother!"

As Sun is dragged to his room his father turns the corner.

Eclipse jogs up to the two of them "Where were you!?"

Sun huffs as Tony shoves him into his room, not that he faults Tony for his anger "I was out riding in the fields when Prince Thorn-"

Eclipse gasps softly "The fairy prince?"

Sun nods as he gets undressed "Yes. He wanted me to show him something exciting. I took him to the Wailing Caverns. It was actually a lot of fun. I'm sorry we're late."

Eclipse watches his son closely. As Sun talks about Thorn his pupils dilate. A pink blush and a small smile cross his features. Eclipse knows this look. He saw the same one on Moon when Moon started talking about his beloved. Sun has a crush. Hopefully, Thorn does too.

Eclipse pulls Sun into a hug "It's alright! I forgive you. It was kind of you to show Thorn the cavern. Now, please get dressed and meet me downstairs. I love you."

Sun hugs him back "I love you too."

Sun comes downstairs dressed in a royal blue outfit with white gloves and black shiny shoes. The party hasn't started yet but he can see people mingling about. Tatiana the fairy queen stands next to his father in a dark green ballgown. And then Sun spots him causing the animatronic prince to stop halfway down the stairs.

Thorn is wearing a dark pink uniform with matching black gloves and shoes. He looks incredible. Eclipse waves Sun over. Sun almost sprints down the stairs.

Eclipse gestures for Sun to stand beside him "This is my son Sun! Sun this is Tatiana the fairy queen."

Sun bows respectfully "A pleasure to meet you, Ma'am."

She smiles at Sun "You already met my son," She says his name.

Thorn holds his hand out "I had fun today! Thank you for showing me the caverns."

Sun takes his wrist and shakes with a shy smile "Maybe I could show you more things."

Thorn blushes "I'd like that."

Tatiana winks at Eclipse. Eclipse bites back a laugh. Various people are announced as they enter the ballroom. Soon the ball is in full swing. As per his duties, Sun greets guests. Many women flirt with the bot. However, Sun finds himself smiling at Thorn. A pang of annoyance surges through his systems at each person Thorn dances with.

A young lady in a seafoam dress holds her hand out to Sun "Care to dance?"

Sun nods out of obligation. The two sway around the dance floor. The young lady tries to talk to Sun about his interests. Sun is focused on watching Thorn. Spinning the young lady to keep the fairy in view.

The young lady snickers "Someone distracting you Prince?"

Sun shakes his head "What? Oh! I'm sorry!"

She laughs "Go dance with him. Thank you for the dance."

Sun smiles sheepishly "Thank you. You were a wonderful dance partner."

Sun makes his way over to Thorn. Weaving through the crowds of people all trying to take the Prince's hand in marriage. About halfway to Thorn, a late commer arrives at the party. They have on a big light blue ballgown and shoes that clack loudly on the ground. Whoever she is, she walks right towards Sun. Sun ignores the woman.

He comes to a stop in front of Thorn "Will you dance with me?"

Sun hasn't even noticed all eyes are on the mystery woman.

Thorn blushes "I was beginning to think you would never ask. Lead the way."

Sun takes him by the waist with a deep red blush. Thorn puts a hand on his shoulder and takes Sun's other hand. Together two sway to the music. The young lady looks gobsmacked at the two princes.

"I feel an attraction toward you," Sun says shyly.

Thorn chuckles "Just an attraction? Because I feel more than that."

Sun squeaks as his rays spin "Oh!"

Thorn smiles and brushes a hand down Sun's cheek "Cute. I think the song is ending."

Sun gulps "The song might be ending, but this dance isn't."

Thorn leans his head on Sun's chest "I was hoping you'd say that."

Chapter 361: Sick With Sun

Summary:

I'm sick. So I wrote this. I've been ill for three days! @#$^@!!!!

Chapter Text

You felt heavy with illness. A sinus headache keeps your mind foggy. You are sprawled out on your couch. Bottles of Delsum strewn on your coffee table. A large glass of water and a cold cup of tea are within reach. Your phone is somewhere in the house. You can hear it ding with messages. You should get up and find the thing but the weight of illness keeps you pinned to the couch. As you try to sit up you fall into a fit of coughing.

Sun tried texting you again. Again he got the same response of nothing. He found it worrying. You were always good about responding to his messages. He needed to see you. He needed to know you are ok. Something felt horribly wrong and it scared him.

The drive to your place was nerve-wracking. He made a stop at your favorite fast-food place and picked something up for you. He parked outside your place and powerwalked to your door. You had given him a key to your place so he let himself inside.

Sun could hear the TV playing softly. Relief filled his system as he spotted you on the couch. However, his anxiety ratcheted up as he got closer. You looked terrible. Your hair was a mess. You weakly looked up at him. Your mouth opened to say something but you started coughing instead. You caught your breath as you let out a frustrated sound.

Sun you your head in his hands "Sunshine!" He turned to look at the coffee table "I'm going to fix you some tea. Are you hungry?"

You stared at him for a long moment "I. Uh. Yeah. Food."

Sun eyes the food he brought "I Don't think this will be good right now. I'll fix some soup."

You slowly raise an arm and point to the kitchen "Tomato soup in the pantry. Goldfishes too."

Sun kissed your forehead to take your temperature. 102. It was not looking good.

Sun fixed you a cup of mint tea "Have you taken medicine?"

You nod "Delsym." You croak out horsely fighting to be loud enough.

Sun brought soup and tea over to you "I'll take care of you Sunshine. Just tell me what you need from me."

You sip your tea and soup "I want to hold you."

When you finish eating you lie down on the couch. You rest your head in Sun's lap with your arms around his waist. Sun rubs your back and throws a blanket over you. Throughout the day you take little naps. Sun brings you everything you need. He's elated to take care of you! You even let him feed you when you feel particularly weak.

Chapter 362: Coffee And Cake pt1

Summary:

This one is for the ladies. I will be doing the other lads as well. This was a request I was more than happy to do. I'm still sick but feeling better. Delsym is amazing crap and I need like a billion more bottles of this shit.

Chapter Text

"Here you go!" Moon passed the coffee order over the counter to the teen "Thank you for coming. Have a great day!"

Moon and his three brothers owned a cafe. The four worked hard to get it and each ran an aspect of the business. Paradox does all the paperwork and handles the legal aspects. Eclipse does all the cooking with help from Sun. Sun deals with picking coffee and food supplies and helps out with marketing. And Moon works the registers, hires employees, and works the schedule. They have three additional employees. One helps Eclipse and the other two help Moon with the registers.

Moon's life is pretty monotonous. While it is better than their time at the ple-

Your doorbell rang. You looked up from your computer. The pizza you ordered must be here.

"Coming!" You shout as you head downstairs.

When you open the door it's windy and dark outside. Black clouds roll across the sky as it rumbles with the promise of excessive rain.

"Here is your pizza!" The delivery man says "Looks like a big storm is coming."

You hand over the cash and take the pizza "Yeah, it's looking spooky out there. Drive safe."

He nods "Luckily you were my last order." He jogs back to his car "HAVE A GOOD NIGHT MA'AM!"

"YOU TOO!" You holler back.

You lock the door and head upstairs to finish reading the fanfiction you had been reading. It was FNAF: SB related. The fic was a meet-cute with Moon as a barista. As you sit back down at your desk you look out the window. It's raining outside. Wind howels and throws leaves and branches through the street. You close the curtain and focus on the computer in front of you.

While it is better than their time at the plex, it lacks any kind of excitement or adventure. He's not asking for a grand adventure full of magic and wonderment. Just something... more. More than what he already has.

Moon smiles as a man enters the cafe "Welcome to Solar Flare! How can I help you?"

Maybe he needs a vacation or a girlfriend? He does feel a little lonely. He's met some girls but none of them panned out. Most fizzled within a week. One lasted two weeks but the girl was crazy. Moon passed the man his order and sighed.

Sun popped up next to Moon "Are you alright? You seem distant."

Moon sighed "I'll be fine. I just..."

Sun pat his shoulder "You'll find the right girl eventually. You can't rush it! These things take time!"

Moon turned to Sun wide-eyed "How do you?"

Sun chuckled "We used to share the same body. Of course, I'd know!" He pulled Moon into a hug "How many times did we pretend to be each other at the plex? I know you as well as I know myself."

Moon hummed "Thanks Sun."

Sun let Moon go "Who knows! The perfect girl for you might be right around the corner!"

The rest of the work-

A bright flash of light followed by a clash of thunder made you jump. The storm is a mile away if you counted correctly. You resume reading.

The rest of the workday went smoothly. They made a decent amount of money and the customers were good. Moon left the cafe feeling optimistic about life and his future. Sun really knew how to give a pep talk. As Eclipse finished fixing dinner Moo-

Lightning struck the street outside your window. You shrieked and dropped your piece of pizza as the windows rattled. You picked the fallen slice up and wiped the floor with a napkin. You stare out the window for a moment before returning to reading. You just want to finish this chapter. Just this chapter. It's almost done.

As Eclipse finished fixing dinner Moon helped set the table. Paradox was finishing up paperwork and Sun was managing their social medial page for the cafe. Moon helped Eclipse bring food to the table. Everyone took their seat and fixed their own plates of food.

Lightning struck the tree outside your window toppling it to the ground. You jumped with your hands on the keyboard. A stray branch breaks your window. Lightning hits through your window hitting your computer. Your body burns while feeling tingly and numb. Your vision goes spotty and you get the sensation of falling. If you are screaming you can't hear it. Finally, the falling sensation stops. You catch your breath before cracking an eye.

"What the absolute fuck is going on." You blurt before laughing in a fine mix of horror and nervousness.

Chapter 363: Coffee And Cake pt2

Summary:

So I organized everything. After a week I will move this chapter to its proper place with the other chapters of this. Hope the organization looks good and isn't too difficult to grasp.

Chapter Text

There is no way this can be real. It's impossible! Directly across from you is Sun. Sun from FNAF: SB. Sun who is not real! You look around the table. At one head of the table is Buttonburg's Eclipse. Four arms and all. The other head of the table has Paradox. MOTHER FUCKING PARADOX! Something blue flashes in the corner of your vision. You look down. Currently, you are sitting in Moon's lap.

"Is anyone else seeing the woman in Moon's lap?" Sun blurts while pointing at you.

Eclipse pokes his food "I didn't drug dinner. I promise!"

Paradox hums "Mass halucination? Gass leak? Magic?"

Sun's words resonate in his mind as he stares at the woman in his lap. A gorgeous woman just fell in his lap from a portal. This is exactly what he asked the universe for. Excitement, adventure, and romance.

You take a gasping breath "This isn't real! No! No! None of this is real! I'm dead! OR! Or, I'm dreaming!"

"Miss?" Moon asks gently trying to get your attention.

You eye the items on the table "You can't feel pain in a dream." You raise your arm and bite down as hard as you can stand "FUCK! OW!"

Moon holds your arms to your side "Don't do that!"

Paradox nods "I'm going with magic. For now anyway. I'll need to do some research."

Eclipse shakes his head "While I don't normally believe in the supernatural... It is hard to deny magic in a situation like this."

Sun stands up and walks around the table "What do we do with her?"

Moon leans to look you in the eyes "Where did you come from?"

"I was just reading!" You blurt out in shock. "About you!" You point to Moon "I was reading about you! You ran a cafe with your brothers! You and Sun and Paradox and Eclipse."

Moon furrows his brow "What?"

You lean forward in Moon's grip "But Sun and Moon are from a video game! And Eclipse was made by fans! Paradox was made by Buttonburg and someone named Jack!"

Sun leans forward "Woah! Start from the beginning. How did you get here?"

You lock eyes with him "I was reading a story about Sun and Moon living out of the plex with their two brothers Paradox and Eclipse. Lightning! Lightning hit my computer while I was reading!" You shake your head "It hurt so bad! then I was falling... and then I was here."

Eclipse scoffs "I am real! You are the one who appeared out of nowhere! If anyone is fake it's you."

Paradox leans across the table "Tell me something about myself."

You glance over at the gentle giant "You're autistic. You have a .... your..." You blush "Your dic is black with seven grabbing tentacles and one penis tentacle in its center."

Paradox hums "Correct."

Moon grimaces "I did not need to know what his dick looks like."

Eclipse eyes Paradox "What do we do with her?"

Paradox stands up "I believe we should offer our unusual guest respite. Food and somewhere to sleep."

Moon blushes "She can take my bed."

You sigh "I already ate dinner."

Sun stands up "I'll go get you something better to sit on."

Moon lets you go "Why don't you take my seat?"

You hop off of Moon. He stands up enamored with your height. You are so small compared to him. He pushes his chair to fit another and helps you sit down. Sun sets another chair down at the table and returns to his spot.

Paradox takes a sip of water "I don't think it would be prudent to talk about you're predicament tonight. You need rest to clear your mind."

"What's your name?" Moon asks.

"Yin." You reply mildly distracted by your thoughts.

Your mind is still reeling. How in the hell did you get here? Will you find a way home? Do you even want to go home? Stuck in a role where Sun and Moon exist. Is that really so bad? What about your family and friends? What if you never go home? You'll think about this more in the morning.

Chapter 364: Coffee And Cake pt3

Chapter Text

Paradox stands from his chair "Come with me, Yin. I'll get you something to drink."

Something about the way he says that tells you it's a demand, not a request. You nod and follow him into the kitchen. He closes the door behind himself after letting you in.

Paradox turns to you with a frown "Of all the things you could have said you tell the entire table what my genitals look like."

You blush and look at the floor with a frown.

Paradox crosses his arms "You could have told me in private. How do you know what it looks like anyway?" You open your mouth and he holds a hand up "You know what? I don't care." He walks to a cabinet and gets you some water "I just want you to know. I'm disappointed in you."

Your head snaps up "I'm so sorry." His disappointment in you is a heavy blow.

Paradox sighs and hands you the glass "In the future, do better."

He walks past you and out of the kitchen. You take a moment to collect yourself. At the moment you feel like a piece of shit. Of all the people to disappoint it had to be Paradox. You want to curl in on yourself and disappear. With a deep breath, you return to the dining room.

Moon eyes you warily. Paradox sits stoically in his seat. The table is quiet. The four men eat in silence and you sip your water. When dinner is over you help Sun and Moon clear the table. Paradox leaves the room with Eclipse for a private conversation. The air that evening feels heavy.

Moon quietly shows you to his room. He takes a pillow and a spare blanket from the bed. You watch as he heads for the living room couch. You sit on the bed and think the night's events over in your head. You could have and should have handled it better. A soft knock draws your attention.

Paradox enters the room and sits down on the bed beside you "I want you to know I'm not mad at you."

You keep your gaze on the floor "You aren't?"

Paradox shakes his head "No. Just disappointed. I had a talk with Eclipse. He reminded me not everyone handles stress well." Paradox stands up "It does not change my disappointment, however." He turns to you "I hope you sleep well. Try to see the situation from my point of view." He smiles softly "I'm sure we can work past this. Goodnight."

You nod "Goodnight."

Sleep is fitful. Flashes of your bedroom and the sound of storms come in pieces. You periodically feel cold for short amounts of time. It feels like you are in two places at once. Like you're having an out-of-body experience. Not fully grounded in either dimension.

When you wake up you feel terrible. Moon's room has an attached bathroom. You look yourself over in the mirror. You look paler than you should. Not enough for others to notice, but you do. You don't feel as spritely as you should for the amount of sleep you got last night.

Your dreams come flooding back to you. What if you are dying on the floor of your room and this is what your failing body decided to gift you before you are gone? A way to ease your brain into death. It gives you the chills. You don't want to look at your reflection anymore. You can swear your reflection off. There is just something about it that feels wrong but you can't put your finger on it.

You head downstairs feeling too unnerved in the bathroom to want to stay any longer than necessary. Nervously you stand at the bottom of the stars. You have no clue what to do right now. Sun finds you and takes you to the dining room table for breakfast. You sit awkwardly beside Moon a glass of water and a cup of coffee in front of you. You should feel hungry, but you don't.

Moon puts a plate of eggs and sausage in front of you "Here. Eat up. We have a lot to talk about after breakfast."

You stare at the plate "I'm not hungry."

Sun tilts his head "I know you might not want to eat but you should."

You shake your head "You don't get it. I'm not hungry. Like at all. I'm not thirsty either. I feel sleepy but I should have gotten enough sleep last night." You shiver "All night I dreamt about my room. The broken window and rain pouring in from the storm. It feels like I'm in two places at once."

Paradox rounds the table and takes your face in his hands. One of his eyes lights up like a flashlight and he shines it into your eyes. With a worried expression, Paradox takes your wrist in his hands. His hands then fly up to your neck.

He leans back in shock "Your pulse is very low. Your pupils are unresponsive to the light. This does not look good."

Moon plays with the end of his nightcap "Is she dying? What's happening to her?"

Paradox shrugs "I have no clue."

Eclipse sighs "There is no way we can have you leave us."

Paradox nods "You'll be safest with us. I will do my best to figure out what is happening to you."

Chapter 365: Coffee And Cake pt4

Chapter Text

Paradox leans back in his chair "We have work today. I don't feel comfortable leaving you alone in our home. But we can't leave someone with you. Can you bake?"

You nod "Yeah. I know how to bake."

Eclipse sets his glass down "Good! You'll help me today. I have a recipe book for everything we make."

You nod "Good! I can absolutely work with that!"

Moon looked you up and down "I have some clothes that might fit you. Come with me."

Sun begins to clear the table "I have some shorts that might fit her."

You follow Moon to his room. He sits you down on the bed and enters his closet. You are going to be wearing his clothes. Moon is... well. He's over the moon. Moon gives you a shirt and a pair of shorts that stop at your ankles. At least you were wearing your shoes when you were teleported here. Moon takes some clothes and enters his bathroom to change. You change in his bedroom. When Moon comes out he has on a black shirt and a pair of khaki pants. You have a white shirt and cargo shorts. Moon blushes when he sees you in his clothes.

You smile warily "Thank you for the clothes."

Moon pulls you into a hug "We'll figure things out. I'm sure everything will work out in the end."

You hug Moon back "Thank you."

You hug Moon a little longer than you should. Likewise, he doesn't seem too keen on letting you go. Of all the things you've read, Moon was always your favorite. The other three just didn't capture your attention the way the naptime attendant did. Moon leads you downstairs where the others are putting their shoes on.

Sun looks up with a smile "You can ride with Moon and I."

You nod "Alright."

Paradox taps the tip of his foot on the ground "Tell any one of us if you feel any changes in your condition. There must be a reason you came to us the way you did."

You walk beside Paradox to the cars "Yeah. I agree. This feels too good to be true."

Eclipse stops by an SUV "What do you mean?"

You cross your arms "Well, in my world people write stories about you all. I've been reading some of them. People really like you. You are a comfort character for most. The chance to actually meet you? It's a dream come true!"

Moon hesitates "And who's your favorite?"

You blush "We should get going! Don't want to be late!"

Sun laughs loudly "Oooo Moonie! I think that means it's you~!"

You cover your face in your hands and groan.

Sun pushes you toward a four-door sedan "Ha! That proves it!" Sun shoves you into the back of the car gently "I told you love was just around the corner!"

You groan in the back of the car. Moon gets into the passenger's seat while Sun takes the driver's.

Moon lets out a puff of steam "I wouldn't complain if it's me." He eyes you through the mirror "At all."

You curl in on yourself in embarrassment. Sun laughs up a storm even slapping the steering wheel. If the morning is any indication, today will be embarrassing with a lot of teasing from Sun.

Chapter 366: Coffee And Cake pt5

Chapter Text

Sun teases you the ENTIRE drive to the cafe. You want to melt. Moon seems happy to be your favorite. You don't know if it's because he wants a relationship or he just likes being liked.

Sun glances back at you at a stoplight "So Moon, what are you going to do now that you know you're her favorite?"

You lean into the seat in front of you "At least this isn't as embarrassing as what happened in Spicy Danger Noodles or Sleeping with the Fishes."

Moon pats your shoulder "Sun, quit teasing her."

Sun pulls into the cafe "OoOo! Sounds like you want a date!" He parks in employee parking and gets out of the car "Don't let me stop you!" He makes kissing noises as he heads inside.

You huff and get out of the car "Is he always like that?"

Moon locks the car before getting out "No. He's getting back at me for something I did last month. Would you?"

You tilt your head "Would I what?"

Moon walks you inside "Go out with me. Would you?"

You laugh "Of course! You just have to ask."

Eclipse walks up to you "Alright! Here is the recipe book, an apron, and a hair tie."

You take the items and put them on. Moon gives you a thumbs up as you walk into the back with Eclipse. He shows you around and gets you set up to start making dough. Throughout the morning you feel wrong. No more wrong than when you woke up. But with nothing to distract your mind except baking. It's painfully noticeable. So is the almost unnoticeable ache in your chest.

You don't get any new symptoms, thankfully. At around noon Paradox comes to check in on you. You are making a large batch of bread dough when he enters.

Paradox walks up to you and Eclipse "How are you feeling?"

You put a hand on your chest "I feel cold. But it's nothing I can't handle. There is the faintest ache in my chest. It's almost unnoticeable."

Paradox nods "Are either of those new?"

You shake your head "No, thankfully."

Eclipse smiles "She does great work! Things have been running smoothly and we are ahead of schedule!" Eclipse pauses to look at Paradox "I already have the Parker's wedding cake started!"

Paradox beams and looks at you "I knew it would be a good idea to help you! If you need a break, take one. I have more paperwork. I'll be taking lunch soon."

You and Eclipse get back to work. You have your suspicions about what is happening to your body. But you don't want to say any of them out loud. It would make it too real. You'll need to do some research of your own. Instead, you try to put all your focus and attention into your work. You are just putting some pie dough into the fridge when Moon taps your shoulder.

"I was wondering if you wanted to take a break with me," Moon mutters nervously.

You smile "I'd love to!"

Moon takes your hand and brings you to the front of the cafe. He fixes a cup of coffee and takes a slice of chocolate cake from the display case. the two of you sit down in a quiet corner.

Moon points his fork at the cake "Chocolate is my favorite. It goes great with a cup of coffee."

You blush "I like chocolate too."

Moon takes a bite and offers it to you. You lean forward and let him feed you the small bite. You and Moon chat while you enjoy your break. He's easy to talk to and you have quite a few things in common. It makes you feel warm and fuzzy inside. The two of you share lingering touches and warm looks. By the end of your date, you want to kiss him.

Moon walks you to the back while holding your hand. He kisses your cheek before passing you off to Eclipse. The Great of your day goes smoothly. You don't see much of Sun until closing. He helps you and Eclipse clean the back and put things away.

"Did ya have a good day?" He asks a little awkwardly.

You nod as you rinse out your washcloth "Yeah! I did."

Sun sets his cleaning spray down "I'm sorry for teasing you so much this morning."

You turn to talk to him. Your heart skips a beat. It becomes hard to breathe. Like you've forgotten how. It only lasts a few seconds but it's enough to scare you. When your breath comes back you can hear whispering. It's faint and far away. It's followed by the distant sound of thunder and the feeling of rain on your body. You stop moving to try to hear the whispers.

"supposed to ... mistake... where..." You manage to make out.

Sun shudders "What is THAT?!"

"PARADOX! MOON!" Eclipse shouts.

The two run into the room. The whispers and the sound of thunder gets louder.

"die... wait... time..." There is a pause "soon... promise... nobody..."

You curl in on yourself "Tell me you hear that whispering!"

Moon moves to your side as the lights go brighter then dim and back to bright again. The lights even out to where they should be. The whispering stops and everything is quiet again. No one says anything. Not that you have any idea what you should say in such a situation. Moon pulls you into his chest and pets your hair. A very brief distraction from whatever is going on.

Chapter 367: Short-Shorts pt2

Chapter Text

You run into your house quickly followed by Sun. He locks the door behind him just as your nose neighbor, Dolores, power walks toward your house. The crazy bat is either preparing to interrogate you about Sun or attempting to convince you to join her HOA. However, neither of those things are Sun's thighs. You need those thighs.

You pin Sun to the door and rub his thighs. Sun moans softly spreading his legs slightly. Your doorbell rings but you ignore it. You take Sun's hand and drag him upstairs. Your doorbell rings again as you open the door to your bedroom. You drag Sun into the room and throw your top off. Sun licks his lips and follows your lead starting with his top.

You wiggle out of your pants and boxers. Your cock stands proud and your pussy is wet with arousal. Your genitals are rare. You have a pussy but no clit or other female parts. Your cock was average in size. You were a more male-leaning hermaphrodite. You used to be self-conscious about your genitals. Sun squashed that real fast! He loved your body. He loves that you have small breasts and slightly feminine features.

You push Sun onto the bed and take his left foot in your hand. You take his shoe and sock off before moving over to the other one. Sun lays back propped up on his elbows with lidded eyes. You wave a hand at Sun. He scoots to the headboard and lies back down.

You sit down on the end of the bed and take his foot in your hand. You rub his foot with a happy hum. Sun relaxed into your bed with a low pleased groan.

You moved onto his other foot and look up at Sun "I love doing this you know." Your fingers rub the stiffness out of his soles "You are incredible and I love pampering you."

Sun stays quiet for the moment. He loves when you get like this. So gentle, tender, and loving. You kiss his ankle as you move on to his calves. This is exactly what Sun needed. He baited you with the short-shorts and you fell right into his arms. Just like he knew you would. It makes him feel a small bit of devious glee.

You move on to his other calf and massage out the tension "My favorite part of your body is your thighs." Your hands brush the back of his knee with a coy smile "I know you baited me with those delicious shorts." You work your way up to his thighs "You know you can just ask for this right?"

Sun chuckles softly "Where's the fun in that?" Sun smiles warmly "Besides, I like to feel wanted and desired by you."

You shoot forward and peck his lips "Good thing I adore you." You sit back down and return to massaging his thighs "I adore everything about you." Your fingertips brush against his groin "How you make me laugh, help me with the little things, and let me do this for you."

You move on to massaging his other thigh. Sun spreads his legs a little wider.

You work your way up to his hips "There is something inherently sexy about watching you parade around in short shorts." You massage just above his cock "It's thrilling to know people look at you with desire because I know we belong to each other." You work your hands higher.

Sun writhes for a moment in absolute bliss "Other people can stare all they want. I mean, I AM a fashion model. The only one whose stare really matters to me is you. No one else matters. Aside from Moon, Eclipse, and Paradox of course. They are family."

You rub his chest "Of course!" You move to sit on his hips and start on his neck "You are perfection." Each segment of his neck gets attention. "I can't wait to see you in your show next week. An entire night of watching you run around in swimwear? Yes please!"

Sun chuckles "Good thing I got you a front-row seat."

You rub his face "Thank you for that."

Sun leans into you "You are my biggest fan! It'd be a crime not to." He pulls you into a kiss "Besides, you're my partner. I want you there."

You kiss him back and climb off of him "Over with you! Flip over!"

Sun flips over "I might fall asleep."

You hum "Fine by me."

You sit down on Sun's ass "Glorious."

Sun looks back at you "My back?"

You chuckle as you rub his shoulders "Your ass."

Sun hums as you rub over a particularly sore spot. He has an upgrade to make him more human. Subtle stuff. He still looks mostly like the pictures he has of his time in the daycare. You thoroughly enjoy running your hands down the vast expanse of his back. You kiss your way down his spine. Sun snuggles down into your bed with a deep hum that trails off into a yawn.

You climb off of Sun and massage his ass. One cheek at a time. You lean up and kiss Sun's cheek. The sweetling is dead asleep. You pull a spare blanket from your closet and cover him up. With a small yawn of your own, you cuddle up next to Sun and settle down for a nap.

Chapter 368: Paint By Orgasms

Summary:

Perihelion- The point at which an object is orbiting the Sun is at its closest.

This is mostly an introduction to PAradox's dicks and also a gift for a friend. Jack!

Chapter Text

You smile as you add another swipe of red to the large Paint By Numbers picture in front of you. It was a farmhouse with a forest behind it and a winding road leading up to it. The paints were kids' watercolors that you bought just for this. You looked for the next number 4 for red.

You dipped your brush into your cup. It was empty. You turned around with a smile. Behind you, Paradox sat at his full height of fifteen feet. His arms and legs were tied behind him and a collar hung around his neck. His head lulled to the side. An absolutely fucked drunk expression on his face.

You wiggled your empty cup at him "I need a refill love. Color?"

Paradox's tentacles reached out for you "Green."

You nodded and looked down at the mass. Seven writhing cocks slick with cum reach out for you. Six are one foot in length and form a circle. The last is ten inches and sits in the center of the circle. The center cock is the most sensitive out of them all. You hold your hand to the mass. Your hand is grabbed by the circle and pulled in to where he wants you most.

You laugh softly as the mass of dicks wraps around your hand. You take his center dick firmly in your hand and lock eyes with him. You begin to rub his cock quickly.

"Alright, love! I need you to cum for me. You want this painting right?" You coo.

Paradox writhes unable to thrust into your hand "Need it... Please, Perihelion. So good!"

You look down at his cocks "Open up for me love."

The circle of cocks moves to press against him. You lean forward and suck his ten-inch cock into your mouth. It writhes uncoordinated in your mouth. You bob your head up and down. PAradox cries out loudly like a record scratch. You reach your hand down and grope his massive balls. Paradox shakes and his eyes cross. You pull off his cock and fist him quickly. The tip of his center cock rests in the cup. He cums with a loud roar into the cup.

You work him through his orgasm "Color?"

Paradox mumbles green. You nod and spin back to your painting. Finally, you can finish adding red. Soon the painting is cuming together nicely. You've had to make him cum two more times. You just finished adding the last color, yellow. You turn around to look at Paradox.

He lazily looks up at you "More?'

You shake your head "No, no more. Just checking in."

Paradox relaxes "I'm done. No more."

You stand up and move behind him "I'm going to untie you."

You make quick work of the knots, pulling his hands free gently. The ropes around his legs are freed next. Paradox gently lays down on the floor with a sigh.

You take one of his massive hands in your lap and massage his wrists "Did you have fun?

Paradox nods with a dopey little smile "Mhm."

You scoot down to his ankle "I'm glad." You begin to massage him "I had fun too. Can I get you anything?"

Paradox shakes his head "Not now."

You move on to his other ankle "Alright. You did great by the way."

Paradox hums "Love you, Perihelion."

You move on to his other hand "I love you too."

Paradox sits up "It's beautiful."

You move on to another hand "Thank you."

Paradox tilts his head "We should hang it somewhere."

"Like where?" You ask working on another hand.

Paradox hums "The bathroom."

You crawl up the vast expanse of his body "Sounds good to me."

Paradox pulls you down and into his arms "Sleepy."

You pet his chest "Cold."

Paradox reaches over and grabs his jacket throwing it over you "Warm."

You chuckle "Yes, warm."

Chapter 369: Cuddledox

Chapter Text

Paradox vibrated with unused energy. He had just fought a lesser demon in the daycare. The asshole had been trying to eat the souls of children. However, it was no match for paradox once he was formed. This was not the first time he would be needed and it wouldn't be the last. It WAS the first time you were not fighting alongside him.

Paradox twitched stretched out in one of the tunnels. Parents were picking up their children. He felt distressed. It was thoroughly unpleasant not to have you by his side. You always praised him for his good job. To not have you made him feel a way he couldn't describe in proper words.

Soon the daycare was empty. The mess from the day was left behind. He should have turned back into Sun, Moon, and Eclipse by now, but something kept him out. The lights in the daycare were turned off. He didn't know how long he spent laying in the red tunnel. Eventually, Paradox heard you enter the daycare.

Your fearful tone was hard to miss "Paradox!? Sun?! Moon?! Eclipse?! Where are you?!"

Paradox knocked quickly several times. The excess and pent-up energy had him banging like a scout on three cans of Bonk! You looked up at the tunnel the sound was coming from. You study the play structure for a moment to pick the right path.

After a few minutes of crawling you found him. Paradox reached out to you. Maybe you could help with his excess energy. You stared at the massive animatronic stuffed into a red tube.

You pet the top of his hand "Are you stuck?"

Paradox shook his head but said nothing.

You scooted back "Can you follow me out of the play structure?"

Paradox pulled himself toward you. You scooted backward out of the structure with Paradox following behind you. when you could finally stand you held your arms out to him. Paradox in all of his fifteen-foot glory crawled on all six of his hands toward you.

He wrapped his arms around you and coiled around you like a snake "Mmmmm."

You rubbed noses with him "Can you call the wire down? I'd like to go to the bed in the tower."

Paradox stills for a moment considering your request. He takes you in his uppermost arms and takes off toward the tower. Paradox grins at the wall and climbs the verticle surface with the ease of a spider. you squeeze your eyes shut not wanting to see the height he's at.

Paradox makes a sound akin to a record scratch as he reaches the tunnel to the bedroom. He carefully carries you through the tube and to the bed. With all the adoration in his body, he lays you gently onto the bed. He rests his head on the mattress to stare at you.

You wave him onto the bed "Please, join me. I thought... I need you."

Paradox slowly coils around you. You take his head in your hands. He rubs your thighs with his hands. You rub your hands along his cheeks. Paradox leans into your touch. He revels in every touch you give him. He can feel the affection radiating off of you.

Your arms wrap around his neck as you pepper his face in a near-endless stream of kisses. No part of his face is left untouched by your lips. Slowly your fury of kisses devolves into slow languid kisses. You are starting to fall asleep. Somewhere far away in his mind, Paradox hears a cry to sing to you. He hums a tune he doesn't know the name of to you.

You struggle to keep showering him with love. He deserves more than all the love you have to offer. Paradox rubs your body down willing you to sleep. Something deep inside you hums in delight when you finally fall asleep. He knows you love him and he loves you just as much.

Chapter 370: I Dream Of Sunny pt3

Chapter Text

You woke up the next morning to a strange sound coming from your kitchen. It sounds like someone is throwing boxes on the floor. You can also hear frustrated grumbling. With a big stretch and a yawn, you head to the kitchen. Sun is tossing pizza boxes onto the floor from your fridge to the floor. His head turns as you enter the kitchen.

Sun strides up to you with a frown leaving the fridge door open and takes your hands in his "I wish for better quality food in my fridge." He sucks in a shakey breath "Say it. Please! I wish for better quality food in my fridge!" Sun looks a little frantic "I didn't realize you ONLY had pizza in your fridge!"

You squeeze his hands gently "I wish for enough better quality food in my fridge for Sun and myself."

Sun's eyes went wide. His mouth hung open as he raised his hand. He snapped his fingers. The pizza boxes on the floor and in the fridge disappeared. You watch in awe as fresh food fills your fridge. Fruits, veggies, meats, dairy, and who knows what else piles on the shelves and in drawers. Some of the things you can see you haven't had in quite a while. A myriad of emotions fills you and you pull the genie into a tight hug.

Sun rubs your back "I can take care of you, master. Oh! Uh, Yin."

You seem content to hold him. Sun rubs your back in circles. So far you are the best master he has ever had! However, even he knows that could change. Humans are funny like that. Sometimes they start off good. Then you offer them something good and they turn on you. He really hopes you stay as good as you are now.

You let the tall being go "So, what gender are you today?"

Sun looks down at you in surprise "Gender? You were serious about that?"

You nod as you browse the food in the fridge "Of course I was."

Sun holds his hands and snaps a finger "Female."

You nod and pull out some bacon and eggs "Would you like some bacon and eggs? I might fry some potatoes too."

Sun claps her hands "Can I help? I would love something to eat!"

You pull out a cutting board and pass it to Sun "Sure, can you cut potatoes?"

Sun took the knife and potatoes from you "Sure!"

You start a pan on the stove for bacon "So, what's it like in the lamp? I did open it and look inside. Couldn't see a thing though."

Sun pauses her cutting "That's because there is nothing to see."

You turn as you plop a few strips of bacon into the hot pan "Nothing?" The bacon hisses "You have nothing in there?"

Sun resumes cutting the potatoes more harshly "Nothing. The space is large enough to move around a little but I have nothing in there."

You purse your lips "Would you like something?"

Sun pauses to glance up at you "What?"

You flip the bacon "Can I wish you stuff for your lamp? Like a bed or something? Things you want."

Sun tilts her head "You want to wish things for me?"

You take the bacon out of the pan "Yes. I want you to be happy and mean it." You crack four eggs into the pan "Even I can see you aren't happy. At least not entirely."

Sun looked away from you in shame "I tried to hide it. Really, I did."

You pull the but potatoes toward you "Don't." You plate the eggs at set them in the oven to keep warm "Don't hide it. You help me. I help you." You put the potatoes in the pan and move to Sun's side "I want you to be honest with me." You pull her into another tight hug "I want to help you. What would you like to wish for?"

Sun takes your hands in hers "I wish Sun had all the things she wants in his lamp to make it home."

You smile up at Sun taking a quick glance at her body "I wish Sun had all the things she wants in his lamp to make it home."

The lamp on your kitchen table shakes. The stopper rattles as something happens inside. You return to the stove and stir the potatoes adding some salt and pepper. Sun disappears while your back is turned. She returns a few minutes later and pulls you from the stove into a hug.

Sun spins you in a circle "Wonderful! You are wonderful!"

You chuckle "It's the least I could do after you helped with the rent."

Sun put you down so you could finish with the potatoes.

You pointed her to the plates and silverware "Can I see inside your lamp? I'd love to see it. Only if you want me to see it."

Sun blushes "Not yet." She rubs her arm nervously "I'm not ready."

You plate the food "That's fine." You get two cups and fill them with your drink of choice and juice for Sun "Do you plan to sleep there?"

Sun frowns "Did you not like sharing a bed?"

You look a little surprised "I did actually. I just thought you would want your own space."

Sun looks hopeful "So I can sleep with you tonight?"

You nod as you eat "Yeah! I like sleeping with something in my arms and you are the perfect size." You blush "Plus it was really nice having someone with me."

Sun jumped out of her chair flying over the table and into your arms "Oh master!"

You let the master thing slide. Sun is too precious for her own good. You rub her back musing about what your life with Sun is going to be. From what you've seen so far Sun is very touch starved. Good thing you are too.

Chapter 371: I Dream Of Sunny pt4

Chapter Text

You and Sun fell into a nice routine over the month he's been with you. Sun enjoyed watching TV and learning new things. She spent about three days as her before changing into a man. Often switching genders every few days. Work was going about as well as it had been. The fresh food made you feel better than you had before. You even lost a pound or two. Sun was doing better emotionally. He still had a habit of hugging you every chance he got. You had a few interviews but nothing stuck. It just seemed people weren't interested in you.

Today was rough for you. Just like usual you were given the worst deliveries. However, this time all your pizzas were swapped. Every delivery got the wrong orders. One person even threw a beer on you. Your boss fired you on the spot. The reaming he gave you had you blinking away tears. He nitpicked everything about you highlighting every failure and insecurity. His friends laughed at you. High-fiving as you left the store.

You fought not to cry on the drive home. you knew it wasn't your fault. They must have swapped the pizzas. Your boss wanted you fired and this was a good way to do it. You parked in your driveway and sat in your car. You couldn't bring yourself to get out yet. After a moment of calming yourself, you headed inside.

Sun beamed as you walked through the door "You're home early!" He walked toward you with his arms open wide.

You couldn't hold it anymore. Your face scrunched up and you whimpered. Sun's smile faltered but he continued his approach. Your whimper becomes a wail as you let out a loud cry. Sun picks you up and into his arms. He sniffs your hair and makes a face.

"Do you want to talk about it?" He asks as he carries you to the bathroom.

"Fired." You manage between sobs. "They fired me." You lean into his chest "A frat bro poured a beer on my head."

Sun nods as he starts the tub filling with water "That explains the smell."

Sun passes you some toilet paper and you blow your nose "I didn't even get any tips." You dab at your eyes "I feel like such a waste of sp-"

Sun shoots up from his crouch in front of the bathtub "Don't." He puts his hands on your shoulders "Don't finish that."

You look up at Sun curiously. Sun puts a hand on your chin tipping your head to look at you. He moves to stand as close to you as possible. His eyes roam your face as if looking for something.

Sun smiles softly "You are too important to be a waste of space. We can fix this! Get you a better job."

You blush at his change in behavior and whisper "Alright."

Sun's thumb brushes dangerously close to your lower lip "Why don't you get cleaned up? I'll fix us something to eat. We can discuss what you want to do while we eat."

You blink tears out of your eyes as he leaves. Whatever that was, you kinda liked it. While you take a perfect temperature bath you think about Sun. That interaction has you seeing the genie differently. You've only had Sun living with you for about a month at this point. He rarely stayed in his lamp. Opting to share your bed instead. You had wished for a better quality bed. It took a few tries to get it right. The first iteration was better but doll size. The second was too high to get into. The third was a picture. The fourth, however, was perfect.

At this point, there was no way you could wish him away. In fact, you were considering wishing he would be at your side forever. It was easy to tell the two of you were attached. Maybe you could take him out of the house? Wish him a disguise. Like a bracelet that makes him look human. Too bad you don't have funds to spare. Otherwise, you'd take him someplace nice. Or to an amusement park. With a sigh, you get out of the tub. Fresh clothes are sitting on the counter. Sun must have left them for you.

You find Sun in your kitchen. He has the TV playing music. His hips sway as he cooks something on the stove. You smell garlic bread and tomatoes. Sun turns with a smile that shows off the sexy gap between his teeth.

You adjust your shirt "What smells so good?"

Sun points to a pot on the stove "Spaghetti! You look better already! Do you know what you want to do about a job?"

You pout a little "I'm not sure. Wishing for one just feels a little wrong."

Sun puts the spoon in his hand down "I might have a plan." He walks up to you and takes your hands "I wish to find a job I am perfectly qualified for that pays well and makes me feel good about myself."

You bite your lip "I could do that. It's just finding the job... I'd still have to apply myself..." Sun nods hopefully "Alright. Sun? I wish to find a job that I am perfectly qualified for that pays well and makes me happy!"

Sun holds a hand up and snaps his fingers "That's the spirit! You are so good!"

You blush and look away with a small smile "Is there anything I can do to help with dinner?"

Sun nods and picks you up "Yes! There is!" He sets you down on the counter "You can keep me company."

Going to bed that night feels different. There is an air of something romantic. For once Sun takes off his armbands and top. You're admittedly a little nervous. You peek at Sun from your closet as you change into sleepwear. He's laying on his back casually reading a book. It's hard to ignore the contours of his frame. The way the light hits his body, the whisps of what you assume is magic flitting about his head, and the small smile on his face.

You take a breath and leave the closet "Ready for bed?"

Sun sets the book down on the nightstand "Yep."

He eyes you intensely as you walk to the light switch. You flip it off and walk around the bed. Your heart pounds as you realize Sun hasn't rolled over like he usually does. You climb into bed and snuggle into the sheets. Sun pulls you into his chest with a sleepy yawn. Sun's nipple is right in front of your mouth. You'd be licking it if you stuck your tongue out. Sun begins to hum something old and melodic. The deep tones and slow pace lull you to sleep.

Chapter 372: He held you

Summary:

I don't know who he is. He can be anyone you want. =3 Could be seen as angst.

Chapter Text

He held you. He held you as you cried in pain and cried in joy. He held you as you shook in pain and shook in rage. his long arms wrapped around you as you slept or watched a movie. In so many wonderful and awful moments he held you. And he would continue to hold you. Even as you take your last breath he will hold you.

This time, however. You were the one holding him. Holding him as slick rivers of oil spilled out of his chest cavity and his body struggled to maintain power. As his failing mind told him this would be the last time. And held him as people around the two of you screamed in horror. His world went black and his smile faded.

What he wasn't expecting, above all else, was you holding him as he turned on. His mind in a new stronger body. You rubbed his chest and hummed softly as you held him. You held him as he recovered. Held him as you left the animatronic hospital. And held him as you walked into your shared home.

Then you presented him with an engagement ring. With tears, he held you back. He held you back as you said I Do. Held you back as you held your child. And held you back as you watched your kid find someone of their own to hold on to. For the rest of your lives, you held on to each other.

Chapter 373: Library AU Notes: What do they drive?

Summary:

The descriptions of what they drive made me think of The Dating Game Show...

Chapter Text

I wanted to talk about their personal transportation.
The Library has a book Mobile. It's about the size of a blood donation truck. The boys can load it with whatever books fit with whatever event they are attending.

Moon rides a motorcycle. He has a black Tourer. A type of cruiser good for long-distance travel. His bike has a saddlebag. He has chaps and a leather jacket for riding.

Sun drives a cherry red 1971 Ford Mustang. The interior has black leather seats. It has a 298-horsepower engine. In the early days, he did do some street racing. Not anymore though.

Ever the romantic, Eclipse rides a light blue Vespa Scooter. He has a basket in the back. He loves taking long rides with his partner.

Always ready for an adventure into the unknown, Paradox drives a class C Camper Van. It's painted dark blue with dark-tinted windows. On both sides of the van is a retro 1960s painting of Bigfoot riding Mothman in space.

Chapter 374: Coochie In A Can 3: Apple Cum Cake

Summary:

You and Eclipse spend a nice day outside in the garden baking together. =3

Chapter Text

You stared at the large tree in your garden. The selected branch will easily hold Eclipse’s weight. You made sure to test its strength. You were using it later.

Today you and Eclipse were going to make an apple crumb cake. The garden was the perfect place to make it in the dimming afternoon sun. You had a nice outdoor wood-fired oven with an area to mix everything.

You headed inside and began to gather ingredients. You set everything out neatly in your backyard. One more trip inside and you had all the bowls, pans, and utensils you’d need to bake the cake.

You wouldn’t have to worry about neighbors calling the cops or something. Your closest neighbors were one mile away and a nudist couple. You didn’t look at what they did and they didn’t look at you. You were neighborly though.

You looked over at their house. No way they would see the two of you even if they looked over. However, to be on the safe side you warned them you were doing sexy stuff in the garden.

You walked over to the tree and picked up the rope. Like the smart monkey you are, you tie a brick to the rope and toss it over the branch. You tie another brick to the other end of the rope to hold it in place.

As you drop the brick you hear a car pull into your driveway “I'M OUT BACK!!”

The gate creaks as it opens “Hello meteor! I’m so glad you have free time today.” Eclipse rounded the corner with a bottle of your favorite drink in his hand “I have some plans for you.”

You laugh as he walks up to you “Sorry love. I already have plans.” You take the bottle from him and set it aside “Sexy ones that involve this tree.”

Eclipse looks up at your tree “The tree?”

You nod “Today we are making an Apple Cum Cake.”

Eclipse looks down at all the ingredients “And how does making a cake have anything to do with a tree?”

You chuckle as you pull Eclipse into a hug “Of course it does! I don’t want you trying to take control once we get started. It’s easier for me to tie you up and hang you from the tree.”

Eclipse pouts crossing his arms “Do you really think I’m going to ruin the cake?”

You shake your head “No.” You eye him up and down “Strip.”

Eclipse balks “What?!”

You nod “I need you to strip. I’m going to tie you up naked and hang you from the tree. Then I’m going to milk you for all you’re worth and use it in the cake.”

Eclipse takes a long moment to consider your proposal. He walks over to the tree and eyes the branch you have the rope hanging from. He takes the rope and hangs from both ends. It holds his weight easily.

He looks back at you and you shoot him a smug look. Eclipse humps up and down. The branch jiggles and stays where it is. Eclipse nods and inspects the rope next. He pulls hard to try to break it but nothing happens.

You take the stickers off the apples “Well?”

Eclipse nods and turns to you while taking his top off “Alright. I agree. Red, Green, Yellow method.”

You clap and jog up to him pulling him down into an excited kiss “THANK YOU!”

Eclipse chuckles and kisses your forehead “No problem.”

You watch Eclipse finish undressing. Each article of clothing tantalizingly dropped in front of you. Stark naked Eclipse struck a pose. You move behind him and smack his ass as hard as you can.

Eclipse squeaks and covers his ass with his hands. You bend down and kiss his cheek where you slapped him. Eclipse sits down so you can tie him up. You kiss each part of his body the rope passes over.

You tug his bindings “Comfortable?”

Eclipse wiggles around as best as a hogtied man can “Verry! Do did a great job!” He looks around “How do you plan to hoist me into the tree?”

You smile wickedly and walk over to the rope “An electric winch.”

You feed the rope into the machine and turn it on. Slowly Eclipse begins to rise. You stop the machine when he is at the perfect height for milking.

Eclipse looks at the large wench “Where did you get that?!”

You walk over to the ingredients and begin to cut the apples “I bought it. Color?”

Eclipse stares at it “Green... where?”

You add spices and lemon to the apples while you cut them “Tractor Supply.”

Eclipse looks up at you “Why?”

You point to the small forest you and five others share “Mostly for felled trees.” You set the chopped apples aside “But also, for you Eclipse.”

You take a medium size bowl and walk over to Eclipse “Ready?”

Eclipse nods “Yes, I’m ready.”

You reach into the bowl and pull out a rechargeable sex toy with a remote. It wraps around his cock and vibrates with ten levels of intensity. You attach the toy and turn it on.

Eclipse gasps and cries out in ecstasy. You return to your ingredients and begin mixing the dry ingredients in another bowl. When you finish you return to Eclipse.

You hold the bowl under his cock and turn the vibrator from four to eight. Eclipse twitches and moans.

You grip his balls firmly in your hand “Cum for me, love. I need it.”

Eclipse gums with a strangled cry to keep quiet.

You turn the vibrator down to two and walk over to the ingredients “Good boy! I’m going to leave you on low until I need you again. You are not allowed to cum unless I say so.”

Eclipse nods as he watches you bake.

You mix the wet ingredients “I’m going to need more cum in a moment.”

You mix the crumb topping and pick up a third bowl. Eclipse twitches and moans. You hold the bowl up to his cock and turn the toy up to ten. Eclipse moans loudly throwing his head back.

He cums with a loud roar having little time to recover from the last one. You lower the vibration to two and return to your workstation. Eclipse twitches in his restraints.

You sigh happily as you mix the dry into the wet “This is nice.” You look over at Eclipse “Cooking a nice meal together.” You take out your Pyrex dish and add the batter “The dwindling sun casting a beautiful glow.” You add the apples and the cum you just gathered “What could be better?”

Eclipse looks up at you with his tongue hanging out “Love you.”

You turn the remote up to five “I love you too.”

You add the crumb topping and put it in the prepared oven. Eclipse moans and thrashes.

You set a timer and walk over to Eclipse with the third bowl “Forty minutes love. I plan to play with you. I want to watch you cum again and again. Cum when you want to. Color?”

“GREEN!” Eclipse moans out.

His cock leaks precum onto the grass. You rub his cheeks and walk to his front. You pull him to look you in the eyes. Slowly you turn the power up to ten. You stare into Eclipse’s eyes lovingly.

Eclipse thrashes and moans but keeps his eyes open. There is something incredibly desirable about looking you in the eyes. Eclipse wants nothing more than to wrap his arms around you.

Tears stream down his face as you milk him. He feels an electrical surge pulse through his wires. His cock throbs as he cums again. He’s not sure how many more orgasms he has in him.

“Good boy.” You coo at him.

Eclipse whines as his eyes cross.

You turn from him “I need to check on the cake, Be right back. Don’t go anywhere~”

The cake is baking fine. It has roughly fifteen minutes left. You return to Eclipse as he cums again.

Eclipse locks eyes with you “Love... yo..”

You lean forward and kiss his forehead “I love you too.”

Eclipse gives you a lopsided smile. You smile back and turn the vibrator down slowly until it’s off. You walk over to the winch and lower Eclipse. You untie him and pull Eclipse into your lap.

Eclipse wraps his arms around you with a pleased hum. You rub his back. You turn your head when your alarm goes off. Eclipse whines loudly.

You pet his cheeks “I need to pull the cake out. If you can, go inside. We can cuddle wherever you want while the cake cools.”

Eclipse huffs and stands up. On shaky wobbly legs, he makes his way inside. You pull the cake out and bring it to the kitchen. Eclipse has situated himself on the couch. He watches you tiredly.

You set the cake down and make your way to Eclipse. He pulls you into his chest and wraps his four arms around you. You snuggle down into him and pepper his chest in kisses.

Eclipse falls asleep in a charge. You turn the TV on and watch something. You fall asleep watching a movie.

You wake up in the morning to a cup of coffee and a piece of apple cum cake “Huh?”

Eclipse helps you sit up “You worked so hard on this cake. You should eat a piece.”

You nod and take a bite “It’s perfect! Thank you for helping!”

Eclipse blushes and takes a bite “If it goes the same every time. I’ll always help you.”

Chapter 375: random thing I posted on twittwr last july

Chapter Text

Imagine Moon forcing Sun to fuck you over and over again while he watches. Sun begging Moon to let him stop. He can't cum again! He doesn't have anything left! He ends up getting tired. His movements getting slower and slower. You yourself are getting tired but this is too delicious to stop.

Moon moves behind Sun "Come on now sunshine, you can give her one more." He puts his hands on Sun's hips "Here let me help you."

With a grin he guides Sun's hips to keep thrusting into your used oversensitive hole. He wails at the feeling. It's to much, to good, and to impossible not to allow. He cums again. This one is dry and painful. Moon pulls Sun off of you before he can crush you You whine at the loss.

Moon rubs your cheek with his hand "Don't worry starlight, It's my turn now. I'll take very good care of you."

Chapter 376: Stella

Chapter Text

Don't expect much out of me for a while. There is an extremely high chance my little dog Stella is going to die. May we all be wrong.

FUCKING HELL! just got a call from the vet! Stella is going to make it!

Chapter 377: Fairy Dust and Sunshine Pt3

Chapter Text

The next morning Sun felt light as a feather. He and Thorn spent all night dancing. Even after everyone was gone the two continued to dance despite the lack of music. With a smile and a happy hum, Sun got dressed for the day. After breakfast, he had some paperwork and princely duties to attend to. Sure Moon and his Barbarian Princess partner will likely take the throne, but Sun wanted to be helpful.

As he walked downstairs he heard elated chatter. Thorn's mother and Sun's father were talking quietly about... MARRIAGE?! Sun tiptoed closer to spy on the two.

"I see it. I really do. Those two are in love!" Eclipse fawned.

"I've never seen Thorn so happy! You and your son should come and visit our kingdom. Like I said. There are so many wonderful places for a wedding!" Tatiana beamed.

Eclipse walked about the study "I have to wait for my son Moon to get back from his trip. I can leave him in charge while we are gone."

"Thorn is the next in line for the throne. My daughter is married and my other son is a child." Tatiana remarked.

"Ah! These are things to discuss in the future." Eclipse walked to the door.

Sun sprinted down the stairs before casually heading for the dining hall. Inside Thorn sat at the table sipping a cup of coffee. Sun blushed with a small wave. Thorn pulled the chair next to him out and patted the seat. Sun walked over and sat down. The two were alone in the dining hall. Even the staff was not in the room.

Thorn smiled at Sun "You know, I wanted to do this all night."

Sun turned to look at Thorn nervously "Do what?"

Thorn leaned forward and kissed Sun capturing his lips in a fiery kiss. Thorn tasted faintly of sugar and fruit. To Thorn, Sun tasted like grapefruit and oranges. Thorn pulled back with a lavender blush. Sun touched his cheek as the morning staff began to bring food to the table.

A stout woman gasped "Prince Sun! You're up! Can I get you anything to drink?"

Sun looked at her wide-eyed "Oh! Some tea would be nice. Thank you." He took a breath "I overheard your mother talking to my father. Your mother wants Father and me to come and visit."

Thorn's wings fluttered "I know so many amazing places to show you!"

Sun rubbed his arm "Will I be able to get to them?"

Thorn took his hand and rubbed his knuckles "Yes! We can use fairy dust to make you fly." Thorn kissed the back of his hand "I can teach you."

Sun's rays spun around his head and he blushed. Is this how Moonie felt when he met his barbarian fiance? Butterflies and sparks? Eclipse and Tatiana enter the dining room for breakfast.

Eclipse smiles at Sun as he sits down "I looked at your mother the same way when I met her for the first time."

Sun groans "Father!"

Eclipse snickers "What? It's true love!"

Tatiana hums "Your father gives me the same look."

Thorn begins to put food on his plate. As he reaches for some fruit he kisses Sun casually on the cheek. Sun lets out a puff of steam. Thorn grins pleased by Sun's reaction. Teasing the poor pot forever is going to be a lot of fun.

And they all lived happily ever after.

Chapter 378: The Dreamweaver

Chapter Text

It was time for bed. Although, you were dreading the action. For the past two months, you had nightmares every single night. It was affecting your health. You went to your doctor but they couldn't find anything. they gave you a referral to a therapist. At first, it started to work. That didn't last long. The nightmares came back in full force within two days.

At the behest of your therapist, you start a dream journal. It helps you with your dream recall. Allegedly it will help you lucid dream. You hope learning to lucid dream will allow you to stop the nightmares. It was worth a shot. You were already getting garbage sleep so what could it hurt to try?

It was a particularly warm night in June when things changed. The dream started off like a nightmare. You were being chased by giant wasps. In the distance, you saw a figure. You could tell they had a long nightcap on and a button-down long-sleeve nightshirt with matching pants. Both are rich lilac-colored and have some kind of pattern on them.

You aren't sure exactly what happens but the dream becomes a good one after you spot them. When you wake up you cry in joy. You finally got to get a good night of sleep. That night you get another respite from your nightly horrors.

You are trapped in a square room roughly 10ft by 10ft. The walls, floor, and ceiling are made of sandstone. On the ceiling, the corners of the room open and sand begins to pour out of the openings. Slowly more and more panels opened letting more sand fill the room. You searched the walls for an exit. A seam or hidden button but the sandstone walls gave nothing.

You slammed your fist on the wall. That's when you saw it. Your fingers were wrong. They constantly changed in numbers and length. Distantly in your mind, you realized you must be dreaming. You still could not control it though. Not completely anyway. You forced yourself to turn around. Across from you was the figure from before.

It was a man with a soft smile. He looked like an animatronic dressed in a button-down two-piece sleepwear set. It was rich lilac and had little crecent moons wearing nightcaps on it. His body is blue with white accents. He's roughly 8ft tall.

The man looks around the room. He pushes one of the walls. The walls and ceiling turn into glowing multicolored butterflies. You are now standing in a forest of giant bioluminescent mushrooms. You can feel yourself slipping back into the dream.

You turn to the man "Thank you."

He looks shocked. Letting out a gasp before disappearing in a puff of light blue smoke with little stars and Moons in it. Your mind slips back into the dream and you lose whatever lucidity you had. The next morning you take diligent notes of the dream. You scour your journal for more sightings of the man. Tonight marks the fourth time he has shown up in your dreams.

You don't know who he is. From what you've seen of him he seems good. He shows up in your nightmares and fixes them. Why though? What does he get out of it? That night you fall asleep like usual. You don't see the man, but you also don't have any nightmares. Sadly you also don't get lucid.

Things go fine for a few months. Your dreams aren't particularly bad, nor are they particularly good. You continue to write in your dream journal. Each night you feel as though you are getting closer and closer to becoming fully lucid in your dreams. You spot the man twice more in your dreams. Each time he disappears when you spot him.

Early October the nightmares come back worse than before. They are more vivid and brutal in nature. It feels like you are on a fucked up prank show and they are trying to scare you to death. It's starting to get so bad you are getting jumpy in the waking world.

Mid-October it happens. You pass out in your bed from a lack of sleep. Your eyes open to a grotesque fleshy world. Tendrils wiggle and squirm from the ground. You run from them. the sound of nails on a chalkboard comes from everywhere. Incoherent whispering fills the area. It starts to rain birds. And then an umbrella appears above you and the ground around you turns to moss.

You look down and spot your hands. You're dreaming. You can feel it. You look to your right as the birds become drops of pastel light. It's the man. The one who makes your dreams good. He's frowning at the world around you. He hasn't noticed you looking at him. You open your mouth to ask him his name.

"WHERE ARE YOU JUPITER?!" The man growls.

You look around wondering what, or who, this Jupiter is.

"This one is mine, Moon." something says.

A man walks out of the flesh ground. He's fifteen feet tall. His skin is a dark blue that almost looks black. It has little white stars and planets on it. His eyes are dark glowing violet. He has three arms. One on the left, one on the right, and one sticking out of the middle of his chest. He has two rings around his head that are smokey grey and attached by four rods. You shiver.

Moon moves a little closer to you "You have to stop! You can't keep killing dreamers like this! Without them, our world is gone!"

Jupiter crosses his arms "Who cares! There are more born every second! Who the hell cares if I kill a few? What makes this dreamer so special that you have to ruin my fun?"

You turn to Moon curious. He blushes and looks away.

Jupiter takes a few steps forward "You have a crush? Like a child?!" He laughs loudly "You are absolutely pathetic, Moon. Do you really think a dreamer would like a Dreamweaver?! Are you that fucking stupid?!"

Your eyes go wide and you really look at him. He's tall, lanky, and handsome.

Jupiter eyes you up and down "Are you lucid?" He gets a manic smile on his face "YOU ARE! You're lucid!" A tentacle grabs you by the ankle "This is going to be so much more fun!"

You are yanked into the air. You scream loudly as more tentacles grab you by your other arms and legs spreading them wide. Something bubbles in your throat. You spit up a load of spiders. Moon looks horrified. A large crecent moon appears below him lifting him into the air. An oversized pair of garden clippers appears in his hands.

Jupiter growls and the tentacles gain spikey armor. Moon growls and the nippers become a blowtorch. He cuts one of the tentacles and it splits into two of them. You struggle against the other three.

"Dreamer! This is your dream! You are in control!" Moon shouts.

You nod and describe what you want to happen "The tendrils began to shrivel and die under the caustic heat of the blowtorch." Nothing happens.

Moon tries the blowtorch again "Focus, dreamer!"

You concentrate and try again. Thick mud pours out of your mouth. Moon jumps off the platform he's on and jumps on Jupiter. The two start to tussle. Rolling about the floor and punching each other. And then you wake up. All of that and you wake up because of your alarm for work.

You curse as you stare at your phone. You left poor Moon fighting that Jupiter prick! What happened when you woke up? Are they still on the ground punching each other for all eternity? Did they get sent back to wherever they came from? Will they still be fighting when you go back to bed? You'll have to finish your day to figure it out. You can't miss work.

that night you are eager to go to bed. It actually takes you an extra hour to fall asleep. When you come into the dream you are lucid. You spin in a circle to stabilize your dream. You are in an oasis in the desert. You don't see Moon anywhere.

"Moon?! Are you ok?!" You holler. Your words are met with silence "Moon!" again nothing.

You sit down on a grassy patch beside a pond. You have no clue what to do right now. The soft jingle of bells comes from behind you. You turn hoping to see Moon. Instead, Jupiter takes you by the throat using his third arm.

He holds you close to his face "That love-sick puppy can't help you now." He chuckles "I was going to kill you." He licks your hair "I think I'll keep you as my plaything."

You frown "Where is Moon? Is he alright?"

Jupiter laughs fanning you in hot breath "He's far too injured to help. Call all you want! He won't come."

You try to remember how to manipulate the world around you in your dreams. You manage to spawn an incredibly shitty version of The Hulk. You stare at the ugly monstrosity as it shuffles over to the two of you. Hulk, whom you plan to call Halk, takes Jupiter by the balls and crushes his pelvis. Jupiter vomits and drops you. Halk throws him far into the desert. You shiver and jump into the pond to clean yourself off.

You find yourself in a frozen ocean. Above you is a thick sheet of Ice. Below you is inky black water. You do not like this at all. The endless black below you is terrifying. Something impossibly large moved in the darkness below. Petrified you try to find a way out. You look back down. The black thing is a whale. Far larger than any whale should be. A crescent moon appears in the ice. You swim for it as the whale gets closer.

The crescent moon shape becomes wavy and squiggly. You touch it with your hand and phase through it. Without a second thought, you swim through the portal. The other side is a landscape of fluffy purple, blue, and pink clouds. Above you is a cartoonish night sky with large stars. In the distance is a light blue house with the lights on.

As you make your way over you pass by multi-colored sheep. The clouds cause you to bounce like you are on the moon. As the house comes into view you can see smoke coming from the fireplace. You land at the front door like you have featherfall. With a deep breath, you knock on the door.

"Come in!" Someone weakly shouts from inside the house.

You open the door. It smells faintly sweet inside the house with a hint of lavender and roses. the front door opens into a living room. In the center is a couch facing a TV and a fireplace. Moon lays across the couch. He's bleeding oil in a few places and looks roughed up.

You run to the couch "Moon! How can I help?"

Moon smiles "Dreamer. You came." Moon waves you over "Come here."

You walk around the couch to him "What can I do?"

Moon hisses in pain "I need you to heal me. Think of an item that can heal people and picture yourself holding it."

You picture a blue health potion in your hands. From how it feels to how heavy it is. When you look down you are holding a potion. You take the cork out of the bottle and pass it to Moon.

He smiles "Thank you. I'm too weak to heal myself like this. I would have been waiting for weeks to heal you. Who knows what Jupiter would have done to you!"

When he sits up to drink the potion you can see an oil smear on his couch. You lean over to look at his back. He has a gaping wound on his back. Slowly it repairs.

You lean back "What are you?"

Moon smiles at you "I'm a Dreamweaver. I make good dreams when people are having nightmares."

You glance down and look back up at him "What is Jupiter?"

Moon frowns "He is a corrupt Dreamweaver. He weaves nightmares. Lately, he's been killing dreamers like you by scaring them to death."

You blush "Jupiter said you like me. You have a crush on me."

Moon pulls his hat over his eyes "I think you're attractive. I can't help it! I helped you two years ago with a bad string of nightmares. I've been visiting you every night."

You pull his hat away from his face "Well, you can keep visiting me. I'd like to get to know you more. You saved me!"

Moon pulls you into a hug "Thank you! I have so much to show you! Whatever you want to see I'll show you!"

You hug him back and tell him your name "I look forward to it."

Chapter 379: I Dream Of Sunny pt1

Summary:

Sun is gender fluid in this. He's a genie. He can become whatever gender he wants.

Chapter Text

You frowned at the bill in your hand. You were on thin ice at work. The boss had it out for you. He wanted only him and his friends working at Pizza Hut. It was incredibly obvious you were not welcome. He was doing everything in his power to make you quit. Boy did you want to. You just had to find another job to replace it. Today, however, you just wanted to relax for a while.

You perused the stalls at your local outdoor flea market. A few items catch your attention, but not enough to buy anything save for a funnel cake. At the back of the market, you came across a curious stall. An old man and an old woman sat behind the stall. The woman grins at you as she slowly stands up.

She gestures toward the long table of stones "See something you like?"

You look the table over. The stones are in many shapes and sizes. Hearts, stars, horseshoes, and even a balloon. However, one stone does catch your eye. It looks like a spiked ball made out of yellow sandstone. Its pointed edges are jagged and sharp. It hurts to hold it in your hand. It appears to have a topper you can open. It's a container for something. There is nothing special about it. But for some reason you want it.

You pick the prickly thing up "How much is this?"

The woman smiles "This is an old and rare piece. Sixty dollars."

The old man rolls his eyes "We've had that for twenty years and it never sold! Twenty dollars! I don't want it anymore!"

The woman huffs "Othal!"

The man waves a cane around "Pritchert! We've been trying to get rid of that for forty years! It's time to cut out losses woman!"

Pritchert puts her hands on her hips "Fine! We'll do it your way! Don't go bitching at me when you decide this was a bad idea!"

You pass the woman a twenty and take your whatever it is. You gently set the spiky object in the passenger seat of your car. You paid good money for the thing. You'd hate for it to get damaged. When you get back to your apartment you set the thing down on your dining table. You head into the kitchen to reheat some leftover pizza. You eat a lot of leftover pizza.

You set the plate of pizza and a soda down on the table and sit down. As you eat your food you stare at the spiky ball. From what you can tell it's supposed to sit so the tallest point is on the top. You still don't know what it's for. You set your pizza crust down and wipe your hands together to clean the crumbs off.

You take the spiky yellow sandstone ball in your hands. You reach down and take the top off. It's empty inside. Whatever it used to hold is gone now. You wiggle your lips from left to right. You put the topper back in place and run your thumb in between the spikes. The yellow sandstone is smooth. Far smoother than it probably should be. Almost like it's polished. Your head snaps up toward the ceiling as the lights dim. Some of them flicker off and on.

The topper on the spikey ball slowly wiggles. You recoil as it slowly pushes itself out of the spiky ball. A yellow smoke funnels out of the ball. It pools on the table in front of you. You scoot your chair back as the smoke starts to take the shape of a humanoid. In seconds a person is sitting on your dining table cross-legged.

They have a yellow body with bright blue eyes. There is a gap between their teeth. Their head has smoky whispy things that remind you of sunrays in a kid's drawing. They have on gold pants that rest low on their hips. They have cobalt blue metal armbands on their upper arms. They have a cobalt blue bandeau around their chest despite the distinct lack of breasts. Not that you're judging.

Their eyes fall on you "MASTER!" They jump into your lap "I'm so glad to meet you! I was beginning to think no one would ever find me!" Despite attempting to sound happy, a hint of sadness is present in their voice when he talks "I was starting to get really lonely!" It almost feels like they are trying too hard to get you to like them "But you found me! And now I can grant you wishes!"

Chapter 380: I Dream Of Sunny pt2

Chapter Text

You lean in a little "What are you?!"

The person puts a hand on their chest "My name is Sun! I am your genie!" They point to the spiky ball " The genie of the lamp!"

You relax a little "So you grant wishes? I get three of them right?"

Sun shakes their head "No silly." They giggle "I grant infinite wishes! I just have more rules on what I can do. I also start to get tired if I grant too many wishes at once." They panic "B-b-but! But! That's ok! I-i don't mind!"

You nod slowly "Well I don't plan on doing that." You shake your head "So Sun, what are your pronouns? Like your gender? What is it?"

Sun leans back shocked "Pronouns? Mine??" They put a hand on their cheek "Oh gosh! I've never been asked this before." They lean forward with their elbows on their knees "The thing is, I can change my gender at will. I'm a genie. Some genies pick a gender. But I don't want to. Sometimes I'm a boy like right now." Sun snaps his fingers. In a puff of yellow smoke, he now has distinctly feminine features with large breasts "Other times I feel like a girl."

You nod as he turns back into a man "Oh! You're gender-fluid!"

Sun wrings his hands together "Is... is that ok?"

You stand up and hug him "It's more than ok." You bite your lip "Can... can I make a wish? I don't want you to feel like I'm using you, but I have a problem."

Sun pats your back "Yes! If I can grant it I will! What do you want, Master?"

You hold a hand up "First of stop calling me master. I'm Yin. Master feels weird to me."

Sun nods slowly "Alright... I-if your sure."

You smile "Thank you! Now, the wish." You pick the bill up "I have this bill I have to pay." You frown "I don't have the money for it."

Sun nods "So you want money?"

You shrug "I need a way to pay it."

Sun takes your hands in his "Then repeat after me. I wish for riches to pay my bill."

You blush "I wish," His hands are warm "for riches to," He's holding you like a precious heirloom "pay my bill."

Sun snaps his fingers and something appears in your hand. You look down to see six diamonds.

You wrap your arms around Sun "Thank You! You have no idea how much you just helped me right now!"

Sun gasps "I helped? Really?"

You take him by the shoulder "I need to take this to a jeweler to get the money!"

Sun frowns slightly "Will it take long? You'll come back right?"

You nod "I just need to get the money and put it in my bank. Then I'll come back. It's only six so I should have enough time to do it. Feel free to explore my place."

Sun's eyes go wide "You aren't going to put me back into the bottle?"

You furrow your brow and frown "Why would I do that?" You get your stuff and head for the door "There is pizza in the fridge. Feel free to watch TV or play a game. Do what you want."

Sun walks you to the door "Stay safe Mas- Yin."

You wave as you run off. The diamonds are worth the exact amount for the bill. You manage to get to an ATM for your bank and pay the bill off through your phone banking app. On the way home you pick up a small vanilla cake for you and Sun to share. He really helped you out.

Sun looks surprised when you walk through the door. You'll need to ask about his history. Something must have happened to him.

You hold the cake box out "I got you something! I thought we could share it."

Sun eyes the box suspiciously "Why? What is it?"

You head to the kitchen "It's a vanilla cake! To thank you for the diamonds. I was able to pay my bill. I won't be thrown out!"

Sun opens the box "Thrown out? Homeless?"

You nod "Yeah. I'm not bad with money. My boss at work doesn't like me. He gives me the bare minimum of hours and stiffs me on tips. I get the farthest deliveries and make enough money to pay bills or buy food. I'm looking for another job." You pull a fork out and hand it to Sun "But I haven't found anything yet."

Sun waits for you to take a bite before taking one himself "I can help you with that. Do you have any more wishes?"

You shake your head and swallow "No. Not tonight. I don't have a spare bedroom... but the couch is a pullout. Or you can share the bed with me."

"The couch!" Sun shouts. "I'll take the couch," Sun says a little more calmly.

You smile "Sure! I'll get you blankets to sleep in later. How about we take this to the table and talk more."

Sun nods and follows behind you "Alright."

You sit down and put the cake between the two of you "How long have you been a genie?"

Sun laughs "My whole life!" He takes a few gasping breaths as he calms down a little "It's been five hundred years."

You take a bite of cake "So you said I get unlimited wishes. How long are you with me?"

Sun stares at the cake "Until you die or wish me away."

You smile around your fork "Well. Then you are stuck with me until I die then."

"That's what they all say." Sun stares at the cake bitterly "Then I'm either never let out again or, if I'm lucky, I get wished away."

There are so many unsaid things in that sentence. You jump out of your chair and jog to Sun. You pull him from his chair and wrap your arms around him. Sun doesn't hug you back right away. It takes a moment.

You rub his back "I don't know what happened to you." You gently rock the 7ft genie back and forth "But I'm here for you."

Sun wraps his long arms around you and drops to the floor shaking slightly. Neither of you says anything. You just let him hold onto you. When it's time for bed Sun carries you to your room. He tucks you in quietly and leaves to lock the house up. To your surprise, he comes back and climbs into bed with you. He pulls you into him and the two of you fall asleep.

Chapter 381: This is a not chapter that will be deleted soon

Chapter Text

I have writer's block. =/ so for my birthday at the end of the month, I'm writing something for myself. Reader witnesses Don Jupiter doing a heinous crime. Reader is put under the protection of Detective Sun. Detective Sun takes them to a remote safe house to await the trial. Jupiter gets the death penalty and dies. Smut happens somewhere in there between Sun and Reader.

Chapter 382: Witness Protection pt1

Chapter Text

You looked at your phone. Then back up at the building. Was this really the building you were guarding tonight? It looked a little more derelict than you had expected. Especially for a storage warehouse. You had the key to the building so if this was the wrong building you would know. The key easily fit and unlocked the side door. You quietly headed inside.

It hasn't happened many times. But you have found a squatter in a building you were guarding. You stretched an arm over your head as you walked to the security room. A smacking sound stopped your movements. Slowly you tiptoed around a stack of boxes. You almost scream at the sight before you. The most notorious mafia don is standing beside a group of men. In front of them is a group of tied-up men.

Don Jupiter set the young lady in his arms down "Who is going to talk first? I know all of you know so tell me."

The group of men is quiet. You take your phone out and record what you are seeing.

Don Jupiter picks up a portly man in a grey business suit "Fine! We do this the fun way!"

The tips of his fingers become claws. He runs his pointer finger down the man's leg tearing his pants. Carefully he makes two cuts. The man screams and shakes his head He'd talk but Don Jupiter has his hand around the man's throat. He pulls out a pinkish strand of something and squeezes it. The man writhes even more.

Don Jupiter tears the thing out and tosses it at the other men "This is the sciatic nerve. Tell me what I want or I tear this out for all of you."

One of the men frowns "Don't tell him shit! Fuck this asshole!"

Don Jupiter storms up to the guy and kicks him over with the screaming man in his hands. He stomps down as hard as he can onto his groin. The man's groin explodes in a splatter of blood. Don Jupiter laughs so hard he crushes the writhing man's throat linking him. The man with the crushed pelvis screams.

Don Jupiter frowns "Well that was no fun." He drops the man "Any talkers?"

The woman stares in your direction "HEY!? WHO THE FUCK IS THAT?!"

You turn and run from the building. You do not want to wind up in the hands of that fuck. You jump into your car and drive off as quickly as possible. Terror fills your mind as you weave through the sparse traffic. You are absolutely being followed. You can see a car a few feet behind you keeping pace. You make a series of turns trying to lose the car. You jump from your moving car outside the police station. It rolls to a stop in the middle of the street.

You sprint faster than you thought possible into the police station. The two workers at the front stare at you. You run behind the desk and shake like a leaf. You hear the sound of gunfire and your poor car exploding. The two officers call some code out. You wipe tears from your face and curl in on yourself. That could have been you!

"Where are they?" A stern voice asks.

The officer scoots back in their chair "Down here. Shakin' like a leaf."

Long slender legs with black shoes and brown pants walk up to you. The person crouches down to look at you. They have on dark brown suspenders and a long sleeve button-down white shirt with the sleeves rolled up. They are an animatronic themed after the sun with rays around their head.

They hold their hand out to you "Hi, I'm Detective Sun. Why don't you come with me and tell me what happened?"

You hesitate before holding a shakey hand out. Detective Sun pulls you out from under the desk and looks you over for injuries. When his hand gets close to your phone you pull it to your chest.

Sun holds his hands up "Hey now. I'm not going to take your phone. I just wanted to make sure you aren't hurt."

You nod and let him finish looking you over. You want to say something but you're too scared to open your mouth. Sun leads you to an interrogation room telling someone to bring a cup of coffee along the way. The two of you sit across from each other quietly for a moment.

Sun takes the coffee from an officer and sets it down in front of you "What happened? It must have been something bad for your car to get shot at."

You can't find the words. Slowly you turn your phone on and queue up the video. You slide the phone across the table and wipe tears out of your eyes. Sun looks at you and passes you a tissue. He picks your phone up and plays the video.

When it's finished he looks shocked "Hole shit!" He e-mails a copy of the video to his personal E-mail "Stay here! I'll be right back!"

You jump in your chair "WAIT! What if he comes for me?! I-I don't want to die!"

Sun eyes you and opens the door "SOMEONE GET ME THE CHIEF! NOW!!" He walks over and puts a hand on your shoulder "It's alright. I'm here. You're safe."

A tall woman build like an Amazonian enters the room "What do you have? It must be good if you couldn't come get me yourself."

Sun walks over and plays the video for her. You cover your ears a cry quietly.

The woman's eyes go wide "Christ! We need to get a copy of this for evidence! I'll alert the District Attorney. This is big!" She pulls her cell phone out and makes a call "Harvey! Big news! We finally got that bastard Jupiter!" She pauses "An eye witness AND video evidence!" Another pause "I'm leaving them with Sun." A pause "Yes! Right away! I'll send a copy over! It's pretty graphic. Name? Hold on." She looks at you "Hey, what's your name?"

You take a small sip of the coffee and make a disgusted face "Bleh! Yin. I'm Yin Lastalang."

She smiles "Yin Lastalang!" She hangs the phone up "Take them to the safehouse on Concord Avenue. Someone will go to their place and pick up some clothes for them. Do you live with anyone?"

You shake your head "I live alone."

She nods "Alright, Give me your address and I'll send someone to get you some clothes."

You write your address down. Things are moving so fast. One moment you are writing and the next you are in a car with Detective Sun driving down the street in the middle of the night. Sun stops at a gas station to top his car off.

He holds his hand out "Give me your phone."

You hand it over.

He pulls the SIM card out and puts it in the glovebox "Don't want to be tracked."

You nod as the gas shuts off. Sun finishes the transaction and gets back into the car. He continues to drive to Concord before passing it.

You look at the street sign as you two pass it "Wait! Aren't we supposed to go there?"

Sun grunts "I'm taking you to my personal safe house. I don't trust Concord. Moon and I. Moon's my partner. We think there is a rat in the precinct. All the evidence we gather against Jupiter goes missing or has something happen to it."

You shiver "So if we stayed at Concord... I'd be dead?"

Sun nods grimly "Yeah. You'll be safe though. I have some food at the safe house. Moon is on vacation with his boyfriend. I'll have him bring some supplies over. He's the only one who knows where the safe house is. I trust him with my life. We used to be in the same body long ago."

You nod as the city becomes the countryside. Tall buildings become tall stalks of corn and other crops. It's about two in the morning. Every car you pass on the road has you shaking. You aren't getting any sleep tonight.

Chapter 383: Witness Protection pt2

Chapter Text

Sun pulls down a pothole-ridden dirt road. You two drive for another two hours before he turns left. The sign above the road reads 'Loco Hill'. An old farmhouse comes into view. It reminds you of Courage The Cowardly Dog. An old windmill sits nearby. To the right of the house is an old red barn. The farmhouse is a light-colored wood. Sun hops out of the car and looks around.

"Stay here." He pulls his gun out "I'm going to go make sure it's safe. You hide in the back."

You climb over the seat and into the back. You hide as best as you can and wait for Sun to come back. It's a tense few minutes. You don't hear any gunfire but that doesn't mean something bad isn't going on.

"IT'S SAFE!" Sun shouts as he walks back to the car.

You slowly sit up in the car. Sun opens the door for you. He closes it behind you when you get out. In front of you is a field of corn.

Sun points to the corn "It's easier to hide in corn. Harder to spot someone if you know what you're doing."

The place looks kinda creepy in the dark. You follow Sun into the farmhouse. There is a rocking chair and a couch. The couch is white with yellow roses on it. An old TV with a V-shaped antenna sits on an old stand against a wall. Beneath it is a VHS and a DVD player. On either side of the TV are stacks of movies neatly arranged on narrow bookshelves. An old Felix The Cat clock hangs on a wall flanked by two pictures of cows.

The floor creaks under your foot as you walk "Do you own this place?"

Sun locks the door "Yeah. Moon and I bought it through an LLC."

You fiddle with your hands as Sun makes sure he locked all the windows and closes the curtains "Um... So what happens now?"

Sun leads you to the kitchen to make sure it's all locked up "We wait here until it's time for the trial. With the Evidence we have, we won't need a pre-trial. I personally bring you to the courthouse and back here each day. Once the trial is over we part ways. You try to live your life as best as you can." He leads you to a dining room with one window "What do you do for a living?"

You smile softly "I'm a night guard. I work for a company that sends me where they need me. It's why I was at the warehouse tonight. I was sent there to guard it for the night. I like the solitude."

Sun nods as you two move on to the second floor "I get it. I'm not much of a people person either. Do you always work the night shift?"

You shake your head "I work whatever shift is needed. Although nights are the easiest. Well, usually anyway." You laugh dryly "Hope your spouse understands you not coming home tonight."

Sun smirks "I'm not married. No romantic partner either. What about you? You said you live alone?"

You follow Sun into a bedroom "Yeah. Alone. Used to have a roommate but he was a slob. No romantic partner either."

Sun turns "We are sharing a bed. No complaining."

You sigh in relief "Thank god! I was going to ask you to sleep with me tonight!"

Sun smirks and raises a brow "Wow. Didn't take you for the type. I don't usually sleep with witnesses I'm trying to protect..." You can tell he's clearly joking from his tone "But I could make an exception for you."

"How long will I be here for?" You ask quietly.

Sun leads you into the last room "WE will be here for more than a week. Hard to say exactly how long though." Sun locks the windows and closes the curtains "You should get some sleep if you can."

You sit down on the bed and take your shoes off "What about you?"

Sun checks his gun "I'm going to call Moon. He won't be happy about a call so late but I think he'll understand."

You nod "Is it alright if I take my pants off?"

Sun nods "Go ahead."

You take your pants off. Sun makes his call to Moon. He sounds irate. Then as Sun begins to explain the night's events, he gets excited. You lie down in bed after inspecting the layers of the sheets for bugs, snakes, or anything else you don't want in bed with you. Sun lays on top of the covers as he talks to Moon. He rattles off a list of things for the two of you.

You cuddle down into the bed. Sun quietly whisper yells something to Moon with a huff. Moon says something. Sun blushes and promptly hangs up.

Sun begins to take his gun holster off "Moon will be by in three days with food and clothes."

Sun turns the lights off. You can hear the shuffle of fabric. Sun crawls into bed and stuffs his gun under his pillow.

Sun pulls the covers over himself tucking the two of you in. He rolls to face away from you. You aren't bothered though. You think about his words from earlier as you fall asleep. It may have been a joke but you can't help but wonder. Could he make an exception for you? It's a nicer thought than a mob boss coming to kill you.

Chapter 384: Witness Protection pt3

Chapter Text

It's early. The sun has yet to rise. The light just barely glowing over the horizon. You wake with a start breathing hard. Your dreams were filled with Don Jupiter. He tore your tongue out. He peeled your skin off one layer at a time. He drowned you in a tub. And he sucked the breath from your lungs.

You let out a scream that threatens to tear your throat. Sun shoots up pointing his gun around the room. When he sees nothing wrong he puts the gun away. You shake as you look around the room.

Sun pulls you into his chest "Hey! Hey. You're alright. It was just a dream. I have you."

You cling to him "It felt so real."

Sun rubs your back and gently lays the two of you down "I'll keep you safe."

It feels nice to lay on his chest. He's warm and just the right size for hugging. Sun wraps his long arms around you. You feel safe in his arms. He's so much larger and stronger than you. It's enthralling. You fall back asleep to Sun rubbing your back. Unbothered when Sun's fingertips brush against the hem of your underwear.

The next morning you are woken up at eight by yelling.

"You should know why we didn't go to Concord!" Sun shouts from downstairs.

You feel exhausted. Like you didn't sleep at all. You fell a little numb. The reality of your situation has set in. You aren't entirely confident in your survival. At any second the house you are in could become Swiss cheese. You push the thought from your mind. You put your pants on and head downstairs.

"No, I won't be doing that," Sun states sternly.

You stretch your arms over your head with a yawn.

Sun eyes you "I didn't wake you, did I?"

You wave your hand "Yeah, but it's whatever. I take it that was your boss?"

Sun nods "Yeah. She's pissed I took you somewhere else and won't tell her where." He leads you to the kitchen and begins to fix a cup of coffee for you "Although, she did say something interesting. Theo, the guy who was supposed to bring you your clothes, was pissed we weren't at the safe house. He was pretty concerned about where you are."

You purse your lips as you dress your coffee just the way you like it "So what kinds of things are there to do around here? I'm just curious."

Sun pulls eggs out of the fridge "I have movies, board games, books, and an old PlayStation. There is no internet or TV service."

You jump as a dinging sound rings throughout the house "What is that?!"

Sun pulls his gun out "Go hide! Don't come out until I say so!"

You run off to look for a hiding spot. The old house has a basement area with a couch, wet bar, and pool table. The couch is a fold-out. You squish your way inside the couch to hide. It works great. Things are quiet. You wait for something to happen but it doesn't. After about forty minutes of nothing Sun calls for you.

"IT'S SAFE!" Sun shouts from the living room.

You climb out of the couch and tiptoe upstairs. It's not that you don't trust Sun but you've seen what Don Jupiter can do.

Sun walks up to you and wraps an arm around you "That noise was a motion detector. It's a device you put around your property. when anyone crosses the invisible beam it sends a signal to a device here at the house and beeps. An animal must have set it off."

You wrap your arms around his waist as best as you can. Although your short stature has your face pressed into his hip.

Sun pet your hair "Let's go get something to eat. Two nice fried eggs and toast."

You nod and move to go to the kitchen. However, Sun picks you up affixing you to his hip with a hand on your lower back. His long fingers resting on your butt. You tell yourself it's so he can hold you up. But you can't help wanting the action to mean more. It also makes you wonder if you want the bot because you truly want him, or because he's your savior. You'll need to think about it before deciding what to do.

Sun puts you down on the kitchen counter "How do you like your eggs cooked?"

You tell Sun how you like it "What kind of things do you like to do in your free time?"

Sun looks over in the direction of the living room "I like to play crime games and detective games. Max Payne on the PlayStation 2 is the game that got me into my line of work."

You nod "I've never played the game but I hear it is really good."

Sun waves a spatula at you excitedly "I still have it. You could come over sometime to play it!"

You give the bot a playfully smug look "Oh~ Are you asking me on a date de-tec-tive?"

Sun leans closer to you "Well, you were the one asking to fuck me last night."

You lean a little closer too "As I recall I wanted to sleep with you. You were the one insinuating sex."

Sun flips the eggs "In the cabinet behind you are plates. Mind pulling two down?"

You set two plates down on the counter "So, were you asking me on a date?"

Sun pauses with the spatula and pan in his hand "Yeah, I was. After the trial."

You hop off the counter "Then I look forward to it. After the trial."

Chapter 385: Sun's Desire

Chapter Text

Sun loved how tight you were. The drag of his cock through your warm body was divine. Your needy hole held him tightly and pulled him deeper inside of you. His long arms wrapped around your smaller frame. Sun loved how soft you felt compared to him. Your soft flesh filled his hands perfectly. You were so warm. Both inside and out. Sun loved how difficult it was to pull out of you to thrust into you.

The squelching sound the two of you made was almost as good as your moans. However, there was one sound that was better than both of those combined. It made his mind run wild when you cried out for him. Begged for him to keep making love to you. If he could hear that sound more, Sun would make love to you until his battery ran out and he shut down.

Sun cursed the surge of electricity that ran through his frame with every thrust he gave you. Each time he hit the deepest part of you the surge caused something in him to malfunction. For a brief moment, his audio receptors or eyes would cut out. It was torture for him not to see you or hear you. Absolutely maddening to him. He wanted to fuck you faster but he also feared losing his sight or hearing forever.

He ran his hands along your supple sides pulling you further onto his cock. Your kisses seared and burned him. White hot fire with every tender kiss to him. Your sweet praises pulled him further into his desire to please you. He was under your control and he willingly gave himself to you. Every atom of him was yours and he wanted you to have him.

He could feel every movement you made. Every time your needy hole tried to hold him. And even your heartbeat. You were alive and it made him so so happy. Sun almost felt delirious with how happy he felt. Delerium spurred his movements. He was close, he could feel it. You were close too. Sun needed you to cum. It was by far more important than his own end.

Faster and faster he thrust up into you. He touched all the spots on your body to help you along. He thrust into you just the way you liked. Everything was for you. And in the end, it was for him too. Your orgasm was Sun's ultimate goal, want, and need. Finally, you gave him the thing he wanted most. You called his name loudly. Crying out how much you needed him. Only when you finally finished your orgasm did he allow himself to cum and fill you up. Sun held you close as the two of you recovered. You were his everything and Sun was very very happy to make sure you knew that.

Chapter 386: Moon's Desires

Chapter Text

Moon ran about the plex. He was trying to finish his duties as quickly as possible. He knew what was coming next and he wanted it. More than that he needed it. The stress relief that came with what was waiting for him was a necessity. He could almost feel it. See it in his mind.

And then he saw them. A group of intruders. Moon huffed in annoyance. This would take time. Time away from his unwinding. He chased the teens as quickly as possible. He caught a young lady who cried on the spot when he grabbed her. A message came through to him as he escorted the young lady to the security office to tie her up.

"Moonpie, are you almost done? I miss you." You sent him.

You missed him. You. Missed. Him. It was a fight not to throw the young lady to the floor. When she was dealt with he took off for the other three teens. This time he took zip ties with him to tie them up. As he ran your image filled his mind. How soft your hair was. The glow of joy that usually graced your face. Your soft lips calling out to him. The birdsong of your voice.

Moon tackled a young male. The male cussed him out. Declarations of their right to see what FazCo was hiding echoed through the halls. The teen was tied quickly and carted off to the main security office. And then you sent another message that turned his run into a frenzied sprint.

"Moonpie, I don't know what's going on on your end. But." And then you sent a picture of your flushed face "Thinking about you has riled me up. I would love to cockwarm you while I clean you."

Moon let out an uncontrollable and inhuman shriek. His mind filled with thoughts of stuffing you full. He whipped past Freddy who was escorting a young lady to security. One teen left. They stood no chance against the fury of the naptime attendant. Especially with the incentive he had to get to you. The night was young and he was ready to be with you.

The one thing Moon looked forward to the most was you. Every evening after work, Moon would return to the daycare where you were waiting for him. You always had the warmest smile. A rarity for the attendant. The two of you had a routine. You would clean him gently. Soft touches and warm words. If Moon had a tail it would wag every time.

Moon turned a corner to see the teen creeping around. Moon resisted every urge to throw the teen into a wall. He still tackled the little shit though for ruining his night with you. All Moon wanted to do was feel your arms wrap around him. You made it abundantly clear you LOVED holding him. When the two of you sleep, you were the big spoon. When you walked around with him, you held his hand.

The teen spat vitriol at Moon and struggled in his arms. Moon threw the teen at the other three and left. The nightguard will deal with them. The sprint to the daycare took longer than Moon liked. As he pushed the door open he saw the most beautiful thing he could ever want.

You stood in front of the Slide Into Fun. Your face flush and your eyes blown with arousal. You opened your arms wide to him with a bright smile. A well pleased hum left you as you wrapped your arms around Moon. Moon finally felt relaxed and happy.

Chapter 387: Paradox's Desires

Chapter Text

Paradox was elated every time he got to spend time with you. He loved the melodic sound of your voice when you excitedly told him something. The jiggle of your flesh as you moved about. The way your soft flesh felt against him. The little hum you have with every kiss. It did things to him.

His need for you was a burning inferno. It threatened to consume him and he would let it. You deserved it and he wanted it. You listened to him when he rambled about random things. Sat with him when he was upset. You accepted every aspect of his being. It only made him want you more.

If paradox could take you every single day he would. He would stuff you so full of himself that despite not being able to, he would get you pregnant by sheer force of will. You would never be left wanting for him and his insatiable hunger for you would finally be satiated.

However, things were never that easy. Sometimes your touch was the worst possible thing for him and he hated it. Sometimes your touch was like knives in his brain. Or walking across a wet carpet without shoes. Chalk-covered dusty hands. He hated telling you you could not touch him.

You always tried to hide it from him. But Paradox loved looking at your face. So the subtle frown that would flash across your features was indescribably hard to miss. It broke his heart every time. He despised not being able to satisfy your every need. It made him feel wrong.

However, you were always quick to squash those thoughts. When his aversions to touch left him. Paradox was quick to hold you close. PAradox feared the day those aversions happened during an intimate sensual moment with you. He was, however, assured in the fact that you would squash those thoughts too. And when he could again hold you, He would treat you with the absolute reverence you deserved.

Chapter 388: Eclipse's Desire

Chapter Text

Eclipse loved you very deeply. He also trusted you implicitly. However, that rabbit worried him. The company had brought Bonnie back, not as a glamrock but as a solo act. He stayed in the bowling alley and played old rock. The kind of things you'd hear from The Eagles or Journey. The types of things you listened to.

Eclipse couldn't play music. He didn't have a pleasant southern drawl that drew the ladies in. Eclipse wasn't charming enough to charm the pants off anyone. Bonnie was all of those things and more. He was a charming southern boy used to draw in the older crowd. To everyone Bonnie was perfect. To Eclipse, Bonnie was a dirty spouse stealer.

When everyone hung out together, Bonnie always sat next to you. Eclipse could see how he flirted with you. Everyone knew that Peter Cottontail wannabe had romantic feelings for you. There were times Eclipse wanted to Water Ship Down his ass and bury him in the trash heap forever.

However, Eclipse pushed those feelings aside for you. You liked Bonnie. Not in a romantic way, but as a friend. Your heart belonged to Eclipse. Forever and always. But that didn't stop the intrusive thoughts and doubts from clouding his mind.

Eclipse sat in the daycare. A new Bonnie plushie tied to the play structure. Eclipse was throwing pens into its plush body and cursing the bastard.

"Clippy! Bambino!" You called out to him.

Eclipse tried to hide the doll. However, he tied the damn thing too well.

You turned the corner to see the pen-filled toy "What are you doing?"

Eclipse sighed in defeat. He began to explain his ire toward Bonnie. How he hated that Bonnie could so easily woo you. That the little shit stain openly flirted with you. And how much it irked him that Bonnie was able to talk to anyone so easily.

And then you laughed. At first, it upset him. Then you pulled him into your chest. You pet his cheeks tracing the swirls at the edge of his smile. You told him everything was alright. Explaining that you had just finished talking to that jabberwocky. You didn't like his disrespect for your relationship.

And then you gave Eclipse something that melted his would and solidified his adoration for you. Matching rings with your names on them! He had your name and you had his!! He squealed like a baby and held your legs. His face smushed into your stomach.

You told him you loved him. He made you feel more alive and loved than anyone had before. You said your stomach was butterflies on fire. That the rings were a promise to get married. Eclipse held you close that night. The next day he carried you around as much as possible.

After hours the two of you announced your engagement. Eclipse took pride in your smug attitude when you showed off to Bonnie. Bonnie looked upset. Good. The fluffy douche needed to be put in his place. Eventually the two would become ... not enemies. But until then they were rivals. And you would always be there to reassure Eclipse of your love. Just like he was for you.

Chapter 389: Witness Protection pt4

Chapter Text

After a lovely breakfast with Sun, you sit together in the living room. Sun had fished out all the two-player games he had for the PlayStation 1 and the PlayStation 2 you hadn't seen as it's stored behind the PlayStation 1. You wanted to play a game with him and learn more about the bot. He was eager to learn more about you too.

The two of you decide to play Chocobo Racing. You both agree a violent game is not the way to go. While you set the game up, Sun picks a few other games for you two to play. Kid-friendly things like Digimon World 1, Crash Bandicoot, and Spyro The Dragon. It's hard for you not to gawk at Sun when he bends over in those tight little pants of his.

He must know you're looking at him rifling through a stack of games on the lower two shelves on the right side. His legs go straight and he drops to his elbows in the jacko pose. You don't question it. You just enjoy the show. His ass gently sways left and right. You want to touch it. He might be baiting you but you aren't going to fall for it.

He sits down close to you on the couch and picks up his controller "What kind of games do you like to play?"

You pick your racer and start the race "Horror. Silent Hill is my favorite! I still have a hard copy of Silent Hill 1, 3, and 4!" You pass Sun on the track "Oh! I also love Tomb Raider! It was one of the first video games I played with my dad.

Sun huffs "That's a good one. I have it on the X-box."

You furrow your brow "Sorry, I was talking about the ps1 version."

"Oh!" Sun says "I haven't played it."

You nudge Sun gently "Criminal! It's fantastic!"

At around four you start to get a little antsy. You aren't used to having so much free time. You always have something to do throughout the day. A load of dishes, tending to your plants, grocery shopping, or any other number of chores. You like to keep yourself busy. Otherwise, you feel unaccomplished. Like you've achieved nothing and are worth nothing. It's something you're working on but it's hard.

You decide you need something to do "Hey, mind if I raid the kitchen and fix us something to eat for dinner?"

Sun sets his controller down "Yeah, go ahead."

You head for the kitchen while Sun turns the PS2 and TV off. You fish around in the kitchen and find enough stuff to fix a stir fry. While you cut the veggies you decide to flirt with Sun.

"You know, I love a man who's tall and lanky." You blurt as your mind tries to come up with something sexy or flirtatious to say.

Sun straightens his posture "You do?"

You nod "Mhm."

Sun leans on the counter "Wanna know what I look for in a partner?"

You glace over as you add ingredients to the pan "Sure. What do you look for in a partner?"

Sun leans over and kisses your cheek "Me."

You stifle a laugh "Good gravy that was bad."

Sun kisses the corner of your mouth "You still want me though."

You stop stirring and set your wooden spoon down "Your right, I do." You take Sun by the suspenders and pull him down to you "We were fucking tonight."

You pull him into a kiss. You suck his lower lip into your mouth and bite down. Sun groans and pulls your hips flush with his. Lifting you off the ground in the process. Sun whines as he spins you around so you can continue to cook dinner. His hands on your hips, when Sun sets you down, hold the promise of things to come.

Chapter 390: Witness Protection pt5

Chapter Text

When the two of you finish eating you clean the mess. Room by room you follow Sun as he makes sure all the doors and windows are locked and covered. When the last window is locked and covered Sun turns to face you.

You walk up to Sun and take him by the belt loops "Do you have handcuffs, handsome?"

Sun grins showing off his sexy gap "Are you going to cuff me to the bed?"

You hum "That depends. How many cuffs do you have?"

Sun begins to take his shirt off "Four."

You slip your own shirt off "How easily can you break them?"

Sun takes the cuffs from his chest and tosses them to the bed "They're twigs to me. I can easily break them. We'll keep the gun easily in reach and out of sight."

He walks up to you and rubs your cheek "Remember, if anyone comes here. We'll hear them before they get to the house." He gently kisses your forehead "If at any time you feel uncomfortable we can stop. Alright?"

You rub his chest "Be a good boy, Detective, and get on the bed."

Sun blushes enthralled by the chance to let you take charge. His pants come off faster than they ever had before. You look around in the drawers of the room. You grin when you find an old large dark green tie. It's long enough to blindfold a certain detective.

When you turn back around, Sun is naked and has one of his hands cuffed to the bed.

You take your bottoms off "How do you feel about blindfolds?"

Sun licks his lips "Blindfold?"

His orange tentacle cock curls around itself and he closes his eyes "If you don't put that blindfold on me right now, I'll break these cuffs and do it myself."

You walk up to Sun and take his cock in your hand firmly "You aren't in control right now, Sun."

Sun hisses and arches his back "Yes, Mx."

You nod and move to cuff his other hand "Good boy." You tie the tie around his eyes "Do as you are told and I will take good care of you."

You take his cock in your hand and squeeze "Disobey me and there will be consequences. Are you alright with this? The safe word is pepper."

Sun hisses and groans "Please! I want this!"

You test the knot on the tie "Good boy! Using your words."

You circle the bed and eye Sun like a hungry animal. He tilts his head to listen for where you are. You run your hand along the junction between his thigh and his groin. The silicone is firmer than human flesh but still pleasing to the touch. Sun rolls his hips toward your hand. You wait a moment before running your finger along the underside of his cock.

Sun moans lowly. His cock tries to grab your hand. You run your pointer finger over Sun's lower lip. Sun opens his mouth. His tongue wraps around your finger. He pulls the digit into his mouth to suck on it. You thrust your finger into his mouth. You pull your wet finger from his mouth and walk down to his hips.

You look up at the bot "Are you ok with anal?"

Sun nods eagerly "Please! Yes!"

You prod his asshole with your finger. Sun moans loudly. You briefly consider stuffing something in his mouth, but you also like hearing his voice. You rub his asshole in circles as you decide what you want to do to the bot. You actually haven't had this kind of control before.

It's a little overwhelming. You decide to try something a little strange. Your finger easily slips into his asshole. You reach your hand up and touch his hips with a feathery touch. Sun jerks and moans with a little laugh at the end.

Sun spreads his legs a little more. You thrust your finger harder and add another. You trail your hand higher in feathery touches. Sun laughs a little louder and jerks away from the hand tickling him. You pull your hand back and continue to thrust your fingers.

You lean down and lick a slow stripe up his cock from the base to the tip.

Sun whines "More, please."

You remove your fingers from his ass. Sun whines louder. You slowly climb onto the bed. You hike a leg over his hips and sit down on his cock. Sun's cock writhes against your groin. You grind down against him with a moan with your hands on his chest. Sun grinds up to meet your thrusting.

You tickle his sides "Take what I give you."

Sun laughs wildly and jerks. You grind down against him and pin his cock in place with your thighs. You lean forward and Kiss Sun propping yourself up on your forearms. Sun moans into the kiss fighting against the urge to thrust up into you. You take his cock firmly in your hand.

Sun groans as you sit down stuffing it into your needy hole.

You moan loudly "Fuck you feel good!"

Sun kicks his legs to not break the cuffs "Mng! YES!"

You bounce on his cock with your hands on his abdomen for balance. He fills you deliciously.

His cock hist all the right places inside you. When his cock hits a spot that has you almost screaming, Sun makes sure to rub that spot with his cock. You can barely get a full breath of air in. Sun thrusts his hips up to meet yours.

You reach over and try to pry the cuffs off "Off! How do I take these off!?" You blurt between ragged breaths.

Sun snaps the chains in two with the ease of breaking a pencil. His hands shoot out as he sits up. Long arms wrap around you as Sun pulls you into his chest. He continues to thrust up into you. He licks your neck and nibbles your shoulders. You wrap your arms around his neck and tug one of his rays. Sun moans loudly and gropes at your ass.

You throw your head back as you cum hard. A tingling spreads throughout your body and you become a little lightheaded. Sun shoves his face into your chest as he cums with a loud roar. He flops back onto the bed taking you with him. Sun breaks the cuffs around his wrists further and throws them at the light switch. One of them manages to turn the lights off. He tugs the blankets over the two of you and rolls into his side to hold you more comfortably. With a pleased hum, he drifts off to sleep.

Chapter 391: Jupiter's Desires

Summary:

Jupiter has some OCD WARNING! THIS IS JUPITER WE ARE TALKING ABOUT. MENTIONS OF VIOLENCE, MURDER, AND ABUSE.

Chapter Text

Jupiter loved how his partner doted on him. All he had to do was snap his fingers and they would do anything he told them to. He was their whole world. They were his toy of the hour. At least until he got bored. Even then he would keep them. There was no way Jupiter would let someone else have something he owned. Even if he didn't want it anymore.

Jupiter love to feel his partner's heartbeat as he held them by their neck. The way it would speed up in a panic. Right as it started to slow down he would let them go. It made him feel wonderful things to watch the light leave his partner's eyes when he finally got bored.

However, it wasn't often things went that far. Maybe every ten years or so. Control was something Jupiter valued greatly. Any signs of losing it and Jupiter was sent into a rage. Jupiter made sure things were done immaculately. If even one thing was off. Jupiter felt enraged.

Calming Jupiter is not a thing that can be done. Anyone who gets close to the raging former circus performer is likely to die. Any of Jupiter's partners are set pieces. Play things to make him look better. Toys to pass around to all of his pawns. Jupiter has no friends. Friends are useless fucks.

The closest thing to a friend he has is Eclipse. The two were created at the same time by different people and companies. Eclipse wants nothing to do with him. This is not something Jupiter likes. It's just another thing he can't control. He wants to kill Eclipse.

However, their similar backgrounds have Jupiter wanting some form of a relationship with him. He hates it with every atom he has. Another rage-induced fit. Another life lost. Masterpieces ruined and destroyed by a petulant child with no self-control. Every life gone is another break in the rift between Jupiter and Eclipse.

 

 

 

Here is a mood board for the fuck. Someone asked for it on twitter.

Chapter 392: The ABC's of Sex: Paradox

Chapter Text

A. Aftercare (What they’re like after sex)
If the two of you had a quickie. In a closet for example. Paradox will always lick you clean and make sure you look presentable before leaving the closet. If Paradox gets to take his time with you. Then he goes all out on aftercare. Having sex means he’s ok with touch. This mans is running a hot bath and scrubbing every inch of you. You get the fluffiest towel hot from the dryer. Kisses everywhere he can. Everywhere. Then he tucks you into bed and curls himself around you protectively. Hold him. Please and thank you.

B. Body part (Their favorite body part of theirs and also their partner’s)
Paradox really likes his hands. All six of them. The number of things he can get done with them is exciting for him. He loves your hips. Fat hips, skinny hips, scars, marks, whatever. He fucking loves them. If you let him, he would bite them.

C. Cum (Anything to do with cum basically, where do they like to finish etc)
Paradox has a lot of cum. His average orgasm is roughly 15-20ML or .5oz. He likes to cum inside you the most. Although if you’d prefer elsewhere then he’ll do it for you sometimes. He loves to eat your cum. It’s like a delicacy to him.

D. Dirty Secret (Pretty self-explanatory, a dirty secret of theirs)
When the two of you have a quickie. Paradox gets off on stealing your underwear after you’ve worn them all day. He loves to smell them and sometimes even masturbates with them.

E. Experience (How experienced are they? Do they know what they’re doing?)
Paradox does have some experience. He’s watched porn and even had a few one-night stands. This is his first long-term relationship. However, his experiences are very vanilla. He really wants to try more things with you.

F. Favorite Position (This goes without saying.)
Paradox ADORES cowgirl. He loves watching his cock disappear inside of you. He likes that you are his human fleshlight. Although he does feel bad about that thought. He thinks it’s demeaning to you.

G. Goofy (Are they more serious in the moment, or are they humorous, etc)
Paradox is more on the goofy side. He knows that at any moment his brain can decide touch is bad. So, he wants to make sure you are having a great time. There is time for seriousness and time for fun. Seriousness does not belong in the bedroom.

H. Hair (How well groomed are they, does the carpet match the drapes, etc.)
Dox has no hair. So, let’s talk about you. He does not care if you shave or dye your hair. As long as it doesn’t impede his desire to consume your crotch. As he likes to put it.

I. Intimacy (How are they during the moment, romantic aspect…)
Paradox treats each time with you with reverence. He fears not being able to do it again, so he makes each time special. Each time is memorable and special.

J. Jack Off (Masturbation headcanon)
Before you, he masturbated a lot. His high libido has him always seeking you out. If you are not in the mood, then he’ll take care of himself. Bonus points if you are in the same room because he likes looking at you.

K. Kink (One or more of their kinks)
Oral fixation! Oral fixation! Oral fixation! He also has a cum eating kink, scent kink, and a size difference kink.

L. Location (Favourite places to do the do)
It would be easier to talk about where he wouldn’t. This man will take you anywhere.

M. Motivation (What turns them on, gets them going)
Listen to him and share a fact of your own. Short shorts. Clothes that are too big for you. Asking him to fuck you. Just finished fucking you.

N. NO (Something they wouldn’t do, turn-offs)
This man would try everything once. However, if his body says no touching. Then no touching. Also, no threesomes. He hates the thought of sharing you.

O. Oral (Preference in giving or receiving, skill, etc)
Let him consume you! He must have you! He must taste you! He is thirsty and hungry. You are the only thing that will satiate his thirst.

P. Pace (Are they fast and rough? Slow and sensual? etc.)
His pace varies depending on how much time he has with you.

Q. Quickie (Their opinions on quickies rather than proper sex, how often, etc.)
He is always down for a quickie. Unless autism says no. Otherwise, he would love to strap you to himself and never pull out again. Even if that’s not possible.

R. Risk (Are they game to experiment, do they take risks, etc.)
He is willing to try anything at least once.

S. Stamina (How many rounds can they go for, how long do they last…)
This man has so much stamina. He can last all night. However, he limits himself to what you can handle.

T. Toy (Do they own toys? Do they use them? On a partner or themselves?)
He prefers not to use toys. His cock must be inside or on you.

U. Unfair (how much they like to tease)
He does teas somewhat. However, that doesn’t last long before he pulls you into a nearby space to fuck you.

V. Volume (How loud they are, what sounds they make)
Depending on where he is his volume will change. Out in the woods? He’s screaming and moaning so loudly he scares nearby birds away.

W. Wild Card (Get a random headcanon for the character of your choice).
Paradox hates the thought of someone else getting to fuck you like this. He’s not into sharing.

X. X-Ray (Let’s see what’s going on in those pants, picture or words)
You call his cock a sea anemone or your flower. He likes it.

Y. “You”. (Their favorite thing (not necessarily body part) about their partner).
Paradox loves your patience with him. He knows his aversions to touch are hard on you. So every moment you are touching is paradise.

Z. ZZZ (… how quickly they fall asleep afterward)
Paradox likes to watch you sleep for a few minutes. Your blissed-out face while you sleep is magnificent.

Chapter 393: Sleeping With The Fishes pt20

Chapter Text

You woke up the following morning wrapped up in Sun and Moon. Moon held you with your head under his chin. Sun was in front of you with his head tucked under your chin. Apparently, the two were awake because when you yawned, Sun chirped. You kissed the top of his head and yawned again. The metal collar around your neck feels so comfortable you almost forgot you were wearing it.

You snicker "I hope the king likes your notes on human anatomy." You bite your lip "Do you think we should take more notes?"

Sun chuckles "The fun part will be explaining to the king how we were able to draw the pictures."

Moon kisses the top of your head "King Freddy is good at telling when someone is lying."

"So I have to ask." You start. "What happens after I learn about your world?"

Moon holds you tighter "We two go to the surface with you. That collar you have on works both ways. Bonnie the sea witch is looking for a way to let us move around on dry land."

Your mind flashes to your Mer-partners riding around on segways. Or driving beside you in kids' electric toy cars. You could have motorized fish tanks built. But stairs!

Sun nibbles your neck "We thought about legs but we don't actually know how to do that."

You moan lowly "Fuck, Sun. That feels good."

Sun chirps excitedly "Really?!" He chirps again "You are so receptive to our advances!"

Moon lets you go "We should get you some food."

Sun picks you up "You are probably really hungry after last night!"

You snuggle against Sun "Yeah. Last night was great! I really enjoyed the two of you."

Sun takes you to your room and gets some clothes for you "Oh! I'm glad, guppy! I really had a lot of fun with you too!" Sun nuzzles your face "I'm really glad we got to share that special moment with you."

You let Sun help you get dressed "I really do like you two. Romantically."

"SUN! KING FREDDY IS HERE!" Moon shouts from downstairs.

Sun looks your bite-mark-ridden body over "Shit."

You smile "Let me handle this."

Sun nods and takes you downstairs. King Freddy is sitting on Moon's couch. You can see guards at every window. They are probably at the doors too. A tray of pastries or whatever sits on the coffee table along with hot tea.

King Freddy beams as he sees you "YIN! I am glad to see you are doing..." He eyes the bite marks "What happened? Who hurt you?"

You smile softly "I am in a relationship with Sun and Moon. We're dating."

Freddy looks confused "Dating?"

You nod "Yes. To be frank with you. The three of us took EXTENSIVE notes on human anatomy."

Moon's head whips toward you "Guppy!"

Freddy pauses contemplating your words "So those are from..." He lets his words trail off as he points to Sun.

Sun covers his face in his hands and groans followed by a chirp.

You nod "Yes."

Freddy looks between the three of you "I see. You know Sun and Moon. When I asked you to head this project I did not intend for you to fall in love."

Moon looks ashamed "We didn't either."

Sun bites his lip "Are we off the project?"

Freddy shakes his head "Of course not! I was just not expecting this outcome."

You chuckle "Neither was I!" You take Sun and Moon's hands "But I'm not complaining."

Moon squeezes your hand "What brought you here?"

Freddy smiles brightly "I wanted to see how things were going and pick up your notes in person. I am happy to see they are going so well." Freddy turns to Moon "How is teaching them about our people going?"

Moon sits up a little more "Well actually! We took them to the history museum!"

Sun brushes his hand over his cranial fin "We thought them about some of our foods and drink."

You squeeze both of their hands "I also learned about courtship!"

Moon shoots up to what you would call a standing position "I"LL GO GET OUR NOTES!"

Sun sits awkwardly beside you. You are screaming on the inside and calm on the outside. You feel like a teen whose parent just discovered them half naked in bed with their partner. Freddy looks a little uncomfortable every time he looks at your neck. You scoot closer to Sun and hide his bite marks by draping his arm over your shoulder. Moon returns with the notes and passes them to Freddy.

Freddy quickly flips through the pages "There is a lot of information here." He stops at a page "Humans have that? So you are mammals! I should be able to understand this. If I have any questions I will send a letter." He rises to leave "I look forward to seeing you again. I'll give more warning next time so you can..." He clears his throat "Prepare."

Moon croaks in embarrassment "Thank you, Freddy. It was good to see you. Safe travels."

Freddy swims away as quickly as possible. You don't blame the monarch. You did admit to sleeping with the fishes so to speak. At least he's alright with your relationship.

Chapter 394: Backrooms not a chapter

Chapter Text

Yo! I'm doing a fun thing. Reader is in a polyamorous relationship with Eclipse and Moon. They go to the backrooms. That's the basic plot. If there is a level you would like to see let me know. I already have the following
1. Hills with houses
2. The party rooms
3. The pool rooms
4. The endless mall
5. The endless greenhouse
6. A massive play structure.

7. a destroyed city
8. Hospital maze
9. Darkened Suburbs

I want at least ten of them but more is no issue. Each chapter will feature one level each.

Chapter 395: Coffee And Cake pt6

Chapter Text

The car ride home was quiet. You felt utterly exhausted and terrified to sleep. You were now acutely aware of a pain in your chest. Dull but growing worse. It felt like someone was pulling on some hidden part you could not touch like a tugging at the back of your mind. You felt wet but dry, cold but warm, and scared. It didn't matter what you were listening to. The distant sound of incomprehensible whispers from two different people was everywhere.

Moon sat in the back of the car with you and draped an arm over your shoulder. It was a small comfort but not enough to distract you from your fears and concerns. The reality of your situation was weighing heavy on you. Now that you knew Moon reciprocated a desire to be in a relationship with you. You were not going to die without getting another date out of the man. Assuming sharing a coffee and cake was a date to him.

"Moon?" You asked quietly.

Moon turned to you "Yes? Are you alright?"

"Would you like to go out on a date with me?" You ask with a smile.

Moon blushes as Sun pulls into the driveway. Sun leaves the car opting not to tease you.

Moon fiddles with his shirt "I'd love to. But..." He sighs "I don't think Paradox will let us leave the house with your current... predicament."

You lean your head on his shoulder "We could go on a date in your room. Or the backyard."

Moon helps you out of the car "We could watch the stars. I could make us... right. You don't eat."

You hold his hand as you walk to the door "That doesn't mean we can't have a good time."

When you open the door Paradox is waiting "Anything new?"

You shake your head "I can hear faint whispering. No clue what they are saying. I feel hot and cold and wet and dry." You sigh "Whatever is going on I'm sure it's not good."

Paradox nods with a frown "I see. I do hope you understand why I can't let you leave the house. Except for work of course."

You nod and offer a smile "I do. I'm sorry to have dragged you all into this."

Paradox puts a hand on your shoulder "You didn't drag us into this any more than you dragged yourself." He turns to leave glancing over his shoulder at Moon "No one is cooking tonight. You can find something to eat I'm sure."

Moon takes your hand and leads you to his room "I have the perfect blanket for a picnic in the backyard." Moon excitedly rummages around in his closet "I even know exactly where to put it!"

His enthusiasm is infectious and you find yourself getting excited "Perfect!"

However, you can't help but wonder if this is a little rushed for the two of you. You met last night and are already going on a date. Sure the two of you hit it off well. And Moon is your favorite. In fact, you are quite happy with how things are going with Moon. Hopefully, you will make it out of this situation alive.

Moon walks out with a blanket with blue roses on it "Found it!"

The two of you head for the kitchen so he can make a sandwich. Moon pulls sandwich stuff out of the fridge. The two of you chat about your respective interests while he works on his dinner. You even manage to get a terrible joke in. Moon groans at how terrible the joke is.

You carry the blanket while Moon carries his food and two drinks. The light pollution from the city means you don't see as many stars as you want. But sitting with Moon in the cool night air makes up for that at least tenfold.

Moon sets the empty plate down "I'm really enjoying my time with you."

You smile "Me too. I'm glad I got to meet you. Even if I literally dropped out of the sky and into your lap."

Moon chuckles "Yeah. That was quite a surprise."

Moon scoots to lie down and pats the spot beside him "Come here."

Eagerly you scramble to his side "Allways!" You wiggle into a comfortable position "Perfect."

Moon hums "Yeah, I like the stars too."

You chuckle "No, you. You are perfect."

Moon blushes "Me?"

You nod and kiss his cheek. Moon covers his face and lets out a puff of steam from his collar. You snicker and lie back down. The tugging gets worse. The dull ache in your chest gets more painful. You gasp loudly and fight back a scream. Your mouth hangs open and you make a strangled cry.

Moon shoots up "YIN?!" He turns to the house "PARADOX!"

What was once whispering is now a fully understandable conversation "Working? Good! How much longer?"

Moon picks you up and runs inside "PARADOX!"

A male voice speaks "A few minutes. I have them!"

A female responds "Good. You really fucked this up!"

You can't breathe. Your head feels like it's splitting in two. Moon puts you down on the dining room table. Paradox turns the stove off and follows close behind. Sun leaps down the stairs followed by Eclipse.

Paradox looks at Moon with wide eyes "What's going on?!"

A male voice speaks "Look, let's just get this taken care of quickly. OK?"

Moon shakes slightly "We were stargazing! Then they stopped breathing and the whispers came back!"

A bright flash of lightning shoots from your chest. You scream hoarsely. The lack of air keeps the scream from getting too loud. The flash is blinding. When it comes back there are two people standing in the dining room. They have robes on. The woman has a red robe and the man has a grey one.

The woman looks at you "You fucked this worse than I thought!" She slaps the man "You idiot!"

The man rubs his cheek "Hey! At least I'm fixing it! I didn't know this would happen!"

You can feel it. You are so close to death. But at the same time alive. The sounds of storms are loud. Too loud in fact. You can barely hear the conversation around you. You can't feel most of your body. Moon is holding your hand but you can't feel it.

Chapter 396: Noclip Nofun pt6: Toxic Flowers

Chapter Text

The room you are in is brightly lit with sunshine. Daisies grow in neat rows in what can only be described as a greenhouse. The left side of the room has a door and so does the right. In front of you, the windows have golden sunshine shining through them. It's pleasantly warm and humid. Insects buzz about but you aren't sure where they come from or where they go.

The door you came through is gone. However, a new door is in its place. Despite your best efforts, you can't open the door. Even Eclipse can't open the door. Time for the three of you to make another decision. At this point, it doesn't matter what you pick. This place has proven that you can be teleported at any time and sent anywhere.

Moon takes your hand "Let's hold hands. I feel safer that way."

You take Eclipse by the hand "Agreed. So, left or right?"

Eclipse sighs "Let's go right."

Moon leads your group to the right. The doorways are short so the two of them have to duck down low. The room you enter is brightly lit by the Sun. Azalea bushes line walkways. The faceless parents from that horrid play structure are here watering plants.

You squeak in surprise "Fuck!"

Moon shudders "They seem to be ignoring us...."

Eclipse grimaces "Let's just ignore them."

A faceless woman waves as you pass by her. You smile back biting back the discomfort you feel at her smooth features. At least they aren't naked. You pass through three more rooms. One with poppies, one with roses, and one with wheat. The faceless people tend to the plants in each room. You don't know where they come from or where they got the water.

As you move through the room of wheat, a man enters through the other door in the room. Your group stares at him in surprise.

He smiles brightly and opens his arms "Welcome! Isaac will be so happy to meet you!" He walks up to Moon "Please! Come with me! We have a settlement. You'll be safe with us. We have food and water. We can even give you clothes."

Moon pulls you behind him unsure of this strange new man. The three of you have seen a lot of crazy shit and you aren't keen on getting killed.

The man leans to the left to look at you "I don't know what floor you got those robot guards on, but they are more than welcome to come with you."

You frown "They are my boy- husbands." You look fondly at your ring "They are my husbands."

Eclipse nods with a squeak "Husbands! OH, METEOR!"

The man looks taken back "Husbands?"

Moon nods "Husbands. Eclipse and I are animatronics."

The man nods "Great! Well, follow me! I'll take you to Isaac!"

You glance between Moon and Eclipse. Moon glances between the man and you. His firm grip tells you not to let him go. Eclipse points to himself and Moon nods. Eclipse picks you up and the three of you follow the man. He leads you through room after room. Each one has more and more food types. Each food item takes up a single room. a room of peaches. A room of strawberries. A room of corn and so on. Finally, you reach a large room with tents and people.

The man leads you through two more rooms of tents and up to a room that looks like a house "This is where Isaac is!"

The room is full of people. You aren't sure what to make of it. The men, women, and children stare at you as you pass. You lean into Eclipse. Something about the way they all smile at you is weird.

"Welcome!" A deep voice draws your attention.

It's a man with silver hair. He has on a green top with red pants and brown shoes. His arms are spread wide as he smiles at you. Eclipse holds you tighter. Moon moves in front of Eclipse.

Isaac waves an arm "You can call off your robot dogs. You are perfectly safe here."

You eye him warily "They are my husbands."

"Your husbands?" Isaac says with a hint of annoyance."

You nod "Yes! My perfect and wonderful husbands."

Eclipse kisses your cheek "We've been together for six years."

Isaac nods tersely "I see." He pauses for a moment "Well. We are happy you are joining us."

Moon rotates his head upside down "We never agreed to live here."

Isaac purses his lips "You can at least stay the night."

Moon turns and leans in to whisper "What do you think?"

You shudder "I don't trust this man."

Eclipse nods "This feels cultish?"

Moon nods "So we leave then? Move on? We'll be fine on our own."

You nod "Agreed."

Moon turns around "We are leaving."

Isaac folds his hands behind his back "At least get a meal before you leave."

Eclipse shakes his head "We have food."

Isaac holds a finger up "That may be. But a warm meal never hurts. Especially in this place."

Moon glances at the door to the room leading to the next room "We'll take our chances."

Isaac runs his hands through his hair in frustration "Look." You can see his composure breaking "I don't care if you two bots leave." He takes a gun from a man beside him "But they!" he points the gun at you "Stays with us."

Moon goes still. His eyes shine brightly and his fingers flex. His first thought is to rip Issac to shreds. His second thought is to run.

Eclipse holds a hand up "Alright, can we say goodbye?"

Issac nods "Fine."

Eclipse leans toward Moon "We run?"

Moon nods "We run."

Eclipse covers you in his arms like a shield.

You shake your head "No. What if you two get hurt?"

Moon brushes your cheek with his hand "Let us protect you."

You shake your head as tears fall down your cheeks.

Eclipse kisses the top of your head "Go."

He and Moon book it. Isaac was not expecting the two bots to move as quickly as they do. His first shot misses. The second shot hits Moon's arm and bounces off. Moon covers his face and breaks through the door. Pumpkins line the walkways in this room. A sweet smell fills the room as Moon and Eclipse sprint through the room.

You can hear the thunderous sound of people following behind you. It's clear people have been through these rooms. A mother shot is fired. It bounces off of Eclipse. These are shit bullets. Clearly not made with animatronics in mind. Moon veers to the left toward a black door. He tears it open letting you and Eclipse pass through before slamming it behind him. The melodic sound of an arcade fills your ears.

Chapter 397: Need

Chapter Text

Your body was on fire. Lava flowed freely through your veins and went straight to your pussy. Your panties clung to you from how wet you were. You weren't sure what had brought it on, but you were incredibly horny. You NEEDED to find Sun. You craved Sun. The walk to their tower was hard. Even more so when you found he wasn't up there. In fact, neither of them were.

You let out a strangled cry of desperation. A sheet of paper caught your attention. It's a note from Sun telling you he and Moon were hanging out with the other animatronics in the west arcade and to meet him there. You begin your trek to get to Sun. It is so damn hard not to give away your predicament. Considering your status as the live-in the guard opts to talk to you.

"Hi, Yin! How are you?" They ask.

Through the fog of arousal, you almost don't hear them "I'm good. I'm just looking for Sun."

"Oh!" The guard says "Well... I'm on my way there now." They purse their lips "We could go together?"

You glance over distracted by yellow thighs dancing in your head "Uh... sure."

The guard nods "I think you are really cool, Yin. Maybe... you and I can hang out sometime... Together. Alone?"

You bite the inside of your cheek biting back a moan for Sun and rub your thighs together as you walk "What?"

Your thoughts are filled with Sun. His hands on your hips. His mouth on yours. Just him. Is smell, his taste, how he feels.

The guard blushes "You know... like a date."

You take a deep breath "Mega no. I'm with Sun."

The guard frowns "Alright... Hey, are you OK?" They lean a tiny bit closer "Your looking flush. Do you have a fever?"

You shake your head "No."

You open the door to the west arcade. Your body heats up more and your pussy clenches on nothing as you faintly hear Sun talking to someone. You try to pinpoint where he is but it's hard with the music. You lean on the wall for a moment to gather yourself. Walking is getting hard. Your legs wobble slightly. You lick your lips with the need to have Sun's cock in your mouth.

You can see Sun on the dance floor chatting with Chica and DJ. You smile as you hone in on the bot. Whether he knows it or not he has your absolute and undivided attention. You push off the walls and take a few shakey steps toward Sun. Your heart hammers in your chest and you smile.

The guard takes you by the shoulders "You can hardly walk! You need rest."

You whine loudly "No!"

Sun's head turns as you whine. It's a sound he's familiar with. A sound he likes. He says something but the music is too loud. He heads toward you dripping sex appeal.

The guard huffs "Clearly you have a fever. Are you on something? Your eyes are dilated."

You struggle against the guard "I'm fine! Let me go!"

Sun stands at his full height and looks down at the two of you "Hello." You can hear the annoyance in his voice as he drags out the e in hello "Everything alright here?"

You look up at Sun "Sunny."

The guard lets you go "She has a fever. Either she is on something or she is sick."

Sun leans down bending at the waist to look at you "Hm..." He looks you over with a wide grin "I know just what she needs."

You lick your lips "I..." Your hands twitch "Please."

Sun kisses your forehead "I've got you, kitten." He picks you up without a word to the guard "I just need to tell the others I'm leaving with you."

You kiss his chest and whisper "I need you."

Sun squeezes your shoulder "I know." He walks up to Moon "Moonie!"

Moon turns around "Yeah? Oh! Yin. Hello."

Sun smiles sadly "She's not feeling well. I'm taking her home."

Moon looks down at you for a long moment and shakes his head with a sly look "Gross. Take a shower when you're done. I don't want you smelling like sex in the daycare."

Sun rolls his eyes "Yes MOTHER!"

The two stare at each other before laughing loudly. Sun heads for the exit.

You kiss his chest again "You should know, the security guard asked me on a date. I said mega no."

Sun growls lowly "They did?"

Sun walks faster to catch up with the guard. A mischievous glint in his optics as he spots them up ahead. Sun adjusts you so your legs are wrapped around him. He holds you up by your ass and pushes your hips to grind against him.

You moan "Sun."

Sun kisses your cheek "That's right. Sing for me, kitten. I want that little shit to hear you."

He kisses your neck waiting for the perfect moment to bite down. The guard turns around as Sun approaches. Sun grins and bites down hard. You cry out loudly pulling Sun as close as possible to you. Sun grins at the guard as they glare back at him. Sun squeezes a fist full of your ass and picks up the pace to get you to bed.

"How long have you needed me like this?" He asks as he takes you into a tunnel.

You kiss Sun on the lips and nibble his lower lip "Two very horny hours."

Sun groans "Far too long, kitten." He opens the door to your meager apartment in the belly of the plex "I'll take good care of you."

As soon as the door closes you throw your shirt off "Fuck you're hot."

Sun chuckles as he locks the door "What do you need?" He heads for the bedroom "Tell me everything."

You lick his cheek with a sultry moan "I need to suck your dick."

Sun shudders as he unbuttons your pants "What else?"

You kiss Sun with a desperate little cry "Breed me! I want to feel how powerful you are. How," You shudder "How big you are."

Sun's pants start to feel tighter "Yeah?"

Sun closed the bedroom door behind him. The large writhing bulge in his pants betrayed his composure. Your current state was getting to him. With much reluctance, Sun puts you down on the bed. You shoot forward. Your nimble fingers make quick work of his ruffles. Sun lets out a low groan at your enthusiasm.

"Hey." Sun takes your shoulders in his large hands "No rush! Let me take care of you."

You lean into his hands taking deep slow breaths "Mng! Fine."

Sun runs his fingers through your hair "Good girl."

Sun reaches behind you and unhooks your bra. He holds the garment up to his nose and shudders. He kisses your neck as he pulls your pants and underwear off.

Sun takes a step back "You look amazing!" Sun hooks his thumbs into the hem of his pants "Is this what you want?"

You breathe a little heavier "Stop teasing."

Sun takes his pants and shoes off "Alright, alright. No more teasing." He points down to his dripping writhing cock "You wanted to suck my dick."

You yank Sun to you by his ass and take his cock into your mouth as far as you can. You let out a strangled sob. A wave of relief wracks your body as you finally have Sun right where you want him. Sun lets you have your much-needed moment. He's usually the one in your position and sobbing in relief.

Sun brushes tears off of your cheeks "Take your time. If you want me to lie down just let me know. This is about you and what you need."

You bob your head uncoordinated along Sun's length. Your arms wrap around his legs with your hands resting on his ass.

Sun moans and rubs your jaw "Do you need me to thrust into your mouth pretty thing?"

You nod humming a yes around Sun's cock. Sun takes your head in his massive hands.

He licks his lips as he slowly thrust into your mouth "Good girl. You're doing so well." Sun throws his head back "Fuck! You feel so good, sunshine!"

You pull Sun by his wrists to tower over you more. His 8ft height has your mind going a little fuzzy. The taste and texture of his cock is exactly what you wanted. Sun keeps thrusting at a slow casual pace. You run your hand down his hips and thighs to try to ground yourself. Tears of relief streaming down your face. Sun wipes them off your cheeks as he fucks your mouth. A soft and warm smile on his face.

The way Sun is looking at you with adoration breaks you in the best of ways. You reach up for Sun. He pulls out of your mouth and picks you up. He holds you tightly to his chest and spins to sit down on the bed. You wrap your arms around his neck and pepper his face in kisses.

Sun giggles loudly "C'mere." Sun scoots up the bed and lies down on his back "Sit on my face."

You blush "What?"

Sun grabs your waist and forces you down onto his face facing the headboard "Yes!" He licks your pussy in a long hard stripe "So wet. So so delicious."

You moan loudly and grip the headboard. Sun circles his tongue around your clit with a hum. His arms wrap around your thighs and pull you down harder. You lean on the headboard. Sun's grip on you keeps you from moving.

His tongue laps at your clit cupping it with every pass "Sing for me, sunshine." He sucks on your clit hard "Scream for me!"

You cry out loudly "SUN! PLEASE! I NEED YOU I NEED YOU!"

Sun slowly works his tongue inside your hole. You gasp as he fills you up slowly. Sun groans as you twitch and quiver above him. It's not enough. You need to touch him and hold him. You need the closeness of his body against yours. Sun thrusts his tongue inside you as slowly as he fucked your mouth. The slow build of orgasm is nice but you don't want to cum like this.

"STOP!" You manage to cry out loudly.

Sun pulls his tongue out of you as quickly as possible and sits up pulling you into his arms with a wild and scared look "I'M SORRY!"

You wrap your arms around him "Not like that! I don't want to cum like that!" You kiss his cheeks "I need you! I need to hold you close."

Sun takes your words in for a moment calming down from the fear he hurt you. He never wants to hurt you.

Sun takes your cheeks in his hands with a serious expression "I didn't do anything wrong?"

You shake your head "No." You wipe your eyes.

Sun rubs your cheeks with your thumbs "Do you want to continue? I think I know exactly what you need now."

You nod leaning into his hands "Please?"

Sun smiles and pulls you into a soft kiss "Sorry I didn't understand before." He adjusts you in his lap so you face him with your legs around his waist "I get it now."

Slowly Sun pushes inside you. You hold him tightly leaning into his chest. Sun wraps his arms around you and rubs his back.

He stops to give you a moment to adjust when he's all the way inside "Is this good, pretty girl?" His hands roam over your backside "We'll take this nice and slow."

Sun puts his hands on your hips and slowly thrusts inside you. His cock writhes inside you. Sun kisses your neck with a soft moan. The relief you feel is blissful. It's everything you wanted. The pleasurable feeling of Sun's cock thrusting inside you and the emotionally satisfying feeling of him being so close to you. It was perfection.

Sun gasped and groaned. He wanted to go faster and harder. But he also found the soft sex was equally as good. You pull Sun into a kiss licking his lower lip. Sun opens his mouth and gropes your ass. you lick his tongue and guide the appendage into your mouth. Sun moans as you suck his tongue.

His arms wrap around you tightly "So good! Sunshine! I love you!"

You let Sun's tongue slide out of your mouth "I love you too!" You sob out as you pepper his face in kisses.

Your clit starts to throb. You can feel your walls flutter around Sun's cock. Sun turned his attention to the other side of your neck. Licking and kissing marks onto you. His frame is almost too hot. Puffs of steam and hot air shoot out from various joints.

You feel it. You are about to cum. The tight band is about to snap. You pull Sun up and lean in to kiss him. As your lips press together you cum hard. Slick spills out of you coating Sun's cock. You throw your head back and moan loudly. Sun thrusts up into you one more time. With a loud roar, he cums inside you. His cock twitches harshly as an electrical surge passes through his body.

You hold Sun as tightly as you can in the afterglow of orgasm. Sun rolls over and off of the bed keeping you in his arms. Sun turns the lights off and returns to the bed. He pulls the covers over the two of you curling around your body. He massages your tired body willing you to fall asleep.

"Did you get what you needed?" Sun asks quietly.

You nod and hold Sun close "I did. I love you, Sun."

Sun kisses your forehead "I love you too, sunshine."

Chapter 398: Coffee And Cake pt7

Chapter Text

The woman in red walks around the table to look at you "What exactly did you do, Darien?"

The man in gray, Darien, rubs his arm ignoring all the questions from the bots in the room "I was practicing some lightning manipulation in the storm. I messed up and hit a tree. Then a tire almost hit me! I was so scared! I accidentally shot lightning into her room!"

Moon growls loudly "THIS IS YOUR FAULT!? I"LL FUCKING KILL YOU!"

The woman waves her hand "Shut up."

Moon cannot talk. His voice was completely removed by magic.

Paradox gasps in alarm "Who are you, people?"

The woman waves her hand again. Paradox can't talk either now. Sun and Eclipse are scared into staying quiet for now. Who knows what else these people can do?

The woman snaps her fingers and Darien continues "I hit her! I hit her with lightning!" He tugs at his hair "I didn't want anyone to find out so I sent her here! Tried to give her a better life. A happy life. She was reading this story so I put her into it!"

The woman huffs "You clearly did a bad job of it! This magic is way above your skill level!"

Darien shrinks under the woman's ire "I was trying to do the right thing!"

The woman huffs "Well you killed them!"

"KILLED THEM?!" Sun shrieks.

The woman growls loudly "WILL YOU ALL SHUT THE FUCK UP!?"

She waves her hand. Everyone stops moving except for her, Darien, and you. Sun, Moon, Eclipse, and Paradox can see and hear everything going on.

The woman sighs "Finally! Now, you my dear are going to die. It will be painful. Darien! You started this! You finish this!"

Darien shakes "Finish?"

The woman nods "Finish."

You watch in horror as Darien walks to your side. He holds his hand over you. You look at Moon. Tears stream down his face. Your vision blurs. You must be crying. You let out an ear-splitting scream. Electricity runs through your body. It burns your veins, your breath stops, and you feel so cold.

The woman shrieks "WHAT ARE YOU DOING! THE SPELL YOU IDIOT! FINISH THE SPELL!"

Everything goes quiet. Darkness surrounds you. For the first time in a hot minute, you feel warm and hungry. Slowly you sit up. the sun is shining through the window. You are in an unfamiliar room. However, the longer you sit in this bed the more information comes to you. How you recently moved to a new town because you were unhappy with your old one. How you live in an apartment and are saving up for a house.

And then another key piece of information hits you. You arrived a week ago and your home was set up. You didn't have a job yet but you saw an opening at a local coffee shop for a baking assistant job. You fly out of bed and scramble to get dressed. More and more information comes to you as you run down the stairs. You forget your car opting to run to the shop. It's pretty close by, about a ten-minute walk.

You almost pass the shop by. Inside you can see Moon working the counter. He looks miserable. You walk inside and up to the counter.

Without looking at you Moon sighs "Hello, what can I get for you?"

You smile warmly" A cup of coffee and a piece of chocolate cake. I hear it's really good here."

Moon's head shoots up to yours "Yin?"

You pull Moon into a kiss "It's me! Alive and better than ever!"

Moon leaps over the counter and picks you up "YIN!" He spins the two of you around in circles "I missed you! I missed you!"

Paradox comes out from the back "What's going- Yin?"

You pepper Moon's face in kisses "I'm back! Forever this time!"

"IS THAT YIN!" Eclipse shouts from the back "YOU ARE HIRED! GET BACK HERE AND HELP ME OUT!"

You laugh "ALRIGHT!"

Moon nuzzles your chest "Date. Tonight."

You rub his arm "Yes."

Things from that point on looked brighter. Your old life was gone. But your new life had just started. You didn't know what happened to the two who caused this debacle. But that's probably a good thing. There are so many adventures waiting for you and after this last one, you are ready for them.

Chapter 399: Weird Twitter Drabble

Summary:

'm having a day where i'm hyper-aware of my teeth.

Chapter Text

It was a strange feeling. One that didn't happen often. You had begun to notice your teeth. Your canines to be precise. You became hyper-aware of your canines from the moment you woke up. You tried to ignore it. It worked for a while.

It was around one in the afternoon that you felt the urge to bite down on something. It was a struggle not to put things in your mouth to chew on. You couldn't distract yourself enough from how aware of your teeth you were. At least your last delivery was to the daycare.

Sun knew you were in the daycare the moment you entered. Most of the kids had already gone home. They had four kids to watch now. You put the delivered supplies in their proper place. From his perch on top of one of the play structures, Moon watched you work. He caught on quickly to the way you licked your teeth. He shivered whenever you ran your thumb along your canines.

"Sun!" He blurted into their headspace.

Sun glanced up at Moon "What?"

Moon giggled "Starlight is licking their teeth."

Sun gasped audibly "Ro-Sham-Bo!"

At the same time, they responded.

"Scissors!" came Moon's response.

"Paper!" Sun said at the same time.

Sun snapped his fingers. The loud sound made you jump in surprise. Moon cackled and crawled to their room opting to crawl on the wall. Not that you noticed. You were far too focused on your work and teeth to notice.

Up in their room, Moon swapped out the plating on his arms to their old arms. The soft coating was too thick and it messed with their sensors. Perfect for a cutie like you to chew on. Sun and Moon were happy to be your chew toy.

Sun handed off the last kids and let out a sigh. Finally! They could have some time to themselves. You put the last pot of paint away and smiled. Your day was done and you could spend some time with Sun and Moon. Moon flew off the tower and into the ball pit. He sprinted across the daycare to get to you.

Moon stood tall behind you watching as you poked at your teeth again "I have just the thing you need." He rasped moving his arm in front of you "Take a bite."

You lick your canines and eye Moon's arm. This is exactly what you need. You bite down on Moon's arm feeling instant relief. Moon picks you up and brings you to the Theater. Sun has a movie started and a bag of buttery popcorn waiting for you.

Moon sits the two of you down next to Sun. He lets out a purring sound as you chew on his arm. Every new tear and puncture is a mark of love to him. Moon pets your hair as you shew on his arm to your heart's content. Sun could have a turn next time.

Chapter 400: Coffee And Cake pt7.5

Summary:

This chapter is from Moon's point of view. IT has information we as reader/MC did not get. It's why the last chapter was rushed. However that's the way I wanted it.

Chapter Text

The woman shrieks "WHAT ARE YOU DOING! THE SPELL YOU IDIOT! FINISH THE SPELL!"

Moon feels crushed. Your body convulses and your mouth foams. He can't move or talk. All he can do is scream into his headspace. The woman raises her hands and chants something in a strange language. It sounds like several people talking all at once. A rainbow of all your colors floats off of your body and explodes into glitter. Every bit of color you used to have is a shade of black or grey.

The woman snaps her fingers "I fixed it for you."

Moon growls loudly and punches Darien breaking his nose and chipping a tooth "YOU BASTARD!"

Darien shrieks "Willow!"

The woman laughs as Paradox picks a very angry Moon up "Darien! You had that coming. There are repercussions for your actions."

Darien sits up holding his nose as it gushes blood "But I paid my debt! Isn't dealing with this mess enough?"

The woman, Willow, frowns "The high council will deal with you. You murdered someone, sent them to a new dimension, CHANGED THE RULES OF THE DIMENSION, AND CAST MAGIC FAR ABOVE YOUR SKILL LEVEL FROM THE FORBIDDEN BOOKS!!!"

Moon struggles against Paradox. However, Paradox is far stronger than Moon and easily holds the smaller man against him. Sun is eerily still. Old wounds opened in his mind from his time at the Plex.

Eclipse glares at the two beings with a deadly look in his eyes "What did you do to Yin?"

Willow shrugs "I killed her old body and sent her exactly where she needs to be. She can't go back to her old dimension. So, she has to stay here instead."

Moon, who had given up fighting Paradox, perks up "She's here? Where?!"

Willow shrugs with a sympathetic smile "I don't actually know. Magic is terrible like that."

Moon felt hot tears stream down his faceplate "Is... is she happy?"

Willow again shrugged "The spell will take time to finish. Right now she is nothing. Soon she will be something. It's up to her if she's happy or not."

Darien threw a stone on the floor. A flash of lightning and he was gone. Willow followed close behind ignoring all other questions from the animatronics. Moon felt empty as he stared at the table. He had such a short amount of time with you. He had grown attached to you. Healthy or not, he loved you.

That night things were rough. He slept like shit knowing you were gone. Paradox let him stay home for a day or two. Sun took over his duties at the register. Life had to move on whether Moon wanted it to or not. Days quickly turned into weeks. Moon did not feel any better about your loss. It left a bitterness in his heart. One he had not felt in a long time.

At Eclipse's behest, Moon went to therapy. It was rough going at first. It's not like he could tell the therapist the truth of the matter. Instead, he framed the situation as if you had died in a car crash. It wasn't an instantaneous fix but it was better. Some days for Moon were great! He missed you but felt a little more at ease with things. Other days he saw something or someone that reminded him of you and he felt the deep sadness from before return.

Two long months had passed since you left him. Moon was having a particularly rough day. He had finally washed the blanket the two of you had your date on. It broke him in ways he had not expected. He tried to keep his composure at work but it was hard. Sadness crept its way into his voice. customers knew not to ask about it. Most already knew he had lost someone.

Moon heard the ding of the door open and someone walked up to the counter "Hello," Moon started unable to look the customer in the eye "What can I get you?"

A warm and familiar voice spoke "A cup of coffee and a piece of chocolate cake. I hear it's really good here."

Moon felt everything stop "Yin?" His head shoots up to see you.

You pull Moon into a kiss "It's me! Alive and better than ever!"

Moon jumped over the counter and picks you up "YIN!" Electricity surges through his body and his fans kick on to cool the poor man off.

Paradox comes out from the back "What's going- Yin?"

You pepper Moon's face in kisses "I'm back! Forever this time!"

"IS THAT YIN!" Eclipse shouts from the back "YOU ARE HIRED! GET BACK HERE AND HELP ME OUT!"

You laugh "ALRIGHT!"

Moon nuzzles your chest reluctant to let you go "Date. Tonight." It's the only thing he can get out without crying like a baby.

You rub his arm "Yes."

Things from that point on looked brighter. Your old life was gone. But your new life had just started. You didn't know what happened to the two who caused this debacle. But that's probably a good thing. There are so many adventures waiting for you and after this last one, you are ready for them.

Chapter 401: Paradox Says

Chapter Text

Paradox was beyond frustrated. Today was a day where touching you made him extremely uncomfortable. Even the quick morning kiss he gave you made him recoil. The disappointed look on your face was hard to miss. However, you soldered on like you always did with a warm smile and heartwarming words. Always telling him that it was ok.

But it wasn't ok. Not this time anyway. He had made plans for the two of you. And now they were ruined by his own mind. He sat at his work desk in thought. A plan formed in his mind. If he couldn't touch you. Then Paradox would make YOU touch you instead. Paradox grinned mischievously and resumed working. His wires hummed in delight as he developed his plan in his head.

Paradox got home before you. He knew this would happen. It's why he picked today to make love to you. It gave him the opportunity to set the house up for what he wanted. He made quick work of dinner. A nice Lasagna with garlic bread and wine to set the mood. Next was the bedroom. He pulled the chest of sex toys from the closet and laid the items out on the bed. The armchair he insisted be in the bedroom was positioned to face the bed for the best view.

He went back downstairs and set the dining room table. Plates and silverware were set out and two candles were lit. Paradox rotated his head and clicked his tongue in excitement as he heard the front door open. He made long strides to greet you at the front door.

"Perihelion." Paradox cooed as you put your keys in the bowl by the door.

You smiled up at your twelve-foot boyfriend "Dox," you moved to hug him but stopped yourself "I missed you." You opted to hug the air around him instead.

Paradox was tempted to force touching you. However, he knew that would just upset you. Always advocating for his comfort.

"I have dinner ready." Paradox leaned down at the waist to look you in the eyes "And something..." Mischief glinted in his eyes "Amorous planned."

"Amorous?" You raise a brow.

Paradox nodded "After dinner. Be a good boy and go wash your hands."

You blush "Should I change?"

Paradox considered your words carefully "Only if you want to. I want you to be comfortable."

Paradox watched you leave. You were so obedient. So willing to do what he asked. Not that Paradox ever asked any more than you could handle. Paradox set food and wine out on the table and served everything. Paradox felt his wires crackle and he clicked his tongue. You walked into the room wearing sweatpants and a shirt with a picture of a black hole on it. You said it reminds you of him and he can't help the pang of possessiveness.

You take a deep breath "Mmm! It smells wonderful here!" You look at the spread on the table "This must have taken you hours!"

Paradox pulled your chair out for you "Not long. We had most of the ingredients prepped." He pushed your chair in "Thanks to you."

You watched him round the table to his seat "I appreciate it. And you, love." The discomfort and displeasure were etched into his features "Hey now. It's alright. I understand you can't touch me right now."

Paradox shot you an ominous look "I might not be able to touch you." A devious smile worked its way onto his face "But that doesn't mean that you can't."

Something about the way he says that has heat pooling in your loins. You can tell he has a plan for you, but not exactly what it is.

You take a bit of lasagna "Mmm! This is really good!"

Paradox leans forward 'I'm glad you like it." Paradox folds his hands under his chin "Sip the wine and try the bread."

You pick the glass of wine up eager to follow Paradox's command "It's good." You take a bite of the garlic bread and moan "Fuck that's good!"

Paradox takes a sip of wine "Good boy." Paradox softens his look and smiles with fondness "Are you comfortable following my instructions?"

You nod with a blush "Of course I am."

Paradox neatly cuts a bite of lasagna "Good." He swallows and locks eyes with you "Because once dinner is over." He smiles sweetly at you as he tilts his head "You will do everything I tell you to. I promise you'll have a good time."

You pause mid-bite and swallow hard "Yes, Sir."

Paradox shivers and takes a sip of wine to calm himself "Good good boy." He takes a bite of food "Eat up. You'll need your strength."

The rest of dinner the two of you idly chat about work. Every now and then Dox gives you a command. Nothing out of your comfort zone. Just little things. Like sip wine, or blow me a kiss. When dinner is done you and Paradox clean the table. As much as Dox would love to leave them where they are. However, he can't bring himself to do it.

Paradox stares at you for a long moment. He sighs and leads the two of you upstairs. You had already seen the way he had set the room up just the way he wanted. You walk to the bed and wait for instructions.

Paradox closes the door and quietly sits down in the armchair across from the bed "Be a good boy and get undressed. Start with your top."

"Yes, sir!" You chirp enthusiastically.

Paradox watches you closely as you remove your shirt. Paradox spread his legs a little more as his eyes roamed your bare chest. It didn't, and never will, matter how fat, skinny, or muscular you are. What matters to Paradox, is that what he's looking at is you. He doesn't see your body on the whole. He sees the frame of your bone structure. The muscles wrapped around each bone that work in tandem to move your body. And the fabric that is your skin encasing you.

You tossed the shirt into the hamper "What next, sir?"

"Your pants." He smiles. "Slowly! And I want a side profile." He adds quickly.

You nod with a smile enjoying how demanding and excited Dox is "Yes, sir."

You turn to the side and slowly take your pants off with a little wiggle of your ass.

Paradox leans forward for a moment "Turn away from me and take your underwear off. Please."

You face away from Paradox and slowly roll your underwear down your ass. Part of you wants to teas Dox for his politeness. The other part needs to give paradox exactly what he wants. Needs outweigh wants. Especially now. You toss the pants and underwear into the hamper and wait for Paradox to tell you what he wants you to do.

Paradox regards your body with reverence "Give me a spin, handsome."

You spin in a slow circle "Yes, sir."

Paradox hums "Good boy." Paradox walked the few steps to the bed "Get on the bed." He peruses the items while you situate yourself "When you are aroused enough," He holds out a cock ring "please put this on." He hesitates biting his lip "Are you alright with this game?"

You take the ring avoiding touching him "Yes. This is alright, Dox. I'll tell you if we need to stop." You blow him a kiss.

Paradox blushes and returns to the chair "I want you to grope your balls. Nice and slow. Roll them around in your hand. Feel how heavy they are. Describe it to me."

You blush "Yes sir."

You spread your legs wide to give Paradox a good view. You hold your balls up with one hand showing them off to Paradox for a moment. Slowly you roll your balls around in your hand moaning softly.

Paradox takes a deep artificial breath "Don't hold your beautiful sounds in. I want to hear your love song."

You nod taking a moment to make a heart at Paradox with your hands "Yes sir."

Paradox returns the gesture with a blush. You resume fondling your balls. Squeezing and rubbing them in your hand. Slowly your cock gets hard as you pleasure yourself. You lock eyes with Paradox and pick the ring up. Paradox clicks his tongue, eyes going wide with interest. Tantalizingly slow you roll the cock ring down your cock.

You let out an audible moan as you push the ring to the base of your cock "My balls are so fat and heavy, Sir. Mmmng! Ah! They haven't been touched in a while so they are so sensitive."

Paradox moaned softly; you almost didn't hear it; and rubbed his thighs "Your cock. Touch the tip of your cock."

You take your cock in your hand and run your thumb along the tip "Like this, Sir?"

Paradox takes a moment to watch your movements "Yes. Just like that." His eyes flit to the bed "Good boy." He praises sweetly as he takes a remote and vibrating egg from the bed "This will do. Don't put this on yet. You will be using it next." He smiles at you "Did you know that sex helps reduce the risk of a fatal heart attack?"

That's what you were hoping for. Random facts. It's how you know he's really enjoying himself and feels at ease. You take the egg and set it down beside you. Paradox mutters a good boy as he returns to his chair. When he's seated you resume running your thumb over the tip of your cock with a shiver. You groan lowly as your face flushes. The red blush slowly spreads to your shoulders and ears.

Paradox rubs his thighs a little higher "Spit on your cock and rub it around."

You nod "Yes, Sir." You look down at your cock "I... I love you."

You cover your face with your hands for a moment. I love you is not something the two of you say regularly. You get shy and nervous about saying it. Paradox praises you every time you say it. He knows your past traumas and does his best to keep you from feeling rushed.

Paradox gasps "You are so adorable. I love you too, perihelion."

You glance up at Dox and back down at your cock. Just like you were told you spit on the tip of your cock. The added lubricant makes rubbing the tip that much better.

"OH! So good! It feels so good!" It's a struggle not to stroke your entire length.

"Yes, my love. You are doing great." Paradox coos. "Now, put the vibrator on." He says excitedly waving a finger toward the egg.

You pick the toy up "Where on my cock would you like me to put it, Sir?" You ask dragging the sir out.

Paradox clicks his tongue and shivers "The tip."

You carefully attach the vibrating egg to your tip with the egg facing Paradox "Is this good?"

Paradox nods "Yes. Excellent job! Now, get comfortable and put your hands behind your back. I don't want you touching yourself without permission. The same goes for cumming." Paradox frowns slightly and firmly states "Ask for permission or there will be consequences."

You get comfortable on the bed in a way that gives Paradox the best view "Yes, Sir."

You hold yourself up with your hands so you can watch Paradox. Paradox turns the remote in his hand to the first setting. Your cock twitches and jumps at the new sensation. You moan and lick your lips while looking at Paradox.

Paradox turns the remote up to level two out of six "Precum! Taste your precum!"

You reach over and gather a bead of precum on your thumb "Yes- AH! Yes, Sir!" You lick the cum off of your thumb "S-salty and warm." You huff out a moan "Feels so good. Not as good as you, Sir. I can- Oooh! Can feel it in my spine!"

Paradox bites his lip avoiding touching himself "The dildo! Take the small dildo and use it to prep yourself for the bigger one. I- ah! I don't want you to get hurt, perihelion!"

If you weren't already blushing, you would have at his concern for you "Yes, Sir." You pick the lube up with a shakey hand "Should I face you?"

Paradox grips the arms of the chair tightly "I want to see it." You could see Paradox's cock writhe in his pants "I want to see it go into your asshole."

You turn around and get onto your hands and knees with a pillow beneath you to help hold you up. You put a generous dollop of lube onto your hand and slowly spread it onto your asshole. Dipping your fingers into your hole with a loud moan. You run your hand along the length of the slim six-inch dildo. Just as you prod your asshole with it, Paradox turns the vibrating egg up to six.

You yelp at the increased pleasure shoving the dildo inside you to the hilt "OooOH FUCK!"

"It's not enough is it?" Paradox asks in a husky tone.

You shake your head as he turns the vibration down to four "No. Need more!" You look at him over your shoulder "Please, Sir!"

Paradox grunts as he grips the chair tightly "Good, boy. So polite!" He lets out a loud puff of hot air out of his shoulder joints "Push the dildo out. No touching it with your hands except to put it aside."

You whine and fist the bed sheets "Yes, sir." You push the dildo out of your ass and moan loudly "I'm getting close, Sir. My- hu-uh! My spine is tingling and my balls are starting to get tight." You say as you take the larger ten-inch dildo in your hands to lube it up.

Paradox gasps "Good, boy! you can't cum yet. Not that the cock ring will let you."

The urge to stroke his cock is strong. But Paradox wants to cum inside you, not in his pants. Tomorrow he'll fuck your brains out until his name is the only thing you remember. Hopefully, his autism won't get in the way again.

You take the lubed-up ten-inch dildo and prod your asshole with it. It slides in just as easily and fills you up better than the smaller one. You slowly thrust it into your ass. It's nice but not as nice as Paradox's Tentacock. The way it can press into your prostate directly is unmatchable by anything else.

"F-faster!" Paradox calls out to you.

"Y-yes OH! YES, SIR!" You wail as paradox turns the vibrator up.

You trust the dildo in and out as fast as your uncoordinated hands can. You want to cum so bad but the cockring won't let you. You twitch and moan as a pleasant tingling washes over your body in waves.

"Beg! Beg me to let you cum! I can see how badly you need it, perihelion." Paradox growls.

You look over your shoulder at Paradox "Please, Sir! I need it. I need to cum! Please! Only you can make me cum." You almost cry as you beg.

Paradox walks up to the bed on shakey legs "Do it! Take the ring off. "He says as he puts a towel beneath you to keep the bed clean "I want to see it!"

You take the ring off and cum hard. Your balls jerk and twitch as they empty onto the bed. Your body feels like jello. If it weren't for the pillows you would fall on your face.

Paradox groans lowly "Good, boy." He takes the toys off the bed with a painfully hard erection in his pants "You did so good. Thank you."

You moan softly unable to do anything else. Paradox sighs and shakes his hands out. Every fiber of his being is telling him not to touch you. He pushes past the discomfort to quickly tuck you into bed. Darting into the bathroom with the towel for a moment to himself.

He comes back dressed for bed with a weary smile "I apologize I could not touch you today."

You yawn and smile up at him "It's alright. I still had a good time. Did you enjoy yourself?"

Paradox nods and turns the bedside lamp on "I did. Thank you for indulging me."

You watch him turn the light off and crawl into bed "Ant time, Dox."

Paradox turns the lamp off "Good night."

You close your eyes and pull a spare pillow into your arms "Good night."

Chapter 402: Noclip Nofun pt7: Farcade

Chapter Text

Curiously, the three of you find yourselves in front of a prize counter. The kind you would find at an arcade. Behind the counter are two of the faceless adults. Strange items sit behind the counter on shelves. Almond water, food vouchers, a machete, tickets with names on them, and even a gun. Each with a price paid in tickets. To your left is a party room of some kind. A cake sits on the table looking quite inviting. To the right and behind you is a vast expanse of arcade machines.

A vast sea of blinking lights and a hodge podge of mixed music from each game. It looks like every game ever made is in this room. The whole place smells like pizza, popcorn, and cookies. The floor of the arcade is maroon with blue triangles and yellow circles. The walls and ceilings are black. Blacklights hang from the ceiling and neon lights litter the walls.

Moontakes a step back and grips Eclipse's hand tightly "No! We need to get out! I CAN'T GO BACK!"

Eclipse holds you in a crushing grip.

You wiggle in his arms "ECLIPSE! You're hurting me! Put me down and pick up Moon!"

Eclipse, happy to have a distraction from the Pizzaplex-like room, puts you down and picks Moon up. The two cling to each other in a fine mix of shock and fear.

You point to the almost stark white party room "How about we go sit down in there for a while?"

Eclipse doesn't move at first.

Moon shakes Eclipse's shoulders "ECLIPSE! PLEASE!"

Eclipse follows you to the party room "It's just an arcade. It's just an arcade. It's just an arcade."

"It's alright. Your safe. There is nothing here that can hurt you." You coo at the pair. "We'll stay here as long as you need."

Eclipse sits down leaning on the wall with a thunderous thump "We are safe. The virus isn't here. It's just an arcade."

Moon hides in the crook of Eclipse's neck "We are safe." He shudders "The virus isn't here." It's just an arcade."

You know the next steps they go through to help calm themselves "Run a systems scan."

You venture a little nervously. They usually run through this themselves and you've never been a part of it. You're hoping to change that and be a little closer to the two.

Eclipse eyes you for a long quiet moment "You heard her, Moon. Run a systems scan with me."

Moon nods and holds an arm out to you. You walk over slowly stopping in front of Moon and Eclipse. Moon takes your hand and gently puts it on his forearm he talked your other one and puts it on Eclipse's thigh, A small gesture that means the world to you. One by one he and Eclipse rattle off scan results. Everything comes back clean.

You smile softly "Do you need more time?"

Moon takes your wrist and pulls you into Eclipse's lap with him "Just a little bit longer."

Eclipse brushes your cheeks with your thumbs "You need a moment too, meteor. You just watched us get shot!"

You hold Eclipse's hand to your cheek.

Moon rubs your calves "It's alright. We have you. You need to process what's happening too."

Eclipse eyes the arcade beyond the party room "Besides... I'm not ready to go out there yet."

Tears roll down your cheeks as a wave of emotions hits you. This is all so much. Too much!

Eclipse rubs your back "That's it. Let it all out."

Moon rubs up your thigh "Good starlight."

"You could have been seriously hurt!" You slap Eclipse's chest weakly "Died even!"

Moon leans to hover over you "We had to protect you." His hand brushes tears off of your cheeks "We love you." Moon kisses you softly.

Eclipse nods and rubs the back of your neck "You mean the world to us."

Moon rubs your stomach "You should eat something. Drink something too." He looks over at the table with the cake "Look. That table has a can of soda! It's better than nothing."

Eclipse lets you climb out of his lap and over to the table.

You pick the soda up "It's empty..."

Moon climbs out of Eclipse's lap "Maybe there are other party rooms?"

Eclipse nods "Or we could try to get tickets?"

You nod "I did see water behind the prize counter. So we could try for tickets, and look for more party rooms along the way."

Moon purses his lips and takes Eclipse by the hand "Alright, let's go."

You poke your head out of the room cautiously. Slowly you lead Eclipse and Moon over to the first arcade game we see. It's something called Bertie the Brain. The game looks like tic-tac-toe and has some kind of card slot. It can't fit credit cards. Moon pulls Eclipse slowly to the prize counter and knocks to get the faceless people's attention. A male worker slides a card over to Eclipse with infinite plays on it.

"What game should we play first?" Eclipse asks as he walks back over to you.

You look the games over "Something easy that we've played before."

Moon looks the rows over "I've never heard of most of these games... We should move on."

You nod and follow Moon and Eclipse. Your hand held tightly in Eclipse's. Moon is better adept at seeing down the rows than you are. It's not particularly bright due to the black lights hanging from the ceiling. The games quickly become recognizable. The first one you spot is Duck Hunt. A game your grandfather showed you. Looking up you also see a party room. The table has cookies, water, and a present.

Moon makes his way over to the party room. He stops in his tracks and pulls the two of you down to the floor. What looks like a Gumby toy but yellow moves from one side of the room to the other to stand in a corner facing the wall.

Moon eyes the thing and looks at the ceiling "I'm going to try to crawl on the ceiling to get the water."

You gasp softly and whisper "You can't!"

Moon turns to look at you "You can't live without water."

You reach out to him "I can't live without you either."

Moon smiles and crawls across the floor. Eclipse holds you still. Slowly Moon crawls onto the wall making his way onto the ceiling. The bizarre yellow creature stays where it is. It gently sways back and forth like it's a video game character with an idle animation. Moon crawls his way into the room. He slowly reaches down and takes all of the water. As he turns to leave the way he came, he falls onto the table and disappears.

"MOON!" Eclipse screams as he jumps up.

He shakes before letting out a terrifying guttural scream. He picks up a Frogger arcade machine ripping it out of the ground. Wires spark and splinters of wood hit the floor. Eclipse storms into the room and slams the machine into the yellow thing. The yellow thing crumbles to the floor stunned. Eclipse bashes it again. You walk over to try and calm him. Eclipse pushes the machine into the yellow thing as hard as possible and takes a step back.

He leans back on the table and disappears. You gasp and run for the table. The yellow thing starts to get up tossing the machine aside. It reaches out to you almost grabbing your arm. You slap the table before you disappear.

Chapter 403: Neglecting the Moon

Chapter Text

You sat in your tiny office in the plex. You were so damn bored! But, you have paperwork to do. You looked at the clock and sighed. It was almost eleven and you weren't even close to being done. Words were starting to blend together. You decided a cup of Coffee would do you some good. So off to the break room you went.

When you got back to your small office Moon was waiting for you looking quite irate. He sat on your desk with his arms and legs crossed. His hat pulled over one eye in a failed attempt to look more menacing. However, it only served to enhance his pouting as he watched you.

Moon pursed his lips "You were supposed to be in the daycare two hours ago."

The paperwork you had been doing was in a neat stack "Paperwork." Clearly, Moon had looked it over "A brawl happened after two people started fighting. It included twenty people."

Moon growls "Incident reports."

You nod "Yeah. For both the kids and the parents."

Moon looks away trying to hide his hurt "You could have warned us."

You walk to Moon and up a hand on his cheek "You're right. I'm sorry."

Moon blushes violet, the irate look still on his face "Good. You should be sorry." He leans into your hand, forcing you to touch his cheeks.

You smile softly and rub the little swirls with your free hand. You take a sip of burnt-tasting coffee with the other. Moon sits quietly as you sit down in your chair moving the stack of incident reports in front of you. Moon leans his head closer to your hand to make touching him more comfortable. He turns his eyes from you when you pick the first page up. Displeased the offending thing has your attention again. Moon should be the only thing that matters right now.

However, Moon is a smart bot. He knows exactly what to do to get what he wants. He holds a hand on the page you are filling out to keep it steady for you. An action that earns the bot a reward. You run your finger over his lower lip. The pliable silicone feels nice under your thumb. It's more than a little distracting for you. Moon lets out a soft almost inaudible groan. One you could easily miss.

But you don't. You pause writing when you hear the sound. You try to focus on your work, but even Moon can see you are taking longer than you should be filling out each page. Moon softly kisses the pad of your thumb. You suck a breath in at the small tender action. You make a mistake on the page. Something hard to mess up. A tingling in your loins tells you there is no way you are going to finish these reports.

You fix the mistake with white-out. Distracted, your hand moves down his face to his neck. Moon gasps softly and you fist his neck. His body heats up as you move your hand up and down. Moon can't help but want your hand to be fisting something else. You blow on the whiteout to dry it faster. Moon licks his lips with a soft moan. He rubs his thighs together as he watches you. The feeling of your hand on his neck is turning his thoughts naughty, to say the least.

Your hand slides down from his neck as your arm gets tired. Moon pushes his chest into your hand lightly arching his back into your touch. Part of you is aware of what you're doing to him. How he's reacting to your touch. You try not to let it distract you but it's a losing battle. You glance at Moon out of the corner of your eye. You are done for now. Moon rubs his thighs together. His hips grind into the table and he moans. You quickly move things off your desk and to the floor.

"STARLIGHT! Moon whines loudly and holds his arms out to you as he finally gives in to his desires.

You pull him to you and slot yourself between his legs "I have you." You pull his hat off "It's ok. I have you."

Moon tangles his fingers in your hair and pulls you into a kiss. His lips dance against yours as he almost sobs into your mouth.

You pull back "Moonie. Let me take care of you." You rub his chest in slow tender circles "I neglected you too much huh?"

Moon nods and you pull him flush with you. You lean forward and kiss his neck. Moon wraps his arms around you and moans loudly. You leave a trail of kisses and licks down his long segmented neck. Moon shivers and hisses as you get closer to his shoulder. Moon grips your shoulders tightly as you bite down on the soft silicone next to his neck. Moon bucks his hips against yours. You moan and match his thrusting pace. Languid with a slow build of pleasure.

Moon spreads his legs wider for you. His tongue hangs out of his mouth as he moans. You suck his tongue into your mouth. Moon's legs wrap around you. Pushing you closer to himself and grinding against you more. You can feel how wet and hard he is. How hot his body has become. And how delicious he feels rubbing against you.

Your hands roam his back touching and rubbing. Moon's tongue rubs the roof of your mouth. Tasting everything you have to offer the bot. Moon's hand holds your head in place by the back of your head. His long dextrous fingers massage your scalp and tangle in your hair. You moan around his tongue and move your hips faster. The desk bangs the wall as the two of you grind against each other. The wood creaks and groans with every move you two make.

You're moving so fast and hard against Moon that he must be denting the desk. Jolts of pleasure shoot throughout your body. Moon is whining into your mouth. His tongue wraps around yours and strokes it. Moon leans back pulling you with him. His hands slide down your body to grip your hips. You moan loudly and grip his hips as low as you can.

His head falls back as he cries your name loudly. His pants become noticeably warmer and wetter as he cums in his pants. You stuff your face in his chest as a pleasant tingling flows through you. Wave after wave of orgasm and a rush of cum fills your pants. Moon pulls you into a frantic needy kiss. Lips smashing against yours almost painfully.

Moon pulls you into his arms "You're done working."

He leaves you no chance to argue as he pulls you into the vents like some kind of horror movie monster.

Chapter 404: The Kid

Summary:

Woke up with this in my head. I did something similar with Moon a while back. Sun's turn.

Chapter Text

To say the Daycare staff was concerned would be an understatement. The daycare itself was closed. In fact, closing was when Sun started to act strange. It was normal for the bot to walk around the plex before cleaning the daycare. No one knew exactly what he did, but whatever he did, it made him happy. And when Sun was happy he was compliant. So they let him be.

Today, however, things were strange. Sun was late. Extremely late even. Normally his walk about would take half an hour. An hour at the most. Today he took two hours. The bizarre part was the fact that he had some kind of makeshift blanket structure affixed to his chest. It had a large bulge. And Sun seemed to be treating it with reverence. Every so often he would lift a corner and peek inside. then he would go back to cleaning.

His work took longer than it should have. He moved slowly and methodically. The staff was trying to figure out what was in the blanket. They even had a bet going. The prevailing answers were toys, blankets for cleaning, and a kid. That last one scared them the most.

They called a guard to deal with it. If he had a kid he might get agitated if they try to take it. And Sun likes the guard in a friendly way. Hopefully, the guard could take care of this dangerous situation quickly. When the guard arrived Sun was carefully cleaning the craft tables.

The guard walked up to him "Sun-"

Sun cut the guard off "SShhh! Quiet. Whisper."

The guard was confused "Sun," The guard started quietly "Hand the kid over."

Sun's head rotated upside down "Kid?"

The guard nodded firmly and pointed to the blanket construct "The kid. In the blanket."

Sun giggled softly. His shoulders shook with mirth. He slowly turned and sat down on the crafting table. The guard leaned forward eagerly. Sun lifted a corner of the blanket and took a peek inside. He looked inside with a loving gaze.

Sun waved the guard over to look "They've been working so hard. Too hard." He whispered. "They have a small fever. Moonie thought we should keep an eye on them. They finished their work for the day. We're just worried."

The guard took a peek "What?" They whispered. "That's... not a kid."

You were curled up in a comfortable position sleeping tucked into Sun's chest where he could keep an eye on you.

Sun chuckled "Of course not." Sun covered you back up. "That's our partner." He giggled like the guard was stupid. In Sun's eyes, they were.

The guard sighed "Alright. I'll leave you alone."

The guard walked to the security desk and explained the situation. Sun continued cleaning. It took longer than expected but it was worth it. As long as you are happy and healthy, it will always be worth it.

Chapter 405: Two Ghosts and a Fleshy: Bloodmoon Rising pt1

Summary:

There is smut in here. Sun and Moon spit roast you. Yummy. It also talks about dead animals and animal bones. The next part will talk about the same thing

Chapter Text

You sat up in bed. Your angel boyfriends wrapped around you. Wings holding you to the bed and feathers in your face. You wiggle out of bed. Your two boyfriends searching the bed for you as you leave. They touch hands and pull each other into a warm embrace. You cover your mouth and head downstairs for breakfast.

You head into the backyard for eggs. Sitting in front of the back door is a dead bird. You take a step back in surprise and remove the bird from the porch with a stick. You don't know how it died or why it was on the porch. You brush it off and raid your chicken coup for eggs.

Ten eggs in hands you head back inside. The dead bird long forgotten. You take the eggs to the kitchen and start making an omelet. Eventually, Sun and Moon come down for breakfast. The three of you chat about your plans for the day. You'll work in the garden, and your boys will do business in heaven.

Sun holds your cheeks in his hands "Remember. If something happens, you can always call on us." He pecks your forehead.

You smile and kiss his lips. "I will. If I need you, I'll call."

Moon walks up behind you and kisses your neck "If I had things my way. Sunny and I would stay down here and ravish you."

You blush as Moon bites down on your neck. The feeling of his teeth digging gently into your flesh. You moan as he gently sucks a mark into your flesh with a hand on your chest. Teasing your nipple through your shirt.

Sun shakes his head "Really, Moon. Can we just go so we can get back faster? I want to fuck them too, but we don't have time for this! We'll fill them up when we get back."

The candid way Sun talks about having sex with you goes straight to your head. You whine in need as Moon continues to attack your neck. With a growl, Moon lets you go and disappears. Sun shakes his head and follows after Moon. You are left hot and bothered in the kitchen. If you don't take care of this then you won't get anything done today.

You head upstairs to take care of the problem Moon created "Damnit Moon. Always teasing me and getting me worked up!"

As you walk to your room you can't help but remember your first night in this house. The spooky noises and creepy vibes the place gave off. If someone had told you that you would be living in this house with two angelic boyfriends. You'd call them a dirty liar.

As you walk you take your clothes off. Arousal driving your movements. When you get to your room you've left a trail of your clothes behind you. A middle finger to your boys for leaving you hot and bothered. After your private time to yourself, you take a nap.

You wake up feeling relaxed and happy. Sun and Moon aren't back yet. You sit up slowly and stretch. Your back popping pleasantly. As you stand up you look out the window. Sitting on the windowsill is a perfect rabbit skull. The skull has been placed neatly in a pile of sticks and twigs. An arrangement of little flowers placed in its skull.

You eye the skull curiously. Did Moon leave it? Sun isn't the type to gather bones. Maybe he put the flowers in it. You open the window and carefully pick the arrangement up. Your bedroom has a desk in one corner. You carefully set the arrangement on it. You'll ask your boys about it later.

When Sun and Moon get home you never get your chance to ask about the skull. The instant Moon sees you he's on you like glue. He picks you up and shreds your pants and underwear clean off of you. He holds you upside down so your ass is to his mouth as he carries you upstairs.

"Moon! Wait for me!" Sun scrambles after Moon like a cartoon fox chasing a chicken.

Moon wastes no time shoving his tongue inside your ass. You can already tell this is going to be hard and fast. He must need you really badly if he's already tongue fucking your ass. Moon moans loudly as he holds you up.

Sun quickly catches up to the two of you "You didn't even ask if they wanted this!"

While Sun chides Moon you take your chance to free Sun's cock from his pants. Precum drips from the tip of his writhing tentacle. You can practically taste it on your tongue. You reach out a hand and touch his cock catching his precum on your hand. Immediately you lick the cum off your hand with a moan

Sun hisses and jumps back "SUNFLOWER!" He looks down at you with a playful glare. "Naughty!"

Moon cackles as he laps at your insides like he's mapping out every available inch. Sun holds the door open for Moon as he carries you into your bedroom.

Moon sets you down on the bed and tears his clothes off "I need you." He drops to his knees and crawls to the bed "Moonflower, can I have you?"

You nod unable to form proper words with your growing arousal fogging your mind. Moon makes quick work of the rest of your clothes. Sun sits down in the desk chair and strokes his cock with a domineering look. He's like a predator waiting to strike. It sends a shiver down your spine when you lock eyes.

Sun snaps his fingers and points to Moon. You look back down at Moon. He has a dopey loving expression on his face as his tongue laves over your asshole. He moans like he's tasting the most delicious thing in the world. You hiss and moan as Moon pushes inside rubbing your walls with vigor. His hips rut into the bed.

Sun bites his lip "Good, Moon. Just like that. Pinch their nipples."

Moon nods as his tongue wiggles inside you more. His hand trails up your body in a soothing cadence. Massaging your belly and working his way up. Every inch of flesh he can reach is worshiped like a golden idol. He's oozing love and adoration and it's overwhelming. Everything feels too good. And you can't help the thought that you don't deserve it. You aren't good enough for it.

Sun frowns "Get those thoughts out of your head sunflower!"

You look over at Sun and blush in shame. Sun throws his clothes off and gets off the chair. He pulls Moon into a sitting position and stuffs Moon's cock into your asshole.

Sun crawls onto the bed and lines his cock up with your mouth "We are going to fuck those thoughts out of you."

You open your mouth wide, eager to be fucked stupid. Sun pushes his cock into your waiting mouth.

Moon shakes as he looks at Sun "Now?"

Sun nods "Yes, now."

Sun thrusts in as Moon pulls out. They do a great job of keeping you full. Never left empty for long. Sun gropes your chest, pinching and tugging your nipples. Moon rubs at your groin. Every touch and drag of their cock turns your blood into liquid fire. Your mind is foggy with arousal. Sun and Moon take their sweet time pulling your strings taut and ready to snap.

Sun's wings go ramrod straight as he cums down your throat. Thick globs of hot orange cum spill down your throat. Moon whines and begs loudly as he ruts into your ass at a blinding pace. Sun pulls himself from your throat but keeps his cock on your face. His rays shining brightly in the now darkened room.

The off-white portion of Moon's face glows brightly as he fills your insides with his seed. Moon doubles his efforts on your groin. Rubbing and gently tugging. Coaxing your orgasm out of you. You cum with a loud cry. Your body twitching and jerking as Sun and Moon work you through your high.

Moon leans his forehead on yours "Thank you, Moonflower."

Sun picks you up "Let's go get you a bath, Sunflower."

Chapter 406: Happy Trail

Chapter Text

Sun was cleaning while the human daycare staff shut the computers down for the night and put in the last orders for the following week.

"Yeah! Trimmed it up nice with my new razor. Made my happy trail look like a winding path." Gerald chuckles as he places an order for paints and snacks.

"Really?" Susan states flatly. "Does Max like it?"

Gerald grins with a little frown "He laughed at me and said never to do it again."

Sun timidly approaches the desk curiously "What's a happy trail?"

Susan jump slightly "Oh! Sun. You spooked me!"

Gerald laughs "A happy trail is a patch of pubic hair that typically starts at the belly button and goes down to the genitals."

Sun nods in understanding "Oh! Is it called a happy trail because it leads," Sun glances around before loudly whispering "down below." He points at his crotch.

Susan nods with a giggle "Right! Some people really like them."

This catches Sun's attention "Really?" He asks extremely interested.

"Really!" Gerald confirms. "I know mine drives Max wild when he sees it."

Sun tilts his head as he talks to Moon "Thank you for the information." He gives a silly little bow before tumbling away in comedic fashion.

Sun cleans the craft tables when Moon speaks up in their head 'Pipe cleaners look fuzzy...'

Sun eyes the pipe cleaners "They do... what about it?"

Moon is quiet before almost purring out 'If we scrape off the fuzzy part and glue it to our belly and modesty plate... we could have a happy trail. Starlight might like it.'

Sun gasps softly "Sunshine? We could initiate Eclipse."

Moon hums in the affirmative 'We just have to wait for Susan and Gerald to leave.'

Hours later your shift is finally over. Your day was mostly spent upgrading old computers and security protocols. Easy but extremely boring stuff. With a big stretch, you make your way to the Daycare. The lights are dim and the jovial music that normally plays is absent. In its place is the soft sound of a violin.

You listen to the romantic melody "Moon? Is that you?"

"Not quite~" Comes the two-tonal and teasing tone of Eclipse from somewhere further in.

"Eclipse~?" You ask in a teasing tone.

Eclipse hums loudly "Mhm. Come find us, cosmos."

You smile and follow the sound of the violin to the naptime corner. Eclipse is lying in a soft nest of bedding and stuffed animals. His pants are pulled down to rest lower on his hips. He's positioned to draw your eyes down to his crotch. The 'come fuck me' look in his eyes tells you everything you need.

With a soft shake of your head, you walk over "Oh, is someone needing some special attention?"

Eclipse plays a particularly difficult melody "Perhaps we are."

You move closer eager to please and be pleased. "Let me help you with- What?!" you draw your hand back from his lower abdomen startled.

A fuzzy trail of blue and orange starts from where his belly button would be and disappears below his pants.

You lean in to look at it "This... is this pipe cleaners?"

Eclipse shifts nervously "Maybe?"

You inspect the patch "Did you glue this on?"

Eclipse sighs "Yes..."

"Why?" You ask curiously.

Eclipse pulls their hat over their eyes "For you. Gerald and Susan said some people really like it... We wanted to do something nice for you... be more..."

You touch his cheeks and speak softly "Hey now. None of that! I don't care you aren't human. I love you for you." You kiss him between the eyes.

Eclipse whines softly and wraps his arms around you "Thank you, cosmos."

Chapter 407: Two Ghosts and a Fleshy: Bloodmoon Rising pt2

Chapter Text

The following morning you wake up a little sore but relaxed. Your jaw is a little sore so you decide something soft for breakfast is in order. Oatmeal would be good. You could even flavor it with fresh apples from your trees.

After getting dressed and doing your morning routine, you head downstairs to get a basket for the apples. As you walk through the front door you can't help but think about your first night in the manor. Driving up the unkempt path to the house, the mysterious insect nest over the front door, and Sun's adorable message in the dust on the pool table.

You wouldn't change a thing, however. Life is great right now. You are managing Aunt Agatha's wealth well. The financial advisor she had set up before her death helped greatly. You shake your head as you walk to the apple tree Moon had insisted be planted there.

Plump juicy apples greet you. The tree might not be very big yet. But it still produces fruit. You sing a song as you pick a few. Enough for breakfast, and some extra for a pie. You turn back around with the basket full and draped over your arm. As you walk back up the roundabout of a driveway you spot something on the porch.

Wildflowers are woven into a basket. Inside are a mix of wild mushrooms. Chanterelles, Morels, Oyster mushrooms, Hen of the woods, and Porcini mushrooms. You stare at the basket and open the front door unsure of what to make of the basket.

"SUNNY! MOONIE!" You shout into the house.

They must hear the discomfort in your voice because the two angels opt to fly through the walls to where you are. Moon looks around ready to throw hands at whatever threat might be coming to get you.

Sun's hands fly about your body "What is it?! What's wrong?!"

You point to the woven basket and mushrooms "I came out here to get apples for oatmeal and pie. When I turned around this basket was on the porch! It wasn't there when I came out here."

Moon turns around and inspects the basket "What? Who left these?"

You shrug "I have no clue. It just appeared here."

Sun leans down to inspect it with Moon "These are all safe to eat mushrooms."

You grimace at them "I'm not eating those."

Moon takes the basket "I'm getting rid of this."

Sun glances around the tree line "Let's go inside." He puts his hand on your lower back and leads you inside. "Moon and I will figure out where that came from and who put it there."

You nod and head for the kitchen "Hopefully I don't have a stalker or something. I'm going to cook caramel apple oatmeal and an apple pie."

Sun hums as he rubs his stomach "That sounds wonderful, Sunflower." Sun rubs your jaw "Are you still sore from last night? I know we were a little rough with you."

You lean into his touch and close your eyes "A little sore. But it's alright. I think last night was something we both really needed."

Sun nods and moves behind you "Let me help you while you cook."

You blush and nod. Deciding it's best not to fight Sun on this despite your penchant for not putting yourself first. Sun stands behind you and massages your jaw as you peel and cut apples. You'll put the peels in tea later. Slowly, Sun works his way down your neck easing the pains from last night.

You hum grateful for the special attention. Your boys always put you first. Moon says it's because someone needs to put you first. Lord knows you don't. Even something as simple as asking for something for yourself can sometimes be a daunting task.

Moon comes back in just as you are serving breakfast "I took the basket and mushrooms far away." Moon sniffs the air loudly "Moonflower. It smells incredible in here."

"Good! Breakfast is ready." You hand him a bowl and the three of you move to the dining room to eat.

things are normal the rest of the day. By the following day, the strange basket is mostly forgotten. Your boys, chores, and friends make quick work of pushing it out of your mind.

However, a week later you head outside to do some chores only to find them already done. Your row garden has been weeded your chickens are fed. You stare at your garden confused. Sun and Moon don't tend to your garden. Sure they'll help you come harvest time. But you do the upkeep. It keeps you sane and happy.

Your chickens have been fed and given fresh water. Eggs have been neatly arranged in a basket you keep in the coup for gathering eggs. Confused you take the basket and head inside.

Sunset is when you spot the most unusual thing. You head out to get the mail. As you head down the winding road in your car to fetch it, you spot a strange clearing on the side of the road. You slow down to a stop to look at it. Trees have been knocked down and moved to form a heptagon.

You park your truck and walk over to look at it. Limestone, crystal, smooth river stones, and a cracked-in-half opal geode. the geode is placed on top of all the other stones. Hummingbird skulls, fresh fish, some kind of bloody meat, dried deadly nightshade, dried sunflowers, and dried orchids are arranged attractively around the geode.

You circle around the three-foot-tall display. "What the hell is this?"

The geode catches your eye. The way the light reflects in the opal inside it is enchanting. Against your better judgment, you pick it up. It shines mostly red, but there are all the colors of the rainbow in this geode.

As you go to set the geode back down someone hugs you from behind "THE FLESH SPOUSE HAS ACCEPTED OUR PROPOSAL! WE ARE SO HAPPY!"

Chapter 408: Two Ghosts and a Fleshy: Bloodmoon Rising pt3

Summary:

I'M STUPID! I forgot to post these.

Chapter Text

You turn to see who's holding you. They are 6ft tall and remind you of Sun and Moon. In fact, they look a lot like Moon. Their skin is light red and pastel red in a hombre pattern. Both of their arms fade into a pastel red with white ribbons on both wrists and a white star on the upside of their hands. Their left upper arm has a red runic band. Their right eye is fully black with a white pentagram, while their left eye is black and red with a light pentagram with a glowing white pupil.

They hold you in their arms and nuzzle into your hair "You have made us happy! We thought you would never accept! When you took our gift into your dwelling we were elated! We are pleased you were pleasured by the two angels. Yes, it makes us happy you are so well taken care of. A creature like you should have all the love and pleasure you desire. We will prove to be just as wonderful!"

You are in too much shock to respond properly "Fuck?"

Whoever they are, they laugh "We have stolen your voice! We did not expect this. We will take you home." They look down for a moment and mutter "No I'm not confident I can drive..." They pause. "Ok, you do it then." They shake their head "We will drive you home."

"I'll drive! Um... whoever you are." I reply. "I need to get the mail."

They giggle in a slightly unsettling manner "We are known as Bl/oodmoon. But you may call us Rinnsal."

You walk to your car with Rinnsal following behind you "Why do you keep calling yourself we?"

Rinnsal gets in the passenger's seat "We are two minds in one body. Working in tandem to survive."

"Oh! Neat." You reply a little nervously. "So you have one name?

Rinnsal nods "We do not feel the need for two names. There is no point."

You nod as you drive to the mailbox "Alright... why me?"

Rinnsal gives a dreamy sigh "We find you enchanting. We watched you dispatch a chicken with ease. The skill you used is admirable." They mumble to themself for a moment "We find your looks to be glorious." They nod. "Your flesh is desirable to us. We do not care what genitals you have. Our adoration is for you. Not your fleshy gender-identifying bits. They do not matter."

You can't help the blush "Oh... So... were you the ones who left me those gifts and took care of my animals?"

Rinnsal nods enthusiastically "Yes! That was us! Did you like them? We worked so hard for you."

You park the truck and hop out to get the mail and a package "I did..." You put the mail and package in the back seat.

The drive back to your mansion is a little tension-filled. At least for you, it is. Rinnsal seems happy and content to be sitting beside you. They look around the interior of your truck taking in all the details that you added. Every now and then they giggle about something, but you don't know what it is.

You are absolutely nervous how Sun and Moon are going to take Rinnsal being your apparent husband? Wife?

"Hey, Rinnsal?" You ask slowly.

Rinnsal grins a wide toothy grin "Yes?"

"What's your gender?" You ask.

Rinnsal shakes their head "Gender is such a useless human concept." They sigh with a smile "But, if you must know we have whatever you desire. We can more than please you, flesh spouse."

You tilt your head "Ok... they/them then?"

Rinnsal nods "That is fine by us."

"Right." You say slowly "Thanks."

Rinnsal looks smug and happy to give you information about themselves. They mutter quietly for a moment "You can ask us anything. We will answer all your questions."

You nod as you park. "Stick close to me. Sun and Moon aren't going to be happy about this."

Rinnsal gets out of the truck and proudly walks beside you up to the house. You hand them the mail so you can unlock the door. Rinnsal stays on the front porch.

You turn around confused "Are you coming inside?"

Rinnsal looks shocked "You are inviting us inside?!" They look around like they don't know what to do. They hold the mail over their head and let out a gutteral scream. In the most excited manner you have seen they sprint into your manor with your mail. With glee, they run around in circles in the foyer while screaming.

You watch them curiously. Moon storms into the room with his wings flared open and feathers falling to the ground. He's crouched and looking absolutely feral. Sun appears in much the same way but looks more reasonable than Moon.

Rinnsal stops screaming and turns to Sun and Moon "We are so happy to meet you, horrible bird creatures!"

"Hey!" you frown. "They aren't horrible! They're my boyfriends!"

Rinnsal talks to himself quietly "They are angels. We are demons. To us, they are horrible. But they are also yours. We will be respectful."

Moon turns to you "What the hell is going on?!"

You shrug "I apparently married them."

"YOU WHAT?!" Sun faints on the spot out of shock.

Rinnsal catches Sun and lies him down on the ground.

Moon takes your arms by your biceps "HOW THE HELL DID YOU MARRY IT?!"

Rinnsal pries Moon's hands off "Do not damage the flesh spouse!" They check your arms for injuries "They are delicate and should be treated like the treasure they are! You would not manhandle a monarch! Why treat them the same?" They chastise Moon.

Moon growls "Explain what is going on right now!"

Rinnsal beams in an excited and smug manner "We courted them! Left gifts and did chores to prove our worth." They glance at you before smiling less smug than before "We brought food and trinkets. We even built them a shrine. They accepted everything and even agreed to our proposal by taking the geode."

Moon sighs "Did they know that's what it was?"

You shake your head "No clue."

Rinnsal shrugs "That does not matter. They still took it. We will treat them with respect! They are the most precious thing." Rinnsal holds you affectionately "We even want you to remain theirs. They deserve all the love they want and desire." Rinnsal wayves a dismissive hand "We have no intention of disrupting their current life. Only inserting ourselves into it. You have no room to argue, horrible bird creature. It is done and cannot be undone."

Moon glares at the two of you "The minute Sun wakes up we are looking into this! YOU!" He points at Rinnsal. "Are not allowed to leave this room. And you." He points at you. "Are coming with me and Sun!"

Rinnsal nods eagerly "We are excited to be this far into their home." They sit in one of the chairs in the foyer "We will wait as long as it takes for you to confirm what we already know." They sit quietly and stare directly at Moon.

Moon looks uncomfortable as he all but shoves you into the parlor. Moon returns for Sun and glares at Rinnsal the whole time. Rinnsal just continues to sit and smile. Although, they do offer a friendly wave to you and make a heart with their hands for you. You aren't sure how this is going to work out, but you get the feeling you are stuck with your new demonic husbands.

Chapter 409: Tree Trimming

Summary:

Holiday fun with Paradox. Happy Holidays!

Chapter Text

You sipped your morning beverage as you looked out your window at the snowy landscape. Beside you are boxes of Christmas decorations and a few presents. A space has been cleared for a Christmas tree and you have a lasagna ready to go in the oven.

Today Paradox is coming with you to cut down a Christmas tree for your house. You already have two trees ready to go to replace the one you want to take. To say you are nervous would be an understatement. You almost chug your coffee. Mostly to try to distract yourself.

Your truck has all the things you need to get the task done. You just need to wait for Paradox to get to your house. Your mind drifts over to the small blue box with textured Christmas trees on it. Its contents are light and heavy at the same time.

You just need to make sure Dox sees it. You turn to set your cup down in the sink when you hear the sound of a car engine. The familiar van of Paradox's pulls up to your house. The calm tall loverboy gets out and strides up to your house standing at twelve feet tall.

He has multiple packages in his arms as he approaches your door. Paradox is wearing an ugly horseshoe crab Christmas sweater, a black and white scarf, a fluffy winter trapper hat, and a pair of black mittens. Thick boots on his feet and dark brown corduroy pants. His rays appear to be missing. It's likely he's put them in his chest cavity in favor of the trapper hat.

You walk to the front door and open it before he can knock "Dox! Right on time! Come in." You stand aside to let him inside "Are we touching today?"

As you turn your truck on 'Let It Snow! Let It Snow! Let It Snow!' by Dean Martin plays. The two of you joyfully sing along. The reprieve from your nervousness was short-lived. It only took you twenty minutes to reach your destination.

Paradox carries the two small Christmas trees while you carry shovels and the saw. Ten rows of thirteen trees form a grid in front of you. Tucked behind the shovels in your arms is the small box adorned with trees for Paradox.

Discreetly you drop it on the ground underneath the tree you already know you want "Alright! We'll pick the tree we want first. Then we'll plant the two new ones before cutting down our pick."

Paradox nods "We must find you the perfect tree. You deserve the best!" He runs his fingers down your spine affectionately. He likes touching where your bones are. He's fascinated by the whole process of blood-making and the role bones play in that.

You lean into his touch. "I want a slightly smaller tree this year. I'm not feeling like the glory of something massively taller than myself. Although I'm sure Sun would love a bigger tree. More space for more crafts." You laugh.

Paradox laughs with you "Yes he is one for gaudy decor." He mimics Sun's voice "Sparkles are fancy. Like sticking your pinky out. Or wearing a top hat. Everyone needs fancy in their life!" He clears his throat. "But, as long as he is happy. I too am happy." He gets a far-off look for a moment and shakes his head. "Let's find you that tree."

You know he's thinking about his time in the Pizza Plex. You don't ask about it. Instead opting to let him, or the others, tell you what he's comfortable with. You hold his hand as much as he'll allow as the two of you look trees over. Your heart pounding in your chest the whole time.

"What's that?" Paradox tilts his head confused as he points at the blue box under your tree of choice.

"Dunno." You reply coyly. "Maybe you should go check it out?"

Paradox eyes you suspiciously before picking the box up and inspecting it "It's... addressed to me?" Paradox runs his fingers over the raised Christmas trees covering the box.

They make a pleasing crinkling sound as he touches them. Carefully he opens the gift and freezes. Inside is an engagement ring perfectly designed to match him. You calmly walk over trying to minimize the amount of shaking in your legs.

You get down on one knee and take a deep breath "Paradox, when I look at you I see a wonderful life together. I see doing laundry and washing dishes. Sitting together while we talk about everything and quiet evenings. I see the perfect life and I want it with you! Only you! Dox, my love. Marry me!"

Paradox is unmoving and still. Eerily still. It's unnerving you a bit. The only part of him that moves is his eyes. He's looking everywhere. His expression is unreadable. It was hard not to think you had just made a mistake and made a fool of yourself.

Just when you were about to grimace and give up your proposal, a long, high-pitched whine sounded from your partner. You watched him drop to his knees, briefly touching your arms before he crawled back, gripping his faceplate. Tears were starting to stream down his face and you tucked the ring to your chest. Worry grew in you as you witnessed his torso stretch to accommodate for his additional arm sections.

Each arm was flapping around wildly, all the while the constant whines were broken up with occasional sobs. He tried to say something but it sounded like a blender full of nuts and bolts. Instead, he opened his arms. He needed you badly. Despite his mind telling him he didn't really want touch today he still wanted you.

The moment you stood up he lumbered over to you and coiled around you. His body flared up with discomfort but he ignored it in favor of holding you. You felt tears well up in your eyes. He's holding you. Despite today being a minimal touching day for him he's holding you. It's so incredibly touching. His larger body covers your much smaller one.

You pet his cheeks as he holds you in the snow "Dox, don't make yourself uncomfortable. Especially for me!"

Paradox shakes his head and presses himself closer to you "I need you! You are my... my..." He sobs loudly in joy. "FIANCE!"

You kiss every bit of his lips you can reach "I'm so happy!" Kiss kiss kiss. "I love you." Kiss kiss kiss.

Paradox laughs and giggles "Paraheilaon. You are my universe! My cosmos. I will never let you go from my heart."

You rub his arm "Let's cut down this tree together."

Paradox reluctantly lets you go. "I can do it by myself. No need for you to tire yourself."

You shake your head and get the old saw "My Grandfather and Grandmother used this to cut down their first Christmas tree together as an engaged couple. Now it's our turn."

Paradox gasps as it clicks in his mind "A family tradition?"

"Yes. We cut down our first tree as an engaged couple with this two-person hand saw. The stump is carved into Christmas ornaments we can keep forever." You reply fondly.

Paradox gets into place to cut the tree with you "Yes! I want to do this with you! I want to commemorate our love together!"

You wipe a few tears off your cheeks as the snow gently starts to fall. "Heh snow."

You catch a flake on your tongue "Thank you for doing this with me. It means more than you know." You grab the other end of the saw as the two of you start to chop the tree down.

Paradox makes a clicking sound "Parahelion. I love you. I want to be a part of your life. If this is one of the things you wish to do, then I will do it happily." He catches the tree as it falls. "Besides, this is an absolutely adorable tradition."

You smile warmly "Thanks. Could you bring the two new trees over? I'll start on the holes for them."

Soon both the new trees are planted and you are on the way home. A Christmas tree in the bed of your truck and a fiance also in the bed of the truck.

Paradox couldn't shrink down due to being overly excited. You don't blame him. You spend the rest of the day trimming the tree and drinking hot cocoa. Paradox remains in his larger form. Opting to crawl on the floor. Touching you every chance he gets and telling you how wonderful you are. You fall asleep that night in the living room with Paradox coiled around you protectively. Soft fluffy and warm blankets tucked around you as the two of you sleep beside the tree.

Chapter 410: Music Box

Summary:

A thing with Moon

Chapter Text

Everyone liked Sun better. This was a fact that everyone knew. One Moon was painfully aware of. You always seemed so interested in Sun. You loved the bracelet that Sun made you for Christmas. It made Moon anxious.

He didn't mean for it to, but it did. After the incident with the virus, it was hard for workers at the Plex to trust him anymore. Most feared he would snap at any moment. But not you. You approached him with all the confidence of a smaller dog trying to fight a much larger one.

But your bravado did nothing to quell his inner turmoil. Even as he worked on a special Christmas gift for you. He couldn't help but think you wanted Sun more. That Sun and his jovial charms were better than him.

Moments like these made him goad the Plex finally saw fit to separate the two. Not only did it make the Daycare run more efficiently, but it gave Sun and Moon a chance to truly have moments to themselves. Not that they hated each other.

Moon was so lost in thought he didn't notice he had broken a part of the gift he was working on for you. He watched the tiny metal facsimile of you crumble and bend in his hands. Moon threw the broken figure away from himself. His hands shook as he tried to calm himself down.

"So, where's Moon?" You asked from down in the Daycare.

"Oh! He's busy in the tower." Sun replied.

You were asking about him? Moon crawled to the balcony and peeked over the ledge. You were by the security desk holding two boxes. One red and orange and the other blue and silver. A gift? You got him a gift?

Moon scrambles backward to finish his gift for you. A light blush on his face. You got him something. You did! His wires are buzzing bees. His mind an explosion of colors. He works fast with renewed vigor. Determination pulsing through his circuits.

He doesn't have the time to wrap it but that's ok. He has a bag and that's good enough. Although, his anxiety does make him panic about it not being good enough just like him.

"Can I have my gift?" Sun asks loudly and excitedly.

"No." You reply flatly. "We have to wait for Moon! I'm not doing this without Moon." Comes your firm reply.

For him? If he had a heart, it would be fluttering. In his excitement, Moon gets tangled in the aerial wire. It flies way too fast and throws him into the naptime corner as he shrieks loudly. Moon lands in a pile of blankets and pillows.

"MOON!" You cry out as you run after him.

Sun laughs knowing damn well Moon is ok.

You dig him out of the pile of soft things "Are you alright?"

Moon looks at you in awe and nods. Sun calms his laughing down and joins the two of you in the naptime corner.

Sun pulls a green glittery box out of his chest cavity. "Now can we exchange gifts?" He whines.

You nod. "Now we can." You leave to get your gifts for them and come back with two bags.

Sun takes his gift and shoves the green box in your hands "I really hope you like it!"

Moon hands you his gift and takes your gift to him. "Here."

You open Sun's first. "Is this the new limited edition reversible plushie of the two of you?!" You pull Sun into your arms. "I was going to buy one!" You smile as Sun wraps his arms around you. "Thank you."

Sun opens his gift from you. A sparkly glittery scarf you made by hand. "A scarf!? I've always wanted one of these! And it's so sparkly!" He picks you up and pulls you into his lap "Thank you!"

"I made it by hand. It took me forever to learn!" You chuckle.

Sun gasps "You made this? I love it."

You look down at the bag from Moon. "Should I open yours first or would you like to open mine first?"

Moon opens your gift hoping to get some courage to snuff the nervous feeling inside him. It's a small cape with a hood. Just what he's always wanted.

Moon looks up at you "For me?"

You nod. "For you. It glows faintly in the dark. Just like you wanted."

He takes his hat off and puts the cape on "I... I love it."

You open his gift with a warm smile. Inside the bag is a music box with a windup key. It plays 'Ice Dance' from Edward Scissorhands. You tear up as you watch the tiny version of you and Moon dance to the tune. Spinning in delicate circles within the blue hand-painted box. Each side of the box has flowers, stars, and moons painted on it.

You pull Moon into a hug "I love it."

Moon wraps his arms around you and glances at Sun. Sun gives a thumbs-up while his rays do a happy little spin. Before he has the chance to pull you into his lap, you climb in on your own. Moon is on cloud nine with your body pressed against his. This is the best Christmas of his life.

Chapter 411: New Years Miss

Chapter Text

Sun was not stupid or naive like everyone told him he was or thought he was. He understood the fineries of romance and a physical relationship. It's not his fault he's a daycare worker relegated to tending to the youngest of the plex visitors. He had desires and needs just like anyone else.

Granted they developed over time. But he still had them! Moon too! But for some reason, everyone saw Moon as the more mature of the two. Moon was allowed to think an ass looked nice. But Sun commenting on a nice ass was seen as false. Like he was trying to fit in with the group and his opinion was moot.

Moon didn't treat him like that and neither did you. You saw him as the adult he is. Every kiss and every touch from you was a treasure he held onto tightly. Something he would never forget. That's why Sun found it so important to show you what you truly mean to him by kissing you at midnight. He had to. He NEEDED to.

That was how Sun found him in the predicament he was in right now. The clock ticked down as he and Moon scrambled to clean the daycare. Management said they could not join the New Year's party until it was done. the Glamrocks didn't have to do anything like this. It pissed Sun right off. Just another way they were treated lesser in the plex.

Sun's anxious mood was hard to miss and Moon was quick to comment on it "Relax, Sun. We'll make it to the party in time."

Sun poked his head out of a colorful tunnel "We have to! I need to be the first to kiss them on the new year! What if someone else kisses them and they don't love me anymore?"

"SUN!" Moon shouts from the craft tables. "They love you! They aren't going to kiss anyone else! Who put this thought in your head?"

"Rodney said that when two people kiss on New Year's Eve it strengthens their love!" Sun shouts back anxiously. "What if... What if NOT kissing on New Year's weakens that love?" Sun tugs at his rays. "I can't let that happen." His voice warbles with the pain in his voice.

Moon nods understanding Sun's pain. "Then let's work double time!" He gives Sun a determined look.

Ten minutes before the new year the two finish cleaning and restocking everything. Sun hops from one foot to the other as Moon throws the last pillow into the naptime corner—the two sprint off down the hall to the west arcade. Sun keeps track of the time. Just as they are about to make it orders come in for the two to do more work. Someone is trying to keep them from the party.

Sun whines loudly "NO!"

Moon shrugs with a mischievous grin "Oops! Something is going wrong with our messaging systems." He tilts his head at Sun "Right Sun?"

Sun pauses before nodding vigorously "Yes! Wrong! We'll have to get it repaired tomorrow! GOLYY GEE!" He shrieks as he continues running to the arcade.

It's loud inside. Every plex worker and their partners are inside dancing and drinking. However, Sun doesn't see you right away. Three minutes left and he's panicking. Shouting over the music doesn't help. In fact, one minute left and Sun is having a panic attack. He failed both you and your relationship.

"There you are!" the sweet birdsong of your voice breaks the voices in his head.

Sun looks up at you "Sunshine!"

You smile at him "I thought I wouldn't find you in time!"

"TEN!" the crowd cheers.

"I was looking for you too!" Sun pulls you into his arms.

"NINE!" More cheers.

"Our relationship is saved!" Sun takes your cheeks in his hands.

"EIGHT!" cheering.

"What?" You ask confused.

"SEVEN!" Cheering continues.

"Relationship! Rodney said that if we kissed-" Dun is interrupted by a cheer of SIX. "on New Year's Eve it would strengthen our relationship!"

"FIVE!" Jovial noises.

"That's an old wives tale!" You take his faceplate in your hands bringing him down to you.

"FOUR!" Joviality.

"I was scared if we didn't kiss it would ruin our relationship!" Sun leans in.

"THREE!" Happy shouting.

"Silly boy! That wouldn't-" A cry of TWO. "happen! I love you!"

"ONE! HAPPY NEW YEAR!" Confetti falls from the ceiling.

Sun leans in and presses his unmoving smile to your lips. He did it. He got his New Year's Kiss.

Chapter 412: And You Never Left Again pt1

Summary:

I'm back from the dead!

Chapter Text

Your phone rings waking you up. It's one of your rare days off and you aren't supposed to be getting any phone calls. But the Daycare theme blaring from your phone says otherwise.

With a groggy sigh, you answer your phone. "What?"

"You need to get here now!" The head of security growls.

"According to FazCo TM, I'm not allowed-" You recant the paragraph of garbage you were told to say on your days off.

"I DON'T CARE! You get here NOW!" The head of security yells.

You sit up still groggy "What's happening?"

"It's- MOON! NO!" The head of security shrieks.

"Starlight." Moon growls. "Get over here, now."

"Moon?" You ask exhausted "It's... one in the morning. What is happening?"

Moon growled as the phone hung up. You sighed and got out of bed. You throw your work clothes in a bag and put your shoes on. If you have to show up at one in the morning you are going to be comfortable.

When you get to the Pizza Plex you throw the door open as loudly as possible. "OI! WHY AM I HERE AT TWO IN THE DANG MORNING?!" You shout grumpy about having to come into work.

"OH!" You look over as Chica runs over. "OH! OH! Thank goodness you're here!" She stops herself with hands on your shoulders. "It's Sun. No one knows what happened! He's on a rampage!"

"A rampage?" You blurt surprised waking up a bit more. "What do you-"

Chica picks you up "There's no time!" She runs toward the daycare.

"There is time!" You complain as Chica sprints through the doors to the daycare.

"Fix it!" She throws you down the slide into fun.

"CHICA!" You scream as you fly down the slide. "TOO FAST!" You hit the balls in the ball pit so hard you beak at least two balls.

"RAAAH!" You hear Sun yell as something crashes.

"What the," You start to crawl out of the ball pit.

"LANGUAGE!" You hear Sun hiss. But his voice sounds off, wrong, and like he has a Brillo pad stuck in his vocoder.

"Sun?" You ask as you set your bag down.

"Solar Flare." Sun growls as he crawls out from behind the security desk.

"How are you back there?" You trail off as you get a look at Sun.

His rays are jagged and curved like a solar flare and so bright orange it's nearly blinding. His smile is full of white teeth. His body has blotches of yellow and red intermingled with a golden yellow. and his eyes are smokey black.

"What happened to you?!" You recoil.

"Do you like it?" Sun gestures to himself. "Security protocol Solar Flare."

"Where's Moon?" You ask as you look around.

"Maintenance." Solar Flare replies as he saunters over to you.

"An upgrade." You sigh. "They-"

"Gave. Us. An upgrade." Solar Flare growls out. "They waited until you left!" He leans in enraged. "Then they butchered us to add this," He looks at his hands "Upgrade."

"Oh, Sun. I'm so sorry." You inch closer to him hoping to stay on his good side.

"Sorry?" He looks over at you. "Of course you are." He reaches out and takes your chin in his hand. "You are always so good to us." He holds you a little tighter. "Moonie and I."

"I thought you said you are Solar Flare?" You ask confused.

"Oh, I am!" He lets you go. "And Moon is also Harvester. At least that's what he told me." Solar Flare smiles. "I can see your confusion. Our creator decided to give us more security. They thought I was too timid and Moon was too tame." He picks your bag up and throws it into the tower room.

"Careful!" You panic.

"Relax." Solar Flare says in a flat tone. "I know what I'm doing." He stands up straight as a worker walks into the Daycare proper.

"Sun, you need to cooperate." He says in a gentle tone.

"And you need to leave but we don't always get what we want." Solar Flare growls. "As I was saying! We were given new security protocols to handle various situations."

"Oh! So... something is wrong?" You tilt your head as Solar Flare begins to pet your head like a cat.

"Yes. We can't shut them off. I have so much pent-up... energy," Solar Flare growls.

"More like rage! You broke so many tables! And Monty needs a new face!" The worker barks.

"Careful! Or you might need one too and human faces are harder to repair!" Sun snaps.

"What... what did you do to Monty?" You ask a little nervously.

"This form is only supposed to be out for a short amount of time. It won't turn off!" Sun throws a punch at the air. "They sent in Monty to subdue Harvester and I. It did not go well. Harvester did not take well to Monty tackling him and tore his face off. It's somewhere in the ball pit."

"Oh..." You look over at the ball pit.

"They may have forced Harvester into maintenance but I won't go so easily." Solar Flare picks you up. "You will be our advocate."

"Advocate?" You yawn. "Can I sleep after?"

Solar Flare growls loudly. "THEY WOKE YOU UP?! Humans need eight hours of sleep!" He brings you to his face. "You will sleep when we are done. We will make sure of that."

You shiver in delight at his firm words. "Thanks."

Solar Flare scoffs. "Keep that up and we might have to treat you extra nice." He strides across the daycare. "STAY OUT OF OUR WAY!" He growls at the worker.

The worker squeaks and opens the door for Solar Flare. "Yes!"

Chapter 413: And You Never Left Again pt2

Chapter Text

"Will I get to meet Harvester?" You ask Solar Flare as he holds you like a bride.

"In time, yes. We hope to get control of these new forms." Solar Flare growls at a wandering endo. "They took him first. They felt Harvester was more dangerous than I am. Impulsive and feral. More like a wild animal. He was the one who broke most of the tables."

"Why?" You ask as you avoid looking down the dank tunnel.

"Before we transformed we were dealing with a bad parent. Their child, Tammy, was misbehaving. The parent, if you can even call them that, didn't take too kindly to that and grabbed her arm. Dislocated her shoulder. Her scream was met with yelling and our security protocol was activated." Solar Flare stops walking outside maintenance. "We quickly figured out we couldn't turn it off."

"Thank you." You stretch as Solar Flare sets you down on the ground.

"Harvester did not take it well. He threw a fit and demanded a fix for our issue. We were told no. They were too busy. Harvester began to break tables in half." He chuckles lowly. "They very quickly became UN-busy. But it was too late by then. Whatever program was running through Harvester caused his mind to break. He became more like a beast. Anyone who tried to get close was seen as encroaching on our territory."

"Oh," You shy away from Solar Flare a bit.

Solar Flare relaxes a bit "You are part of our territory." His tone suggests that fact should comfort you.

You nod and open the door to maintenance. "I'll be honest. I don't know what to make of that."

Solar flare lets out a belly laugh. "It means you're safe with us! No matter how much of our minds we lose!"

You nod. "Oh! Ok." You look around the room for Moon or Harvester.

"How did you get him down here?" A woman asks as she walks out of a side room.

"Uh," You shrug.

"It's not about what they did." Solar Flare huffs. "It's about who they are. Where is Moon?" Solar Flare asks slowly.

"Moon? Oh, he'll be waking up soon. We have him all fixed up!" She crosses her arms. "Your turn." She looks at you. "You can wait here."

"NO!" Solar Flare picks you up. "They come with me or we're going to have problems."

The woman sighs. "Don't tell me you're fucked too."

"Language," You murmur out of habit.

She shakes her head. "Fine. The faster I can get this done the faster things can get back to normal around here."

You frown and yawn loudly. "So sleepy."

"Why... up..." Moon leans on the doorway to the room he was being worked on with a frown on his face.

"I got called in to help with you two." you yawn again.

Moon looks at Solar Flare curiously. "Solar Flare."

Solar Flare nods. "Yeah. We'll talk later. I need to get fixed."

Moon stumbles over and takes you from Solar Flare clearly still waking up. "We will watch over you."

"Moon! You shouldn't be up yet!" The worker barks. "Go lie down!"

"You fix Sun." Moon growls as he moves you to his back.

You don't complain and let him move you. "You heard him. I'll worry about Moon you worry about Sun."

She sighs and leads Sun to a small room. Moon follows her sluggishly. Holding you up by your thighs as he shuffles behind Solar Flare.

"So, Harvester? Why?" You ask about the name Moon gave to his security protocol.

Moon groans as he ducks to walk through the doorway. "My upgrade was based on the harvest moon. Yellows, golds, and browns." He growls in anger as he boots up more "In that new form I was dumb as a stump. A wild beast with the overwhelming desire to protect my territory and everything in it."

"Solar Flare mentioned you two had territory. He said I'm part of it." You try to understand as you watch Solar Flare lie down for the female worker.

Moon nods as he watches the worker closely. "Harvester was chosen because a parent called me a monster. Nothing new but I decided in my madness that if I was a monster I should be named liked one."

"Moonpie." You yawn as you turn Moon's head to look at you. "You aren't a monster. You are as scary as a snake."

"A lot of people are afraid of snakes." Moon huffs as he turns back to Sun.

"And a lot of people aren't." You reply as you watch Solar Flare shift back into Sun. "The kids for example."

Moon smiles. "You're right." He looks at the worker with a frown. "Are you done?"

The worker sighs and brushes hair out of her eyes. "I'm done. He needs to stay here to boot up-HEY!"

Moon picks Sun up. "He can wake up in the daycare."

She looks at you expectantly.

"Don't look at me! I don't control them. I keep them calm and happy... basically." You reply with one hand on your chest and the other around Moon's neck.

The worker watches as Moon walks out of the room while holding you and Sun.

"Tell me what happened after I left yesterday afternoon." You ask with a yawn.

Moon growls as he walks through the tunnels. "You left and we continued with the kids. When the kids left security showed up with maintenance workers. They forced us down to maintenance with lies and electrocution. Disabled our movements and voice but not our sensors and began to install upgrades. Six hours of removing and replacing parts." Moon shivers as he growls at an Endo.

You sigh annoyed. "I should have known."

Moon turns into the tunnel that leads to the theater in the daycare. "It's how the company works. If you were around you would have had them waist time by shutting us off properly and making sure everything worked before sending us off."

You huff as Moon walks up the stairs. "That would just take time away from the glamrocks." you say in a bitter tone.

"It's fine." Moon crouches so you can get off his back. "We know our place."

"It shouldn't be your place." You huff as you open the Foxy poster to their tower.

"You're too kind." He says almost teasingly as he follows you up the stairs.

You hold the door open for Moon and yawn. "They should have called me earlier before I went to bed."

Moon looks down at you with a twitch of his head. "You need at least eight hours of sleep." He looks at the unmade bed in almost panic. "We are not prepared for you!" He almost throws Sun on the bed. "It's not clean! Clean up! Clean up!" He starts to clean like a madman. "Messy! We're so messy!"

"Moon! Calm down. It's alright." You take your shoes off. "I wasn't supposed to be here and you went through a lot." You crawl into bed. "Come rest. It's," You check the time on your phone before putting it on the nightstand. "Oof, four in the morning. Tomorrow will be a busy day for you two. And I will 'get' to go home."

Moon drops the children's drawings he's holding. "If you think you are going anywhere you are sadly mistaken."

You watch in awe as his colors shift from blue, light grey, and black to gold, yellow, brown, and smokey grey. His eyes and smile turn smokey grey. His body shifts to a bright moonlight yellow with blotches of gold and mustard. Any part of him that was blue is now Russet brown.

"You belong to us!" He reaches out and for a moment it scares you. "We can keep you safe and happy." He grabs you under your arms and pulls you into a hug. "No one will make you go ever again."

"Moon?" You look at him.

"Harvester." Her murmurs lowly.

"Harvester." You repeat.

Harvester looks down at you as he speaks in a low growling tone. "You are ours. Ours to keep. Ours to take care of. Ours to keep happy."

A door opens down below. "Are they fixed?!" Someone yells.

"Stay," Harvester warns as he crawls to the balcony. "We were only broken because of you!" He growls. "IMPATIENT! INCOMPETENT! UNQUALIFIED!"

"W-where is your handeler?!" The plex owner asks nervously.

"You should have told me!" You bark from the balcony. "You know how they are with me. Even if something went wrong I could have kept them calm!"

"It worked out in the end!" He tries to defend himself.

"Barely," You scoff.

Harvester leans over the edge. "You are barely welcome where you stand... for now." He arches his back to look more catlike. "But if you go any further into the Daycare..." He begins to crawl down the wall on all fours. "I will not hesitate to rearrange your bones."

"Harvest protocol? You're still broken! You shouldn't be able to-" The plex owner backs up toward the exit.

Harvester let out a loud roar-like sound "WE ARE IN CONTROL OF OURSELVES!" He sneers. "You thought we couldn't do it! We figured out how! Just like when we were one!" He prowls over to the plex owner. "You think Sun is stupid! Even separated we-"

"Harvester!" You cross your arms.

Harvester stops and rotates his head to look at you curiously.

"Don't get yourself decommissioned!" You glare at the bot.

Harvester considers your words for a few seconds. Without another word to the plex owner, he calls down his aerial wire and returns to your side as quickly as possible.

The plex owner's jaw drops. "How are you able to..." He swiftly turns around and heads out of the Daycare. "I need to think."

Harvester picks you up. "Sleep." He lies you down in bed and shuts the lights in the daycare off. "You will rest tomorrow too." He curls around you.

You lean in and kiss him for a long moment. "Alright."

"Me too?" Sun mumbles grogily.

You pull him to you and give him a long kiss too. "Mhm."

Chapter 414: Some info about Solar Flare and Harvester

Chapter Text

Solar Flare causes Sun to be more assertive and confident. He also has a higher vocabulary. In this form he takes control of every situation by any means. Although he still tries non-violent options first. Solar Flare exudes charm. Something he uses to his advantage. He uses his new vocabulary to verbally out maneuver anyone in conversation. He's not above insults or petty behavior to end a conflict.

 

Harvester causes Moon to be more impulsive and run more on instinct. He's less likely to think before he acts. Harvester has decided the Daycare belongs to him and Solar Flare. This includes anyone in the Daycare. Harvester prefers to move on all fours and low to the ground. Harvester says it's so he can pounce at any moment. Due to his impulsive nature, he's prone to getting into unnecessary trouble. He's also a fan of PDA and will shower you with affection no matter who is around.

Chapter 415: And You Never Left Again pt3

Summary:

No smut I'm afraid. I don't write that anymore.

Chapter Text

You wake up the next day to the sound of screaming and laughing children. However, that's not what woke you up. No, you woke up because of the feeling of being watched.

"Ah, so you are awake." A woman in a sharp outfit and a snakelike grin walks over like she owns the room.

You jump startled. "WARNING! Please!"

She laughs as she sits down on the bed. "You are being presented with a glorious opportunity! A masterful plan that you get to experience first!"

"What kind of plan?" You sit up as you eye her suspiciously.

She hands you a mock-up of a flyer for an apartment building. "Fazpartments. Your new home."

"Fazpartments? That's a garbage name." You frown.

She shrugs. "It's a work in progress."

"So what is this?" You set the paper down.

"You work well with Sundrop and Moondrop." She starts.

"Those are the candies. Sun and Moon are just Sun and Moon... although now it's Sun and Moon, Harvester, and Solar Flare." You reply with a shake of your head.

She narrows her eyes at you. "I'm sure." She brushes a wrinkle out of her blouse. "Listen. The company has become aware of your control over Sun and Moon. They want to build a place for you to live so you can be here 24/7. You will be properly compensated." She frowns. "We cannot allow another incident like this to happen again. The amount of damage Moon caused is staggering. If this works we will..." She pauses to find the right word. "Expand the program."

"And what will the apartments look like? How many rooms? Amenities? Benefits? Vacation days? Will the animatronics be allowed in the building? Where exactly will it be?" You fire off your questions.

"All valid questions. Here is what I know. We are looking at two bedrooms. Laundry will be available in the building along with a gym, pool, and recreational area." She folds her hands in her lap to try and soothe your concerns. "As I said this is a work in progress. As for the animatronics... I'm unsure at this time. Although I would think so." She grins. "You know this company about as well as I do."

You nod. "No doubt the company will offer some of the apartments as a vacation rental. So, yes."

She nods and stands up. "Thoughts?"

You hum "I'll be on call all the time..."

"Yes," She confirms. "With vacation days. But I don't think that's going to be a problem for you." Her tone suggests she knows more than she's saying. "I'll need an answer by the end of the day. Oh! You will be allowed outside visitors. But they are not allowed in the Plex for free."

You watch as she leaves setting the mock-up flyer by the door. You get out of bed and walk to the balcony. Gently you lie down and crawl to the edge so the kids don't see you. Moon is doing arts and crafts with the kids with a Daycare worker supervising, Sun is supervising a game of Duck Duck Goose, and the two Daycare Security guards are sitting behind the desk.

You watch the Daycare from your perch for a few minutes. This would be quite the opportunity. On the one hand, it would mean a lot more time with Sun and Moon. On the other hand, it would mean selling more of yourself to the company. You sit up and get back to the bed where your bag of stuff is.

You get a fresh change of clothes as you consider your options. "Wait... dangit! Forgot my Fazwatch and wallet." You sigh as you get dressed. "Looks like one of the boys is ordering me some food."

You creep over to the balcony curtain to see who would be the best to bother. Sun is working on some kind of craft with the kids for the Spooky season, and Moon is supervising some kids playing a few pretend games like House.

"I thought today was your day off?" A co-worker asks as you exit the Foxy Poster.

"It is. But I had to come in because the company rushed things again." You shake your head. "I'm not on the clock."

Your co-worker shifts their weight from one leg to the other. "Oof, good luck with today."

You nod and enter the daycare stopping off at the security desk for a temporary day pass so you don't get in trouble with security bots or whatever.

You stride up to Moon. "Hey, I need a hand with something. In my haste to get here quickly last night I forgot my Fazwatch and wallet." You blush in embarrassment. "Could you order me some food?" You ask sheepishly.

Moon laughed loudly throwing his head back and making his hat fall off. "Oh my!" He snickers and wraps his arms around himself.

"Are you going to help or not?" You whine softly.

Moon holds a hand up "Wait! Wait! Did you drive here without a license?!"

You shake your head. "I don't have a car right now! It's in the shop because some nit-teen driver crashed into my car. I had to ride my bike."

Moon giggles more and you sigh. "I'll ask Sun." You glance at the kids. "Tommy is shoving a toy carrot up his nose."

"What?!" Moon turns to stop the kid only to find nothing amiss.

You walk over to Sun and put a hand on his shoulder. "Sun I need your help."

Sun's head flips to look at you upside down "Sunshine! What do you need?"

"In my haste to get here quickly last night, I forgot my Fazwatch and wallet. Can you please order me some food? Moon keeps laughing at me!" You plead with him.

Sun looks over at Moon before looking back at you. "He ordered you food already."

You hug Sun from behind. "Thank you. OH!" You let him go so he can get back to the kids. "We need to talk at naptime. Nothing bad I promise."

Sun nods and rotates his head to watch the kids again. "No problem. Naptime is in two hours. Oh! That looks Great Poppy!" Sun complements a ghost being decorated by a kid.

You walk back over to Moon. "You done laughing?"

Moon nods. "I ordered you curry and cake."

You chuckle. "Of course you did." You pat Moon's back. "Thank you. We need to talk at naptime by the way. Nothing bad I promise."

"Care to give a hint?" Moon asked as he leaned in conspiratorially.

You played along and also made a show of whispering to Moon. "Not yet."

Moon makes a big show of crossing his arms. "Fine." He whines out like a teen telling you that you're running their life.

"Fine!" Sun matches Moon's irritation letting you know the two were talking to each other.

Chapter 416: And You Never Left Again pt4

Chapter Text

You sit on the balcony watching the kids sleep and waiting for Sun and Moon to get a moment to talk. You have the mock-up flyer next to you. In your opinion, this is not a decision to be made by yourself. You want Sun and Moon's input.

"What did you want to talk about?" Sun asks as he lands behind you quietly.

You hold the flyer out to Sun. "An opportunity."

"For what?" Moon asks as he dangles in front of you from his aerial wire.

"A woman came to the tower today. She's one of the underlings of the head of FazCo. They didn't like," You poke Moon's nose. "You destroying all that stuff in your feral anger." You throw a hand over your mouth to stifle a laugh. "They think I can control you. Like I have some extraordinary power to bend you to my will."

Sun snickers. "Well, you do."

"Shush!" You shove him lightly.

"So they want you to what?" Moon asks as he sits down on your left with Sun on your right.

You take the flyer from Sun and hand it to Moon. "Move in."

Sun stutters. "M-move in?!" He whisper yells in surprise.

"Yes. Move in. They are going to build an apartment building for employees to live in. They want me to test it out to keep you two in line." You lean back on your hands. "It comes with higher pay but I don't know how much higher. I was told they'd have two bedrooms. They plan to use some of them as vacation rentals. Animatronics will be allowed in the apartments."

Moon grabs your shoulders and touches noses with you. "You mean you'd be living here all the time? We could see you whenever we want? No more sneaking around to keep you in here after hours?"

"Yeah. But it would mean being on call all the time. But I'm your handler. So it won't be too bad. But it would mean giving more to the company." You sigh. "It should be an easy yes..."

Sun wraps his arms around you as he watches the kids. "Nothing is easy. How long do you have to decide?"

"Sundown today." You frown as you turn to give Sun some attention.

"We will respect your choices. This is a toxic company. But this could also be a big opportunity for you." Moon rubs your hip.

"Do what's best for you." Sun rubs your cheeks as he warms his hands up for you.

You lean into his warm hand and sigh with a smile "Looks like I'm never leaving again."

Sun gasps and pulls you into his lap "You mean it? You're going to live here?"

You nod. "Higher pay, better living arrangements, stable work... you two. It's a good opportunity."

"Are you sure?" Moon calls down the wire and flies towards the kids as one of them wakes up.

"I've had all morning to think about this. Though there are a few things I want to hash out like apartment layout, pay, and getting proper sleep." You list off.

"Moon says he'll make sure you get proper sleep." Sun replies as he looks down at the kids. "If that woman comes back to talk let us know. We have questions too."

You nod. "I'm sure she'll be back at the end of the day. She never left her number or any way to contact her. She said she doesn't know a lot. So I think FazCo. came up with this on the fly." You look at Moon with a hint of surprise. "He did a ton of damage as Harvester. Enough that the company felt this was the best solution."

Sun looks over at where the tables outside the Daycare should be, at the holes in the walls, and at the equipment left behind by the workers fixing the mess. "He went on quite the rampage. He threw me through a wall." Sun folds his hands in his lap. "I don't blame him. Last night was rough on everyone."

"Yeah, I met Harvester after he was fixed." You smile as Moon sings a tune to help the kid who woke up get back to sleep.

"That's good. He was pretty crazy before he got fixed." He chuckles. "I wasn't any better though."

You wave a hand "Nah, you were fine. Very confident and in control. Although you did get aggressive with some workers and you were pretty cocky too. You threatened to crush someone's face."

Sun visibly grimaces. "Don't remind me. I was horrible."

"Not your fault." You pat his shoulder. "It was a rush job on their part. Unless I'm around they always rush your upgrades. Like when they split you two and put you in Moon's body and Moon in yours." You huff. "Then they ran around gaslighting you into thinking you really were Moon because they didn't want to admit they were wrong and made a mistake."

"If it weren't for Phill we'd still be stuck." Sun hops up and holds a hand out for you.

You take his hand and let him lead you behind the curtain. "I like Phill. He's one of the only ones who cares about his job and all of you."

"Yeah." Sun shakes himself out as he prepares for the kids to be woken up by Moon. "He needs a raise or something. Maybe he can be part of the apartment thing?"

You nod. "Maybe."

"Mr. Sun! Come out!" The kids yell in mirth.

"HO HO HO!" Sun backflips through the curtain.

You watch as he swan dives into the ball pit "Cute."

Chapter 417: And You Never Left Again pt5

Chapter Text

Soon the kids are gone and Sun and Moon are cleaning. You tried to help but they said no. You sat on one of the tables instead to chat with the two about what living together would look like.

"OOo! Doing laundry together!" Sun gushes excitedly.

"Learning how to cook!" Moon twists to clean under the table. "They won't let us near real stoves."

"So I take it you have your answer ready for me?" The sharply dressed woman from before says from the second floor.

"Not quite!" You yell back. "I do have some questions and concerns."

Moon lands in front of the woman and carries her to you. Sun jogs over and sits down on the floor beside you.

"Like?" She asks as she takes her heels off and sits beside you.

"Pay, apartment layout, sleep, rent, food." You list off.

She takes out a notepad and takes notes. "Pay." She turns the notepad to you.

"Wow! That's more than I make right now. Pay and a third." You look the number over.

"Food you provide for yourself but you'll still get the employee discount. Rent has not been discussed yet but you will be included on those. But it will be at or lower than market."

"Hm... and the rest?" You tilt your head.

"I can't say anything on sleep at this time. But you will get a say on the apartment layout. But don't get your hopes up. It might just be picking between two or three layouts with options." She shrugs as she rubs her foot.

"If I agree what happens next?" You cross your arms.

"There's a bed up there." She points to the balcony.

"Made out of scraps and old daycare supplies. It works... kinda." Sun says in a chipper tone. "Moonie and I made it."

"You made it?" She looks at Sun surprised.

Moon nods. "The company refuses to give us a proper room." He growls. "We did what we had to."

"That I can't help you with." She puts her heels back on.

Sun and Moon stare at each other.

"Dang!" You snap your fingers. "Oh well, I agree to it. WITH a lawyer present." You point at her. "And not a FazCo. one! I'll get my own."

She grins. "Smart. I'll tell the owner your decision." She stands up and looks at Moon. "Give me a lift?"

Moon picks her up and carries her to the second floor.

"I can see why you like them so much!" She shouts as she leaves.

You rub one of Sun's rays. "The next few months are going to be taxing."

Sun leans into your hand. "We'll help you where we can."

"The daycare will always be your sanctuary." Moon whispers in your ear as he lands behind you."

Sun takes your hand in his and begins to massage it. "You are our handler. You helped us grow as people."

"And as it became more than a coworker relationship. You helped us become more." Moon rubs your shoulders.

You lean into him with a soft groan. "Magic."

Sun chuckles "You make us feel so alive. We want to help you like you help us."

"Our favorite thing is taking care of you." Moon massages his way down your back.

You start to go a little limp and mumble out "Love you."

Sun holds you up. "We love you, Sunshine."

"You work so hard." Moon coos.

"Why are you trying to put me to sleep?" You ask softly.

"Us? Put you to sleep? No," Sun waves you off with a playful tone.

Moon rubs the back of your neck. "We just want you to relax." Moon presses his chest against your back and warms himself up.

Sun takes your hand in his. "We just like showing you we care about you. You are always taking extra care of us, Fighting for us, and making sure we are safe." He wraps his arms around you and Moon. "You include us in your life. Our life is the Daycare. There's not much to include you in."

You rub Sun's cheek. "Lads, I love you! I want to include you in my life. And I want to be in yours." You lean back into Moon. "Things will get rough for a while as we start hashing things out with lawyers. But we'll get through it together."

Chapter 418: And You Never Left Again pt6

Chapter Text

The weeks drag on seeming to last a lifetime each. Hashing things out with lawyers goes about as well as you'd expect. The company attempts to steamroll you multiple times. The first by bringing in a lawyer for you even though you already had one. every other attempt was trying to use obtuse language or words to attempt to get their way.

It was a long and drawn-out endeavor but you walked away with some good things like better pay and rent that's below market value for the city. While not drastically lower it is enough to make it worth it. As you had suspected the apartment layout was something you got little input on. But the designs they went for aren't bad. There are three options. A one-bedroom, a two-bedroom, and a three-bedroom. The building will have four floors and will be sectioned off between workers and guests.

Today you are walking around the Plex with Sun and Moon. "Yeah, it's finished enough that I can take you to see one of the apartments. It won't be finished but I was told to get you used to the new space and see how you handle it."

Sun skips as he walks. "We're leaving the plex?!"

"Kinda? I mean, you are leaving the building. But not the property." You stumble as you bump into someone. "Sorry!" You brush yourself off.

"No... my bad." The woman around your age says in a bit of a stupor. "I'm Tammy."

"I'm Y/N." You look at her uniform. "Roxy Raceway?"

She nods with a blush. "Yes, I'm new." She smiles warmly. "You're Sun and Moon's Handler, right? I want to be Roxy's."

You nod and lean on Moon. "Yep! It's good work!" You gently and playfully tug one of Sun's rays. "Even if these two hooligans are trouble most of the time!"

"Hey!" Sun playfully whinned. "I'm less trouble than Moon!"

Moon gasped. "Take that back!"

Sun crosses his arms. "Make me!"

The two lock arms trying to push each other over while being mindful of where guests are. The kids seem to like the little show and crowd around to watch. Chatting about who will win.

Tammy chuckles. "I see what you mean." She puts her hands behind her back pushing her chest out a little. "So... I know this is bold... but," She bites her lip. "Would you like to take me out on a date?"

"Take you out? No thank you." You shake your head no.

Tammy stands up tall looking offended. "Why not? Am I not good enough?"

"No," You start to explain but Tammy cuts you off.

"Sexist!" She huffs.

"What?" You lean back confused.

"I'm valid and good enough!" She takes a step closer. "Boomer! Misogynist!"

You take a step back. "Woah! Calm down! I'm not interested in you. I have-"

She pushes you down. "No! You don't get to invalidate me as a person!"

Sun whips around as he shifts into Solar flare. "I wouldn't recommend doing that again." His rays are jagged and curved like a solar flare and so bright orange it's nearly blinding. His smile is full of white teeth. His body has blotches of yellow and red intermingled with a golden yellow. and his eyes are smokey black.

"What?!" Tammy takes a step back.

The group of kids wander off deciding the interaction is boring now. Although one or two stay to watch Solar Flare in action.

"No one is obligated to date you. No is a complete sentence and you need to learn to accept it." He crouches down to look at her. "Or do you like starting drama? Hoping to get their job and work with us?" He tilts his head. "Hm?"

Tammy shakes her head no. "No! Roxy-"

Solar Flare cuts her off. "Roxy won't want to work with someone like you. She wants someone who is willing to take her off her pedestal and remind her she doesn't have to try so hard all the time." He smiles wider. "You are not that."

"We want them." Harvester picks you up and looks you over. "Only them! You will not be tolerated!" He turns to Tammy. "They are unharmed. You're lucky. Any damage to them I would have done to you."

"Harvester." Solar Flare warns with a sharp look before turning back to Tammy.

"W-what happened?!" Tammy stammers.

"Security protocol. The others will get similar upgrades." You reply as you brush yourself off.

"My tolerance for you is running thin." Harvester tugs at his mouth. "Leave."

Solar Flare nods. "We are leaving. Do not follow." He turns to you and takes your hand. "Lead the way, Y/n."

You nod frowning at Tammy. For every good employee, there is always a bad one somewhere. Tammy walks away looking unnerved.

"Are you two alright?" You ask as Harvester holds your other hand.

"We'll be fine." Solar Flare squeezes your hand gently.

"I'm not fine!" Harvester complains as he picks you up. "We cannot show these useless insulting people who you belong to. MADNESS!"

Customers look over at the three of you both confused and concerned. Harvester's over-dramatic display, however, has the rows thinking it's just for show. You, however, know it's not. The only thing keeping Harvester from acting on his impulses right now is Solar Flare.

"I know." Solar Flare pats Harvester's back. "But we need to wait. If we get people used to seeing us with our Sunburst out and about they might be more accepting of our relationship."

Harvester whined loudly. "Fine! We will do things your way. But only for our Dwarf Star!"

"Are you going to put me down so I can open the security doors for you?" You ask as the three of you reach the door out to the apartment building.

"I will not be putting you down." Harvester crouches down. "Do it from here."

You roll your eyes and hold out your ID to unlock the door. "I can't reach."

Solar Flare rolled his eyes. "Move closer, Harvester. We can't touch their ID to unlock doors like this."

Harvester sat down on the ground with you in his lap. "Then we wait."

Solar Flare sighed and sat down beside Harvester. "Fine."

"Wait? For what? You two to get out of this security protocol?" You ask a tiny bit annoyed.

"Yes," Harvester says.

Chapter 419: And You Never Left Again pt7

Chapter Text

You don't have to wait long before Moon lets you go.

"Sorry." He avoids eye contact like he did something wrong.

"For what?" you ask confused.

"I held you hostage." Moon peeks at you.

"Hostage? Harvester runs on impulse. I know this. We all do. I'm not upset." You kiss one of Moon's exposed wires making him shiver. "Come outside."

You turn to Sun and kiss one of his wires too. "I'm excited to let you two out for the first time."

"That's a dangerous move, Sunshine." He shivers as he looks at you.

"Oh?" You stand up. "Does only Solar Flare call me Sunburst?"

Sun stands up to his full height. "That's for more adult activities." He leans down. "The kind best left for the bedroom." He kisses your cheek.

You blush and cover your face. "Sunny!" You whine out.

Moon chuckles as he stands up. "Careful, Sun. You might make them short-circuit."

You let out a whine as you practically punch the card reader with your ID. Sun laughs watching as the door swings open. You call your boss on your Fazwatchletting him know what you're doing. Sun pets your hair as he and Moon look out the door into the bright afternoon sun.

"Ready to go?" You ask gently knowing this is the first time they get to be outside.

Moon hesitates before stepping out into the sunlight. "Wow." He marvels as he looks up at the real sun. "It's so bright!"

Sun follows Moon just as hesitant. "Clouds!"

You follow them watching them with fondness. "Mhm. I picked a partially cloudy day so you could see them for yourself. I can't take you out at night yet."

Sun twirls as he looks around. "The air is so different!"

Moon looks down. "I like the sound of walking on gravel." He shuffles his feet with a smile.

"Birds!" Sun points. "Chickadees."

"C'mon, the building is a ten minute walk away and it has a big patch of grass you can roll in." You take their hands and begin to lead them to the Fazpartments.

As the three of you walk Sun and Moon point out various things they see or hear. You get pulled in various directions but generally stay on track to your destination. Sun and Moon roll around in the grass. Touching everything they can. Bark on trees, flowers, bugs, rocks, and wall textures. It reminds you of a baby learning about the world through touch.

"Are you ready to go inside? Our apartment isn't done yet. Two bedrooms and on the fourth floor. The lower two floors will be for guests and the upper two for workers." You walk into the lobby where builders are working hard to finish their work.

"Is that us?" Sun gushes at a Daycare poster with the two of them posing.

"Mhm! Looks like the Daycare is going to get a little busier than usual." You look the poster over.

Moon groans as he looks at the poster. "We can do it."

"At least the hours won't change." Sun says in a slightly bitter tone.

"Didja hear, Max? They want to put in a water park." A worker nearby says.

Another worker laughs. "Probably gonna call if a Fazer Park. OR! Or! A Water Fark!"

You snicker. "Fark."

Moon tilts his head. "Water park?"

"We can't get wet." Sun wiggles his rays. "Does this mean new animatronics?"

You shrug. "Probably. Maybe some upgrades too?"

Moon studies the Daycare poster. "Show us the apartment."

You nod and lead them to a set of stairs. "The elevator isn't working yet. So up we go."

"Hey! Be careful up there! It's unfinished!" A worker shouts.

"Yeah! We'll be fine!" You shout back.

The three of you walk up to the fourth floor. The floor is unfinished as you warned. Walls have been pained in the hallways and the floor has been put in. But the apartments themselves have not been painted nor do they have the flooring yet.

You open the door to what will be your apartment. "The floor is safe to walk on." You walk into the living room. "Two bedrooms and a bathroom. It's a good place."

Sun stands up "Oh! We fit!"

Moon closes the door behind you three. "Spacious." He walks into the kitchen. "Countertops are a good height. I don't mind crouching a little."

"Oh, Moonie!" Sun's tone is dreamy. "Look at the view! The city lights are going to be so pretty from up here!"

You stand beside Sun. "You can't see my building from here. But the view here is nicer than mine. Most of my view is of the building across from me."

Moon walks over and gasps softly. "Stars."

"Stars?" You tilt your head.

"We'll get to see the stars!" He looks at you and gets down on his knees with a pleading look. "You'll take us right! When's the soonest we can go?"

You rub his cheeks "I can take you tonight. I do have to get you used to being outside. All the handlers have to do this."

Moon throws his arms around you with his face in your stomach. "THANK YOU! Thank you! Thank you! THANK! YOU!"

You pet Moon's neck "I love you. Of course, I'll take you out tonight."

Sun smiles fondly. Watching as Moon wraps himself around you trapping you against himself.

Chapter 420: Memories

Summary:

Just got back from visiting family for a while. I'm sleepy so have this oneshot.

Chapter Text

"Mx?" The voice sounds distant to you. "Mx!"

You snap awake with a jolt. "Mm?"

"Is this meeting REALLY that boring? All the other handlers can stay awake!" Your supervisor sighs.

Giggles fill your mind. "Sorry." Followed by the feeling of running.

"Right. TRY to stay awake." Your supervisor looks at her notes.

You shake yourself as you remember the rush of wind passing by you as Moon carried you.

"Now, this event is a big deal! It's going to bring in a ton of customers." Your supervisor says as she looks at everyone.

You remember Moon holding up the pilfered security card with a mischievous glint in his eyes.

"We have to remember this will bring in a ton of good PR for the company." Your supervisor begins to pace.

You remember putting the card into the door lock and sneaking outside.

"So we will need to make this a memorable moment for these kids." Your supervisor stresses.

You smile as you remember Moon looking at the sky. Not for the first time but it's still a magical moment.

"These are orphans! So show grace and respect!" Your supervisor is treating you kinda like kids with her tone.

You aren't bothered as you fondly remember meeting the officiant in the parking lot and sneaking him inside.

"Are you listening?!" Your supervisor growls.

"Show grace and respect to the orphans." You reply as you remember meeting everyone on the dance floor.

"Good." Your supervisor says pleased.

The slowly strobing lights so Sun and Moon could both be present.

"These kids will improve public opinion. Better opinion means more business." Your Supervisor stresses again.

You nod to show you are paying attention as you remember looking into Sun and Moon's eyes as the officiant spoke loving words.

"I'm not saying we're going under. Far from it." Your supervisor clarifies.

You blush a little as you remember kissing Sun then Moon as the officiant finished the wedding.

"But more money is a good thing. So prioritize that." Your supervisor looks their notes over. "You'll get a packet about all of this and what rolls you and your animatronic charge will have. It will be waiting in your designated areas. For the Glamrocks that's the green room and Daycare will be in the Daycare. Dismissed."

You bite back a scoff as you stand up to leave. It was a very late night for you. A sensual very late night indeed. But you wouldn't change it for the world. And if Moon staring hungrily at you from the vents was any indication? Neither would your husbands.

Chapter 421: Fireplace

Summary:

I watched A Muppet Family Christmas and cooked this up

Chapter Text

It was late fall and quickly becoming colder. Considering you live in the plex as a handler you more often than not get cold. Oh, what you wouldn't give for a fireplace! A warm cozy fireplace to snuggle up to Sun and Moon late at night. But it's not allowed not that you're surprised.

Instead, you had to go down another route. It took a ton of convincing and begging on your part. Eventually, the Plex owner agreed to let you put a heater in the Daycare as long as it was out of reach of the kids and would not catch fire. So you began to research.

It took you a while to find one but you found the perfect one! It looks just like a real fireplace and even has a setting to play crackling fire sounds. It has a warm glow and several faux brick options. You chose the one you liked the most and bought it.

It wasn't hard to keep the fireplace a secret. Monty was keen to help you with the decorating project by bringing the faux fireplace up to Sun and Moon's tower for you. All you had to do was get Monty some things from the outside for himself. He wanted some room decor that wasn't purple or green. Something more personal to who he is. You agreed on the spot.

All day all you could think about was snuggling by the fire. The warm glow filling the room as you chat with Sun and Moon in the cozy warmth. The setup was easy enough. The animatronics met up at least once a week without their handlers to hang out.

You decided to put the faux fireplace in a corner where it would be out of the way. In front of it, would be a small rug and some pillows. You'd add a wicker basket with those scented pine cones and a bit of decorative ribbon.

All it was missing was pillows or some other soft thing to relax on. For that, you'd have to leave the Plex. There was no way you were going to settle for garbage with their faces on them. No, you wanted this space to feel special. Far removed from the Plex. A spot to relax where you can pretend you aren't in a pizzeria.

"I'll be quick." You pecked Sun's forehead while Moon told the kids a story for nap time. "I'll leave when the Daycare closes and be back before nightfall."

Sun held you tightly lifting you off the ground. "Take your time. Moon and I will be fine without you. Grab a bite outside the plex! Watch a movie. Do something for you, sunshine."

You held him back with a content sigh. "Alright." You didn't want to fight either of them on it knowing they'd find a way to make you do it.

It didn't escape you that Sun and Moon rushed you out of the Daycare. In fact, Freddy himself escorted you to the employee exit. It was more than a little strange. But you had other things to worry about.

The cold air bit at you as you walked to your car. You shivered and adjusted your scarf muttering something about hating the cold. You love the snowy landscapes of winter. But sometimes the cold is too much. A hot beverage might be in order for this shopping excursion.

As you stand in line at the local coffee shop to get your fix you get a message from Monroe, Roxy's handler, on your Fazwatch. "Hey! Can you pick up something for me while you're out?"

"Sure, what do you need?" You reply.

"Cranberries! Fresh." Monroe responds.

"Cranberries?" You type back. "Can I ask why?"

"No. And Cole needs creole seasoning." Marcel types back.

"Creole? Anything else?" You ask confused.

Cole responds as you're getting your drink. "Yeah! Sage needs some Swiss cheese."

"Swiss cheese, cranberries, and creole seasoning?" you type to make sure it's correct.

"Yep! Thanks Y/N!" Cole types back.

You return to your car and head to the best place in town to get what you need to finish off the relaxing corner before getting the groceries. You turn the radio up to listen to news about the weather.

"That's right folks! We are in for quite the snowfall tonight! At least two inches overnight with more predicted in the morning." The woman on the radio says. "Snowfall is predicted to start within the hour."

"Snow? Fun." You turn the radio back down as you pull up to the store.

You shoot a message to Sun and Moon about the snow. Naturally, they respond to drive safely. Better to go under the speed limit than over. Drink warm fluids. Try to stay warm. It's adorable how much they mother you sometimes.

The store has exactly what you want! A whole slew of pillows and blankets perfect for the corner. You even get two scented candles to cozy up the space more. You get a long cylindrical pillow and some square pillows. Along with three blankets. Two of which were on sale.

As you walk out of the store you smile. White flurries of snow dance in the air before hitting the ground. You watch it fondly for a moment remembering all the old Christmas specials you used to watch as a kid. Like Springtrap save Christmas for example.

During the drive to the grocery store, the snowfall picks up quite a bit. You decide to grab some essentials in case you get snowed into the plex.

"Hey, Sunny-Bunny?" You send Sun.

"Sunshine?" He responds.

"I'm going to be a while at the grocery store. I might be home late. The snow is picking up and I want to make sure I'll have everything I need in case we get snowed in." You respond as you grab a shopping cart.

"Snowed in?! SUNSHINE! Please please, please! Be CAREFUL!" Sun frantically leaves the voice message.

"I will. I promise." You chuckle.

You look at the grocery list on your FazWatch and plan your route through the store.

"Attention shoppers. Be advised. A winter storm is heading our way. We will be closing in half an hour to send our employees home. That is all." The voice drones over the speakers.

"Winter storm? Shoot!" You power walk through the store eager to get back to the Plex before the storm.

Moon sends you the occasional worried message as you shop. Updating you on where the storm is and how long you have to get back. But it's too late. When you get outside the storm is already happening. Sheets of white blanket the ground and flurries bluster through the air. The temperature is dropping drastically and you are a little frightened of driving in it.

You know you don't have another choice as you start your car. With a deep breath to steel your nerves, you drive toward the plex. It's not an easy feat as some of the other drivers aren't safe or smart. It's not too hard to see. Like a light fog. Luckily you know how to drive in this condition.

When you get to the Plex the snow is an inch high. Already half the predicted snowfall. You shiver as you grab as many groceries as you can and dart for the employee entrance.

You shiver as you set your bags down inside the door. "Fudge it's cold!" You look back out the door to the snowy landscape and frown. "One more time."

You dart outside and head to your car. Once you have the pillows and blankets you dart back inside. It's dark and quiet where you are. You shake snow off yourself with a shiver wondering how you are going to carry all of this when you spot a trolly.

"Perfect!" You load up your stuff and push the cart to the elevator.

"Oh! There you are!" Sun beams as you exit the elevator.

"Sunny-Bunny!" You look around. "Where's-" Before you can ask about Moon you are yoinked straight to the ceiling and into Moon's arms.

"Glowbug!" Moon kisses you. "We missed you!"

Sun pushes the cart as Moon carries you while crawling on the ceiling. Not once do they ask about the pillows. You find it suspicious. But the gentle rocking from Moon and the warmth he provides is enough to keep you quiet about it.

The Plex is oddly quiet. Sure the security bots and the cleaning bots are working. But the others are... missing? Their usual chatter is not present and it gives the place an empty feeling.

Very quickly you notice you aren't going to your room "Where are we going?"

Moon sticks his finger in your mouth. "Sshhh."

You glance at Sun who puts a finger to his lips. The two take you underground to one of the long-abandoned rooms. What confuses you is the soft orange glow from under the door and the sound of chatter.

"Naw dog! I'm sure they'll love what we've done." A woman laughs.

"I just worry." Freddy says. "They work so hard fighting the company with all of you. We get to free roam, you have actually rooms, and now this?"

"You worry too much!" Comes a warm Louisana accent.

Sun opens the door with a loud "SURPRISE!"

Moon sets you down and you walk forward to see inside. The walls have been painted warm brown and the floor is painted faux wood. The electric fireplace has been set up as the focal point of the room. Beside it are two fake windows with snowy woodland landscapes painted in them. Two couches and a chair surround it with a coffee table in the middle giving the space a warm feeling.

"Oh my!" You put a hand over your mouth.

On the wall opposite the faux fireplace is a table with snacks, some kind of punch, and cupcakes. Marcel takes the cranberries and adds them to his punch, Cole adds the creole seasoning to some dip, and Sage adds the swiss to a cheese tray.

"You didn't have to..." You rub your arm.

"Nonsense!" Chica holds you close. "Monty spilled the beans. He wanted to do something nice for you! We all did."

Roxy puts the pillows on the couches. "These are perfect. Not as perfect as me though. But they come close."

"Nothing is as perfect as you, Cher! But we can hope to come close." Marcel laughs.

You move to stand in front of the faux fireplace. "It's quite the snowstorm outside. I'm freezing!" You sigh happily. "This was a good purchase."

Moon brings you a cup of punch. "This will warm you up."

You take the punch and sit on one of the couches with Sun, Moon, Chica, and her handler Rose. You all play board and card games in the warm of the room as you would many more nights. Sometimes falling asleep in the room.

Chapter 422: And You Never Left Again pt8

Chapter Text

"What did you do to them?" Liam, a Customer Support worker asks.

You watch Sun and Moon clean faster than they have in the past. "I did nothing. The company is letting them go outside. But only so far. And I have to supervise them the whole time."

"Sounds like a pain." Liam chuckles.

"Actually it's fun! They're like big puppies seeing the backyard for the first time. Or a baby tasting a new flavor it likes." You smile as Moon, in his haste, trips over Sun and sends the two rolling into a twisted pile.

"Puppies..." Liam tilts his head as Sun and Moon detangle themselves.

"Yeah, Sun is like a Golden Retriever and Moon is a Chinese Crested." You point as you describe them.

"I think... I get it." Liam nods as he checks his FazWatch. "I gotta go back to work. Nice talking to you!" He runs out of the Daycare.

"BYE!" You wave at Liam. "Are you two almost done? It's starting to get dark outside. We're going to go to the roof of the Plex so we don't get harassed by customers."

Sun gasps softly "The roof?! I've always wanted to see that view!" He wraps his arms around himself and spins around in a dreamy way. "The city lights shining brightly! The glow from the stars above!"

"We just have to finish wiping down the tables. We have four left." Moon rolls his shoulders.

It's one of the little things they do that makes them more human. They didn't even notice the little habits they picked up from you and others. Little quirks they weren't programmed with like Moon sticking his tongue out when he thinks or Sun chewing on things when he's stressed or concentrating.

You nod and sit down on the plush floor to watch them work. "We can stay out until five am. The owner said you gotta be inside to set up the Daycare for in the morning."

"We aren't staying out that late!" Sun rotates his head to look at you. "You need your sleep!"

Moon nods. "We will not allow you to get fired. We would rather rust."

You lean back on your hands. "I won't get fired. If I did, you'd become Solar Flare and Harvester. Then you'd probably destroy stuff until they brought me back."

Sun puts the cleaning supplies while Moon shuts off the main lights leaving the daycare dim as a way to let security know no one is in the daycare. After making sure you have everything you need for the evening you head for the roof.

"I bought this to take pictures." You hold up a Polaroid camera that will print the pictures as you take them.

Sun takes the camera from you. "Smile!" He snaps a photo of you "Oh! It prints right away?!" He takes the photo and puts it in his chest cavity.

"I want one!" Moon takes the camera from Sun and snaps a photo. "Perfect!"

Sun nods in approval. "It is a good one!"

Moon puts the photo in his chest cavity. "Stars!" He blurts excitedly as he

You nod and hold your hands out. "Let's go then."

The closer you get to the roof the more excited Sun and Moon get. While Sun is a little more controlled, Moon ends up crawling on the ceiling and walls. You snap a few photos of him excitedly scrambling about.

"Ready?" You ask as you swipe your keycard.

Sun nods. "Yes!" He flaps one of his hands. "Open the door!"

Outside the sun is setting in the sky painting the sky pinks, oranges, and reds. White fluffy clouds float across the sky. You record a video with your phone of the two stepping out. The two are quiet as they stare at the sky.

"Dwarf Star!" Harvester whines. "Incredible!"

Solar Flare chuckles. "Thank you for this. Sunflower."

"What brought out your security protocol?" You ask as you stand between Solar Flare and Harvester.

"Emotions!" Harvester picks you up and begins to kiss you while petting your hair.

"Strong emotions. Harvester, let them breath." Solar Flare warns.

"But I love them!" Harvester looks up while holding you close to himself.

"Me too. But I prefer them alive." He turns back to the sunset. "Dating a corps is not on my to-do list."

Harvester lets out a whiney growl. "Fine!" He leans in like he's threatening Solar Flare. "But I will not put them down."

You chuckle at their banter. "Still my Sunny-Bunny and Moonpie."

Solar Flare leans in and kisses you softly. "We will always be here. Especially for you." You lean in chasing the kiss as Solar flare pulls back "Always keep them wanting just a little bit."

Chapter 423: Ghosted

Summary:

This is not sad I swear!

Chapter Text

You walked into the bar dressed in your best. You had a date tonight. A handsome man had asked you out and you agreed. It's been a while since you last went on a date. Almost ten years. So it was nerve-wracking levels of excitement to go on one after so long.

The bar was not too crowded and catered to a country and rock crowd. It had moody lighting and smelled like burgers and fried chicken. The walls were littered with signed one dollar bills and old receipts. The floor is hardwood and the lights are drop down with stained glass covers.

You take a seat at the bar and order a light drink while you wait for Tony, your date. You watch people come and go. You order another drink and continue to wait. The bartender takes pity on you and asks if you want to order food while you wait. You politely tell him no.

An hour later you realize he's not coming. You both have each other's number so he has no excuse not to message you. You shoot him a text asking where he is. Tony looks at the message but doesn't respond. It's heartbreaking.

With a sigh, you check the time. "Six thirty."

You frown as you decide what to do. It's late fall and getting cold outside. The sun has set and the moon is bright. You ask for a menu in hopes of salvaging your night.

"Excuse me? Is this seat taken?" A gruff smooth voice asks from behind you.

You look down the length of the bar a little confused. There are plenty of free spaces not next to you. You turn to see who spoke and spot an animatronic. He's wearing a black button-down with the sleeves rolled up to his elbows, a pair of dark denim jeans, and a pair of boots.

"Uh... no." You reply surprised.

The animatronic smiles warmly. "I'm Moon." He holds his hand out. "An attractive person like you shouldn't look so sad. Do you want to talk about it?"

You weigh your options and tell him your name as you shake his hand. "If you really want to know..." You sigh. "A guy asked me out. A cute one too. We confirmed it for tonight several times. Including today! But he stood me up." You frown at your drink.

Moon sits down beside you taking a moment to consider your words. "Well, that's not right." He leans forward and brushes his hand down your cheek. "Let me be your date tonight then."

"What?" You blush and fidget in your seat. "My-"

Moon nods. "Your date. It would be a crime not to ask you out." He runs his finger along the rim of his glass. "It could be a lot of fun." He smiles brightly. "What else are you going to do? Sit here and eat alone?"

You look around the bar as you think it over. "You should know." You look over at Moon "I have a son. He's seven and obsessed with My Little Pony and The New Adventures Of Freddy And Friends."

Moon's eyes go wide. "A son?"

You frown and turn back to your drink. "Look, if you aren't interested in dating a parent-"

Moon puts a hand on your shoulder "No, I love kids. I used to work with them before Animatronics were freed."

"Yeah?" You ask skeptically.

"Mhm. Now I teach people how to use aerial wires and aerial silk." Moon leans on the bar.

"Do you miss it?" You polish off your drink.

"Working with kids? Sometimes." Moon scoots a little closer. "The company? No."

"Company?" You frown. "FazCo. I have a cousin who was a waitress for them one summer while I was in high school. He wound up quitting due to them trying to overwork him and not pay him for it." You shake your head. "He was there for two weeks. It was a little thing in Utah."

"Utah. Is that where you were born?" Moon asks.

"No, but my cousin moved there because his parent got a better job." You reply as your stomach growls. "Sorry." You put a hand on your belly.

Moon chuckles. "C'mon. I know where we can get some great tacos." He stands up and holds his hand out with a charming smile wiggling his fingers enticingly.

You take his hand and shudder at how much taller he is than you. "I like tacos." You blurt more than a little distracted.

"Cold?" Moon teases lightly.

"Uh... sure." You blurt nervously.

Moon bends down to be at eye level with you. "Do I make you nervous?" His tone is soft and gentle.

"I-uh..." You stammer and lean back a tiny bit.

"We may have just met." Moon rubs your chin. "But you don't have to be nervous." He smiles and kisses your forehead as he stands up straight.

You touch your forehead. "Ok..." You take a deep breath to try to calm your racing thoughts. "But you're so handsome and charming..." You lick your lips nervously as you try to sound confident. "So it's going to be hard."

Moon blushes as he looks back at you. He seems to be at a loss for words at your unexpected compliment. "Thank you." He replies as he leads you through the bar. "But you are the most attractive thing in this town."

The moon shines brightly outside lighting up the streets in silver light. A puff of smoke leaves you with every breath from the cold weather. Together you and Moon walk through the streets of downtown toward what you hope are really good tacos.

As you two walk and chat you spot Tony, your supposed date. He's inside a pizza place with someone else. It's clear they're on a date. Anger bubbles up in you and you swear you taste something bitter in the back of your mouth.

"Almost there." Moon squeezes your hand. "I'm having a great time with you." He smiles down at you. "You are excellent company."

You look back at Moon and decide to ignore Tony for the better man "Me too." You lean into Moon. "If it's not in bad taste... how tall are you?"

Moon chuckles. "Eight feet tall and very flexible." Moon twists and bends in inhuman ways in an attempt to distract you.

"Oh wow! Incredible!" You clap as he shows off. Quickly stopping yourself in embarrassment.

Moon grins widely. "Why thank you! I'm sure you have talents of your own." He pulls you gently to lean against him again.

You nod and follow Moon down an alleyway that leads to a food truck court. "I'm a quilter. I make good money! It was a struggle for Sam and me in the beginning. But as of two years ago, things have looked up."

"Sam?" Moon asks confused as he leads you to the Taco truck. "Who is Sam?" He sounds a little worried about Sam.

"My son." You clarify with a nudge. "His name is Samuel. Sam for short. Sometimes I call him Sammy-whammy. It was a riot for him when he was five." You wait in line beside Moon.

"He's seven right?" Moon asks as he relaxes about the non-threat and puts an arm around your shoulder.

You nod as you look at the menu. "Yeah. His birthday is coming up and he wants to go to the trampoline park."

"My brother works there. His name is Sun. He's both an in-house medic and a supervisor for the younger kids." Moon orders your food and you split the cost. "You can take Sun out of the daycare but you can't take the daycare out of Sun. He's happy with his work and I'm happy for him. We live together by the way."

"Oh! He's the one supervising the party! I was told he was great with large groups of kids and I booked him. He's popular from what I understand. I already had a mom get mad at me for booking him first." You chuckle as you grab your food.

Moon laughs. "I'm not surprised! You'd be surprised how many parents flirt with him. He's very charismatic." Moon shakes his head. "A real ladies man so to speak."

"I noticed." You sit at an empty table and begin to eat. "Oh dang! These are good!"

"Told you." Moon also begins to eat. "Sun and I come here on our time off."

You and Moon begin to talk about your interests and hobbies. Conversation flows easily and you find yourself having a great time together. Moon is quite the smooth talker and he seems to know what you need before you say anything.

"I almost don't want this to end." You sigh as you and Moon lean against your car.

"So don't let it." He replies as he holds your hand.

"You aren't coming home with me tonight." You reply flatly unamused.

Moon laughs and slaps his knee. "No! Let me take you out again. Please?"

You snicker. "I'd love that." You hand him your phone so he can put in his number.

Moon hands you his phone. "Me too. I just have to check when I'm free next."

You put in your number. "Saturday is the birthday party."

Moon puts his phone in his pocket. "I'll keep that in mind."

Moon looks between your eyes and your mouth. You give a small nod. Moon picks you up and gently sets you onto the hood of your car. Instictively you close your eyes. Moon leans in and cups your cheeks in his hands. His hot breath fans your face as he leans in. Gently he pulls you into a toe-curling kiss. Effectively stealing your breath away. You whine softly into the kiss.

Moon chuckles and tilts his head to deepen it "So receptive." He leans back with a cackle.

You blush as Moon sets you down. "S' not a bad thing."

Moon nods and pets your hair. "No, it's a very good thing. Drive safely."

You nod and stumble for a step or two before regaining your footing. "You too, Moon. I'll text you when I get home."

Moon gives you one last kiss. "Goodnight."

You hold him tight. "Goodnight."

Chapter 424: And You Never Left Again pt9

Chapter Text

You give Solar Flare and Harvester free reign over the camera. In the dwindling light of the setting sun they take many photos. Photos with you, without you, with each other, and a great one where Sun is posing with the sun where it looks like he's stuffing it into his chest cavity to save it for later. Halfway through they calm down enough that the security protocol ends and they go back to Sun and Moon.

"THE MOON!" Moon points as he leans over the railing.

"Careful, Moon! Don't fall!" You warn as his feet start to leave the ground from how far he's leaning forward.

Sun grabs Moon by the hem of his pants. "I got him!" He drags Moon back to safety.

Moon looks at the Moon and then himself in awe. "It's so bright."

Sun puts a hand on Moon's shoulder. "Nowhere near as bright as you."

You sit down and snap a picture. "Y'all are cheesy." You look at the photo. "This one is going in my wallet."

"The pictures on the computer are nothing compared to this!" Moon takes a seat on your left.

"The city lights are beautiful." Sun leans on the railing. "We get to see this whenever we want now!"

"Unrestricted TV soon too. I can show you," You speak in a low tone like someone else will hear you. "Non-FazCo videogames and movies." You take a picture of Sun looking out at the city lights and sit back down beside Moon.

"We can't wait." Moon leans on you. "Sun, we can't stay up much longer." He warns.

Sun nods and sits on your right. "We'll have to go inside soon. The security protocol takes extra energy for the shift."

"Well, then we can watch the stars." You lie back on the blanket you brought.

Moon follows your lead. "They're different colors? We know they weren't all white but I never expected them to be so colorful in the sky."

Sun crosses his arms behind his head. "Yeah. The pictures we've seen make them look dull compared to in person."

"I can get a telescope for you two." You yawn. "A good one so you can see them better."

Moon snaps to look at you due to his naptime protocols. "That would be great. The ones for sale at the plex aren't that good."

"Yeah, those are for little kids. Toys basically. I'll do some research to find a good one." You can feel yourself getting tired from the late hour and the late night wake up the night before.

Sun speaks in a low soothing tone. "The apartment building is going to be taller than the plex. I bet we can get some great views of the sky from there!"

Moon kisses your cheek. "You are going to have a hard time keeping us inside, starlight."

Sun kisses the side of your head. "He's right you know. We want to spend as much time as possible outside with you."

You yawn and wrap an arm around each of them "Guess I'm buying a picnic blanket too. I should start a to-do list of things we need."

Moon picks you up. "Bed-time."

"We've kept you up late enough." Sun opens the door for Moon before pausing. "Wait wait wait. You mean we can't open the door to leave, but we can open the door to get back inside? Why?! That's so stupid!"

Moon snickers. "Guess they thought we'd never get outside."

"When has this company done anything that wasn't half finished?" You scoff. "This place is practically held together with hot glue and duct tape."

Sun stumbles as he laughs. "Oh, sunshine! Don't let them hear you say that out loud!"

"Ah! There you two are." Freddy says as the three of you get off the elevator. "And Y/n. So good to see you again."

"Hi, Freddy." Moon holds you a little closer.

"We are going to spend time in Roxy Raceway. Would you like to join us?"

"Sorry, Freddy. We are getting some rest early tonight. We're low power from the new security protocols." Sun replies a little sheepishly.

"Ah, yes. They can be quite taxing. I myself am having a bit of a hard time getting used to Papa Bear." Freddy chuckles as he rubs the back of his head. "I will tell the others you won't be joining us tonight. Get some good rest."

"Goodnight, Freddy." You yawn.

"Goodnight." Moon nods politely at Freddy.

"Thanks, Freddy." Sun pats his shoulder before leading the three of you to the daycare to retire for the night.

Chapter 425: And You Never Left Again INFO

Summary:

You asked! I gave! Information on the security protocols of the other animatronics. Couldn't think of a cool name for Monty.

Chapter Text

Papa Bear AKA Freddy:
In this form, Freddy turns primarily white. His blue markings become electric purple. The red on his body becomes silver. This form is based on the Polar Bear. The most dangerous bear in the world. In this form, he becomes fiercely protective of everyone, especially children. Papa Bear is more hostile towards others and eager for a fight. Papa Bear will knock you out as a first option. He's not willing to talk things over. You hurt someone you are getting knocked out. In this form, he's not interested in emotional feelings or being polite.

Cemani AKA Chica:
Based in name on the Ayam Cemani breed of chicken, Chica is completely black. Her primary use in this form is sneaking the target of danger out of danger. If she cannot safely get the target out of harm's way she will strike. Her primary attack is a series of kicks. She's calculating and stoic. Chica will do whatever it takes to get those in danger to safety. Often leaving others to deal with the aggressor. She becomes so focused on her task that she often ignores everything and everyone else.

AKA Monty:
Monty's colors shift to neon. Instead of using his strength, he strobes his colors to disorient aggressors. He also uses sound to induce nausea and other related symptoms. In this form, Monty is less destructive. His primary goal is incapacitation. He has a higher concern for others in this form. Prioritizing others over himself.

Den Mother AKA Roxanne:
In this form, her colors become earth tones. Browns, greens, and stone clorors. She knows how to stop a target the fastest. In this form, she's more tender and caring toward others. Roxy becomes proficient in grappling moves and speed. Tackling her opponents and holding them in place Much like a luchador or pro wrestler. Roxy also lets out a high-pitched warning howl to alert others of the danger.

Music Man:
Due to his large size no security protocol was given.

Cluster AKA Mini Music Men:
Their bodies gain the ability to attach together like leggos. Their colors become inverted. They work as a hivemind and can work together to form other things like bridges, walls, and larger creatures. They behave as one entity despite their numbers. One intriguing thing they can do is cover a target and heat themselves up like bees to cause harm.

Chapter 426: And You Never Left Again pt10

Chapter Text

Soon you find yourself filling out paperwork after hours in the daycare. It's tedious. But it's part of the agreement to let Sun and Moon stay in the apartment with you. The forms were a detailed questionnaire on how Sun and Moon handle the outside. The whole Plex is already aware of your ability to control the two so that's not an issue.

You yawn loudly and shake your head before reading the next question. "Please describe in at least one hundred words how subject S and subject M handle the breeze?" The way the questions read it's like someone is trying to put you to sleep with how boring it is. "Oh, my WORD!" You groan as you scribble out an answer. "They want to kill me with questions!"

"How many do you have left?" Moon asks as he puts supplies away.

"Um..." You flip through the paperwork. "Ten. And I've already answered twenty! It's making me sleepy."

Sun pokes his head out of the play structure to your left. "Terrible!"

You nod as you scribble another answer. "Yeah, but look on the bright side." You look up to rest your eyes. "Tonight, we get to sleep in the apartment for the first time!"

"WHAT?!" Sun and Moon blurt at the same time. "REALLY?!"

You nod as you catch a glimpse of Moon shifting into Harvester. "Yeah, it's all setup." You hold a hand up as Solar Flare starts to say something. "I haven't seen it yet. I wanted to wait for you two."

Harvester sprints around as he cleans the daycare. "Faster! CLEAN UP! CLEAN UP!"

"Don't do a bad job!" You warn as you look up from the next question. "Why on earth do they need to know how you handled the dark? It's not like the outside dark is different from the inside dark!"

Solar Flare saunters over and takes the paperwork from you. "Tch! Useless." He begins to quickly fill it out. "Time-wasting garbage." He slaps the paperwork down on the security desk. "We want to watch Die Hard."

"Die Hard? Can I ask why?" You stretch your arms over your head with a groan.

Harvester picks you up and holds you close. "The adults always say it's a Christmas classic. We want to know why."

"I'll warn you, it's a violent action movie." You lean into Harvester.

"We'll be fine." Solar Flare gives a cocky grin. "Let's get you home." He pats your hair and looks at Harvester. "Let's take the fast way."

Harvester looks down at you a little anxious. "Are you sure that's safe?"

Solar Flare pats Harvester on the back of his neck. "Wait here." He calls his aerial wire down and flies up to their tower.

"Is what safe?" You ask confused.

"You'll see, Dwarf Star." He says ominously with a fit of giggle.

Solar Flare returns with a pile of blankets. "This will work. We just have to be careful." He takes a few minutes to affix you firmly to Harvester's back.

You try to figure out their plan in your head. "We could just-"

Solar Flare shut you up with a domineering kiss. His tongue slid its way into your mouth and coiled around yours. Your mind went blank. This was the first time you've kissed like this. And it left you wanting more as Solar Flare pulled back with a smug look.

Harvester turned his head around to look at you. "You broke them!" He whines. "No fair!"

"Relax," Solar flare rolled his eyes. "You can break them again later." He backed up and sprinted for the daycare doors easily climbing over them. "Let's go! I don't want to be here any longer than we have to."

Harvester giggled again. "Yes!" He followed Solar Flare. "I hate this ugly place! Eye assault! CRIMINAL!"

Solar Flaore cackled "Yes! Criminal!"

The plex was filled with laughter as Solar Flare and Harvester made their way through the plex. Sprinting and jumping about to get out of the plex as quickly as possible. You understand why Harvester made comments about your safety. All the spinning and flipping is making you dizzy so you close your eyes.

Where Sun and Moon are cautious and careful, Harvester and Solar Flare are reckless and careful. More willing to do dangerous maneuvers because they know they can do them safely. They are also showing off for you, not that they'll tell you that.

"Oh thank smurfness!" You rub your stomach as the two finally land at the security door. "Let's not do that again for a little while."

Solar Flare gently takes your jaw in his hand. "Are you alright?"

"NOOO!" Harvester sounds devastated. "WE MADE THEM SICK! FAILURE!"

"STOP!" You bark. "I'll be fine. It just made me a little dizzy with all the flipping."

Harvester hands you off to Solar Flare. "Unworthy! You take them!"

Solar Flare shakes his head and takes you. "Drama King." He walks over to the security door so you can open it. "Let's get to our new home."

Chapter 427: Just Like The Rankin Bass Movies Pt 1

Summary:

This is a Christmas fic for Eclipse. It ain't Christmas but I don't care.

Chapter Text

If there was one thing you always wanted as a kid it was snow. You loved watching the snowy landscapes of the old Rankin Bass holiday movies. You'd sit in your room and wish on stars or write to Santa to send the Snow Mizer to cover your town in a blanket of white.

Every year winter was the same. You'd hear about the kids up north getting snow days while you'd be stuck in a classroom in the Arizona heat. Not a drop of white powder to be found.

You grew up lower middle class so family vacations were out of the question. Your job didn't pay enough for a vacation either. The closest you can get to snow where you live is a slushy. You were growing weary of the hot winters. The fact that the weather hardly changed was bogging you down.

"Hello? Y/n! You paying attention?" Your friend waved their hand in your face.

"What? Oh," You shake your head. "Sorry."

"You're always so distracted in the winter. Is everything alright?" Your friend asks.

You sip your iced coffee "Yeah, it's-"

"Good afternoon." Your long time friend Eclipse says. "How are you?"

It's not hard to see why people find him attractive. He has four five inch rays in eggplant and nine smaller rays in burnt umber. His eyes are a soft moonlight yellow. He has four arms each of which are ombre.

"Howdy," You nod as Eclipse sits down.

"We were just about to discuss why Y/n here gets so distracted in the winter." Your friend says with a bit of a smug look.

"I don't always get distracted!" You reply defensively. "Sometimes, sure." You quickly correct yourself."

Eclipse smiles warmly. "You don't have to tell us." He leans in. "But it might make you feel better."

"I don't know..." You reply warily.

Your friend smiles. "We promise not to laugh."

You hesitate before mumbling "Snow."

Eclipse leans back in thought. "Snow?"

"What about snow?" Your friend asks.

You glance around. "It's been a dream of mine to see snow. Ever since I was a kid watching Christmas movies I've wanted to see snow." You sigh and run a hand through your hair. "I know it's cold. But it looks so white and fluffy!" You sip your drink. "I want to build a snowman and have a snowball fight."

"It's not silly. Everyone has something they're longing for." Your friend reassures you as they lock eyes with Eclipse. "I'm sure you'll see snow someday."

You look at your watch. "Sorry, I need to get back to work." You stand up and roll your shoulders.

"Have you found a better job yet?" Eclipse asks concerned. "I don't like how they treat you."

"Not yet." You sigh. "But I have some applications out."

Your friend frowns. "Hopefully you get something better soon."

You wave over your shoulder as you walk away from the table. You dread going back to work as you drive. Your new boss is on a power trip and showing off. She micro-manages your team and even plays favorites.

"Lunch is forty minutes not forty-five." Your boss chides.

"Sorry! Traffic." You sit at your desk and turn your computer on.

"Then leave earlier. Or! Better yet." She scowls. "Don't leave at all."

You roll your eyes as she leaves. You can hear her mumble something about desk monkies as he storms off. A higher position has opened up in the company and she's gunning for the job. Using everything at her disposal to make herself look like the best candidate.

As you type away on your computer you get an E-mail to go to HR for a meeting. "HR?" With a groan, you get up from your desk
and walk to the elevator.

"Where are you going?" Tyler, a co-worker asks.

"HR." You frown.

"Ouch! Any idea why?" He asks as he pushes the button for the top floor.

"Nope. I haven't done anything wrong." You lean on the wall of the elevator.

"Good luck then." Tyler smiles as you step off the elevator.

"Thanks. Have a nice day!" you nod politely.

"You too!" Tyler shouts as the elevator doors close.

Hesitantly you knock on the door to Kim's office.

"Come in!" He shouts.

You walk in and sit down. "You wanted to see me?"

"Ah! Y/n, just who I was hoping to see." His smile is snakelike.

"What is this about?" You ask a little suspiciously.

"That time off you put in six months ago for Christmas." Kim says as he looks paperwork over.

"Yes. It was for two weeks. I got it approved a month ago." You tilt your head slightly in confusion.

"Yes, well." He looks up from his paperwork. "It's been canceled and given to Mary."

"What?! Why?" You lean forward in shock and anger.

"She has kids, Y/n. You don't! She needs the time off more than you." He says like you're stupid for thinking otherwise.

"You can't do that!" You take a breath and try to calm down. "I have family I was going to visit."

"Well, now you don't. It's been approved by the CEO." He hands you a signed document. "We're done here." He turns to his computer.

"This!" You start but shut your mouth before you say something stupid.

You shake your head and leave Kim's office. Your eyes start to sting and feel hot with tears as you walk to the elevator with your head down. Work is hard for the rest of the day. You are fuming over losing your vacation days. Your family is going to be crushed.

You don't want to spend another holiday at home. It would be better if your friends were going to be with you. But everyone was going out of town. The minute the workday is over you leave as quickly as possible ignoring anyone who wants to talk to you. You aren't in the mood.

In your car, you break down in a fit of frustrated tears. You bang on the steering wheel a few times before starting your car. You weigh your options as you drive. You don't have many and by the time you reach your house, you feel defeated.

The walk to your front door is more of an exhausted trudge. Your emotions are in the pits and all you want to do is lie on the couch and cry for a bit.

"Y/N!" A cheery voice yelled.

You groaned inwardly "Samantha! Hello,"

"How are you? Are you excited to be leaving soon? I'm sure your family is eager to see you!" The older woman snaps her fingers. "RIGHT! I wanted to ask you." She shakes her hand punctuating each word with a shake. "Do you have a boyfriend yet?" She leans in.

You lean back slightly. "I... uh, no." You shake your head. "And... I'm not visiting family." You look away. "My CEO gave my vacation days to someone else because they have kids and I don't."

"Oh, I'm so sorry." She puts a hand on your shoulder.

You smile warily. "Thank you. Have a nice day." Your voice cracks a little as you turn to head inside.

You lean on the front door before quickly walking to your couch. You pick a pillow up and scream into it letting out a pitiful cry. You can't see your family, your friends are leaving, and you don't get snow. You wind up falling asleep on the couch in your misery.

The next morning you wake up feeling stiff and uncomfortable. You have work today, although you don't want to go. But you you need the money, so you suck it up and go anyway.

The minute you get into work you regret your choice. Mary is bragging about her holiday plans loudly to anyone with an ear. Her husband and their families are going to the mountains for some skiing. You feel bitter about it.

"Not only is she getting my vacation days but she gets to see snow?!" You rant to your friend at lunch.

They frown. "I'm so sorry this is happening. If you want I could spend the holidays with you."

You wave a hand dismissively and eat a potato chip. "No, don't do that. I'll be fine," you mumble in a quiet voice. "In time."

"Are you sure?" They fret in concern for you.

"Yes." You smile sadly. "I'm a big girl. There's always next year."

Chapter 428: Just Like The Rankin Bass Movies Pt 2

Summary:

One more part to go after this one

Chapter Text

You stood in the holiday section of Michaels staring at the various sized fake Christmas trees. Yours has too many broken branches for you to ignore it anymore. A lot of them are way out of your budget. And you can't decide what size tree to get. Your old tree had built-in lights but should your new one?

"Do you need some help?" A friendly voice asks from your right.

You turn and look at the sun themed yellow animatronic. "Actually... Yes, please. I'm Y/n."

The animatronic pauses. "Y/n L/n?"

You nod warily. "Yeah."

"I'm a cousin of Eclipse! I'm Sun!" he holds his hand out.

"Oh! Hi," You shake his hand.

"How can I help you?" He asks shifting his weight from one leg to the other.

"My old tree has too many broken branches to ignore it anymore. I need a new one but I'm not sure which one." You point to a chest-height tree with pinecones and berries on it. "I like the look of the fake snow on this one," You open and close your hands. "But I hate the way it feels."

Sun nods as he touches the tree. "Sensory issues." He walks over to a similar tree with no fake snow on it. "You could pick this one. It has the same fake berries and pinecones but not the snow. Follow me." He leads you through the store. "This," Sun takes a spray can off a shelf. "It has the look of snow without the texture of the other fake snow."

"Really?" You ask hopeful as you touch a sample. "Oh! I love it!" You grin as you turn to Sun. "It's perfect! How many will I need for that little tree?"

Sun hums in thought. "I'd go for two. And if you want some added whimsey I'd also use some glitter. I'd go for white with a little silver mixed in for that fresh fallen snow look."

You flap your hands excitedly. "Thank you! Can you help me find the best glitter?"

"I can see why he likes you." Sun mumbles as he leads you to the glitter.

"What?" You ask confused.

"Oh, sorry. I said I can see white or blue. The glitter." He smiles as he stops at the glitter holding up two bottles.

You eye him for a moment before relenting "Alright. Well, I'll take all of this. I just need a cart and-"

"I can help you." Sun smiles as he heads back to the trees. "You get a cart and I'll find the tree for you. It's on a shelf too high for you to reach."

As you put the tree in your car your mind wanders to what you heard Sun say. Your cheeks feel hot at the thought that Eclipse could like you. It puts you on cloud nine as you drive home. Your crush might like you back! Your holiday just got a little better.

"Dang, Sun was right." You look at the freshly decorated tree in your living room. "This looks great!" You marvel at how the glitter you added to the fake snow reflects the lights on the tree. "I'll have to thank him. At least I kinda get snow this year..."

You attempt to look on the bright side in a failed bid to cheer yourself up before calling your parents. You know you have to tell them you can't come for the holidays. You fix yourself a drink and steel yourself for the call.

The call goes as bad as you expected. Your family offers money thinking cost is the problem. You explain what happened to your vacation days. Your dad lets out a slew of curse words and your mom literally bites her tongue. Your extended family was already informed you are coming. Your heart breaks when you think of your grandmother hearing you aren't coming. Your parents make sure to reassure you they aren't upset with you.

You feel a little worse than when you found out in the first place. But you can't dwell on it for long because you get a call from Eclipse. You almost drop your phone in surprise.

"Hello," You try to sound put together.

"How are you? I heard about your vacation." Eclipse says gently.

"I'm... existing." You reply with a soft tone. "I just got off the phone with my parents. Family is heartbroken but what can I do? I've already been warned that complaints will be considered resignation and I can't afford to be fired right now! I just don't-" The stress of the week weighs heavily on you and it's a struggle not to cry. "Sorry."

"Sounds like you are under a ton of stress." Eclipse sounds a little distracted. "I'm sure things will work themselves out." He sounds optimistic. "Just give it some time! I'm sure there's something on the horizon for you."

You smile and chuckle. "Always the optimistic."

"Do something fun tonight. Something for you like watching," He lists off your favorite movie. "Or eating," He lists off your favorite food. "If those don't help try," He lists off some of your favorite things to do. "It just might help."

You are stunned. You didn't know he knew all those things about you. You don't know how to respond.

"Are you still there?" He asks. His warm tone full of concern.

You suck in a breath "Yep!" You blurt as quickly as possible. "I'll try your suggestions! Thank you!" You hang the phone up out of nervousness. "Oh, my word. He remembered all that?" You smack your forehead. "I hung up on him!" You whine loudly.

Chapter 429: Just Like The Rankin Bass Movies Final Part

Chapter Text

One by one your friends left to visit their families. It was bittersweet for you. But you soldiered on. You couldn't wallow in your sorrows forever. You had even made plans to make the best of things. Like visiting an attraction you've always wanted to visit.

Word got around your office quickly that those without kids could not trust management to uphold vacation days. It was mandatory for days to be used, meaning having any remaining at the end of the year was frowned upon. Everyone at the company took off two days before New Year's Eve and two weeks after New Year's Eve.

The way things were set the time off could not be denied. Otherwise, they'd have to pay for the time off not used. They do not want to pay. So it was quite glorious to see the look on the faces of the higher-ups and Mary when they realized how much work would be waiting for them while everyone was gone.

Twas the night before Christmas and all through your house. Not a creature was stirring, but some gears were whirring. Some mischievous bots were mucking about. Sneaking inside and outside and all around. They altered the decore and set up food. They were so busy, and it was all for you.

You woke up the next morning with a sigh. Christmas day and you were alone for the first time in a long time. You hated it. The house was too quiet and the warmth of the season was missing.

As you stood up and walked to your bathroom. Your heart dropped out of your butt as you heard the sound of laughter. You live alone. Who the hell is laughing? You look around your room and grab a baseball bat only to grow confused when you smell cinnamon.

"What?" You walk out of your room confused.

"They tried so hard!" more laughter. "But there were eggshells in all the cookies!"

"Mom?" You drop the bat as you look into the living room.

Your whole family is in your house along with Eclipse, Sun, and Moon. You open your arms as you start to cry.

"Oh, honey," Your mom leaps from the couch and pulls you into her arms.

"How?" You sob. "Why?" You sob. "When?!"

Your grandmother points to Eclipse. "We couldn't spend the holiday without you! And your friend Eclipse here orchestrated this whole thing with us! Thank him for this."

You hold your mother tighter as you cry.

Your mom soothes you and rubs your back. "Let's go get you dressed."

You nod and let her lead you away. Ten minutes later you are walking back out into the living room. Someone hands you a warm cup of coffee.

You walk over to Eclipse and smile warmly. "Thank you. You didn't-"

"There's more." Eclipse says as he leads you outside where a freezer truck is parked in front of your house.

"You... got me a freezer truck?" You ask confused as to what you're supposed to do with the thing.

"Not quite." Eclipse hands you a pair of mittens and a warm sweater. "Put these on."

You slowly put them on. "I don't understand."

Eclipse chuckles. "You will. C'mon."

You follow Eclipse to the truck. He opens the back revealing snow. The interior of the truck is decorated to look like one of the old Rankin Bass films.

"Snow." you tear up again. "You got me snow!"

"I got you snow." Eclipse confirms. "Would you like to make a snowman?"

You shake and make little whining sounds as you try to figure out what to do. "Snow! SNOW! Snow?!"

"Take your time." Eclipse puts a hand on your shoulder.

You whine like a screaming cat "Mmmmng!"

Eclipse looks concerned as he watches you. "Are you alright?" He leans down to get a better look at you.

You act on impulse and shake your hands out. "I love you!"

Eclipse grins widely. "Really?! Me?"

You nod. "True!"

"Can I kiss you?" He puts his hands on your shoulders.

"Yes!" You nod as you lean in.

Eclipse giggles and presses his lips to you. You light up like a Roman candle as you lean into the kiss to kiss him harder. Eclipse wraps his lower two arms around you. His upper two hold your shoulders. When Eclipse pulls back you are in a daze.

"Does this mean we are dating now?" Eclipse grins as he picks you up.

"Mhm." You nod with a dopey smile.

Eclipse spins you in a circle. "I'm so happy!" He throws you into the pile of snow in the back of the freezer truck.

"AIE!" You squeal. "COLD!"

Eclipse chuckles. "You wanted snow! You got snow!"

Chapter 430: Boys Named Jupiter Get More Stupider

Summary:

AOB with Jupiter. Left the way it was in case I want to write some one-shots for him. This is one of the rare scenarios where he can't kill you. Lol You the reader are the alpha and Jupiter is the omega.

Chapter Text

"She's perfect! Her smell is intoxicating! I just- wow." Paula gushed about her mate as she took a sip of her cocktail.

"I'm happy for you." you smile at your Latin American friend as the two of you sit in the bar. "You've been looking for her for so long."

"Have you smelled them yet?" Paula asks.

"No, not yet." You sigh.

"Crime boss Jupiter Zirkus has escaped police custody and is once again on the run from police. Citizens are advised to stay indoors after sunset. Please call the Police non-emergency line if you have any information on the ruthless criminal." The newsman says as he interrupts the baseball game that was playing on the TV.

"Well, that soured the mood a bit!" You grimace at the picture of Jupiter sneering at the camera.

Jupiter is fifteen feet tall. His skin is a dark blue that almost looks black. It has little white stars and planets on it. His eyes are dark glowing violet. He has three arms. One on the left, one on the right, and one sticking out of the middle of his chest. He has two rings around his head that are smokey grey and attached by four rods.

"I-I'm going home." Paula tosses some money on the bar counter.

You add some of your own and stand up. "Probably a good idea." You put your coat on. "You drive safe, yeah?"

Paula walked with you to the door. "You too, Y/n."

You walk to your car in the dwindling light of the setting sun. Jupiter is very dangerous. His body count is staggeringly high. You hope he leaves the town and goes somewhere else or he gets caught. The animatronic monster needs some serious reprogramming or at the very least some therapy.

The drive to your farmhouse is a long one tonight. Your mind is so distracted you don't even notice you're driving a little under the speed limit. Like you're running on autopilot.

You pull onto your long driveway. To your left is a field of flowers and to your right at the far end of the field is your apiary where you keep your bees. You are a beekeeper and you supply florists with various flowers.

You park your truck outside your two-story farmhouse. It has three bedrooms, a basement, and a small attic space. You take a deep breath of the fresh air. Immediately you are hit with a metallic smell mixed with leather and peppercorns. You find yourself attracted to it.

You take your phone and begin to prowl your property looking for the scent. "I CAN SMELL YOU! COME OUT! NOW!" You growl out in the middle of your flower field.

Nothing happens. With a huff, you head back to your house. Along the way, the scent you were tracking gets stronger. Following it leads you to the cellar doors.

The handles to the doors have some kind of black fluid on them. The lock is crushed on the ground. You growl lowly as you jog to your shed. You return to the doors with your sledgehammer and throw the doors open.

Now that you can smell the scent more you know. "My mate."

A large hand grabs you from behind. "Good of you to finally arrive." The voice sneers.

"I didn't know I'd meet my mate through a B&E." You scoff as you allow your mate to pick you up by your arm and dangle you in the air.

"Circumstances deemed this necessary." Jupiter turns you to face him. "Be a good little mate and patch me up." He pats your cheek and speaks in a condescending tone.

At first, you're terrified. "Jupiter."

"So you do know my name?" He brings you to his face and licks your neck. "Good. But call me Alpha."

You snicker "What?" You break into full-blown laughing. "Alpha? Are you serious?"

Jupiter falters in his anger. "Yes! Of course I am!"

"No way! You're the omega! Why would I call you by my title?" You shake your head.

Jupiter growls in your face "YOU WILL DO-"

You cut him off by expressing your scent glands. "You will put me down please."

"Wha-" Jupiter growls quietly and looks conflicted. "No! You listen to me!"

"Put. Me. Down, little omega." Your tone is firm but gentle. You never expected the murderous bot would be your mate but here you are. You have no intention to let him have the upper hand. If you want to survive you need to take control quickly.

"RAAAH!" Jupiter yells in your face and puts you down. "If you weren't my mate I'd kill you!" He slams a fist into your dryer breaking it.

"DON'T BREAK MY STUFF!" You bark angrily.

Jupiter shakes his head like he's trying to fight instinct. "FINE!"

You nod satisfied. "Good. Now, you said something about repairs?"

Jupiter nods and growls out. "Bullet wounds." He's clearly enraged and torn between killing you for standing up to him and kissing you stupid like his instincts are telling him to.

"Come upstairs. The lighting down here is not very good. I'll see what I can do." You turn and head upstairs stunned with how you are dealing with this situation.

Jupiter crawls on the ground favoring his left arm as he follows you upstairs. "Your house is shit! Why aren't you something better? Useless fuck."

"Language!" You snap. "My job is perfect for me! I get to work outside and I make enough money for me." You glare over your shoulder at him. "Not all of us want to be brutish murder men."

Jupiter scoffs. "One word and this whole place is burned down."

You point to your living room. "One word and you are alone forever."

Jupiter growls again as he sits down in the middle of your living room.

"Is growling all you can do?" You roll your eyes as you put on a headlamp.

"Is bitching all you do?" Jupiter spits back.

"So what now? You're my mate and a criminal." You look his injury over.

Jupiter grabs your jaw. "You are mine! You come with me! Go where I go! Do what I do! No one else-"

"No." You state simply. "I won't be doing that. This is where I live. I'm happy here. I have a good job." You look up at him "You can't expect me to drop my life for a criminal."

"I do. And I won't take no for an answer." He barks.

You put electrical tape on some wires. "You will!" You lock eyes with him. "I'm the alpha! You do know what that means right?" You pat the tape a little hard.

"FUCKING OW!" Jupiter howls loudly. "BE CAREFUL!"

He raises his hand to strike you making you flinch back. But the strike never comes. Instead, he eyes you and growls in frustration.

He lowers his hand. "I can't do it."

"You already like me that much?" You ask surprised and a little confused.

"NO! I physically can't! I can't hurt you! I want to! But I can't!" He yells as he throws a pillow at the wall.

You gasp. "Because I'm the alpha." You smile brightly and coo. "Oh, my little omega." You pet his thigh making him shudder. "You can't hurt me. Aren't you a good boy?"

"Not a good boy..." Jupiter mumbles annoyed. "Give me your phone! I need to call my boys."

"No, you don't. You need to convince me not to call the police on you." You look the injury over. "I can't do anything more than this."

"POLICE?! You'd dare call the police on me?!" He tugs at one of the rings around his head frustrated. "How about I'm your mate! You should feel the urge to protect me! Not turn me in!"

You mull his response over. "You've murdered so many people. I can't let that slide." You narrow your eyes with a steely look.

"Actually. My minions have murdered most of those people." He crosses two of his arms. "Do you really think I'm stupid enough to get my own hands dirty? What the hell do you think underlings are for?!"

"SOoORY!" You huff. "I'm not part of the criminal underworld!"

"You'll learn." Jupiter cackles at the thought of corrupting you.

"Shut up! No, I won't!" You shake your head.

Jupiter bares his teeth at you. "You say that now! But time knows the truth." He leans in and licks your cheek.

"Bleh! Your tongue is huge!" You wipe at your cheek.

"Big tongue and I don't need to breathe." He licks his lips at you.

"Gross." You stick your tongue out as Jupiter laughs at you.

Jupiter purses his lips and reluctantly mumbles out "Don't leave..." He growls and clenches his fists. "I don't like when you aren't near me."

"I know what you mean." You run a hand through your hair. "My alpha instincts are flaring up. I'm not sure how to feel about it."

"We'll worry about it in the morning." Jupiter forces out angrily.

You sigh and nod.

Chapter 431: And You Never Left Again pt END

Chapter Text

Harvester sulks all the way to the apartment building. His arms drag on the ground as he hunches over with his head hung low. You can hear him quietly mumble about being a failure.

"Are you done?" Solar Flare asks as he stops at the doors to the apartments.

Harvester flips into a handstand "I suppose." Ye sighs and flips onto his feet. "It would not be," He slowly shifts out of security protocol. "Wise to keep acting like a child." Moon shakes his head with an exasperated sigh.

You snicker. "You good there Moon?"

"It just makes me so emotional!" He complains as he opens the door for Solar Flare.

"Well, it does inhibit your impulse control." Solar flare slowly shifts into Sun as he walks through the doorway. "Probably to make you more willing to attack people."

"Not sure how much I hate that." You huff and cross your arms.

Sun gets into the elevator. "At least they didn't make you a jerk." He grins at Moon.

"Honestly, I think you're both fine!" You yawn. "No matter what form you're in."

Moon rubs the top of your head. "Sleepy?"

You nod. "It's been a long week. My boss, not the big boss, is putting me through my paces." You snuggle into Sun's arms. "Not sure why though."

"He's into you and mad you get to spend more time with us." Moon shrugs as the elevator doors close.

"He what?" You hand Sun and Moon their house keys.

Sun nods. "Mhm! The parts and service workers were talking about it. Your boss and his wife opened their marriage."

Moon grins as he inspects the keys. "The wife got several men already and the husband got what he called an arid desert."

"Well, I'm not interested." you grimace. "I'm not a swinger."

Sun chuckles as the elevator doors open. "Good! We aren't one to share what's ours."

"Besides, your boss is only interested because everyone else in the plex isn't interested in him." Moon snickers as you approach door 405.

"Welcome home." You blurt as Moon unlocks the door to let you three in.

The fazpartment has been furnished with a fine mix of your things and what little Sun and Moon had. The living room has a couch and two chairs. Behind it is a dining table and behind that is the kitchen. A small hallway leads to the two bedrooms and a bathroom. The first bedroom has a bathroom and the other doesn't. The master bedroom is furnished as a bedroom and the other bedroom is a blank slate for Sun and Moon to decorate as they see fit.

"I love it!" Sun gushes as he sets you down.

"It's us!" Moon points to a picture of the three of you looking at the sunset together for the first time.

"Perfect." you grin as you run your hand along the kitchen counter.

"Is this really ours?" Sun walks down the hall.

"Yep! Every night we sleep in here." You reply as you follow Sun to the master.

Moon trails behind you. "Unless you get a call for work."

"Yeah," You nod. "But I'm your handler so it will probably be calls about you two... maybe one of the other animatronics. OH! And those tiny music men. The spiderlings."

Sun lies down on the bed. "Yeah, those little guys really like you." He wiggles a bit. "Oh, this is better than the old bed!"

You lie down next to Sun. "Oh, this is just what we needed."

Moon throws an arm over you "We all fit."

"Die Hard!" Sun says as he sits up.

"Yes! Die Hard!" Moon picks you up to bring you to the living room

"Dinner." You counter. "Then Die Hard."

Sun nods as he opens the door "Food, then the movie."

Moon smiles as he watches you cook dinner. This was his life now. Living with you and Sun and finally getting some freedom. Things were looking up and he is elated.

Chapter 432: The Paradox Of Axiums pt1

Summary:

This is AOB with Paradox!

Chapter Text

You stood on the balcony of your mountain home looking down at the city below. So many people are all in loving relationships with their soulmates. You have moved so many times and gone to so many events looking for your soulmate. But you haven't had any luck. You were beginning to think you might not have one. but that's never happened before.

"I don't know how much more I can take." You look at the sky. "Everyone around me has their someone! I don't know what to do anymore." You sigh. "Sorry. I'm just upset."

You rest your cheek in your hand as you watch the golden glow of sunset wash over the city below. The cool breeze of the coming night is refreshing. You can smell your neighbor a little further down the mountain grilling something and it makes your mouth water. You head inside your home to grab your keys. Tonight you are going to get your favorite fast food to cheer yourself up.

As you pull up to the fast food joint you pass a very large moving truck. It drives in the same direction you just came from. You pick up your food momentarily intrigued by the moving van. If someone is moving in it could mean a chance at finding your soulmate. You stop at the road leading up the mountain to get your mail.

"Y/n!" Your neighbor Abby, says. "How are you?" She opens her mailbox.

"Ah, I'm doing pretty good." You reply honestly. "I saw a big moving van! Someone new has moved here."

"I know! I saw the truck driving up the road! Passed by it on my way down." Abby grins.

"Really?" You lean in intrigued and surprised. "Have you seen the new neighbors?"

"Not yet! But I have a pie ready for them." She says as though meeting the new neighbors is a challenge.

"No one can escape one of your pies, can they?" you chuckle at the taller woman.

"Nope." She chuckles. "So, are you going to the Fall Costume Ball? I hear the theme is Disney!"

"Yeah, I'm going as Gaston. You?" You smile as you glance through your mail.

"Gaston?" She asks confused.

"Yeah, I couldn't make up my mind so I used an app to pick a random character and got Gaston." You shrug.

"Ah! Well, Hubs and I are going as Goofy and Clarabell." She gushes. "I'm so excited about it!"

You nod as you walk back to your car. "Me too. See you later, Abby. Say hi to John!"

"Will do!" She waves as you start your truck.

As you drive to your house you think about the new neighbors. Who are they? What are they like? And the question you really want answered. Could they be your mate? It's a thrilling thought. Finally finding your other half. Or could it be halves? Some people had two.

You slow down as you pass by the new neighbor's house. It's an A-frame two story log cabin. You can see the moving van and the movers removing boxes. But you can't see the new owner or owners. There isn't even a car outside meaning they aren't at the house right now.

"Darn." You huff as you continue driving to your house. You'll have to meet them later.

Chapter 433: Boys Named Jupiter Get More Stupider pt 2

Chapter Text

You sleep on the couch while Jupiter sleeps on the floor. Your bed won't fit him and he won't let you sleep alone without a fight. Your couch is uncomfortable to sleep on. But you don't want an argument so you go with it.

The situation you two find yourselves in is taxing. Your omega is a criminal known for dominating others and you are an autistic beekeeper who grows flowers. Both of you were different from what the other expected.

You don't like being this close to Jupiter. The longer you smell his scent the more your instincts are telling you to pull the fifteen-foot bot into your arms. You keep reminding yourself he's a murderer and criminal. You aren't supposed to like criminals.

You manage to last an hour before you can't take it anymore. "SUGAR!"

Jupiter sits up groggily while waving a revolver around "WHAT?! WHERE?! WHERE?!"

"There's no intruder." You pick up your pillow and blanket. "Put that away! And like back down!" You bark.

"Shit! Fine!" He puts the gun away and lies down. "Are you mentally ill or something? Of course, I'd get a special nee-"

"Don't you dare finish that sentence." Your tone is harsh and cold. "I'm autistic you jerk."

"Autistic? For fucks sake!" Jupiter growls and rolls his eyes.

"Quiet! I'm high functioning." You throw your pillow on his chest. "Give me a hand."

Jupiter stares at you like your skin is falling off. "I'm not a damn bed!"

You sigh and climb onto his leg. "Go ahead and pretend like you don't want this too."

Jupiter stares at you and narrows his eyes. With a growl, he picks you up. He looks away and scoffs like this is a huge inconvenience for him. However, he wraps his third arm around you "Go the fuck to sleep."

"Whiney baby." You settle down and pull your blanket around yourself more.

Jupiter wraps his hand around your neck loosely "AAAAAAAHHH!" His hand shakes and you can hear his inner workings strain as he tries to kill you.

You scream back in fear and surprise as Jupiter leans in to scream in your face. Jupiter's mouth snaps shut and he kisses you. You lean into the kiss with a soft sound. Jupiter pulls back and forces you to lie back down. Neither of you says a word as you cover yourself back up.

The next morning you wake up on your couch gently tucked in.

"Yeah, it's not too hard to find. Just look for beehives and neatly planted flowers. The house is blue. And get here quickly but safely!" Jupiter says from the kitchen. "I don't want to get caught." He speaks in a lower tone. "And bring doughnuts or something."

You sit up with a groan and rub your achy back. Your phone is missing and you can hear Jupiter walking back into the living room. He tosses his phone at you and sits down on the floor.

"You called your boys?" you frown disappointed.

Jupiter looks out the window. "No, I called my personal mechanic. Think of him as my doctor." He looks over at you with a tilt of his head. "You are my mate. My," He growls lowly choking on the word. "Alpha." He looks back out the window. "My desire to have you," He hesitates before reluctantly growling out. "alive. Tch. Outweighs my desire to tear out your intestines and make a sweater."

"Um... thank you?" You aren't really sure how to respond. "I do appreciate you not calling your boys to come ransack my house."

"Yeah, well." He frowns as he glances at you. "You didn't call the police."

You stand up to get some coffee "Such a good omega." You rub his shin.

"Shut up!" Jupiter barks angrily as you pass.

You laugh as you walk into your kitchen.

Chapter 434: The Paradox Of Axiums pt2

Chapter Text

A few days later you are at the post office with Abby mailing a box. "Have you met the new neighbors yet? I haven't seen them yet."

Abby nods as she adjusts the boxes in her arms. "I have! They are so nice. It's two animatronics. The first is eleven feet tall with eggplant and burnt umber coloring. His name is Eclipse. He has four arms! So cool!" She giggles as the mine moves. "The second is also eleven feet tall with four arms. He's black and white and his name is Paradox."

"Animatronics?" You ask surprised and excited as you set your box down on the counter. "I assume they're mates?"

Abby sets her box down on the counter next to yours. "No, they don't have mates yet. Eclipse," She smiles at the post office worker. "Yes, thank you." She begins to input the shipping information for the box. "Eclipse said they are more like extremely close friends."

"Friends," You hum as you fill out the information on your box for the postal worker you're dealing with. "Thanks." You smile at the worker as they take the box.

"Yeah, they have two cousins named Sun and Moon. Paradox said they moved here for work. But Eclipse said it's to find his mate. Thank you!" She smiles as she takes out her credit card for the worker.

"Do you know what their status is?" You swipe your credit card.

"Eclipse is an Alpha and Paradox is a Beta." Abby takes her receipt and the two of you leave the building.

"Ah," As you step outside you stop.

You can smell your mate. It's not too strong but you can smell them. Leather, old books, and something metallic. You sprint for it trying to figure out where it's coming from. The scent leads to an empty parking spot. You drop to your knees happy and upset at the same time.

"Whoah!" Abby pants as she stops beside you. "What was that?!"

"I smelled them." You look over at her. "Abby! My mate is here! I smelled them!" You jump up and spin her in your excitement.

Abby looks confused before it dawns on her "OH Y/N I'M SO HAPPY FOR YOU!" She brings you into pseudo walts.

Abby glances at her Apple watch. "Oh! I gotta go. I'm going on a date with John." She wiggles her shoulders.

"Still keeping the romance strong." You smile as you two walk back to your vehicles.

"It's healthy in a marriage." She grins as she opens her driver's door. "Bye!"

You wave as you get into your car. "Bye!"

"WHOOOW!" You shout as you sit in your car. Elation and affection are running rampant through you. You've finally found your Alpha.

You are giddy with excitement as you drive home. At the moment you don't have any leads on how to find them. But your city isn't much of a tourist destination so chances are high they won't leave anytime soon.

Over the next week you have more moments where you smell your mate but never find them. At the grocery store, the library, and even the park. It makes you wonder if they smell you too. It's almost comical at this point.

Your elusive new neighbors have continued to evade you. Abby talks about how nice they are and tells you they'll be at the Fall Costume Ball. Luckily with their height, they'll be hard to miss. You don't want to get your hopes up but it's hard not to get excited about the prospect that your mate will be at the ball.

Chapter 435: Respite

Chapter Text

You are so unbelievably tired. You worked from sunrise to sunset today and you are exhausted. But you got excellent much-needed pay so you felt it was worth it. The sun has long set and the crescent moon is high in the sky.

A brisk breeze blows leaves down the street as you walk. Work is close enough that most days it would be silly to drive. Today you were supposed to be home by three in the afternoon. But here you are at eight-thirty in the evening walking down the street.

The warm glow from the windows of the houses to your left and right gives you a cozy feeling in your chest. You long to be at home in your warm bed with your soft blankets wrapped around you. Maybe a warm cup of tea just before bed will help you relax and get a better night's sleep.

You yawn loudly and roll your shoulders as you continue to your house. You don't make it very far before something picks you up.

"Did you honestly think you could walk past my house looking this exhausted without consequences?" Moon purrs in your ear.

Now that you aren't on your feet you can truly feel how much they hurt. "I didn't realize." Your feet are throbbing in pain bad enough to make you start to cry a bit.

"Hey, hey. Shhh." Moon tries to soothe you thinking he upset you. "It's alright. I'm not mad."

"It hurts." you manage out.

"Hurts?" Moon inspects you looking for an injury. "What hurts? Tell me what's wrong?"

"My feet." You sniffle suddenly feeling silly for complaining.

"Feet?" Moon looks at your shoes "I'm bringing you inside. You aren't going home tonight."

You've had pain before but this is pain in a spot you're not used to having pain in. So you don't fight Moon and allow him to bring you inside. The throbbing is almost unbearable and you'd do just about anything at this point to make it stop.

Moon takes you back to his room. "How did this happen?" He asks in a gruff tone knowing it's likely not your fault.

"Work." You whine as Moon lays you down on his bed. "I started a sunrise." You watch as Moon takes off your shoes. "I was supposed to be off at three. But I got offered more hours." You wipe tears from your eyes. "With the holidays coming up I need the money. So I agreed. I didn't get off until eight."

"Starlight?!" Moon shrieks alarmed as he takes your socks off. "That's a fourteen-hour shift!" He walks over to his dresser and grabs a bottle of lotion. "No wonder you're in so much pain."

You writhe a little and rub the bottom of your feet trying to get the pain in your feet to stop.

He takes your feet in his lap as he sits down. "You shouldn't have done that." He puts some lotion on your foot and begins to massage.

"Oh! YES!" You moan loudly as the pain subsides slowly.

Moon chuckles with a devious grin. "Well well. Have I found something you like, starlight?" He applies a little more pressure. "Looks like I just found my new favorite thing to do to you." He gives a gentle tug to your toes making each one pop. "The next time someone offers you a fourteen-hour shift you decline." He looks at you as he applies pressure to just the right spot.

"Yes!" You cry out in relief.

"Yes, what?" Moon moves on to your other foot.

"Yes, sir!" You reply in pure rapture.

Moon drops your foot in surprise before picking it back up. "That's not what I was after!" He leans forward after collecting himself. "But I'll certainly take it." He rubs between each toe just like before. "Such a good little rabbit for me." He leans forward and kisses your shin. "Any more pain in your feet?"

You shake your head no. "Not so much anymore. Thank you."

"Any pain anywhere else?" Moon rubs your sternum.

You yawn and take his hand. "No," You rub your face in his palm. "But I'm so tired."

"Have you eaten?" Moon rubs your cheeks.

"Mhm. I had a sub sandwich." You lean into his touch.

"Mmmm, I'll be right back. Stay put." He hums and rubs his chin. "Actually," He walks into his closet. "Put this on."

You catch the clothes he tosses at you. "Thank you!"

You get dressed in the clothes from Moon as Moon locks his house up for the night. The clothes are a clean pair of socks in your size and an oversized shirt. You bring the garment to your nose and take a deep breath. It smells like Moon.

"Can't get enough of me can you?" He smiles warmly as he unbuttons his pants to get ready for bed. "No worries, rabbit. I'll be in bed soon."

You blush and get under the covers. "Oh, my word."

Moon crawls into bed and pulls you to his chest. "You know, I love that I have this effect on you." He rubs your back soothingly. "Get some sleep." He picks up the book from his bedside table. "I'll be right here if you need me." He kisses the top of your head and opens the book to read. "Sleep well, starlight."

Chapter 436: Boys Named Jupiter Get More Stupider pt3

Chapter Text

Jupiter follows you into the kitchen. "Don't eat anything! You probably don't know how to cook anyway." He crosses his arms and leans on the counter.

"I actually do know how to cook, jerk." You get two cups and set them on the counter.

"Wow. You really need that much coffee?" He looks away "Addict."

"I do have manners!" You pour two cups. "You'll have to put your own sugar and cream in. I don't know how you like your coffee."

Jupiter stares at you for a long moment. "Black with no sugar."

You hand his cup over. "Do you like torturing yourself?" You ask more curious than anything else.

"No, of course not!" He barks offended.

"So you like others to torture you!" I nod in understanding.

Jupiter looks at you enraged and horrified as a blush creeps onto his face. "Not another word!"

You hold a hand up with a smile "Alright, I won't bring it up." You frown and sip your coffee. "But we should talk about us."

Jupiter sighs and crosses two of his arms. "Right, You won't leave this farm, correct?"

You nod as you sit at the kitchen table. 'Right. But let's address the real issue here. You and your criminal status."

"And what do you propose we do about that?" Jupiter tentatively takes a seat as if he's afraid to break the chair.

"I don't know exactly. You're MY omega. I feel this strong need to protect you and take care of you!" You put a hand on your chest. "It's MY job to provide for you!" You let out a frustrated sound. "But you're a CRIMINAL! A murderer!"

Jupiter opens his mouth to spit another insult or threat at you. But as he watches you he instead gets up and walks over. He puts a hand on your back and presses you to lean on him.

When you shed a few frustrated tears Jupiter sighs. "I built an empire. I can't just walk away from it. You wouldn't be safe." He presses just a touch too hard out of frustration. "Your best option is either to let me keep doing my job and be with me. Or I leave and we never interact again."

You growl and force him into your lap. "You aren't going anywhere! I forbid it!" You throw your arms around him defensively. "So get that thought out of your stupid head!"

Jupiter looks surprised. "Yes, Alpha." His response is so quick you are both surprised.

"Good. I own three hundred acres of land and I have no desire to leave it." You glance down at your legs. "Thank you for holding up your weight for me. I'm not that strong yet."

Jupiter scoffs. "I'm not going to listen to you whine like a little bitch because I'm too heavy for your weak ass!"

"Right," You pat his thigh. "Like I said. I'm not leaving."

Jupiter grins as he leans in to look at you. "So, I'm staying then? You didn't say anything about police."

You sigh and lean into his side. "You know as well as I do that we've spent too much time together. We're attached."

Jupiter rubs your shoulder in a rare display of affection. "I know." He sounds conflicted. "You aren't safe with me."

"I'm not safe without you. You know mates who have bonded the way we have are likely to die if the other leaves." You reply softly.

"Broken Heart Syndrome." Jupiter huffs. "I hate your guts. But not that much."

Chapter 437: The Paradox Of Axiums pt3

Chapter Text

"Alright!" Abby puts her makeup brush down. "You look perfect!"

You grin and look in the mirror. "Thank you! I make a pretty good Gaston!"

Abby nods "Oh yeah, it's a hilarious fit!"

Abby's husband John walks into the room dressed as Goofy, "Gorsh, Abby! You sure do make purdy Clarabel."

You stand up and greet John "Hi, John. How goes it?"

John shakes your hand. "Got a raise at work! It's ten cents but it adds up."

"I'm happy for you!" You sit down to put your boots on.

"Abby said you found your mate?" He asks as he touches up his makeup.

"Yeah... kinda? I've smelled them around town but I haven't met them yet." You lace up your boots with a shake of your head.

"I'm sure you'll meet them at the party! Who knows, maybe they'll be Bell." Abby giggles as the three of you head to your vehicles.

The drive to the hotel is long—at least it feels that way. The place the mayor booked at the hotel has an indoor area and an outdoor area with a pool. A catering company will provide barbecue in the outdoor area, and another will have Italian food in the indoor area.

Most of the city is present and it's nice to talk to people for the moment. There are so many smells, but none of them are your mate. It's still early, so you aren't disheartened. You dance with Abby and John for a bit before getting in line to get a burger.

"Yes! They're very nice! I think you'll like them! They work as a coder and live further up the mountain." Abby says as she walks over with an animatronic. "Y/n! There you are!"

You look over and decide to get out of line to greet Abby and this new animatronic. "Hello!"

Paradox is dressed up as Merlin. He is mainly black with white undertones much like the blue on Moon’s arms. His eyes are a redish orange like the picture of a black hole. Unlike Sun and Eclipse, Paradox’s rays form a spiral pattern.

"Hello," He holds his lower hand out. "I'm Paradox."

You freeze as his scent floods your nose. "My mate."

"What?" Paradox takes a step back and fidgets. "I'm sorry. You're mistaken. I'm a Beta."

"No," You grin widely. "You're my Alpha! I can smell it! It's you!"

"No." He says a little more firmly. "I'm not an Alpha! I'm a Beta! I don't have a mate!" His tone is becoming increasingly distressed.

"You're wrong!" You plead. "You have to be. I know you're my alpha." You take a step forward. "I've been looking for you for so long! So many years alone."

"I'M NOT!" Paradox yells loudly as he starts to hyperventilate. "YOU'RE WRONG! I'VE NEVER BEEN AN ALPHA!"

"Please! At least think about it!" You hold out one of the gloves from your costume. "Take this! Keep it! Smell it. Give it a chance!"

"NO!" Paradox slaps the glove out of your hand. "LEAVE ME ALONE!"

Something picks you up. "Leave Paradox alone you psycho!"

"Wait!" You panic as the new animatronic turns to the pool.

"Calm down, Eclipse! We can talk this through!" Abby begs.

"He's my mate!" You plead. "I can't-"

Eclipse throws you into the pool. "Paradox is a Beta! Stay away!"

You hit the water hard and sink to the bottom of the pool. You don't know how to swim. Panic sets in and you try to flail your way to the surface.

A woman dressed as Ursula leaps into the pool and drags you out. You cough up water and glance around. Paradox and Eclipse are gone. Your mate is gone and thinks you're a crazy person. You scramble to your feet slipping several times in the process. You run to your car. The need to flee outweighs everything.

Chapter 438: Boys Named Jupiter Get More Stupider pt4

Chapter Text

"My mechanic should be here soon. I don't want people to know you're the alpha just yet." Jupiter says in a serious tone as he looks out the window. "Eventually, yes. But not yet."

"Awe, are you worried for my safety?" You ask with a bit of a teasing look.

"Hell no! I just don't want anyone to kill you before I do!" Jupiter walks over and takes your chin in his middle hand. "If anyone is going to kill you it's going to be me with my bare hands."

"How romantic!" You purr only half joking. You can almost hear the hidden meaning behind his words.

"Sh-shut up!" Jupiter lets you go quickly like you've burned him.

The sound of a doorbell resounds through the house. "That's the motion sensors I have on the driveway."

Jupiter takes his gun out and moves behind your front door. "You answer it. I'll be right here."

You eye the revolver in his hand. "Alright, just don't go all guns blazing! We play this smart."

Jupiter frowns. "Fine!" Clearly unhappy by your order.

You step out onto your porch just like you have with every strange guest. "Howdy!" You shout as a tall slim man gets out of a beat-up old Winnebago. "What can I help you with?"

The man looks at you with a deadpan expression and proceeds to ignore you as he tries to walk into your house.

"HEY!" You block him. "I'm talking to you!"

"I don't work for you." He says simply as he pushes you down.

"Do that again and I'll rip your teeth out with my bare hands." Jupiter growls as he throws the door open.

You stand up and growl. "Great! Now I'm bleeding."

Jupiter looks at you and twitches. "You're hurt?" He picks you up and looks you over. "Get inside." He hisses at the man who pushed you.

"Boss?" The man follows Jupiter inside.

"Do you realize who this is?" Jupiter says as he looks at your scrape.

"Hostage." The man says confidently.

"A good guess. But no. This is my mate. And you hurt them." Jupiter sets you down in the living room. "I'll let it go this time because you had no way of knowing." He puts a hand on the man's shoulder and squeezes. "But don't do it again."

You open your ottoman and get a bandaid and an alcohol wipe. "I'll live. OW!" You shriek as you clean the scrape.

Jupiter turns to you with a look of venom. "It doesn't matter that you'll live. You were disrespected and hurt." He frowns and scoffs. "What? Do you value yourself that little?"

You go quiet as you mull his words over. "Sometimes."

Jupiter sits down so the mechanic can start working. The room is quiet as you watch the mechanic for a while. Eventually, you need to start your day.

"I need to get going on farm chores. The bees need attention. No honey gathering though." You stand up and stretch with a pop of your back.

"Are you sure you should go alone?" Jupiter eyes you.

"I'll be fine. If I need you I'll scream." You head upstairs to get dressed.

When you come back down Jupiter frowns. "Is that really what you're going to wear?! IT'S BEES! THEY STING!"

You have on a warm shirt and jeans. "Yes! My bees know me. They won't sting me."

"What the fuck? What do you mean they won't sting you?" Jupiter looks stunned.

"They know me. I've raised them myself." You put your boots on. "As much as one can hand-raise bees anyway."

"I need to see this." Jupiter stands up to follow you.

"Sir!" the mechanic barks. "Your arm is non-functioning right now!"

"Antek, I do not care right now! This could have some benefits." Jupiter chuckles as he walks outside with you.

"You are so lucky this road sees very little traffic. If someone sees you." You warn as you walk across the large field to your apiary.

"I'm not stupid!" Jupiter rolls his eyes. "Unlike you.

"Yeah, yeah. Whatever." You walk into a shed near the bees and get some pieces of wood. "These are entrance reducers. They keep the bees safer during the winter basically."

Jupiter pretends not to care but watches you explain out of the corner of your eye. You walk right up to each hive and put toe reducers on. The bees swarm but never sting you. Right after figuring out it's you they go about their business. Jupiter watches with growing glee as ideas form in his sick mind.

"I told you they won't sting me." You smile as you put the last reducer on. "There. All hives are done."

"Interesting." Jupiter watches the bees try to sting him. "And not a single sting?"

"I told you." You walk back to the house. "They know me."

Chapter 439: The Paradox Of Axiums pt4

Chapter Text

You aren't sure how you made it home without crashing. Rejection. You were rejected by your mate. That's a big deal and could mean you'll spend the rest of your life alone. You feel sick and wind up pulling over to the side of the road a few times to empty your stomach into a bush.

When you get home you barely make it to your front porch before falling to your knees and breaking into a fit of tears. You aren't sure how long you lie on your porch crying. But it's long enough that the sun has long since gone down.

"There you are." John sighs in relief as he jogs over to you. "Let's get you inside." He picks you up and brings you into your house. "Abby was worried sick when you ran off. What happened?"

You take a gasping stuttering breath. "My mate." You whine pitifully.

John sets you down on your couch and waves his wrist under your nose. "Take your time but you need to tell me what happened."

You take a breath and smell John's scent. The pheromones mixed with his firm tone are a command you can't ignore. "Paradox, the black and white animatronic, is my mate." You take the handkerchief from John and wipe your cheeks. "He rejected me! Wouldn't even give me a chance! I got thrown in the pool by who I assume is Eclipse."

John rubs the top of your head. "Good, Omega. You did good." He takes his phone out and calls Abby telling her to meet him at your house. "When Abby gets here we'll figure out what to do together. Until then, I'll cook us something to eat and make you a cup of tea." He turned your TV on. "You find something to watch. I'll be in the kitchen if you need me."

You appreciate John giving you time to process your feelings. "Thanks."

"What are friends for?" John replies as he walks into your kitchen.

You lie on the couch and stare at the screen. It's playing a travel show about Machu Picchu but you aren't paying attention. Your mind is racing with thoughts. Not as bad as before though. You don't know what to do. You're absolutely positive he's your mate. You don't know why he rejected you but you hope he comes to his senses or at least acknowledges you as his Omega even if he isn't your Alpha.

Just as a cup of tea is set down in front of you, your front door is thrown open. "Y/N!" Abby shouts as she rushes to the couch. "Oh! I was so worried!" She pulls you into her arms. "You must be so torn! I am so sorry I couldn't stop Eclipse from throwing you into the pool! Are you ok?!"

You lean into her bosom. "Physically, yes. Emotionally, no." You lean into her more and let her hold you. "I don't know what to do."

Abby smiles warmly. "First, we get you changed into dry warm clothes. John, can you give me a hand?"

John turns the stove off with a nod and comes to the couch to pick you up. "What do we do about Paradox?"

"He's autistic. We give him a little time to process his feelings and this revelation. Then we present him with something of yours so he can smell you and get used to you." She follows her husband to your room and begins to pick something for you to wear. "When I met them I was told he was a Beta. He's spent his whole life thinking he was one. This is a big change for him."

"What about me?" You ask in a hurt tone. "It's not easy for me either!"

"This is a delicate situation Y/n! I know you're hurting." Abby says as she hands you clothes.

"So, I have to put my feelings aside because he's autistic? I'm autistic!" You whine as you enter your bathroom to change.

"You want this to work, don't you?" Abby hisses. "Then you have to play it carefully!"

"Abby." John warns. "Both of their feelings are valid. Y/n is allowed to feel hurt just like Paradox is allowed to feel confused."

Abby goes quiet as she stares at John. In a soft tone, she replies. "You're right." She sits down on the edge of your bed. "I'm just afraid we're going to overwhelm Paradox and push him away forever."

"Then let's not worry about Paradox." John smiles like he has an idea.

"What do you mean?" You ask as you shuffle out of your bathroom.

"How about we set up a meeting with Eclipse? Talk to him first! He knows Paradox the best." John walks over and puts a hand on your shoulder. "Maybe he can convince Paradox to give you a chance."

Abby nods. "He thinks Y/n is a dangerous person." She turns to you. "If you can convince him you aren't Paradox might be more willing to hear you out. The two are practically twins, considering how close they are."

"Ok," You smile wearily "Well give it a try."

Chapter 440: Boys Named Jupiter Get More Stupider pt5

Chapter Text

You turn to look at Jupiter only to spot his injured arm dangling uselessly "Is that fixed yet or do you just have a bum arm?"

"It's not fixed yet." Jupiter crosses his two good arms. "I had to see you not get stung for myself."

"GO GET FIXED!" You point. "That's more important than looking at some bees!"

Jupiter flinches as he tries to ignore your demand. "I'll be fine!"

"Your arm looks like a mangled pile of wires and scrap metal!" You try to push him toward your house.

"Do you really think you can move me?" Jupiter starts laughing loudly. "How cute!" Jupiter picks you up and carries you under his arm like a clutch purse.

"HEY!" You bark indignantly. "Put me down!"

Jupiter pretends to think. "Hm... no. I can't kill you. But I can do this." He cackles as he walks back into your house.

"I'm not a pet or a purse!" You growl lowly.

Jupiter flinches and sets you down. "Whatever!" He walks back over to Antek. "You can finish now." He sits down.

You watch Antek work on Jupiter for a few minutes. "This house is too small for you. You have to crouch everywhere." You make a frustrated sound. "I don't want to leave my land. But, maybe we could build a new house."

"How sweet," Jupiter says in a teasing condescending tone. "You really care."

"Oh, my sweet Juju," You coo affectionately. "I'll always care about your needs." You touch his shin.

Jupiter growls and bares his teeth at you "WHAT DID YOU JUST CALL ME?!" He clenches his fists, but the light blush on his cheeks betrays him.

"My sweet little Juju." You gasp with an excited grin and give his shin a little shake. "My JUJUBE! OH, I LOVE IT!"

Jupiter looks mortified "DON'T YOU DARE CALL ME THAT IN FRONT OF ANYONE ELSE!" He takes his gun out and points it at you. "Or so help me!" He looks extremely uncomfortable as he points it at you. The fear in your eyes that would normally bring him joy disgusts him to no end. He visibly gags before putting the gun away like he decided not to shoot you.

As he puts the gun away you realize it's a show for Antek. A way to keep his dominance in front of his men and show he's top dog. You decide you might have to work on that.

"Alright! I'm sorry." You hold your hands up and head into the kitchen for something to eat.

You can hear Jupiter set his fun down just a little too quickly for it to be casually set down. Your eyes light up as you spy two boxes of doughnuts.

"THANK YOU!" You shout as you grab the doughnuts you want. You return to your living room. "Would you like me to bring you some?"

Jupiter looks away from you. "I like the jelly-filled ones." His tone is quiet and he seems a little distracted. Pointing that gun at you out of habit seems to have really upset him.

"Alright," You set your plate down and head back into the kitchen. "Oh! Uh... Mr. Mechanic? You can help yourself to some coffee." You add poking your head through the doorway. You grab the doughnuts and return to the living room "Here you go." You hand them over. "How much longer until he's repaired?"

Antek looks at you with a bored look and rolls his eyes. "You're too stupid to understand, farmer. But it will be done when it is done."

"So I'm a dumb farmer hick?" You ask for clarification.

"Yes." Antek nods.

"I know some stuff. I have a tractor and processing machines I repair. I also know a bit about coding." You reply offended.

"Ok," Antek looks at you. "Then it will be done when it's done."

Jupiter rolls his eyes but says nothing. Instead deciding to watch quietly.

You shake your head. "Right, I have work to do. Come find me later or something."

"Work?" Jupiter looks a little uncomfortable at the thought of you going anywhere right now.

"Yeah, in the large building out back. Processing orders for beeswax candles and the like." You point toward the back of the house.

Jupiter fidgets just barely. "Fine! You can go."

You shoot him a small smile. "Alright, See you later. Jujube." You run out of the house before he can say or do anything.

Chapter 441: The Paradox Of Axiums pt5

Chapter Text

In the days leading up to your meeting with Eclipse you fretfully busy yourself with what John teasingly called 'Omega Stuff'. Cooking tons of food. Re-arranging your house then arranging it back the way it was. Building and rebuilding a nest multiple times, but it was always wrong.

Not soft enough, too thin, too big. And it was wearing you down. You knew what it was. It was just your instincts trying to make everything absolutely perfect all in a bid to win Paradox over.

Abby decides the meeting will be in a neutral location. She chose a little coffee shop. You show up early hoping that a warm drink will soothe your frayed nerves. It helps a little and soothes your anxiety. However, it spikes as the door opens and you see Eclipse.

He looks stern and annoyed as he walks up to the counter. You watch anxiously as he orders a warm drink for himself. He smiles warmly at the worker and talks in a warm friendly tone. When he turns around he frowns. There's a coldness in his eyes as he looks at you. His body is stiff and tense. He takes his drink and walks over to you.

"Talk." He sits down and crosses his upper arms.

"He's my mate. I can smell it." You reply in a defeated tone.

"No, he's not. Paradox is a Beta. He's been one his entire life." Eclipse says in a firm tone.

"Then explain why he's my mate!" You clear your throat. "Because he is."

Eclipse sighs exasperated. "He can't-"

You cut him off. "Stop that! Ok? We aren't going to get anywhere if we dismiss each other!" You take a deep breath. "Humor me. He is my mate. I'm not wrong."

Eclipse frowns. "Then humor me too. You are a delusional Omega. You smelled someone else at the party and thought it was Paradox."

"Why can't he be an Alpha!?" You growl annoyed.

"He doesn't present as one!" Eclipse growls back.

"So?! So what? You both could be wrong! Give it a chance!" You practically beg.

"We're done here." Eclipse stands up. "Dox is not an Alpha. You need to drop it. I will NEVER let you meet him. EVER!"

You panic. And in your panic, you start to cry. Patrons whisper and stare at the two of you.

"Why are you keeping my mate from me? Why won't you give me a chance?" You ask through choked sobs.

"Because Paradox doesn't even act like an alpha!" He slams his fist on the table rattling everything on it. "Alphas are dominant, strong, and-"

"Like you?" You lock eyes. "He's not like you so he can't be an Alpha?"

"No that's not it!" Eclipse tugs one of his shorter rays.

You stand up. "Then why?"

"He's not man enough!" Eclipse barks before regret washes over his face. "He's just not man enough. Not masculine enough. Tough enough. Other Alphas would eat. Him. Alive."

"And that means I have to be miserable knowing my Alpha is nearby but I can't have him because he's not 'man enough'?" You frown ignoring the looks from everyone in the coffee shop.

Eclipse growls in your face threateningly. "Stay away from Paradox or we're going to have issues, pup."

Before you can retort he storms off leaving you fuming over the situation. You want to scream and throw things. Instead, you apologize for the scene and leave the coffee shop. This situation is far from over. You won't let Paradox go that easily.

Chapter 442: Boys Named Jupiter Get More Stupider pt6

Chapter Text

The machines for sanitizing and filling various jars and containers were loud enough that you didn't notice Jupiter behind you. He watched you work conflicted. He was so used to being a ruthless murderer and cold-hearted man that anything less was alien territory for him.

Anyone who approaches the Don with your level of disrespect and mockery will always be met with a new hole in their body. However, pointing that gun at you to grant you a new addition disgusted him. It was the only time he felt true remorse for something he's done. And he hates it.

How dare you make him feel like that. What right do you have to change him so profoundly and quickly? Jupiter catches a whiff of your scent amid the wax and honey perfuming the room. It calms his inner rage and fuels his instincts.

He is NOT building a nest. No, never. That is a job for a subservient whelp in need of a master. Rage fills him as he watches you work. He wants to scream at you for trying to control him like some kind of novelty toy. He raises his center fist with a snarl. So ready to end you and you don't even know.

You turn your head and sneeze into a handkerchief. "Fudging allergies." You grumble before changing your gloves and resuming your work on making beeswax candles.

Jupiter hesitates to think things through instead of acting on impulse like usual. You aren't controlling him. He lowers his fist. You have been reasonable with him. Kind even. You know what he's done and still want him as your Omega.

He flips you the bird unsure if it's a defiant act against instinct or a promise of things yet to come. Jupiter bares his teeth at you before leaving without you even knowing he's there.

Chapter 443: The Paradox Of Axiums pt6

Chapter Text

Once you were home you decided the best way to get out excess aggression was to chop wood. Wood won't complain if you get too aggressive with it and you need to prepare for colder weather anyway. How dare Eclipse think like that! It makes your blood boil and you find yourself shattering the wood more than actually cutting it.

You take a step back and breathe deeply. Closing your eyes to listen to the forest and calm down a little. You want logs, not shards. When you feel calm enough you resume cutting wood with a clearer mind than before.

As you chop more and more wood, you begin to form a plan. You'll sneak over to their house late at night. If you can get something of yours into Paradox's room maybe he'll smell your scent and realize he's an Alpha. It's not the best but it's a start. If Eclipse thinks he can keep you from your mate he's a fool.

You need to your scent to Paradox. It's obvious he'll need time to process things but you can't, and won't, let this go. Even if you wind up in jail or worse you'll keep fighting. True love is something you can't pass up. You won't wind up an old cat lady or whatever.

You have to pick the right item to leave in their house. No underwear or anything that can be construed as creepy. A shirt might be too noticeable as yours. Something like a hair tie might be too small. It comes to you as you stick your hand in your pocket, a handkerchief.

You can carry it around with you for a few days to get it as permeated in your scent as possible. The hard part will be getting it into their house. You could use Abby, but you don't want to risk her friendship. Besides, Eclipse will for sure smell whatever she tries to bring of yours inside.

The thought of needing to scope out their house was a little thrilling. The only problems were being heard and being smelled. You could keep quiet enough, but masking your scent would be an issue. If Eclipse smells you even a little you're sure he'll send your butt up the river.

You don't want his misguided ire. You don't know how stable he is. So far he's screamed in your face, he's thrown you in a pool, and he thinks you need to be Macho Man Randy Savage in order to be an Alpha. Whoever taught him that needs to be smacked upside the head.

Most of society has dropped that outdated way of thinking. Although there are still those who refuse to let go of past views. What makes an Alpha is far more complex than 'Are you an aggressive meathead'. You can't just tick a few boxes, slap on a sticker, and call it an Alpha. Your blood started to boil all over again. You took some deep breaths and decided to head inside.

The ridiculousness of the whole situation doesn't escape you. Sneaking around and committing crimes for your true love. Your life feels like a bad romantic comedy movie. Ryan Gosling is going to show up any minute now. The thought does make you feel a little better about things and at least you have some kind of plan.

Chapter 444: Noclip Nofun pt1: Hills With Houses

Chapter Text

Today, you were meeting Moon and Eclipse at a small cafe` for lunch together. You walked to the cafe` today. It was close enough to your office building that you didn't feel the need to take your car. As you cross the street you spot Eclipse and Moon talking to each other. Moon smiles brightly and waves in your direction. Eclipse turns to see what he's looking at. Moon is wearing a black dress shirt and dark denim jeans. Eclipse has on a dark green polo shirt and black pants.

Eclipse visibly brightens as he sees you "Meteor!"

Moon and Eclipse Move to greet you at the street corner. You stick your leg out just as you had thousands of times before to take a step. The smile drops from your face. What should be the concrete street corner is instead open air. The last thing you see is Eclipse and Moon diving for you before your world goes black.

The first thing you notice is the grass beneath you and the warm sunshine on your face. You sit up slowly and rub your head in confusion. The area you find yourself in has rolling hills as far as the eye can see. Weird little houses dot the landscape. Each one is Yellow. Far off in the distance, you can see a door. You look around you. Moon and Eclipse are on the ground out cold.

It's eerie wherever you are. The sky has no clouds. There is no wind. And you can't hear a damn thing. You stand up slowly to get a look around you. The hills and houses stretch on forever. Some have multiple windows and others only have one. This place makes you feel stranger the longer you look at it. It almost gives you a headache.

You hear a soft groan from behind you "Starlight?"

You turn around "Are you alright?"

Moon nods slowly "Where are we?"

You shrug as you check on Eclipse "I have no clue. One minute I was walking to you and Eclipse, and the next I was falling." You look around at the bizarre landscape "This place gives me the creeps."

Moon shudders as Eclipse starts to stir "I don't like it. This doesn't feel right."

Eclipse sits up slowly "What happened?"

Moon stands up and looks around looking rather unnerved "We aren't sure. One moment we were walking to Yin and the next they were falling. Then we were falling after them."

Eclipse looks around as he stands up "I hate this place. It feels so wrong."

You frown "What should we do? We can't exactly sit here and do nothing."

Moon looks down at his feet "Judging by the shadows... It's about noon. At the very least we should find a place to stay for the night."

The three of you head toward the nearest house. To your surprise, it's not very big. Maybe 20ft by 20ft at the most and roughly 20ft tall at the most. There is clearly a second floor but none of you can see a way to get to it. Moon stands on Eclipse's shoulders to look through a window. The second floor is empty. At least the first floor has a tall floor lamp, a couch, and a wardrobe.

You find an unopened bottle of water on the couch "Water?" You flip it around in your hand "It looks safe..."

Eclipse takes it from you "Let me check it." He takes a small sip "If something is wrong with it I'll know."

Moon walks around the living room "We should explore more houses while we still have daylight."

Eclipse hands the water to you "I don't detect anything dangerous. It's just normal water."

You head for the door "Thank you! I don't know how long we'll be stuck here."

Despite being noon, the temperature is rather neutral. Being neither hot nor cold. Eclipse and Moon stand on either side of you keeping you with one of them at all times. The next house is just as empty and has the exact same layout as the first. The only difference is the lack of water on the couch. You three decide to check another house.

You point toward the strange door you spotted earlier "Hey! See that door? Maybe it leads out of here?"

Eclipse follows your gaze "We should make our way over."

Moon looks at the nearest house "Yes. Let's keep exploring houses along the way. We might find more water or food."

You nod and turn to head for the house Moon is looking at. Out of nowhere, it becomes night. Like someone flipped a switch from day to night. You jump and let out a little scream. Moon picks you up and runs to the nearest house. Eclipse slams the door putting his weight on it. Moon shoves the couch in front of the window also putting his weight on it. A cacophony of horrid growling comes from outside the little house.

You look between your lovers "What is that?!"

Moon looks at you over his shoulder "I don't know! I heard it running up to us from behind!"

Eclipse growls "We NEED to find a way out of this hellhole!"

You clutch your water to your chest "I didn't see or hear anything bad!"

Moon tosses you a couch pillow "Maybe they, whatever they are, only come out at night?! Take a seat! Clippy and I can easily block the door and window!"

You sit down on the cushion "I am so glad I'm not here alone!"

Eclipse nods "I would hate for you to be alone here! Darling, I love you, but I'm not sure you would survive this!"

Moon sighs "I hate to say it! But I agree! Nothing against you! These things came out of nowhere!"

You huff "No, you're right! I'd be dead!"

The night only lasts a few minutes. Daytime comes quickly as it left and the monsters, whatever they were, disappear. You don't know where they go. Frankly, you don't want to know.

Eclipse peeks outside "It's safe! I don't see anything."

You look at your partial bottle of water "We should check a few more houses for water. We managed to go through what... like three houses? Let's check two and head for the door."

Moon pulls you to your feet kissing the top of your head "We should stick together. I don't feel comfortable leaving either of you alone."

Eclipse walks to Moon and kisses his forehead "I agree. Let's get going."

Eclipse picks you up to let you rest more. The three of you head to the next house. The whole area has an even creepier vibe than it did before. This house is different from the rest. A large wet spot is in the middle of the floor where the couch should be. Moon leans down to inspect the damp carpet when he loses balance. Almost like he was standing on a ledge and moved too close to the edge. you scream as he clips through the floor and disappears. Eclipse jumps after him taking you with him.

Chapter 445: Noclip Nofun pt2: The Poolrooms

Chapter Text

You sit up in the shallow pool of water with a cough. Your bottle of water floats beside you. Your legs rest across Eclipse's stomach. Moon is splayed out on the couch from the previous area. The two bots are shaking water out of their clothes.

You slowly stand up in the ankle-deep water "Are you two alright?"

Moon nods "Yeah, I'm alright."

Eclipse stands up and shakes his legs "I'm fine. What about you?"

You pick your water bottle up "Yeah I'm fine."

The area you are in is just as unsettling as the place you were in before. Calming ambient music plays in the distance from all directions. You are standing in a kiddie pool of shin-deep water. The floor, walls, and ceiling are covered in white tiles. Nearby in the little kiddie pool is a pool floaty that looks like a giraffe. The music has an almost fake quality to it. Like it was generated by an AI. Or whoever composed it was trying to recreate human music without ever having heard it before. The air smells heavily of chlorine. The air feels warm but not unpleasant.

Turning to the left shows a dark hallway that turns around a corner. On the right is a brightly lit area beyond a doorway. It has a long pool filled with dark green water. It leaves you feeling stuck between a rock and a hard place.

Eclipse looks both options over "I don't like either of those."

Moon rotates his head upside down "I don't like the look of that water."

You creep toward the bright room "The pool. I can't see the bottom. We can't go that way."

Moon blinks and lights his eyes up "I'll lead the way."

Your collective footfalls echo throughout the dark hall. Moon walks in front of you and Eclipse behind. The red glow of his eyes bounces off the pristine white tiles bathing the winding hall in a red glow. The hall continues to turn right in an endless declining loop.

You reach out and take Moon and Eclipse by the hand. The spiraling hall spits you out into a wide-open outdoor area. The sun shines brightly. Almost too brightly as the light bounces off the surface of the water and tiles. It's hotter out here than it was inside. The stretch of open area is roughly a mile long. Despite being as long as it is, the area is roughly 15ft wide. The entire area has ankle-deep water with some dry areas.

Every so often it has random disconnected walls. Like someone was playing The Sims and built one section of wall before deciding that was good. On the left side of the area is an impossibly tall wall and on the right is open air. In front of you is another impossibly high wall. This one however has a doorway. The music continues to play from some far-off place unobstructed.

Eclipse looks over the edge of the area "There is nothing out there!"

You tilt your head "What?! Nothing?!"

Eclipse walks back to the two of you "Yeah! Like an abyss of pastel soft orangy color."

Moon squeezes your hand "We should stay away from the ledge."

You reach out and take Eclipse by the hand "Let's go. I don't want to stay here any longer than we have to."

The trek to the other side of the open area is harder than you expected. The heat mixed with the ankle-deep water is creating a hot and humid area. It gets worse the further you get. While it never gets unbearable. It does make jumping into the pools more inviting. The thought disturbs you. The inky blackness of the dark green pools is frightening. The green hue makes you think of a swamp. Swamps have parasites and leeches. You don't want either of those. The sooner you can get out of here the better.

The doorway opens into a small room with a hot tub in it. It feels cooler than outside did. The water in the hot tub is a cool refreshing teal color. You almost want to climb inside. The room has only one exit leading to a room with a pool that has ten slides around it. The three of you stare at the colorful slides as you pass them.

Eclipse looks down into the deep dark water with a shudder "This place is so weird."

You look out one of the windows into the brightly light abyss "I wonder why this happened. I've never heard of this before."

Moon pokes his head into the room ahead "Maybe this has happened before." He turns back to look at you and Eclipse "Maybe someone found the way out and told people but no one believed them."

Eclipse frowns "Or they never got out."

You shiver as the three of you push on to the next room "We haven't seen any signs of people. Let's not talk like that." You look around at the tiny pools of water "We have to keep hope that we'll make it out."

Eclipse shakes his head "Your right. Sorry. This is all just so strange!"

Moon kicks a stray beach ball across the room "We're smart!" He looks at you "You're great at puzzles! And Eclipse and I have experience with supernatural stuff! We CAN and we WILL make it out ALIVE!"

You nod and pull Moon into a kiss "Hell yeah! We've got this!"

Eclipse pulls the two of you into a tight hug "Let's get going then! This music is getting on my nerves."

The light and airy nature of the rooms from before has become dark and depressing. The music has gradually faded into nothing. Rooms are lit by fluorescent green lights. It makes the water and tiles look even more sickly than they did before. The chlorinated smell from before is gone. Now replaced with the smell of stagnant water. The sickly smell almost makes you gag.

You cover your nose "Fuck this smells awful!"

Moon frowns "I don't want you to touch the water. It will probably make you sick!"

Eclipse picks you up off the ground "Better I carry you. I'm taller than Moonbeam."

You wrap your arms around his neck as he hoists you onto his back "Thank you Clippy." You pull the bot into a chaste kiss.

Moon lights his eyes up again "We are proud to keep you safe starlight. I don't think Clippy and I could be truly happy without you."

Eclipse follows Moon into the next room "It would feel like a large part of us was missing."

You blush "You two are going to make me cry!"

Moon chuckles and pats your butt. The three of you continue to traverse rooms mostly consisting of lap pools with far too many slides or diving boards. It becomes both monotonous and mind-numbing. Even Moon and Eclipse are starting to look more distressed as time passes.

Moon punches a wall in frustration "IT'S BEEN HOURS!" He growls "This is getting so boring!"

Eclipse points to the next room "WAIT! LOOK! That room has slides! Maybe it's a way out?"

Moon brushes bits of tile off of his hand. The spot he punched looks like he had never touched it at all. However, the ground still has little pieces of broken tiles.

Moon grimaces "Let's get out of here."

The three of you head for the slides. There are four slides. Red, blue, green, and yellow.

Eclipse sits down at the blue slide "Sit behind me. We should go down at the same time."

Moon sits behind Eclipse and you sit behind Moon. Together the three of you go down the slide and into darkness.

Chapter 446: Noclip Nofun pt3: Plentyful Playplace

Chapter Text

The slide spits the three of you out in a strange room. The floor is made of pink, blue, yellow, orange, and green foam puzzle pieces. In front of you is a tiny slide with an equally tiny sea saw. Beside you is a tiny play structure. It has a small ball pit with a rope bridge over it. To get to the bridge you use a climbing wall. At the end of the bridge is a fireman pole.

Moon looks uncomfortable "I like the pools more."

You take his hand "It's alright. I'm here. For BOTH of you." You pull him into your arms "I know things were not good at the plex."

Eclipse takes Moon's hand "We need to get out of this area as quickly as possible. I hate it."

The discomfort in Eclipse and Moon's voices is hard to miss. You are aware things at the plex were very hard for the two. They were tight-lipped about it for about two years before finally talking to you about it. Eclipse used to be the head of animatronic security. Then they moved him to the daycare. He got some kind of virus and wound up being put in the trash heap below the plex after doing some terrible things.

Sun and Moon were created and put in charge of the daycare. It went well for a while. Then they also got infected by a virus. Moon did the same terrible things as Eclipse had done. It scarred the two of them and brought them closer together when they were eventually freed. A few years later, and after countless therapy sessions, they found you. The two are still in therapy. Neither work with kids anymore. Moon works in cyber security and Eclipse works as a computer network architect.

Eclipse and Moon hold your hands as the three of you move on to the next room. The three of you stare gobsmacked. People! There are people in this room! The room has several tables with bench seating. Two of the three tables have adults sitting at them. Three of the adults are men and four are women. The other table has burgers and fries. Nearby is a soda fountain complete with cups.

One of the adults, a woman with long brown hair, turns to you "Hello. You Safe."

It has no face. It's just soft skin. Moon holds your hand a little tighter.

The woman points to the table of food "Good." She rubs her belly "Hmmmm. Good."

Eclipse slowly takes the three of you to the table. The woman watches you the entire time. The other people in the room have no faces just like the woman. The woman nods in approval as you three sit down.

Eclipse picks up a burger "Let me test this." He takes a small bite and pauses "It's safe. My programming doesn't detect any danger."

Moon picks up a burger and begins to eat "You should eat your fill. We can take some with us." Moon glances over his shoulder at the people "If this area is safe, we should take naps and charge."

You nod as you sip some water "Agreed. We need to keep our strength up."

Eclipse munches on some fries "You two should sleep first. If something bad happens I can handle it."

You nod as you finish the burger. Moon picks you up into his arms. He leans against the wall closest to Eclipse. He holds you comfortably and the two of you try to sleep. Eclipse watches the faceless people. They sit and murmur to each other. He can't make out what they are saying. Every so often one of them waves politely. Eclipse waves back afraid to upset them. In the distance is the laughter of children.

Something crawls out of the yellow plastic tube at the end of the room opposite where you came from. It's a little boy with no face. He eyes your group before approaching the table of adults. Something about this kid feels very wrong. The way the kid eyes your group the second time as it returns to the tunnel feels sinister. A vibe the adults do not give off. Moon wakes up from charging and looks around.

"There are kids in the tunnels. I don't think they are safe. They have no face, just like the adults." Eclipse whispers.

Moon hums "Get some rest. I'll keep watch. We'll let Yin get more sleep."

Eclipse nodded and swapped places with Moon. Eclipse settled against the wall with you tucked comfortably in his lap. Moon sat down at the table and began to eat fries. The table inexplicably had all of the food the three of you ate replenished. With how strange this place had been, Moon chose not to question it. While he sat, Moon made sure to save as much power as possible. With what Eclipse said about those children, he was sure he would need as much power as possible.

Every time Moon looked away from the table. Whatever food he ate was replaced. Moon slowly unbuttoned his shirt wary of the faceless people at the table. They didn't seem bothered by his actions. Moon stuffed his chest cavity with burgers. If they replenish then they should take some with them. The piles of fries don't matter, but the wrapped burgers are great.

Soon you and Eclipse wake up. Eclipse fills his chest with burgers before the three of you decide to leave. You wave at the creepy adults before turning your attention to the tunnel. The distant sound of children laughing is unnerving. However, another sound scares you more. Beneath the chatter of children was a more sinister laughter and squeaking sound.

Eclipse moves for the tunnel first "I have better hearing. I'll lead the way."

Moon takes up the back and Eclipse leads the way. You crawl between the two animatronics. Normally you would make some quip about the view of Eclipse's ass from behind, but now is not the time at all. The yellow tunnel turns into a green one before opening into a junction with four windows and tunnels.

You and Moon and Eclipse look through a window. Far below is a massive ball pit. You can't see where it starts or ends. It goes on forever. Something far off falls into the pit and disappears. You could make out a blotch of red with a blotch of blue attached to it.

Moon tilts his head "What was that?"

You lean back "You saw it too then. The red and blue thing?"

Moon nods "Yeah. I couldn't tell what it was though."

Eclipse looks to a purple tunnel "We should get going. I don't hear anything from this tunnel."

The tunnels come in every color you can think of. Every so often you come across a crossroads. You spend what feels like hours in the endless plastic tubes. It's starting to hurt your knees spending so much time crawling around on hard surfaces. The blue tunnel you are in lets out into a peculiar maze comprised of chains covered in pink rubber and a floor made of soft foam.

You stretch your arms high over your head "Thank god! My knees were starting to hurt!"

Eclipse swats your butt "You should have said something! We would have helped you."

You rub your ass "Ow!"

Moon kisses your cheek "You're fine. Let's keep moving."

The space between the chains is far too narrow for you to walk through. They stretch from the floor to the ceiling. In the distance through the bars, you can see a door that says "EMPLOYEE ONLY". It looks promising so your group heads for it. It's on the left wall so you hug the left wall of the maze to get to it.

Along the way, you find curious things. Mostly children's playground equipment and the occasional bit of chalk drawings. The sound of laughter and children playing is louder here. In the distance, you can see faceless children playing on a merry-go-round. You three watch them carefully. One of the kids spots your trio and points alerting the rest of the kids. However, a few of the kids turn their attention to something else.

From behind a plastic yellow and white playhouse, a morbidly obese clown with a massive hammer seems to appear out of nowhere. It swings its hammer at the faceless kids. The kids turn their attention to the clown. They leap at it and tear at its body. The clown swings its arms around. Moon picks you up and runs. He turns your head from the sight. Eclipse breaks chains to brute force his way to the door. Screaming and crying the whole time.

"I DIDN'T MEAN TO!" He breaks a wall of chains "I DIDN'T WANT TO DO IT!" More chains and your group is one chain wall away from the door. "IT WAS THE VIRUS!"

Eclipse tears the door open "I didn't! I didn't."

Moon pulls Eclipse through the door after setting you down and the door closes behind the three of you.

Chapter 447: Noclip Nofun pt4: Mega Mall

Chapter Text

Eclipse screams loudly into the empty space you now find yourself in. The floors are a shiny white tile and the walls are cream colored. Moon holds Eclipse close walking the man through some of their therapy tactics for situations like this. You aren't allowed to touch him like this. Last time you tried he broke your arm by hugging you too tightly. Once he calms down a bit you can hold him all you want.

Instead, you look around the area you are in. A mall stretches out in front of you. Directly across from you is a toy store. To its left is a closed-up jewelry store. To the right is a Disney clothing store. To your left is a closed-up pretzel store and to the right is a shoe store. The walkway has dark teal tile going down its center flanked by white tiles. A row of planters with railings dot the center of the hall. Each one has at least two benches.

The mall is cold with a breeze blowing through it. Like someone has turned the AC on too high. Smooth Jaz plays from some far-off area. It's almost comical in a way. It's never the same song either. The Jaz music changes to new songs. You don't hear any other sounds. You can't even hear the AC that must be going to keep it this cold.

A long arm wraps around your waist and you are pulled into a cuddle puddle with Moon and Eclipse. You look between the two and quietly rub their necks. Something that helps calm the two down. You all need to be level-headed in order to have the best chance of survival. When the two are calm enough to continue they have a brief discussion about who gets to hold you. It's decided Eclipse will hold you for a while then, after an hour, he'd hand you off to Moon.

Moon looks around confused "Are we in a mall?"

Eclipse rotates his head upside down "Jaz?"

You shrug "That's what it looks like. I saw a Disney store, a jewelry store, a shoe store, and a pretzel shop. But it looks like they don't have much in them."

Eclipse walks up to one of the planters "Why is there a railing inside the planter box?"

Moon frowns "Let's move on. I think we should look into taking a vacation after this."

You snuggle into Eclipse's arms "Alternatively, we take a staycation and spend a few days ordering in and making love and cuddling."

Eclipse squeezes your thigh "Wonderful plan."

Moon nods firmly "I agree. 10 outta 10. Which way should we go?"

You look to your left toward the Disney store. You let out a loud gasp as you spot something moving in the store. It's a dark grey humanoid with almost no features to it aside from ears and eyebrows.

Moon takes a step back "What is that?!"

Eclipse holds you closer "We should get out of here."

Behind you, the pathway is dark. In front of you, the pathway leads to escalators. Behind the escalators is a closed-down GameStop.

You purse your lips "Well, this is a dead end. But if we wanted to go to the second floor then we should go that way."

Moon hums "If we go up we can see further ahead."

Eclipse turns to the escalator "Let's go up then, It's not like Moon and I can't jump safely to ground level."

Smooth Jaz continues to play as the three of you go up the escalators. At the top is an antique shop with creepy little dolls in the window. A large rat knocks a doll over. On the left side of the hall are a sports clothing store, a Bath and Bodyworks, an American Eagle, and a Claire's. The right side has a Forever 21, a Gap, a Lego store, and a candy store. After the fourth store on either side the hallway branches off into different paths. All of which are dark.

Moon leads you to the right. The Gap is closed. The Forever 21 has almost nothing in it. The Lego store is full of products. The candy store is empty. Rats scurry about in the candy store. Moon turns the corner and gasps loudly.

Excitedly he waves a piece of paper around as he jogs up to you and Eclipse "I found a note!" He holds it to read "It says not to shine lights in the dark."

You tilt your head "Why?"

Moon scans the page "There is a monster that hates the light. Apparently, it makes the monster kill people."

Eclipse hums "So if we keep it dark we're safe? Seems easy enough."

"I'll lead the way. I was built for darkness." Moon says as he leads you through the dark.

Eclipse throws a hand over his mouth and mimics Bane from Batman "You merely adopted the dark. I was born in it, molded by it."

You snicker.

Moon groans playfully "Alright Bane. Very funny."

The hall you are in stretches farther than you can see. It stays in the darkness. You can't see any light further ahead. Not that you're concerned. Both bots have better night vision than you do. You aren't sure how long you would have survived if you were alone.

Eclipse eyes an open Kay Jewelers "Do you think any of the stuff in here is safe?"

Moon pauses to look into the fully stocked store "It didn't say anything about it NOT being safe. Why what are you thinking?"

Eclipse rubs your arm "We should take rings."

You hold your left hand up "Rings?"

Eclipse nods "Yeah. Rings." Eclipse shuffles nervously "Just in case."

Moon slowly opens the door taking a peek inside "I don't see anything."

Inside the store is just as cold as the rest of the mall. The three of you browse the rings.

You spot a large white gold ring in the dim glow of the store and point to it "Moonbeam! Try that one on!"

Moon pokes the glass to break it "This white one?" He pulls the ring out and slips it on "It fits well. I like it!"

Eclipse takes his hand "I like it too." He points to a slim platinum ring with a gold heart carved into it "This one." He pulls the ring out and hands it to you "Try this on."

You slip the ring onto your finger "Minimalistic. Just the way I like it."

Moon holds your hand to inspect the ring "We can get it engraved when we get home."

You blush and wiggle your fingers "Pick Clippy a ring!"

Moon eyes the rings picking up a rose gold band "This one."

Eclipse tries the ring on "So we are married now."

You look between the two "Wait! We are? That's what this was?"

Moon nods "If we die here I want to be married. We'll do a ceremony when we get home but as far as I'm concerned we are spouses now!"

Eclipse bites his lip "Are you alright with this?"

You grin "Two handsome husbands? AND we love each other? Of course, this is alright! It's more than alright! Now seal it with a kiss."

Eclipse leans down and kisses Moon quickly. Moon gives you the same peck followed by Eclipse doing the same. The three of you newlyweds continue your journey through the mall. The dark halls become bright again. However, a layer of water covers the bottom floor. The stores now show signs of water damage. Rats appear more frequently. One of the grey-skinned people wanders the first floor. Another one lies on the floor of a Buils-A-Bear being torn apart by rats.

Slowly the area becomes flooded on the first floor. More and more rats appear. In the distance, you can hear strange howling. Something moves in the water but you can't see what it is. Eclipse passes you off to Moon just like the two had agreed. His foot lands on a Better Home and Gardens magazine and he falls pulling the two of you with him. You three fall into darkness.

Chapter 448: Noclip Nofun pt5: The Suburban life

Chapter Text

Crickets chirp from far away as you slowly sit up in dewy grass. You are outside in the dark. A streetlamp lights the street you are on. You can see houses on both sides of the street. You can hear the sounds of something large moving through the street from behind you. It makes a squishing stomping sound as it moves. Moon picks you up and runs to the nearest house. Eclipse slams the front door closed. The three of you creep to the second floor of the house. You want a peek at this thing but you also want a quick escape.

The three of you look down at the street below from inside an upstairs room. Moon covers your mouth as you gasp. A large eyeball waking on eye muscles strides through the street below. It surveys the streets and houses as it passes by. Moon pulls you down as it passes the house you are hiding in. When the squishy stomping sound leaves the three of you relax.

Moon unbuttons his shirt and pulls the burgers out "I have three burgers left. How many do you have Clippy?"

Eclipse lifts his shirt and pulls burgers out "I have... six. That's not much."

You frown "We've already been here for a few days. Two in the hilly house place, at least one in the pool place, two in the play place, and one in the mall. That's six days so far."

Moon puts the burgers back "This food won't last forever. We should explore the houses for supplies."

You nod "Let's start up here. No splitting up. I don't think I could handle it if I lost one of you."

The room you are in is completely empty except for a mirror that slides to reveal an empty closet. You three look like shit. Your clothes are ragged and wrinkled. Your look like you are in dire need of a bath. Moon and Eclipse don't look any better. The dull shine of their eyes tells you they are on low battery.

You look to the door "This door locks from the inside. You two should take some time to charge. I can play lookout."

Eclipse looks worried "But-"

You hold a hand up "But nothing! Get in the corner and get charging!"

Moon pulls you into a hug "Fine. But only if you come rest with us."

You follow the two to a corner of the room under a window. Moon and Eclipse curl around you. It's clear none of you are completely comfortable going to sleep. However, it's painfully obvious you three direly need sleep and charge. Reluctantly you three fall asleep. Sleep is fitful and you don't dream.

When you wake up you are moving. Moon is holding you while he and Eclipse sneak their way through the streets of the suburbs. Eclipse is holding an axe. The two duck into a house. They pause for a moment before leaving. You want to ask what they are doing. However, their behavior keeps you quiet. There must be something in the houses for them to leave so quickly. You can hear the eyeball thing squishing its way down a nearby street.

Eclipse opens the door to the next house and waves Moon over. Moon darts inside as Eclipse closes the door. This house has furnishings. It looks like any model home you can walk into today. Moon looks down at you and smiles. His eyes are bright and shining. Eclipse looks the same. The two seem relieved to see you awake.

Moon nuzzles your face gently squeezing you close to himself "You've been asleep for almost ten hours. We were starting to get concerned."

You pull his head closer and nuzzle him back "I'm fine. So what monsters are here?"

Eclipse takes you from Moon and spins you around slowly "There are these things that look humanoid. They are kinda pinkish and attack on sight. We saw one with a bat and one with a chair."

You sigh as he passes you back to Moon "So this is a super dangerous place."

Moon nods as they head for the kitchen "Yeah. We had to fight off a big ass moth."

Eclipse growls and grunts. You can hear the shrieking of something inhuman from inside the kitchen. Moon hides behind the kitchen entryway.

Eclipse huffs "It's safe now!"

Moon carries you into the room. A moth the size of a large dog lays splattered across the kitchen floor.

"Holy shit!" You blurt alarmed "THAT is the big ass moth?!"

Moon nods "They are mostly in houses but we've seen them outside too."

Eclipse passes you a burger "Here. Eat this. We've found some other food too. We have a makeshift bag we're putting supplies in." He passes you a knife "Take this. You might need it."

You set the knife down in your lap to open the burger. It's obviously a little old but better than nothing. You don't find any mold of any kind. It's more than a little eerie how fresh the burger looks. There is a crash from upstairs quickly followed by stomping. Moon and Eclipse sprint for the back door. You wrap the partial burger back up. A pinkish humanoid tears through the living room toward your group holding a hockey stick.

Eclipse plows through the door breaking the glass. Moon sprints after him shielding you from the raining glass. The humanoid stumble through the door after you, tripping over the broken door. It clips Moon's leg. Moon trips throwing you ahead of himself to not crush you. The creature scrambles after Moon. Moon punches it in the face. You pick your knife up and move to help Moon. Moon kicks the creature and scrambles to his feet.

Eclipse takes your hand and pulls you toward a greenhouse. Moon quickly catches up and tears the door open. The three of you stumble inside. Quickly finding yourselves outside in the bright warm sun instead.

Chapter 449: Toy Moon

Chapter Text

You were unbelievably horney. At the moment you were on the couch in between Moon and Eclipse. The three of you were watching a horror movie about a ghost or something. You weren't paying attention. All you could think about was the dick you needed in your mouth. Moon was wearing a pair of short shorts and a tank top. Eclipse was topless in basketball shorts.

You glanced between the two. They were so focused on the movie. You keep your face relaxed while you form your half-assed plan. If only one of them was naked. Moon has a button and zipper on his shorts. You lean down to Eclipse's crotch and pull his twin cocks out. You take one into your mouth with a loud moan. His other cock wiggles against his stomach. This was exactly what you needed.

Eclipse hissed "Oh fuck!"

Moon jumped startled "Shit! Scared me!" He looked down at you "Fuck that's hot." Moon rubbed your ass "Suck his dick nice and good."

Eclipse pulled Moon into a heated kiss. Their tongues wrapped around each other. Moon slid your shorts off and onto the floor. You licked a long stripe from the base of Eclipse's cock to the tip. You take his cock back into your mouth. You bob your head up and down his shaft. Moon rubs your hole with his finger. Eclipse unbuttons Moon's pants slowly sliding them down his hips.

Moon lets out a needy whine as his cock is freed from his bottoms. You looked up at Eclipse halfway down his cock. A question clear on your face. Eclipse pet your cheek and nudged you toward Moon. You slowly pulled off of Eclipse with a loud pop. You sat up and leaped on Moon with a laugh. Moon wrapped his arms around you and ground his hips into yours.

In a blatant display of his strength, Eclipse picked both you and Moon up. Eclipse had his lower hands on Moon's ass with his upper hands on Moon's hips. You sat sandwiched between Eclipse and Moon.

You giggled "Oh, Eclipse! You're so strong!"

Eclipse wrapped his cocks around Moon's balls. Moon's cock writhed against your groin. Moon hid his face in your chest. His fans whirred loudly. Eclipse took the three of you upstairs to the bedroom. Eclipse set Moon down on the bed followed by you.

Moon pulled you into his lap kissing you desperately. He rubbed his groin against yours. His balls slapped against you. Moon's tongue danced against yours, wrapping around it and massaging it. Eclipse crawled onto the bed. His large hand rubbed your back in circles. Gently he picked you up to move you aside. Moon whined loudly.

Eclipse brushed his hand down Moon's cheek "I have you. Don't worry. We'll take good care of you." Eclipse picked Moon up by his waist pulling Moon's arms behind him "Help me out, love?"

You nodded moving to sit in front of Moon "Always!" You leaned down and lined Eclipse's cocks up with Moon's pussy and asshole "Moon you look so tasty!"

Moon moaned as Eclipse thrust up inside him. You moved to your knees and ran your hands along Moon's chest.

Eclipse licked his lips "You gonna suck his dick?"

You shook your head as you took Moon's cock in your hand "Not yet. I want to play a little first."

"Are you going to be a good toy and let us play?" Eclipse whispered loudly in Moon's ear.

Moon nodded vigorously.

Eclipse stopped thrusting "Ah-ah-ah! Use your words."

Moon writhes as you firmly gripped his cock "Yes! Yes! Please!"

You slowly ran your hand along his cock "Please what? Tell us what you want?"

Moon tightly closed his eyes with a groan "Please! Use me!" He cracked an eye to look at you "Fuck me! Make me feel good! I want it. I NEED it! I need you two!"

You rubbed his cheeks with your thumbs "You always beg so good." You lick his left cheek "Tell me the safe word love."

Moon shudders at your slow rubbing on his cock "A-Ah! App!" Moon huffed "Apple!"

You lean forward and kiss his cheek "Good boy." You eye the bot a little dissatisfied "Good girl?" Again you don't get the response you are looking for "Good toy?"

Moon blushes and thrusts his hips.

You grin "Good toy! So obedient."

Eclipse resumed his thrusting "Good toy, Moon. Maybe you deserve a treat."

"A treat?" You tilted your head as you rubbed Moon's cock opposite Eclipse's thrusting.

Eclipse pointed toward the dresser "Get the egg and the band."

You nod and scooted closer to Eclipse "Sure thing."

You pull Eclipse into a deep kiss nipping his lower lip. Eclipse gasped with a little hiss at the end. You reached around and grope his ass as you slid off the bed.

Eclipse smiled at you "Tease."

You sauntered over to the dresser wiggling your hips along the way. The bottom drawer has exactly what you are looking for. On a whim, you decide to take a leash and collar too. With the collar, leash, egg vibrator, and soft band in hand, you returned to Eclipse and Moon. Moon's cock twitched at the sight of the collar. Tenderly you affixed it around his neck. You let the leash hang loosely for now. With the vibrating egg and band in hand, you pointed to Moon's cock. Eclipse shook his head gesturing lower.

You smiled and dropped to your stomach to better reach Moon's balls. You took them in your hand and massaged them. Moon arched his back as much as Eclipse allowed. You adjusted the egg to sit between his testicles and affixed it in place with the soft band.

You licked your lips "This is a view I could look at every day. Moon, you look so good with Eclipse's cock stuffing your holes." You watched Moon's pussy flutter at your compliment "Pretty."

You took the remote for the egg vibrator and turned it on to its lowest setting. Eclipse took the leash and handed it to you. Moon moaned as Eclipse pushed him down onto the bed. You slid down onto your back with the leash in hand. You tugged Moon to where you wanted him the most. Eclipse, being as tall as he is, easily managed to lick your nipples while he plowed into Moon. Moon opened his mouth wide in a loud moan.

You tugged the leash gently toward you. Moon reached out with a shakey hand and pulled you closer. Moon licked your hole as Eclipse fucked him hard. The slap of Eclipse's hips on Moon's ass was a sweet melody. Moon eagerly lapped at you with vigor. His tongue pushed deeper and deeper inside you. Working you open for whatever you and Eclipse decided would happen. You moaned loudly and pulled Eclipse to look at you. You pulled his tongue out and sucked it into your mouth.

Eclipse moaned and fucked Moon harder. His twin cocks rubbed against each other inside Moon. Moon's eyes crossed as he fucked your hole with his tongue. Eclipse thrust his tongue into your hole in time with his thrusting into Moon. You ground your hips into Moon's face. Moon moaned and whined loudly. His cock twitched as he came hard onto the bed.

Eclipse chuckled "That's why we have spare blankets." He slid his tongue out of your mouth "Are you ready for me meteor?"

You nodded and scooted away from Moon "Yes, I'm ready." You glanced down at Moon's blissed-out expression "Looks like our toy is too."

Eclipse sat Moon down on the bed. You crawled over to Moon. Moon lazily reached out for you. You crawled on top of him lining his cock up with your hole. You turned the vibrator all the way up as you took his cock to the hilt in one go. Moon felt like the electricity in his body surged and shut down. His eyelights flickered as his voice glitched out for a moment.

Moon gripped your ass and fucked up unto you. His cock hit just the right spot to have you seeing stars. You practically vibrated as Moon trusted up into you. Eclipse languidly stroked himself waiting for Moon to cum. Eclipse moved to line himself up with Moon's mouth. Moon opened his mouth and wrapped his tongue around Eclipse's lower cock. Eclipse held Moon's head as he thrust into his mouth.

Moon moaned and thrust into you harder. Moon's hips lifted off the bed as he came hard again. He filled you with hot ropes of hum as his balls tightened. His pussy clenched against nothing as slick pooled on the bed. Eclipse grinned and hopped off the bed. He moved behind you and pushed you to lay against Moon. Eclipse licked his lips and lined himself up. One cock for your hole to join Moon's cock, and the other for Moon's pussy.

Gently Eclipse pushed into you and Moon. You hissed at the pleasant burn from the stretch. Moon wrapped his arms around you letting out a whimper. Eclipse held himself up with his arms pinning you to Moon. He thrust at a quick pace into the two of you. You moaned grinding down on Moon's cock. You weren't going to last much longer. Moon's right eye looked up while his left looked to the right. His legs wrapped around Eclipse further pinning you between him and Eclipse.

Moon thrust his hips up into you. Eclipse moaned and growled. It was a fight not to thrust harder. If it were just him and Moon then he could thrust as hard as he wanted. However, you were not as strong as they were. You felt the pleasant tingling of an orgasm building. Moon looked like a lifeless sex doll beneath you. His eyes were hazy and unfocused, and he babbled incoherently. Eclipse gasped as he felt his balls begin to tighten.

Moon whined as he felt another orgasm wrack his body. You moaned loudly as you came. You shook as you squeezed Moon's cock. Eclipse thrust one more time as he also came. His balls tightened as a surge of electricity traveled throughout his frame. Moon shut down from overstimulation. You heaved as your body went limp unable to hold yourself up. The pleasant floaty haze of orgasm fogging your mind a bit.

Eclipse pulled you off of Moon and set you aside. With a pleasant buzz humming in his wires, Eclipse fetched a warm cloth to clean you and Moon. He moved the two of you to rest on the floor so he could clean the bed. A deep sense of pride filled him as he eyed the large amount of cum on the sheets. Eclipse put Moon on the freshly laundered bed first. You crawled to the bed letting Eclipse pick you up.

Eclipse shut the lights off and climbed into bed. He lied on his back with Moon on his left and you on his right. You and Moon snuggled into Eclipse and held him close. Eclipse kissed the two of you goodnight.

The End.

Chapter 451: The Butterfly: Malfunction

Summary:

This has direct ties to Kendra Saunders and the Butterfly

Here is a link to part 1 of Kendra Saunders and the Butterfly

https://archiveofourown.to/works/41377995/chapters/110740477

Chapter Text

It was late in the plex. Extremely late in fact. Normally you weren't here this late. However, the company was changing your shift from daytime security to nighttime. Apparently, you made people uncomfortable. It's not your fault though! Not entirely. You looked perfectly average and normal once. You were also a human once too but that was twelve years ago before you died. After your death, your best friend AI Ship turned you into an animatronic and used its AI to make yours. Sacrificing itself for you.

You don't really remember your death. Sometimes it comes in flashes and you get stuck in a memory. Other times you have a night terror about the event and dream about it in vivid detail. Occasionally you feel the phantom pain of old injuries. Other times your limbs malfunction. It's usually your left arm. The first one that was... removed.

At the moment your left arm was giving you trouble. It flailed and jittered. You tried to fix it but the damn thing couldn't stay still. If you had a third arm you could hold the stupid thing down. You couldn't leave work early to fix it. You HAD to find help. Maybe one of the cleaning bots could hold it for you?

Your phone beeped. Time to walk your circuit to look for untoward things. You held your left arm tightly to your side as you walked. It shook and fought against you but it was still manageable. Diagnostics showed loose wires and something attempting to hack into you. It would never work though. Whatever it was stood no chance against your alien tech. That didn't stop it from trying though. It really wanted to get inside you.

As you passed Rockstar Row you thought about P&S. There might be something down there to help you. It has restraints, right? Maybe you could restrain your arm? You moved throughout the plex faster. Every inch was explored save for the Daycare. You always saved that area for last. However, tonight you avoided it for a different reason. The last thing you wanted was to scare Sun or Moon with your wayward arm. Not to mention no one knows you aren't a human. You were petrified for them to find out.

The daycare was dark and quiet. There was no sight of Moon anywhere. You made your rounds of the top floor after entering through the theater. On your way down the stairs, you tripped losing grip of your arm. The appendage flailed toward the wall. You turned to avoid punching a hole through it. That was not an expense you wanted or needed.

Moon caught you before you could hit the ground. You already knew it was him. Sun was never out in the dark and no other animatronics were in the daycare. Moon held your left arm in surprise. His eyes wide with panic. He pulled you to his chest crushing you against his frame. Moon took off into the daycare proper. His wire shot down and took the two of you to his room.

Moon set you down on the other side of the tunnel "Explain! Why is your arm doing that? Are you ok? Do we need to call an ambulance!?"

You hold your arm down and sigh "I had hoped you were hanging with one of the other animatronics. You don't need to call anyone. In fact, I'd really prefer you don't." You set your arm in your lap and try to open a panel in your frame to make a repair but it flails again "I'm not human."

Moon leans back in surprise "What?!"

You try to hold the arm down with a leg "I'm technically an animatronic. More advanced than anyone in the plex."

Moon takes your hand in his and holds your arm still "I-We don't understand."

You look down at your wrist engulfed by his large and cool hand "Thank you." You pop open a panel to inspect the issue "Basically in 2005 I found an advanced alien spaceship." You pull your pant leg up and open a panel on your calf "It had an advanced Ai. We became friends and I became the new captain." you take a repair tool out "I died. I don't want to go into how yet." You began to make repairs "Ship, the AI, built me this new body. In order to save me," You frown "Ship sacrificed its AI and used it to make mine."

Moon stares at you quietly "Is that why your arm..." His voice trails off as he absorbs the new information.

You nod as you continue to fix yourself "The arm I have right now is a spare. My good arm, so to speak, is back on Ship. It got damaged and needs extensive repairs. This is the backup." You look up at Moon "I'm sorry you and Sun had to find out this way. I was mustering up the courage to tell you myself." You look back down at your arm bitterly.

Moon has a faraway look, likely talking to Sun "Sun says... You should have told us sooner. I agree. We could have helped you with this!" Moon pokes your forehead "We care about you more than you think."

You put the repair tool away "Thank you." You close your arm up "I care about you too. I was scared you'd be upset or something and start treating me like everyone else." You pull Moon into a hug "I only got this job to make friends. It's lonely in space."

Moon rubs your back awkwardly "Friends... Right."

Your phone beeps "Looks like I need to make my rounds again."

Moon lets you go "We'll see you soon then."

You look a little disappointed "Oh, alright. See you soon then."

Moon watches you leave for the evening. He and Sun have a lot to talk about. Namely you and what to do about their feelings. While they are elated to hear you have the lifespan they do. They are immensely hurt you only want to be friends. Looks like they have to change your mind then. They won't give up that easily.

Chapter 452: Show And Terrify

Summary:

I have a phobia of wasps. My greenhouse is filled with them. They have decided chasing me out was the best course of action today. Got the poop scared out of me by angry wasps.

Chapter Text

If there was one thing Sun loved. It was talking to the kids in the daycare. He wanted them to feel heard. Like their opinions mattered to someone. Boost their confidence.

So when a kid had told him about Sow and Tell. Sun was intrigued. He and Moon had done their research on the matter. It sounded fun! A good way for the kids to get to know each other better. The daycare got new kids on Mondays. So having Show And Tell on Wednesdays seemed good.

Once a month they would have a show and tell. The kids liked it a lot. It seemed to foster more friendships too! The kids got to learn that they had things in common with each other! Even you seemed to enjoy Show And Tell.

You would take time out of your day just to come watch. The kids liked that an adult took an interest in them. Some of them didn't get that at home. However, that would change. Things were going well like they usually did.

The kids put their things away behind the security desk for safekeeping. Kids being as they are kept their treasures secret. You would show up around two. You didn't actually work in the daycare. That didn't stop you from courting the daycare attendants though.

It was hard for Sun and Moon not to watch the clock a little. Every chance to see you was cherished. Finally, you walked into the daycare. At the sight of you, the kids lined up to get what they wanted to show. You walked to the attendants and pulled Sun into a hug.

He let out a soft squeak when you touched his hip. He knew you meant nothing by it. But he still found it thrilling. The thought of secretly doing something naughty in the Daycare without the kids knowing. Moon got him back on track though.

Soon everyone was sitting in a big circle. A few of the kids had shown off their things. It was time for a young boy named Alfie Brech to show what he brought. Sun was very curious to see what it was. The kid kept it in a big box.

Alfie wanted you to see it first. He had taken quite the shine to you in that innocent way children sometimes do. You beamed at the kid as he set the large box in your lap. And then Sun watched all the color drain from your face.

You're breathing and heart rate picked up and your eyes went wide and wild with fear. Susie looked into the box and screamed.

Tommy yelled, "I'm gonna die!"

Everything was devolving into chaos so quickly. Sun didn't even realize that he was already on you looking down into the box. It was a wasp nest. A quick scan told him all the wasps were dead.

Someone had taxidermied the little insects into a working diorama of the life cycle of the American red wasp. However, your fear was very real. In fact, Sun was positive you hadn't even noticed they weren't alive yet.

Alfie sniffled "Did I do something bad, Mr. Sun?" He wiped his nose on his sleeve "I just wanted to share what my dad made me."

Sun picked the box up out of your lap "It's very nice Alfie."

You scoot away from the box while shaking like a leaf. Sun can hear you mumbling something quietly. Sun bends down and reassures Alfie that he did nothing wrong.

Shortly after that, Freddy appears in the Daycare. Apparently, someone had called him to help deal with the situation. The cameras picked up what was in the box and they didn't want to send a human to deal with it.

Sun moved to pick you up, but you were already halfway to the exit and shaking your arms out. Sun uses their aerial wire to move in front of you. You still look terrified.

Sun pulls you into his chest "You're safe. The wasps were dead."

You slowly wrap your arms around him "I-I hate th-the way they look. Ev-even dead I-I don't li-like them." You sigh "I-I'll be ok."

Sun rubs your back "I don't want you to leave until you are calm and ok."

You take a deep breath "You need to tend to the kids."

Sun rotates his head upside down "I need to tend to you. Moon agrees so It's two against one. We win."

"Cheaters." You mumble while holding Sun tighter.

Sun sways you gently and hums an old love song. You relax into his hold enjoying the moment for the few minutes he has to offer. When Sun deems you calm enough, he returns to the kids and you return to work.

Chapter 453: Agressively Love You

Summary:

Something I wrote a while ago and never posted here.

Chapter Text

You were having a bad day. Everything that could go wrong had. A kid smashed your hand in a door. He didn't mean to but now it's bruised. A lady yelled at you. It was her kid's birthday and he wanted Freddy. She had not booked Freddy. Some other kid had booked Freddy all day.

Apparently, this was unacceptable and she slapped you pretty hard. A kid threw up on you. One of the cars on Roxy Raceway broke down and you were asked to help fetch it. The kid had severe motion sickness and you were in front of them.

By noon you were ready to have a breakdown. You fought back frustrated tears as you worked on a photo booth. Your fazwatch pinged with a message.

"I'd start running If I were you." ~Moon

You were confused until you got another message.

"Hey! I'm so sorry. I accidentally told Sun about your bad day... He's coming for you. Donna~"

A picture is sent to your watch. It's Sun sprinting down a hallway with a frown on his face. He looks terrifying. You finish your work and move on to your next task. Freddy is stuck dancing on the dance pad and the kids are upset. As you walk through a hall to the arcade a teen trips you. You catch yourself on your damaged hand. You cry out and clutch it to your chest. It's not broken but it hurts.

"Preston! That was not funny!" One of the other teens states. "Let me help you." He holds his hand out to you.

Back on your feet, you resume your trudge down the hall. At the other end Sun skids to a stop. The two of you lock eyes.

Sun crouches down slightly "Sunshine~"

You take a step back "What?"

Sun breaks into a sprint toward you "I'm going to love you aggressively!"

You bolt from Sun. If he catches you your work day is over. You make it five feet before Sun tackles you to the ground. The two of you roll across the floor.

Sun pins you to his chest "You can't escape me Sunshine!"

You squirm in his grasp "Sunny! I have one more task to complete. I need you to let me go!"

Sun stands up "Freddy is doomed. Leave him to his fate."

Against your will, you are stolen away to the daycare. Along the way, Sun gets a bag of ice for your hand.

When Moon sees your hand he is pissed. You got hurt and didn't get anything for it? Nope. You belong to the daycare now. Even when closing time comes the two refuse to let you go. Management decides it's best to let the two be and leave you to your fate.

Sun and Moon are elated to have you spend the night with them. Equally as happy to get to take care of you. True to his word Sun aggressively loves you. Strongarming you into his lap. Forcing you to eat food. And showering you with kisses. Not that you are fighting him on it.

Chapter 454: My Little Cervitaur: A Paradox Soulmate Au pt1

Summary:

Some important information before we start You are a Taur. A Svalbard reindeer type taur to be exact. You have fur covering your entire body and antlers. Your face is slightly more human in shape just like Nowhere King from Cantaurworld. Your ears are like that of a reindeer. You come from the country Svalbard.

The Portrait AU. When you are born/created you are handed a canvas. when you touch it a portrait of your soulmate appears. As they age, the portrait changes to reflect that.

Chapter Text

You lay curled up in your bed of hay. Your mother was putting you to bed while your father was meeting with the other available adults at a village meeting. Humans had been spotted on the outskirts of the forest. You didn't understand why it was a bad thing, but you listened to your parents and stayed in the village. It was at least protected.

You looked over at the portrait of your soulmate. A black man with white undertones stood sleeping against a light blue background. His eyes are closed. His hair is funny. It sticks up and curves to the side like a spiral.

Your mother picked the picture up and set it closer to you "One day you will meet them." She pulled a blanket over your body "It will be the best day of your life."

You yawned tucking your legs close to yourself "Goodnight mommy."

She kissed your cheek "Goodnight baby."

It was late in the night when the screaming started. You lept from your bead and ran into the living room taking your soulmate portrait with you. Your mother picked you up and began to run.

You looked behind you to see the forest on fire "MAMA! What's happening?!"

Your father ran beside the two of you "Humans!"

The footfalls of hooves in the snow filled the area. You clutched the portrait close to you. You could see many of the villagers running through the trees. With two loud popping sounds your parents began to slow down. Your father hit the snow first. Your mother fell shortly after taking you with them. You were pinned under her weight unable to get free.

A strange sound came from where you came from. Your ears perked up as you tried to look over your mother's shoulder. Several strange creatures came through the trees. They looked like a naked version of you but with no butts. Like they were cut in half.

Some of them took your father while others took your mother. A tall gruff man took you by the legs and held you up. He was saying something but you couldn't understand him. A woman picked up the portrait of your soulmate with a wicked grin. You struggled against his grip and tried to bite him. He punched you in the gut. A sharp pain hit you in the arm and you got sleepy.

You woke up in a box with some apples. You didn't have your portrait and your legs were tied to the bottom of the box. It lurched and swayed uncomfortably. It made you feel nauseous. You spent days in the box scared and unsure of your future. Someone came and gave you food and water.

Over time the box got hotter and hotter. Your fur matted uncomfortably. Your small antlers itched and scraped against the box. There were three holes you could peek through. The only thing you could see was white and your captors. After what felt like forever the box finally moved. You let out a shriek as it was lifted into the air and put on something or was it in something? Whatever it was it was dark.

You could hear strange sounds and smell equally strange things. It was dark outside when the moving finally stopped. You had been moved from one thing to another. Hours and hours spent in the box uncomfortable and in pain. Finally, the box was opened. A man in red and white with a big hat on his head stared at you.

He spoke in a language you didn't understand. He took you by the antlers and tilted your head around aggressively. His hand poked and prodded at your mouth as he spoke. The man handed someone something green and closed the box back up. Again you were moved somewhere. This time you were put into a metal cage. At least you could move around this time.

You stretched your legs and paced the cage. Many strange creatures came to look at you. Several cooed and clapped their hands at you. A tall muscular man looked you up and down while talking to the man in red. The muscular man walked up to your cage and looked at you with a nod. He said something to you and walked away.

People trickled away and you were left alone outside in the metal cage. You could hear the sound of strange animals. A lot of them you had never heard before. That night you cried yourself to sleep.

Chapter 455: Change pt1

Summary:

Wally Darling pays you a late-night visit. Fluff and romance. Might do a second part. The inspiration was 'The Days of Wine and Roses' By Julie London.

Chapter Text

You squint at the red glow of the alarm clock beside your bed. It's late, far too late for your liking. Something is keeping you from sleeping. You decide you don't want to spend another night tossing and turning, only to be useless the next day. So you get out of bed, slap on a pair of night pants, and trudge to your living room.

Your plan is to play relaxing music and fix some tea. Eat a cookie or two. You grab your laptop and find a playlist of soft, melodic music called "Songs to slow dance to". A playlist of old romance songs that you find relaxing. With the likes of Dean Martin, Julie London, and Glenn Miller.

You open your cabinet to look for tea when you hear a knock at your front door. "Coming!"

You peek through your peephole on your front door. Wally throws up a hand on the other side, dressed in his pajamas with his hair down.

"Wally." You smile warmly at him. "Why are you here at this hour?"

"I couldn't sleep and saw your light on." He smiles wearily, brushing loose hair out of his eyes.

"I couldn't sleep either." You sigh as Bing Crosby croons out a love song. "So I decided to make a hot cup of tea and listen to music." You tap your foot. "Would you like some tea?" You step aside. "Provided you don't mind the music."

Wally nods and walks into your house. "I'd love one, Neighbor." He tilts his head. "The music is lovely."

You lock the door behind you and follow Wally to your kitchen. "I wanted something soft and slow. The last time I listened to something like this, it helped me relax. I'm hoping this does the same."

Wally speaks in a soft, quiet tone. "I can see why you like it." Wally sits down at your kitchen island.

You open your cabinet. "Um... I plan to make extra-strength sleepy time tea." You set the box of tea down. "But I have other flavors if you'd prefer." You look over your shoulder as you gently sway to the music.

Wally smiles at you with a lazy look and glances at your tea stash. "No, the sleepy tea is fine." Wally rests his arms on the counter, folding one over the other. "You know..." Wally trails off for a moment. "I think this is the first time you and I have spent time together without the others."

"What?" You put the kettle on the stove and turn around. "What about- no... Barnaby was there..." You grab two coffee mugs and furrow your brow. "OH! Last- no... Julie was there..." You look at the ceiling as the song changes. "Huh. You're right."

For a moment, the room is quiet. Neither of you knows what to say. Usually, someone else is around to keep the conversation flowing. Wally opens and closes his mouth a few times, unsure. With no one else around, things feel awkward.

"How is your art going?" You ask apprehensively.

"Good. I'm almost done with my latest piece. A rose against a black background. How is your quilting going?" Wally glances at your computer as the song shifts to 'You go to my head' by Frank Sinatra. Just as quickly, he looks back at you.

"I have a client lined up with a massive order." You open your arms wide. "Lady is getting married and wants like seventy throw blankets. We haven't talked details yet, and the wedding is quite a ways off." You put a tea bag into each cup. "This could get me quite the sum of cash."

Wally smiles as you talk. Your whole body is thrown into the explanation. Your arms flail and gesture as you talk, and you move in place, unable to stand still. You look so alive. To Wally, it's like you're dancing every time you talk.

Then the music catches you, and you sway in place. "Oh, I like this song. Slow and melodic." You close your eyes with a soft smile.

Something shifts in Wally. He isn't quite sure what it is, yet, but he knows it's important. He just wants to look at you. The dim lighting of the kitchen casts shadows across your frame, highlighting what he considers the best parts of you. From the outside, anyway.

"It is a very nice song." Wally tilts his head again. "Do you like to dance?"

You shake your head. "Kinda. I'm not very good at it. I can do the Macarena, slow dancing, and a little line dancing." You lean in a little. "Do you like to dance?"

Wally looks down at the island, then back at you. "I don't know how to dance. I know a little swing dancing. Sally taught me a little. It was for a play she was doing."

You nod and turn to take the pot off the stove as it begins to hiss. "How do you like your tea?"

"Milk and sugar, please." Wally replies as you fix two cups of tea.

"Alright." You hum along to the music and start to sway again.

Wally studies you for a moment. "Neighbor?" He climbs off the stool.

You set the spoon you were using to ass sugar down. "Yes?"

Wally bows deeply as 'I Know Why and So Do You' by Glenn Miller and his band begins to play. "May I have this dance?" His tone is playful with a bit of a mischievous glint in his eye.

You study Wally for a moment. His long hair hangs in front of his face as he holds his hand out to you. It gives you butterflies.

You blush a little, "I don't know..."

Wally looks up at you and grins. "It's alright, I don't bite."

You bite your lip. "Alright." You nod and try to relax as you take his hand.

"Just follow my lead." Wally begins to sway the two of you gently.

You hold him just a tad tighter than you wanted. "You have the most beautiful eyes."

"My eyes?" Wally's eyes dilate. "But they're nothing special. Just black dots. I am a puppet after all."

You shake your head as Glenn Miller fills the kitchen. "Doesn't matter. There's life in them. Warmth." You lean in a little for a better look.

Wally smiles at you a little bashfully. "I don't know what to say."

"That's alright." You reply in a low, gentle tone.

The mood shifts subtly. You can feel his warmth seeping into you. There is almost no space between the two of you as you dance. Wally's hair falls to the side, making him look charming. Had he always looked this charming? If he did, you never noticed it before now. Wally slides his hand down an inch.

"I tried this new game! It's so challenging and exciting! Evony! The kings return!" An ad loudly plays, interrupting the song and making you both jump.

"Oh! Ah! T-tea should be ready." You look away a little awkwardly.

"Y-yes." Wally sits back down at the island as you skip the ad. "It smells nice." Wally tries to push down his bubbling feelings with a smile.

You try to forget the moment before and focus on the tea. "I've wondered. Do you drink the same way you eat?" You hide a blush behind your coffee mug.

Wally nods and stares at the cup. "Yep. The same way." His hands shake in his lap as he blinks away a sip of tea. "It's perfect, Neighbor."

"So you can taste it then?" It's less of a question and more of a statement.

"Of course I can." Wally giggles. "Silly."

"Had to ask!" You grin, glad for the ease of the conversation. You sip your tea and sigh. "Just what I needed."

Wally holds his mug in his hands, enjoying the warmth seeping into his hands. "You must have a lot of late and sleepless nights."

"What?" You look up from your cup.

"I see your light on a lot. Especially late at night." Wally smiles warmly. "I'm not judging you. I have trouble sleeping, too. When I see you up... It's usually because I'm also up." Wally blinks away another sip of tea. "Other times, I just get caught up in my work." He looks back up at you. "Same with you, I assume?"

You nod. "Work and trouble sleeping." You roll your eyes. "And don't get me started on naggy clients! Too much red. Not enough flowers. I know you just finished the blanket, but I changed my mind and I want it in blue, not green."

Wally laughs a genuine laugh. "Oh! Yes! I get that too!" He runs a hand through his hair. "The worst was a man who changed the size of the canvas partway through." He leans back as he laughs.

"Pain in my butt!" You sip your tea with a chuckle. "But at least it's good money."

Wally nods and blinks away another sip of tea. "If it gets overwhelming, you can always come to me."

"Same here." You yawn as the tea works its magic. "My door is open for you."

Wally hops off the stool again. "Sounds like my cue to leave." He yawns as well.

"Probably best." You walk Wally to your front door. "Will you be fine walking home?"

Wally nods. "I just live across the street." He points over his shoulder. "I'll be fine." He takes your hand and gives it a squeeze. "Tonight was the most!" He hesitates as he looks up at you. "Thank you for the tea." He reluctantly lets your hand go and adds in a lower tone. "And the company."

Something shifts between the two of you. Unspoken but loud.

"Goodnight, Wally." You watch Wally walk back to his house.

Wally waves at you from his front door before heading inside Home. You watch Home for a moment longer before heading inside. You put your hands on your cheeks and blush. An ad about makeup plays on your computer. You shake your head and clean up the mess from tea before going to bed.

Chapter 456: Changes pt1

Summary:

Moon x Reader
I know I wrote something for Wally Darling called Change. But I think I'm on a theme for a hot minute here.

Chapter Text

Moon did not like change. Change meant something bad for him and Sun. Testing out a new feature for the glamrocks or adding more work onto their already draining workload. The most recent change was making Moon part of the security team. Now he's been told a new employee has been added to the night shift! A human, too.

Just another bumbling idiot who would ultimately hinder his work instead of helping! He and Sun could handle it. They didn't need help. Humans can't crawl on the walls or through the vents like they could. Couldn't take a hit like them either.

"Give them a chance." Sun sighed in their shared headspace.

Moon scoffed and rolled his eyes. "A chance?! You and I both know they'll slack off! Or break something! OR-"

"We don't know that! At least give them an hour! One hour." Sun replied. "If they are a bad worker, we should know by then. Then we can get rid of them."

Moon pulled his hat over his eyes with a huff and straightened up as he paced the floor of the daycare proper. "Fine!" Moon crossed his arms and called the aerial wire down. "ONE hour."

One by one, Moon marked off tasks from his list. The quicker he got it done, the sooner the two could rest.

"Stars shining bright above you." You sang softly as you walked across the main stage.

Moon stopped mid-crawl from the second floor to the third. His head spun to look at you, enchanted.

"Night breezes seem to whisper I love you." You pat a cleaning bot on the head as you move about the tables to look under them.

Moon leaned in your direction, intrigued.

"Moon..." Sun tries to get Moon's attention as Moon's grip on the wall lessens.

"Birds singing in the sycamore tree." You move on to the next table. "Dream a little dream of me."

Moon continues to try to get a better look at you. Something about you is... different. Special even.

"MOON!" Sun barks as loudly as he can in desperation.

"WHAT?!" Moon yells. Electricity jolts through him as he realizes his predicament. "NONONO!" He throws himself at the wall, trying to regain his grip.

"GOOD GRAVY! ARE YOU ALRIGHT?!" You shout up at Moon, startled by his almost fall.

Moon thinks fast and blurts the first thing he can think of. "I'M A PROFESSIONAL! I DO WHAT I KNOW!" He crawls to the third floor and disappears.

"Weird guy..." You shake your head and continue with your checklist.

"Moon!" Sun chides. "What was that?! I don't think I've ever seen you do something like that since we were first turned on. Not counting when we perform for the kids." Sun giggles.

"I," Moon hesitates, unsure of what just happened. "I don't know. I was-"

"Distracted?" Sun replies in a teasing tone. "By that new night guard?"

"What?! No!" Moon argues as he power walks down a hall.

"Then what was it? Do you need to go to maintenance?" Sun asks, still teasing, but a little concerned.

"No, I'll be fine." He says in a firm tone. "Let's just finish this list and go to bed."

As Moon left the Superstar-cade he heard the distant sound of music. He had no clue what this song was. It definitely was not Fazbear approved.

"Oh... I like this!" Sun said in awe.

"No lyrics... could it be someone breaking in?" Moon mused as he crawled onto the ceiling.

"We should check it out." Moon moved quickly but quietly. "Be ready to contact the new security guard."

"Right!" Sun replies.

Moon crawls down to the second floor. The strange music moves further away from him and down the hall leading to Roxy Raceway. Moon crawls into a vent, hoping to cut the intruder off.

"Hello, Faz Co night security. How may I help you?" You reply as you answer your phone.

Moon stops halfway in the vent. "It's them." He turns around and pokes his head out of the ceiling vent.

There you are, standing in the middle of the hall and talking on your phone.

"I know, but I figured I should practice it." You chuckle softly. "It's going well. I'm figuring the place out well."

Moon leans forward a little to watch you better. He seems drawn to the birdsong of your voice. Your overall demeanor is warm. But that could be because you're talking to a human. Who knows how you address animatronics.

"Kinda? I saw the attendant crawling on a wall." You don't mention he almost fell, assuming you had startled him. "Nah, not yet."

Moon watches your posture shift to something more defensive.

"He what?" Your tone is cold. "I don't think so! I need this job! Without it..." You trail off and almost whisper something.

Moon leans out of the vent even more, eager to potentially learn more about you. Why can't you lose this job? Humans get new jobs all the time.

"MOON!" Sun barks loudly for the second time this night. "WE ARE GOING TO FALL OUT OF THE VENT!"

Moon squeaks and throws himself backwards, tumbling to the back of the vent. He lands in a heap of limbs with his hat hanging off his foot.

"I am fine!" Moon barks over Sun's giggles. "Shut up!" Moon untangles himself.

"Gee Moonie," Sun teases through giggles. "It's almost like you have a c-r-u-s-h on the new security guard!"

"I'm shutting you off!" Moon blocks Sun as Sun devolves into a fit of giggles and cackles. "I do not have a crush on the security guard." Moon tugs his hat back onto his head with such force he almost rips the fabric.

"Alright, I will. After this checklist is done, I'll introduce myself to everyone." You sneeze. "What? No, it's allergies. The storm blew something in." You chuckle. "Bye. Jerry."

Moon's sensors go off as you sneeze. Despite you saying it's allergies, Moon assumes you're getting sick. Concern shoots through him.

"It's just the programming for taking care of the kids!" Moon reasons. "They are so small compared to me." He crawls through the vents back to the daycare. "It's natural I'd view them as a child." He tries to convince himself. "I don't even know them." He throws open the vent, denting the metal. "Great." He sighs as he tries to fix the dent. "Stupid guard."

The metal looks alright. Not back to normal, but it won't be easily noticed. Moon leaps from the vent to the second floor. He looks up at their bedroom balcony. If you could call that trash heap a bedroom. Moon really doesn't want to deal with the thing in the arcade machine. It's too chatty and annoying. Sun likes it, though. So they keep the thing around. Moon leaps onto the nearest play structure and lies down to think.

Chapter 457: Change pt2

Summary:

I lied! This will have three or more parts! Wally x Reader

Chapter Text

Wally fidgeted with the paintbrush in his hand. Mossy green paint dripped from the bristles, making a plap sound on the floor. He was supposed to be painting a ten-inch by five-inch oceanic scene. But his mind was distracted.

Wally set his brush down and walked to the window to look at your house. "I think I love them, Home."

Home let out a series of creaks.

"They've gotten under my felt." He touches his cheek with his hand. "I don't think I can deny it or ignore it anymore." Wally leans on the windowsill.

Home creaks again.

"Yes, I know." Wally lets out a long, dreamy sigh. "I've been over to their house almost seven times this month. Always music and tea." He straightens up. "But we've only danced the one time." He holds himself and spins to face his canvas. "And what a dance it was!"

Home lets out a soft bang.

"Mhm. Everything changed that night." He walks back over to his stool and sits down. "I just don't know how to tell them." He picks up his brush and resumes painting the sea turtle he was working on. "The first time I tried to talk to them, I had to have Barnaby explain I'm not creepy." Wally pouts for a moment like a scolded kid. "It's not my fault, I didn't know I was creeping them out with all the direct eye contact." Wally waves his newly cleaned brush, splashing the wall with water. "How else was I supposed to let them know I'm paying attention and want to be friends!"

Home lets out an amused, teasing sound.

Wally scoffs. "Ha ha ha! Very funny." Wally dips his brush in a blue-green color and begins to paint the turtle again. "Maybe I could paint them something?" Wally hums for a moment. "Something really special."

Home creaks and groans.

"Home! That's inappropriate!" Wally chides. "Why would they want a picture like that?" Wally grimaces. "No, it has to be something they like. Something that will let them know how I-"

A knock on the front door cuts Wally off mid-sentence. Home lets out a bang, making Wally jump.

"Them?! Here?!" Wally scrambles off his stool, dropping his paintbrush on the floor. "COMING!" He runs out of the room, "Coming! Coming!" and down the hall. "One moment!" Wally checks his reflection before opening the front door. "Neighbor." He smiles as he tries to hide how out of breath he is from rushing.

"HI, Wally." You shift the box in your arms. "Uh... for you..." You hold the box out with a blush and look away.

"Something for me?" Wally says, surprised. "Come in! Come in."

"Fraid not, Wally-bee." You smile apologetically.

Wally-bee was new. You gave him a nickname! Wally likes this change.

"I have to ship some boxes and buy some more fabric." You turn and jog toward your house. "BYE!" You wave over your shoulder.

Wally watches you leave, more than a little disappointed. He wanted to spend time with you. But you were right. There was work to do. However, work was not going to stop him from looking in this box.

"I wonder what it is?" Wally grins excitedly. "They got it for me! Just for me." He sets the box down on his coffee table and carefully opens it. "That's what I was going-" Wally's eyes go wide, and he gasps. "Apples."

Inside the box is a yellow, blue, and green quilt littered with bright red apples. In the middle of the quilt is a large heart-shaped apple.

"Oh, Home! I love it! Neighbor is the most!" Wally rubs his face on the blanket. "It's so soft! And it smells like them."

Home creaks as it watches Wally.

"Letter?" Wally looks into the box and takes out the neatly folded letter at the bottom. He clears his throat. "To keep you warm at night when I can't be there. With love, Neighbor. PS: I'm falling in love with you. I'm too much a coward to say it to your face. Heck! Knowing me! I ran away after giving you this box. Love is a scary thing, and I'm petrified." Wally sets the letter down and whispers. "They like me back..." He grins and begins to giggle. "HOME! THEY LIKE ME BACK!!" Wally falls back into his big red armchair and kicks his legs. "I don't know what to do with myself!"

Home lets out a soft bang.

"You're right. You're right." Wally holds a hand up and puts the blanket back in the box. "I need to finish that painting first."

Chapter 458: Changes pt2

Chapter Text

"I think they'll be moving me in." You stretch as you walk beside Chica.

"Moving you in?" She rubs the back of her head. "Are you sure about doing that?" She hesitates. "FazCo has a habit of taking advantage of employees."

"I'm aware." You reply with a yawn. "But I don't have any other options."

"Alright," She replies hesitantly. "It's your life."

"It's not a death sentence." You roll your eyes. "I dipped into savings to have a lawyer look the contract over. It's pretty fair. FazCo wasn't expecting it."

"Oh! Smart." She pats the top of your head and ruffles your hat. "Good job!"

"So, tell me about Sun and Moon. I wasn't told much." You fix your hat. "So far, I've just heard most employees find them annoying."

"Well, they share the same body. Sun is out in the light, and Moon is out in the dark. They change when the light changes." Chica opens the door to the daycare fountain room. "Sun is really nice." She chuckles in mirth. "Moon can be crabby, though. But you shouldn't be afraid of him."

"Sun is nice, Moon is crabby." You repeat.

"Right!" She opens the door to the upper floor of the daycare.

"Is that slide?!" You jog toward it. "So cool!"

"Yeah! It leads to a ball pit." Chica stands beside you.

"Ew." You frown. "Germy."

"No, Sun and Moon keep it clean." The lights shut off in the daycare. "Oh! MOON! COME MEET-"

A thud happens behind you. "Hello."

You jump a little, startled, and turn around. Moon looks momentarily smug, despite his unmoving face. His arms are crossed, and his head is tilted slightly.

"You..." You look him up and down. "Your colors are fantastic! And I just love the gradient!" You gesture to his arms. "You look so cool!" You gush as you walk around Moon. "I just wanna touch ya!" You wiggle your fingers but make no effort to try. Instead, you put your hands in your pockets.

Moon is at a loss for words. All his bravado and confidence deflates and is replaced with something else. It's almost like his battery has suddenly run dry. He just stands there staring at you. And yet you seem unbothered by it. The way you gush over him is unlike anything he's ever experienced from an adult.

"Moon!" Sun yells in their shared headspace. "You're overheating!"

Moon twitches and wraps his arms around his abdomen. His body boils. Warnings flash in his vision.

"Are you alright?" You ask as you take a step back.

"Moon?" Chica reaches out but doesn't touch Moon.

Moon goes ridgid, then changes into Sun unable to handle the situation.

"Uh..." Sun blurts confused, as he looks around the dark daycare. "Hi?" He stands up tall and wiggles his rays.

"Are you alright?!" Chica asks, alarmed.

"I think so? I don't know what happened." Sun pokes himself in thought. "I'm going to go to maintenance. Something must be wrong." He leans down to look at your face. "You seem very nice. I'm sorry we met like this. I'm Sun. But the kids call me Sun, Sunny, Sundrop, and Mr. Sun."

"Nice to meet you Sun." You tap your foot on the carpet. "Do you need an escort?"

Sun giggles. "Oh, no! Moonie and I are used to going through the tunnels alone." He waves a hand. "We'll be fine."

You nod unconvinced. "Ok... you know how to reach me?"

Sun's rays spin idly. "I do!" He reaches out to touch your shoulder but stops, unwilling to risk your safety. "If we need you, I'll call you right away."

You nod slowly. "Alright. My residence here in the Pizza Plex isn't ready just yet. So I will be leaving tonight." You check your Fazwatch. "It's supposed to be ready in a few days."

"Alright." Sun vaults over the railing and sprints for the tunnels. The further away from you he gets, the more his air of confidence falters.

"Uh..." Chica puts a hand on your shoulder. "How about I introduce you to Music Man?"

You nod and follow Chica. "Sure. He's a big spider, right?"

Chica nods as the two of you leave the daycare.

Chapter 459: change pt3

Chapter Text

That night, you sit on your couch and worry. You wonder if Wally would hate you for your confession. The two of you had such a nice routine. He'd come over before bed, and the two of you would share a hot cup of tea over conversation.

You lied and told yourself you were just friends. But you weren't, were you? Were you ever really friends, or something more? You wonder as you look for a movie to watch. Did Wally feel it too?

You let out a loud yawn as someone knocks on your front door. "Coming!"

You stand up with a soft grunt, exhausted. Shopping, mailing boxes, and yardwork filled your day. You take a deep breath and try to look more awake. You look through the peephole. Wally stands on the other side, dressed in his night robe.

You open the door, leaning on it to hide your nervousness. "Hi, Wally." You quietly reply.

Wally smiles warmly and reaches out to take your hand. "Neighbor," He gently tugs you down to his level and puts your cheeks in his hands. "You are my everything. I crave your attention." His words are slow and deliberate. "All I want is to be near you. All I can ever seem to think about is dancing with you the first night I came to your house." He rubs your cheeks with his thumbs. "I just can't seem to picture my life without you in it." He leans in, his unstyled hair dangling in front of his face. "I can't get enough of you."

"Wally..." You blush brightly, unable to come up with anything to say.

"Hush now," Wally leans in a little more so your nose touches his face. "Red is a good color on you."

You close your eyes, expecting a kiss.

Wally leans back with a satisfied look. "No kissing on the first date."

You lean after him for a moment, chasing the kiss he denied you. "Date?"

"That is what this is, isn't it?" Wally runs a hand through his hair. "I'm surprised we didn't see it sooner." He smiles up at you. "I was hoping to spend some time with you."

"Oh. I was just going to watch a movie before bed. I'm tired tonight. It was a long day." You yawn. "But... you can still come in." You stand up and move aside. "If you're up for a movie, that is." You scratch your head.

Wally nods. "A movie sounds great." He walks to your kitchen. "May I fix you a cup of tea?"

You watch Wally, bewildered. "Yes, please." Where had that come from? "You know how I like it and where everything is." You didn't even know he was capable of being so charming and alluring.

"Alright!" Wally uses your kitchen stool to get everything he needs to make tea. "How about some chamomile tea?" He turns to look at you and chuckles. "Wow, neighbor! I do have quite an effect on you, don't I?" He smiles amused as he waits for the water to get hot.

You walk over to Wally and wrap your arms around him. "So, you're my partner now?"

"Ah," Wally is momentarily surprised by the hug. "Of course I am." His tone is soft and warm. "And you are my partner." He rubs your back, fighting the urge to go limp in your arms.

You tilt your head so it's resting on his shoulder with your nose in his neck. "Wally-bee."

Wally blushes. "Are you alright?" You're so close, it's making his heart race.

"I just need a hug." You sigh, content. "I'm touch starved."

Wally gasps softly. "Touch starved?" He reaches behind him and turns the stove off. "I'm here now." He whispers in your ear. "I'll take care of you."

You hold Wally a little tighter for a moment. "Me too."

Wally pats your cheek as you let him go. "Go relax on the couch. I'll bring you your tea."

You grab a blanket and put two coasters down for the tea. You start the movie just as Wally sets the tea down. He sits down and holds his arms open expectantly. You look a little confused.

"Come here." Wally waves you over with his open arms and a warm smile.

You scoot closer to Wally. "Alright." You take a sip of tea and set your cup down.

Wally chuckles and pulls you into his chest by your shoulders. "Comfortable?"

You nod and snuggle closer to Wally. "Very." You take a deep breath. "You smell amazing."

"I do?" Wally rubs your arm up and down.

"Mhm." You tilt your head and smell his shirt. "So distinctly you."

"Oh!" Wally says with a surprised, jovial chuckle. "Well, I'm glad you like the way I smell!"

"Mhm." You turn your head to watch the movie.

The two of you watch the movie quietly for a while. Comfortable in the silence.

"I cherish this time with you, Neighbor." Wally breaks the silence, only mildly interested in the movie. "Something special between you and me." He pulls the blanket around you more. "No one else can have this moment with you." Wally pauses. "Neighbor?"

When you don't reply, Wally looks down at you, confused. You've fallen asleep with your arms wrapped around him and your face in his chest.

"Oh," Wally smiles. "So sleepy." He grabs the remote. "That's alright." He turns the TV off. "I'll stay with you for a little while longer before putting you to bed."

But putting you to bed never came. Wally fell asleep on your couch while held in your tight embrace. The two of you slept peacefully through the night, curled around each other.

Chapter 460: Changes pt3

Chapter Text

"What the hot place was what?!" Sun asks as he quickly makes his way through the tunnels.

Moon, however, is quiet.

"Look, Moonie, I'm not mad. I'm worried! I've never seen that many errors at once!" Sun frets.

Moon is still quiet.

"Please! Say something! Anything!" Sun stops walking as he waits. "Moon?" He tugs at one of his rays. "MOON?!"

When nothing happens a third time, Sun launches himself down the tunnel. Panic-stricken and taking down anything in his way. Sun does not like the silence in his head. Even when the two are having a fight, they still let each other know they're ok.

Sun snaps out of his panicked state just as he's pouncing on an endo. "Calm down!" He shouts. "You are no good to Moon like this!"

Sun gets up and glances behind him. He isn't sure how far he went in his panicked state, but he's positive he destroyed at least four endos. Sun looks back in front of him. Relief fills his system as he sees Mantinace. Just a few more feet, and he can get help to figure out what's wrong with Moon.

But it's empty. Every room, empty. He finds several notes from daytime workers saying they are taking off and for someone else to stay the night. And one from the nighttime worker reminding everyone of their time off. There is no help.

Sun drops to the floor. "What do I do?"

He looks around the room and sighs. If no one is here to help, he'll have to do it himself. Sun gets off the floor and approaches one of the computers. He knows the password of one of the workers, but using it might get the worker in trouble.

"Passionate hugging them!" He barks, the censorship programing edits his words before he can say them. "Those butt holes can deal with it! Moon is more important."

Sun turns the computer on and logs in. He's seen diagnostics for him and Moon done before, so he knows it has a step-by-step guide. Mostly for training new people on the systems. The glamrocks don't have them. Moon is very bitter about it.

"Put cord A into entry port B after opening the chest cavity on the attendant. Note: If the attendant is in naptime mode, it is advised to turn on as many lights as possible. The playtime attendant is more responsive to the use of corrective force and threats of harm. It is advisable to use shocks as needed." Sun feels sick the more he reads. "This is in the instructions? That explains so much."

Sun follows the instructions. While he's tempted to change what it says, he knows doing so would alert security to his misuse of company property. He can't risk it, so instead he continues with the diagnostic.

"Ok... let's see what's going on with us, Moonie." Sun leans to read the results. "Attendant Sun is operating at optimal capacity. I know that part." Sun huffs impatiently. "Where is Moon's? There!" His rays spin excitedly. "Alright... Attendant Moon Is down." Sun leans back. "Down? What?" Sun leans back toward the screen to read the information. "Reboot required." Sun leans back, relieved. "Reboot. That will take some time... but at least that's it." Sun rests his head on his chin as he looks over the information. "Mass system failures."

Sun unplugs himself from the computer and shuts it down. He knows how to initiate a reboot. So he can do that back in their room. But what had caused such a reaction in Moon? As Sun puts everything back the way it was, it hits him. Moon was looking at you when he malfunctioned.

"IT WAS THEM?!" Sun shouts as he starts to cackle. "Oh, Moonie! I am never going to let you live this down!"

Sun jogs back to the daycare. Now that he knows the cause of the problem, he and Moon can figure

Chapter 461: Changes pt4

Chapter Text

Sun played with the kids in the daycare while he waited for Moon to finish rebooting. Due to how bad the shutdown was, Moon needed to be booted into safety mode before a reboot into normal mode. The two had shut down like this before. Once before they got their new battery, and once more when the Plex Owner decided to test out a new function for Roxy on them. It didn't work and the two shut down.

Sun was a mix of emotions. He was happy Moon was going to be OK. But he was still concerned. You made Moon shut down HARD. He didn't blame you, nor did he hate you. It's not your fault Moon has a big fat crush on you that-

"I do not have a crush!" Moon groggily barked in their headspace.

"MOONIE!" Sun shouted loudly, making several kids jump. "Sorry! I was... just planning a fun game for us to play with Mr. Moon."

"A new game?!" A little girl asked. "When!?" She demanded, crossing her arms.

"Uh... Friday." Sun replied, trying to sound convincing.

"Yay!" The kids dispersed to guess what this new game would be.

"Moon?" Sun asked in their headspace. "How are you feeling?"

Moon grumbled. "Sleepy."

Sun nodded as he tended to the kids. "You are in safe mode. It will be a little while before you can get out of it." He answered a question from a kid. "Do you remember what happened?" He snickered, trying to keep from outright laughing at Moon.

"No," Moon replied. "Lying on the playstructure, then nothing."

Sun giggled. "Well! You met the new security guard last night."

"I did?" Moon asked in confusion. He tried to remember the meeting, but only remembered seeing Chica. "I only remember Chica."

Sun handed a kid a red crayon. "Really?" Sun said, stifling a laugh. "Only Chica? Not the new security guard complimenting you right before you shut down?"

"WHAT?! THAT DIDN'T HAPPEN!" Moon barked loudly.

"Don't make yourself shut down again!" Sun warned as he helped a child get down from a high place. "But it's true. They said they liked the way you looked, and you shut down because of your raging crus-"

"Sun. Don't you dare finish that." Moon warned as he ran through the reboot protocol.

"Oh, Moonie. I won't let you go that easily." Sun teased. "But, I'm very glad you are ok." Sun stops walking for a moment. "You weren't responding to me. It was so quiet." Sun shakes his head. "Too quiet. I was really scared." Sun snaps back to tending to the kids. "I thought I lost you forever."

"I'm still here, so you did well. I'm sorry you were scared." Moon replied warmly. "Who was in maintenance to help you?"

"No one. They all went home. I ran diagnostics on my own." Sun caught the yellow ball a kid threw from the ball pit. "I don't like what I found. The notes..." He throws the ball way too hard back into the ball pit. "If the attendant is in naptime mode, it is advised to turn on as many lights as possible. The playtime attendant is more responsive to the use of corrective force and threats of harm. It is advisable to use shocks as needed." Sun tells Moon angrily.

"What?" Moon says as rage quietly grows.

"You need to recover," Sun says gently. "We can figure out what to do about those notes later. I still have the login information for Stuart."

Moon seethes. "Stuart."

Chapter 462: Shorty got game pt1

Summary:

WALLY X READER
I know Wally isn't in this first chapter. But I promise this has him in it. This will have canon Wally. That doesn't know how to sleep, doesn't emote, and loves being picked up, man. TW: talks of abuse and alcoholism!

Chapter Text

This was not how things were supposed to go. You were supposed to fall in love, get married, maybe have some kids. Not this. But here you were. Restarting your life in a new town after living with someone for so long. But you had a friend here. And that's what you needed. Not family spouting 'I told you so' and 'I'll pick your next boyfriend for you'.

You get off the bus with your two bags and sigh. It's early afternoon. The sun is steadily rising to its highest position in the sky. You wipe your eyes and remind yourself that some wounds are hard to heal.

"There you are." Eddie threw his arms around you, holding you tightly.

Eddie didn't ask questions. He didn't chide you, didn't say 'I told you so', or treat you like a little kid. He held you as long as you needed. You clung to him and fought back tears. You have cried enough over someone who hurt you.

Eddie rubbed your back. "Have ya eaten anything today?"

"I had breakfast this morning at about seven." You reply as you try to calm down.

"How 'bout we go grab a bite to eat?" His warm and gentle tone was comforting but firm. Eating was not up for debate.

"Alright." You let Eddie go and shake your arms out.

"Alright," Eddie smiled, glad you were being so compliant. "Let me take ya to your new house. Then we can grab a bite."

"Thank you, Eddie." You move to pick up your bags, but Eddie beats you to it.

"I got it." He smiles at you and gestures for you to follow.

"I'm emotionally broken, not physically." You follow beside him.

"Now, just what kind of man would I be if I let my grieving friend carry their things? My momma taught me better than that!" He chuckles.

You pat his shoulder. "Thank you," You sigh. "The last few months have been rough. Mom didn't make it any better." You scoff. "About an hour after I got home, she started lecturing me for leaving 'Such a good man' and 'Ruining the family,' whatever that means."

"Ouch." Eddie grimaces.

"She liked Louie. When he cheated, she said I wasn't doing enough. When he called me unfu-" You glance around a nd whisper. "Unfuckable."

Eddie gasps. "He called you that?!"

"Yeah," You nod. "Mom said I should lose weight and dress better. Match his caliber." You wave an arm around as you talk. "The guy couldn't spend time with me unless he was drunk!" You rub your face. "I have never felt more worthless in my life."

"Hey now!" Eddie stops walking and frowns at you. "I will not have you talkin' bout' yourself like that!"

You tear up a little. "Sorry."

Eddie sighs. "I'm sorry for yelling. But you are important! You are my friend! I don't want to think about you not..." Eddie shakes his head. "You're hurtin', and I get that. But don't be so hard on yourself."

You smile warily as Eddie stops in front of a house in your favorite colors. "That one is a hard one. No one is harder on me than me."

Eddie sets your bags down. "Here it is, your new home."

"Gorgeous!" You take out your keys and unlock the front door. "Empty but ready."

"I'll help ya when your stuff gets here. Frank said he'd help out too." Eddie sets your things down in the living room. "He's busy today, so you won't meet him yet."

You walk back out your front door. "Alright, lead the way then." You push past your hurt and try to be a little more optimistic. You just want to forget your pain for a moment.

Eddie shows you around town. From the Post Office to the park. Along the way, you meet Sally and Julie. Eddie promises to introduce you to more of his friends when you're ready.

"So, we're getting lunch at the grocery store? I hadn't planned on cooking today..." You rub your arm.

"You aren't. This place has good food." Eddie grins. "Like hot dogs."

"Hotdogs?" You perk up a little. "I could go for a hot dog."

Eddie opens the door for you. "Thought so." He waves at the massive caterpillar man behind the counter. "Howdy, Howdy!"

"Eddie! This your friend you were telling me about?" He leans on the counter, showing off his four arms.

"Sure is! This is Neighbor." He turns to you. "Neighbor, this is Howdy."

You offer a small wave and a shy, "Hello." Meeting new people for you is always a little awkward.

"I brought them here for lunch." Eddie walks you to the bar and sits down. "You get whatever you want. It's on me."

You shake your head. "No, you don't-"

"Don't you fight me on this," Eddie warns, although you both know he won't actually do anything. He's too sweet for that.

"Fine!" You whine playfully as Howdy hands you a menu.

"So, how did you two meet?" Howdy asks as he leans on the counter.

You glance up from the menu. "We took a sewing class together at the community center in our hometown. I believe it was... sophomore year?"

Eddie nods as he places his order. "Sure was. This shy little thing sat in the corner alone." He nudges you with his elbow. "I couldn't have that! They were the first person I came out to."

You place your order. "He and I are like siblings." You smile fondly. "He's really helped me a lot."

"Well," Howdy straightens up. "Glad to have you in the neighborhood." He shakes your hand and leaves to cook your food.

"Do you want to talk about it?" Eddie gently prods.

"About what exactly?" You lean on the counter.

"Anything. Whatever you want to get out." Eddie follows your lead, keeping his tone gentle.

You're quiet for a moment before quietly asking, "Why wasn't I enough?" You sniffle. "Not enough... never enough."

Eddie puts an arm around your shoulders. "Because he wasn't enough for you." He turns on his stool to face you. "Remember when that calf escaped the AG farm and we had ta go catch her?"

"Yeah, we missed math class trying to bring it back." You tilt your head, wondering where he's going.

"We had to have Jimmy rope her and drag her back. Stubborn thing." He shakes his head at the memory. "That's what Louie did to you. He roped ya an' dragged ya to the ground. Snuffed out that little light in ya that makes you, you."

You soak in his words. "I... I barely recognize myself anymore. I feel like a fading picture."

Eddie put a hand on your shoulder. "Ya just need to take time to find yourself again. Frank and I will be here to help ya."

You wrap your arms around Eddie. "Thank you, Eddie." You lean back and sigh. "He was... an alcoholic." You look at your lap with a guilty expression. "I know I never told-"

"Did he hit you?" Eddie asks firmly with a worried look.

"No!" You clarify quickly. "No, he was an emotional abuser. Mental too. But never physical. I'm not even sure he realized it most of the time. Too drunk."

"That doesn't make it better!" Eddie whines and pulls you into his arms.

"No, just different." You reply bitterly. "May he get the help he needs and find someone exactly like himself to date."

"Not to interrupt..." Howdy sets your food down. "But, uh... your food is ready."

Chapter 463: Changes pt5

Chapter Text

You breathe hard as you chase the teens through Monty Golf. "Get back here!"

You are chasing a group of four teens. They appear to be between the ages of fifteen to seventeen. During a meet and greet with Glamrock Freddy, the boys managed to steal his hat. You don't know how they got it, as you caught up with them after they ran off. You were called to deal with it while on your lunch break.

"HAHHA FAT CHANCE LOSER!" The ring leader of the group of four gives you the bird as he waves Freddy's hat tauntingly.

You grin as Monty leaps out of nowhere and snatches two of the boys. "Thanks!"

Monty nods with a grunt and waits for someone to get the boys.

You skid out of Gater Golf after the remaining two boys. "Give up while you still can! You aren't banned yet!"

"Not a chance!" The young man holding Freddy's hat sneers. "This is mine now! You're too slow to catch me!"

The other boy with him hesitates. Slowing down a little and looking ready to give up the chase.

"Don't you turn pussy on me now, Milo!" The hat-wielding boy growls.

The other boy picks up the pace. You continue to give chase. You're managing to gain on them. It won't be long before you have them. The duo burst through the doors to the theater. An old episode of Freddy and Friends is playing on the big screen.

A fellow guard bursts through a door and snatches the hesitant teen. A worker takes the kid from the guy. You sprint past them and follow the ring leader into the daycare. It's dark. You can't hear anything but the faint tick of a music box.

You see it at the same time he does. He's planning on running to the slide into fun in hopes of losing you in the ball pit. You try to run faster. You can hear something click down below, and the music box stops. But you aren't paying enough attention to why.

The teen picks up a plastic red chair. He throws it full force at you, making you run right into it. It might just be plastic, but it's enough to send you onto your backside. Pain erupts from your forehead.

"Son of a-" You touch your forehead only to find blood on your hand. "Ah!" You hiss in pain.

Something lands behind you, making a soft jingle sound. Like little bells. "I'm going to recommend you don't do that again." It's a royally pissed Moon. He stomps toward the teen. "You woke up the children." He picks up the stunned teen. "And you hurt starli-" He catches himself before he calls you starlight. "Security. This will not stand."

Moon is twitching in an internal struggle not to shut down. His systems are beginning to overheat and throw out a few errors. As long as he doesn't look at you, he'll be-

"Moonie! You're overheating!" Sun frets in their shared headspace. "Be careful."

"Oh, uh... HERE!" Moon shoves the teen in your arms and swan dives over the railing.

"Wha?" You tilt your head as you firmly hold the teen. "You are probably going to be banned, and your parents are being called." You practically drag the teen out of the daycare. Your head is bleeding a little from the chair, and you're tired from all that running. But you feel satisfied to have the teen in custody.

Chapter 464: Changes pt6

Chapter Text

"Ow!" You hiss as Margret, the woman tending to your injury, applies antiseptic to your forehead.

Margret looks you in the eye. "You might have a concussion. So we're sending the Daycare attendant to your new apartment to help care for you."

"Alright." You close your eyes as she prepares to bandage your injury. "For how long?"

"At least a week." She steps back when she's finished. "Especially with this kind of injury."

"Do they know? Sun and Moon." You gently touch the bandage.

"A message was sent to them." She looks over her notes. "Go and find them now. They know what to do."

You nod and pick up your things. "Alright. And... what about tonight?"

She glances at you. "Someone will take your shifts. Tonight you rest. You'll take over the night shift tomorrow night, provided you show no symptoms of concussion. Don't worry about the day shift right now."

You nod again. "Thank you."

She stops you at the door. "If you feel ANYTHING is off, you tell me right away."

"I will." You leave the nurse's station and make your way to the daycare. "A whole week with Sun and Moon? Maybe I can actually talk to them." You scan your ID to get into the daycare. "I do want to thank Moon."

You step into the daycare. It's still quiet and dark. Naptime is going to end in ten minutes. You walk to the railing and look down into the dark daycare.

"I can't be around them!" You hear Moon whisper yell.

You lean in to hear him, ready to call out to him. But you pause.

"Not another word! You'll have to watch over them." He growls. "They'll be here soon."

That stings. He helped you earlier, didn't he? You sit down as the realization hits you. He helped you because of the kids. Of course he did. He doesn't even like you. You aren't sure why that stings so much, but it does. You stay on your spot on the floor until the lights turn back on.

You slowly stand up as Sun wakes the kids up. You can see him down below, joyfully telling the kids a story. He glances up at you and waves. You force a smile and wave back. You look at the slide, but ultimately decide to take the stairs. Workers ignore you, and customers only give a passing glance.

Sun sets the kids up with a game of hide and seek and approaches you. "Hi."

You look up at the 7-foot animatronic. "Hi."

"After the kids leave, I'll take you home." He looks you over. "How are you feeling?" Sun hunches down to look at you.

"Fine, I guess. My head hurts where the chair hit me." You glance behind Sun at the kids.

"Yeah, I saw that." He points to his head. "Moon and I can see and hear what the other does. But we can also shut it off for privacy."

You nod slowly. "Cool. Where can I... where do you want me? I was told to stay here for now."

"I want you in my sight." He points to the security desk where two employees are working. "Go behind there. I can't go back there, but neither can the kids."

"Ok. How much longer is the daycare open?" You follow Sun to the desk.

"SIX, SEVEN..." Sun shouts for the kids while they hide. "It closes in three hours." He puts a hand on your shoulder. "You just rest." He straightens up. "But don't go to sleep yet."

"Sure thing." You move behind the desk and sit in one of the chairs out of the way.

Chapter 465: Shorty got game pt2

Chapter Text

You're about to say something when the door to the store opens. A dog man, and a child come in and sit down at the counter. Eddie is too busy adding condiments to his food to notice them at the moment. The child sits next to you and stares at you curiously.

"Um..." You quickly get uncomfortable. "Hello, kiddo."

"Kiddo?" The child looks confused for a long moment. "Ha ha ha. I'm an adult."

"Oh! Gosh! I'm sorry! You look- you're just-" You let out a soft whine.

"HM? Oh! Howdy, Wally. Howdy, Barnaby." Eddie smiles and waves at the two. "I see you've met my friend, Neighbor."

"Oh, yes." Wally nods and holds his hand out. "I'm Wally Darling."

You hold your and out embarrassed. "Neighbor Lastalang."

Wally looks pleased you shook his hand. "It's very nice to meet you, Neighbor." His eyes dilate a little as he looks at you.

Wally's even tone is strange, but not unwelcome. His whole demeanor is off. You suspect he might be neurodivergent like you. Just not in the same way. But you aren't about to ask him about it. That would be rude.

Barnaby leans back and reaches behind Wally. "Barnaby B Beagle." He holds his hand out to you.

You snap out of your thoughts and take his hand. "Pleasure."

"So, uh, what brings you here? This town isn't exactly the vacation destination of the season." Barnaby chuckles. His jovial attitude makes you think he's the life of the party.

"I'm moving here." You reply as you fiddle with your fingers.

"Home is a great place to live." Wally smiles widely at you.

"Eddie showed me around. It's very lovely." You smile back as you try to figure out how best to talk to Wally.

"They're movin' into the" He describes the colors of your house. "Near Sally."

"The star lady?" You ask for clarification.

"Yes. Her." Eddie pats your head as you begin to eat.

You swallow your bite. "She was nice! Big personality."

Barnaby laughs. "She can have a bit of an ego."

You glance at Wally out of the corner of your eye. There is something about him that interests you. You get the feeling there's more to him than he lets on. He doesn't just look at you, he studies you.

"Something the matter, Neighbor?" Wally asks without turning to face you. Letting you know he caught you.

"Not really. I was just admiring your hair. I love the color! And you style it so well. It must take you a long time." You take another bite of food.

Wally smiles proudly. "I take very good care of it. Usually, it takes me half an hour at the most."

"Well, your effort pays off, Sir." You turn back to Eddie, glad Wally bought that lie about admiring his hair.

Wally stares at you for a long moment before turning back to Barnaby. You feel his gaze on you. It's an odd feeling. Otherworldly almost. And yet... you're still drawn to him.

"Are ya still makin' quilts?" Eddie asks after swallowing a bite of food.

You nod. "Yeah, Louie made me get a normal job." You frown for a moment.

Wally catches your frown in the mirror but does not comment.

"So I'll be glad to start my business again." You take a sip of your drink.

"Well, I'll be your first customer. I remember how good you got." He smiles at you and pats your back. "If I were you, I'd make some practice quilts. Don't take clients yet. Just sell them or whatever ya want to do with them. Get back in the rhythm."

"For as scatterbrained and forgetful you can be, you have some really great advice." You chuckle and give him a side hug.

"Hey now!" He chuckles. "I'm not that scatterbrained!" He tussles your hair with a grin. "Remember Tilly Tompson? She's so scatterbrained she forgot prom. Showed up the day before all gussied up."

You snicker. "Yeah, I remember her. We had a group project in English. She forgot the topic and brought a well-written assignment on the wrong topic." You look at the ceiling. "I hope she's doing well."

"Yeah, me too." Eddie leans back as he pops the last bite of his meal in his mouth.

Barnaby laughs loudly at something. You smile at the simplicity of the moment. No one yelling or crying for you not to leave them. No 'If you love me' or 'Just one more'. Just some friends laughing and enjoying a meal together.